RECORDS OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM VOLUME 17 Published by the Museum Board, and edited by the Museum Director ADELAIDE 1974-1979 No. CONTENTS A revision of the described Australian and New Zealand species of the family Clambidae (Coleoptera) with description of a new species. §. Endrady- Younga. pp. 1-10. (Issued 13 August 1974) A revision of the Australian genus Stenospidius Westwood (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Geotrupinae), H. F. Howden. pp. 11-21. (Issued 15 November 1974) Notes on Bronze Age antiquities in the South Australian Museum. J. V. §. Megaw. pp. 23-29. (Issued 10 January 1975) Lunghia Oudemans (Acari: Dermanyssidae); a genus parasitic on mygalomorph spiders. Robert Domrow. pp. 31-39. (Issued 24 January 1975) Taxonomy and biology of frogs of the Litoria citropa complex (Anura: Hylidae). Michael J. Tyler and Marion Anstis. pp. 41-50. (Issued 7 March 1975) 6. A revision of the Pentatomidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the Rhynchocoris proup from Australia and adjacent areas. Part 1. The genera from Ocirrhoe through Cuspicona to Petalaspis with descriptions of new species and selection of lectotypes. Gordon F. Gross. pp. 51-167. (Issued 22 December 1975) Nos. 7-12. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. I No. No. 13. . 14. 16. : OY. . Fishes. C. J. M. Glover. pp. 169-175. Il. Amphibians. Michael J. Tyler. pp. 177-180. Ill. Reptiles. Terry F. Houston. pp. 181-187. IV. Birds. Herbert T. Condon. pp. 189-195, V. Mammals. Peter F. Aitken. pp. 197-205. VI. Fossils. Neville 5. Pledge. pp. 205-219. (Issued 1 September 1976) The Dermaptera of the New Hebrides. A. Brindle. pp, 221-238. (Issued 1 December 1976) The genus Microtetrameres Travassos (Nematode, Spirurida) in Australian birds. Patricia M. Mawson. pp. 239-259. (Issued 1 February 1977) Taxonomic studies of some Australian leptodactylid frogs of the genus Cyclorana Steindacher. Michael J. Tyler and Angus A. Martin. pp. 261-276. (Issued 1 March 1977) A new species of Thylacoleo (Marsupialia: Thylacoleonidae) with notes on the occurrences and distribution of Thylacoleonidae in South Australia. Neville S. Pledge. pp. 277-283. (Issued 1 June 1977) Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger, 1881). A redescription, Neville S$. Pledge and Karlheinz Rothausen. pp. 285-297. (Issued 8 August 1977) ili No. No. No. No. . 18. . 19, . 20. 21. . 23, . 24, 2 ets aT, . 28, 29. ou, Protura (Insecta) of the New Hebrides. S. L. Tuxen, pp. 299-307. (Issued 10 September 1977) Brachina meteorite—A chassignite from South Australia. J. E. Johnson, June M. Scrymgour, Eugene Jarosewich and Brian Mason, pp. 309-319. (Issued 2 November 1977) Australites of mass greater than 100 grams from South Australia and adjoining states. W. H. Cleverly and June M. Scrymgour. pp. 321-330. (Issued 20 February 1978) Three large australites from South and Western Australia. June M. Scrymgour. pp. 331-335. (Issued 23 February 1978) Variation in the cranial osteology of the Australo-Papuan hylid frog Litoria infrafrenata. Margaret M. Davies. pp. 337-345. (Issued 28 February 1978) A review of the frond-like fossils of the Ediacara assemblage. Richard J. F. Jenkins and James G. Gehling. pp. 347-359. (Issued 18 May 1978) Some observations on the Eyrean grasswren Amytornis goyderi (Gould, 1875). S.A. Parker, I, A. May and W. Head. pp. 361-371. (Issued 30 May 1978) Echinoderm type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. W. Zeidler. pp. 373-380. (Issued 7 June 1978) Molluse type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. 1. Cephalopoda and Scaphopoda. W. Zeidler and M. K. Macphail. pp. 381-385. (Issued 12 June 1978) Treponematoses (yaws and treponarid) in exhumed Australian aboriginal bones. C. J. Hackett. pp. 387-405. (Issued 25 July 1978) A new species of viviparous asterinid asteroid from Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. Michael J. Keough and Alan J, Dartnall. pp. 407-416. (Issued 31 July 1978) The genus Bathycoelia A. & S. in New Guinea and Prytanicoris gen.nov. from the New Guinea area and the New Hebrides (Heteroptera-Pentatomidae- Pentatominae). Gordon F. Gross. pp. 417-428. (Issued 2 August 1978) The tribe Hyalopeplini of the world (Hemiptera: Miridae). José C. M. Carvalho. The Australian fauna in collaboration with Gordon F. Gross. pp. 429-531. (Issued 10 September 1979) RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN / om MUSEUM ce, A REVISION OF THE DESCRIBED AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CLAMBIDAE (Coleoptera) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES By S. ENDRODY-YOUNGA SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM _ North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 7 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 1 13th August, 1974 A REVISION OF THE DESCRIBED AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CLAMBIDAE (COLEOPTERA) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES BY S. ENDRODY-YOUNGA Summary The type specimens of all species described under the family Clambidae were studied. In the present paper holotypes are confirmed and lectotypes designated where necessary. The systematic position of the species is clarified and a new species described. The taxonomic status of the family has changed remarkably since it was established by Thomason in 1859. Later authors of the last century placed the group under the family Silphidae or Anisotomidae (Leiodidae) until it was restored again as an independent family in the suborder Staphylinoidea. More recent work by Crowson (1960) resulted in the transfer of the family to the superfamily Eucinetoidea, sub-order Polyphaga. A REVISION OF THE DESCRIBED AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SPECIES OF THE FAMILY CLAMBIDAE (Coleoptera) WITH DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES By S. ENDRODY-YOUNGA F.A.0, Entomologist! ABSTRACT ENDRODY-YOUNGA, S. 1973, A revision of the described Australian and New Zealand species of the with description of a 1-10), Family Clambidae (Coleoptera) new species. Ree. S. dust. Mus. 17 Cb): The type specimens of all species described under the family Clambidae were studied. In the present paper holotypes are confirmed and lectotypes designated where necessary. The systematic position of the species is clarified and a new species described. INTRODUCTION The taxonomic status of the family has changed remarkably since it was established by Thomson in 1859, Later authors of the last century placed the group under the family Silphidae or Anisotomidae (Letodidae) until it wus restored again as an independent family in the suborder Staphylinoidea, More recent work by Crowson (1960) resulted in the transfer of the family to the superfamily Eucinetoidea, sub- order Polyphaga. The members of this family can easily be recognized by the small size (O+7-2+0 mm) and convex shape, by the rolled up resting position When the clypeus is curled under the pronotum (most of the specimens are mounted in this position) and by the extremely enlarged hind coxal plate. Other characters are: bead very broad, nearly as broad as pronotum, broadly rounded in front, pronotum large, convex, not deeply excised in front to accommodate a narrow head as with many Anisotomidae; scutellum triangular with sides about equal (in the similar shaped Cybocephalidae the scutellum is very broadly obtuse-angled): antennae consisting of two enlarged basal and two club segments with usually six funicular segments (four only in the Palacarctic genus Loricaster Muls, & Rey); tarsal formula 4-4-4; tibiae simple, not serrate in contrast to: Anisotomidae. I wish to express iny gratitude to the colleagues Who supplied material and enabled me to study the type specimens, notably the Jate Mr, H. M. Hale, Dr, E. D, Giles, Mr. G. F. Gross and 1 Present address: (3rh August, 1974. l Mr. N, McFarland of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide; Dr, J. W. Evans of the Australian Museum, Sydney; Mr. R. D. Pope und Miss C. M. F. von Hayek of the British Museum (Natural History), London. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT Koy 10 GENERA 1, Front and basal margins of pronotum meet in it sharp angle, not forming laterally a straight or urcuate margin (Fig. | A). Byes free at the side of the head (Fig. | A). Metasternum evenly convex for its whole length (Fig. 1 D), Abdo- men of 6 segments Calypiomerns Redtenbacher Pronotum with distinet, straight or arcuate lateral margin (fig, | B). Byes conipletely enclosed in the disc of the head or only tree behind (Fig. 1 B.C), Surface of metasternum sharply angled alone the arcuale transversal crest (Fig. | E) Abdomen ol 5 visible segments .. 6. 2. 0.04 2 2. Byes framed in front by an extension of clypeus (temporal margin) but free behind (Fig. 1 ©). Penis between bilobed or deeply emarginuted parameres., .. Sphaerethorax Endrédy-Younga Fyes completely framed by the temporal margin of clypeus and divided into a dorsal and a ventral hall, Parameres fused into a single plate wilh pointed, arcuate of emarginate apex Clanbus Fischer yon Waldheim Genus CALVPTOMERUS Redtenbacher, 1849 Culyptomerus Redtenbacher, 1849, Fauna Aus- triaca, Kifer, p. 18, 159; Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opuse.Ent. 24: 84-85; 1961, Acta Zool, Acad. Sci,Aung,, 7; 401-412. Comazus Fairmaire & Laboulbene, Faune Ent.Fr,,Col,, 1: 312, 328. Small, convex, reddish brown with dense cover of long yellowish hairs. Body both in dorsal and in lateral view pear-shaped ei. broadest and highest close to the shoulders. Head broad, clypeus broadly arcuate, in the middle finely emarginated. Eyes on the hind angle of head, free (Fig. | A) or shortly framed in front (the European C. alpestris Redtb.). Pronotum very broad and short, convex with sharp lateral angles (Fig. 1 A) instead of lateral margins, Meta- sternum gently convex between mesosternum and hind coxal plates (Fig. | D), not sharply 1854-56, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria, South Africa. 2 REC. S. AUST. angled to form a transversal crest in the middle of metasternum. Antennae 10 segmented with two enlarged basal and two club segments. Male genitalia consisting of two basally fused para- meres, a pointed tongue-shaped penis, and an open, ring-shaped basal plate. The genus comprises four species, described from the Palaearctic and Nearctic regions (Alaska). One of the species however is also known from South Africa (Cape Province), and the same species was recorded more recently from Tasmania, where it was described as Clambus corylophoides Lea. 1. Calyptomerus dubius (Marsham, 1802) (Fig. 1 A, 1 D, 2 G) Scaphidium dubium Marsham, 1802, Ent.Brit. 1: 234, Comazus enshamensis Stephens, 1829, IIl.Brit. Ent.Mandib., 2: 184; Johnson 1966, Entomologist’s mon. Mag., 101: 186. Calyptomerus troglodytes Fauvel, 1861, Ann. Soc.Ent.Fr., (4) 1: 576. Clambus corylophoides Lea, 1912, Proc.Lin.Soc. N.S.Wales, 36: 458 (syn.nov.). Calyptomerus dubius Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opusc.Ent. 24: 84-85; 1961, Acta Zool. Acad.Sci.Hung., 7: 411-412. Location of types: Scaphidium dubium Marsham, British Museum? Comazus enshamensis Stephens: without locality, British Museum, London. Lectotype designed by C. Johnson (1966). MUS., 17 (1): 1-10 August, 1974 Calyptomerus troglodytes Fauvel: location of type unknown. Clambus corylophoides Lea: Lectotype é and two paratypes: Hobart, Tasmania, A. M. Lea, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide. C. dubius is the smallest species of the genus. Sculpture of dorsal surface fine, pubescence com- paratively long and less dense than in other species. Apex of elytra truncate. Head broad, antennal fossa as long as the temporal margin of clypeus between eyes and side angle of antennal fossa. Eyes situated on the hind angle of head and completely free (Fig. 1 A). Surface of head shiny, with fine punctures at basis of hairs. Hairs longer and less dense than in other species, slightly elevated and forwardly directed. Pronotum broad and short, as long as head; front and basal margins joining laterally in a sharp angle (Fig. 1 A). Pubescence similar to that of the head but directed from the centre of disc towards the margins. Elytra hardly longer than combined breadth, at apex commonly truncate; laterally and at the suture finely margined. Microsculpture around scutellum very fine, laterally and towards apex more distinct. Pubescence similar to that of the pronotum, directed from base to apex. Ventral side with stronger microsculpture, pubescence shorter and denser than on dorsal surface. Male genitalia 0:3 mm and 0-12 mm broad, stout in com- parison to other species of the genus. Parameres narrow, hardly longer than penis (Fig. 2 G). 0-6-0°8 Length: 1:+1-1-6 mm—breadth: mm. A B FIG. Calyptomerus dubius Marsh., head and pronotum in lateral view. Clambus sp. head and pronotum in lateral view. Sphaerothorax suffusus Broun: head, dorsal view. Calyptomerus dubius Marsh., body in lateral view (position of metasternum). Clambus sp., body in lateral view (position of metasternum). moowr 1 ENDRODY-VOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAT 4 Distribution: Burope (except northern areas), Morocco, South Alrica (Cape Province), Tas- mania. The origin of the South African and Tasmanian populations is not known; importa- tation is likely but there is no evidence. Three type specimens of Clambus corylo- phoides Lea in the South Australian Museum were examined, The male specimen, without head und pronotum, was dissected, The external characters as well as those of the male genitalia are identical with specimens of Calyptomerus dubius Marsh. from the Palaearetic and from South Africa; therefore Clambus corylophoides Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym of Calyplamerus dubius Marsh, Genus SPHAEROTHORAX Endrédy-Younga, 1959 Sphaerethoryx Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opuse. Ent, 24: 88-89; 1960, Ann,Hist,Nat.Mus. Hung., 52: 241-244; 1965, Ann.Hist.Nat- Mus.Hung., 57: 259. Type: Clambus tasmani Broun. Morphologically this genus is intermediate between Calyptomerus and Clambus. Tt seems to be endemic to the Australian region, Convex, especially in front; shiny reddish brown to almost black; some species with sparse and long setae on head, pronotum and elytra, Head narrower than pronotum, short, clypeus flatly arcuate in front, Antennal fossa far m front of eyes (like Calyptomerus but in contrast to Clambus). Eyes framed by temporal margin ot elypeus but free at back, behind the temporal angle (Fig. 1 C). Pronotum longer and broader than head, as. broad as elytra at shoulders, Lateral margin between [ront and hind angles distinct, more or less arcuate. Elytra conyex, margined at the sides und from behind scutellunr at suture. Metasternum Jarge, with a sharp transverse crest about in the middle; hind part of Metasternum horizontal, slightly convex transversally, front part almost vertically drop- ping to metasternum (Fig. | E). Mesosternum very small, Hind coxal plates large, much longer than hind part of metasternum. Abdomen five segmented. Antennae LO segmented with two enlarged busul and two large club segments. Parameres bilobed, fused at base, penis varying in shape according to species. The external characters of the species are nol very marked and without comparative material itis diflicult to distinguish the three species. The male genitalia however are very distinctive for each species. Tae I “ KEY ‘TO SPECIES 1. Horizontal, hind part of metasternum with clear-cut, large punctures tor whole width. Minute pubes- cence of head and pronotum more visible. Sub- sutural margins of elytra visible close behind scutellum. Penis between the large and rounded parameres appearing thin and strongly curved (Fig. 2 C, DBD). t4-l:6 mm. Tasmania |, Sphaerotharax tierenviv (Blackburn) Horizontal, hind part of metasternum without clear and distinct punetation in the middle, Minute pubescence and punetution of head and pronotum not or hardly visitle. Subsutural margins of elytra appear further behind scutellum, Para- mere lobes pointed, penis not curved back towards the base ., .5 04 4 ; of of] perme 2. Larger, more elongate. Elytra behind shoulders semipurallel, in lateral view sutural line not evenly curved, Pens dilated before painted apex (Fig. 2 BLP). 1'3-)°6 mm. Tasmania 2. Sphaerotharax tasmani (Blackburn) Smaller, elytra both in dorsal and in lateral view evenly arcuate, Penis broad at base with a long and narrow apical process (Fig. 2 A, B). 1-2 mm, New Zealand 3, Sphaeroiheraxy suliuvus (Broun) 1, Sphaerothorax tierensis (Blackburn, 1902) (Fig. 2 C-D) Clambus tierensis Blackburn, 1902, Trans.Roy, Soc.8.Austr., 26: 289; Lea, 1912. Proc,Lin, Soc.N.S.Wales, 36: 459, Clambus latens Lea, 1912, Proc.Lin.Soc.N.S, Wales, 36: 457 (syn. navi), Clambus pubiventris Lea, 1912, Proe.Lin,Soc, N.S. Wales, 36: 456 (syn. nov.), Sphaerothorax tierensis Endrédy-Younga, 1960, Ann. Nat. Aist,Mus,Hung,, 52: 242, Location of types: Clambus tierensis Blackburn: Lectotype & , Tas- mania. British Museum (Natural History), London. Clumbus latens Lea: Lectotype ¢ and three further paratypes, Stonor, Tasmania (prob- ably from tussocks), A, M, Lea, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Clambus pubiventris Lea: Holotype 3 and two further paratypes from the same locality, Mount Wellington, Tasmania, A. M, Lea, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Elongate ovate, shiny durk brown with lighter iransparent lateral lobes of pronotum and front margin of clypeus. Lighter coloured specimens not rare. 4 REC, A B C D 8S. AUST. MUS. 17 (lds 1-L0 1974 AMGUST, Tn ANAND ce yh a | FIG, 2 same in lateral view. same in lateral view. same in Jateral view, OnmoOncp Head broad and short, narrower and shorter than pronotum, Front margin of clypeus between the antennal fossa slightly trilobate, median lobe ulmost four times broader than one of the lateral ones; median lobe very flatly arcuate, finely emarginate in the middle. Pubescence of dise very short and fine with a few short additional setae. Elytra much longer than their combined breadth (46:38), evenly arcuate, both in dorsal and in lateral view. Sub- sutural striae of clytra appear close behind scutellum, there fine, slightly diverging from one another, behind the last two-fifths very distinct, parallel. Surface shiny with nearly evenly dis- tributed and similar setae. Hind, horizontal part of metasternum with distinct, large punc- tures. Punctures in the middle set in two to three rows but more confused laterally, Inclined setae of transverse crest do not reach the hind margin of metasterpum, Short and dense pubescence of abdomen collected into a tuft on anal sternite. Male genitalia 0-45 mm long and 0*2 mm broad (Fig. 2 C, D)-. Length: 1+4-1+6 mm—Abreadih: 0+8-0'9 mm, Distribution; Tasmania: Hobart, Mount Wellington, New Norfolk. Stonor, The type specimens of Clambus latens Lea are paler than average S. tierensis but are obviously immature, the genitalia of the dissected specimen (Jectotype) are fecbly sclerotised, No Sphderathearay saffusus Broun, aedeagus in ventral view; Sphaerothorax tierensiy Blackb,, aedeagus in ventral view: Sphaerothorax tasmani Blackb., aedeagus in ventral view: Calyptomerus dubins Marsh., wedeagus in ventral view. specific difference could be found between the compared lectotypes, therefore Clambus latens Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym of Sphaerathorax tierensis (Blackburn). The type specimens of Clambuy pubiventris Lea are similar to S. tierensis (Blackb.), The aedeagus of the first specimen on the label (holotype) is visible without dissection and is identical with that of §, tierensiy. The colour and setae of the elytra mentioned as specific characters by Lea in the original diagnosis are also characters of S. tierensis, The size of the type specimens is within the size range of S. tierensix and in the shape no distinct difference could be found. Clambus pubiventris Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym of Sphaero- thorax tierensis (Blackb.). The (hree type speci- mens are mounted on the same label, the first from the left, marked as “typ” by Lea should be accepted as holotype. The specimen in the middle had no head and pronotum at the time of the present examination. 2. Sphaerothorax iasmani (Blackburn, 1902) (Fig. 2 E-F) Clambus tasmani Blackburn, 1902, Trans,Roy. Soc.S,Austr,, 26: 288, Lea, 1912, Proc. Lin.Soc.N.S.Wales, 36: 458. Clambus rufecastaneus Lea, 1912, Proe,Lin.Soe. N.S,Wales. 36: 457 (ayn, nov.). ENDRODY-YOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAF. 5 Sphaerothorax tusmani Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opuse.Bnt., 24: 89; 1960, Ann.Hist.Nat. Mus.Hung., 52: 243-244. Location of types: Clambus tasmani Blackburn: Lectotype 3¢, Tasmania, in British Museum (Natural History), London. Clambuy rufocastaneus Lea; Lectotype ¢, Huon River, Tasmania (in tussocks), A. M. Lea, and one further paratype from the same locality, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Blongate ovate, shiny reddish or chestnut brown, lateral lobes of pronotum and lateral mirging of elytra (where body does not give a shade) lighter transparent. Setae of elytra numerous, very strong and long, Head shorter and narrower than pronotum. Front margin of clypeus slightly — trilobate, median Jobe less than double width of a lateral lobe. Front margin of median lobe only very Slightly arcuate, not emarginate in middle, Setae of clypeus longer than in 8, tierensis but the fine pubescence even Jess visible. Pronotum convex, margin of lateral lobes finely arcuate, front and hind angles rounded but distinct. Surface very shiny with a pair of setae (on rubbed specimens only the basal punctures visible). Elytra longer than combined breadth (45:36). Sides in dorsal view nearly parallel behind shoulders. Sub- sulural striae distinct but shorter in front, first visible at the lirst two-fifths behind scutellum, Setue on dise and lateral margin similar, very long and strong, Horizontal, hind part of meta- sternum shiny, only punctate laterally close to the transverse crest, Recumbent setae of crest reach or surpass the hind margia of metasternum. Abdomen densely pubescent with a tuft of short hairs on the anal sternite. Male genitalia 0-5 mm Jong and 0-15 mm broad (Fig, 2 E, F). Leneth: 1+4-1-6 mm—bhreadth: 0°8-0°9 mm. Distribwiion: ‘Tasmania: Launceston, Mount Wellington, Prankford, The type specimens of Clambus rufocasianeus Lea ure identicul with specimens of §. fasmani, the male genitalia are also similar, The smaller size and lighter colour mentioned by Lea in the orivinal diagnosis are within the variability of S, taymani, and the subsutural striae are also characters of tt. Clambus rufecastaneus Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym of S. tasmani (Blackb.), 3, Sphaerothorax suffusus (Broun, 1886) (Fig, 1 C, 2 A-B) Clambus suffusus Broun, 1886, Man.N.Zeul. Col, 2: 762. Sphaerothorax maori Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opusc.Ent., 24: 90; 1960, Ann.Hist.Nat. Mus.Hung.. 52: 243, Sphaerothorax suffusus Endrédy-Younga, 1965, Aon,Hist.Nat.Mus.Hung., 57: 259, Location of types: Clambus suffusus Broun: Lectotype 4, New Zealand, Broun Coll. in British Museum (Natural History), London, Sphaerothorax maori Endrédy-Younga: Holo- type @, Wellington Prov., New Zealand, and a paratype, Auckland, New Zealand, in British Museum (Natural History), London. A further paratype with the latter locality in Natural History Museum, Budapest, Smaller, elongate ovate, shiny reddish brown with lighter sides of pronotum und elytra. Setae of elytra somewhat shorter and less numerous than in S. dasmani, but much longer than in S. tierensis, Head much shorter and, also narrower than pronotumn, Front margin of clypeus slightly trilobed, median lobe less than double the breadth of a lateral lobe: front margin of lobes more arcuate (Fig. 1 C). Setae of clypeus short, fine pubescence of disc hardly visible, Pro- notum conyex, margin of lateral lobes evenly arcuate between lateral angles. Surface shiny with a pair of long setae. Elytra only slightly longer than combined breadth (39:36), Sides in dorsal view, and sutural line in lateral view evenly arcuate, Subsutural striae of elytra first appear just before the second third of length. Setae numerous along lateral margins with some additional ones at shoulder and near apex. Ventral side similar to that of S. tasmani, but without the accumulation of hairs on anal sternite. Male genitalia 0°48 mm Jong and Q-1 mn broad (Fig, 2 A, B). Length: 1+15-1«35 mm—breadtht: 0° 85-0°90 mm. Distribution: New Auckland, Rotorua. Zealand: Wellington, Genus Clambus Fischer von Waldheim, 1820 Clambus Fischer von Waldheim, 1820. Eni, Russ., 1: 20. Endrédy-Younga, 1960, Acta Zool.Acad.Sci-Hung., 6: 257-303, 4 REC. $8 AUST. MUS., 17 (1): 1-10 Johnson, 1966, Handb.Ident.Brit.Ins., Clambidae, vol, 6, part 6 (a): 1-13 (Roy. Ent. Soc.,London). Slernuchus Leconte, 1850, in Agassiz (ed,), “Lake Superior”, p. 222 ame In general appearance the genus is very homo- geneous and most of the species can only be characterized by minute but usually very constant characters. The male genitalia (penis and the fused parameres) appear to be the best specific characters. Small, between 0-9 and 1-8 mm, almost spherical to elongate ovate, semiglobular to pear- shaped, i.e,, fattened or narrower towards apex of elytra. Surface polished, shiny or sometimes with reticulate microseulpture, if latter, more distinct at apical part of elytra or on ventral surface. Pubescence very characteristic, varying from hardly visible fine hairs to a fairly dense vestiture of long setae. Normally unicoloured brown or black, usually with lighter transparent lateral margin of pronotum and elytra, Head large and broad, clypeus broadly arcuate between temporal angles. Eyes entirely framed by temporal margin of clypeus (Fig. | B), divided into a dorsal and 4 ventral part, Hind angle of clypeus (temporal angle) situated beside or behind eyes. The pubescence of clypeus is characteristic and can be used for the grouping of species. Pronotum large and convex with distinct lateral margins, Lateral margin broadly and almost evenly arcuate, or straight between front and hind Jateral angles. hind angle if dis- tinct more flatly arcuate than front angle, Elytra longer, only exceptionally slightly shorter than combined breadth, uniformly convex or flattened or contracted towards apex. Metasternum, along a4 deeply bent transverse crest, divided into an almost vertical front and a horizontal hind part (Fig. | E). Metasternum very short, only accommodating median coxae. Abdomen 5- segmented. Antennae |0-segmented with two enlarged basal and two club segments. Penis dilated or tubular, parameres fused at base, there with an additional, usually less sclerotised, genital segment. The genus is widely distributed in all tem- perate and tropical regions, Only four species are Known from the Australian region. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT Key to Species of THE AUSTRALIAN REGION 1. Head, pronotum and elytra apparently hairless in macroscopic yiew but minule hairs vistble under strong magnification. Punetation on whole dise Augusi, 1974 of elytra very fine. Horizontal, hind part of metasternum reduced to the deeply curved trans- verse crest ul the middle (Pig, 3 A) .. 2... 2 Dorsal and ventril surface distinctly pubescent, Punctuation of elytra fine ut base buat very distinet behind the middle. Horizontal, hind part of metaslernum ulso quite long medially, transverse crest less curved (Fig. 1 E) ., 2. 0. ch a, 8 2. Temporal margin of clypeus almast straight in front of temporal angle (Fig. 3 B). Somewhat more elongate ovate, shoulders almost rectangular (Fig. 3.C). Apex of anal sternite simply excised with only one horizontal set of hairs (Fig. 3D). Club of antennae broader ovate. last funicular segments broader than long, Penis simply curved (Fig. 4 F), apex triangular and shorter (Fig. 3 &), 1:3 mm. Southern Austraha lL. Chimbuy myemecophilus Lea Temporal margin of clypeus slightly more arcuate in front of temporal angle. More browdly ovate, shoulder broudly rounded (Fig. 4 A). Excision of anal sternite double curved, larger area pubes- cent (Fig. 4 B). Club of antennae with semi- parallel sides, last funicular segments not broader than long, Apex of penis distinctly hooked (Fig. 4 PD) and more elongately pointed (Mig. 4 ©), 1-3 mm. New Zealand 2, Clambus bulla spec. nov. 3. Pubescence more disimel, longer, hairs on elytra closer to each other than length of a single hair. Temporal margin ot clypeus Straight to the temporul angle. Penis truneate or flattened al apex (Fig 5 A), t'-l*2 mm. Tasmania, South Australia 3. Clamhus sinwent Blackburn Puibescence pot so distinct, shorter. hairs of elytra more Spaced than length of a single hair, Tem- poral margin of clypens slightly arcuate in front of temporal angle. Margins of penis evenly curved towards the rounded apex (Fig, 5 ©). 0-9-0:95 mm. New Zealand, Southern Australia 4. Clamihus damesticus, Broun 1. Clambus myrmecophilus Lea, 1910 (Fig. 3 A-F) Clambus myrmecophilus Lea, 1910, Proc.Roy. Soc. Victoria. 23> 190. Location of types: Clambuy myrmecophilus Lea: Holotype ? , Port- Jand, V,, Inquiline, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide; Neoallotype @, South Australia, in author's collection, Very convex, reddish brown, shiny, apparently glabrous, pubescence extremely fine. Head large, convex, as large as pronotum between front angles of lateral lobes. Margin of clypeus evenly curved between temporal angles, Labrum very small. Eyes large on dorsal side, somewhat closer to temporal margin ENDRODY-YOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAE 7 than to antennal fossa; on ventral side only few (probably three) ocelli free (Fig. 3 B), a similar reduction of eyes is known also from other regions (c.f. C, kaszabi E.-Y. from North Africa), Temporal margin only slightly curved; temporal angles behind eyes (Fig. 3 B). Pro- notum conyex, lateral lobes with short straight lateral margins, front angles narrower than hind angles. Elytra very convex, only slightly longer than combined breadth (38:35); sides in dorsal view and sutural line in lateral view evenly arcuate. Humerul angle of elytra sharp, almost rectangular (Fig. 3 C). Subsutural striae very faint, only visible near apex. Apical angles sharply rectangular, Ventral surface shiny; pubescence us fine as on the dorsal surface but basal punctures of hairs more distinct. Trans- verse crest of metasternum very deeply bent in the middle, there touching the hind margin of the plate (Fig. 3 A). Hind coxal plate large. longer than horizontal part of metasternum laterally (Fig. 3 A). Apex of anal sternite simply and angularly excised with only a single line of fine and short yellowish hairs at base (Fig. 3 D). Antennae short, lust two segments of funiculus (seventh and eighth segments) broader than long; club ovate, Penis 0°32 mm long and 0-04 mm broad, parallel to apex; apex triangular with tip rounded; in lateral view simply curved. Parameres 0*2 mm long and 0:06 mm broad, deeply and symmetrically excised, excision acute- angular, apices with very fine setae (Fig. 3 E, F). The description of male characters is based on a specimen from South Australia in the author's collection (Neoallotype), FIG, 3 A Chanbay ntycmecophituy Lea, metasternum and hind coxal plate; BR osame, eye with temporal margin and angle in dorsal view wilh the position of ventral ocelli marked; same, humeral angle, semidorsal view; D same, excision of anal sternite; sume, aedeagus in ventral view; F same, aedeagus in lateral view, Length: 1°3 mm with head bent—breadth: 0+ 88 mim. Distribution: Victoria, South Australia. 2, Clambus bulla Endrédy-Younga, n. sp, (Fig. 4 A-D) Holotype ¢: New Zealand, Broken Riv., 15,1,1908, Broun coll,, 1922-482. in British Museum (Natural History) London. Very similur to C. myrmecophilus. The diag- nosis is restricted to characters which are different; others mentioned only the former species are identical, under FIG. 4 A Clanbus bulla speenov., humeral lateral view; Bo osame. excision of anal sternile; © same, uedeagus in ventral view: D same, wcdeaviis in lateral view. angle in semt- More broadly ovate, temporal margin of clypeus somewhat more strongly bent (compare Fig, 3B). Humeral angle of elytra rounded (Fig. 4 A). Elytra shorter, as long as combined breadth. Excision of anal sternite double-curved at base, here more densely pubescent (Fig. 4B). Last two segments of funiculus (seventh and eighth segments of antennae) not broader than long; club of antennae more parallel at sides. Penis 0-4 mm long and 0-05 mm broad, apex more acute with tip rounded. Apex of penis hooked in lateral view, Fused parameres 0+28 mm long and 0-08 mm broad slightly dilated towards apex, apex symmetrically but less deeply excised, excision rectangular (Fig, 4 C, D). Length: 1+3 mm, with head bent—breadrh; 1-0 mm, Distribution: New Zealand. 8 REC. §. 3, Clambus simsoni Blackburn, 1902 (Fig. 5 A-B) Clambuy simsoni Blackburn, 1902, Trans,Roy- Soc.S.Austr., 26: 288. Endrody-Younga, 1959, Opuse.Ent., 24: 95: 1965, Ann.Hist. Nat.Mus.Hung., 57: 260-261. Clambus flavipes Lea, 1912, Proe.Lin.Soc.N.S. Wales, 36; 456 (syn, noy,). Location of types: Clambus simsoni Blackb,; Lectotype ¢, Tas- mania, Simson, Broun Coll, B.M. 1910- 236, in British Museum (Natural History), London. Clambus flavipes Lea: Holotype ¢@, Gordon River, Tasmania, J, EB, Philip, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Light to dark brown with long shiny pubes- cence. Moderately convex. Front part of dorsal surface shiny, with only indistinct micro- sculpture and minute basal punctures of hairs, latter becoming very distinct in the hind third of elytra. Head Jarge, margin of clypeus broadly and evenly arcuate between temporal angles. Tem- poral margin almost straight between antennal fossa and temporal angle, Temporal angle situated beside eye, ie, an imaginary line between temporal angles cuts through eyes. Eyes lurge both on dorsal and ventral side of head. equally close to antennal fossa and to temporal margin in front. Pubescence uniform, shorter than on elytra, Pronotum convex. Hind angle of lateral lobes broadly, front angle more narrowly, arcuate; lateral margin slightly curved, Pubescence as on head. Elytra longer than com- bined breadth (35:30), sides more strongly arcuate towards apex than behind shoulders, Humeral angle nearly rectangular or slightly obluseangulate. Sutural line in lateral view more strongly arcuate behind scutellum than towards upex. Sutural striae fine, appearing only before middle of elytra. Pubescence long, more closely set than the Jength of hairs, Transverse crest of inetasternum moderately bent in the middle, here also leaving a comparatively long piece of the horizontal part. Hind, horizontal part of the metasternum, hind coxal plates and abdominal segments evenly pubescent, as on elytra; basal punctures of hairs strongest on hind coxal plates. Legs and antennae reddish yellow, Penis 0°27 mm long and 0:04 mm broad, parallel, with apex contracted, Apex broadly truncate; in lateral view slightly curved to parameres, apical two-thirds straight, Fused parameres AUST, MUS., 17 (1): I-1b August, 1974 0-J5 mm long and 0:05 mm broad, contracted towards apex, apex excised with fine setae at points (Fig. 5 A, B). A specimen from S.E. Queensland has broader penis with less contracted apex. 1°0-1'2) mm with head bent— 0:75-0°85 mm. Length: breadth: Distribution: Tasmania and Eastern Australia, The type specimen of C, flavipes is light brown and therefore its pubescence Jess apparent, though identical with that of darker specimens, Subsutural striae present, very fine as is general with this species. Male genitalia identical with that of the lectotype of C. simsoni. Clambus flavipes Lea has to be considered as a junior synonym of Clambus simsoni Blackb, 4. Clambus domesticus Broun, 1886 (Pig. 5 C-D) Clambus domestievs Broun, 1886, Man.N,Zeal. Col,, 3: 762. Endrédy-Younga, 1959, Opuse,Eot., 24: 96; 1965, Ann.Mus.Nat. Hist.Hung.. 57: 259-260, Clambus tropicus Blackburn, 1903, Trans.Roy. Soc.S.Austr. 27:97. Location of types: Clambuy domesticus Broun: Lectotype 3, New Zealand, Broun coll, B.M. 1922-482. (1350), in British Museum (Natural His- tory), London, FIG. 5 A Clambus simsonit Blackb., aedeagus in yveotrul views B same, viedeagus in lateral view. = Clainhuy domesticus Broun, acdeagus in ventral views D same, vedeagus in lateral yiew, = FNDRODY-YOUNGA—AUSTRALIAN Clambus. tropicus Blackb.: Lectotype 9, Aus- tralia. Blackburn coll., BLM. 1910-236, in British Museum (Natural History), London. This species is very similar and is apparently closely related to C. simvoni. Therefore the diagnosis hereunder 1s only extended to those characters which are different; others, mentioned only under C, simsoni are identical. Sinaller, pubescence much shorter, dark, less apparent. Colour, punctation and microsculp- ture similar. Temporal macgin of clypeus dis- linctly arcuate in front of temporal angle, latter less obtuse. Pubescence denser in front of, than between the eyes. Pubescence of elytra similar ta that between eyes, hairs wider apart than their length. Pubescence of ventral surface longer thin that of dorsal surface, here very similar to C. simsoni. Penis 0+22 mim long and 0:04 mm broad, simply curved to the apex, in lateral view more smoothly arcuate. Fused parameres 0+ 14 mm long and 0-05 mm broad, truncate or slightly enarginate at apex, rounded apical ungles with fine setae (Pig. C, D)-. Length: 0-9-0-95 mm with head bent— breadth: Q+7 mm. Distribution: New Zealand and Southern Australia, Taxonomic stutus of other species described tinder the family Clambidae Clambus semiflavus Lea, 1926, Proc.Roy.Soc.S. Austr, 50: 51. Leetotype ¢ 2 Northern Queensland, Blackburn coll, in South Australian Museu, Adelaide, The species belongs to the genus Cybocephalus Erichson in the family Cybocephalidae. In that genus this species name is already preoccupied by Cybocephalus semiflavus Champion, 1925, Ent.Mo.Mag.: 263, from Kumaon, India, Lea’s species hug therefore to be transferred to the family Cybocephalidae under a memen nevion, lor which I propose Cybocephalus leai nom.noy. Clambus australiae Lea, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc, London, 74; 280, Lectotype 4; West Australia, King George’s Sound, C, Darwin coll, in South Australian Museum, Adelaide. This species also belongs to Cybocephalus Erichson, Cybocephalidae, and becomes Cybe- cephalus australiae (Lea) nov. comb. AND NEW ZEALAND CLAMBIDAR 9 Clambus vestitus Broun, 1886, Man.N.Zeul.Col., 2: 762. Lectotypus ¢: New Zealand, in British Museum (Natural History), London, The species apparently belongs to the family Anisotomidae, The generic characters of the species required the establishment of a new genus and it was transferred to the family Anisotomidae (Leiodidae) under the name Australiodes vestitus (Broun) in Endrddy-Younga, 1960, Ann,Mus.Nat.Hist,Hung., 52; 239-240, SUMMARY Since 1886, when the second part of Broun’s Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera was published with the description of the first species of Clambidae in this region, 16 species have been described, all, with one exception, under the genus Clambus. The revision of these species was begun by the present author in 1959 when a genus, Sphaerothorax, was established for a distinctly different group of the family. Later, after a study of the type specimens of the British and South Australian Museums, a further genus, Calypiomerus Redth. is identified and the taxonomic status of all described species clarified. Clambus bulla is described as a new species. REFERENCES Blackburn, T.. 1902. Further Notes on Australian Coleap- fer (31). Prais. R, Soe, S. Anst., 26: 288321, Blackburn, T.. 1903. Further Notes on Australian Coleop- iera, Wilh Descriptions of New Genera and Species (32), Trans. R. Sac, §. Ausi., 27> 91-182. Broun, T., (884. Manual of the New Zealand Coleoptera, 7 parts (1880-93), Colonial Museum & Geological Survey Department, Wellington, Champion, G. €,, 1925. Some Indian (and Tibetan) Coleoptera (18). Entomelogist’s mon, Mag, 61; 260-273, Crowson, R. A,, 1960 (1954). The Natural Classification of the Families of Coleoptera. Classey, London, Crowson, R. A. 1967. The Nalural Classification of the Families of Coleoptera, Addenda ct Corrigendi. Entomolagisis'y mon. Mag., 103: 209-214. Endrily-Younga, S. 1959. Systematischer Ueberblick ueber die Familie Clambidae. Opusc. ent., 24: 51-116, Indrédy-Younga, §., L960, Monographie der paliiark- tischen oArten der Gallung Clambus (Col). Acta sool.-liing., &: 237-303, EndrGdy-Younga, S$, 1960, Nene Augaben = zur Kiirunge des Systems der Familie Clambidao tind Beschreibung emer neuen Lindiden-Gattong (Coleop- tera), Analy hish-nat Mus. net. hung. 524 239-245. Endvody-Younga, §&, 1961. Revision der Galltung Culyptomerus Redib. (Coleoptera; Clumbidae). Acta 2001 Aaaig., Ts AOL-AIL. Bndeidy-Younga, S., 1965. Clambiden Studien. hist.-net. Mus. natn. hung, 57: 259-265. Fairnmire, L. & Laboulbene, A, 1854-56, Faune ento- mologique Prangaise. Colenplera Lz pp. 665. Deyrolle, Paris. Annls 10 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (1): 1-10 Fischer von Waldheim, G., 1820. Entomographie de la Russie et Genres des Insectes avec un Catalogue raisonné des espéces de la Russie. 5 Vols. Soc. Caesar. Mosc.natur. Moscow. Johnson, C., 1966. Handbooks for the Identification of British Insects, Clambidae, Coleoptera, Royal Ento- mological Society, London, 4, 6a: 1-13. Johnson, C., 1966. The Stephensian Species of the Family Clambidae (Col.), together with a Revised British List of the Family. Lntomologist’s mon. Mag., 101: 185-188. Lea, A. M., 1912. Descriptions of New Species of Aus- tralian Coleoptera (9). Proce. Linn. Soc, N.S.W., 36: 426-478, Lea, A. M., 1910. Australian and Tasmanian Coleoptera inhabiting or resorting to the nests of ants, bees and termites. Proc. R. Soc. Vict., 23: 116-230. Lea, A. M., 1926. Notes on some miscellaneous Coleop- tera with descriptions of new species (6). Proc. R. Soc. S. Aust., 50: 45-84. Lea, A. M., 1926. On some Australian Coleoptera Collected by Charles Darwin during the Voyage of the “Beagle”. Trans. R. ent. Soc. Lond., 74: 279-288. Leconte, J. L., 1850. General Remarks upon the Coleop- tera of Lake Superior. Ja “Lake Superior’, Vol. 4 (L. Agassiz ed.). Agassiz, New York. Marsham, T., 1802. Entomologia Britannica, sistens Insecta Britanniae indigena secundum Linneum dis- posita pp. 548. White, London. Redtenbacher, Dr. L., 1849, Fauna Austriaca, Kiifer, pp. 883. Gerold, Vienna. Stephens, J. F., 1829-1846. Illustrations of British Entomology, Mandibulata, 7 Vols. (2 and 5). Baldwin & Cradock, London, Thomson, C. G., 1859. Skandinaviens Coleoptera, 5 Vols. (1859-63) Lund, LIST OF SPECIES Family CLAMBIDAE Calypiomerus Redtenbacher C. dubius Marsham = Clambus corylophoides Lea Sphaerothorax Endrédy-Younga S. lierensis (Blackburn) = Clambus tierensis Blackburn = Clambus latens Lea = Clambus pubiventris Lea S. tasmani (Blackburn) = Clambus tasmani Blackburn = Clambus rufocastaneus Lea S. sufjusus (Broun) = Clambus suffusus Broun = Sphaerothorax maori Endrédy-Y ounga Clambus Fischer von Waldheim C. myrmecophilus Lea C. bulla spec. nov. C. simsoni Blackburn = Clambus flavipes Lea C. domesticus Broun = Clambus tropicus Blackburn Family CyBOCEPHALIDAE Cybocephalus Erichson C. jeai nom. noy. = Clambus semiflavus Lea C. australiae (Lea) = Clambus ausiraliae Lea Family LE1opipAR Australiodes Endrédy-Younga A. vestitus (Broun) = Clambus vestitus Broun August, 1974 RECORDS OF THE O SOUTH AUSTRALIAN Saye MUSEUM Koy A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, Geotrupinae) By H. F. HOWDEN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 2 15th November, 1974 A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD (COLEOPTERA, SCARABAEIDAE, GEOTRUPINAE) BY H. F. HOWDEN Summary The Australian genus Stenaspidius Westwood is revised, and the species are keyed and illustrated. Five species are recognized: S. nigricornis Westwood from southern Western Australia, S. brittoni n. sp. from southern Western Australia, S. matthewsi n. sp. from west central Western Australia, S. ruficornis Boucomont from South Australia, Victoria and New South Wales and S. albosetosus n. sp. from the northern portions of Queenlsand, Northern Territory and Western Australia. A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD (COLEOPTERA, SCARABAEIDAE, GEOTRUPINAE) By H. F. HOWDEN Biology Department, Carleton University, Ottawa, Canada ABSTRACT HOWDEN, H, F, 1974, A revision of the Australian sents Stenaspidins Westwood (Coleoptera, Scarabaeidae, eatninpinae). Rec, S, Aust. Mus,, 17 (2): 11-21, The Australian genus Stenaspidius Westwood is revised, and the species are keyed and illustrated, Five species are recognized: S. nigricornis Westwood from southern Western Australia, S. britteni n, sp, from southern Western Australia, S. matthewsi n, sp. from west central Western Australia, S. ruficornis Bouco- mont from South Australia, Victoria and New South Wales and S. albasetosus n, sp. from the northern portions of Queensland, Northern Territory and Western Australia. INTRODUCTION On 21st March, 1848, J. O, Westwood read a paper entitled “On the Australian species of the coleopterous genus Bolboceras, Kirby” in which he described as new the species Bolhoceras (Srenaspidius {new subgenus]) nigricornis, A short version of this paper which validated the names was published in 1848 in The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, Volume 2, An expanded version of the same paper, including figures, was subsequently published in 1852 in The Transactions of the Linnean Society of London, Volume 21. In 1856 Lacordaire gave Stenaspidius Westwood generic rank, and sub- sequent authors hive concurred with this. In 1906 a second Australian species, S. ruficornis, was described by Boucomont. Paulian (1939) described a third species, S. wagneri, from South America which was later correctly synonymized by Martinez (1952) under Arhyreus ruficollis Bruch (1925), At the same time Martinez transferred rificollis into the genus Stenaspidius. Recent studies have shown that ruficollis is not congeneric with the Australian species and it has been transferred to a separate genus Bolbothyreus (Howden, 1974), Stenaspidius, as presently constituted, is an endemic Australian genus containing five species, A number of people have assisted me with the present study and their generous help is grate- fully acknowledged. In the following list of persons and institutions lending material, the abbreviations in parentheses are those used in the text: Lsth Navernber, 1974, i EB. B. Britton, Australian National Insect Collection, Division of Entomology, CSIRO, Canberra (ANIC). A, Descarpentrics, Muséum National d'Histoire Naturelle, Paris (MNHN). G. Holloway, The Australian Museuni, Sydney (AM). L. BE, Koch, The Western Australian Museum, Perth (WAM). E. G. Matthews. South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM). A, Neboiss, National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne (NMYV). R. Pope, British Museum (Natural History), London (BM). K. T. Richards, Entomology Branch Department of Agriculture, W.A., South Perth (DAWA). T. Weir and N. Forrester, Entomology Section, Agriculture Branch, Northern Territory Adininistration, Darwin (NTA), Tam particularly indebted to E, G, Matthews and G. F. Gross of the South Australian Museum for support for field work in July and August, 1972, and for the use of their facilities, and to E. B. Britton, CSTRO, Division of Entomology, for the use of facilities at Canberra, The scanning electron microscope pictures used herein were taken by L. BE. C. Ling, Carleton University. This work has been sup- ported, in part, by an operating grant from the National Research Council of Canada. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT Stenaspidius Westwood Westwood, J, O., 1848, p. 144; 1852, p, 17- Lacordaire, T., 1856, p. 141. Matctinez, A., 1952, p, 326 (Catalogue of refer- ences to genus). Howden, H. F., 1974, p, 1567. Type-species, Bolboceras — (Stenaspidius) niericornis Westwood. 1848, by monotypy. 12 REC. §. AUST. MUS,, Major characters that separate Stenaspidinus from other genera in the tribe Bolboceratini are as follows; Each mandible moderately to dis- tinctly lobed on outer margin; labrum with irregular transverse carina, at least in median half; clypeus slanting slightly to abruptly upwards to posterior curina, the carina often with median and lateral horns or tubercles; gena rounded or angulate; vertex with at least an indi- cation of median horn; pronotum with complete marginal line, pronotal midline poorly to deeply indented; scutellum approximately twice as long as wide; each elytron with five striae between suture and humeral umbone, intervals broadly convex; fore tibia with five teeth on outer margin; middle and hind tibiae each with one complete subapical transyerse carina on ovter surface; middle coxae distinctly separated by metasternum, External sexual differences slight: in many males apex of the genital capsule visible between pygidium and last sternite, The elongate scutellum will separate Stenas- pidius from all other genera of Australian Geotrupinae except for the genus Gilletinus Boucomont. The broadly convex elytral intervals and five narrow striae between the suture and humeral tumbone separate Sfenas- pidius from Gilletinus which has seven deep, broad, heavily punctate striae (instead of five) and abruptly convex elytra) intervals, The various species of Stenaspidius are poorly represented in collections. Adults come occasionally to light. Specimens ure best collected by excavating their burrows and, in some cases at least, a number of adults have been found in a single burrow. The meagre data available indicates that the genus occurs (see map) most frequently in sandy soils in areas m which the raintall exceeds 250 mm per year. Key to the species of Stenaspidins I, Frons, vertex und pronotum with scattered clumps of coarse punctures; much of vertex and central portion af pronotum Pegubctals or finely punctate . 2 Frons, vertex, and pronotum relatively evenly, coarsely, heavily punctate (Fig. 5), less so near posterior margin of pronotum; Kal- barri area, W.A, Stenaspidius matthewsi n. sp. 2. (1) Metasiernurm anteriorly elevated into a sharp. abruptly angulute point (e.g. Fig. 22); occurring im southern half of Western Australla ... u5k we cele le ne ek 8 Metasternum rounded or carinate anteriorly but with apex (viewed Jaterally) rounded. not sharply angulate to vertical face (Figs, 23, 24); occurring tn northern or eastern Australia... 6) ce ca ae ee ee we ee SF 17 (2): 1-20 Navermher, 1974 3. (2) Horn on vertex (Fig, 2) distinctly transverse, usually slightly bifid at apex; male genitaha as in Fig, 20 Stemwpidius nigricarnis Westwood Horn on vertex (Fig. 3) longitudinal with base extending anteriarly, apex evenly rounded; male genitalia as in Pig, 18 Stenaspidis brittani n. sp. 4. (2) Posterior clypeal carina well developed, distinctly narrowed, the three horns. obsolete and close together; metasternum — distinctly carinate anteriorly: occurring in south- eastern Australia Srenaspidius ruficarnis Boucamont Posterior clypeal carina poorly developed except for distinctly, widely separated horns: metasterniim rounded anteriorly: occurring across northern Australia Stenaspiilins alboxerasus o, sp. Stenaspidius sigricornis Westwood (Figs. 1, 2, 19, 20, 22) Balboceras (Stenaspidius) —nigricvornis wood, 1848, p, 144; (852, p. 17. Stenaspidinus nigricornis Westwood, Boueomont, 1932, p. 264. Males: Length 7-6 to 9°1 mm; greatest width 4-3 to 6°11 mm, Colour usually black, occasion- ally very dark brown: antennae and tarsi usually very dark brown, Clypeus (Fig. 2) rising at AS° ta 55° angle to posterior carina; carina, i large specimens, with three low horns, median horn anterior in position, Face of clypeus on each side with U-shaped carina extending from median to lateral horn, the area encompassed usually as wide as deep or wider. Frons and vertex behind clypeal horns concave anterior fo horn on vertex. Gena, frons, and vertex with scattered minutely or moderately sized punce- tures. Horn on yertex transverse, often pro- nounced (particularly in Jarge specimens) and slightly bifid at apex (Fig. 2). Pronotum with midline distinctly indented, punctate; on each side on anterior third behind eyes a distinct, punc- fate indentation delimits an impunctate con- vexity (Fig. 1); pronotum in anterior lateral West- two-thirds moderately to heavily, irregularly punctate, Scutellum longitudinally shallowly concave; concave surface dull, often with vague. small punctures, Elytral striae moderately indented, finely punctate; intervals moderately convex, impunctate, smooth to vaguely trans- versely wrinkled. Metasternum (Fig, 22) narrowed anteriorly to sharply pointed apex, anterior face nearly vertical, slightly indented near apex, Genital capsule (Fig. 19) evenly narrowed to abruptly rounded apex, Genitalia (Fig. 20) with upper lobe of each paramere narrowed, then dorso-ventrally expanding tear pointed apex. 6. Figs. 1-6, Sreraspidius spp: 1, Head and pronotum of S. nigricornis; 2, Head of S. nigricernis; 3, Head of S. britteni; 4, Head of S. ruficornis; 5, Head and pronotum of §, matthewsi; 6, Lateral view of 8. albosetasus. "2 4 REC. &, Females: Length 7*8 to 10:5 mm, greatest width 4°8 to 6°9 mm. Yariation in females similar ta that described for males, horns of small females being poorly developed, those of large females well developed, External sexual differences negligible. Sienaspidius nigricorniy can be distinguished by the following combination of churacters: metasternum (Fig. 22) anteriorly narrowed to acutely pointed apex, anterior face nearly vertical, slightly indented by apex; posterior clypeal carina well developed, the three clypeal horns of the carina obtuse, not greatly elevated above the carina, the two lateral horns. directly above the niundibular insertions; horn on vertex transverse, usually well developed (Fig, 2) and slightly bifid at apex; male genitalia (Fig. 20) very distinctive. Type: Holotype, female, Swan River, No. 507 (Hope Museum, Oxford); specimen examined February, 1973. Material examined; Thirty-one specimens bearing only the following dita: 1—Australia; 3—S.W. Australia; 1—Australia Orient., Febru- ary, 1896, Muller; 1—Nov, Holl, Occid.; 2— Albany, W.A.; 1—Bedfordale, W.A., March, 1951, W. M. O'Donnell; 1—Calgardup, 40— 1580; 1—Deepdene. Karridale, W.A,, 14th October, 1962, L, M, O'Halloran; 4—King George Sound (ne. Albany), W.A.; 2—Mundar- ing, W.A,, J. Clark; 1—Nedlands, W.A., 27th November, 1939, P. N. Forte; 1—Pearce, Bulls- brook, W.A., 13th January, 1966. QO. W. Richards: 1—Salmon Gums, 43—1226; 1— South Perth, W.A,, 20th December, 1902, H. M. Giles; 2—Swan River. W.A., J. Clark; 1— Vasse: 2—Warren R, (ne. Pemberton?), W.A., W. D. Dodd: 4—William Bay, W.A., 31st October, 1967, E. Matthews; 1—Yallingup, S.W. Australia. Ist-12th December, 1913, R- F-. Turner. Specimens are in the following collections: ANIC, BM, DAWA, MNHN, NMY, SAM, WAM and Howden, Sienaspidius brittoni n. sp. (Figs. 3, 17, 18) Holotype: Male, length 8-7 mm, greatest width §-O mm. Colour dark to very dark brown except dorsum of head and pronotum black. Clypeus (Fig. 3) rising abruptly to three horns at posterior margin; median horn anterior in position, with U-shaped carina on each side extending neatly to anterior margin of clypeus AUST, MUS., 17 (2): 11-2) November, 1974 and thence to lateral horns; the U-shaped area approximately as deep as wide. Frons and vertex behind clypeal horns concave except for low, rounded, longitudinal median ridge extend- ing posteriorly to slender horn at base of vertex (Fig. 3). Gena and vertex laterally with scattered coarse punctures, central concaye por- tion of vertex with widely scattered, fine punc- tures. Pronotum with midline distinctly indented, punctate; on each side on anterior third behind eyes a shallow, punctate indentation delimits an impunctate convexity; pronotum in anterior lateral two-thirds with irregular coarse punctures, Scutellum longitudinally shallowly concave; surface of concavity dull, slightly irregular and with scattered fine punctures. Elytral striae moderately indented, finely punc- tate; intervals moderately convex, smooth, impunctate. Metasternum narrowing anteriorly to sharply pointed apex, anterior face vertical (metusternum yery similar to Higricornis, Fig. 22). Genital capsule (Fig, 17) evenly narrowed to acutely rounded apex. Genitalia (Fig. 18) with upper Jobe of each paramere evenly arcuate to acutely pointed apex. Allotype: Female. length 7-1 mm, greatest width 4:4 mm, Similar to male except in following respects: colour brown (specimen teneral), clypeus rising less abruptly, clypeal horns poorly developed; frons and vertex less concave, harn of vertex low, rounded; rounded longitudinal ridge extending anteriorly from base of horn less well defined than in male. Varialion nol mentioned in the description is slight. The single female paratype measures 6°6 mm in length and 4-2 mm in greatest width. The clypeal carina and the harn on the vertex are both poorly developed, and distinctly abraded. If the sexual differences in the horns af the head can be shown to be consistent, then §. brittoné must be considered to be the most obviously dimorphic species in the genus, Stenaspidius hrittoni 1s most closely related to §. nigricornis, differing from nigricorniy in the following major characters: horn of vertex not transverse, rounded at apex: a low, rounded, longitudinal carina extending anteriorly from base of horn; genital capsule (Fig, 17) more acutely rounded at apex; genitalia (Fig, 1%) with parameres evenly arcuate to acutely pointed apices, The species is named in honour of Dr. E. B. Britton, who has greatly facilitated my studies on the Australian Geotrupinae, 4 11 Bi : so Figs. 7-12. Stenaspidius albosetosus: 7, Head of male from Queensland; 8, Head of male from Western Australia; 9, Male genital capsule, Queensland specimen; 10, Frontal view of male genitalia, Queensland specimen; 11, Lateral view of male genitalia, Queensland specimen; 12, Lateral view of male genitalia, Western Australian specimen, 16 REC. §. AUS. Type material: Holotype, male, no data (SAM). Allotype, female, Melville, Western Australia, No, 73/798 (WAM). Paratype, | female, Bunbury, Western Australia, Whitlock (AM). Stenaspidins matthewsi n, sp. (Figs. 5, 1S, 16, 21) Holotype: Male, Jength 7-2 mm, greatest width 4-5 mm, Colour dorsally very dark brown to black, ventral surfaces dark brown. Clypeus (Pig. 5) gradually sloped upward, at 1G to 15°. to low posterior carina: carina with three poorly developed horns, median one most prominent; U-shaped carina on either side anterior to median horn, irregular in shape. Vertex centrally wth slightly bifid, transverse swelling, Entire dorsal surface of head coarsely, irregularly punetate, Pronotum (Fig, 5) with midline shallowly indented, on either side on anterior third of pronotum two or three vague, low conyexitics present: entire surface of prono- tum except for posterior median sixth, coarsely punctate, with fine secondary punctures inter- spersed, Scutellum longitudinally concave, con- cave surfuce dull, granular, with two or three coarse punctures yaguely indicated near base. Elytral striae moderately deep for genus, finely punctate; intervals smooth, evenly convex longitudinally, Metasternum (Fig, 21) dis- tinctly narrowed and carinate anteriorly, apex in lateral view broudly rounded, lobe-shaped. Genitul cupsule (Fiz. 35) broad, tapering abruptly in apical third to rounded tip. Genitalia (Fig, 16) with parameres relatively broad, dorsally angulate before rounded apices. Allotype: Female, length 7*7 mm, greatest width 4°86 mm. Similar to male in all major external characters except median bifid tumosity of vertex slightly larger, probably a function of ihe larger size. Variilion in the small series is negligible. Size ranges from 7+0 to 9*1 mm with fenrales averaging Jaryer than males, Width varies from 4-3 to 5-8 mm. The number of coarse punc- lures in the median, posterior third of the prono- lum shows some noiinor variation. In other respects the characters scent quite stable. Stenaspidius matthewst can be readily separated trom the other species in the genus by the follawing combination of characters: posterior clypeal carina low, horns poorly developed; pronotum and head dorsally heavily, closely punctate, pronotal midline shallowly indented; male genitalia as in Fig. 16, MUS, 1? (2)> JIA Neoveniber, 1974 It gives me considerable pleasure to name this species in honour of Dr. K, G. Matthews who has assisted me in many ways. We found the pre- sent species in open sandy areas along with several other species of Geotrupinac, One five foot square area when exeavatled to a depth of about 18 inches yielded eight Stenaspidius matihewsi and tive Eueanthus felsehet Bouco- mont, There was little surface evidence of burrows and no indication of any food. except possibly some rich, black deposits of humus to the soil (humus is used as larval food by some North American Bolboceratini; see Howden. 1955). Type immaterial; Holotype. male, 50 km E. Kalbarri, W. Australia, 6th August, 1972, E. G. Matthews (SAM), Allotype, female, same data as holotype (SAM). Paratypes, 3 males, 5 females: 3, same dala us holotype; 4, 51 km E. Kalbarri, near Murchison Riyer, W.A,, 30th July, 1972, 6th August. 1972, H. F, Howden: 1, Highway 1, 59 km north of Murchison River. W.A., 4th August, 1972, H. FP. Howden, Paratypes are in the following collections: ANIC, SAM, Howden. Stenaspidins roficormis Boucomont (Figs, 4, 13, 14, 24) Bolhoceras (Stenaspidius) ruficoriis Boucomont, 1906, p. 452. Males: Length 6°5 (o 84 jnm, greatest width 4-3 to 5-5 mm, Colour dorsally dark reddish brown, frequently head and pronotum black, antennal club usually reddish. Clypeus (Pig. 4) rising abruptly (90°) to trituberculate posterior carina, the elevated trituberculate portion of carina distinctly narrower than width of clypeus; anterior face with indistinet, irregu- larly U-shaped carina, the area encompassed deeper than wide. Clypeus, frontal area and gena with irregular, shallow, large puncture; frontal area behind clypeal carina concave, horn of vertex further forward than in nigricarnts, transverse atid slightly bifid at apex, Height of clypeal carina and of horn of vertex proportional to overall size, increasing in development as size incresses. Pronotum with midline distinctly indented, on either side of anterier third of pro- notum a second indented line, these indentations delintiting four broad, low, circular convexities; a pronounced transverse concavily present on pronotum behind head between anterior margin and circular conyexities, Pronotal surface coursely punctate on luteral thirds and to a lesser degree in indentations; convex areas largely impunctate. Scutellum longitudinally concave, concave surface irregularly, vaguely ridged and granular, Elytral striae moderately deep, finely HOWDEN—AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOR 17 punctate; intervals moderately convex, either smooth or with vague transverse wrinkles. Metasternum (Fig. 24) carinate, the carina when viewed laterally with apex rounded to nearly vertical anterior face. Genital capsule (Fig, 13) apically moderately broadly rounded in outline. Genitalia (Fig, 14) with dorsal portion of each paramere produced into a slender cylindrical arch, Females; Length 7+2 to 9-1 mm, greatest width 4:7 io S*§ nm. Externally mot differing noticeably from males, the degree of develop- ment of the clypeal carina and of the horn of the vertex being associated with size rather than showing any sexual dimorphism, The high, narrowed, trituberculate clypeal carina, the forward position of the horn of the vertex in line with the anterior edges of the eyes, and the reddish antennal club are characters that distinguish ruficernts from the other Stenaspidius. The male genitalia (Fig, 14) are also very dis- tinctive and the range is apparently allopatric from others in the genus. Types: Boucamont (1906) lists three speci- mens (cotypes): two from New South Wales, Australia, in the “Deutsches Entomologisches National Museum” (-=Deut. Ent, Institute, Berlin?) and one female labelled ‘Australia, ex Musaeo Van Lansberge™, now in the Paris Museum (MNHN), Since the species is. easily recognizable and since T have seen only the Paris Specimen, u lectotype designation does not seem to be necessary or advisable at present, Material examined: Twenty-five specimens with the following data: 2—Australia: 2—S. Australia; 1-—Adelaide, S. Australia: 1—Lucein- dale, South Australia; 2—Caulfield, Victoria. 3rd October, 908, June, 1906; 3—WNorth Meibourne, Vict; |—Nova Holland, 50404, ex Mus, Murray; 1—Portland. Vict. January. 1938, C. Oke; 1—Raymond Isl. near Bairnsdale, Viet,, 21st October, 1907, W. W.: 1—Seaford, Viet., 4—Wannon, Hamilton. Viet. 10th Octo- ber. 1947. B. B. Given: 6—Victoria. Specimens are in the following collections: ANIC, BM, MNHN, NMY, SAM, Howden. Stenaspidius albosetosus n. sp. (Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 23) Holotype: Male, length 9-1 mm, greatest width 5-5 mm. Colour very dark brown with head, pronotum and scutellum black; base of the antenna, sides of prathorux (on ventral surface), and base of scutellum densely fringed with con- spicuous, white setae; (in other species setac are less numerous and yellow, buff, or tan in colour). Clypeus (Fig, 7) rising abruptly to median anterior horn, gradually sloped upward to low, lateral portions of posterior carina; sur- face of clypeus divided into nearly equal thirds by U-shaped carina on either side of median tubercle or horn, Vertex posteriorly (Fig. 7) with low, slightly bifid transverse median tubercle; surface of trons and yertex between tubercle and clypeal carina flat or slightly con- cave and with scattered fine punctures. Prono- tum (Fig, 7) with midline slightly to coarsely punctate and shallowly indented, a transverse line of punctures present at anterior third: marginal line behind head thickened, rounded; behind this pronotal surface transyersely concave, coarsely punctate: pronotal surface behind eyes shallowly, broadly concave; pronotal surface coarsely punctate laterally (Fig. 6) and in a band near posterior third, elsewhere surface Jargely smooth and shining. Scutellum shghtly concave medially; surface closely. irregularly, coarsely punctate, less so along lateral margins. Elytral striae moderately indented, finely to obsoletely punctate: intervals moderately con- vex, smooth and shining. Metasternum (Fig, 23) with midline distinctly indented, except anteriorly, not carinate anteriorly; metasternum anteriorly broadly rounded: surface with numerous course punctures. Genital capsule (Fig. 9) broad near abruptly rounded apex, dorsal surface near apex flat to shallowly con- cave. Genitalia (Figs. 10, 11) with each para- mere bent, then thickened before acute apex; lower lobe of each paramere slender and sharply hooked near midline. Allotype: Female, length 9-3 mm, greatest width 5+4 mm_ Externally differing only slightly from holotype in the following respects: anterior pronotal coneavities smaller and shallower; punctate areas similar but punctures smaller and more numerous: punctures of elytral strise slightly larger and better developed, Stenaspidius albesetosus ranges widely across northern Australia from Queensland ta Western Australia, Variation in the series at hand is of two types, local and geographic. The small serjes from Cairns, Oucensland, varies from 6 to 8 mm in length and from 3+*5 to 5°5 mm in greatest width. The smallest specimen of this series has the head und much of the pronotum heavily punctate, the pronotal concavilies obsolete, and the elytral striae distinctly deeper und more heavily punctate than in the other specmens. The degree of this “local” type of variation is considerable, being equal to or exceeding the variation noted for the other species in the genus. 14 16 18 Figs. 13-18. Stenaspidius spp.: 13, Male genital capsule of S, ruficornis; 14, Male genitalia of S. ruficornis; 15 Male genital capsule of §. matthewsi; 16, Male genitalia of S. matihewsi; 17, Male genital capsule of §$. brittoni; 18, Male genitalia of S. brittoni. Figs. 19-24. Stenaspidius spp.: 19, Male genital capsule of §. nigricornis; 20, Male genitalia of S. nigricornis; 21, Metasternum of S. matthewsi; 22, Metasternum of S. nigricornis; 23, Metasternum of 8, albosetosus; 24, Metasternum of §. ruficornis, 20 REC. §, AUST. MUS.,, 17 (2): Geographic variation is also evident and speci- mens from Queensland are consistently different from those occurring in the Northern Territory or in Western Australia, It could be argued that populations from these different areas should be recognized as taxonomically distinct. However, since the few specimens on hand seem to show concordant clinal variation, [ consider the different forms as variants of one species. The major variation occurs in the development of the horns of the head, in the size and depth of the anterior pronotal concayities, in the shape of the apex of the genital capsule, and in the shape of the parameres of the male genitalia. In specimens from Queensland the clypeal carina is only slightly lower than the three tubercles (or horns). The tubercles are small and generally equally developed. The tubercle (or horn) on the vertex is low and vaguely to moderately bifid. The anterior pronotal con- cavities vary from obsolete to shallow (Fig. 7) but distinct; distinct convex ridges surrounding the concavities are lacking. The male genital capsule is moderately broad and rounded at the apex. The male genitalia (Figs. 10, 11) have the parameres moderately thickened near the tips and the lower lobes slender and hooked. In specimens from the Northern Territory and Western Australia the clypeal carina is distinctly lower than the well developed tubercles or horns, The horn on the vertex is usually distinctly bifid (Fig. 8). The anterior pronotal concavities (Fig. 8) are deep, being surrounded laterally and posteriorly by convex ridges, The male genital capsule is flattened near the apex and very broadly rounded. The male genitalia (Fig. 12) have the parameres more distinctly 11-21 November, 1974 thickened near the tips and the lower lobes wider. These differences seem to be consistent geographically, but with the differences discussed being based upon six specimens, my conclusions ure tentative. Stenaspidius albosetosus is at present the only member of the genus known to occur in the northern third of Australia. The numerous, long, white setae on the basal segments of the antennae and on the underside of the prothoracic margin will identify the species. Also the male genitalia are very distinctive. Type material: Holotype, male, Yeppoon, Queensland, 20th December, 1969, H. Evans and R. W. Matthews (ANIC), Allotype, female, same data as holotype (ANIC). Paratypes, 18 specimens: 5, Cairns, (N.) Queensland, (1) E. W. Ferguson; 1, Little Mulgrave R., QOld., Hacker; 1, Ravenshoe— Mt. Garnet Road., Archers Creek, N. Qld., Australia, 11th January, 1962, E. B. Britton; 1, Rockhampton, Old., 23rd March, 1950, L. F. B. Common; 2, Townsville, Old., (1) N. B. Tin- dale, (1) 24th December, 1902, F. P. Dodd; 1, N. Queensland; 1, Q. (Victoria) (—museum?) Coll, French; 2, Berrimah Farm, N.T., 27th January, 1956, L. D. Crawford; 1, Daly R., N.T., H. Wesselwan; 2, 80 km E. of Daly Waters on Borroloola Road, N.T., 20th March, 1972, A. Allwood and T. Angeles; 1, Wyndham, W.A., 1Sth December, 1953, G, Luking, K. R. &., Light Trap. Paratypes are in the following collections: ANIC, BM, MNHN, NTA, SAM, Howden. HOWDEN—AUSTRALIAN GENUS STENASPIDIUS WESTWOOD 21 Fig. 25. Distribution of Stenaspidius spp.: 1, nigricornis Westwood; , brittoni n. sp.3 matthewsi n. sp.; , ruficornis Boucomont; , albosetosus n. sp. am Bw nN REFERENCES Boucomont, A., 1906. Description d’un Bolboceras nouveau. Dt. ent. Z, 2: 452. Boucomont, A., 1932. Genre nouveau et espéces nouvelles ou peu connues de Bolbocerinia (Col. Scarabaeidae) Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 37: 262-268. Bruch, C., 1925. Coledpteros nuevos y poco conocidos Physis 8: 199-200. Howden, H. F., 1955. Biology and taxonomy of North American beetles of the subfamily Geotrupinae with revisions of the genera Bolbocerosoma, Eucanthus, Geotrupes and Peltotrupes (Scarabaeidae), Proc. U.S. natn. Mus. 104: 151-319. Howden, H. F., 1974 (1973). for Stenaspidius — ruficollis Bolbothyreus, a new genus (Bruch) (Coleoptera, Can. Scarabaeidae, Geotrupinae), Ent. 105: 1567- 1571. Lacordaire, T., 1856. “Histoire naturelle des insectes. Vol. 3”. Librairie Encyclopédique de Roret, Paris. Martinez, A., 1952. Insectos nuevos o poco conocidos-IX. Revta. Soc. ent. argent. 15: 314-327. Paulian, R., 1939. Un nouveau coléoptére lamellicorne coprophage d’Amérique du Sud. Bull. Soc. ent, Fr. 44: 20-21. Westwood, J. O., 1848. On the Australian species of the coleopterous genus Bolboceras, Kirby. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 11 2: 143-144. Westwood, J. O., 1852. On the Australian species of the coleopterous genus Bolboceras, Kirby. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond, 21: 11-18. RECORDS oF THE O SOUTH AUSTRALIAN (sm MUSEUM ey, NOTES ON BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM By J. V. S. MEGAW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 3 10th January, 1975 NOTES ON BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM BY J. V. S. MEGAW Summary A single penannular bronze ring with a gold sheet is described from the holdings of the South Australian Museum. This piece of ‘ring money’ has been assigned to the Late Bronze Age. Three Irish bronzes, an axe and two halberds, are also described and figured. Metallurgical analyses of these are compared with similar objects from the British Isles. They have been tentatively assigned to the Irish Early Bronze Age, ca. 1600-1500 B.C. NOTES ON BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM By J. V. 8). MEGAW Department of Archaeology, University of Leicester, England ABSTRACT MEGAW, I. VS. 1974, Notes on Bronze Age antiquities in the South Atstenlian Museum. Ree. 5. Aust. Mus. 17 (3): 23-29, A single penannular bronze ring with a gold sheet is described from the holdings of the South Australian Museum, This piece of ‘ring money’ has been assigned to the Late Bronze Age. Three Irish bronzes, an axe and two halberds, are also described and figured. Metallurgical analyses of these are compared with similar objects from the British Isles. They have been tentatively assigned to the Irish Early Bronze Age, ca. 1600-1500 b8,c,* 1. AN EXAMPLE OF BRITISH BRONZE AGE “RING MONEY” As part of a survey of European prehistoric antiquities in Australian collections (Burke and Megaw. 1966: Megaw, 1964, 1965, 1969, 1973), in February, 1970 I was able to study briefly the holdings of the South Australian Museum, Amongst a small group of non- Australian antiquities in the Museum is a penan- nular ring made of gold sheet over what seeins without analysis to be a bronze core (Figs, 1-2), Figs, |-2: Bishopstone, Willshire. “Hair ring’ Of shect gold over bronze core. Scule 2:1 Drawing Brenda KK, Hedd; Photo. South Australian Afusenn, Measuring 1*4 cm in mwamum diameter, the ring (Reg. No. A50523) was presented to the Museum in 1957 by Mr. Francis P, Dibben whose father, H. J. Dibben, had found jt at Bishopstone, Wiltshire some time prior to 1907. An unpublished letter dated December, 1907 from the Rev, E, Goddard notes this ‘ring money’ as the first found in the country and promises a published description which was forthcoming with a drawing of the Dibben ting as part of a long article on objects of the Bronze Age found in Wiltshire (Goddard, 1911: 112, 156 und Pl. 7:14). Finds of miniature gold rings of this type (so-called ‘ring money’, once alleged on the grounds of its more or less uniform size and weight to be a primitive form of currency), though commonest in Ireland, occur both in Scotland and Southern Britain. At least one other example—apparently unassa- ciated—is recorded as having been found between Bishopstone and Broad Chalk. This, with a cover of gold and silver bands is pre- served as an electrotype in the collections of the Devizes Museum (Goddard, 1911: nos. 293-4, 1923: 251). The origin and indeed use of such gold- covered penannular rings is still very much a matter of dispute. In a general study of Bronze Age gold ear-rings Hawkes has considered the British ‘ring money’ as hair rings (Hawkes, 1961: 453-6, 468-9 and PI.I, 2) on the basis of the custom amongst Egyptian nobility of the New Kingdom for threading similar gold rings through their wigs, Hawkes postulates an original western dissemination of the type as Mycenaean loot passed on by trade, The ‘hair ring’ suggestion is certainly supported by Childe’s citing of the report of the discovery of traces of hair adhering to the rings from the Sculptors Caye, Covesea mentioned further below (Childe, 1935: 163). As to possible Mediterranean prototypes there are certainly similar forms to ‘ring money” amongst Egyptian and Palestinian materials but this is all prior to ca, 1200 B.C. and the earliest possible British find—a penannular ring with tapering ends from an Early Bronze Age Wessex I chieftain’s grave, the primary cremation under a ball barrow, Filsford G,8, Normanton Down (Annable and Simpson, 1964; no, 192)—is much more probably a miniature copy of contemporary continental Reinecke Bronze Age A2 “ingot torcs”. Bogan (1964; 272ff.) follows Hawkes in suggesting later Mycenaean trade as a source for ‘ring money’ and ascribes the earliest extant Irish examples to his Middle Bronze Age * In this paper all dates quoled are ‘conventional’ he. uneorreeted. 10h Mammary, VTS 24 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (3): “Bishopsland phase”; but there are no associa- tions of ‘ring money’ in indisputable Middle, let alone Early, Bronze Age contexts in the British Isles. Recent reassessments of the absolute chronology as well as the alleged material for east-west trade in the second millen- nium sB.c. also argue against a_ possible Mycenaean source (Renfrew, 1969, 1973: 98- 103). In fact in Britain there is no association of ‘ring money’ of certain date earlier than the eighth century B.C. The material from the Sculptor’s Cave, Covesea, Morayshire, Scotland, includes some ten examples of ‘ring money’— two without their sheet gold covering—of similar diameter to our Bishopstone example (Benton, 1930-31: 181-2 and Fig. 5). The Covesea find is dated on the basis of imports from the Middle Rhine to ca. 700 B,c, and the “Coyesea” phase Fig. 3: Copper halberd; (¢) unproyenanced, Photos, 73-29 January, 1975 of Coles’ recent review of the later Scottish Bronze Age seems io be one of settlement on the north-eastern coast of the British Isles by groups from the northern German plain. A hoard of similar date to Covesea is that from Balmashanner, Angus which includes a single ‘hair ring’ (see Coles, 1959-60: 39ff. and 91 for a complete list of Scottish ‘ring money’). From Ireland probably the best dated ‘ring money’ is that from Tooradoo, Co. Limmerick, a hoard of Eogan’s “Dowris” phase con- temporary with Covesea in Scotland, a phase to which it would seem best to assign Irish hair rings as a whole (Gogan, 1932; Eogan, 1964: 304 and Fig. 15,5). Tending to support this dating is the recent publication of a now lost Irish find which indicates the association of a hair ring with a so-called ‘dress fastener’ (Herity, 1969: 9 and PI.VIIb), a penannular gold ring with cone-shaped terminals. “Dress (a) “Ttaly”, Decorated bronze axe; (b) River Suck, Co, Galway, Copper halberd. Scale ws marked, South Australian Museum, MEGAW—BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM fasteners’ of this type have a widespread and even continental distribution (Hawkes and Clarke, 1963, 220ff). The association of an Irish Middle Bronze Age (ca, 1000 B.c.) “Ballintober” sword with a piece of ‘ring money’ and other fragments of gold alleged to have been found at Strabane, Co. Tyrone cannot now be proved (Eogan, 1965: 8 and 25 no, 12). In the absence of any closely dated asso- ciations of ‘ring money’ or ‘hair rings’ in the south of England, it seems best to date such pieces as our Bishopstone ring to the Late Bronze Age when contacts between Ireland and the rest of Britain not to mention the continent were frequent and strong (Eogan, 1964: 310ff.. 1965: esp. 107ff.; Burgess, 1969: esp. 17ff). 2. THREE IRISH BRONZES OF THE EARLY BRONZE AGE Apart from the Bishopstone ‘ring money’ there are three other prehistoric British pieces in the Museum's collections which, if not unigue, are worthy of comment. The first of these, presented by a Captain Davidson to the a Fig. 4: Copper halberd; (c) unproyenanced. 25 Museum in 1918 (Reg. No. AL1I331), is a bronze axe measuring 18 cm in length and with a maximum breadth across the blade of 10-5 cm (Fig. 3a, 4a), The axe, which may have been cast in a one-piece rather than two-piece mould, has a slight or “incipient” stop-ridge just visible halfway down the haft. The flanges on either side of the haft have a cable design produced probably by forging or grinding. On the face of the axe a rough “rain” pattern has been produced by irregular stabs of a scriber or graver (Megaw and Hardy, 1938: 6ff.; Harbison, 1969c: 67-69). Although the original labelling of the axe as it was received by the Museum seems to have recorded its source as “(Roman) Italy” there can be no doubt that this axe is a product of the Irish Early Bronze Age of about the mid- second millennium B.c. Its decoration and nearly straight sides with hammered rather than cast flanges class it as one of a series of decorated bronze axes first studied by Megaw and Hardy in 1938; the present example is close in size and decoration to their Type II (cf. op. cit., Sff.), This type corresponds in part to (a) “Italy”, Decorated bronze axe; (fh) River Suck, Co, Galway. Copper halberd, Scale 1:3 Drawings Brenda K. Head. af REC. 5. AUST. MUS.. Harbison’s Type Derryniggin as defined in his tecent corpus of axes of the Early Bronze Age in Ireland (Harbison, 1969c: 55-64, 79, pls. 68-78) and in the Scottish Early Bronze Age 15 Coles’ (1968-69; 15-16 and Fig. 12) Type Be. Although axes [and other material of Irish origin) were exported ta the continent in the Bronze Age, most of these are of the presumed earlier Megaw and Hardy Type J and no bronzes of Irish origin have to the best of my knowledge been found in Italy (Butler, 1963) Chap. Il. 241 ff. and Map I), It seems almost certain therefore that the provenance “Italy” for the Adelaide axe is erroneous. As part of a continuing programme of metal- lurgical analyses of British and Irish Bronze Age artefacts in Australian collections (Burke and Megaw, 1966; Megaw, 1964, 1969, 1973), arrangements were made to subject the axe and the two other bronzes discussed in this note to non-destructive spectrographic analysis. The analysis was carried out at the Commonwealth Defence Standards Laboratories in Adelaide. The analysis of the Adelaide axe are compared with those of two other Derryniggin axes of similar form in Table 1. 't ts clear that these axes have been cust fram (in-bronze, the intentional alloying of local copper with bronze being a strikingly early feature of metal technology in Ireland (Butler, 1963; 39-40 and Table 1) although the original impetus for tin alloying as well as the basic form of the axes themselves is probably due to continentul influence, This influence seems particularly to have been due to contact with the ore-rich area of Saxo-Thuringia in central Germany and in Britain was the result of settle- ment rather than trade by the so-called “Beaker folk” of the early second millennium (Case, 1965, 1967), The Adelaide Derryniggin axe scems however to lack ihe arsenic content which was a feature of local Munster copper ores (sce also p. 4+ below). Unfortunately there are few tinds of axes of the Derryniggin type which are of much use for chronological purposes. Two hoards from the Isle of Wight with axes of Megaw and Hardy Type HE indicute that these axes con- tinued comparatively late in the British Early Bronze Age or contemporary with the latter part of the Wessex culture of Southen England (Harbison, 1969a: 68ff., 1969c; 79-80) which un conventional dating should not be before ca. 1500 B.c. Recent recalibration of radio- carbon estimations with absolute dates suggests, (7 (4): Zhe January, (975 however, that this date may be of the order of two to four centuries too young (Renfrew, 1969, 1973). The two remaining bronzes to be discussed here are uygain castings and, despite the descrip- tion of one in the Musenm's inventory as a dagger, are both examples of the prehistoric halberd, a metal knife-like blade set at right- angles to its haft. More than 300 halberds of various types are known trom Early Bronze Age Europe though of these almost half come from Ireland with a significant number also from Scotland; all but a very small proportion of these Irish and Scottish examples are isolated finds. There have been several typological studies of the halberd in prehistoric Europe prior to Harbison’s recent reassessment (Hur- bison, 1969b) of which the most important is that by the late Professor Sean ORiorddin (1937), ORiorddin considered the metal hal- berd as being in the first instance an Trish development spreading thence to the continent and in particular to Central Germany. Subsequently, Coghlan and Case (1957: 103), Butler (1963: 20ff.) and Allen et al. (1970: 106-7) have suggested a reversal of this theory. Case (1967) 152ff.) has looked once more to Saxo-Thuringia as an immediate source of the type; this is a region from whence he would also derive the thin-butt axe ancestral to the decorated form we have discussed above. Harbison (1969h: 48tf.), while agreeing to a largely continental source, is less certain as to the precise locality. Of the two Adelaide halberds, that described as a dagger (Reg. No. A42739; Figs. 3b, 4b) was found eight feet below the surface in an old stream bed of the River Suck in Co, Galway and presented to the Museum in 1951 by Mr. Walter Hawker who had previously lived at Ochrane Custle in Galway. As noted below, this is One of three halberds found in or neur the River Suck. The hilt shows considerable evidence of cold working and with a blade 32°5 cm long, this halberd ts of Harbison’s Type Cotton, This corresponds. more or less to ORiorddin’s Type 5 (with its curved or scythe-Lke blade) and some of his Type 3- This form of halberd has an asymmetrical blade with three large round-headed riveis set in a triangle and with “blood grooves” running parallel to the cutting edge and a mid-rib whose sides are curyed, The “Cotton” class accounts for over half of the known Lrish halberds, With straight sides to the mid-rib this becomes MEGAW—BRONZE AGH ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM 27 Harbison’s Type Carn which corresponds more or less to. ORiordain’s Type 4 as -well as some of his Type 5. Ft should in fact be noted that it is not always possible to reconcile Harbison’s clussification with that of ORjorddin or vice versa, Thus the examples froin the type site of Cotton Moss, Co, Down (see analyses in Table 2) were both classed by ORfordain as being of his Type 4, though by Harbison’s criteria at least one of the Cotton halberds (Harbison, 1969b: no. 207) which he compares oo the whole with ORiordain’s Type 5 would seem certainly to fall rather within his Type Carn. The marked shoulder of the Adelaide halberd is shared by two of Type Carn found with five others of Type Cotton in a peat bog at Hillswood, Co, Galway not far from the River Suck (Harbison, 1969b: Fig. 4a). As with thin-butt axes, halberds of Irish munufacture seem to have been exported to the Continent, particularly those of ORiordain’s Type 4 (Butler, 1963: 20ff.), although it is clear that such exports must have followed the introduction of the halberd form itselh—trom whatever source. The second Adelaide halberd Reg. No. A49959¥, has no find spot recorded (ex Sheffield City Museums; Pigs, 3C, 4C). With a squat blade 18*5 cm long, it now lacks part of its bilt and all four of its original rivets, Tt corresponds to Harbison’s Type Clonard or ORiordain's Types | and 2. The squared and shouldered halting-plate is characteristic, Originally con- sidered by ORiordiiin to be the archetypal form of all Irish halberds, since halberds are now generally considered to have developed from normal clangated metal dagger types, this squat profile is more likely to represent a local development, albeit one which occurred not long after the original introduction of the halberd into Ireland. Spectrographic analyses were again carried out on these bronzes and Table 2 gives the results and compares them with previously pub- lished analyses of halberds of certain and probuble Irish prayenance whose form js closest to that of the Adelaide examples, Also listed are the two other halberds from the River Suck (listed by ORiorddin as Type 5 and Hurbison as of his Type Cotton) and twa of the three halberds from the type side of Cotton Moss itsell- The analyses indicate that, irrespective of type, these halberds are all made of copper with yery little or no tin present and certainly no indication of intentional tin alloying. The metals consistently show a significantly high content of arsenic, antimony and silver and minor traces of other clements. Similar metals were used for Irish thick-butted axes and for Irish and British Beaker Culture knives (= Group I of Coghlan and Case, 1957: 98-99: Case, 1967: 163-4). and were used in the Early Bronze Age in Scotland (Coles, 1969: 338). Their advantageous content of arsenic is likely to have been deliberately contrived, and Case has advanced the possibility that the Insh metals were alloys, in which the contents of ursenic, antimony and silver reflected the use of a regulus smelted from the Munster Fahlerze. This typically Irish Group I metal corresponds more or less with the Early Bronze Age Copper or Ell group metal of the Arbeitsgemeinschalt fiir Metallurgie des Altertums which over the past fifteen years. has performed more than 12 000 analyses of prehistoric European metal artefacts. On the basis of some 96 analyses of British halberds more than 70 per cent appear to be of the British ELL metal (Junghans et al., 1968; 132-3), In parenthesis it may be noted that analyses of halberds from Britain and particularly Scotland as apposed to Ireland, owing to their very similar spectra, strongly suggest that such halberds are all imports from Ireland or at least cast from imported ore (Britton, 1963: 284 and Table 8; Coles, 1968-69; 35ff. and 97—see here esp, Junghans et al., 1968: nos. 7458, 9287 — Coles’ “cluster C” metal), Regarding chronology, as has already been mentioned finds of halberds in the British Isles in association with other objects are extremely rare; there are in fact only two Irish finds with objects other than halberds, the more important for our purpose being that from a Food-Vessel burial at Frankford, Co. Offaly (also known as the Birr find (Case, 1967: 152ff. and Fig. 8, 5-9; Harbisoti. 1969b; 23, 52ff, and Fig. 1, c). The Frankford find includes a thin- butted axe and two thick-butted forms and a dagger of a type commun in the earlier rather than the later phase of the Wessex culture in the south of England (Harbison, 1969a, 65-664). The halberd, of Harbison’s Type Cotton, has been analysed—both the blade and one of the rivets (Coghlan and Case, 1957, nos. 59 and 71)—and is once more of the typical Lrish 28 REC. $8. AUST. MUS. arsenic-antimony-silver copper, Of six asso- ciations with halberds from Scotland that from the Moor of Sluie, Morayshire, consisted of two thin-butted axes of Coles’ cluster C metal with a halberd of Harbison’s rare Type Breaghwy of continental originating cluster D metal (Coles, 1968-69; 40, 73 and 107), It may be concluded that both our Adelaide halberds belong to what Case has termed the later part of his “impact phase” of the Irish Early Bronze Age, a period when tin-bronze was in fact already in wide use and Ireland's contacts with the Continent no less wide-spread than other parts of the British Isles (as indicated by the export of the carlicr decorated thin-butt axes as well as halberds themselves). This stage may be conventionally dated between 1600-1500 B.c, ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The writer's best thanks are due to Mr. G. L. Pretty, Curator of Archaeology, for his full co-operation and to Mrs. Brenda K. Head for her drawings reproduced here, Mr. J. M. Nobbs, Senior Research Officer, Defence Standards Laboratory, Woodville North, kindly undertook the metallurgical analyses. J am also indebted to Mr, H, J, Case, Senior Assistant Keeper, Ashmolean Museum, Oxford, Dr, George Eogan, Department of Archaeology, University College, Dublin and Mr. F. K, Annable, Curator, and Mr, Alan Burchard, formerly Assistant Curator, Devizes Museum, for their cormments. REFERENCES Allen, 1, M., Britton, D. and Coghlan, H. H, 1970, Metallurgical reports on British and Trish Bronze Age Implements, Pitt Rivers Mus. Qee, Papers on Technology 10. Annable, F, K. and Simpson, D, D. A, 1964, Guide Catalagne uf the Neolithic and Bronze Age Collections in Devizes Museum, Devizes. Benton, Sylvia 1930-31. Exeayation of ithe Sculptor’s Cave, Covesea, Morayshire Proc. Soe. Antiq. Scotland (5: 177-216. Britton, D,, 1963, Traditions of metal-working in the Later Neolithic and Farly Bronze Age of Britains Puol. Prac. Prehist. Sac. 29: 258-3925, Burke, J, and Megaw, J. Vo S.. 1966, Brilish decoraled axes: a footnote on lakes, Pree. Prehist. Sec. 32: 343-6, Burgess, C, B,, 1969, Isles and north-western France. The later Bronze Age in the British Arehaeol, J. V5: Butler, J, J.. 1943. Bronze Age cannections across the North Sea. Palacohistoria %. Case, HW, J, 1965. A lin-bronze in Bell-beaker association, Antiquity 39; 219-22, 17 (3): 23-28 January, 1975 —— 1967. Were Beaker-people the first metal- lurgists in Ireland? Palaea@historia Ws 141-177. Childe, V. G., 1935, The Prehistory of Seatland, London. Coghlan, H, H, und Case, H. J. 1957, Barly metallurgy of copper in Ireland and Britain, Pree, Prehist, See. 23: 9)-123. Coles, J. M. 1954-60. typology, distributions and chronology. Antig. Scot. 93; 16-134. 1969. Metal analyses and the Scottish Early Bronze Age. Proc. Prehist. Soc, 35: 330-344, 196k-69, Scottish Early Bronze metalwork, Pree. See. Antig. Scot, WV) 1-110. Fogan, G., 1964, The Late Bronze Age in Ireland in the light of recent research. Proe, Prehisi. Soc. 30: 2A8-351. Seutlish Late Bronze Age metalwork; Proe, Sue. Age 1965, Catalogue of Trish Bronze Swords, Dublin. Goddard. E, H., 1911. Notes on implements of the Bronze Ave found in Wiltshire. Wilts Archaeal. Mau. 37: 92-15%, — 1923. Cold ring money from Rishopstone. Wilts, Archaeol, May, 42: 251. Gogan, L, S., 1932. A sriduated amber necklace, gold- plated tings and other objects From Cnoe na bPoll. d. Cork, Hist. and Archaeol, Soc, 37; 58-71, Cirinsell, L, Vi, 1957. Archaeological Gazetleer. Wictoria County History: Wiltshire Vet, London, Harbison, P., 196¥9. The relative chrandlogy of Irish Early Bronze Ave pullery, J. Ray Soe. Antig. treland 99; 63-R2- 1969b, The daggers and halberds of the Eurly Bronze Age in Ireland. Prahist. Rroncefunde &: I, ——— (969. The axes of the Early Bronze Age in Jreland. Prahivi. Bronsefunde 9: 1. Hawkes, C. FP, C, 1961. Gold ear-rings of the Bronze Aue, East and West. folklore 72: 438-74, amt Clarke, Ro R,, 1963. Gahlstorf and Caister-on-Seu: two finds of Late Bronze Age trish gold. Jn Culture and Environment: — Eysave in Honour of Sir Cyril Fox. (Foster, LLL and Aleock, L. eds.), pp. 193-250, London, Herity, M., 1969. Farly finds of trish antiquities from the minute-books of the Society of Antiquaries. Antigq. J. AY: 1-21. Junghans, S.. Sangmeisier, 6. and Schroder, M. 1968, Kupfer und Brouse in der Jruhen Metallzett: Europas = 8AM, 2, Berlin. Meeaw, B, R. S$. und Hardy. BE M. 1938. — British decorated axes and their diffusion during the early part of the Bronze Age. Proc. Prehist. Soc. 4; 272-307, Megauw, I, V. S., 1964, An Irish gold neck-ring jn the Nicholson Museum, Sydney. J. Cork Mist. and Archaeol, Sov, 69; 94-100, 1965, A bronze Burn Cave, Co. . spearhead from the Heathery Durham. dAntig J. 4S: 112-114. 1969. Analyses of British and Irish Early Bronze Age Axes in the Nicholson Museum, Sydney. Proc. Prehist. Soe, 35, F58-364, - (973. An Trish Middle Bronze Age speac- head in the Queensland Museum, Brisbane. Mem. Qd. Mus, 16! 485-487. ORiordiin, S. P., 1937. The halberd in Bronze Age Europe, Arelidedlogia 86: 195-231, Renfrew, C. A., 1969. Wessex without Mycenac. British School at Athens 63: (1968) 277-285, 1973, Before ecivilizution: the radiocarbon revolution Ind prehistorie Europe, Londen, Anil, 29 MEGAW—BRONZE AGE ANTIQUITIES IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM (%) MaIUOD [eI oxy 10-0> pa | pu qt 10-0 10-0 so0 | LOT 6f-T | 70-0 10-0 | 66 c ‘(987 ‘OU H) 69D 10-0 | pu | pu q | 10-0 70-0 8c:0 | zs:0 i 06-0 10-0> pu | C86 ra (187 ‘OW H) TIDD T0-0> 100-0> | 100:0> | 100-0 | £00-0 100 | O0£0 | 8S-0 se-L £0:0 | $00-0> | ¢-L6 ra 78z ‘U H) 97D pu | a = 10:0 70-0 $0-0 1-0 o0~ O-I~ rae) 10:0> | y Tt 6S66FV 10-0> | 100-0> 100-0 > [100-0 z00-0 = £00-0 07-0 09-0 89-¢ +0-0 S000-:0> | 1-96 (SSOWW YONOD)# =— (LOZ “CU H) FS09 pa | pu pu | q 10-0> | £0-0 ved | 750 TO-E 10-0 10:0 0-96 (sso UONOD) - = (SOZ “OU H) LIDD 7 00> pu pu | a 10-0 t0-0 rs 99:0 Lo-t £0-0 pu | C96 Gong wary)’ = (9EZ “OU H) TIOD 00> ; pu pu y 10-0> 10-0 | +70 £9-0 lot | 10-0 pL L-L6 (jong gary) s = (SZ “OU H) 9EDD 10-0 pu pu — 10> 700 FLO | SPO | BLT 10-0 | 10-0> 8-f6 ¢ (9¢7 “OU H) OTID 10:0> pu pu qq 100> 70-0 £T-0 | 7-0 col 10-0 | 100 £86 s (661 ‘OU H) 6f99 pu | in| pu yy 10:0> 10-0 9T-0 | Le-0 66° 70-0 | pu | +56 gs (g6f ‘OH H) LED pu — —_ 70:0 L-0 50:0 £-0 £-0~ O-I~ 1-0 10-0 | q s 6tLTFV UZ 95 ny ed la 'N ay qs sV qd | us | no adA] ulepsolyg PsaqtPH ATE IETILUIS JO Splaqiey Jay10 jo saskjeue qIEM pareduos wmasnyAl GeIpealsny YINOS 34) UI! P|Yy (6S66FV “6ELTPYV) SPJeqey By azZUudIg OM) JO sasd(eue [ealsuny[RIajAl c ATV “uBy} alow = < tuey} ssop = > i Queo sad gor> O1<) yaly = Y f(uad sed QZ +) Afayeutxordde = ~ *4y8nos jou = — £(quas Jad ].0-[0-9 S8uesl yensn) ae = 4 i paydajap auou = pu ‘cuIZ = uz ‘yeqoo=o0p ‘'pop=ny tuoy=ey7 fyinusig = iq PYIN = IN Vaaig = By ‘kuownuy = gs suasly = SW =} pesy = Gd “aL = us raaddoDy = nD ‘O*q6961 “UOSIQIEH = H :LS6T ‘ask puke uRYyso = OD 'OL61 “UR!YFOD pure uoNg “wally = DAV 1(Z PuB | Saquy Or) Aa> — —_ — = = — | 9000 = 0-0 — | a | Lit | E88 (TSI “OU H) STON OV | | : | — | = — 900-0 00-0 > 9800-0 | $00-0> ) pu pu 7O-0> | 8-9 Y (€Sgf ‘OU H) b7 ‘ON DAV pu — = £00 10-0 | 10-0 $0-0 pu pu LI-0 | FIl q Ielliv uz Le) ny ed te IN SV qs SV | Gd us nD SOx? JaYJO OMI JO SasdTBUP YPM pareduiod wuNasN, UBIPBSMYy YINOS 2) Ul PyaY (TEEL TV) AX’ ay azuoig jo sisAjvue |BOLsAN][eIaA T aTayvb RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS (ACARI: DERMANYS- SIDAE); A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS By ROBERT DOMROW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 4 24th January, 1975 LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS (ACARI: DERMANYS-SIDAE); A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS BY ROBERT DOMROW Summary A key, illustrations and descriptive notes are given for the four laelapine species now known in Ljunghia Oudemans (Dermanyssidae). At least three are parasites of mygalomorph spiders, as follows: L. selenocosmiae Oudemans from Selenocosmia (Theraphosidae) in Sumatra; L. hoggi sp. n. from Aganippe (Ctenizidae) in South Australia; 2. pulleini Womersley from Se/enocosmia and Adame (Dipluridae) in South Australia, and an unidentified diplurid in Queensland; and LZ. rainbowi sp. n. from an unidentified spider in South Australia. LJUNGHIA QUDEMANS (ACARI; DERMANYSSIDAE), A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS Ry ROBERT DOMROW Queensland Institute of Medical Research, Brisbane 4006 ABSTRACT DOMROW. R. 1974, 9 Ljuwnghia Oudemans (Acarit Dermanyssidae), a genus parasitic on mygalomorph spiders. Rec. §. Aust. Mus, 17 (VA); 31-39, A key, illustrations, and descriptive notes are given for the four laclapine species now known in Lijunghia Qudemans (Dermanyssidae), At least three are parasites of mygalomorph spiders, as follows: L. selenocosmiae Oudemans from Selenocosmia (Theraphosidae) in Sumatra; L. hoggi sp. n. from Aganippe (Ctenizidae) in South Australia; L. pulleini Womersley from Selenocosmia and Aname (Dipluridae) in South Australia, and an unidentified diplurid in Queensland; and L. rainbow? sp. n. from an unidentified spider in South Australia INTRODUCTION This paper revises the two known species of the genus Ljunghia (family Dermanyssidae sensu Evans and Till, 1966) to the extent that the original descriptions need expansion, and details two new species. The following key will quickly show thut the setational patterns vary consider- ably from species to species, but an otherwise umi- form facies and the ecological data indicate only a single genus is involved (sce Hunter and Husband, 1973), The setae on the dorsal shield are equated with the standard pattern given for Haemolaelaps Berlese by Costa (1961, as amended by Lind- quist and Evans, 1965). The patterns on the capitulum and legs are compared with those of free-living dermanyssids (Evans and Till, 1965, as amended by Evans, 1969), except for the larvae. whose legs are detailed after Evans (1963). The less reduced species of Ljunghia show relatively constant formulae, but the regu- lar presence or absence of one or even two setae in the more reduced species is to be expected. Genus LUUNGHIA Oudemans 1932. p. 204, Type- Oudemans, Liunghia Oudemans, species: Liyaghia selenocosmiae 1932, by monotypy. DIAGNOSIS. From Evans and Til’'s keys (1966) to dermanyssid taxa, Ljunghia is clearly a laelapine genus related to the Aypoaspis Canes- trint complex. The latter also includes many 24th January, 1975 1 associates of arthropods, but the generally holo- trichous condition of the dorsal shield (at least 37 pairs of setae) will distinguish Hypoaspis, however unclear its internal relationships may be. from the markedly holotrichous Ljunghia (at most 32 pairs of setae). Frankly, it is difficult to delimit a genus in such a little known subfamily, yet a diagnosis so extended to include the widely varying setal formulae on the dorsul shield and legs may well exclude species as yet undescribed (Costa, 1971). Accordingly, | assign to Ljunghia those species with the following characteristics; Chelicerae chelate-dentate in female: fixed digit reduced (except in L. selenecosmiae), but always with at least trace of pilus dentilis. Cheli- cerae normally formed in male, with spermato- phore-carrier slightly exceeding tip of movable digit. Dorsal shield entire, markedly hypo- trichous. Metasternal setue absent (except in L. selenocosmiae). Only genital setac set on genital shield (except in L. rainbowr). Anal shield elongate, with characteristic anteromedial extension. Leg setation holotrichous to markedly hypotrichous, Parasites of spiders, especially mygalomorphs, in the Ortental-Australian Region. KEY TO SPECIES OF LJUNG/ITA (Adults only; male of L, rainhowi unknown) 1, (0) Dorsal shield with 32 (21 podonotal and 11 opisthonotal) pairs of setac. Metasternal setac present. Ventral setae numerous. No leg seg ment has less setae than typical free-living der- manyssids, Cheliceral digits of female subequal selenocosmiae Dorsal shield with 25 pairs of setae at most. Meta- sterng] setae absent, Only eight pairs of ventral setae, At least one leg segment has less setac than typical free-living dermanyssids. Fixed cheliceral digit of female only half as long as movable Aipgiti ss tu da af peat ot He tf an is var Z 2. (1) Dorsal shield with 25 (17 +- 8) pairs of setae. Palpal trochanter-tibia with normal setation (2.5.6,14), Only one leg segment (femur 1) with deficient setation .. 2.2 2. Ly 4, hoggi Dorsal shield with less than 25 pairs of setae. Palpal p trochanter-tibia with redueed setalion, At Ienst three leg segments (excluding genu IV) with deficient setation ,, ~- .- ., -- .- -, ---- 3 32 REC, 8S, AUST. MUS,, 17 (4); 31-39 3, (2) Dorsal shield with 18 (15 +- 3) pairs of setae. Genital setae on genital shield, Deutosternal den- ticles single. Palpal trochanter-tibia with 2,5,6.11 setae. Seven leg segments with deficient setation (see text) pulleini January, ITS Dorsal shield with 15 (11 + 4) pairs of setae, Genital setae off genital shield. Deutosternal denticles multiple. Palpal trochanter-tibia with 2.5.5.14 setae. Three leg segments with deficient setation (see text) .. ©. 2, .. .. 2. rainbow FIGS, 1-2, LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS 1. ZL. hwgei sp. n, temale, dorsum of idiosoma. 2. Ly pulleint Womersley, female, venter of capitulum (with inset of epistome and true left palp shown dorsally), (Each division on the scales = 100 x.) Ljunghia selenocosmiae Oudemans Ljunghia selenocosmiae Oudemans, 1932, p. 204. FEMALE. Capitulum inconveniently, but variously, disposed in available specimens, and many details visible. Setae rather longer than in other species, c reaching well beyond sides of basis. Deutosternal groove broad, with multiple denticles (number of rows uncertain). On hypostome, 43 >h2>A1, with h3 subequal to c. Hypostomatal processes not clear. Epistome triangular, intermediate in length between those of L. pulleint and L. rainbowi; denticulate. Palpal trochanter-genu with normal setation (2.5.6); tibia and tarsus not clear, but former probably 14; claw bifid. Chelicera as figured by Oudemans; pore undetected. Dorsal shield 735-755 pm long, 495-525 pm at maximum width; with 32 pairs of setae com- prising 21 pairs of podonotals (only 23 missing) and 11 pairs of opisthonotals. (The observant will note that Oudemans, well aware of minor individual variation, tacitly shows only 31 setae on the right-hand side of his drawing.) Tritosternum as in L, rainbowi. Deeply eroded, but rectilinear posterior margin of sternal shield confirmed. One ventral seta occa- sionally usurped by tip of genital shield. Small metapodal shields present. Peritremes reaching forward almost to vertex, but peristigmatic details not clear. Legs also difficult to examine, but many setae considerably longer than shown by Oudemans, Formulae normal except for tibia I, which shows one additional v (2-6/4-2). Tarsus I, including distal sensory plaque, not dissimilar to that of other species. Claws rather larger than in L. pulleini. MALE and DEUTONYMPH. See Oude- mans. Dorsal shield 660 ym long, 440 ,~m at maximum width, Chelicera of male in normal (dorsoventral) aspect in both specimens, but not dissimilar to Oudemans’ Fig. 26. DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 33 PROTONYMPH and LARVA. Not seen, LOCALITY. Twelve females, two males, and six deutonymphs from the type series, Seleno- cosmia javanensis (Walckenaer) (Therapho- sidae), Deli, Sumatra, 3.1931, col. J. C. van der Meer Mohr, dep. RMNH. I designate one female as lectotype. Ljunghia hoggi sp. n. FEMALE. Capitulum with c setae only slightly exceeding sides of basis. Deutosternal groove as in L. rainbowi, with seven or eight rows of multiple denticles. Hypostome with h3>h1>h2; only lattermost shorter than c. Hypostomatal processes as in L,. _ pulleini. Cornicles as in L. rainbowi. Epistome as long as that of L. selenocosmiae, but more strongly den- ticulate. Palpi with normal setation on trochan- ter-tibia; tarsus not clear; claw bifid. Chelicera as in L. rainbowi. Dorsal shield with outline intermediate between those of ZL. selenocosmiae and L, pulleini; 635-690 pm long, 415-440 «wm at maxi- mum width. Podonotal half with seventeen pairs of setae: j1-4, 6, zl, 2, 4-6, sl-5, and 2r. Opis- thonotal half with eight pairs of setae (seven long, one short). Cuticle with about eight pairs of setae, the most anterior pair of which may repre- sent extrascutal s6. FIGS. 3-9, 3-6. L. hoggi sp. n., female: 5. spermathecae; male: female: 3. venter of 6. sternogenital shield, 7. venter of idiosoma; larva: LJUNGHIA QUDEMANS idiosoma; 4. epistome; 7-9. L. pulleini Womersley, 8-9, yventer and dorsum of idiosoma. 34 REC, S. AUST. Sternal shield more conventionally shaped than in other species, but still weak and eroded. With three pairs of subequal setae rather longer than interval between them. Venter otherwise as in L. rainbowi, except that genital setae are on genital shield and poststigmatic portion of peri- trematal shields is fuller. Legs with normal setation except for femur I, which is unideficient ventrally (2-5/3-2). Femora lacking outstandingly long setae dor- sally. Tarsus I essentially as in L. pulleini, but claws rather stronger than in that species. eV Tr os MUS., 31-39 January, 1975 17 (4): MALE. Capitulum as in female, except for chelicera, which is similar to that of L. pulleini. Dorsum as in female. Dorsal shield 555 pm long, 325 »m at maximum width. Venter as in female, except for sternogenital shield, which is similar to that of L. pulleini. Legs as in female. IMMATURES. Unknown. FIGS. 10-20. LJUNGHIA OUDEMANS 10-12. L. IV; 12. epistome. selenocosmiae Oudemans, female: 13-20. L. pulleini Womersley, female: yventer and dorsum of leg 13-16. dorsum and 10-11. yenter of legs LIV; 17. exterior of chelicera; 18. spermathecae; male: 19. yentro- interior of chelicera; larva: 20. venter and dorsum of cheliccrae. DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC LOCALITY. Holotype female, three paratype females. and two morphotype deutonymphs from Aganippe subtristis Pickurd-Cambridge (Cteni- vidae). Seacliff, Adelaide, South Australia, 11.1973, col. R. Coulter, dep. SAM. Two females and one male from 4~ subtristis. Peterborough, South Australia, 4.3.1967, col. L. Wright. dep. SAM. Not types. Ljunghia pulleini Womersley Liunghia pulleini Womersley, 1956, p. 591. FEMALE. Capitulum with c setae barely reaching sides of basis. Deutosternal groove narrow and difficult to examine posteriorly, but denticles single and at least five m number. Hypostame with three pairs of A setae (3 strongest), and moderately sclerotized cornicles in addition to distal processes. Epistome rounded, denticulate. not exceeding distal margin of tro- chanter. Palpal trochanter-genu with normal setation, but femur occasionally lacking one d, or with one (more rarely two, as figured) additional vy setay genu occasionally lacking ane d_ seta. Tibial setation considerably reduced, comprising eight (seven to nine) d, and three (occasionally two) v, setae, including dorsodistal rods. Tar'sus shown diagrammatically; claw bifid. Chelicera unreduced except for fixed digit, which shows merest indication of pilus dentilis. Dorsal shield 505-605 pm long 285-340 jm at greatest width. Podonotal half with fifteen pairs of setae: j1-6, 21-2, 4-6, and sl-4 (23 always absent, one =1 occusionally absent, and 81-2 often represented only by single pair), First six pairs of setae on cuticle Constant in number and position, and possibly representing extra- seutal s5-6 (two long pairs) and 22-5 (four short pairs), thereby accounting for full complement of 22 podonotal pairs. Opisthonotal half of shield typically with three pairs of setae (two long and one short), but minor variation common. Thus although terminal pair is always present, one or both of other long pair. or one of short pair. may be lacking, Because of extreme reduc- tion from normal seventeen pairs on opisthonotal half of shield, these setae are not assigned, Of seven or ¢ight additional pairs of setae on cuticle, at least the long pair may be extrascutal, Metasternal complex absent except for pores (normally free in cuticle, but rarely on extension of sternal shield; Woniersley writes “shields” in error for “setae” on p. 593). Genital setae on ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 3F shield, but attendant pores free in cuticle. Ven- tral setae in eight pairs, but not easily reconciled with pattern in other two Australian species (2.2.4.6.2). Peritrematal shields extended nar- rowly behind stigmata, and more broadly on darsal margin near end of peritreme. Coxa If with minute process on anterodorsal margin, Setation normal for following leg seg- ments: all coxae and trochanters, femora II and TV, genua TI-Il, and tarsi II-IV, One seta lacking on femur [ (2-5/3-2), femur ITI (1-3/1-0), genau T (2-6/2-2), tibia I (2-6/2-2), and tibia Tl (1]-3/2-1). Two setae lacking on tibia IT (2-3/2-1), Three setae lacking on tibia TV (1-3/2-1). Genu TV with full complement anly because additional » makes up for absent d. Femora with 2,2,1,1 d setae distinctly longer than remainder. Tarsus | with sensory plaque distal. MALE. Setal patterns as in female. Setule and pore on chelicerae not detected. DEUTONYMPH, Capitulum as in fernale. Dorsum as in female, but shield smaller (360-440 pm long, 210-255 pm at maximum width), Venter as in female except for sterno- pregenital shield. This bears usual three pairs each of setae and pores along eroded margin: pregenital setae free in cuticle. Development of peritrematal shields minimal. Legs, including tarsus TI, with same setal formulae as female. PROTONYMPH. Unknown. LARVA. Hypostome lacking setal hair h3- Palpal setal formula for trochanter-genu nor- mal, but tibia as in adult (i.e,, with eleven setae), Chelicera presaging that of adult female, Idiosoma 425-450 pm long, 310-340 ym at greatest width, Dorsum without shield, but with normal nine pairs of setae: sl. 3-6. 22, 4-5, and x4. These are readily equated with adult pairs of similar position and strength. Venter without shields, but with three pairs of sternal, one pair of ventral, and three anal setae (postanal shortest as in adult). Stigmatic apparatus absent, Legs with normal setal patterns, femur IT being as in Evans (1963, Fig. 2b). Setae adi and pdl on tarsi [-TN not detected, 36 REC. S. AUST. MUS.. 17 (4): 31-39 January, 1975 FIGS, 21-25. LJUNGHIA PULLEINI WOMERSLEY 21-23. Female: LOCALITY. Six females from the type series, Selenocosmia stirlingi Hogg (Therapho- sidae), Orroroo, near Peterborough, South Aus- tralia, 5.1933, col. H. Gray, dep. SAM. Despite Womersley’s statement, the present curator, Mr. D. C. Lee, tells me (in Jitt., 9.8.1973) that no specimen bears a holotype label, and I therefore designate one female as lectotype. Four females and two males from Aname sp. (Dipluridae), Strathalbyn, east of Mount Lofty Range, South Australia, 8.12.1971, col. I. Buring, dep, SAM. Sixteen females, eighteen males, fourteen deutonymphs, two larvae (plus several specimens 21. dorsum of idiosoma; 22-23. dorsum and venter of tarsus I; 24. male: venter of idiosoma; 25. deutonymph: venter of idiosoma. still in spirit) from an unidentified spider OM W3856 (Dipluridae), Rifle Range, Chinchilla, Queensland, 10.9.1972, col. R. J. McKay, dep. QM. REMARKS. The description and figures now given apply to the series from Queensland. The type specimens all show three pairs of setae on the opisthonotal half of the dorsal shield. Generally speaking, their body setae are relatively longer, e.g., j5 and especially 25 exceed the bases of j6 and z6. Their leg setal formulae differ only on tibia Il (commonly 2-4/2-1, occasionally standard 2-4/2-2) and genu LI (commonly 2-4/2-2, occasionally standard 2-4/2-1). DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC ON The specimens from Aname all lack the sub- terminal pair of long setae on the dorsal shield. Generally speaking, their body setae are rela- tively shorter, e.g., /6 is hardly longer than j5 and z5. Their legs are not suitably arranged for detailed examination. All three series, however, key out together and are clearly conspecific, Ljunghia rainbowi sp. n. FEMALE. Capitulum with c setae reaching beyond sides of basis. Deutosternal groove more distinct than in L. pulleini, with nine rows of multiple denticles. Hypostome with setae 41 and 3 subequal to c, and longer than 42; hypostomatal processes as in L. pulleini. Cornicles with incipient cleft distally. Epistome an elongate triangle, weakly denticulate, reaching to mid- MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 37 femur. Palpi with normal setation on trochanter- tibia, except for unideficient genu (all, pl, 3 d). Tarsus shown diagrammatically; claw _ bifid. Chelicera similar to those of L. pulleini, but small pilus dentilis present and movable digit almost edentate. Idiosoma capable of considerable distension because of weakness of shields. Dorsal shield shaped as in L. pulleini, 585-615 ym long, 340- 365 pm at maximum width. Podonotal half with eleven pairs of setae: jl, 3-4, 6, z1-2, 4-6, and s2, 4. Opisthonotal half with four pairs of setae (two short discals and two long subter- minals). Because of strong reduction of setal formulae on dorsal shield, it is idle to assign ten or eleven pairs of setae free on cuticle, Never- theless, constant position and relative lengths of at least first five pairs suggest they are extra- scutal members of s and r series. More posterior FIGS, 26-30. LIUNGHIA RAINBOW sp. n. 26-30. Female: 26. dorsum of idiosoma; 27-28, ventrointerior and dorsoexterior of chelicera; 29-30. dorsum and venter of tarsus I. 38 REC, S, AUST. MUS,, 17 (4): 31-39 pairs less regular in position, but always long except for terminal pair. Pattern of pores and muscle insertions on shield difficult to discern because of granular inclusions; accordingly, while those shown are correct, more may exist. Tritosternum with well developed base, but laciniae rather short, slenderly tapering, and weakly ciliated. Sternal shield less conyention- ally shaped than in other Australian species; pale and unreticulated, with anterolateral margins extremely weak and posterior margin eroded. Sternal setae short and subequal, at most only slightly longer than interval between them; sternal pores present but weak, particularly pos- terior pair. Metasternal complex represented only by pore. Genital shield reduced and with- out striae, but with normal muscle insertions and operculum supported by apodemes between coxae IV. Genital setae and pores free in cuticle. Margin of anal shield only slightly extended anteriorly; adanal setae set near centre of anus, rather longer than postanal; cribrum_ present. Small metapodal shields present. Crescentic exopodal shields IV present but weak. Ventral January, 1975 setae In eight pairs arranged as in L. hoggi; of increasing length posteriorly, one posterolateral pair being quite strong. Stigmatic apparatus as in L. pulleini, but poststigmatic development minimal. Legs largely as in L. pulleini, with same segments showing normal dermanyssid setation, except for trochanter I (1-0/3-1). Of eight seg- ments modified in L. pulleini (Queensland speci- mens), four retain normal dermanyssid setation (femur IIT and tibiae II-IV); of remaining four, femur-tibia I are as in L. pulleini, while genu IV is normal dorsally, but bears an additional v (2-5/2-1). All femora with one d distinctly longer than remainder. Tarsus I as in L, pulleini except for minute details. Ambulacra as in L. pulleini. MALE AND IMMATURES. Unknown. LOCALITY. Holotype female and three paratype females from an unidentified spider, Long Gully, South Australia, 11.6.1938, col. H. Womersley, dep. SAM, FIGS. 31-33. LIUNGHIA RAINBOW sp, n. 31-33, Female: 31. venter of idiosoma; 32. spermathecae; 33. venter of capitu- jum (with inset of epistome and true left palp shown dorsally). DOMROW—A GENUS PARASITIC ON MYGALOMORPH SPIDERS 39 NOMENCLATURE Although Womersley (1956) coined his specific name explicitly in honour of R. H. Pulleine, his consistent pu/leini is in literal accord with Rec. 31A, and is retained as the correct original spelling (Art. 32). Following Womers- ley’s lead, the two new species above are also named after early students of Australian spiders: H. R. Hogg and W. J, Rainbow. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am grateful to Mr. D. C, Lee, South Aus- tralian Museum, Adelaide, for material from Womersley’s series and the two new species; to Dr. L. van der Hammen, Rijksmuseum van natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, for slides from the Oudemans collection; to Dr. D. H. Kemp, C.S.1.R.O., Indooroopilly, for specimens from the diplurid with Queensland Museum, Brisbane, labels; and to Miss Leanne Jackson for technical assistance. REFERENCES Costa, M., 1961: Mites associated with rodents in Israel. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist., 8: 1-70. Costa, M., 1971: Mites of the genus Hypoaspis Canestrini, 1884 s. str. and related forms (Acari: Mesostigmata) associated with beetles. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist, 21: 67-98. Evans, G. O., 1963: Observations on the chaetotaxy of the legs in the free-living Gamasina (Acari: Mesostigmata). Bull. Br. Mus, nat. Hist., 10: 275-303. Evans, G, O., 1969: Observations on the ontogenetic development of the chaetotaxy of the tarsi of legs 1l-IV in the Mesostigmata (Acari). Proc, II int. Congr. Acar., 195-200. Evans, G. O. and Till, W. M., 1965: Studies on the British Dermanyssidae (Acari: Mesostigmata). Part I. External morphology, Bull. Br. Mus, nat, Hist., 13: 247-294. Evans, G. O. and Till, W. M., 1966: Studies on the British Dermanyssidae (Acari: Mesostigmata). Part II. Classification. Bull. Br, Mus. nat, Hist., 14: 107-370. Hunter, P. E. and Husband, R. W., 1973: Pneumolaelaps (Acarina: Laelapidae) mites from North America and Greenland. Fla, Ent, 56: 77-91. Lindquist, E. E. and Evans, G. O., 1965: Taxonomic con- cepts in the Ascidae, with a modified setal nomenclature for the idiosoma of the Gamasina (Acarina: Mesostig- mata). Mem. ent. Soc. Can., 47: 1-64. Oudemans, A. C., 1932: Opus 550. Tijdschr. Ent. 13 (Suppl,): 202-210. Womersley, H., 1956: On some Acarina-Mesostigmata from Australia, New Zealand and New Guinea. J. Linn. Soc., 42: 505-599. RECORDS oF THE a SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SX Q MUSEUM CF TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF FROGS OF THE LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX (ANURA: HYLIDAE) By MICHAEL J. TYLER and MARION ANSTIS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 5 7th March, 1975 TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF FROGS OF THE LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX (ANURA: HYLIDAE) BY MICHAEL J. TYLER AND MARION ANSTIS Summary A new species of hylid frog related to Litoria citropa is described. The new species inhabits mountainous areas of north-eastern New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland. The tadpoles of both species are described and details of life history are reported. Whereas the adults of citropa and the new species are similar, the tadpole mouthparts differ conspicuously. TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF FROGS OF THE LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX (ANURA: HYLIDAE) MICHAEL J, TYLER South Australian Museum, Adelaide, 5000 and MARION ANSTIS 630 King George’s Road, Penshurst, N,S.W, 2222 ABSTRACT PYLER, M. J., and ANSTIS, M, 1975. Taxonomy and biology of frogs of the Literia citrapa complex (Anurat Hylidae). Ree. 8. Aust. Muy. 17 (5): 41-50. A new species of hylid trog related to Litoria citropa is described. The new species inhabits mountainous areas of north-eastern New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland, The tad- poles of both species are described and details of life history are reported, Whereas the adults of citropa and the new species are similar, the tadpole mouthparts differ conspicuously, INTRODUCTION Litoria citropa is a hylid frog of rather striking appearance and known to occur from north- eastern New South Wales to south-eastern Victoria. The species was known in Victoria from only three specimens (Copland, 1957), until Littlejohn, Lottus-Hills, Martin and Watson (1972) reported on a series collected in East Gippsland. Littlejohn e¢ al, provided an analysis of the call, representing the only information on the biology of the species, Because L. eitropa is such a distinctive animal and so readily distinguishable from all other Aus- tralian species of Litoria, we did not envisage that it constituted other than a single species until one of us (M.A.) obtained a series of specimens from Point Lookout in north-eastern New South Wales. These specimens were consistently smaller than those obtained from the central and southern por- tion of the geographic range, and also differed in the absence of vocal sacs and in having indistinct as Opposed to prominent tympana, The subse- quent collection of tadpoles introduced an unexpected degree of divergence in what, from adult morphology, we regarded as two closely allied species, Here we define the L. citropa complex, describe the new species and report additional biological data. Tth March, W975 1 MATERIAL AND METHODS The specimens reported here are lodged in the following collections; = Australian Museum (A.M.); Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne (M.U.Z.D.); South Australian Museum (S,A.M.). Methods of measurements of adults follow Tyler (1968). The following abbreviations are employed in the text and in tables: S-V (snout to vent length); TL (tibia length); HL (head length); HW (head width); E-N (eye to naris distance); IN (internarial span); E (eye); T (tympanum). Descriptions of larval morphology follow the format of Duellman (1970) and use the staging tables of Gosner (1960), Measurements were made to the nearest 0-01 mm with cither vernier calipers or an eyepiece micrometer. Abbrevia- tions of larval measurements and their definitions follow: ST (total length, being the distance between the tips of the snout and tail); BL (body length, measured from the tip of the snout to the edge of the intestinal mass). OBSERVATIONS Definition of the Litoria citropa complex Members of the L. citropa complex occur only in eastern and south-eastern Australia. They are the only Australian frogs possessing a submandi- bular dermal gland, This gland is located along the lingual margin of the mandible and is clearly demarcated from the surrounding area in having a protuberant form and smooth surface. The supratympanic fold is also a prominent grandular feature, The snout io vent length of males ranges from 35 mm to 57 mm, and females from 46 mm to 62 mm. The colour of the dorsum varies from brown to green or gold, and there is always a pronounced dark stripe extending along the 42 REC. S. AUST. MUS.. 17 (5): canthus rostralis and broadening on the sides of ihe body. The inguinal region and adjacent portions of the abdomen and lower limbs are usually immaculate yellow or reddish-orange. Litoria citropa (Tschudi) Type locality: Port Jackson (Sydney), New South Wales, Material examined: New South Wales— M.U.Z.D. 47/67, 18 km E. of Braidwood; S.A.M. R13304 A-D, 13339 A-F, 13764: Darke’s Forest; M.U.Z.D. 176/63: Flat Rock Ck,. Royal National Park; M.U,Z,D, 1593/69: 11 km S. of Kiah; M.U.Z,D, 1518-19/69: 8 km 5. of Robertson; M.U,Z,D, 1119-20: 10 km W, of Tomerong; M,U.Z.D. 1792-93/64: Upper Allyn; M,U.Z,D. 582/63: Waterfall, Sydney; M.U.Z.D, 1690-91/64: Wombat Ck., Barring- ton Tops. Victoria—M,U,Z.D, 1594-97/69: Maramingo; M,U.Z,D, 1590-92/69: Tonghi Ck., 8 km W, of Cann River. Description: Because detailed descriptions of external morphology have been provided by Copland (1957) and Moore (1961). we have MA a FIG. 41-50 Mareh, 1975 only summarised the variation observed in the specimens examined by us, and devoted the greatest attention to those features unreported or inadequately described previously. The adult males range in size from 44°4 to 56:6 mm S-V, and gravid females from 56:9 to 61°8 mm S-V, The head is bulbous, rounded and broader than long (HL/HW range 0°87- 0-96; mean 0-92). The eye to naris distance is consistently greater than the internarial span (E-N/IN range 1°05-1-44; mean 1+3), The superior border of the tympanum passes beneath the glandular supratympanic fold, but the visible portion is very distinct and has a pronounced annulus, The tingers are long and slender, with moderately large terminal discs, and either a trace of webbing between the third and fourth fingers or no webbing at all (Fig. la). Webbing between the toes is incomplete, reaching the subarticular tubercle at the base of the penulti- mate phalanx of the fifth toe (Fig, Ib). The hind limbs are of short to moderate length (TL/S-V range 0:50-0°57; mean 0-53). (a) hand, and (b) foot of Literia citrayn TYLER AND ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LIVORIA CIUROPA COMPLEX FROGS 43 The vocal sac is a unilobular, submandibular structure confined to the area above the musculus interhyoideus. The size and position of the vocal sac apertures are unique amongst Australian hylid frogs, being very small slits located adjacent to the articulations of the jaws. The colour in life was described by Kinghorn (1932), and reproduced by Moore (1961). A photograph of a liying adult is shown in Figure 2a. Variation of dorsal colours of a live adult includes slate grey with green suffusions, to brown and green or almost pure green, The anterior and posterior surfaces of the hind limbs, the axillary and the inguinal regions are usually deep reddish orange, and the ventral surfaces of the hind limbs are light red, FIG, 2 (ua) Literia citropay (b) 1, vlandulose, Some of the specimens examined by us have violet pigmented bones comparable to the condition reported by Tyler (1970) which characterises tive other species of frogs occurring in eastern and south-eastern Australia, The pigmentation is most intense in specimens from the extreme south-east of the geographic range: Maramingo, Kiah and Tonghi Creek. Bone pigmentation is very faint of absent in specimens from Tomerong and has not been found in indi- viduals from localities north of Robertson. Absence of violet pigment is in no way associated with the period of (ime spent in preservative, but is clearly correlated with geography, Habitat: Specimens were collected over a wide geographic range, The principal field studies, however, took place at Darke’s Forest, where adult and/or tadpoles were collected in the following situations: (1) Maddern Creek a series of broad, deep pools separated by shallow sections of varying flow rates crossing a sandstone base, and sometimes falling into large canyons; (2) The Waratah Creek; and (3) an unnamed creek flowing into the Lodden River. Plants found along these creeks included species of Eucalyptus, Banksia, Acacia, Lepto- spermum, Callistemon, Hakea, Pultenea, Per- soonia, Petrophile, Typha, Cyperus and Ghania. "2 Adult Behaviour: Adult males most frequently were collected adjacent to the creeks in Darke's Forest during April, 1971, and September to November, 1972. Dry bulb temperatures recorded on four occasions when frogs were heard calling ranged from 14°C to 19°5°C. During the day frogs were found on sandstone plateaus or outcrops, either beneath or amongst the rocks, and usually fairly close to water, The mating eal| has been described and analysed by Littlejohn ef al, (1972), The impression gained was that calling increased on warmer nights following rain when the skies were still overcast, Breeding is known to occur in September and November and possibly extends until January. Amplexus is axillary. Life history; Amplexus was observed in a captive pair on the night of 6th-7th November, 1972. The individuals were placed in a plastic container with some water and amplexus was observed at about 20-30 hours, The female uttered a soft release call for some minutes following the onset of amplexus and then remained silent. The specimens were then trans- ferred to a dish containing water, a large, flat sandstone rock and some reeds, and 890 eggs were laid during the night, either singly or in small groups and attached to the surface of the rock or to the floor of the vessel. 4 REC. & AUST. MUS, I7 (5): The sites of ova deposition in the field were the smooth rocky floors of small pools connected to or separated from the creeks. In all cases the water depth ranged from approximately 10 to 70 mm. The outer capsules of the eggs becume covered with fine brown silt within two or three days of deposition, The eggs bave dark brown animal hemispheres, appearing black macroscopically and have creamy white vegetal hemispheres, There are three vitelline membranes, Meusurements of the early stage embryos, capsules and larvae derived from the above mating are listed in Table |. Initial development was rapid, nerulation was reached early on 9th November, and the tail bud (Stage 17) later on the same day. At this stage a U-shaped groove united two well-formed ventral suckers, aboye which occurred the stomodeal depression, The body was dark brown and the yolk sac yellowish- brown. TABLE J MEASUREMENTS OF EMBRYOS AND LARVAE OF L. CITROPA AT VARIOUS STAGES (Means in parentiiesis) EMBRYOS Stage Sample Einbryo Dianieter Cupsule Dlimetar (runt) mm) 2 4 1-68-1-76 (1-73) 5-92-48 (6-10) 4-5 5 -60-1-76 (1-70) 5:44-7:20 (0°18) 3 3 170-1bRO (75) SH4-6-48 (6°19) 5-6 3 168-1-76 (1-72) | §-08-7-20 (645) g-9 15 1:76-1:84 (1°78) FM-4AR (6-08) 7 LB) DSh-3-48 (312) Tots) Length (mm) 9 | 3-68 20 Ww S84-6:56 (6:26) 21-22 4 O-24-7-12 (676) 23 3 Be24-8-b4 (K-45) 24 | 3 8:48-9:28 (8-96) 25 (early) $ 896-1016 (9-65) 25 (late) 9 ' $2-48-19-44 (12°92) LARVAP | Slage = Sample Hody Length | Totul Length Cv) (mm) 26 R 59-78 (G9) | 147200 (Td 27 Ik (799-0 (BNE 16°2-23-0 (20-3) 2k 4 4-112 (109) | 238256 (24-5) 24 3 109-112 CLO-8y | 21-287 (26+3) al 6 99-117 (109) 258-301 (28-4) 32 2 We, bis 2Ke7, 29-4 a4 i] lid Iss aS | 1 12O-V255 (12-2) 32-9339 (33-2) AG 1 V1d-b24) (1-7) 30-4-31-6 (30-9) a 1 12-4 Bang ay 1 a0 dh Hatching commenced after four days at Stage 20, but the peak was reached on the fifth day, and a few larvae hatched on the sixth day at Staves 20 to 21. By Stage 20 there were two pairs of external gills (each with only one or two branches), indistinct optic bulges, and prominent olfactory pits; the stomodeal depression had deepened and the ventral suckers had increased in size, 41st Mareh, 1975 Maximum gill development occurred at Stage 22 with the anterior pair possessing one or two branches, and the posterior pair two or three. The optic bulges were still not distinctly demar- cated and the corneas remained opaque. Stage 23 (material collected in the field on Ist October, 1972) exhibited greatly reduced external gills, clear corneas. well-ditferentiated olfactory pits (nares), lateral-line sense organs extending along the body to the caudal region, well-developed labia, and an open or partly open anal tube. Oral ridges on which the labial teeth had developed were characteristic of Stage 25. The horny beak became pigmented and the extreme reduction of the ventral suckers diminished at this stage. Subsequent development mainly involved increase in size and proportions as recorded in Table |. In our description of the new species of the L, citropa complex we provide a detailed composite description of tadpoles at Stages 29 and 36, Here we report only those features apparent at Stage 35 of L, citropa that differ from those of the new species. Thus the anal opening is diagonal from the edge of the ventral fin, and tail depth is greatest just anterior to its mid-region. FIG. 3 (a and c) Lateral and dorsal views of larva of Literia citrupa at stage 35; (b and d) ltaleral and dorsal views of L. glandulosa at Stage 36. TYLER ann ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LITORIA CITROPA COMPLEX FROGS 45 A per LIVI LEE AA ang mY evi, QR Fapinee * vy nnene FIG, 4 Mouthparts of (a) Literia eftrepa; (b) 1. glandulosa The mouth is ventral in position (Fig. 3a), and the labia are bordered by a single row of small papillae (Fig. 4a); only a few small papillae occur inside the labial border. There are two rows of upper labial teeth and three rows of lower labial teeth, of which the second upper is the longest, and the third lower the shortest. There is a medial gap in the second upper row and in the first lower row. Odd teeth were missing in the majority of the specimens examined. The beaks are pigmented, relatively shallow, and of almost equal depth with moderately-sized serrations. In preserved specimens the dorsal surface of the body and the upper labium are dark brown with small areas of darker pigment. The orbital and narial regions are paler. The caudal mus- culature is cream and densely blotched with brown dorsally. The fins are transparent, but marked with scattered clusters of melanophores. The lateral line organs are unpigmented. In life the dorsal and lateral body surfaces have a uniform golden sheen, noticeably incomplete in its distribution at earlier stages (e.g., Stages 25-26). Metamorphosis of tadpoles reared from the spawn laid on 6th November, 1972, was com- pleted in January, February and March, 1973, indicating a larval life of from two to four months. Snout to vent lengths of eight newly metamorphosed specimens ranged from 11+9 mm to 14-3 mm (mean 13-1 mm), Distribution: — Litoria citropa extends trom Aberfeldy in south-eastern Victoria to the Barrington Tops in New South Wales (Fig. 5). Pt, Lookout @ O= L.citropa @= L.glandulosa FIG. 5 Geographic distribution of the Litoria citropa complex, The close proximity of several adjacent localities is such thal each individual locality cannot be shown on a figure of this scale, 46 REC. §. AUST. MUS, Litoria glandulosa n. sp. Holotype: S,A.M.R13504, A gravid female collected at Barwick Creck, Point Lookout, near Ehor, New South Wales, by M. Anstis on 24th January, 1973. Definition, A moderately-sized species (adult females 45°8-50*4 mm §-V; adult males 34-5- 40°3 mm $-V). Adults are characterised by an indistinct tympanum, and by the presence of a submandibular gland. The tadpole is unique amongst previously described Australian species in lacking tooth rows, and in possessing elongate tubercles and filaments within the buccal cavity (Pig. 4b), Description ef Holotype: ‘The head is deep, bulbous and broader than long (HL/HW 0:91), its length is equivant to approximately one third of the total length (HL/S-V 0-34), The snout is not prominent: bluntly rounded when viewed from above and evenly rounded (but not project- ing) in profile. The nostrils are orientated dorso- laterally; their distance from the end of the snout is slightly more than one-half the diameter of the eye. The distance between the eye and the naris is greater than the internarial span (E-N/IN 1-16). The canthus rostralis is clearly demar- 17 (5): 4b-s0 Marel, 1975 cated and straight, and the loreal region sloping but not concave, The eye is rather small and not prominent; its diameter equals the E-N dis- tance. The tympanum is small and very poorly defined, there being no distinct tympanic annulus; the tympanum is separated from the eye by a distance about one-third of the eye diameter. The yvomerine teeth are on two confluent eleva- tions whose anterior borders are level with the posterior margins of the choanae. The tongue is broadly oval with a very weakly indented posterior border. The fingers are long and slender with slight lateral fringes and prominent subarticular tubercles (Fig. 6a). There is only a trace of basal webbing between the fingers. The terminal discs are rounded and prominent. The hind limbs are short and muscular (TL/S-V 0:52). Toes in decreasing order of length 4>5>3>2>1. Webbing between the toes reaches mid-way up the penultimate phalanx of the fifth digit, to a position slightly below the penultimate phalanx of the fourth digit. The terminal discs are prominent, There is a small oval inner and a very slightly developed rounded outer metatarsal tubercle (see Fig, 6b). he Sars “s ot: Seosia > of - iws.6" oe = peak ee aes eter aed ene? La oe Bf esarrrah pans Rat ea rd aires , , oe . ened ant ee : o te 6 oh vo FIG. 6 (i) hand, and (b) foot of Lirerta glandulosa. I'YLER asp ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LITORIA CIT ROPA COMPLEX FROGS a7 The skin of the dorsal surface of the head and body is rather coarsely granulate, There is a very prominent supratympanic fold Which obscures the upper portion of the tympanic region extending from the posterior corner of the eye to a position above the insertion of the fore- limb. There is a slender supralabial gland and a narrow tarsal ridge. There is a broad and prominent submandibular gland covered by sinooth skin; the remainder of the ventral surface of the throat, pectoral region, abdomen and limbs is coarsely granulate. The dorsal surface of the head, body and limbs is dark blue in life. darker, and superior to it is an extremely irregular pale brown line merging into isolated creamish patches on the flanks. The supralabial gland is white and is preceded by a similarly coloured line extending to beneath the eye. A disrupted white line extends along the anterior portion of the labial margin, The ventral surfaces. are dull creainish in colour and densely stippled with black, particularly on the submandibular gland and breast, The posterior surfaces of the thighs are predominantly dull brown, sparsely spotted with cream, These cream spots are densest in the subcloacal urea, Dimensions: Snout to vent length 45-8 mm; tibia length 23-7 mm: head length 15-5 mm; head width 17-1] mm: eye to naris distance 4:3 mim; internarial span 3-7 mim; eye diameter 4°6 mm, tympanum diameter approximately 2-3 mm; diameter of terminal disc of third finger 2:3 mm, Variation; There are 38 paratypes: S.A.M. R13S05-10. collected at Barwick and Bullock Creeks, Ebor on 24th January, 1973: S.A.M R13060 (11 juveniles); S.A.M- R13303, col- lected at Barwick Creek in January, 1973; 5S.A.M. R13626-39, A.M. R39498, collected at Point Lookout in May, 1973, all above specimens taken by M.A., M.U.Z.D. 1991/68, 1992/68, 1997/68, 1999/68, collected at Point Lookout by M, J. Littlejohn, J. J. Loftus-Hills and G. PF. Watson; M,U.Z.D. 1885/68 collected at 65 km BE. of Glen Innes by Littlejohn, Loftus-Hills and Watson. The adult male paratypes have snout to vent lengths. ranging from 34-5 mm to 40°3 mm, All lack vocal saes.. The short limbs, relatively high E-N/IN ratio and broad head of the holo- type are consistently demonstrated by the follow- ing ranges and means of proportions of these The supratympanie fold is. specimens; TL/S-V — 0+48-0+53, mean 0-50; E-N/IN 1-00-1°23, mean 1+14; HL/HW 0-87- 1:00, mean 0-91, Coloration varies only in the intensity of the blue dorsuin and in the extent of the irregular lateral stripes and light markings on them. The posterior surfaces of the thighs are consistently darkly patterned. Snout to vent lengths of recently metamorphosed speciniens ranged from 11+5 to 14*5 mm (mean 13:0 mm), Coloration in life. Observations on an adult (S.A.M. R13678) indicated difierences. asseci- ated with activity. When uctive the dorsal sur- face of the head. body and limbs was brilliant green. The lateral stripe was dark brown on the side of the head, becoming paler in the supra- tympanic region and merging with a series ot golden patches in the inguinal region. This lateral stripe was bounded superiorly by a gold line broadening on the body. The superior labial margin bore a cream stripe extending posteriorly to above the insertion of the forearm. The section of the head anterior and posterior to the eye and between these labial and fateral stripes was pale green, The itis was uniformly golden. There were rows of gold and brown flecks ov the borders of the limbs. The hands and feet were mottled with gold and green. The ventral surfaces were a creantish white; the sub- mandibulur gland had a faint yellow hue, The axilla, and inguinal areas and the unterior anc posterior surfaces of the hind limbs were a translucent deep yellow, When the frog was at rest the dorsum was usually very dark brownish-green, the lateral Stripe and associated patches a rusty brown and the labial stripe grey. The iris was golden above the pupil, brown belaw it. The ventral surfaces were generally dusky brown. In other specimens dorsal coloration ranged from olive with uniform dark green mottling (or mottling confined to the limbs), green with large, discrete gold patches (J. de Bavay. pers, comm. ) to gald or brown so that the literal stripe was scarcely discernible. Those found in green vege- tation were inevitably bright green, whether cul- lected by day or night. The colour of individuals tound beneath rocks or logs varied from dark brown to almost any shade of green, In captivity most frogs were dark whilst at rest during the day and bright green whilst active at night. Habitar; The specimens collected or observed by M.A, were taken adjacent to creeks and rivers in cool, montane forest within 10 km of Point Lookout, and at altitudes of | 350-1450 metres, These water courses are>— 4} REC, 8. (a) Barwick River, consisting of moderately deep pools (containing submerged plaiits), separated by shallow flowing sections and waterfalls. The floor of the river is predominantly basalt. (b) Little Styx River, which is similar to Barwick River, but appreciably broader. (c) Bullock Creek, which differs from Bar- wick River only in its generally smaller dimensions and predominantly granite base. (d) Spring Creek, the smallest of all four watercourses, with a sandy floor over a basalt base, Amongst the vegetation on the banks were species of Juncus, Epaceis, Leptospermum, Ranunculus, Pterostylis and various ferns. Areas of sphagnum were present. The dominant species of tree was Eucalyptus pauciflora, which was replaced by Nothafagus moore’ at higher altitudes. Adult hehaviour: During the periods of obser- vation the species was found amongst vegetation adjacent to the watercourses, beneath rotten logs, under bark on trees or amongst rocks and low vegetation (particularly Juncus). In May, 1973, 14 adult males, one female and one juvenile were found together under a rotting log approximately three metres long and one metre across. We conclude from their sluggish behaviour that they had aggregated to hibernate communally, To our knowledge this represents the first report of a possible communal hibernaculum for frogs in Australia. Data on breeding behaviour are lacking. How- ever, we hive evidence to indicate an exception- ally long breeding season. For example, the sight- ing of amplexal pairs on the Barwick River in mid-December, 1971 (J, Barker, pers, comm, ). indicates larval development during the summer months when water temperatures reach their annual maxima, The dates of collection of the stages of larvae reported below are consistent with ova being deposited in November-December, In apparent contict is the finding of a gravid adult female in May in the hibernaculum, The entire body cavity was filled with large pigmented eggs up to 2-1] mm in diameter and, perhaps more significantly, the oviducts were greatly enlarged and extensively convoluted. The speci- men was found in breeding condition at a time when ground temperatures were so cold as to make jt Jethargic. We therefore believe that at AUST. MUS.. 17 (5): 41-50 Mareh, 1975 least this female would have been in breeding condition at the conclusion of hibernation in the following spring. Newly metamorphosed specimens of L. glan- dulasa were collected in December, supporting our belief that some individuals do breed in the spring. The mating call has not been recorded on tape, It consists of a series of several, moderately low- pitched notes initially increasing in volume and rate, and finally slowing. M.A. likens it to: oy “orak-orak-orak .. 2°, Life History. The spawn and early stages of development are unknown. Tadpoles in Stages 25 to 43 were observed in the Barwick River on 20th December, 1972, in a shallow, slowly moy- ing section just beneath a deep pool, Most larvae appeared to be feeding over the red sill covering stones on the stream bed, When dis- turbed they swam under rocks. Stages 29 to 36 were collected on 25th January, 1973, from a physically similar section of Spring Creek but in an area Where the floor was covered with pale sand. against which tadpoles were well camou- flaged. Some were amongst the roots of water plants, but others lay in exposed areas, occasion- ally moving to the shallower sections of the pool, Measurements and ratios of proportions on the above series are summarised in Table 2. The following description of larval morphology ts a composite ane based on specimens at Stages 25-43, TABLE 2 MLASURE MENTS OF LARVAE OF L. GLANDULOSA Al VARIOUS STAGES AT BARWICK RIVER COMPARED WITH SPRING CREEK WHICH ARE SHOWN IN PARENTHESIS Ste Body Length Votal Length Sample Size (min) (mm) 25 ae idea i 26 7A 135 1 2 2 (BS) 2H-2 (hh) toa ww WY, LL 23-6, 23-8 2 M td MR ! 33 YA (Y-6) | 23:2) (25-1 1 it) 34 C1N2- 110) (29:5-29-0) (ay 45 [OQ (90-109) | 26-2 (26 }-300) 1 47) M (OYE UD, Leb) | 2214 (IQ, FS 44d 7 tha | 29-0 | al m7, 17 24. TNO 2 + SaheO-1b? tt 2) 297-324 (SST 4c “uy 4-0 IF i} The snout is evenly rounded in lateral and dorsal profiles (Fig, 3b, d). The nares are closer to the tip of the snout than to the eyes, dorsal in position and directed anterolaterally. The eyes are in a dorsolateral position, The body 1s broadest at a position corresponding to the level of the eyes and is. broader than deep, The spiracle is sinistral, ventrolateral in position and is slightly further trom the tip of the shout than from the anus. The anus is dextral, opening adjacent to the edge of the ventral fin. IYLER any ANSTIS—TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY OF LITORIA CHLROPA COMPLEX FROGS 49 The tail is a moderately thick structure deepest at about the anterior one-third, narrowing pos- teriorly and is terminally rounded, The lateral lines are pigoiented and the lateral line organs aré numerous and narrowly spaced, The oral dise is ventral in position and is in the form of a funnel marginally surrounded by a row of small papillae (Fig. 4b). The area within this funnel is occupied by numerous finely- pointed papillae projecting ventrally and oceupy- ing the greater part of the lumen. From the most superficial to the deepest, the lengths of the papillae increase so that all terminate in the form of spikes near the level of the disc margin. On the inner edge of the lower labium, adja- cent to the mid-line, is a variable number (2-6) of large, black papillae, There are no tooth rows and the horny beak is small, unpigmented and located far posteriorly. There is a (lat white structure projecting from the centre of the upper beak forward and then inclined ventrally. and terminally divided into from four to seven tooth- like structures, each of which bears From one to four tine, hair-like black filaments. Some of the filaments are branched, [pn many specimens. all filaments have broken off leaving a white basal core, On each side of this projecting structure is a row of three large, pointed papillae. In life the dorsal surface of the tadpole is browo with an irridescent golden sheen. Small, scattered, dark brown spots are most conspicuous in later stage tadpoles, The areas around the eyes and nares are least pigmented, The fins are transparent, but for dark brown flecks, densest on the superior margin. The caudal musculature appears cream) in transparency, In preservative the golden irridescence of the body is lost and the specimens appear darker- At metamorphic climax body lengths range from 12:0 mm to 12° mm, In life frogs at this stage are brown with a gold sheen. The lateral stripe, so conspicuous in adults, extends pos- teriorly only to the insertion of the arm. The dorsum bears numerous flattened tubercles which become progressively less conspicuous in older specimens. Distribution; — Litoria glandulosa probably replaces L. cilropa on the Great Dividing Range of northern New South Wales (Pig. 5). G. Ingram (pers. comm.) reports collecting speci- mens in eastern Queensland just north of the New South Wales border which were probably L. glandulosa, Three specimens were taken adjacent to the Girraween National Park, south of Stanthorpe. The description of the habitat (a small creek descending from extensive rock for- mation) is similar to those at which L, glardulosa has been collected by M.A. COMPARISON WITH OTHER SPECIES Distinguishing characters for adult L. glandu- losa and L. citropa are compared in Table 3. TABLE 3 SUMMARY OF MAJOR DISTINGUISHING FEATURES OF L. GLANDULOSA AND L. CITROPA Character | L. glandulosa L.. citropa | 8-V (males) mm 34-5-40-3 | 469-566 S-V (females) mim 45-B-50-4 56-5-56-9 Tympanum | hidden distinct Vocal sac _ absent present Bones | uppiemented | unpigmented or viele Laryal labial teeth absent present Laryal oral disc papillae clongare | short Larval horny beak small, white | large, black Adults of Literia glandulosa can be easily distinguished from all other species of Litoria except L. ciftrapa by its possession of 4 very large submandibular dermal gland and prominent supratympanic fuld. Only L. caerwlea has com- parable (and in tact more extensive) supratym- panic fold, but it is a much larger and far more robust animal and lacks the dark lateral band and gold lateral line of L. glandulosa, and has broadly webbed tingers. DISCUSSION Absence of labial teeth in bylid tadpoles has previously been reported only for the Neotropical Region (Martin and Watson, 1971), where, in the genera Amphignathodon, Crypfobatrachus, Gastretheca and Hemiphractus larvae are carried on the backs of parent females for at least part of their development, Species of Ayla lacking labial teeth usually have enlarged horny beaks, The absence of both labial teeth and of a pig- mented horny beak in L. glandulosa appears unique, Until now the newly described species L, glandulosa bas been included within L. citropa and, although morphological comparison of the adults of the populations. indicates two distinct species, it appears that they are closely related to one another. Our finding that the larval mouthparts of L, citropa (sensu stricto) are of a pattern common to many Australian Litoria, whereas those of L, glandulosa are so different therefore poses problems of interpretation, Su REC. S$. AUST. MUS. There are far from adequate data for assessing the ancestry and phylogenetic relationships of Australian hylids. In view of the extent of mor- phological divergence currently encompassed within Litoria, it can be predicted with some con- fidence that Literia will be ultimately shown to constitute several distinct genera, If L. citropa bad not been known and we were here describing L. glandulosa, there would be adequate data from our knowledge of adult and larval morphology to place it in a new genus. The purpose of such a step being to demonstrate that L. glandulosa is so different from all species recognised previously, the erection of a separate genus would be a useful and logical step demon- strating the extent of divergence from Litoria as currently constituted, In the absence of any information on larvae, subsequent discovery of citrepa adults would not have posed a problem, The general morphology and particularly the possession of the submandibular dermal gland would have justified its association with glandulosa in the new genus. Subsequent discovery and identifica- tion of the tadpole of cifropa with its generalised mouth-parts would raise the sort of questions that we now actually face. There seems no reason to doubt that the direction of larval evolutionary change is from the generalised hylid pattern of citropa to the bizarre lotic adaptation of glandulosa. Never- theless, the extent of the adaptation involves major morphological changes: loss of all labial tecth rows, and pigmentation of the horny beak, and the development of oral disc tubercles with keratinised tips. Whether or not the central black filaments suspended anterior to the pharynx involve particle filtration, or have a sensory function, is immaterial to the assumption that their evolution constituted an extremely major evolutionary shift. 17 (5): 41-50 March, 1975 We do not dispute Watson and Martin’s (1971) contention that hylid larval features are of value in assisting studies of phylogenetic relationships. However, our observations demon- strate that divergence in adult and larval mor- phology is not necessarily complementary- ACKNOWLEDGMENTS For the loan of specimens reported here we are indebted to Dr, A. A. Martin and Mr. G. F. Watson (University of Melbourne), Dr. H, G, Cogger (Australian Museum), and Mr, J, de Bavay (University of New England). Mr. de Bavay, Mr. G, Ingram, Mr. J. Barker, Mr. and Mrs. R. Scott and Mr. and Mrs. D. Anstis assisted us in various ways. Our thanks are due to all of these colleagues. Grateful acknowledgment is also made to the Science and Industry Endow- ment Fund for a grant to M.A. to assist these studies. REFERENCES Copland, S. J,, 1957. Australian tree frogs of the genus Hyla, Proe, Linn. Soe, NSW, 822 9-108, Duellman, W. E., 1970. The hyld frogs of Middle America: Monogr, Mus, Nat. Hist. Univ. Kansas Nu. |, 1-753. Gosner, K., 1960, A simplified table for staging anuran enibryos and larvae, with notes on identification, Herpetolagica 16; 183-190, Kinghorn, J. R.. 1932. Herpetological notes, Aust. Mus,, 18: 355-363, Littlejohn, M. J., Lofus-Hills, J. J.. Martin, A. A, and Watson, G. F. (1972), Amphibian fauna of Victoria, Confirmation of the records of Literia (-Hyla) citropa (Tschudi) in Gippsland, Vic. Nat., 89: 51-54, Marlin, A. A., and Watson, G. F., 1971. Life history as an aid to generic delimination in the family Hylidae. Capeiad 1971 (1): 78-89. Moore, J, A., 1961. The frogs of eastern New South Wales. Bull, Amer, Mus. Nat, Hist. P20; 151-385, ‘TYyler, M. J. (968. Papuan hylid frogs of the genus Myla, Zool, Verh, No. 96, 1-203. Tyler, M. J., 1970. The occurrence of bone pigmentation in Australian frogs. Search I: 75. Na. 4. Ree, RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM A REVISION OF THE PENTATOMIDAE (HEMIPTERA—HETEROPTERA) OF THE RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP FROM AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS By GORDON F. GROSS . SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 6 22nd December, 1975 A REVISION OF THE PENTATOMIDAE (HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) OF THE RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP FROM AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS BY GORDON F.. GROSS Summary The history of the recognition and a definition is given of the Rhynchocoris group of pentatomid genera. A first section of five genera, two of them new, are described, or revised and redescribed. Thirty-eight species of these genera from the Australian, New Guinea and neighbouring Pacific islands, 22 of them new, are described, or redescribed, and figured. Two other species formerly thought to occur in this area are shown to occur only outside of it, each is briefly redescribed but not figured. A REVISION OF THE PENTATOMIDAE (HEMIPTERA—HETEROPTERA) OF THE RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP FROM AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS PART I. THE GENERA FROM OCIRRHOE THROUGH CUSPICONA TO PETALASPIS WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES AND SELECTION OF LECTOTYPES By GORDON F. GROSS South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia 5000 ABSTRACT GROSS. G. F. 1975, A revision of the Pentatomidae (Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of the Rhynechocoris group thom Australia and adjacent areas. Part 7. The genera from Ocirrhoe through Crspicona to Pelaluspis with descriptions of new species and selection of lectolypes. Rec, S. Aust, Mus. 17 (6): 51-167, The history of the recognition and a definition is given of the Rhynchocoris group of pentatomid genera. A first section of five genera, two of them new, ure described, or revised and redescribed. Thirty-eight species of these genera from the Australian, New Guinea and neigh- houring Pacific islands, 22 of them new, are deseribed, or redescribed, and figured. Two other species formerly thought to oceur in this area are shown to occur only outside of jt, each is bricfly redescribed but not figured, INTRODUCTION The group relationships of the Pentatomidae are in such an unsatisfactory condition that recognition of formal super-generic categories seems undersirable. In Gross (1975, and in press) where this problem is considered in greater detail it is pro- posed that the term “group” be applied to clusters of allied genera, each such group being named after the oldest or most typical genus included therein, The Rhynchocoriy group of genera of Penta- tomidae was first recognised by Stil in 1870 (p, 636) under the name “division Rhynchoco- rinu” in these words: “Genera Rhynchocoris, Hoffmanseggiella, Morna, Pugione, Pegala, Witellus, Cuspicona, Ocirrhoe et Periboea divisionem (Rhyachoecerinu) formant, quae mesosterno alte carinato, carina anterius inter vel ante pedes anticos in laminam producta, metasterno elevato, postice emarginato, basi ventris spina, in emarginatura metastermi quie- scente, armata, marginibus scutelli apice vel apicem versus nec clevatis, sxpissime etiam tibiis teretibus, sulco destitutis, marginique postico thoracis levi est insignis')”. 22nd December, YTS 1 The group as such was referred to again by Atkinson in 1888 (p. 147) and then by Distant in 1902 (p. 221) as the Rhynchocoraria. Dis- tant’s concept of the group was somewhat wider than Stil's or Atkinson's as some of the genera he included (Sabaeus, Amblycara) lacked strongly raised, lamimate keels on the meso- and metasterna. My concept of the Rhynchocoris group of genera is substantially the same as Stal’s and Atkinson's but includes some additional genera (e.g. Petalaspis, Biprorulus ete.) described after both ceased to be active in the field and some new genera described in this first part or to be described in the second part, The group in the Australian region make up one of the biggest and easily characterised sub- groupings of Pentatomidae along with the Halys group which, in certain features such as the development in some genera of spinously pro- duced juga and the development in a number of genera of spinously produced (or acute) Jateral angles to the pronotum, they resemble. However these stmilarities appear to have arisen con- yvergently for the two groups do not appear to be closely related on other features of the external morphology or of the rigid or sclerotised portions of the male and female genitalia, Members of the Rhynchecoris group as under- stood here have the following attributes: — medium to large size; juga reaching to apex of anteclypeus, slightly beyond, or produced spinously anteriorad; anterolateral angles or pronoium entire, not serrate: lateral angles of pronotum obtuse or convex, or with posterior part of anterolateral margins forming an acute angle or produced into a spinous process; on mesosternum a raised laminate keel which pro- jects forward over prosternum; on metasternum a similar keel with apex adpressed to the base of the mesosternal keel, or the area of contact difficult to see, its base expanded and excavated or notched; on abdomen arising from second and part of third ventrite an elevated acca 52 REC, &. AUST, MUS., directed as a spinous process anteriorly whose apex fits into the notch on the metasternal keel; orifices of metathoracic scent glands followed dorsally by a long, usually curved, vertically directed streak or keel; colour in life usually some shade of preen fading to yellowish, yellowish-brown, or brownish when preserved as pinned specimens, other colours frequently present are black, brown, luteous and a bright carmine red, these latter colours not usually fading after capture; outline of posterior margin of pygophore not usually complicated by marked projections or processes; claspers strongly F-shaped, the upper ramus longer than median bulge, frequently inclined upwards a little to appear oblique, median bulge usually blunt or conyex and dorsally forming a flattened or con- vex pilose platform (Figs, 6 C, 8 BE, 15 BE, 25 A, 25 C-D, 25 F ete.); aedeagus with phallosoma honey-coloured and semi-transparent (in most of the species of other groups of Pentatomidae the phallosoma is more heavily sclerotised and blackish, dark brown or brown In colour, in several sets of dissections one specimen, presumably teneral, had a honey-coloured phallosoma whereas others of that same species had the darker phallosoma, in species of the Rhynchacoris group the phallosoma was always honey-coloured), conjunctiva membranous and either single lobed and projecting somewhat anteriorly, or bifid, sometimes right from base, in other cases only towards apex, laterally on conjunctiva on each side a flattish ear- or tongue- like process, here called the “lappet” processes, which are usually a litle darker than the rest of the conjunctiva, medial penial plates parallel and directed ventrally, frequently in the form of an inverted Y with very blunt arms as viewed processes of apiral Panel bulb i} spermathecal apical spermalhacal bulb sclenje . Spermathevue 1} inn — + A. Ovirritoe 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 laterally, in other cases hatchet-shaped, vesica and gonopore located in front of the medial penial lobes and directed downwards at about 45" (Figs, 15 C, 25 B, 25 E, 40 A, 46 A, 50 A-C ete.); female external genitalia generally unremarkable, spermathecae only of Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant (Fig. | A) and of Cuspicona simplex Walker (Fig. 1 B) examined, these of Usual pentatomid form with a median hollow sclerotised rod through which the sperm-carrying duct runs, processes (diverticula) of the apical spermathecal bulb much longer than those scen in most other pentatomid genera investigated, a single sclerite at entrance of spermathecal duct into genital chamber. The relationships of this group of genera to other groups within the Pentatomidae are not clear, On external features the group would appeur to be related to genera which have a forwardly directed spine arising from the basal abdominal ventrites e.g, Piezodorus, Catacanthus, Aspideurus, Menida ete. or those with a conical tubercle or a convex swelling on the basal abdominal segments e.g. Glaucias, Amblybelus, Plautia, Aleiphron etc. Some of the latter group are also green though this green does not fade in collections, The structure of the aedeagus and claspers in these various genera does not indicate any particularly close relationship between any of them and genera of the Rhynchocoris group though there is general relationship amongst many of them, A relationship between the Rhyachocoris group and the Tessaratomidae equally cannot be discounted as some of the latter group have forwardly directed processes developed from the basal visible segments of the abdomen or prokimal purnh Hange distal Qump flanue dilation of spermathee sclerotized rod Distunt, lutescens Cuspleona sunpler Walker. RITYNCHOCORIS GROUP TIN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT ARE AS—I $3 mesosternal and metasternal keels but again the structure of the aedeagi and claspers do not support any close relationship, In the descriptions which follow the cited Measurements in the tabled dimensions ure in eyepiece divisions where | diviston=0+052 mm. If these measurements are converted to milli- metres using the above relationship more significant figures appear in the oullimetre figure thun ure justified and the subsequent biometric analysis is frequently inaccurate, Therefore to convert approximately to millimetres divide the number of eyepiece divisions by 20, The head length is measured from the apex of the ante- clypeus (or if the juga surpasses the anieclypeus from wn imaginary line joining the apices of the juga) ta the visible base of the head on the middle of the anterior margin of the pronotum, This measurement is more variable than for some af the other measurements because of differences caused by varying devrees of exsertion of the head. The head width is measured from the outer margin of one eye to the outer margin of the other, For both head measurements the animal was placed so that the head was horizontal. The measurements of the antennal segments need no explanation save that the first segment is in the vicinity of 8-10 eyepiece divisions and hence is being measured with too coarse a scale und shows a high variability because of this, For the remaining measurements. the dorsal surfaces of the abdomen, scutellum and hind portion of the pronotum were placed horizontally, hence the two longitudinal measure- ments are foreshortened in comparison to those which would occur if measurements were made following the longitudinal curve of the body, The pronotal width is taken from one humeral ouler margin to the other, if the lateral angles are spinously produced then the measurement is from the tip of one spine across to the tip of the other. The pronotal length is measured from the anterior Margin to the posterior margin along the midline, The total length is measured from the apex of the unteclypeus or if the juga surpass it then fron their apices to the apex of the mem- brane along the midline, The total length is also cited converted to millimetres bul without assuming any more significant figures than prudent. The nomenclature of the male and female genitalia follows Gross 1972, p. 131 ef seq. and much of it is indicated on ut least one illustration of each sex on those figures which show their structure, The abbreviations of the institutions in which type material and material examined is lodged are as follows: AM The Australian Museum, Sydney. AMNH The Americun Museum of Natural History, New York. ANIC The Australian National Insect Collec- tion, C.S.AA.RO., Canberra, Peter Ashlock Collection, presently tn the University of Kansas, Lawrence. ASHLOCK BISHOP The Bernice P, Bishop Museum, Honolulu, BM The British Museum (Natural History), London. BRUSSELS Instittt Royal de Sciences Naturelles, Brussels. CAS ‘the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. HELSINKI Universitetets Zoologiske Museum, Helsingfors. HOPE The Hope Collection, University Museum, Oxford. KU University of Kansas, Lawrence. LEIDEN The Rijksmuseum) van Nutuurliyke Historie, Leiden. NM The National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne. OM The Queensland Museum, Brishane- SAM The South Australian Museum, Adelaide. SLATER J. A. Slater Collection, presently in the University of Connecticut, Storrs, STOCKHOLM The Nuturbistorisku Riksmuscum, Stockholm. UO Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane. USNM The Smithsonian Institution, The United States National Museum, Washington. WAM The Western Australian Museum, Perth, In the second part of this paper several new genera will be established for some species now placed in Cuspicona, such species as do not appeur in this first part have not been missed through an oversight but are to be treated as members of new or different genera in the second part. In drawing up a key for inclusion in this first part it was necessary to avoid all mention of the new genera to be erected in the second part lest their primary descriptions became based on a key or be mentioned without a type. Hence it was necessary to construct an abbreviated key which will serve to distinguish the genera con- sidered in this part from each other, and in a general way from genera to be considered in the later paper. J apologise for this, but 1 see no S4 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): other satisfactory solution, A full key to all the genera of the Rhynchocoris group from this region will appear in the second part. Key to part of Rhynchecoriy group of genera found in the Australian, New Guinea and Pacific Regions 1.(1) Juga produced in front on the anteclypeus or at least level with it genera not covered in thiy first part Juga not produced in front of anteclypeus but obliquely or roundedly sloping back from it 9 = 2. (1) Apex of scutellum acute with apically a rather guadrate membranous plate around and beneath apex and into which apex is pro- duced, this plate reaching behind true apex of scutellum -. 6. ca ae ee ee ve 3 Apex of scutellum acute or more rounded but withoul an aflixed membranous plate like PCOGRSY .o. fe ho. a ta eae 4g Lateral angles pronotum produced into a prominent outwardly directed reddish or blackish tipped spine Mitelluy Stil (nat covered in this part) Lateral ungles of pronotum acute, not produced into laterally directed spines Petalaspis: Bergroth Anterior margin of pronotum not mostly levigate but punctate regularly in two or more series und rest of pronotum mostly finely PUTCO a fsiae bebe) stat whee te ect aw owls 5 Pronotum with anterior margin smooth or never more than two rows of large punctations (except Pegala virenx) and scattered large puinctations on dise venera nor covered in this first part Tibiae flattened or sulcate almost their whole lengih. Scutellum with a very distinct black impression in each basal angle; some black purctations on dorsal surface, including head . ., ,. Qeirrhoe Stal (part) Tibiae not sulcate, Auttened only apically or not at all, Impressions in the basal angles of the scutellum concolorous, black or ubsent 6 5, (4) 6, (5) Proportionately long and slender, head relatively long. thoracic angles unarmed Diaphyw Bergroth (—Paraboea Jensen-Haarup) (not covered in this first part) Body ovate or obovate, head medium sized, lateral angles of pronotum sometimes pro- duced into spines, sometimes not .— .. 7 7. (6) Apical angles of seventh abdominal segment strongly produced or conspicuously angu- 13 erat Pa > $ Apical angles of seventh abdominal segment not strongly produced .. ,. 1, 6. 6) 6. 9 51-167 Deceniber, 1975 $, (7) Lateral angles of pronotum rounded Parocirrhoe gen, nov. Lateral angles of pronotum acute or produced into a long spine genera not covered in this first part 9.(7) Anterolateral margins of pronotum angulately concavely incised at about half their length Everardia yen. nov. Anterolateral margins of pronotum straight or gently convex in from of lateral angles 10 10.(9) Mesosternal keel close to prosternum and reaching about base of head .. 1...) TI Mesosternal keel not so adpressed to prosternum and reaching forward under base of head Avicenna Distant (part) (ner covered in this first part) 11. (10) Tibiae flattened towards apices; foveae in basal angles of scutellum present and black or concolorous: lateral margins of pronotum narrowly reflexed or rarely broadly explan- ate, this reflexion or explanation continued onto truncale lateral angles for short distance. antennae relatively robust Ocirrhoe Stil (part) Not as above; lateral angles frequently acute or produced into wu spinous process. If (privata Walker) tibiae flattened towards apices, foveae in basal angles of sculellum present and concolorous and Jateral margins of pronotum narrowly reflexed then this reflexion continued around the — lateral ungles and the antennae slender Cuspicona Dallas Ocirrhoe Stal, 1867 Ocirrhoe Stal, 1867. p. 521, 1870, p. 637: 1876, pp. 62 & 102. Lethierry & Severin, 1893, p. L80, Rhynchocoris Westwood 1837 (in part) p. 29, Cuspicona Dallas, 1851 (in part) p. 296; Stal, 1867 (in part) p. 521; Lethierry & Severin, 1893 (in part) p. 180. Kirkaldy. 1909 (in part) p. XXX1, Type species; Cuspicona inconspicua Stal, 1867, non Dallas, 1851 — Rhynehocoris australis Westwood, 1837 OD. Descriplion: General appearance: Species greenish or brownish-green in life, in museum collections brown or yellowish brown, Strongly punctate above. Small to moderate sized, rather oval. Amterolateral margins of pronotum reflexed or explanate, nearly straight and diverging pos- teriorly with lateral angles obtusely rounded or truncate, the reflexion of the anterolateral margin RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 55 continued parily onta the lateral angle. Head and anterior portion of pronotum inclined at an angle of 30° to rest of body, Tibiae only gently flattened near apices or sirangly flattened, even slightly sulcate, on their outer surtaces. Head: Appearing elongate or not, in most species rather quadrate, wider across eyes than long. Dise flattened anteriorly and rather raised posteriorly; lateral margins usually straight and diverging posteriorly but sometimes concaye and in australis (Westwood) also reflexed, Apex rounded, rarely rather acuminate, apices of juga and anteclypeus af about same level. Eyes rather triangular and touching anterior margin of pronotum, ocelli not very conspicuous and placed nearer to inner margin of eyes than to centre line of head, on level of, or behind level of. hind margins of eyes. Antennifers short, antennae five-segmented, first segment thicker than second and thicd, fourth and fifth generally thicker than second and third, antennae not very long. Pronalum: Atleast twice as wide across lateral angles as long, anterior margin truncate or con- cave behind eyes, then excavate behind collum, anterior angles in the form of a small vertical keel or a spine, frequently reflexed, Antero- lateral margins straight, slightly convex or slightly concave, diverging posteriorly, murginate, these margins rather reflexed or explanate and continuing oto region of lateral angles, Lateral angles obtusely rounded or truncate. Postero- lateral margins concave, sometimes angulately so, Posterior angles obtuse or formed into a small spine (australis), posterior margin only slightly concave. Disc behind lateral ungles in same plane as hind body, before level of lateral angles inclined downwards at about 30°. Seutellum; Triangular, anteriorly gently raised or not. lateral margins Somewhat concave medially, apex broadly rounded, Frenu extend- ing about half to two-thirds of length from base lo upex. Hemelytra: Coriiceous parts. normally thick- ened, Corium with exterior margin concave basally or not. then broadly concave to acute or shortly rounded apex. Posterior margin straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus narrow and strongly triangular, Membrane infuscated und hyaline with veins substantially parallel apically. Abdomen, Gently conyex above, excayate Npieally in males and faintly so m females, Laterotergites: Three to seven armed with w short acute spine on Jateral posterior angle (except in da/last), Underside: Head oblusely triangular in lateral view, Bucculae lobulately produced anteriorly then Sinuate or straight, reaching to about middle of eyes, deeply sulcate between bucculac. Ros- trum robust and four segmented, first segment robust and generally reaching to at least base of bucculac, second segment frequently arched. Meso- and metasternum with a robust keel pro- jecting over part of whole of prosternum, latter broadly suleate under this keel, Legs normal but tarsi always flattened near apices and some- limes strongly flattened and even sulcite their whole length. Abdominal venter faintly V- or U- shaped in cross section as viewed from behind, third segment medially raised into w short tri- angular tubercle directed anteriorly, its apex fitting into a notch in the metasternal keel, Seventh ventrite in males shallowly excavated posteriorly and deeply excised in females. Pygo- phore with lateral portions of posterior ventral margin roundedly or angulately produced or not with margin medially truncate or with a U- or V- shaped excavation. Aedeagiis with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, conjunctiva produced tarward as a more or less single process with or without sclerotized rods, ventrally a pair of ventrally directed parallel, usually bilobed, medial peniul plates. Clasper strongly F-shaped, Female genifalia flat, in some species gonocoxue raised along their interior margins. General remarks: Species plaged in this genus have rather a uniform appearance, they cun be confused with Parocirrhoe but in that genus the posterior angles of the seventh laterotergites are strongly and angulutely produced. The shupe of the posterior ventral margin of the male pygophore differs from species to species but is constant in each species and is a good character ta help distinguish species. The F- shaped claspers are probably also distinctive for each species but as only those of several species have been dissected out so far this has not been confirmed, The aedeagus of the male also differs quite considerably from species to species of the lew investigated. Ip those species investigated the “lappet” processes of the Rivachocoris group were present and two of the three species investigated had bilobed medial penial plates. The female genitalia are not very distinctive bui the shape of the hind margin of the gonocoxae und whether the gonovoxae are raised along the midline where they meet are good characters. to distinguish closely related species. 56 REC. &. AUST. MUS., The genus breaks up imto three distinctive groups of species as does Cuspicona, The first group of species are suboval with tibiae strongly flattened their whole length; the anterior or pos- terior tibiae may even be rather sulcate, The second group has the tibiae only flattened distally but are still suboval. One species of this seeond group, prasinata Stil, is very similar to Cuspicona privata Walker in appearance and may bridge the gap between the two genera, Under the des- cniption of C. privata it will be noted that there the tibiae are more fattened than in the other species of Cuspicona. Prasinata and its allies seem best placed in Ocirrhoe on the feature of the reflexed lateral margin of the pronotum contmu- ing onto the region of the lateral angle and the strongly transverse posterior margins of the hind Zonocoxae; these are characteristics of some other species of the second group of Ocirrhee species but not of the theracica group of Cuspicona where privata is best located. The third group contains only the single species virescens West- wood which is rather more elongate in appearance than other Ocirrhoe species, has a longer head in telation to its width across the eyes than other species of Ocirrhoe and has the posterior margins of the first gonocoxae of the female arcuately convex across their whole width, a feature not seen in any other Ocirrhoe species, In this group too the tibige are only flattened distally. Despite the elongate head there does not seem to be close relationship between Octrrhoe virescetis and the long headed Cuspicenas of the intacia group. The dorsal punctation is relatively sparse in virescens whereas it is very strongly developed in the infacta group of Cuspicena. The three groups of Ocirrhoe may later prove to be of subgeneric or even generic rank but such action should await a thorough examination of the aedeagus and claspers of the males of most, if not all, species, Stal’s genus Ocirrhve ts supposed to be based on Cuspicona taconspicua Dallas, L851 as it is the only species mentioned under the key couplet No. 156 (157) (1867, p. 521) which forms the description of Ocirrhoe, However in the couplet he mentions “Angulis pasticis thoracis dente acuta armatis; . , .. tibiis superne suleatis; . . .” which are character states only of Ocirrhoe australis (Westwood, 1837) in the genus as | understand it. In 1870 (p. 51) Stal gives a second description, again only in the form of a key couplet—No. 2 (3) which repeats most of the features of the 1867 couplet, including the two character states mentioned aboye, but does hot list any included species. 17 (6): SI-1A7 Pevenber, WTS Finally m 1876 in the key couplet 1X8 (189) (p, 67) which forms his third and last diagnosis of the genus be mentions again the sulcate uibiae. adds that the foyeae in the basal angles of the scutellum are black and that the dorsal surfuce of the body has some black punctations. and notes that the posterior angles of the pronotum may be obtuse or produced into a tooth, This definition could now only reter to australiy (West- wood) and to two new species, wilyany mihi and westwood mihi, of those | include in this genus, Clearly at this stage Stil recognises at least two af these three species, both in my first australis sroup, as belonging to the genus. On p, 102 of the same publication he fists two species under the genus heading, O, wnimaculata (Westwood) and O- australis (Westwood); he does not give either a generic description of Ocirrhoe in this citation or specific descriptions of the two included species; he does not mention inconspicua ay an included species and he does not mention any Specimens examined of the two species he does include, O, unimaculaia was also obviously misidentified for true unimaculart has ta be excluded as it does not have suleate tibiae. black punctations on the body or black foyeae in the basul angles of the scutellum, There are six specimens in Stockholm which could have been concerned with Stil’s conception of the genus. Five of them stood above the label wiimacilata (Westwood), one of them is labelled on the pio “Ocirrhoe inconspicua Dall | ex unimaculatae Hope Westw. aff’, all five are actually ansrralis (Westwood). The sixth specimen stood above the label ausrralis (Westwood) but it is an example of my new species westwood. Therefore it is clear that Stal used one of the series of australty, probably the one with the label on the pin (though Dr. Per Inge Persson informs the handwriting is not that of Stal), which he had first misidentified as incvonspieva and then as unimaculata, in the construction of the first diagnosis of Ocirrhoe. He expanded the diag- nosis upon recognising the secund species which he took to be australis but which is again not that species but westwood? mihi. Therefore | have altered the previously cited fixation of Cusplcona inéoaspicua Dallas as the type of this genus to Cuspicana mneanuspicua Stil, 1867 non Dallas, 185) (—Rhynchocoris aus- tralis Westwood, 1837), Original designation, Application will be made to the International Commission to have this type fixation validated. Key to Qeirrhkne species 1,(1) Head coarsely punctuate wilh black: aw black point in each basal angle of scutellum: RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 3 tibiae strongly fattened or even vaguely sulcate almost their whole length ., ., 2 Head not punctate with black; with or without a black point in each basal angle of scutel- lum; first two pairs of legs with tibiae only flattened apically, hind tibiae Nattened (heir whole length or not ., 6. ue a 4 2,(1) Dark brown: head densely punctate with black and appearing much darker than pronetum; third segment of antennae apically infus- caled; posterolateral angles of pronolum acutely triangular produced australis: (Westwood) Yellowish or greenish brown: head more sparsely and more regularly punctate, usually not appearing darker than pronotum; first three segments af antennae completely pale or ik third upically infuseuted punctation even on head, pronotum and scutellum; postero- lateral angles of pronotiin obtuse or TONE) 26 he ce et ae te AT tee 3 3, (2) Anterolateral margins of pronotum rather laminately expanded and vaguely reflexed: a black spot at bases of pro-, meso- and Metepisterna; fourth and fifth antennal segments frequently strongly infuseated except al their bases; pronotum coarsely punctate with black (male) or narrowly black punctale just inleriorly of antero- lateral margins, hind margin of mate pygophore gently concave medially and gently convex laterally... wilyeni sp, nov. Anterolateral margins of pronotum obtusely marginate, the actual margin raised; no black spots at bases of episterna; all anten- nal segments pale or al most only lightly infuseated, pronotal punetutions usually sparse and brawn but if black punctations present then only anteriorly behind collum: hind margin of male pygophore strongly transversely truncate with @ small medial concavity. .. westwood? sp. nov. 4. (1) Last two segments of antennae strongly infus- caled (except al their bases and apices) 5 Last two segments of antennae not infuscated, or only fifth infuseated (except at base and apex} iy ey ta ee ca be er ae) | 6 5. (4) Scutellum with « conspicuous black or brown spot tn each basal angle; hind margin of male pygophore medially strongly con- cavely excivate and laterally broadly con- vexly rounded, this hind margin frequently reddish; hind margins of female gonocoxae faintly sinuated, transverse, gonocoxae not raised along their inner (longitudinal con- tiguous) margins ., dallasi sp. nov, (part) Scutellum without a conspicuous black or brown spol in cach basal angle; hind margin ot male pygophore medially strongly V-shaped excavated and laterally produced posteriorly into a strong somewhat ungulate lobe on each side; hind margins of female gono- coxie strongly transversely truncate except medially where they turn anteriorly, gono- coxue strongly raised medially along their inner (longitudinal contiguous) margins Iniescens Distant 6, (4) Fifth segment of antennae broadly infuscated with black or dark brown, only extrenie base and apex of this segment pale; hind margin of male pygophore laterally Jobu- lately produced and medially with a small tooth on the margin of cither side of the midline... .. 5. .. corenala sp. nov, Fifth segment of antennae not infuseated; hind margin of pygophore without a small tooth on either side of midline -- ., .- -. 7 7. (6) Scutellum with a conspicuous black or hrown spot in each basal angle .. 2... 2.00 OB Scutellum without a conspicuous black spot in each basal angle ., .. 6. 1. ee.) 10 8.(7) Under 7-5 mm long; hind third of pronotum transversely reddish or pinkish: with a tri- angular patch of hrown punetations on either side of scutellum just in front of pale apical area .. .. 2 4... Cavenda sp, nov, Over 7:5 mm long; hind third of pronotum con- colorous; scutellum uniformly punctate with brown except at pale apex .. -. 9.(8) Antennae robust, four terminal segments reddish, third segment as long as or longer than second; base of head not black incenspicua (Dallas) Antetinae robust or not, four terminal segments reddish or pale; third segment shorter than second; extreme buse of head black dallast sp, nov. (part) 10.(7) Pronotum without a pale transverse band posteriorly; pygophore of male with hind margin laterally produced posteriorly as a rather hooked lobulate process on each side; hind margin of female gonocoxae strongly transverse .. -. . praxinata (Sell) Pronotum with a pinkish or yellowish transverse band or bar posteriorly, in faded specimens still visible as a paler area; male pygophore not us ubove: bind margins of gonocoxae transverse Or NOt ,, ws vy yy ee ey OU 11, (10) Scutellum) laterally yellowish or pale, this yellowish or pale running into apical pale area; if lateral areas of scutellum con- colorous then apex of scutellum alsa noi conspicuously lightened. Hind margin of male pygophore rather triangularly pro- duced on either side, medially rather V- shaped incised; hind margins of female gonocoxae strongly roundedly or angulately convex .. . virescens (Westwood) Scutellum laterally concolorous, apical area generally pale. Hind margin of male pygo- phore almost truncate, so also hind miurgins of gonocoxae . unimacilata (Westwood) 58 REC. S. AUST. MUS., Australis Group This group contains three species collectively occurring in the moister regions of South Aus- tralia east of Saint Vincent Gulf, Victoria, Tasmania, New South Wales and southern Queensland. The group characteristics are:— rather obovate (pronotum width: total length about 9 : 16); rostrum not reaching much past hind coxae; all tibiae clearly flattened for most of their length on their exterior surfaces, usually also one or more pairs distinctly sulcate for most of their length on the flattened area; hind mar- gins of female gonocoxae transverse or produced into a rounded lobe interiorly; head and usually also pronotum marked with black punctations; apical segments of antennae usually infuscated; foveae in basal angles of scutellum black. Ocirrhoe australis (Westwood, 1837) Figs. 2, 4 A-B Rhynchocoris austral’s Westwood, 1837, p. 30. 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Ocirrhoe australis Stal, 1876, p. 102. Lethierry & Severin, 1893, p. 180. Cuspicona australis Walker, 1867, p. 387. Rhaphigaster viridipes Walker, 1867, p. 370. New synonymy. Cuspicona inconspicua Stal, 1867 (non Dallas, 1851), p. 521. Misidentification. Cuspicona uninotata Walker 1868, p. 571, New synonymy. Description: General appearance: Museum _ specimens yellowish-brown or reddish-brown with coarse black and brown punctations and brown and black infuscated areas. Apex of scutellum and most of underside bright yellow. Eyes and ocelli purplish. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum black. Three apical antennal segments infus- cated in part. Barnom K. Head rn —— TIT Fig. 2. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe australis (Westwood), RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—| 59 Head: Appearing rather broad and apically rather broadly rounded, Concolorous with dense coarse black punctations and base of collum also black. Eyes and ocelli purplish, Anteriorly flattened with lateral margins of juga shallowly reflexed, posteriorly only a very little raised. Anteclypeus hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral inargins distinctly concave, Pronotum: Concolorous with coarse brown punctations, latter exteriorly sometimes black, not reaching Jateral margins. A black or brown spot just interiorly of each lateral angle. Calli glabrous, sometimes with a transverse black bar. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and trapezi- formly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles represented by a small recurved tooth. Anterolateral margins slightly convex, thickened laterally and narrowly reflexed. Lateral angles behind reflexed margin truncate, posterolateral margins at first convex then concave, postero- lateral angles produced as a small, acute, tri- angular lobe. Posterior margin slightly concave, Scutellum: Concolorous only laterally, basally medially and preapically suffused with chocolate brown; upex broadly bright yellow and impunct- ale. Rest of disc with coarse brown or black punctations. A black fovea in each basal ungle inward of Which on each side is a callous. pale point. Raised somewhat in anterior half and flattened in posterior half, Sometimes a trace of 4 broad longitudinal callous line present in posterior half. Lateral margins gently convex in basal half then straight, short and gently con- verging to broadly rounded apex. Frena reach- ing about 7/13 of length. Hemelvira; Coriaceous parts concolorous or somewhat browner than ground colour; busal half of exterior margin of corium and a callous patch near apex of imedial fracture yellowish, behind the latter a black patch; elsewhere coursely punctate with brown, Exterior margin of corium elongately concave basally then almost straight to subacute apical angle, reaching aboul middle of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle very broadly rounded, Clavus comparatively short and elongately tri- angular. Membrane and veins brownish hyaline, Abdomen: Together with dorsum of pygo- phore black, Larerotergites: Exteriorly yellowish or reddish interiorly black or reddish, densely punctate, posterior exterior angles produced into moder- ately strong minutely black tipped spines. Underside; Bright yellow, punctate on pro- pleuron, except along lateral margin, on mesopleuron in front of evaporative areas, on metapleuron behind evaporative areas and laterally on abdomen, punctations sometimes concolorous, sometimes brown and occasionally black. Antennal segments I and IT, the basal 2/3 of HI; the base of I'V and the base and apex of V yellow, the apical 1/3 of If the apical 3/4 of 1V and a medial band on V dark brown or blackish. Rostrum ventrally and its apex black, A black spot ut base of pro-, meso- and metepipleura, sometimes. abdominal segments IV-VIT with a medial black spot basally. Legs completely yellowish, Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a rounded lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae, If compressed and arched, surpassing fore coxae, LIT to base of mid coxae and IV just onto abdomen, Ratio of antennal segments (4) 10; 19; 15 : 23: 27. Metasternal-mesosternal keels about the same height their whole length, not reaching apex of prosternum, anteriorly rounded, hardly deflected to left in pentral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only the normal short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi: fore tubiae strongly flattened their whole length or even sulcate, middle and hind tibiae suleate, Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 4 A, hind margin of pygophore transverse and vaguely sinuated, broadly reflexed. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 4 B, hind margin of first gonocoxae exteriorly transverse and interiorly produced posteriorly as a lobulate process, inner margins very shortly raised; posterior margins of VIIth laterotergites angulately produced. 40 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coetlicient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Mead Wentth nn) oc ee ey aa lezen 8 40 1:0 255 39-42 Head Width 2.0...) ccc epee tence ten eee es 8 44 1-3 30 42-46 Antennal segment Loo... e eee pee een 13 10 Os 74 9-12 Antennal segment ID oe 6 sy ect cece tines tie 10 21 14 6-9 19-23 Antennal segment HW oo ee ee eee ees 9 15 0-9 59 14-16 Antennal segment IV ...........00242. 22 2 5 23 0-7 4 22-24 Antennal segment V tite Fi afte recede 3 27 — = 26-28 Promotum Width 2...) 0c. jc, eevee veces ueeues 7 97 5-4 5-6 90-107 Pronotum length 2...) 00.0.0 eee ce eee calc eee 8 ol) 2-6 65 36-42 Total lengths spas ceqeseet Poks vw es bake 8 180 12:4 69 164-200 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Bread length ¢-cteaycs peepcey treet ees 17 39 35 oO 32-42 Head Width ... 00... cee pe eee pee cept ents 17 46 2-6 5:8 40-48 Antennal segment [oj ... cs) cease euseeecenes 30 10 0-9 89 9-11 Antennal segment IE. 2. ee eee ee eee 28 19 1-3 70 17-22 Antennal segment IIE oo... 0... eee eee 27 15 [+2 74 12-16 Antennal segment Vo... 23 21 2-2 103 16-25 Antennal segment V Es yhoo adorns fame A aetetone 18 26 23 89 20-29 Pronotum width 2... ,....4. sole: bevy Qeatetshn-yoo ‘a tofene-y 17 105 4 8-9 87-116 Pronotum Temethysjcjeezvcijaric: yar iy ly. 17 43 31 7-2 37-47 Tratab Tenth anette fos cee gee ele 16 191 259 13-6 155-215 Total length} 8:1-11-2 mm Remarks; Ocirrhoe australis is the darkest 5.XIL.1965, T. Weir UQ; 138, Brisbane, coloured of all the species in this genus and is 12.1X.1911, 12, Caloundra, easily recognised in mixed series on this feature alone. It is one of only three species that have black punctations on the head and has the unique feature of the posterolateral angles of the prono- tum being produced into acute triangular pro- cesses. Ocirrhoe australis has a quite restricted distribution, occurring only in Queensland from just north of Brisbane, in eastern New South Wales, and northern Victoria to Trawool, One specimen in Stockholm is supposed to have come from Fiji, if so it is the first record of an Ocirrhoe species occurring outside of Australia if we accept that Cuspicona privata Walker is not an Occirhoe, The description of Rhaphigaster viridipes Walker and Cuspicona uninotata Walker are such that they can only apply to Ocirrhoe australis, Location of types: Type ¢ of Rhynchocoris australis Westwood, “New Holland,” in HOPE, types of Rhaphigaster viridipes Walker, “Queensland”, and Cuspicona uninotata Walker, “Australia”, cited as originally in NM but not now to be found there (A. Neboiss iv /itt.). Specimens examined: The type of australis Westwood and Queensland | ¢, Mt. Beerwah via Glasshouse Mountains, 550 m (1 800ft,), H. Hacker; 28,.X.1913, H. Hacker; 1 ¢, Tambourine Moun- tain, H, Hacker QM; 19, Gumdale near Bris- bane, 30.V1L.1968, at fluorescent light, J. K. Guyomar ANIC; 14 Brisbane, 12.1X.1911, H. Hacker SAM: 19, Brisbane, 12.1X,19I1, H. Hacker; 12, Tambourine Mountains, 11-18. 1V, 1935, R. E. Turner BM: 14, 12, Brisbane, 12,TX.1911, H. Hacker KU, New South Wales 16, 32, Mt. Tomah, 28-29.11.1932, in rotting grass-tree, J. Armstrong; 1 4, Comboyne, 10.X1. 1932, K. M. McKeown AM; 3 km (2 miles) S.S.W. of Nambucca Heads, 18.X.1956, P. B. Carne ANIC; 1 2, French’s Forest near, Sydney, 21.X%.1948, E. B. Britton; 2°, National Park, 31.X%.1948, E, B. Britton BM; 1¢, Gosford, 1904, W, W. Froggatt KU; 2°, Sydney, Nov. 1902, ex Helms collection; 12, National Park, Dec. 1905, ex Helms collection BISHOP. Aus- tralian Capital Territory. 12, Jervis Bay, 18.1X.1951, T. G. Campbell ANIC, Victoria 2?, Trawool, 17.XIL1919, ex J. E. Dixon collection NM. Unlocalised Australian 24,19, Australia, Winnerz (the female is the specimen bearing the additional label mentioned on p. 56 and is believed to be the specimen, or ene of the specimens, on which the genus Ocirrhoe was diagnosed); 19, Austral, bor,, Thorey STOCKHOLM, Fiji 1%, Ins. Fidschi, Diimel STOCKHOLM. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 61 Ocirrhoe wilsoni sp. nov. Figs. 3, 4 C-D Description: General appearance: Museum specimens yellowish with coarse black and brown puncta- tions, some brownish markings on scutellum, Apex of scutellum and most of underside bright yellow. Eyes and ocelli purplish. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum black. Two apical antennal segments black except at base. Head: Appearing rather broad and apically rounded. Concolorous with dense coarse black punctations and base of collum also black. Eyes and ocelli purplish, Aniteriorly flattened with lateral margins of juga broadly refiexed, posteriorly only a very little raised. Anteclypeus just surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins distinctly concave. Pronotum: Concolorous; punctations on males and females differently coloured; in males blackish brown on all parts of pronotum and conspicuous, in females brown or concolorous on disc but laterally just inside anterolateral margins punctations intense black. Hind portion | —_____5mm: Dorsal aspect of pronotum behind level of lateral angles frequently faintly darker than rest of disc. Calli glabrous, Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and semicircularly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles represented by a_ small recurved tooth. Anterolateral margins nearly straight and laminate, broadly reflexed. Lateral angles behind reflexed margin very short, postero- lateral margins sinuate turning smoothly into faintly concave posterior margin, posterolateral angles therefore not produced. Scutellum: Concolorous with blackish-brown punctations, on basal margin a brown spot on either side of middle and preapically a brown triangular patch on either side, not meeting in middle. Apex yellow and impunctate, this yellow produced a little forward medially between the subapical brown patches, in front of this a trace of a raised longitudinal line extending forward to base. A conspicuous black fovea in each basal angle. Raised somewhat in anterior half and flattened in apical half. Lateral margins gently convex in basal half then straight and converging to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching about 7/12 of length. YR Beanen K Here _ can of Oclrrhoe wilsant sp. noy. 62 REC. S. AUST. MUS., Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with fine blackish-brown punctations, a callous patch near apex of medial fracture and a small brown patch on interior angle of corium. Exterior margin of corium faintly concave and depressed. basally then broadly curved to subacute apical angle, reaching just beyond base of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongately tri- anguler. Membrane and veins faintly brownish hyaline. Abdomen: Probably concolorous. Laterotergites: | Concolorous’ with — black patches of punctations exteriorly in front of and behind each incisure Posterior exterior angles almost rectangular. Underside: Bright yellowish with brown and black punctations on propleuron, anteriorly on mesopleuron, posteriorly on metapleuron, on femora and tibiae and laterally on abdomen in males, in females these punctations except on femora usually concolorous. Antennal segments I-III concolorous, IV and V black except basally and in V sometimes apically also. Rostrum ventrally and its apex black. A black spot at: 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 bases of all episterna, and in males medially at the bases of abdominal ventrites IV-VII, spiracles also black. Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching to about middle of eye, anteriorly produced into a sub- triangular lobe. Rostral segment I robust and reaching to about base of bucculae, II compressed and arched, surpassing fore coxae, III reaching to about middle of mid coxae and IV just onto base of abdomen. Ratio of antennal segments (6) 8 : 18 : 11 : 19 22. Metasternal- mesosternal keels about same height their whole length, not reaching apex of prosternum, anteriorly rounded, hardly deflected to left in ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only the normal short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi and a few short hairs on femora. Tibiae strongly flattened almost their whole length hind tibiae rather sulcate. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 4 C, hind margin of pygophore shallowly excavate. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 4 D, hind margin of first gonocoxae slightly convex and interiorly produced as a short lobulate pro- cess, inner margins shortly raised; posterior margins of VIIIth laterotergites subangulately produced. Dimensions— MALES (2 only) Parameter Mean Observed Range Hexd fength, oy ites wena ca sen gets na siesiows dead on 31 31-2 Fipadd Width. «sag spy feu dis pcclets, eye blallel fede ees aya weekend as 37 36-38 Antenal seeimeiit. Dial che ccena tide Uadbee bale « 8 8-9 Antennal sepmentIl w4\ivgacccsccacperecercan 18 17-19 Antennal segment II ...............0...000 000 1 11-12 Antennal segment [IV 2.2... eee ee eee 19 19 Antennal segment Ve... ww. eee eee 22 22-23 Pronotum width ........... 0.00 cece ee eee e eee 78 77-79 Pronotum length tei nek ear Pe alte eed peak nes 34 34 “TOtal lénieth: ja 16 esa Hae so oe etwe es hdeass Say! 137 135-140 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head Tangth: 4 s-eot hei bela Senedd emer tetas 5 35 0-8 2-4 34-36 Bead: width. bare icowanstin eis sea aiealboe 5 39 0-9 Pe 38-40 Antennal sepment Ll) oes fee diacipeneet ede 10 8 0-5 5-9 7-9 Antennal segment IT ............ 00.00.00 cue 10 17 0-8 48 16-18 Antennal segment III .................0..000, 10 11 0-4 3-9 10-11 Antennal segment IV ...............0..0.000. 9 17 1-1 6-2 16-19 Antennal segment V ............-.. 000 ee eee 9 21 13 63 19-23 Pronotum width ....,........... 000. cceeeeee 5 87 1-7 1-9 86-90 Pronotum length ...............0. 0.00 cee eee 5 37 1-3 3:5 36-39 Total [etigth ic. bp cents binatpie ang Af atune giede's 5 155 61 3-9 149-161 Total length: 7-0-8-4 mm Remarks: Ocirrhoe wilsoni is apparently projection inwardly on the hind margins of the closely related to australis as they have in common a black punctate head, dark prepical markings on the scutellum and a_lobulate first gonocoxae. It lacks the triangular pro- jection of the posterolateral angles of the pronotum of australis and is generally paler. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I The species is found only in the wetter parts of south eastern Australia, occurring in the four states New South Wales, Victoria, Tasmania and South Australia, Location of types: Holotype 4 , allotype @ , 1 paratype ¢ , Grampians, Victoria, Oct. 1928, F. E. Wilson; 1 paratype ¢ , Cockatoo, Victoria, G. F. Hill in NM; | para- type ?, Jervis Bay, Australian Capital Territory, 18.1X.1951, T. G. Campbell; 1 paratype ?, Rupert Point, 5 km (7 miles) north of Pieman River, Tasmania, 30.XII.1953, T. G. Campbell in ANIC; | paratype @ (Reg. No. 120,726), Tapanappa near Cape Jervis, South Australia, 5-9. X11.1949, G. F. Gross & N. B. Tindale in SAM. Specimens examined: The types only. posterior margin of pygaphore _ ventral surface Imm E Fig. 4. Ocirrhoe ausiralis wesiwoodi sp. noy. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. of male abdomen. OD. ventral aspect westwood. (Westwood), A-B. Qcirrhee australis. C-D. Ocirrhoe wilsoni. of female abdomen. E. ventral aspect of male abdomen. 63 Ocirrhoe westwoodi sp. nov. Figs, 4 E-F, 5, 6 A-C. Ocirrhoe unimaculata Stal, 1876 (non West- wood, 1837), p. 102, misidentification Description: General appearance: Grass green in life with brown and black punctations and brown infus- cated areas. Underside paler, apex of scutellum luteous or yellow. Eyes and ocelli purplish. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum black. Antennae yellowish brown, two apical segments infuscated in part. Museum specimens with green colour changed to yellowish, other colours as noted. Head: Appearing not very broad and narrow- ing apically, actual apex rounded. Concolorous apical angle of paratergite VIIL starnon paratergite IX hind margin of firs! gonocoxa first gonocoxa Ocirrhoe wilsoni A, ventral aspect of male abdomen. C. ventral aspect Ocirrhoe sp. nov., E-F. Ovirrhoe F. ventral aspect of female abdomen. with discrete black and some brown punctations, base of collum black. Anteriorly flattened with Jateral margins of juga shallowly reflexed, posteriorly only a very little raised. Anteclypeus hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins distinctly concave. Pronotum: Concolorous with coarse and scattered black, brown and concolorous puncta- tions, posterior 3/7 infuscated with brown and punctations in this region darker. Calli glabrous. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and con- cavely excavate behind collum, anterolateral 64 REC. S. AUST. MUS., Fig. 5. angles represented by a very small tooth. Anterolateral margins nearly straight, laterally thickened and very slightly raised. Lateral angles behind reflexed margin very short, posterolateral margins slightly concave and rounding onto slightly concave posterior margin. Scutellum: Concolorous with a few coarse brown punctations except apically and pre- apically, pre-apically on either side a small tri- angular brown patch, apex luteous or yellow and nearly impunctate, this yellow or luteous extend- ing forward between the brown patches and then faintly visible as a median paler line extending to base. A black fovea in each basal angle. Raised somewhat in anterior half and flattened in basal half and then straight and gently con- verging to broadly rounded apex. Frena reach- ing about 2/3 of length. 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Brenoa K. Heap L________ 5 mm. ———___—_ Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe westwoodi sp. nov. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with coarse punctations, latter brown or blackish brown interiorly and concolorous exteriorly; apex of medial fracture of corium with a brown spot, around this glabrous. Exterior margin of corium concave and depressed basally then almost straight to nearly rectangular apical angle, reach- ing to just past base of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites narrowly exposed. Posterior mar- gin of corium faintly convex, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus comparatively long and elongately triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Exteriorly concolorous, behind scutellum with large quadrate black patches, parts of dorsal surface of pygophore black. Laterotergites: Concolorous with concolorous punctations, posterior exterior angles produced into strong black tipped spines. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP [N AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 65 Underside: Paler than above, in museum specimens bright yellow, punctate on bucculae, near base of head below, on propleuron except along lateral margin, on mesopleuron in front of evaporative areas, on metapleuron behind evapor- ative areas and laterally on abdomen, punctations concolorous. Antennal segments yellowish brown, apical pair somewhat darker, the former except at base, the latter except at base and apex. Rostrum ventrally and its apex black. A minute black spot on mesopleuron anteriorly midway between mesepisternum and exterior margin; spiracles and posterior angles of the ventrites black. Legs mostly yellowish. Dhallosoma lappet pracesses EN, basal plates o5mm = OSes Sopntive ., A 7 , paired apical Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a triangular lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reaching base of bucculae, [IT compressed and reaching about middle of fore coxae, II] to about middle of mid coxae and IV to just past middle of hind coxae. Ratio of antennal segments ( ¢ ) 9:16:12: 20: 23. Metasternal-mesosternal keels about the same height for most of their length, apically obliquely descending and then shortly rounded, not reaching apex of pro- sternum, not deflected to left apically in ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only the normal short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi, fore processes of conjunctiva \ : vesica f medial penal gonopore : Plates appet profess © Acanjunetives " 1) phallosoma basal plates Fig. 6. Ocirrhoe westwoodi sp. nov.—aedeagus and clasper. A. Jeft hand side aspect of acdeagus. BB. ventral aspect of aedeagus. C. clasper. tibiae flattened and rather sulcate apically, mid and hind tibiae faintly sulcate almost their whole length. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 4 E, hind margin of pygophore sinuated, shortly semi- circularly excavate medially. Clasper Fig. 6 C, strongly F-shaped, the upper ramus sclerotized towards its tip. Aedeagus Figs. 6 A-B, with phallosoma short and honey-coloured, “lappet™ processes rather elongate and directed upwards and slightly backwards, conjunctiva curved down- wards, apically produced into two tubular pro- cesses, medial penial plates apparently different in shape to most other members of the R/yn- chocoris group, vesica prominent and emerg- ing from between the medial penial plates. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 4 F, hind margins of first gonocoxae virtually transverse, interior mar- gins not raised, apical angles of VIIIth para- tergites angulately produced. 66 REC. 8S. AUST. MUS,. 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coetficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Blead Tength «0... ssc eee ew ee 18 29 Is 44 27-32 PPh Wid thay ny os. eye see meee ee mete e ane en cotens 1s 34, 15 44 31-36 Antennal segment T. 6, oe pp cee py eee yee 29 9 O8 9-2 6-10 Antennal segment IP... ee eee ee 29 16 42 715 12-19 Antennal segment TET 6.0 ccc teen eee 29 12 0:7 63 1-13 Antennal segment l¥ ..0.. 20.0.0... 00 cece 20 20 16 a4 16-23 Antennal segment V ... 2... ee eee ee 1s 23 L8 77 21-26 Pronotum width .-... 0.0.2.2, 0.202 cee eee 15 80 38 47 76-88 Pronotum length . 2... cee eee ce eens 15 31 17 5:5 29-34 Total Deriattt (steno es arn ericre letersi els beoinicte’s 15 142 70 50 130-151 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation fa) Range Variation Head length . 2.24 cccccessccpeeeetpesceeenes 19 3 16 51 24-34 Freagl Width ..5594-00906.0052000 —eenc0s eek ocd seme 19 36 L2 33 34-38 Antennal segment To _. . 2. ee ee eee eee 35 9 O8 9-4 6-9 Antennal segment Il .,., ..,-.0--.--.--.-- - 35 15 1-0 61 14-17 Antennal segment II] ....,... tv leper x bye 'ote0t 3c bee 34 12 09 1 10-14 Antennal segment IV oie eee eee rte 27 8 im) 5:8 16-20 Antennal segment Vo... 2 ee eee es 25 22 0-9 42 20-24 Pronotum Width ..2......2.. 00.22. cee ee, 19 87 48 aS 76-95 Pronotum length ......... ig mg fo an a SEE ae a eee 19 34 22 65 28-39 Total length, ; (8 preseoecmtry sie reais 3 19 153 87 57 130-174 Total length, 68-9} mm Remarks: Ocirrhoe westwoodi is apparently Kangaroo Valley, New South Wales, 17,1X, closely related to wilsoni, sharing the black spotted head and similar markings on the prono- tum and scutellum, It differs from wilseni in the paler terminal segments of the antennae, in the angulately produced lateral posterior angles of the lJaterotergites, the hind margin of the pygo- phore being excavale only medially and the transverse hind margins of the female gonocoxae, The latter feature shows resemblance to the species of the uwaimaculata group, QO. west- woodi occurs only in the wetter parts of Victoria, New South Wales and ‘Tasmania. Location of types: Holotype 4, Wamberai, Gosford District, N.S.W., 1-3.X.1932, A. Musgrave: 4 para- type 4,3 paratype ? (Reg, Nos. K63379-80), Marysville, Victoria, 30-31.X11.1930, A. Mus- grave; 1 paratype §, Fern Tree Gully, Victoria, 27.1X%.1919, donated F. P. Spry; | paratype °. Millgrove, Victoria, Jan. 1927, F. E, Wilson; 1 paratype ¢ (Reg. No, K57813), Eagle Hawk Neck, Tasman Peninsula, Tasmania, 22.1,1928, A. Musgrave, | paratype ¢, Kurrajong, New South Wales, Oct. 1933, Dr. K. K. Spence AM; allotype @, | paratype ?, Gunyah, Victoria, 12.1.1962, on Senecio jacobaea L. (Ragwort), G. Bornemissza; 2 paratype ?, Fern Tree Gully, Victoria, Oct, 1930, J, Evans: 1 paratype °, 1951, T. G. Campbell ANIC; 1 paratype 3, Koongalala Point, Lamington National Park, South Queensland, 29,X.1955, T, EB. Woodward; ] paratype J. Lamington National Park, 28 Jan.- 3 Feb. 1963, G. Montieth; 2 paratype @, Mt. William, Grampians Range, 1150 m (1 800ft), Victoria, 2.1,.1966, I. B. Cantrell, L. T. Weir UQ; | paratype ¢, | paratype ?, Healesville, Victoria, 15, X11,1958, F. E, Wilson NM; 1 para- type %, Ringwood (Reg. No. 120,729), 9.X1. 1952, F, E, Wilson; | paratype 32, (Reg, No, 120,727), | paratype ¢, (Reg. No, [20,733), Pt. Campbell, Victoria, Nov. 1959, G. F. Gross; | paratype 4 (Reg, No, [20,728), between Peterborough and Port Campbell, Victoria, 17.X1,1959, G. F. Gross; | paratype ¢@ (Reg. No, 120,730), Selby, Dandenong Ranges, Vic- toria, 20.X1,1959, by sweeping vegetation, G. F. Gross: 1 paratype ¢, | paratype ¢ (Reg. Nos. 120,731-2), Belgrave National Park, Victoria, 20.X1.1959, by sweeping vegetation, G. F. Gross SAM; 1 paratype ¢, National Park, New South Wales, 31.X,1948, E, B, Britton BM; | paratype é, | paratype ?, Gosford, New South Wales, 16.%.1903, W. W, Froggatt KU; 1 2, Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2-300 m., 23.XI1.1960, in Nothofagus forest, J. L. Gressitt BISHOP, | paratype ¢, New South Wales, Diimel STOCKHOLM. Specimens examined; the types only. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN ALISTRALIA AND ABJACENT AREAS—I 67 Unimacalata Group This group contains a series of seven species collectively oceuring aver most of Australia with the exception of the northern part of the Northern Territory and the northern half of Western Australia. The group characteristics are:— rather obovate (pronotum width: total length ubout 5:9); rostrum not reaching much past hind coxae; tibiae flattened only apically though hind tibiae may be more extensively flattened than those of the two anterior pairs of legs; hind margins of female gonocoxae transverse, transversely sinuate or slightly arched; head not marked with black punctations; four apical antennal segments infuscated or not; and fovae in basal angles of scutellum infuscated or concolorous, This group appears to be intermediate between members of the australis and virescens groups as some members have some or all of the four apical segment infuscated and/or have black foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum like the members of the ausfralis group whereas others have pale antennae and/or concolorous foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum like the vrrescens group. One member (unimaculata (Westwood) ) has a pale transverse bar on the pronotum and Jurge red maculae laterally on yentrites HI-IV of the abdomen like virescens (Westwood). Members of this group differ from those of the ansfralis group in baving the tibiae Hattened only apically and not having black punctations on the head. From the virescens group they differ in their more oval shape. Ocirrhoe prasinata (Stal), a member of this unimaculata group closely resembles Cuspicona privata Walker and is presumably closely related to it and hence to the simplex group of Cuspicona. Ocirrhoe hutescens Distant, 1900 Figs, 1 A, 7,8 A-B, 9, Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant, 1900a, p. 422. Rhaphigaster virescens Dallas (non Westwood) 1851, p. 284. Description: General appearance: Green in life: apex of scutellum yellow, sometimes apical margin narrowly red. Extreme base of head black. Eyes and ocelli purplish, Foveae in basal angles of scutellum concolorous. Apical pair of antennal segments infuscated except at bases and apices, In museum specimens green fading to bright yellow, other colours as noted. 7 in Head: Appearing strongly triangular and apically narrowly rounded; concolorous but narrowly black at extreme base; anteriorly flattened and posteriorly only a very little raised, Anteclypeus not surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins distinctly concave, Disc rugu- losely punctate. Pronotum: Concolorous with rather coarse punctations, calli glabrous. Anterior margin oblique and slightly raised behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero- lateral angles represented by a small recurved tooth. Anterolateral margins nearly straight. thickened laterally and broadly reflexed. Lateral angles behind reflexed margio truncate, postero- lateral margins somewhat concave, posterior margin almost straight. Scurellum: Concolorous with rather coarse punctations; on anterior half transversly rugulose; apex bright yellow and impunctate, sometimes margined with red apically. A concolorous fovea in each basal angle, Anteriorly a little ratsed and in posterior half flat, A trace of a longitu- dinal glabrous line present. Lateral margins gently convex in basal half then straight or gently rounded and converging to rather acute apex, Frena reaching about 4/7 of length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with regular moderately dense punctations, a large elongate callous area inward of the apical third of the medial fracture. Exterior margins of coria elongately concave basally then almost straight to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching base of abdominal segment VII, Jateratergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium nearly straight, inner angle very broadly rounded, Clavus comparatively short and elongate trian- gular. Membrane and yeins pale brownish hyaline. Abdomen: colorous, Medially piceous, laterally con Laterotergites: Concolorous, densely punc- tate, posterior exterior angles produced into an acute black-tipped spine, Underside; Coneolorous, coarsely punctate, except on exterior margins of head and pro- notum, evaporative areas and the appendages. Antennal segment | concolorous, segments L- II reddish brown, I'V-Y piceous except at extreme bases and apices, Rostrum ventrally and its apex black. Tibiae apically and tarsi brown or reddish brown, rest of tibiae and ros- trum more yellowish than rest of underside. 68 REC. S, AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Fig. 7, Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant. Ventral spine and a large area surrounding it on ventrites II] and ['V brownish yellow, behind this a broad yellow longitudinal line extending back medially to the apex of ventrite VII. Pygo- phore of male with hind margin frequently reddish, Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a prominent lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reach- ing nearly to base of bucculae; IL compressed and arched, reaching to about middle of fore coxae; IT to about middle of hind coxae and IY to about middle of hind coxae. Ratio of anten- nal segments (3) 9: 18: 14; 21 : 26. Meta- sternal-mesosternal keels about the same height their whole length, anteriorly rounded, not deflected to left anteriorly in ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only the normal short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 8 A, hind margin of pygo- phore medially strongly triangulately excavate, the margins of this incision rather sinuate, exterior margin somewhat convex giving the pygophore the appearance of a lateral subtri- angular lobe on either side. Clasper Fig. 8 E, shaped as an inclined F, the central lobe not strongly produced. Phallosoma Figs. 8 C-D, of medium length and honey-coloured, “lappet” pro- cesses well developed, the conjunctiva apparently was not completely inflated but made up of a dorsal lobe on either side of which along its base is a strongly sclerotized rod, these rods converging basally. Medial penial plates not heavily sclerotized and perhaps not fully everted RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 69 posterior margin of pygaphore sternum X posterior angle of va ventral surface of < paratergite VII ‘ ~_ pygophore ‘ _—Paratergite [IX *\posterior margin of first gonocoxa ~\— raised inner “A portion of first \ gonocoxa H—— Farm + apex of conjunctiva Zé sclerotized rod ‘lappet’ process vesica._ “ sclerotized rod ,gonopore conjunctiva ’ \ apex of 7 medial __conjunctiva , penial plate )_—-vesica conjunctiva a ~ gonopore ~_medial penial -phallosoma plates basal basa! plates lates em 05 pm D Fig. &. Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant—external genitalia, aedeagus and claspers. A. ventral aspect of male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. C. left- hand side aspect of aedeagus. D. ventral aspect of aedeagus. E. clasper. in the dissections but sinuated. Apex of female strongly reflexed so that the inner margins of the abdomen Fig. 8 B, hind margins of first gono- two gonocoxae are strongly elevated. Posterior coxae transverse laterally and directed obliquely margins of VIIIth laterotergites strongly and forward interiorly, inner half of each gonocoxa angulately produced. Spermatheca Fig. 1A. Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head Jength) om. scuba ete es ace euree sees bind 25 38 13 33 35-40 Hedd Width pie nccepencalestemeedstiaaince cd 25 41 1-4 3-5 38-44 Antennal segment I... oo... ee eee eee 49 9 0-8 8-6 7-11 Antennal segment If ......... 0.00.00 cee eee 49 18 1-7 9-3 13-21 Antennal segment HT ...... 0.0.0.0 02 00.0.0 ee 50 14 1-6 11-1 1-18 Antennal segment IV .......0..0.....20..400205 41 21 1-0 4-7 20-24 Antennal segment Vow... eee ee eee eee 37 26 1-2 48 24-29 Pronotum width ......... 0.0.00. c eee eee eee 25 105 5:5 $3 96-112 POO Tenth co go. ec ste dove palere ed odes dlat opted 25 43 28 6°5 38-47 Total length: . ap ceate nye ies by but hadd oda Loe 25 192 11-6 61 168-212 70 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Dimensions— FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head, Jenigthas. 3 Mia acetate Soa otsiate ater b eleaiedon ae 25 38 1-2 3-1 36-41 Head-width: -.dsna@icn) so ees eee es 25 41 1-4 3-4 38-44 Antennalisésment Dy wii). taste ent elbeneee sem 47 10 0:8 8-6 8-11 Antennal sesmental (hic. is ets te aad 48 18 1-1 5:9 16-20 Antennal segment IIT ................. 000000 - 48 14 1-4 10-0 11-17 Antennal segment TV "0 iri. Meee heb? 47 21 1:2 61 18-24 Antennal segment\Vo fest ey ae oe ees 41 25 1-4 5:5 22-28 Prowmotumm widths 55.0 sg Ft Wee ceo tee stab eins 25 106 5-0 48 91-112 Pronotum:length: «+. 2G acs bnece cca ee 4s np cet Ne 25 44 3-0 6:8 38-50 TotalJdensth. 3 sch. 5. ot ieee ee eee a's 25 192 11-5 6:0 174-216 Total length: 8-7-11-3 mm Remarks: Ocirrhoe lutescens is easy to recog- and coronata, may have one or both terminal nise in collections as it has most of segments IV antennal segments darkened. Ocirrhoe dallasi and V of the antennal blackish but the foveae in has the foveae in the basal angles of the the basal angles pale. It has no black spots on scutellum infuscated. Ocirrhoe coronata has the the head. Two other species in this group with- basal foveae in the scutellum concolorous but has out black spots on the head, dallasi (sometimes) only the terminal antennal segment darkened. H Ocirrhoe lutescens NORTHERN TERRITORY QUEENSLANDO pokes BoA tah P B SOUTH AUSTRALIA i ob re I Kingston amy 1 1 ' 1 Fig. 9. Distribution of Ocirrhoe lutescens Distant. RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP TN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT ARFAS—I 7l From both of these species /utescens may be dis- tinguished from the strong angulate emargination in the hind margin of the pygophore and the strongly raised inner portion, especially the inner margins, of the female first gonocoxue. Ocirrhoe lutescens: is distributed in the wetter regions of Australia south of the 25'S line of latitude. The only host plant record is Leplas- permum myrsinoides Schlecht from Blackwood, South Australia. Location of type: Type & of lutesceny Distant, “King George's Sound, Australia’, in BM, Specimens examined: The type and 68 ¢ and 79 2 specimens from 45 localities. Detailed locations tor these specimens are not given but are plotted on Fig. 9, The specimens examined came from the following collections (numbers in each collection in parentheses) UQ(24), QM (1), AM(9), ANIC(24), AM(9), NM(21), SAM(28), WAM(1), BM(4), AMNH($), CAS (12), BISHOP(6). Ocirrhoe dallasi sp. nov, Figs, 10, 12 A-B Cuspicona roci Dallas (non Westwood) 1851, p. 297, Distant. 1900 b, p, 815, Deseription: General appearance: Olive green in life with concolorous punctations; first antennal segment yellowish, remaining segments ferruginous. ter- minal pair frequently infuscated. Eyes and acelli purplish, very base of head black, Apex of seutellum yellowish or reddish. Museum speci- mens with green fading to yellow, other colours as noted. Second antennal segment clearly longer than third, Head: Appearing rather broad and apically broadly rounded; concolorous, black at very base, eyes and ocelli purplish; anteriorly, flattened, posteriorly slightly raised, Anteclypeus hardly surpassing ipices of juga, lateral margins of latter gently concave, Disc coarsely and rugulosely punctale. Pronotum: Concolorous with discrete dense punctuuions, in green specimetis the lateral margins yellowish, calli narrow and_ slightly rugulose. Anterior margin shortly oblique behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles represented by a small vertical carina. Anterolateral margins nearly straight, thickened and reflexed. Lateral angles behind explanate margin truncate, postero- lateral margins slightly concave, posterior margin almost straight. Scutellum: Concolorous with discrete fairly fine punctations, apex yellow, reddish-yellow or reddish and impunctate, Foyea in each basal ingle infuscated. Raised slightly in anterior half and flat posteriorly. No trace of median longitu- dinal line, Lateral margins nearly straight bur converging in basal half then fairly convex ta broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching a Jiltle past half length. Hemelytra: = Coriaceous parts concolorous with regular moderately course punctations, in green specimens basal portion of exterior margin of corium yellowish. Medial fracture glabrous towards apex. Exterior margin of cortum con- cave and reflexed basally then nearly straight to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching middle of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle very broadly rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Membrane and veins pale brownish hyaline. Abdomen: At about the level of the middle of scutellum a broad transverse black bar, under apex of scutellum and behind it large quadrute black spots, sometimes divided. Daorsum of pygophore reddish, Rest concolorous, Laferotergites; Concolorous, tinely though densely punctate, posterior exterior angles almost rectangular, marked with black. Underside: Paler than above, coarsely punc- tate except on sides of head, exterior margin of prothorax, evaporative areas, ventrally along abdomen and oppendages. First antennal seg- ment yellowish, remainder reddish, fourth and fifth frequently infuscated, the former not at base and the latter neither at base or apex. Rostrum ventrally and its apex black. Tibiae apically and tarsi reddish-brown. Lateral margins of pro- thorax, epipleuron and abdomen paler. pygo- phore edged with reddish. Thoracic keels and a broad median stripe on abdomen puler, Spiracles and posterior angles of abdominal ventrites black.. Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching to about middle of cyes, medially depressed, anteriorly forming a rounded lobe, Roastral segment I robust, not reaching base of bucculae, I] compressed and reaching base of fore coxae, I1f to base of middle coxae and TV to base of abdomen, Antennae hot unduly rebust, raue 72 REC. $ AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Brewors K. Heap -___. § mm,” Fig. 10. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhee dallasi sp. noy. of segments (¢) 9:17:12:21:24. Metasternal- mesosternal keels of even height to fore coxae, then slightly inclined downwards to apex which is obliquely directed posteriorly dorsally, surpas- sing apex of prosternum, keels not deflected to left in ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only the usual short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi. Tibiae flattened, at least apically. Dimensions—. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 12 A, hind margin of pygophore concave medially and convex laterally. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 12 B, hind margins of first gonocoxae transverse, inner margins only faintly elevated; posterior margins of VIIIth laterotergites produced only into a blunt angle. MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length .... 6... ce ncn ete ea espe ence 21 36 1-6 43 33-39 Head width . 2.2... eee ee eae 21 39 1-8 4-4 37-44 Antennal segment I 38 9 0-5 5-5 8-10 Antennal segment IT... eee eee 38 17 1-2 73 15-19 Antennal segment IIT .......... 000000000 cece 38 12 1-4 il-4 10-17 Antennal segment IV .... 00.00.0252 0c0 ccs beaee 32 21 0-9 4-4 19-23 Antennal segment Vo... 2... cee eee eee 20 24 1-1 4S 22-26 Pronotuay ‘widths ctyvi ase ct melee cc cess evens 21 93 79 85 83-116 Pronotum length ..... 0.2... 0.00. ec cece eee 21 38 3-4 8:7 33-47 Poted lengthy coin ee ee 21 174 146 84 155-213 RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 73 Dimensions FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head Jength ......0. 0. .4 et aE 15 38 17 a4 -42 Heath Width oc. eee ce ee et ae te 15 40 1g 47 Ihde Antennal segment Po 2222. oe. eee eee ee ee 26 10 0-6 68 o-1T Antennal seyment il .,.,....--:.--------- = 28 17 12 a8 15-]9 Antennal segment HD oy... cee een sApellon it 28 13 \-6 127 1-17 Antennal segment Vo... ee ees Veet cakes 25 21 (1 S| 19-22 Antennal seument Vo. 222k ce ck eee eee 18 24 14 5-7 12-26 Pronotum width oo... 2. ee eee eee ee : 15 97 47 44 91-107 Pronmotum length oo... .. 22-22 eee ee eee 15 4 4-7 oY 37-49 Teatal Perth ‘onic aller actowlelec tupacbsrscewerra© 15 182 Lb8 5 169-205 Total length: B-1-Ll-1 mm Remarks: Qcirrhoe dallasi vesembles QO. tralian Capital Territory, |-II[.1967, on Grevillea lutescens in the black base of the head and the tendency of the two terminal segments of the antennae to become infuscated. It differs in having black or fuscous foveae in the basal angles of ihe scutellum, in the broader apex of the latter, in the apical margin of the male pygophore being convexly excavate not angulately excavate and the inner margins of the first gonocoxae of the female not being strongly elevated. Ocirrhos dallasi occurs in southern Queens- land, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia (including Kangaroo Island) and there is one specimen from the Northern Territory, the only example of an Ocirrhoe from that state. This species may occur in Western Australia alsa, a female specimen from Ravensthorpe fits the description in most details whereas another female from Muchea in certain respects is closer to inconspicua though it has the short third antennal seement of dallasi, The species has been recorded from several species of native plants belonging to the genera Hakea and Grevillea (Proteaceae), FExacarpos (Santalaceae) and Leptospermum (Myrtaceae). Location of types: Holotype #, | paratype @, Canberra, Aus- tralian Capital Territory, Oct, 1929, J. W. Evans: allotype ¢, Black Mountain, Canberra, Aus- iralian Capital Territory, 1.X1.1960, on Exo- carpos cupressiformis Labill, T. G, Campbell; 2 paratype ¢, Black Mountain, Australian Capi- tal Territory, 30.X1.1929, A. Tonnoir; 1 ¢ , Black Mountain, Australian Cupital Territory, 12-1. 1961, LF.B, Common, 1 paratype 4, 1 paratype ?, Black Mountain, Canberra, Australian Capi- tal Territory, [LX. & 22.X1.1965, ex Hakea sericea Schrad, J. M, Walker, AcHa 103; 2 para- type 4, | paratype 2°, Black Mountain, Can- berra, Australian Capital Territory, 23.11.1966, ex Hakea sericea Schad, 8, Neser, AcHa 103; 4 paratype &, Black Mountain, Canberra, Aus- lanigera A. Cunn. ev R.Br. T, G, Campbell; | paratype ?, 16 km (10 miles) east of Bathurst, New South Wales, 850 m (2 800ft.), 20.X.1964, 1.F.B. Common and M, F, Upton: | paratype ?, Telegraph Station, National Park, Alice Springs, Northern Territory, 8.V.1967, A. M. Hayes ANIC; 1 paratype ?, Mt. Norman area via Wallangara, Queensland, 7.8.X,1972, G. B. & S. R. Monteith UQ; 2 paratype ?, Blackrock District, Victoria, J. E. Dixon; | paratype °&, Kiata, Victoria, Oct. 1928, F. BE. Wilson NM; 2 paratype @ (Reg. Nos, 120,734-5), Seaford, Victoria, W. F, Hill; 2 paratype ¢ (Reg. Nos. 120,736-7), Mt. Rosea (Grampians), Victovia, Nav. 1950, N, B. Tindale; 1 paratype 4 (Reg. No, 120,738), Kiata, Victoria, 22.X[1952, F. E. Wilson; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No, (20.739), Mouth Glenelg River, Victoria, 28. VULL965, F. J. Mitchell: | paratype 4 (Reg. No. 120.740), Black Mountain, Canberra, Australian Capital Territory, 26.X1.1959. by sweeping vegetation, G, F. Gross; 1 paratype ? (Reg. No. 120,741), Adelaide, South Australia. H. M, Hale; | para- type 3 (Reg. No. 120,742), Adelaide, South Australia, taken with sweepnet, N. B. Tindale; | paratype 4 (Reg. No, 120,743), Pt. Lincoln, South Australia, A. M. Lea; | paratype 9 (Reg. No. 120,744), near Coonalpyn, South Australia, Sept, 1967, beating Lepfospermum coriaceum (FVM) Cheel, A. N. McFarland; | paratype ¢ ({20,746), Kangaroo Island, South Australia, Oct. 1924; 2 paratype ° (120,747-8), 4 km (2*5 miles) south of Mt. Taylor, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 31.X11.1965, beating heath shrubs, D. Seton and A, N. MeFarland; [ paratype ¢ (Reg, No, 120,749), South Aus- tralia, Rey. A, P. Burgess SAM, Specimens examined: The types and two questionable specimens from Western Aust- ralia | ?. 24 km (15 miles) east of Ravens- thorpe, 110 m, 23.1X.1962, E. S. Ross and D. Q- Cavagnaro CAS; | ¢, Muchea, 4.1V.1967, F, H, Uther Baker SAM, 74 REC. S AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Ocirrhoe inconspicua (Dallas, 1851) Figs. 11, 12 C-D Cuspicona inconspicua Dallas, 1851 p. 297. Lethierry and Severin, 1893 p. 180. Ocirrhoe inconspicua Stal, 1967 p, 521. Distant, 1900a p. 422. Description: General appearance: Green in life; apex of scutellum yellow; anterolateral margins of pro- notum and basal exterior margin of corium and exterior margins of abdomen yellow or reddish yellow; first segment of antennae concolorous, rest ferruginous, apices of tibiae and tarsi reddish. Eyes and ocelli purplish. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum black. In museum specimens the green colour fading to dull yellow or pale red, Deceniber, 1975 other colours as noted. Third antennal segment nearly as long as, about the same length as, or longer than second. Head; Appearing strongly triangular and apically narrowly rounded; concolorous; anteri- orly slightly convex, posteriorly more convex and slightly raised, Anteclypeus slightly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins distinctly concave. Disc transversely rugulose and punctate. Pronetum: Concolorous with coarse dense punctations, calli glabrous. Anterior margin oblique and slightly raised behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero- lateral angles represented by a small vertical carina. Anterolateral margins nearly straight, very narrowly explanate, this explanate portion Fig. 11, Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe incanspicua (Dallas). RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT yellow or reddish yellow, Lateral angles behind explanate margin truncate, posterolateral and posterior margin slightly concave. Scutellam: Concolorous with coarse dense punctations, apex yellow and almost impunctate. Fovea in cach basal angle black. Raised in anterior half and flat posteriorly, A trace of a faint median longitudinal impunctate line present. Lateral margins gently convex in basal half then straight or gently rounded to broadly rounded apex, Frena reaching about half length. Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous with regular coarse dense punctations, medial fracture glabrous towards apex, Exterior margins of coria slightly concave and thickened basally then faintly convex to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching middle of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed, Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular, Mem- brane and veins pale brownish hyaline. Abdomen: Medially a broad black longi- tudinal bar or series of black maculae behind apex of scutellum, laterally concolorous. Dorsal surface of pygophore reddish, Latervtergites: Concolorous, densely punctate, posterior exterior angles produced into an acute black-tipped spine. Underside: Concolorous, coarsely punctate except on sides of head exterior to bucculae, exterior margin of prothorax, evaporative areas, AREAS—I 74 ventrally along abdomen and appendages. Antennal segment 1 concolorous or yellowish, remaining segments pale red or reddish brown, Rostrum ventrally and its apex black, Tibiae apically and tarsi reddish brown, Lateral mar- gins of prothorax, epipleuron, abdomen and apical margin of pygophore reddish or yellowish. Thoracic keels and a broad longitudinal medial stripe on abdomen yellowish. Bucculae reaching to about middle of the eyes and rather elevated, medially lower, anteriorly forming a rounded lobe. Rostral segment | robust, reaching nearly to base of bucculae, IT compressed and arched, just surpassing fore coxae, UI reaching onto hind coxae and IV onto the base of ventrite [V. Antennae comparatively robust, ratio of segements (4) 9:13; 14; 18: 23. Metasternal-mesosternal keels of even height to just behind fore coxae, then gently and obliquely inclined downwards to rounded apex, almost reaching apex of prosternum, not deflected to left in ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only the usual short pilosity on tibiae and tarsi, tibiae flattened, at least apically, Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 12 C, hind margin of pygophore gently concave and laterally not convex. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 12 D, hind margins of first gonocoxae rather convex, inner margins a little elevated: posterior mar- gins of VIIIth laterotergites produced into only a blunt not very obvious angle. Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length ...-.,. - ire Ee _. 21 36 19 5-4 32-39 Head Width (yee cece pe eee capes ' 21 37 1-2 +1 33-38 Antennal segment boo eee cr eee wees 38 9 06 75 7-10 Antennal segment IT... -: 6-2. 22 ee ay ee 37 13 0-9 69 11-15 Antennal seement LT 2.2... eee ay 37 14 10 i) 12-15 Antennal segment (V0 2) 2) 2 Le eee 27 18 Il $9 16-20 Antennal segment Voge cy ce pe eee ey eee 20 23 14 62 19-24 Pronothr Widtlt .o creer crest Cave) tenes 2] 90 | 57 79-98 Pronotum length 2. (2) 0.25.2 6c pape ee geen 2) 37 LY 5-0 35-42 Total length nt a.4c:: cesbseg ee ee alel: : 2) 164 JO3 63 155-195 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Efead Jemetht piece ee eevee ees pemtetotawe Ae vfefere 0 15 38 2-0 53 35-41 Head width ».2...,.. bewlelsieie te mefeleve t elaletem 6 15 38 14 3:6 36-401 Antennal segment bh 22 2. 22 ee eee 28 9 05 s4 8-10 Antennal segment i) o0 2. 222 2. 2 ee eee 29 4 09 5 2-15 Antennal segment Hl... . 22.20.22. een, 29 14 Il 73 12-16 Antennal segment TV 22.00.20 ee eee 24 19 1-0 50 17-2) Antennal segment Vow.) we ey ee wee, 21 23 13 S7 21-26 Pronotiim width »-2.-. 222 22 2. ee ee eek 5 94 34 37 89-04 Prono leseth 6 cs cele rh ee eer ielub Trey is 40 13 33 38-41 Total length 2... 6) ee cee eens 1s 174 7 gl [HO-185 Total length: §& 1-102 mm 76 REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Remarks: This species is easily distinguished from all other species of Ocirrhoe by the second antennal segment being about the same length as, or longer than, the second. In the non-infus- cated antennal segments and the shape of the pygophore it is close to unimaculata Westwood, however the black spot in the basal angles of the scutellum and the shape of the pygophore indi- cates it is also related to dallasi. It is distin- guished from dallasi by its more acuminate head which is not black at base, by the third antennal segment being about the same length as the sec- ond or even longer, and by the shallowly concave hind margin of the pygophore. Ocirrhoe inconspicua has only been recorded from Western Australia with the exception of one male specimen from the mountains of north- eastern Victoria. Host records ificlude a Melaleuca species and Chamelaucium unici- natum, both members of the Myrtaceae. hind margin of pygophore f ventral surface Aig~ol pygophore December, 1975 Location of type: Type ¢ of inconspicua Dallas, “New Holland”, in BM. Specimens examined: Western Australia: the type and; | 4, Bushmead, 17.XI1.1966, on Melaleuca, E. M. Exley UQ; 3 &, 3 92, 17, Bunbury, 3.1.1957, A. Snell; 1 %, Capel Dis- trict (29 km south of Bunbury), 7.1.1957, A. Snell AM; 14, Yardie Creek, April 1958, Snell; 14, 192, Capel, 7.1.1957, Snell; 1¢@. Collie, 13.1.1957, Snell NM; 1 4, Northhampton, 16.1X.1958, F. H. Uther-Baker; 12, 14, Kelm- scott, 16 Oct. & 7 Nov. 1958, the first in Banksia and scrub, J. Baldwin; 1 6, Yanchep, 16.X.1964, F. H. Uther-Baker; 13, Kings Park, 2.X.1965, H. Mincham; 1 ¢, Jandakot, 24.X%.1965, F. H. Uther-Baker SAM; 14, 12, Mundaring Weir, 20.11.1963, 14, same locality, 1O.XII.1964, J. Dell; 1 &, Wembley Downs, 1.X1.1969, on wax (Chamelaucium uncinatum Schau) only, E. A. sternum posteriot angle of paratergite Vil _paratergite 1 hind margin of first gonocoxa \. _tirst “\ gonacaxa —-I1mm— E Fig. 12. Ocirrhoe cayenda sp. nov. of male abdomen. B. ventral view of female abdomen, C-D. QOcirrhoe incenspicua. of female abdomen. abdomen. C. ventral view of male E-F, Ocirrhae F. apex of female abdomen. Ocirrhoe dallasi sp. nov., QOcirrhoe inconspicua (Dallas) A-B, Ocirrhoe dallasi. A, ventral view abdomen. cavenda. D. ventral view E. apex of male RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 77 Jefferys & M. Archer WAM; 12, Swan River, L. J. Newman; 12. Merredin, L. J. Newman; 14,39, Yanchep, 51 km (32 miles) north of Perth, 13-23.X1.1935, 24, 19%, same locality, 20-31.X1f.1935, R. E. Turner BM; 2¢, 12, Tortoise Reserve, 39 km (24 miles) north of Perth, 16.XI1I.1971, J. A. Slater; 1é, 19, Wildlife Reserve, 34 km (21 miles) north of Perth, 16-18.XII.1971, J. A. Slater SLATER; 1 4, Margaret River, 2 Nov.; Harvard Australian Expedition, P. J. Darlington AMNH; | ?, Dar- lington, 150 m (450ft.), 5.1X%.1962, E. S. Ross and D, Q. Cavagnaro CAS. Victoria: 12, Hotham Heights, Victoria, 1 800 m (5 900ft.), on snow, 1.1J.1957, A Neboiss NM. Ocirrhoe cavenda sp. nov, Figs. 12 E-F, 13, 16 Description: General appearance: Green in life with pro- notum between and behind level of lateral angles pinkish, latter reaching lateral angles and posterolateral and posterior margins. Scutellum apically very broadly pinkish or luteous, in front of this luteous with a diffuse band of black punctations denser laterally, foveae in basal angles black. Antennae and tarsi yellowish brown. Museum specimens with the green faded to yellow, anecan ar Ror eee HA heel a) S88 a Si bie a Pa Be nah yee Bn CE ha ahs ¥ De fosee Fig, 13. en AS Os oe wnar age) a ae ee Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe cavenda sp. noy, 78 REC, S, AUST. Head: Appearing fairly broad and apically rather truncate, concolorous, anteriorly flattened and posteriorly only very little raised; anteclypeus, hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins clearly concave. Disc rugulosely punctate. Eyes and ocelli purplish red. Pronotum: Anteriorly concolorous, from a line drawn between the lateral angles posteriorly pinkish and coarsely punctate, some punctations in the pinkish area infuscated, calli glabrous and frequently a submarginal callous line paralleling the anterolateral margins. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles represented by a small fine tooth or ridge. Anterolateral margins nearly straight. Lateral angles behind the reflexed margin truncate, posterolateral and posterior angles only slightly concave. Scutellum: Concolorous with apex very broadly luteous or pinkish, before the pale apex a broad band of black punctations, constricted and less dense medially. A black fovea in each basal angle. Raised a little anteriorly and flat in posterior half. A trace of a faint median longitudinal line present. Lateral margins gently concave in basel half and then almost parallel to rather broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about half length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous_ parts concolorous with coarse, but not dense, punctations; a glab- rous streak just interior of posterior half of medial fracture. Exterior margins of coria distinctly concave basally then almost straight to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of abdominal segment VI; laterotergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate, MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Abdomen: Concolorous, behind apex of scutellum infuscated. Laterotergites: Concolorous, densely punc- tate, posterior exterior angles produced into a short black spine. Underside: | Concolorous; bucculae, — pro- pleuron, mesopleuron except exteriorly, meta- pleuron posteriorly and abdomen coarsely punc- tate. Antennal segments H-V pale reddish or yellowish-brown. Rostrum ventrally and the apical half of its terminal segment black. Tibiae towards apices and tarsi brown. On abdomen three pale longitudinal stripes, one medial and the other two midlateral. Spiracular eminences dark brown or black below the orifices. Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a blunt triangular process. Rostral segment I robust, reaching nearly to base of bucculae, II compressed and arched and reaching to about middle of fore coxae, III to middle of mid coxae and IV to base of hind coxae. Ratio of antennal segments (6) 8: 13: 11:17:21. Metasternal- mesosternal keels highest between fore coxae, then obliquely truncate, then broadly rounded at apex, reaching nearly to apex of prosternum, directed to left apically in ventral view. Legs normal without pilosity, only the usual spines present, tibiae only flattened apically. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 12 E, hind margin of pygo- phore subangulately excavated, lateral lobes not strongly prominent. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 12 F, hind margins of first gonocoxae trans- verse, turning anteriorly towards the midline, triangular, Membrane and _ veins faintly interior margins not raised, apical angles of brownish hyaline. VIIIth paratergites angulately produced. Dimensions- MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length ............. cee eee ee tenes 5 34 1-6 49 31-35 Head) Widthy asp. gts doe e cuit ces ee Berth Meraeten nt 5 36 1-4 3-9 34-38 Antennal segment To igs eutesaaread attessaoiae 9 8 0-7 9-2 7-9 Antennal segment IT .........-.........0500- 9 13 I+] 8-4 11-15 Antennal segment III .............. 000.0000 0e 9 I] 0-9 83 9-12 Antennal segment IV ................0..00005- 9 17 1-2 7-2 15-19 Antennal segment V ......... eee ee eee 9 21 1-8 8-6 17-22 Pronotum width ..........0..000 00002020005. 5 82 65 79 73-87 Pronotum length ............... 0.0.0 eee eee 5 36 2:5 69 32-38 Total length. 0 yirt os 52d nels sich blows ho eiee Magee at 5 149 9-9 67 133-160 RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 79 Dimensions— FEMALES Nurnber of Standard Coefficient Observexl Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length atten Soeennes SSM OSS FE 4 35 _ — 33-36 Head width ie ese cele cee eS eas 4 a7 — 35-39 Antennal segment | 6 8 — 8-9 Antennal segment. I cp ssw d A ASTER E 5 14 = _ 13-14 Antennal segment WL 2. 22 ee eee ee ee 5 il — = 10-13 Antennal segment IV ...-......-.,.- -- -- 4 18 - — 17-19 Antennal segment Vio 2. ee eee 4 32 = 21-23 Pronotum width ........., ese 4 4 — _ 76-9) Pronotum length oo... 60. cee ee es , 4 36 _ ~ 33-40 Tota? length fe ove pa eee be ee eps 4 154 147-158 Total length; Remarks: This species occurs in a narrow belt in New South Wales and Victoria from near the Queensland border to about Bendigo in Victoria. It is very similar to wnimaculata and easily confused with the latter but differs in the black foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum, the transverse band of black punctations before the pale apex of the latter, the more angulately incised posterior margin of the hind margin of the pygophore, the comparatively longer third untennal segment and its rather smaller size. Only ten specimens ure known. Location of types: Holotype @ (Reg. No. [20,725), Mallaley, New South Wales. Jan, 1959, F. E. Wilson SAM; allotype ?, Bendigo District, Victoria, 6.X%.1928, ex J. E. Dixon collection donated Jan. 1940 NM: 3 paratypes ¢, Nollo Mountain 32 km (20 miles) north east of Rylston, New South Wales, 12.X%1,1950, T. G. Campbell; | paratype 9, 14 km (9 miles) north east of Putty, New South Wales, 28.X,1956, P. B, Carne ANIC; | paratype ¢, “Calumet”, 42 km (26 miles) north east of Binnaway, New South Wales, Noy. 1931, A. Musgrave AM; | paratype ¢, 2 para- types ¢, Lennox Bridge, New South Wales, 28,1X,1958, M. I. Nikitin BM 1959-57, Specimens examined, The types only. The distribution of the known specimens has been added to the map on Fig. 16 so that its distyibu- tion may be compared with that of unimaculata, Ocirrhoe unimaculata (Westward, 1837) Figs. 14. 15 A-E, 16 Rhynchoceris unimaculata Westwood, p. 29. 1837, 69-43 mM) Ocirrhoe unimaculata Lethierry & Severin, 1893, p. 180, Distant, 1900a, p. 422. Rhynchocoris roet Westwood, 1837, p. Lethierry & Severin, 1893, p. 181, Ocirrhoe roei Distant. 1900b, p, 815, pl, 52, fig, 12. new synonym. 30. Cuspicona fasctata Dallas, 1851, p. 297, pl. LO, fig. 3. Description: General appearance; Green in life with an elongate oval pinkish or yellow transverse bar between, but not reaching, lateral angles and posterolateral margins of pronotum. Scutellum apically yellow. Foveae in basal angles con- colorous; antennae and tarsi yellowish brown. Museum specimens with the green faded to yellowish, pink or light red, Other colours as noted. Eyes and ocelli purplish. Head: Appearing fairly broad and apically rather truncate, concolorous, anteriorly flattened and posteriorly very little raised; anteclypeus hardly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins clearly concave, Disc rugulosely punctate, Eyes and ocelli greyish to purplish red. Pronotum: Concolorous with rather coarse sparse punctations, latter rather infuscated in the area of the pale patch, calli glabrous. Between lateral angles a very elongate transverse pale pink or yellow bar not reaching lateral angles or posterior margin. In some examples an irregular yellow callous line just inside unterolateral margins. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles represented by a very small tooth, Anterolateral margins nearly straight. Luteral angles behind the reflexed margin concave, posterolateral and posterior margins only slightly concave. 80 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Ny, | 5mm. BREeNon K, Henn) Fig. 14. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhae unimaculata (Westwood). Scutellum: Concolorous with evenly distri- buted fairly dense vaguely fuscous punctations, apex broadly yellow and impunctate. A concol- orous foveae in each basal angle. Raised a little anteriorly and flat in posterior half. A faint raised medial longitudinal line present. Lateral margins gently convex in basal half and then converging gently to rounded apex. Frena reaching about +4; of length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with regular, moderately dense punctations. Exterior margins of coria faintly concave basally then broadly convex to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clayus very elongate triangu- lar. Membrane and veins hyaline, frequently rather brownish. Abdomen: Concolorous, infuscated on either side of apical portion of scutellum. Laterotergites Concolorous, densely punctate, posterior exterior angles produced into a short, minutely black tipped spine. Underside: Concolorous, punctate on pro- pleuron, base of mesopleura, hind portion of metapleuron and abdomen, coarser laterally on the latter. Antennal segments HI-V pale or yellowish brown. Rostrum ventrally and_ its apex black. Tarsi brown. In green examples the sternites and three longitudinal lines on the abdomen, one medial and the others midlaterally on each side, yellow. Spiracles with their RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—i al orifices black. Apical margin of pygophore or in females apical margins of VI{Ith paratergites frequently narrowly black. Many examples with two large subquadrate pink markings on either side of the midline, a pair each on segments III and IV. Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about middie of an eye, anteriorly produced into a blunt lobulate process. Rostral segment I robust, reaching nearly to base of bucculae; Il compressed and arched, reaching about middle of fore coxae, III to middle of hind coxae and IV just onto base of abdomen. Ratio of antennal segments (¢) 8:16:12:20:23. Metasternal-mesosternal keels highest between fore coxae then obliquely truncate, reaching nearly apex of prosternum, directed to left in posterior margin of pygophore fa Phallosoma, \ a / basal Fi plates medial 4 penial plates oO5mm Pig. 15, male abdomen, side aspect of aedeagus. ventral surface. of Pygophore Jappet” processes SA Uconjunctiva Ocirrhoe unimaculata (Westwood). B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. D. ventral aspect of aedeagus. ventral view. Legs normal without long pilosity, only a few spines present, tibiae only flattened apically, Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 15 A, hind margin of pygophore only slightly concave and laterally not produced into prominent lobes. Clasper Fig. 15 E, strongly F-shaped, the upper ramus compressed and darkly sclerotized towards its tip. Phallosoma Figs. 15 C-D, short and honey-coloured, “lappet” processes rather elongate, conjunctiva reflexed downward, medial penial plates elongate in the axis of the aedeagus, notched ventrally in lateral view, in ventral view broad and diverging. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 15 B, hind margins of first gonocoxae transverse and nearly truncate, interior margins not raised; apical angles of VIlIth paratergites angulately produced. Posterior angle of paratergite Ti sternum X f f _-baratergite R \_-hind margin of first aw lirst gonocoxa apex of conjunctiva basal plates A. ventral aspect of C. lefthand E. clasper. 82 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Dimensions— MALES FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation 1 Cte (1 0 ae a nar a 20 35 1-9 5-4 31-38 Head-widtht 4-5 etercat os det cae gy ao las tae leat 20 38 15 4-1 35-40 Antennal segment] ©... eee ee eee 37 8 0-8 9+2 7-9 Antennal segment IT... 0... eee eee 38 16 1-0 6:5 14-18 Antennal segment HE 6... ee ee pean 38 12 13 11-2 10-15 Antennal segment IV ........-.0.. 2-0 ee eee 33 20 1:1 35 17-22 Antennal segment Vio... eee ee eee 25 23 13 +6 21-25 Pronotum width ,......0.0 0.02.0 0000.0 e ease 20 92 45 49 85-98 Pronotum length .......... 002... c cece eee eee 20 38 26 67 33-43 Tota Mette thy i oe nay jc enema dee Cotes fonate tpeaf sion 20 160 8-0 50 148-172 FEMALES FROM SOUTHERN AUSTRALIA Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Healer eth ts ois Se Sch tea eines semen ee atase 20 37 1-8 4-8 34-40 Head wich th 3. Be cache beace tanto dachiiers sataaed atethed 20 39 15 3-8 36-42 Antennal:segment To. cs clnees bea ec ae tae 36 9 0-8 8-7 7-11 Antennal segment Il ............0-..-.222.24. 38 17 13 8-0 14-19 Antennal segment HI]... 2.2.0.2. eee eee 37 12 1:3 11-2 10-14 Antennal segment IV .. 0... 046.2624. e eee 32 19 1-0 53 17-22 Antennal segment Vo... ee eee eee 28 23 1-4 6-0 20-25 Pronotum width . 2.00.0 0.00.00 cc eee eee 20 96 5:1 54 85-109 Pronotum length ..... 0.0.0.0... 2002000 ee eee ee 20 40 4-4 11-1 26-47 Lokal 1efigte els 8S SB od ee ie abate thee 20 174 9-4 5-4 155-200 MALES FROM QUEENSLAND AND NEW SOUTH WALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Heéad lénath: 04,00 3sa ctersy etre fe ebieyeie 19 34 1-4 42 31-37 Head -Widthty: bg pects wie cle ted odie ge renege winlels 19 36 1-0 2-8 35-38 Antennal segment Eo... ec eee 32 7 0-9 12-3 6-9 Antennal segment [oo ... 2. ec ee ea cee 34 16 1:2 17 13-18 Antennal segment If] 2.2.22... eee eee 34 11 1-1 10-2 9-14 Antennal segment IV .... 22... ee eee 30 20 1-4 73 17-23 Antennal segment V ......... +22 4.24224 e eee 24 23 4 6:2 20-25 Pronotum width ......... 0.00. ce ree reer ee res 19 84 4-5 53 77-91 Pronotum length 2.2... 0.0.60. eee ee eee 19 35 2-0 5:7 32-38 Total length ~... 2.425 es4 pea eeaea pee eed tenes 19 154 10-6 6-9 137-175 FEMALES FROM QUEENSLAND AND NEW SOUTH WALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation ° Range Variation Head length «0.0.0.0... ccc cece eee eee eee 19 36 1-2 3-4 35-39 Head Width, wes ctarnets tears cde el dyes obs 19 38 1-5 40 36-42 Antennal segment Lo... eee eee ees 35 & 0-8 9-9 7-9 Antennal segment I]... 1. eee 36 V7 1-2 74 15-20 Antennal segment HT... 2.20... ..0250.202200. 39 11 0-9 T8 10-14 Antennal segment [IV ... 0... ..0....0.- 0000008 36 19 1-3 6-9 16-22 Antennal segment Vow... . eee ee ee 28 23 1-3 5:8 21-25 Pronotiam width .7-.4-.403begeecsedecteresee 19 92 39 42 88-99 Pronotum length .,..3.....2....-e4..e--u2- aes 19 39 2-2 5-8 36-42 Total Téngthe sos dec eges PARRA E ERO TEE: 19 172 10-4 Gl 148-190 Total length (both populations): 7-1-10-4 mm Remarks: The type of unimaculata Westwood is in poor condition but as it is a male and the pygophore is intact the identity of the species is notin doubt, The types of both roei Westwood and fasciata Dallas are females in better condition and belong also to this same species. The type of roe is the largest example yet seen in the genus, The species is fairly easily recognised by the pale, usually pinkish elongate-oval, transverse patch near the hind margin of the pronotum. Two other species have a similar pale patch on the pronotum, notably cavenda and virescens. From cavenda unimaculata differs in having pale foveae in the basal angles of the scutellum, in lacking a preapical transverse band of black RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I punctations before the apex of the scutellum and in the hind margin of the pygophore being only faintly concave. From virescens unimaculata differs by lacking pale lateral margins to the scutellum, by having the hind margin of the pygophore only faintly excavate (triangularly excavate in virescens) and in having the hind margins of the female first gonocoxae transverse (convex in virescens). Ocirrhoe unimaculata is widely distributed near and on the coast of Australia south of about 26°S latitude. It has been taken on the following species of plants—Correa sp. (Muston, Kangaroo Island), Myoporum insulare R, Br. (Coorong, South Australia), Geijeria linearifolia (D.C.) J. M. Black (Mannum, South Australia), Platylob- ium sp. (Mt. Lofty, South Australia), Beyeria leschenaulti (D.C.) Baill and Melaleuca pubscens Schau (Hallett Cove, South Australia) and in a formation dominated by Leucopogon parviflora (Andr.) Lindl. and Acacia sophorae (Labill) R.Br. (near Robe, South Australia). Specimens have been captured in all months of the year. @ Ocirrhoe unimaculata A Ocirrhoe cavenda NORT WESTERN TERRITORY 83 Populations from the southern states of Aust- ralia and from New South Wales south of the latitude of about Sydney are somewhat larger than populations from northern New South Wales and southern Queensland. The measurements of the two populations haye been analysed separately in the descriptive section. Location of types: Type ¢ of unimaculata Westwood, “New Holland”, and type ° of roei westwood, “SR” (= Swan River) in HOPE; type 2 of fasciata Dallas, “New Holland”, in BM. Specimens examined: The types and 144 specimens from 58 localities from the following collections (numbers examined in parentheses ):—-QU(24), QM(4), AM(11), ANIC(19), NM(10), SAM(34), WAM(2), STOCKHOLM(4), BRUSSELS(1), BM(11), J. A. SLATER(1), AMNH(10), CAS(1), BISHOP(12). As this is a common species individual Australian and Tasmanian records have not been listed in detail but are plotted on Fig. 16. HERN QUEENSLAND AUSTRALIA t 2 S7/se4ne AP . j EE Os aly ete nierwenn SOUTH AUSTRALIA ea A | ae tony. ‘Fuel: i NE Ww ° ' \ So Leterme ts eat gp OTH Warts , r t a ® Part ingetn s ! naive a - hn: NEL AID x SvONEY any i j : H ers CANBERRA ® i Ae Beacnpori | @ V ® } i velo Gt O Rla Pe, g Fig. 16. . @ bes, SMAN, Distribution of Ocirrhoe cayenda sp. nov. and Qcirrhoe unimaculata (Westwood). 84 REC, S. AUST. MUS., Ocirrhoe prasinata (Stal, 1859) nov. comb Figs. 17, 19 A-B. Cuspicona prasinata Stal, 1859, p. 231; 1876, p. 103, Lethierry and Severin, 1893, p. 180. Description: General appearance; Museum specimens greenish-yellow or yellow, in fresher specimens apex of third and fourth and most of fifth anten- nal segments reddish. Eyes and ocelli greyish. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum concolorous or greyish. Head: Appearing moderately elongate, con- colorous, triangular, anteriorly flattened and posteriorly a little raised; anteclypeus slightly surpassing apices of juga, lateral margins clearly concave. Disc rugulosely punctate. Eyes and ocelli greyish or reddish-grey. Pronotum: Concolorous with fine dense con- colorous or slightly infuscated punctations, calli glabrous. A faint trace of a medial longitudinal line. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and E, B Bie ee ve ey een we ee Be . CES. A BRENoR K. Head Z -—_____ mm. —————— 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero- lateral angles prominent as a_ small tooth. Anterolateral margins straight or slightly convex. Lateral angles behind the reflexed margin shortly truncate, posterolateral and posterior margins only slightly concave, posterior margin slightly concave, Scutellum: Concolorous with fine dense con- colorous or slightly infuscated punctations, an almost concolorous fovea in each basal angle, Raised very little anteriorly and flat posteriorly. Lateral margins gently convex in basal 4/7 and then converging gently to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching about 4/7 of length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous_ parts concolorous with fine dense concolorous or slightly infuscated punctations. Exterior margins of coria faintly concaye basally and then faintly convex to nearly rectangular apical angle, reaching about middle of abdominal segment VI, laterotergites broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus very elon- gate triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. Fig. 17. Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe prasinata (Stil). RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I #5 Abdomen: Concolorous, some dorsal portions of pygophore pinkish, Lateratergites: Concolorous, coarsely punc- tate exteriorly, posterior exterior angles produced into a short, minutely black tipped spine. Underside: Concolorous, coarsely punctate except on head, margin of propleuron, evapora- tive areas and legs. Apex of third and fourth and most of fifth antennal segments reddish or orange, Rostrum ventrally and its extreme apex black. Spiracles concolorous or faintly infus- cated. Bucculae high and moderately sinuated, reach- ing about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into a rather triangular lobulate process. Ros- trol segment I robust, reaching nearly to base of Dimensions— bucculue, Il compressed and arched and reaching middle of fore coxae, IT to middle of hind coxae and IV to about middle of ventrite III. Ratio of antennal segments (2) 9: 15; 12; 21: 25, Metasternal-mesosternal keels depressed a Jittle anteriorly, nearly reaching apex of prosternum, anteriorly rounded and directed to left in ventral view. Legs normal with sparse pilosity, tibtac only flattened apically. Abdomen broadly U- shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 19 A, hind margin of pygophore laterally pro- duced into a reflexed lobe on either side, between these deeply excavate this excavation with a smaller excavation on midline, Apex of female abdomen Fig. 19 B, hind margins of first gono- coxae transverse and nearly truncate, interior margins not raised, MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation o Range Variation Head length .: acca seen es (een ween ee eee 8 35 21 6:0 30-37 Head Width eet, usc Carobipec ds Fiieee) et bootie 9 37 0-9 24 36-39 Antennal segmeént 0 cc ciy ee iy eer te ce ene: 15 9 0-5 S54 9-10 Antennal segment Wow. ee ccc per eee 17 15 1) f7 13-16 Antennal segment HE 2.0 22. ee cee eee ee 17 12 1-3 10°7 1-15 Antennal segment IV 22.20... eee ce eee 14 21 1-4 TO 19-24 Antennal segment Vio -2 oe ee eee 9 25 23 9-0 23-29 Pronotum width »,..0.-.--0--0-¢2--- +2 eee 9 92 1-9 20 90-95 Pronotum length ...,.... 52,2000 podel bed Armetele! g 7] 38 13 33 37-40 Wotal length ancncts ceee aye wetenypmeres eed eteien 9 171 49 2-9 165-180 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation aft Range Variation Head length ......00..002. 2c cee ci ee et ence 13 35 0-9 2-§ 33-36 Bega Width. yhoo ee coset bee es ese 13 38 Il 30 37-40 Antennal segment Lo... 2-2 2-22 ee es '6 9 1) 10:1 8-10 Antennal segment Io. yee ee ee eee 19 15 1-3 9-0 11-17 Antennal segment To... p cee eee een 19 12 13 10-7 1-15 Antennal segment IV 222 22 ec ee eens 13 20 18 9:2 17-24 Antennal segment V 13 23 24 10-3 21-29 Pronotum width . 0.0.02. 0.00. eu ce cee eee eee 14 93 50 5-4 85-103 Pronotum length .,..0 2... 2-2-2. 22 ee ee eee 13 39 23 6:0 35-43 Total length cif oes cae elenes ofsa475 CaF (3 169 88 52 155-181 Total length: 81-94 mm Remarks: This species is very easily confused with Cuspicona privata Walker on a macroscopic examination, It appears to be a true Ocirrhoe on the following features:—the antennae are more robust than in Cuspicona specics, the anterolateral margins of the pronotum are reflexed and this reflexed area continues for a short distance onto the lateral angle and the hind margins of the first gonocoxae of the female are transverse und also truncated, a feature which occurs commonly in Qeirrhee but only in Cuspicona in the long-headed intacta group which QO. prasinata does not resemble, O, prasinata has much less flattened tibiae than some of its congeners whereas C. privata has more flattened tibiae than other species of Cuspicona. It is in the area of these two species (O. prasinata and C. privafa) that the two genera become rather close to each other and it is likely the point where the two genera diverged, whether one arose out of the other or both diverged from a common ancestor must remain unanswered. Within Ocirrhoe itself prasinata appears to be related most closely to cerenata by virtue of the rather similar posterior margin of the pygophore 6 REC S. AUST of the male, the two strong lobes, one either side of the midline, in corenata are reduced to unly slightly prominent lobes in prayfnata. C. presinata occurs near the eastern and southern coasts of the Australian mainland froin southern Queensland to about the Mt, Lofty Ranges and Kangaroo Island in South Australia, The high coefficients of variation noted for the lengths of the antennal segments seem to be due to a progressive shortening of their length as one progresses from Queensland to South Aus- tralian examples and does not appear to indicate a specific difference. Location of types: Typus 4, allotypus 2 , “Sidney, Kinbh.” (for STOCKHOLM. Specimens examined: The types and Queens- land Id, 19, Tibrogargan Creek, 4,1X%,1953, on Leptospermum, T. E. Woodward UQ; 1°, Springbrook, 12.X%.1959, A. N. Burns; 1 3, Burleigh, 16,1%.1960, A. N, Burns NM. A.C,T. 34,39. (29? Luke Windemere), Jervis Bay, 18-19.1TX.195S1, T. G. Campbell ANIC. Vic- toria | 2, Mallacoota, 23.X1,1965, A, Neboiss, | 2, locality and date illegible, donated by F, P. Spry 5.X.1922 NM. South Australia | ?, Tea- tree Gully, 16,X1,1954. R, V. Southcott; 29, E.$.1, 833, Belair, 10,X,1952.G, F, Gross; | 2, E.S.1. 594, Belair, 11.1.1953, G. F. Gross; I, Belair National Park, 20.X.1965. by sweeping, B. &, Hubbard and A. N, McFarland: 19, Kangaroo Island, A. M. Lea: 14, Kangaroo Island, Oet, 1924; 12, 16 km (LO miles) west vf Vivenne Bay, 12.X.1966, by beating, A. N, McFarland and M. Pate SAM: 24% without further locality AMNH. Unilocalsed 12 AM, paratype 2 , “Sydney, piiratype Kinberg”), Ocirrhoe coronata sp. nov. Figs. 18, 19 C-D, Description: General appearance: Museum specimens yellow; second, third and fourth antennal seg- ments reddish, fifth black medially and narrowly reddish at base and apex. Eyes and ocelli reddish-grey, Fovea in basal angles of scutellum concolorous. Head; Appearing moderately elongate. con- colorous, triangular, anteriorly flattened and posteriorly a little raised, apex of anteclypeus in same curve us apices of juga; lateral margins clearly concave. Dise coarsely and rugalosely MUS,, 17 (6): 51-167 Decenther, 1975 punctate, Eyes and ocelli reddish or reddish- grey. Pronetim: Concolorous with rather coarse vaguely infuscated punctations, calli glabrous. Lateral margins tending orange, No trace of a median longitudinal line, Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and semicircularly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles prominent as a fine tooth. Anterolateral margins straight. Lateral angles behind the termination of the reflexed anterolateral margins shortly truncate, posterolateral and posterior margins only slightly concave. Seutellum: Concolorous with coarse dense slightly infuscated punctations and concolorous fovea in cach basal angle. Raised very litile anteriorly und flat posteriorly, Lateral margins gently convex in basal half and then broadly rounded and converging to sublanceolate apex, Frena reaching about half length. Hemelyrras = Coridceous parts concolorous with fine not very dense slightly infuscated pune- tations. Exterior margins of coria faintly con- cave basally then obtuse angled and then straight und converging to shortly rounded apical ungle, reaching ubout middle of segment V1, lateroter- vites very broadly exposed. Posterior margin of corium rather rounded, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus yery elongate triangular. Mem- brane and veins fumose hyaline (holotype) or hyaline (allotype and paratype). Abdomen: of pygophore. Reddish interiorly and on dorsum Luterorergites: Concolorous, coarsely punc- tute exteriorly, hind and inner margins of seventh reddish. Posterior exterior angles produced into a short spine which is minutely black tipped. Underside: Concolorous, coarsely punctate only on propleura, towards base of mesopleura. hind portion of metapleura, laterally on abdomen und very sparsely on ventral surface of pygo- phore. First antennal segment concoloraus, second, third, fourth and base and apex of fifth reddish, rest of fifth black. Rostrum yentrally and its extreme upex black, Spiracles con- colorous. Bueculae high and moderately sinuated, reaching to about anterior margin of an eye, unteriorly produced into a subtriangular lobulate process. Rostral segment | robust, reaching neurly to base of bucculac, IL compressed and slightly arched and reachitig about tniddle of fore coxae, Ul to anterior part of mid coxae, and IV to posterior part of hind coxae, Metusternal- mesosternal keel rather raised anteriorly and RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA * e Was cent Pe AND ADJACENT AREAS—I a7 Ae! 4 ‘a ia Mel ee a Sheet a Geen OR a Rae aS An ar Brenor K. HEAD {_______5 mm, ————— Fig, 18. forward of this obliquely truncate, reaching apex of prosternum, directed to left in ventral view. Legs normal with sparse pilosity, Ubiae not very flattened. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in pos- terior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 19 C. hind margin of pygophore laterally produced into a reflexed lobe on either side, between these excavate, this excavation with a broad tooth on either side of the midline, between the latter notched. Female Fig. 19 C, posterior margins of first gonocoxae transverse, medially slightly con- cave; posterior angles of eighth laterotergites sharply angulated. Dimensions (holotype): Head length 40; head width 42; antennal segment IT 10, 10; antennal segment Il 20, 19; antennal segment IIf 15, 15; antennal segment IV 26, 25; antennal segment V 29, 28; pronotum width 102; pronotum length 44; total length 185; (allotype) head length 42; head width 42; antennal segment I 9, 9; antennal segment II 21, Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhoe coronata sp. nov. 22; antennal segment [I] 17, 17; antennal seg- ment 1V 25, 25; antennal segment V 28, —; pronotum width 102; pronotum length 44; total length 192. Total length: 9+0-9°6 mm, Remarks: This species appears to have only one close relative in the genus, namely prasinata (Stal) which it resembles in the shape of the posterior margin of the pygophore. The three known specimens come from two fairly widely separated localities. Location of types: Holotype 3 (Reg. No. T7215), Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, 26.V.-2.VI. 1971, B.K. Cantrell QM; allotype 2, Mt. Tozer, Iron Range, North Queensland, 20.1V.-1.V.1973, G. Monteith UQ; paratype ¢, Finke River, Central Australia, Dr, H. Basedow SAM, Specimens examined: The types only. 88 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., posterior margin of pygophore ay | ventral Surface of / pygophore E Fig. 19. Qeirrlioae prasinata Ocirrhae virescens (Westwood ). view of male abdomen. Ocirrhoe coronata, view of female abdomen. of male abdomen. F, Virescens Group This group contains only the one species, Ocirrhoe virescens (Westwood), which is. res- tricted to Queensland. The group characteristics are:—more elongate than other species of Ocirrhoe (pronotum width: total length almost 1:2); rostrum long reaching onto, or almost onto ventrite V; tibiae flattened only apically; and in virescens the hind margins of the first gonocoxae of the female arcuately convex; head not marked with black punctations; antennae not apically infuscated and foveae in basal angles of scutzllum concolorous. There is a close resemblance to O. unimaculata in the pale transverse bar on the hind portion of the pronotum and the large red maculae on either side on ventrites II and 1¥. Like wnimaculata and other species in the unimaculata group the tibiae are only slightly flattened. (Stal), A-B. Qcirrhoe prasinata. B. ventral view of female abdomen. C. ventral view of male abdomen. E-F. Ocirrlioe virescens, 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 sternum ik Posterior angle of paratergite Wi Y Shind margin of first gonocaxa \ first gonoooxa F ‘ Ocirrhoe coronata sp. Toy. A. ventral C-D. D. ventral EF, ventral yiew ventral view of female abdomen. Ocirrhoe virescens (Westwood, 1837) Figs, 19 E-F, 20 Rhaphigaster virescens Westwood, 1837, p. 31. Ocirrhoe? virescens Distant, 1900b, p. 815, pl. 53 fig. 7. Description: General appearance: In life green with a broad transverse bar on the hind portion of scutellum, lateral margin and apex of scutellum bright yellow or orange-yellow. In older museum specimens yellow or yellowish-brown with the transverse bar on the scutellum and the scutellar margins and apex paler or more orange. First segment of antennae concolorous, rest brown or reddish-brown. Eyes and ocelli reddish-grey or black. Foveae in basal angles of scutellum con- colorous. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS Head: Appearing strongly elongate triangular but actually about as wide across eyes as long. Concolorous, anteriorly flattened and posteriorly raised, apex of anteclypeus in same curve as apices of juga; lateral margins only slightly con- cave. Disc coarsely but not unduly densely punctate, some transverse rugulosities. Eyes and ocelli reddish-grey to black. Pronotum: Concolorous with rather coarse evenly spaced punctations, latter tending fuscous posteriorly. Calii concolorous but glabrous. Between lateral angles and reaching almost to hind margins an elongate trapeziform transverse yellow or orange-yellow bar not reaching lateral angles or posterolateral margins. Anterior mar- gin oblique behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles rep- resented by a small toothed spine. Anterolateral margins straight. Lateral angles behind termina- tion of reflexed anterolateral margins shortly truncate, posterolateral and posterior margins only slightly concave. Scutellum: Concolorous medianly in basal half but along lateral margins and tip broadly yellow if 8Y or orange-yellow; with coarse fairly evenly spaced concolorous or fuscous punctations. Fovyeae in basal angles concolorous. Raised anteriorly and flat posteriorly. Rather elongate, lateral margins only slightly convex in basal +; and then chang- ing direction and faintly convex to sublanceo- late apex which is slightly reflexed either side of midline. Frena reaching about 4; length. Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous but inner angle of corium infuscated with black. Punctations evenly distributed except just inside of apical portion of medial fracture where there is a narrow glabrous area. Exterior margins of coria faintly concaye basally and then broadly convex to very shortly rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of segment VI, lateroter- gites narrowly exposed. Posterior margin of cor- ium nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus very elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. exteriorly and Abdomen: Concolorous broadly reddish behind scutellum, dorsum of pygophore also reddish. ~"Brenon K, Heac |_____5mm. Fig. 20, Dorsal aspect of Ocirrhve virescens (Westwood). 90 REC, 8S, AUST, MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Laterotergites: Concolorous and coarsely and densely punctate. Posterior exterior angles pro- duced into a short black-tipped spine. Underside. Concolorous, coarsely punctate only on propleura, ventrally on mesopleura and posteriorly on metapleura. First antennal seg- ment concolorous, remaining segments brownish tending reddish-brown towards apex, Rostrum ventrally and tip black. Abdomen medially with pyogophore broadly pale, a quadrate reddish patch just laterally of midline on either side on segments III and IV, not in contact with either fore or hind margins of these segments. Tarsi brown. Spiracles concolorous, Bucculae low and moderately sinuated, reach- ing to about middle of eye, anteriorly produced into a subtriangularly lobulate process. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae, I] compressed, arched and reaching onto meso- December, (975 sternum, [II to past hind coxae and 1V onto ventrite V, Ratio of antennal segments ( 4 ) 9; 19; 14; 23: 25. Metasternal-mesosternal keels highest just behind fore coxae, forward of this obliquely and truncately directed downwards then anteriorly shortly rounded, not reaching apex of prosternum, directed to left in ventral view. Legs normal without pilosity, only the normal bristles, tibiae only slightly flattened apically. Abdomen broadly U- or V-shaped in posterior view, Apex of male abdomen Fig, 19 E, hind margin of pygo- phore laterally produced into a prominent lobe on each side whose external margin is conyex, between the lobes a strong V-shaped incision, on the ventral surface slightly in front of this a V-shaped ridge. Apex of female abdomen Fig, 19 F, hnd margins of first gonocoxae strongly arcuately convex, inner margins slightly raised, angles of VIIIth paratergites distinctly acute, Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length veruviiys cattereartesetenevbpanes 10 35 Il 30 34-37 Flead Width oe aac et ketenes 10 37 0-7 18 36-38 Antennal segment boo, . 6. eevee eee eee eee ee 19 9 0-8 10-0 7-10 Antennal segment Wo. oo. eee eee cane 18 19 1:2 61 16-21 Antennal segment [ll ............-..-.. ew do 18 14 0-9 6-7 12-15 Antennal segment IV .-.--.-....-.-..----..--- 14 23 13 5-9 20-25 Antennal segment V __..-,-.....,-..-.------ 13 25 13 352 23-27 Pronotum width ,..........2ce cee u ee eee eee 10 86 32 3-7 81-90 Pronoturty Weng tacr'st- eee sindte states sett . 10 36 1-2 33 33-37 Total lengt iu atscreode eos OA 10 164 49 30 155-170. FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Flea littgtlt ns etait ea Ee ae 16 38 2-4 6S 35-43 AREY ce ee i eee tee geet h feat ee teal anette 16 39 2:3 5:9 33-43 Antennal segment 1-2... 2. eee ee ee ee e 27 9 0-7 7:2 8-10 Antennal segment IL ..,.,... bA Ween asnesetab'e 26 21 1:7 8-2 18-25 Antennal segment If} ....,.....,-.. thee pans 26 15 25 16:5 12-21 Antennal segment IV .......2..2..0 5. 44222-- 23 25 2-0 8-2 23-29 Antennal segment V 2... 22-2. .-2.2. 022.000. 19 26 1-7 63 23-29 Pronotum Width ...........2...-2405- eo 16 96 5-0 5:2 88-106 Pronotum length ,.. 22-2... ..-----.--,--:0--5- 16 40 27 67 36-46 Fotal Teeth 2.54. icce-s cay eses epne tae ety. 16 187 12:6 67 169-220 Total length: 8-1-t1-5 mm Remarks: This species appears not to have any close relatives in Ocirrhoe. It is more elon- gate than the other species in the genus and the convex arcuate outline of the female gonocoxae and the long rostrum are unique in the genus, In other features such as the relatively sparse punctation and the reflexed anterolateral margin of the pronotum which continues partly onto the lateral angle it is similar to most other species of Ocirrhae, The tibiae are only flattened apically but this is a characteristic also of the unimaculata group. Ocirrhoe virescens is only known from eastern Queensland, specimens from Cape York Penin- sula are larger and have proportionately longer antennae than those from southern Queensland. Location of type: Type (sex unknown as abdomen missing) of virescens Westwood, “New Holland”, HOPE. RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP TN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I uy Specimens examined: The type and Queens- land 1°, Brisbane, 28.X,1913, H. Hacker; 12. Brisbane. 15.11.1916. H. Hacker: | 4, Brisbane, 1X1.1929, A. A. Girault OM; 19. Brisbane, 16.1V.1956, H, J. Lavery; 34, 1 2, Caloundra, 21.11.1972. G. B. Monteith; 24, Currumundi Lakes, Caloundra, 30.1X.1972, G. B. & SR. Monteith; | ¢, Dunwich, 12,1V.1952, J. Davis; 1¢, Dunwich, 11,1V,1965, K. L. Lehmann, 1 4, 39, Dunwich, Stradbroke Island, 21-22,111, 1970, G. B, Monteith; 1%, Stradbroke Island, 4.11L1971, G. B. Monteith: 19°, Cleveland, 25, VIIL1965, P. Safhgna; 1¢%, Tibrogargan Creek, 10,.0X.1957, F. A. Perkins; 1°. [ron Runge, Cape York Penitisula, 11-17,V,1968, G. Monteith; 1 ?, F. W. Lake, 16 km (10 miles) north of Rocky River via Coen, 17.X01.1964, G. Monteith; 42%, Telegraph Line Crossing, Jardine River, Cape York, 15-17-V1.1969, G. Monteith UQ; 3% 2. Stradbroke Island, 27,1%. 1906 & 3.X.1908, ex W. W, Froggatt collection ANIC; 1¢, Cairns, 23.I-1_1f.1964, J, Sedlacek BISHOP. Cuspicona Dallas, 1851 Cuspicona Dallas, 1851, p. 296. Stal, 1867, p. 521; 1876, p. 102. Lethierry & Severin, 1893, p. 180. Kirkaldy, 1909, p. xxxl, Type species: Rhynchocoris thoracica Westwood, selected by Kirkaldy, 1909, Description: General appearance: Species usually greenish in life, tarely yellow brown or orange; in museum collections usually brown, orange or yellow. Strongly punctate above, Small to moderate sized, rather oval; anterolateral margins of pro- notum nearly straight and diverging posteriorly with lateral angles acute. obtuse, or rounded) or anterolateral margins of pronotum nearly straight and diverging posteriorly with lateral angles produced into a blunt tooth: or anterolateral mar- gins of pronotum: straight anteriorly but pos- teriorly angling out to form in combination with the lateral angles a prominent laterally directed spine, Head and anterior part of pronotum inclined at an angle of about 30-45" to rest of body. Head: Appearing elongate or not, in some species rather quadrate, in others strongly tri- angular but on measurement wider across eyes than long. Dise flattened or rather convex; lateral margins nearly straight though diverging posteriorly, or rather sinuate; apex rounded or rather acuminate, apices of juga and anteclypeus at about same level, Eyes rather triangular and touching anterior margin of pronotum, ocelli conspicuous and placed nearer to inner margin of eyes than to centre line of head but on level of, or behind level of, hind margins of eyes. Antennifers short, antennae five segmented, first segment thicker tban second and third, fourth and fifth same thickness as second and third or thicker, antennae not very long. Pronotum: At least twice as wide across lateral angles as long, anterior margin truncate or concave behind eyes, then excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles not prominent or produced only into u minule spine or ridge. Anterolateral margins straight or very slightly concave in most species and diverging posteriorly but in some species about two thirds of the way back directed directly outwards to form with the fused Juterul angles a prominent outwardly (and sometimes upwardly directed) spine; in species with straight or nearly straight anterolateral mar- gins lateral angles spinous, acute, obtuse or trun- cate. Posterolateral margins usually concave, sometimes almost straight. Posterior angles obtuse, acute, or lobulately produced, posterior margin concave or nearly straight. Disc behind lateral angles in same plane as hind body. before level of lateral angles inclined downwards at about 30-45", Scutellam: ‘Triangular, anteriorly not or only slightly raised, lateral margins somewhat con- cave medially, apex broadly rounded or acutely rounded. Frena extending about half to two thirds of length from base to apex. Hemelytra- Coriaceous parts normally thick- ened, Corium with lateral margin concave bas- ally or not, then broadly concave to acute or truncate apex, posterior margin straight or con- vex, Clavus narrow and strongly triangular, Membrane usually hyaline with veins substantt ally parallel apically. Abdomen; Gently convex above, excavilte apically in males and faintly so in females. Laterotergites: Three to seven armed with a short acute spine on posterior exterior angle or this angle unarmed, Underside: Head obtusely triangular in lateral view, Bucculae mostly Jobulately produced anteriorly and then sinuate or straight, reaching to about middle of eyes; deeply sulcate between bucculue. Rostrum four segmented, first segment rabust and generally reaching to at least base of bucculae, second segment frequently arched; rost- rum reaching base of abdomen, sometimes as far as apex of fourth ventrite, Meso- and metasterna 92 REC with a robust keel projecting over whole pro- sternum or only over posterior portion of pro- sternum, latter broadly suleate under or behind this keel. Legs normal, tibiae only flattened apically, Abdominal venter faintly V- or U- shaped in cross section as viewed from behind, third segment medially raised into a short tri- angular tubercle directed anteriorly, its apex fitting into a notch in the metasternal keel, Seventh ventrite in males shallowly excavated posteriorly and deeply excised in feinales. Pygo- phore with lateral portion of posterior margin produced or not, with posterior yentral margin deeply excised or not, with ar without a small process. Aedeagus with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, conjunctiva produced forward usually into a pair of anterior processes, ventrally a pair of ventrally directed parallel bi-lobed median penial plates, Clasper strongly F-shaped, in one case Y-shaped. Female external genitalia flat or slightly convex, General Remarks: Species placed in this genus haye quite a varied appearance, some are strongly spined laterally on the pronotum, others have the pronotal lateral angles acute, obtuse or even truncate. Members of the genus can be con- fused with Parocirrhoe and Avicenna species but in these latter genera the posterior angles of the seventh laterotergites are strongly and angulately produced, The shape of the posterior margin of the male pygophore varies considerably but is constant in each species and is a good character state. to help distinguish species. The claspers are mostly rather F-shaped and in general related species have a similar shape, The uedeagus of the male also yaries quite considerably but the “lappet’’ processes and the rather inverted Y-shaped ventrally directed mediul penial plates of the “Rhynchocoris" group are present and typical in all species examined except C. voldeae sp, nay. Where the “lappet” processes are tubular and the medial penial plates lack the ventral con- cavity along their margin. The female genitalia are not very distinctive except al the level of species group where the members of each group tend to show similur features in regards to the hind margin of the first gonocoxae. I have divided the genus into three recog- nisable groups of species with one transitional group to handle two species apparently not very clasely related to each other and which do not fit into any of the other three more characteris- able groups. It is not unlikely that each of the 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6@)) S1-[67 Deveniber, 1975 groups ought each to represent a separate subgenus of Cuspicena or even separate genera, It is premature, I consider, at this stage to do this until more “edeagi have been examined which requires a lot more material to be collected so that sutticient males can be spared for dissection, If the groups are later recognised as genera then the fheracica group will be Cuspicona sensu stricto and the other groupings new genera, A short outline of the features of ¢ach group iS given in the text before the treatment of the series of species which I have placed in each. Some species formerly in Cuspicona have been, or will be, shifted to other genera and these changes in generic placement will be listed at the end of the second (and last) paper pro- posed on this revision of members of the “Rhynchocoris’ Group from Australia and nearby island ureas, Key lo Cuspicetia species 1. (0) Lateral angles of pronotum produced, either as a longish spine like procesy of acutely produced into an incipient spine like pro- cess; if the latter and doubtful then the scutellum unicolorous .. 2... 4. 2 Literal angles of the pronotum obtuse or very shorlly rounded, not produced into -an obvious spine or conspicuously acute 19 2. (1) Lateral angles of the pronotum produced into a substantial ahd outwardly directed spine 3 Lateral angles of the pronotum acute or pro- duced only into an incipient spine .. 17 3. (2) Yellowish or greenish (in life) above; the only other markings may be pink or red tips lo the spinous lateral angles of the pre- notum, this pink may be produced anteriorly a little along the anterolateral margin of the pronotum and the anterior part of the exteriar margin of (he corium, some specimens also haye a few black plinctations near the lateral angles of the pronotum ,. aye ite ue ee wo hl 4 Vuriously coloured above but nearly always with the scutellum variously marked or the tips of the spinous Jateral angles ot the provotum blackish; frequently black punctations on hind portion of pronolum 8 4.(3) A short line made up of several rows of black punetations On the anterolateral margins of the pronotun in front of the produced lateral angles (visible in part ventrally also) and more black punctulions on the epipleura ., L) eXtigraspersa sp. Nov. Black punctations absent from. dorsal surface 5 5, (4) 6. (5) 7.(5) 8.3) 9, (8) RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I ae) Produced lateral angles of pronotum apically distinetly reddish .. -. .. 0. 2. 0.) 4 Produced lateral angles of the pronotum con- colorous, if reddish or pinkish then very pale and only at extreme apices. ., 7 Produced lateral angles of pronotum produced nore than their width at base (as deter- mined ut the point where the outer margin of the corium terminates anteriorly) rufispina Stil (Phillipines) and allies Produced jateral angles of the pronotum not produced more than their width (as measured above) but shorter forticorniy Breddin Smaller, lateral spines a litthe more acute, pygo- phore of male with hind margin reflexed as u vertical septum; hind margin of first gonocoxae of female strongly and rather trapezoidally produced posteriorly in its inner half .. heacaledoniae sp. nov. A little larger, spines not quite so acute: pygo- phore of male with posterior ventral pnar- gin not produced as a vertical septum but obliquely prodtced only medially and near outer edges with two black fJobes; hind margin of first gonocoxae produced pos- teriorly but lobulately so proxima Walker! Pronolum anteriorly with two short longitudinal lines of coarse punctutions, one on cither side of the midline and beginning at the anterior margin ,. ,, equisignuta sp. nov. Pronotum anteriorly without two short longt+ tudinal lines of coarse punctations . ,. 9 On pronotum between the strongly black punct- ate und produced lateral angles a con- spicuous or dense transverse band of black pinetations, seven or eight punctations widews $b 344% as of g: eo: rt ga WO Disc of pronotum not traversed posteriorly by a conspicuous wide band of dense black punctations though there may be some scattered black punetations, or a patch of black punctations, or a Faint band, in this T@RIOM 0. cee pce eee ma ree uly Da 10, (9) Males with the head coarsely black punctate, sometimes almost wholly or with only a conspicuous patch of black punctations at the base of the head above; black puncta- tions on the scutellum restricted to the apical third und arranged as a triangular patch on either side of the midline, Th Head with only fine black punclations or no black punctations; black punctations on apical half of scutellum concentrated later- ally or more evenly spread over apical PEM) ao de fae #Y Ge ot eg op 12 11.(10) Black punctations on head restricted to about — 2 Cample Walker tran Waigiu and adjacent . distinguished by ite very much Jofger postriey and sparser pronotal punctation, basal third in both sexes and absent from lateral marains; black punctations on seu- (ellum reaching very near to apex; pygo- phore of male with posterior margin smoothly convex exteriorly grading into smoothly concaye medially apothoracicd sp, nov, Black punctations covering most of dorsal sur- face of head in males, restricted usually to basal third in females but lateral margins black punctate; black punctations on scutel- Jum ceusing Well before apex; pygophote of male with posterior margin laterally rather truncate or even slightly concave, medially broadly concave but separated trom Jaleral portions by a sharp angle theracica (Westwood ) 12. (10) Black transverse punctate band on pronotum rather broad and ditfuse; lateral spines on pronotum short in relationship to their basal width (15;15); underside of abdomen not laterally broadly green and medially Ititeous in dite -, phi sp. nov. (in part) Black transverse punctate band on pronotum narrower and intense; lateral spines on pronotum longer than their basal width or not; underside of abdomen broadly ercen laterally and ventrally luteous in fife sn ge 24 shaded. ps ee G- 19 13. (12) Lateral spines on pronotum short in relation to their basal width (20:15) and about game length as posterolateral margins of pronotum; black transyerse band on pro- notum rather thin and medially sending a longitudinal branch several punctations wide towards apex; black plinctations in apical third of scutellum fairly evenly dis- tributed .. .. -. ungustizana sp. Novy Lateral spines on propotum longer in relation to their basal width (25-30:15) and longer than posterolateral margins; posterior (rans- verse band of black punctations not send- ing forward a medial branch: black punctations in apical third of scutellim tending to be concentrated in a V longispina sp, mov. 14. (9) Posterior angles of laterotergites IN-VI black: lateral spines of pronotum not long in relation to their basal width; a medial broad longitudinal pale callus in anterior portion of pronotum: underside of pro- notal spines punctate only apically; apical siath of scutellum impunetate; abdomen apparently unicolorous below procallasa sp. nov. Posterior angles of laterotergites IU-VI not black, VIT black tipped; if a medial longi- tudinal callus present anteriorly on pro- notum then lateral spines strongly punctate beneath their whole length and punetations extending on to propleuron; apical sixth of scutelliim punetate or not. -. .. 15 15. (14) Abdomen luterally broadly green in lite: ventrally broadly luteous .. 2, .- .. 16 Abdomen apparently unicolourous below, or with small red maculations phi sp. nov (in part) wreus ie not included dm this key but would run comb owith ©. grax Crom which it is o4+ REC. 8 AUST. MUS,, 16,(15) Lateral spines of provotum Jong in relation to their basal width (32:17), and equal to length of posterolateral margins (17:17); scutellum with dark punctations in apical sixth ... eygniterrde sp. HOV, Later! spines of pronotum shorler in rela- tion to their basal length (20-25:15-17) and Jonger than posterolateral margins (20-25;20); scutellim mainly glahrous in apical sixth , , - Strenuella Walker 17. (2) Suture on either side of anteclypeus blackish i posterior hall and base of head some- what clouded with dark punetations, some- times basal region of pronotum also; lateral angles and some of anterolateral margin of pronotum pinkish ehesula sp. nov. Not marked as ubove -. 2, 5. 2... .. U8 18. (17) Hind margin of pronotum strongly concave; anterolateral margins of pronetim black just before lateral angles; disc of head rather raised and head appearing com- paratively long. ,. .. cee@peri sp. nov. Hind margin of pronotum truncate or only feebly concave; anterolateral margins of pronotum not black; head Mat dorsally and not appearing tnduly long stoiplex Walker 19.(1) Largish, hind portion of pronotum with 4 prominent transverse fairly broad pink or red stripe between the laleral angles; outer margins of corium pink or red carnedla Van Duzee Smaller, pronotum not marked as ubove, if a reddish or pinkish transverse stripe present then thin ahd very sinuous, or very pale and diffuse 2. 6) 0. cot ca ee ee) 20 20. (19) Head strongly iriangular and apices of juga acute, sloping back obliquely, though slightly concavely, to eyes ,. .- .. .. 23 Head not so strongly triangular and apices of juga oblique or rounded but distinet from lateral margins .. 2... ee ue we. DT 21, (20) Lateral angles of pronotum rectangularly or obliquely ucule, not broadly rounded; tibiae not sulcate or strongly flattened ., ,, 22 Lateral angles of pronotum rounded; fore and middie tibiae flaitened towards upices privata’ Walker 22. (21) Apex of abdomen beneath infuscated, at least in males; second and third antennal segments subequal, fifth about 6 per eent longer than fourth. nerfeleensis sp, nov, Apex of abdomen beneath not infuseated, at least in females; second antennal sexment about 25 per cent longer thon third and fifth about 20 per cent longer than fourth cheesmande Sp. nov, 23, (20) Dorsal surface muculated with bluck; ground colour in museum specimens yellowish or orange; hind margin of male pygophore medially smoothly concayely excavate, laterally broadly convex .. intacta Walker 17 (8). Si-J67 Deceniber, 1975 Dorsal surface not maculated with black; hind margin of male genitalia trapeziformly excavate medially or with a prominent tooth on either side of the middle .. 24 24. (23) Pygophore with apical margin deeply exca- vate medially, this excavation bordered on each side by a conspicuaus tooth: exterior to this convexly rounded; first gonocoxae of lemale with hind margins sinuated; third antennal segment very short in relation to second (11:20) eremophilae sp. Noy Pygophore with apical margin medially trupezi- formly excavate; depressed in front of excavate margin) literally to this concave; hind margins of female gonocoxae trans- versely truncate, third antennal segment longer jn relation to second (16:21) daldeue sp. nov. Intacta Group The intacta group of species comprises four species Occurring maioly in the semiarid and arid regions of Australia. They do not penetrate in the wetter south western, south eastern or north eastern portions of the continent or into Tas- mania. The four species have a similar facies, the head appears very long in relation to its width but is actually a little shorter than its width across the eyes. The lateral margins of the head and the juga laterally are indistinguishable and run forward from the eyes distinctly converging, although the actual profile of this margin may be a litthe convex, Only one species (intacta Walker) has black spots (although frequently absent) but these are widely dispersed and scat- tered fairly evenly over the whole coriaceous parts of the dorsal surface. The lateral angle of the pronotum is truncate or feebly rounded except On couper? sp, hoy, where il is ucute. The first gonocoxae of the female have the posterior margin rather sinuate or transversely truncate (ooldeue sp. nov.). Host plant records for the group include species of Eremophila and Melaleuca. Cuspicona intacta Walker, 1868 Figs. 21, 23 A-B, 25 A. Cuspicona intacta Walker, 1868, p. 571; Kirk- aldy 1909, p. 239 (as incertae sedis). Deycriptian; General appearance; Museum specimens brownish yellow or orange, often with widely separated small black maculae on the dorsal surface, First two antennal segments and base RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 95 of third yellow, apical portion of third, and fourth and fifth reddish brown, Eyes and ocelli blackish. Head: Appearing strongly elongate, but actually as wide or a little wider across eyes than long; triangular, medially rather raised, particularly towards base, lateral margins almost straight. Coarsely and rugulosely punctate. Pronotum: —Concolorous, frequently with small scattered black spots, densely punctate and appearing rather rugulose, calli glabrous. No trace of a medial longitudinal line. Anterior margin obliquely truncate behind eyes and rather trapeziformly excavate behind collum, antero- lateral angles not prominent. Anterolateral margins narrowly obtuse, nearly straight and diverging posteriorly. Lateral angles shortly and obliquely truncate, posterolateral margins angu- lately concave, posterior margin broadly concave. Seutellum: Concolorous, frequently with small scattered black points, strongly punctate, rather convex basally and flat apically, Lateral margins gently convex in basal 4/7 then straight and converging gently to narrowly rounded apex. Frena reaching to 4/7 of length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous, often with scattered small black spots, densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria faintly con- cave basally and then faintly convex to shortly rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of abdominal segment VI, this and most anterior segments narrowly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Mem- brane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Concolorous, sometimes coarsely punctate with brown, Fig. 21. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicena intact Walker, 96 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, (975 Laterotergites: Concolorous, sometimes ments (¢) 11: 21:15:25:27. All pleura coarsely punctate with brown; posterior exterior coarsely punctate, punctations sparser on angles produced into a spine which may be evaporative areas. Metasternal-mesosternal minutely black tipped. Underside: Concolorous but paler along mid- line, coarsely punctate nearly all over, including the evaporative areas, these punctations and also spots on the legs sometimes brown, Rostrum ventrally and extreme apex black. Bucculae low and sinuated, reaching about middle of an eye, anteriorly produced into an elongate lobular process, Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae, If com- pressed and arched and reaching onto meso- sternum, III to about hind coxae and IV onto abdominal yentrite TV, Ratio of antennal seg- keels a little higher medially than anteriorly, reaching Over prosternum but not to its apex, anteriorly rounded and directed to the left in yentral view, Legs normal with sparse pilosity. femora and tibiae sometimes maculated with brown. Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view, Apex of male abdomen Fig, 23 A, hind margin of pygophore medially semi- circularly excavate with a slight impression laterally where margin is mainly convex, Clasper Fig 25 A, strongly F-shaped the upper ramus ascending rather steeply. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 23 B, hind margins of first gono- coxae rather angulately sinuated., Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length ...,..--..-...2..-. eT Ee eeeT 8 43 24 S6 39-45 Head WiGtiin is cdnesecsciorroreerrsecter oes 8 43 18 4-2 40-45 Antennal segment Toc. ye ce ee ce eee nee 16 11 0-7 68 9-42 Antennal segment Woo. ce ce ce beens 16 21 0:7 31 20-22 Antennal segment HW)... 0... 2 2 eee eee 16 1s 1:2 80 13-17 Antennal segment IV ........ 20.2. ...22. 0002 15 25 0-7 2-8 34-26 Antennal segment Vow. nc ce ee ee eee 13 27 1-6 60 25-30 Pronolind Width. yews tees ti ote bg reed ress 8 101 3-0 30 96-105 Pronotum length ., 0.0.0. : cece ene eee rence nes 8 a9 4-4 1l4 31-42 Total length. i225 (and is eens eee die geees 8 187 9-2 4:9 175-200 FEMALES Number of Standard Coellicient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length .. 0.2.0.0... cee eee ee 13 46 21 4-6 43-50 Head Width oo. cee ee ee ee ee ee eee 13 47 19 40 44-50 Antennal segment | MUG at Ol teeter 24 it "7 62 10-12 Antennal segment IP. eee ee cept tie 22 23 1s 7:8 21-26 Antennal segment WE 2. cic pe eee cee 22 15 12 79 14-18 Antennal segment lV ......-. 225-1554. -.2 085. 19 26 (6 4 23-28 Antennal segment Vow... ee ee et 10 27 1-5 5-5 25-29 Pronotum width . 0.0.0.0... coe ee ee 13 114 8-6 75 99-29 Pronotum length 2. 22 2. ee eee ee 13 43 51 19 44-50 Total length .,..-..,... pdrefee op emlolries nielobe ss 13 210 9 +7 195-230 Total length: Remarks: There is little doubt that this is the species described as Cuspicona intacta by Walker. The sternal keels are mentioned by Walker so intacta is a member of the Rhynchocoris group. It is also from his description clearly not a mem- ber of a genus with longly produced lateral angles which eliminates Biprorulus, Witellts, Avicenna and a number of others nor of a genus with the posterior angles of the seventh laterotergites strongly produced which eliminates still more, or of those genera which are shiny with only sparse and coarse punctations above. This leaves only Ocirrhoe, part of Cuspicona and 9-|-12-0 mm Everardia to which it could belong. The pro- notal shape is wrong for Everardia and no species of Ocirrhoe has a “long” head. Four species of Cuspicona do have the head appearing con- spicuously long in relation to its width and all four have acute or subacute lateral angles on the pronotum and the third antennal segment shorter than the second, three addition character states mentioned by Walker. Of these four this is the only species which may have black spots on the dorsum, Walker mentions them as only occur- ring along the hind margin of the pronotum whereas these examples which are spotted which RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 o7 1 have seen tend to have them scattered over the whole pronotum, scutellum and corium, though frequently more concentrated in the posterior regions of the pronotum. Cuspicona intacta has a wide distribution in the drier regions extending from Arnhem Land in the north to near Adelaide in the south and from Cunnamulla in Queensland and Nyngan in New South Wales in to the east to the area of Carnar- von in the west of Western Australia. The only recorded food plant is Eremophila [reelingii FyM, Location of type: Supposed to be in the NM but apparently lost. The sex was not stated and the locality simply given as “Australia.” Specimens examined: Queensland 19, Cun- namulla, 12,X11.1938, N. Geary AM, New South Wales 1.4, Nyngan District, 1-9.11.1960, T. E. Woodward UO. South Australia 1 2, Tea Tree Gully, 27.X11.1967, C. van Dijk; 12, Derna Pass, 19 km, south of Copley, 25,X.1969, on Eremophila freelingii FVM, A. N. McFarland: 44,29, Arkaroola Homestead, 28,X,1969, on Eremophila freelingii FyM, A, N. McFarland; 2¢, 49%, same data but 1.1.1969; 12, Mt, Davies, Oct,-Noy, 1956, at light, S, B. Warne SAM. Western Australia 14, Reid, 17.%,1968, Britton, Upton and Balderson, 12%, 107 miles (170 km) SSE of Carnarvon, 21,/V.1968, 1].F.B, Common and M, S. Upton ANIC, North- ern Territory | é, Arnhem Land (interior), Dr. H, Basedow SAM; 1 @. 17 km. (11 miles) north of Alice Springs, 825 m., 28.X%,1962, collected at ultraviolet (black) light 15 watt, E, 8, Ross and D, Q. Cavagnaro CAS. Cuspicona ooldeae sp. nov. Figs. 22, 23 C-D, 25 B-C Description: General uppearance; Museum specimens pale yellow. frequently with a reddish tinge; strongly punctate above; untennae yellow or sometimes pale reddish: eyes greyish purple or concolorous, ocelli red. Head: Appearing strongly elongate but actu- ally a litthe wider across eyes than long; triangu- lar, medially rather raised, particularly towards base. Lateral margins somewhat concave in front of eyes. Coarsely and rugulosely punctate except at very base. Eyes greyish to concolor- ous, ocelli red. Pronotum: Concolorous, densely punctate and appearing rather rugulose, punctations some- times faintly reddish; calli paler and glabrous. Medially a faint trace of a longitudinally raised line, Anterior margin obliquely concave behind eyes and rather trapeziformly concave behind collum, anterolateral angles prominent as a small tooth, Anterolateral margins marginate, nearly straight and diverging posteriorly, Lateral angles narrowly marked with pink or orange, obliquely truncate, posterolateral margins angulately con- cave, posterior margin broadly concave. Scutellum: Concolorous, strongly punctate, rather convex basally and flat apically. Lateral margins gently convex in basal 5/8 then straight and converging to narrowly rounded apex, Frena reaching about 5/8 length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous and densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria faintly concave basally and then faintly convex Brenna H Huadinas {_______ 5 mm,——--—— Fig, 22. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona vceldeae sp. noy. OR REC. to broadly rounded apical angle, reaching about middle of abdominal segment V, this and most anterior segments narrowly exposed. Posterior margin of corium straight, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Concolorous, Laterotergites; Concolorous, sparsely punct- ate, posterior exterior angles produced into a spine which on the medial segments may be min- utely black tipped, Underside; Concolorous; antennal segments II-Y usually reddish yellow, underside of lateral angle of pronotum narrowly orange or reddish; punctations on underside frequently faintly red- dish, sides of abdomen sometimes spattered with reddish points or fine punctations. Underside and extreme apex of rostrum black, Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching about middle of eye, anteriorly produced into a low triangular process, Rostral segment 1 robust, reaching to base of bucculae, II compressed and arched and reaching beyond fore coxae, II to just behind mid coxae and TV to about middle Dimensions — Ss. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 of 3rd abdominal segment. Ratio of antennal segments ¢ 10; 21 : 16;213% 21, Propleura coarsely punctate all over, mesopleura mostly glabrous with only a few scattered punctations, metapleura mainly glabrous anteriorly with but a few punctations, more strongly punctate along hind margin. Metasternal-mesosternal keels a little higher medially than anteriorly, reaching over prosternum but not to its apex, anteriorly shortly truncate and directed a little to left in ventral view, Legs normal but conspicuously finely spinose, tibiae flattened apically, Abdomen broadly U-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 23 C, hind margin of pygo- phore rather trapeziformly excavate, laterally to this broadly rounded. Clasper Fig. 25 C, strongly F-shaped, the upper ramus not ascend- ing so steeply as in intacta or eremophilae. Aedeagus Fig. 25 B, phallosoma short and honey- coloured, lappet processes in form of two tubules, medial penial plates rather hatchet shaped. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 23 D, hind margins of first gonocoxae transversely straight in contrast to the more sinuated hind margin of allied species. MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Bleed Vee ince ens eeai ts casi ewe viv ees Ries 7 38 1-7 45 36-40 Head width ...,....... ¢t 40 16 4] 38-43 Antennal segment... civ eee piven eens 10 10 O7 73 8-10 Antennal segment We cpap ured eee! 9 21 ld 6:8 19-23 Antennal segment TIT...) --) 250-2... 00.000 g 16 0-5 3-4 15-16 Antennal segment TV 2... ee eee 8 2 1-0 49 20-23 Antennal segment Vo... ee ey 3 21 = = 20-21 Pronotum width .. 2) 2. 6) 2. yee vuee 7 o4 42 44 90-102 Pronotum length ........, 22... 2.0505 mes 7 32 29 9-1 30-36 Total length... .. . .. - 7 18] 4-8 26 175-190 FEMALES Number of Standard Coeflicient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head demithy 464 eng tten. iho Oodle aos, . 14 40 20 49 37-43 Head width .--2 52.) -- een cep cee cee meen nn 14 4l [2 30 39-43 Antennal segment Io... i ce eee ee ees 20 9 0-4 45 9-10 Antennal segment IE 6 ce cp ee ce eee es 18 22 13 5:8 20-25 Antennal segment Ub 2) ee ee ees 18 15 | 72 13-18 Antennal segment 1V oo.) eee eee eee ees 16 20 0-6 30) 20-22 Antennal segment Vo... ec pe ee ee een tes 13 2 0-6 3-0 20-22 Brenordar-widflt eyes! lecsebisjestwccacteenart- 14 100 3-5 3-5 95-106 Pronotum length 3.2: 0 5 es ee eu eee I4 34 47 13-7 27-43 ‘Potal length 4. eee ee 13 189 ue4 4-5 178-200 Total length: 91-104 mm, Remarks; Cuspicona voldeae differs from transverse depression on the disc of the pygo- C. intacta by not having black spots on the dorsum, by the faintly trapeziform incision of the hind margin of the pygophore, by the phore below and by the transverse straight hind margin of the female first gonocoxae. The species is found in the arid centre of the continent RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 99 ranging from the Flinders Ranges westwards to well into Western Australia and northward to near Alice Springs. Location of types: Holotypes ¢ (Reg. No. 120,719), Farina, South Australia, at light in creek bed, 27.X%.1970, G. F. Gross & E. Matthews; allotype 2 (Reg. No. 120, 720), Mambray Creek (crossing on) Port Augusta Road, South Australia, under (bark of) Eucalyp- tus camaldulensis Dehnh, 13.XI1.1970, G. F. Gross and E. Matthews SAM; PARATYPES: South Australia 1 ¢ (Reg. No. 1[20,721, hill near Victory Well, Everard Park Station, 8.X1.1970, T. F. Houston; 1 ¢, Madigan Gulf, Lake Eyre, South Australia, at light, 5.X1.1955, E. T. Giles; 6 3, 9 2 (Reg. Nos, 20,723-38), Ooldea, South Australia, A. M. Lea SAM; 1 2, Emily Gap, 9 km (6 miles) E. of Alice Springs, posterior margin ventral surface of ot pygophore Northern Territory, 17.11.1966, Britton, Upton & McInnes ANIC; 1 paratype ¢, 18 km (11 miles) north of Alice Springs, Northern Terri- tory, 625 m, 28.X.1962, collected by 15w ultraviolet (black) light, E. S. Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro CAS; 1 9, Meekatharra, Western Australia 3.1X.1971, F. H. Uther Baker WAM. Specimens examined: The types only. Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov. Fig. 23 E-F, 24, 25 D Description: General appearance. In life bluish-green mottled with white or luteous, in museum speci- mens yellow or brownish yellow; terminal half of antennae light brown, eyes purplish red or brown. Densely and finely punctate. hind margin of sternumxX — paratergite & \ \ / first gonocoxa é B ) f first gonocoxa -—1mm — Fig. 23, Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov. A-B. Cuspicona intacta. aspect of male abdomen. Cuspicona ooldea sp. nov. D. ventral aspect of female abdomen. E. ventral aspect of male abdomen. Cuspicona intacta Walker, F Cuspicona ooldea sp. nov. A_ ventral B. ventral view of female abdomen. C-D. C. yentral aspect of male abdomen. E-F. Cuspicona eremophilae. F. ventral aspect of female abdomen. 100 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Head: Appearing elongate but actually wider than long; strongly triangular, medially rather raised, particularly towards base. Densely punc- tate, appearing rather rugulose, concolorous. Eyes and ocelli purplish-red or brown. Pronotum: Concolorous, densely punctate and appearing rather rugulose, calli paler and glabrous. Medially a trace of a longitudinal raised line. Anterior margin concavely oblique behind eyes and broadly concave behind collum, anterolateral angles prominent as a small ridge. Anterolateral margins marginate, nearly straight and diverging posteriorly. Lateral angles rather truncate, posterolateral margins conspicuously concave, posterior margin broadly concave. Scutellum: Concolorous, strongly punctate and rather flat. Lateral margins faintly convex in basal 4/7 then straight and converging slightly to narrowly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about 4/7 length. December, 1975 Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous and densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria faintly concave basally then rather sinuately convex and converging to expose abdominal segments I-VIf. Apical angle of corium narrowly rounded, posterior margin straight exteriorly, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Concolorous. Laterotergites: Concolorous, coarsely punc- tate. Posterior exterior angles nearly rectangular. Underside: | Concolorous; apex of _ third antennal segment, fourth antennal segment (except at base) and fifth light brown. Stylets and extreme apex of rostrum black. Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching base of head, anteriorly not produced into a Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov, RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 iol lobulate process. Head laterally coarsely punc- tate. Rostral segment I robust, reaching almost to base of head, segment Il more compressed and arched, surpassing fore coxae, IIL surpassing mid coxae and IV reaches onto visible base of abdomen. Ratio of antennal segments 3, 9:21:11:20:22. All pleura coarsely punctate except on evaporative area. Metasternal-meso- sternal keels higher medially then narrowly rounded, deflected to left in yentral view. Legs normal but conspicuously pilose, tibiae slightly flattened apically. Abdomen broadly V-shaped in posterior yiew. Apex of male abdomen Fig, 23 E, hind margin of pygophore semicircularly concavely excised medially, laterally on cither side of incision a strong triangular “tooth” and exteriorly to this arcuately rounded. Clasper Fig. 25 D, vaguely F-shaped, with the upper ramus ascending at an oblique angle. Apex of female abdomen Fig, 23 F, hind margins of first gonocoxae gently angulately convex, Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation PU pal, Wait se ye ee ee eg pelelec apulate 8 36 14 39 34-38 Head width 2... 0... ;00c08 pestotebvcicibase let Cyaetee 8 4\ 1:6 39 39-43 Antennal Segment oo, ee aa cee ccc ete e stv ee 16 9 0-6 72 8-10 Antennal’segment 1B oi. eee is eck ee eeb ees 16 21 1:0 47 19-23 Antennal segment Wl. ... 2. ee cee eee 16 II O8 i) 10-13 Antennal segment lV .. 0.22... 0-2...) -.---2-: 12 20 1-4 V4 17-21 Antennal segment V —T 9 21 13 6:2 20-23 Pronotum width ooo...) 0.05 io stettastet 8 93 46 50 87-100 Pronotum lenuth ,....¢.. 000. cay eee ee eee cy 8 30 3-5 116 24-35 Rotal Jenuth) yer ere yt is poss ers sete obi. 8 160 66 41 155-175 FEMALES Wumber of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head lent 0.6 oa dent ynale wrt neepesaeeyrt 11 39 15 39 36-41 Head widtity y'oiveanges shri An Nel tA i es \1 44 1-0 24 42-45 Antennal segment)... oe eee ee eee 21 9 0-6 6-5 8-10 Antennal segment IL etcchetesoe cise 21 22 1-3 5.9 19-24 Antennal segment TW 2. 22 ee eee 21 1 0-9 84 10-13 Antennal segment IV... ee eee tensiimeci pops 20 19 1-0 34 17-20 Antennal segment Voy... cee eee eee pune 17 20 0-6 30 19-21 Pronotum Width ..... 0... 2:2 202 cs 2222p ee yee 1! 101 2-5 2-5 96-104 Pronotum length 000... 2. 2c eee eee eee II 34 ik 53 31-37 Total length 22.0... ee, seu eee oa tet joo i 130 63 3-5 173-190 Total length; 8+1-9-°9 mm Remarks; C. eremophilae is rather similar to Location of types: C. voldeae but differs i much shorter third , ane in the much shor t South Australia Holotype 4 (Reg. No. antennal segment and in lacking the pink mark- ing On or just before the lateral angles. C. é¢remophilae is a true eremian species occur- ring in the north of South Australia, southern half of the Northern Territory and western Queensland, but with a single specimen collected on the outskirts of Adelaide. A single female specimen in the British Mus- eum (Nat. Hist.) from Alexandra in the Northern Territory, and well outside the range of distribu- tion for eremophilae as indicated by other speci- mens, has the same rather angulate hind margin of the first gonocoxae as has eremophilae but has the third antennal segment longer than the sec- ond, It likely represents a fifth species of the intacta group but is being passed over in this present revision due to its poor condition. 120,700), allotype ° (Reg. No, 120,701), 4 paratype ¢ (Reg. No. [20,702-5), 5 paratype ® (Reg. No, [20,706-10), Arkaroola homestead, 1,.X1.1969, on Eremophila freelingii FVM, A.N, McFarland; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No. 120,711), 2 paratype ° 9 (Reg, Nos, 120,7/2-3), same data and collector but on 28.X%.1969; 1 paratype ° (Reg, No. 120,717), Aroona Dam south of Copley, 3.X1.1969, at ultraviolet light. A. N. McFarland; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No. [20,714), near Victory Well, Everard Park Station, 30.X. 1970, by beating trees and shrubs, G, F, Gross & E. G. Matthews; | paratype ¢ (Reg. No. 120,715), Mt. Eyre west of Hookina, 10.V,1956,. at light, G. F. Gross; 1 paratype @ (Reg. No. 120,716), Coopers Creek, 1916 Museum Expe- dition to Central Australia; 1 paratype @ (Reg, 102 No. 120,790), Athelstone, 15.X1.1973, at light, M. L. Szent-Ivany SAM; Queensland 1 paratype ?, Cunnamulla, Queensland, 8-19.X.194?, A, J. Turner QM; 1 paratype 2, Thargomindah, Apr. 1941, N. Geary AM; Northern Territory | paratype °, 150 km south of Alice Springs, Sept. 1972, Dimits NM; 1 paratype ¢, Standley Chasm, 40 km (26 miles) west of Alice Springs, 9.11.1966, Britton, Upton & McInnes ANIC. 1 paratype ¢, Ooratipra, 275 m., 31.X.1962, 4. & basal plates REC. 8S, AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Jappet processes Decentber, 1975 E. S. Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro; | paratype ¢, 18 km (11 miles) northeast of Yamba near Alice Springs, 625 m, 29.X.1962, E. S. Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro; 1 paratype ?, 18 km (11 miles) northeast of Alice Springs, 28.X.1962, collected by 15w (ultravoilet) light, E. S. Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro CAS. Specimens examined: The types and South Australia 1? (abdomen missing), Lake Calla- bonna, A. Zietz; | 2, Ooldea, A. M. Lea SAM, conjunctiva paired / conjunctival processes medial 05mm O5mm C5mm lappet processes = anjunctiva paired conjunctival processes medial penial plates basal plates phallasema Fig. 25. Cuspicona carneola Van Duzee, A. Cuspicona intacta—clasper. Cuspicona intacta Walker, Cuspicona ooldeae sp. nov., Cuspicona eremophilae sp. nov., B-C. Cuspicona ovldeae, B. lefthand E-F. Cuspicona carneola. side aspect of aedeagus, C. Clasper. D. Cuspicona eremophilae—clasper. E. lefthand side aspect of aedeagus. F. clasper. medially rather raised particularly towards base. Finely punctulate, concolorous. Eyes and ocelli purplish or purplish red. Cuspicona cooperi sp. nov, Figs. 26, 28 A-B Description: General appearance: Ground colour yellow or brownish yellow in museum specimens with terminal half of antennae brown and antero- lateral margins of pronotum just in front of lateral angles narrowly black. Eyes purplish. Pronotum: Concolorous and densely and rather finely punctate, punctations discrete, calli paler and glabrous. Medially a faint raised longitudinal line. Anterior margin concavely oblique behind eyes and broadly concave behind Sparsely and finely punctate. Head: Appearing elongate but actually a little wider than long; strongly triangular, collum, anterolateral angles slightly prominent. Anterolateral margin thin but obtuse, shallowly concave and diverging to region of anterolateral RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND angles, black just before latter, Lateral angles rectangularly acute. Posterolateral margins con- spicuously concave, posterior margin broadly concave. Scutellam; Concolourous and rather flat with fine discrete punctations. Lateral margins faintly convex in basal 44 then straight and converging to narrowly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about '> length. Hemelyira: Coriaceous parts concolorous and densely punctate. Exterior margins of coria faintly concave basally then slightly convex and gradually converging so that 4-7th segments of abdomen are only narrowly visible. Apical angle of corium nearly rectangular, posterior margin straight, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Cwoncolorous. Larerotergites: Concolorous except apices of posterior exterior angles which are black; sparsely punctulate, Underside: Concolorous; apical half of third and fourth and fifth antennal segments brownish, stylets of, and apex of, rostrum black. Bucculae low and strongly sinuated, reaching to about middle of eye, anteriorly formed into a rounded lobe which is not particularly obstrusive. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to just behind base of antennifer and not quite to base of bucculae, segment If more compressed and arched, reaching just behind fore coxae, III to base of mid coxae and IV to base of hind coxae. Ratio of antennal segments ¢ 9:18:15: 23:27. All pleura rather sparsely punctate but evaporative areas impunctate. Metasternal- mesosternal keels higher anteriorly than poster- iorly, reaching over prosternum almost to its apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae slightly flattened apically. Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view. Apex of male Dimensions — ADJACENT AREAS—I 103 5 m no K. Henan | Fig. 26. Dorsal aspect of Cuspiconu coopert sp. noy- abdomen Fig. 28 A, hind margin of pygophore rather angulately incised medially with a small convex margin at base of “notch”, laterally on either side of medial incision a small tooth and exteriorly to this strongly rounded. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 28 B, hind margins of first gonocoxae transverse and slightly concave along their central portions, turning anteriorad both interiorly and exteriorly. MALES Parameter Sect fore. One Sean Head width Antennal segment J Antennal segment II Antennal segment HT -.. 2. .., Antennal segment IV .. Antennal segment V Pronotam width Pronotum length ; Total length ......,,.-. -- Holotype Stockholm RM Paratype Paratype chat g tated primed te pe 40 39 37 wes potest tetas 41 41 42 Wee Beatle ert hie vctoat lo, 9 9, 9, 4 esa) coe Mecs| eles 18,17 19, — 18,17 ay sent a} pl [eetMenal allene 16,16 15, — 15,15 25,25 23, — 22, 23 27, — —, 28, 105 110 109 39 40 40 175 189 194 14 REC, S. AUST. MUS.. 17 (6): 54-167 December, WY75 Dimensions— FEMALES Number of Standard Coeflicient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variavion Berd denpths ost ate vee ae ogt serie vey t (ot 8 4l 25 60 37-45 Breda GO. ocees peta rp eern tteperteet iat igs. 8 45 24 5-4 40-47 Antennal segment | 14 10 03 30 210 Antennal segment II 14 19 13 67 17-21 Antennal sezment II 14 15 08 55 J4-16 Antennal segment IV... 2e ee ee eae des 9 22 1-2 5-5 21-24 Antennal segment Vo...) e ec ee ee yresat Mae 3 25 _ — 24-26 Pronmotum width (0, ..0.0csecey eee sts eeel eee 8 19 #4] (9 102-127 Pronotum length ¢.,..0 22) 2. cc cee e eee eee 8 44 41 93 38-30 otal length : oes: oo. se pede a (eee ae de 8 20 14-6 71 180-225 Total length; 9:J-11-7 mm. Remarks: C. caoperi is closely related to C. Their position in the sequence of groups eremophilae in the shape of the male pygophore, it is however distinguished from that species by its longer third antennal segment, much sparser punctation and in not developing the mottled tugulose appearance of eremophilae. From eremophilae and other species in the jntacta group it is distinguished by the rather rectan- gular lateral angles of the pronotum and the short black marginal line on the anterolateral margins just before the lateral angles. The present known distribution of the species is Over ati elongate elliptical area stretching from Rockhampton in Queensland to the southern Flinders Ranges in South Australia, The species is named after the late H. M, Cooper who gave so much of his time in a voluntary capacity to the South Australian Museum and who collected the holotype specimen. Location of types: Holotype 8 (Reg. No. 120,698), Mt. Remark- able, South Australia, 600-700 m (1800- 2200ft.), 12,V,1968, H. M. Cooper SAM; allotype °, 1 paratype ¢, 3 paratype °, Rock- hampton, Queensland STOCKHOLM; 1 paratype é (Reg, No, 120,699), 18 km north of Broken Hill, New South Wales, by sweeping, 8.III.1963, K. Dansie SAM; 2 paratype ?, unlocalised, Distant collection 1911-383 BM; 1 paratype ¢, | paratype 2, Peak-Downs, Queensland; 1 para- type ° Rockhampton, Queensland RM. Specimens examined: The types only, UNGROUPED The next two species of Cuspicona appear not to have any close relatives in the genus nor are they apparently closely related to each other, They lack the strongly triangular heads of the imfacta group but have not developed the strongly produced spinose lateral angles of the pronotum of the thoracica and simplex groups. appears to be somewhere in between the intacta and thoracica groups. Cuspicona carneola Van Duzee, 1905 Figs. 25 E-F, 27, 28 C-D Cuspicona carneala Van Duzee, 1905: 8 fig. 9. 207; pl, Description: General appearance: Ground colour yellow or brownish-yellow in museum specimens; lateral angles of pronotum and a broad band across scutellum, apex of scutellum, lateral margins of corium (broadly) and Jaterotergites (at least exteriorly) bright carmine red, occasionally only pinkish, Lateral angles of pronotum angulately truncate, Head: Appearing large, broad and fiat, transversely rugulose, concolorous. Frequently a pinkish suffusion along lateral margins in front of eyes. Eyes and ocelli reddish-brown. Lateral margins very gently angulately concave. Pronotum: In anterior half and along posterior margin concolorous; across disc from, and including, lateral angle to lateral angle a broad carmine red (or in some specimens pink) stripe. Punctations on disc reddish or blackish, calli glabrous. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and broadly concave behind collum, antero- lateral angles somewhat prominent. Anterolateral margins thickened, straight and obliquely diverg- ing to region of lateral angles, Latter obliquely truncate, Posterolateral margins strongly and angulately incised, a convex lobe formed between each and shallowly concave posterior margin, Seutellum: Concolorous with apex broadly carmine red, disc covered with coarse reddish or brown punctations and flattish. At base of each lateral margin a deep concolorous fovea visible RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 105 if pronotum has moved a little forward. Lateral margins broadly convex in basal 5/9, then straight and slightly converging to very broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about 5/9 length. Hemelytra: | Coriaceous parts concolorous interiorly but outer margin of corium broadly carmine red or pink, coarsely and concolorously punctate. Exterior margins of coria straight basally then gradually converging so_ that laterotergites are exposed in the more distal region. Apical angle of corium fairly acute, posterior margin straight, inner angle very broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane fumose hyaline with veins browner, near inner base of membrane a large piceous spot. Abdomen: Mostly concolorous but black areas around margins of scutellum and along posterior margin of genitalia, sometimes also along posterior margin of segment VII. Behind apex of scutellum frequently carmine red, the extent of this red variable. Laterotergites: | Concolorous interiorly and carmine red or pink exteriorly. Posterior exterior angles produced into a small black tipped spine, sometimes whole exterior margin narrowly black. Underside: Yellowish. Apical half of third antennal segment and antennal segments III-IV, tibiae and tarsomeres sometimes darker, brown or reddish. Underside of rostrum and very apex, and sometimes lateral margin of abdomen and posterior margin of female genitalia, very narrowly black. Margins of head basally, lateral margins of pronotum, exterior margin of epipleuron, lateral margin of abdomen (latter sometimes only submarginally, extreme margin then black) most of pygophore and female genitalia behind first gonocoxae usually carmine red. or pinkish, sometimes however concolorous. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching to about middle of eye, produced into a blunt triangular lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae, II fairly thick and arched, reaching to just behind fore coxae, III to mid coxae, [V to about middle of abdominal ventrite II]. Ratio of antennal segments ( 4 ) I-V 11:19:21:27:29. Propleura red or brown punctate except on proepisternum and_proe- pimeron, exteriorly to these two latter a raised though sparsely punctate area. Mesopleuron punctate anteroventrally and posteriorly, meta- pleuron posteriorly and sometimes anteriorly also. Metasternal-mesosternal keels higher anteriorly then posteriorly, reaching over prosternum to its Bacrom kK, Huesene ee | {_________ 5 mm, Fig, 27. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona carneola Van Duzee. 106 apex, anteriorly very broadly rounded, deflected to left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae fairly flattened apically. Abdomen rounded in posterior view and only becoming broadly V-shaped anteriad. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 28 C, hind margin of pygophore strongly excavated medially and lateral lobes on either side of this excavation with the inner margins sinuate, apically a little produced. Clasper Fig. 25 F, slightly F-shaped. Aedeagus of male Fig. REC, S AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 25 E, with phallosoma rather short, conjunctiva basally shortly tubular with rather large dorsally directed “lappet” processes, more distally two conjunctival processes which are dorsally sclerotized. Medial penial plates shaped rather as an inverted T, directed downwards, gonophore opening between the conjunctival processes. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 28 D, hind margins of first gonocoxae faintly oblique and nearly straight. Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coethcient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation Range Variation 1 Ce B11) 3 2) ec eT 10 45 24 5:3 40-49 Head width --s...i5s gaya penearae wees osithate 10 $2 2-4 47 48-55 Antennal segment I oo... cc cece eee eee eee 15 1! 0-9 8:4 10-13 Antennal segment I... 2... eee ee se ee 14 19 1-4 76 17-22 Antennal segment HL... 20... eee 13 21 0-9 40 20-23 Antennal segment IV .......2.......002-00065 it 27 13 48 25-29 Antennal segment V ...,...-..-.......2...-. 8 29 Il 37 28-31 Pronotum width (2.0... cc ccc cc eee reer ee reese 10 119 5-8 48 110-125 Pronotum length ...2..... 0.0... 20 06 eee eee 10 39 3-8 9:7 33-45 Total length osc iettessettaicerecacdest keer 10 186 14-6 73 160-205 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Pararneter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Fread lenath vanes crseccrcegaoreseeccasoce noc 2! 48 42 88 39-52 Head Width 223650206 o4.30 bose ible 21 54 33 62 46-58 Antennal segment To... ccc y eee eee ee eee 29 1] 0-7 61 9-12 Antennal segment IL oo... cc cee ee eee 33 18 1-9 10-6 15-23 Antennal segment IT] ....... 0c. cece ee eee 28 20 2:3 11:7 15-26 Antennal segment IV 2.0.5, .2... 2220.2 000-55) 23 23 26 10-9 17-26 Antennal segment V ..... 0.0... 22 eee ee eee 19 26 2-6 9-9 20-2 Pronotum width 2... ..0.. 00000 2 eee eg eee ee 21 128 10'8 8-4 106-147 Pronotum length 6.2... 02, ccc eee cena ees 21 40 $8 145 30-54 Total length .,... bel sdcbelt- Fayre ben at ase ye 21 19] 15:8 8-2 161-220 Total length: 8 3-11-5 mm Remarks; This species is one of the largest Specimens examined: The holotype and in the genus and easily recognised by the broad carmine bar across the hind portion of the pronotum and the strongly truncated lateral angles of the pronotum, It appears to have no other close relatives in the genus, A feature of note is the rather high coefficient of variation in the series of females which could indicate that there may be two closely related species mixed in together in this sample. I was unable to make any real distinctions on the examples of this series but the point should be borne in mind and when a much larger series of males becomes available when the augmented male series should be examined for differences in the shape of the pygophore, Lacation of type: Holotype ¢ of carneola Van Duzee, “New South Wales,” AMNH, Northern Territory 1¢, Oooratippra, 275 m, 31.%.1962, E, S, Ross & D. Q. Cavag- naro CA; Queensland 1?, 32 km north of Emerald, 10.1.1972, B. Cantrell UQ; New South Wales 12, South Ite Sand Hills (100 km south of Broken Hill), 10.X11.1966, J. B. Williams UQ; 19%, Bogan River, Jan. 1932, J. Armstrong AM; 12. no precise locality, presented by Perth Museum BM 1953-629; Victoria 19, Lake Hattah, J.G.O. donated F, P. Spry 16.V.1922; 12 49 9, Lake Hattah, J, E. Dixon, donated Jan, 1940; 14, Hattah, Mar, 1914, Dixon, donated F. P. Spry 5.X.1922; 14, Quyen, donated F. P. Spry 5.X%.1922; 12, Mallee, ex J, E, Dixon coll. donated Jan, 1940; 24,12, Mallee, Oct. 1904, donated F. P, Spry §.X.1922; 12, Quantong, June 1929. A. D, Selby NM; South Australia I ?, no further data AM; 12, Minnipa, H. A. Johnson; RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I posterior margin of pygophore ventral surface of Ay, Bygophore E Fig. 28. Cuspicona phi sp. noy. 107 posterior marginof sternum X first gonocoxa Cuspicona cooperi sp. nov., Cuspicona carneala Van Duzee, A-B. Cuspicona coaperi. A. ventral aspect of male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. C-D, Cuspicona carneola, C, ventral aspect of male abdomen. D. ventral aspect of female abdomen. E, Cuspicona phi—ventral aspect of male abdomen, 1?, St. Francis Island; 1 @, Ardrossan, 25.VI. 1879, Tepper; 1¢, Adelaide, 12.VII.1947, F. J. Mitchell; 1 6, 12, Karoonda; | ?, Mallee, 22.X.1879, SAM; 14, 12, no precise locality, H. Edwards AMNH: Western Australia 1°, Katanning, 12.X.1941, K, R. Norris ANIC; 14,19, Swan River, L. J. Newman, presented by Comm. Inst. Ent. BM 1948-548, Cuspicona obesula sp. nov. Figs. 29, 30 A-B, 32 E-F Description: General appearance: Ground colour bright green in life fading to brownish-yellow in museum specimens. Anterolateral margins of pronotum (including produced lateral angles) carmine-red, apex of scutellum reddish-orange. Head brown- ish-yellow, just interior of anterolateral margins of pronotum in anterior 2/3 a yellowish stripe. a median longitudinal yellowish stripe on scutellum in apical half but terminating before apex. Lateral angles of pronotum produced rectangularly. Head: Yellowish-brown and rather convex above, groove between anteclypeus and rest of head infuscated in posterior half, a patch of fine black punctations medially at base, just inward of eyes glabrous. Lateral margins with fine black punctations or very narrowly infuscated. Ocelli and eyes purplish-grey. Lateral margins gently angulately concave. Pronotum: Concolorous, lateral margins nar- rowly at apex and more broadly at produced lateral angles margined with carmine-red in anterior 2/3, this red bordered interiorly by a yellow bar. In faded examples sometimes a transverse band of fine black punctations between lateral angles. Anterior margin obliquely trun- cate behind eyes and rather trapeziformly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles produced as a small ridge. Anterolateral margins thickened and irregular, nearly straight but diverging in anterior halves, posterior halves with lateral angles produced as rectangular sub- spinous angles directed outwards only, about 40 per cent length of posterolateral margin, basal diameter also about 40 per cent of latter, 108 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Posterolateral margin gently concave, posterior margin gently concave medially, produced into posteriorly directed lobes at junction with posterolateral margins. Scutellum: Concolorous with apex broadly reddish-orange, latter preceded by a medial longi- tudinal yellow streak which becomes obsolete near middle. Black punctations absent or only faintly indicated laterally to latter. No fovea at bases of lateral margins, latter faintly concave in basal half then changing direction and nearly straight but converging to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about half length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with coarse punctations. Outer margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly convex to shortly rounded apical angle. Posterior margin straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hyaline. December, 1975 Abdomen: Concolorous above. Laterotergites: Concolorous, posterior exter- ior angles almost rectangular. Underside: | Concolorous; head yellowish- brown except at base; first three segments of antennae mainly yellowish-brown, apex of third and whole of fourth and fifth segments reddish- brown; rostrum yellowish-brown, ventrally and apex blackish; all thoracic sterna and keels and a broad median longitudinal bar on abdomen reaching to apex of VIIth segment whitish luteous; lateral margins of prothorax carmine-red; apices of the tibiae and tarsomeres reddish-brown. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching to middle of eye, produced into a thickened convex lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust, just sur- passing base of bucculae, II slightly arched and compressed and surpassing fore coxae, III sur- passing mid coxae and IV to about apex of abdominal yentrite III. Ratio of antennal seg- Brenorn K. HEA L______ 5irm»p,__——_—— Fig. 29. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona obesula sp, nov, RAYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 109 ments I-V 9;19:20:21:23, Propleuron with a strong raised ridge behind anterior margin mostly coarsely punctate but more finely and sparsely punctate exteriorly in anterior half, mesopleuron punctate in a triangular patch lying anteroven- trally, metapleuron punctate below and behind evaporative area. Metasternal-mesosternal keels a little higher anteriorly than posteriorly, reach- ing Over prosternum almost to its apex, anteriorly very broadly rounded, deflected to left in ventral but segments VII-III progressively more V-shaped. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 32 E. hind margin of pygophore reddish, medially rectangularly excavate, laterally — sinuated. Clasper Fig. 30 B, strongly F-shaped. Aedeagus of male Fig. 30 A, conjunctiva produced into two tubular apical processes which cross over zach other, “lappet” processes elongate, medial penial plates elongate with a posterior concavity, lower lobe with a small spine on its dorsal surface. view, Femora normal, tibiae a little flattened Apex of female abdomen Fig. 32 F, hind margins apically. Abdomen rounded in posterior view of first gonocoxae distinctly oblique and straight, Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Runue Variation Hoad fongtll -.5 .. eres rreow yt rest peters 0-2 14 33 12 35 31-35 Heal Width on. ineecuad pes cere recent ween sey 14 38 hl 2-8 36-40 Antennal segment} 2... 0 2.222.222 220-2, 19 9 0-6 65 9-11 Antennal segment HE... 0 ec cee eee eee 19 i9 0-9 47 16-20 Aniennal segment ILL ......-0.,..-.....-2---- 19 20 1-3 64 18-21 Antennal segment IV oo... cece eee tend :ecict 16 21 1:0 4k 20-24 Antennal segment Vo... eee eee wepeate 13 23 1:2 5:2 21-24 Pranotum widtlea:a eee a es 14 101 3-0 29 96-106 Promotulint lometh yo. i te te ee ee one 14 35 29 Re 31-4] Total length ......... i pecee BAGS TEC ASE: 14 150 TS 49 138-165 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation oO Ranue Variation Ffeud length yo... cis eu pen eeuane eee teaeeaas 25 46 1:3 37 33-38 Beal MIITH os we age retry Ath Lh 25 41 1:2 29 37-42 Antennal segrnent | 45 10 0-6 66 8-11 Antennal segment U1 46 19 1-0 S1 16-20 Antennal segment [i 44 19 1-0 5:3 17-21 Antennal segment IV ,. 36 20 0-9 44 18-21 Antennal segment V 27 22 Il $3 20-23 Pronotum width oo. 02... 02 cece eee ee ce eee 25 110 45 40 98-118 Prouotum length ....--- 52.22. et 25 38 3-5 92 31-43 Tatal lent t i Gy olla a dy eleley 25 165 10:3 62 146-183 Total length; 7-2-9-5 mm. Remarks: ©. abesula shows some affinity with the ¢oracica group of species in that in some cxamples a transverse band of dark puncta- tions crosses the pronotum between the lateral angles. However the lack of black areas on the lateral angles, the only modest production of these angles and the strong medial excava- tion of the hind margin of the pygophore indicate that the relationship is not close. The strong red lateral coloration is similar to that of carneola but the more narrow head and more produced lateral angles of the pronotum indicates that vbesula is not very closely related to carneola, C, obesula occurs in the southern wetter part of South Australia from the Mount Lofty Ranges east to the Victorian border and in the adjacent western distri¢ts of Victoria, The only host plants recorded both belong to the genus Leptospermum (Myrtaceae). Location of types: Holotype @ (Reg. No. 120,683), | paratype 4, (Reg, No, 120,684), 3 paratype @ (Reg. No. 120,685-7), 6 km east of Lucindale, South Australia, on Leptospermum — miyrsinoides Schlecht 26,XI1,1968, A. N. McFarland; Para- types: 12, (Reg, No, 120,688), Naracoorte Cave Reserve, South Australia, by sweeping Leptospermum myrsinoides Schlecht in Eucelyp- tus obligua L’Herit dominated dry sclerophyll forest, 25,X.1958, G. F. Gross; 12, (Reg. No. 120,689), nr. Coonalpyn, South Australia, by beating Leptospermum coriaceum (FvM)Cheel, Sept. 1967, A. N, McFarland; 1%, (Reg. No, 120,690), Meningie, South Australia, in mallee scrub, 1.X1.70, V, H, Mincham; | 2°, (Reg. No, 120,691), Blewitts Springs, South Australia, 20.X.1972, C. van Dyk; 29° (Reg, No, 120,692- 3), Mt. Lofty Ranges, South Australia, N. B. 110 REC. S. Tindale; 1 4 (Reg. No. 120,699), Williamstown. South Australia, on Leptospermum, 20.X.1888, J. O. Tepper; 12 (Reg. No. [20,695), Largs North, South Australia, Nov. 1969, R. Cook; 1é, 12, (Reg. Nos. 120,718, 120,696), Pt. Lincoln, South Australia, A. M. Lea; 1? (Reg. No. 120,697), Marble Range in Pt, Lincoln District, South Australia, 15.X.1957, N. B. Tin- dale SAM; allotype 4, 1 paratype 4, Little Desert, Victoria, 23.X%.1952, A. Burns; Paratypes (continued): 19, Little Desert, Victoria, 17- 25.X.1952, E. Matheson; 2 ¢, 22, Lake Hattah, Victoria, J. E. Dixon; | 4, Kiata, Victoria, Oct. 1929, F. BE. Wilson; 12, Kiata, Victoria, Oct. 1928, F. E. Wilson; 1°, Grampians, Victoria, Noy. 1922; 19, Grampians, Victoria, 29.X, 1946, A. Burns NM; 12, 8 km south of Lah Arum, Grampians, Victoria, 5.11,1956, L. F. B. Common; | ?, Little Desert 8 km south of Kiata, Victoria, 12.11.1956, I. F. B. Common ANIC: 13,19, Murray Bridge, South Australia, A. M. Lea, AM; 1¢, 12, Lake Hattah, Victoria, J. E. Dixon; 14, Mt. Lofty Ranges, South Aus- tralia, N. B. Tindale BM; 14, 2° %, Aldgate, Mt. Lofty Ranges, South Australia, 29.X1.1931, Darlington on Harvard Expedition AMNH; 34, Bordertown, South Australia, 22.X.1963, J. Sedlacek BISHOP. Specimens examined: The type series only. phallosorna | | basal plates medial - AUST. MUS., pennil plales - 17 (6): SL 167 December, 1975 Thoracica Group The theracica group of species includes species which appear to be restricted to the wetter parts along the east and south coasts of the Australian continent, including the south-west corner of Western Australia. Members of the group are absent from the wetter forests of north Western Australia and the Northern Territory. The species in this group are probably all grass green in life with the tips of pronotal spines black or black punctate. Black punctations are always present laterally near the apex of the scutellum and frequently on the hind lobe of the pronotum as well. Luteous markings are common and sometimes some areas are pinkish. The lateral angles of the pronotum are always produced into a conical spine, The hind margin of the corium is almost straight. The first gonocoxae of the female have the posterior margin transversely or obliquely trun- cate or sinuate, if part of this margin is pro- duced more posteriorly than any other part then it is the exterior half. Host plant records for the group include species of Aster (introduced), Hakea, Melaleuca, Leptospermum and Callitris representing the families Compositae, Proteaceae, Myrtaceae and Cupressaceae. lappet process pared ‘ 7) onjunctival lobes. sf gonopore -imm — a Cuspicona obesula sp. nov.. Cuspicana thoracica (West- A-B. Crspicona obesula. Fig. 30. wood )- uwedeagus. 8B. clasper. C-D. Cuspicona theracica, A. lefthand side uspect of Cc, lefthand side aspect of visible portion of a medial penial plate of aedeagus. D, clasper. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I Cuspicona procallosa sp. nov. Figs. 31, 32 C-D Description: General appearance: Ground colour in museum specimens yellow or brownish-yellow with a few black punctations along lateral margins of head, dorsally on pronotal spines in apical Fig. 31. Pronotum: Concolorous, but dorsal surface of exterior portion of spinous angles of pronotum with black punctations in apical half and black along apical half of anterior margins of these spines and at extreme apex; sometimes a few scattered dark punctations medially just in front of hind margin of pronotal disc. In anterior half of pronotum in the middle a broad longi- tudinal pale yellow or luteous glabrous fascia or bar, sometimes a glabrous patch of the same colour on each side just in front of posterior 111 half, and on scutellum on either side of midline (but not reaching base or apex). Lateral angles of pronotum produced into conical spines. Head: Concolorous and rather convex above, some black punctations along lateral margins. Eyes and ocelli purplish or grey. Lateral margins gently angulately concave. VMKITSON Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona procallosa sp, nov. angles (as in example figured). Anterior margin obliquely truncate behind eyes and only shallowly concave behind collum, anterolateral angles hardly produced. Anterolateral margins obtuse and nearly straight in anterior halves, posterior halves, with lateral angles, each produced into a conical spinous process directed outwards and only a little upwards, about as long as postero- lateral margin, its basal diameter about 75 per cent length of latter. Posterlateral margin concave, posterior margin broadly concave. 112 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6); Scatellum: Concolorous with apex (broadly) and midline lateous and nearly glabrous, midline area widening anteriad. Laterally to midline and beginning about a third of the way back and reaching to about three quarters of the way back an area of black punctation on each side, basally this patch narrow and paralleling the pale streak, apically broadened and reaching lateral margins, one or two black punctations medially on glabrous area where the lateral patches finish. No fovea at bases of lateral margins, latter broadly concave in basal half then changing direction and nearly straight but faintly converg- ing to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about half length, Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous with coarse concolorous punctation, Outer margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly convex to shortly rounded apical angle. Pos- terior margin straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Mem- brane and veins hyaline. Abdomen; Concolorous above but with upper surface of pygophore somewhat darkened, Some- times some black patches, one under tip of scutellum and the other before pygophore. Lateratergites: Concolorous but posterior exterior angles of ILI-VII black, latter almost rectangular, 51-167 December, 1975 Underside; Concolorous except extreme apex of prothoracic spine, posterior angles of abdomi- nal ventrites III-VII, rostrum ventrally and apical third of its last segment, black. Apical third of antennal segment III, antennal segments TY and V, and sometimes tarsi and extreme apices of tibiae, light brown. Bucculae punctate, not reaching base of head but to middle of eye, sinuate, produced into a convex lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment | robust, surpassing base of bucculae and reaching onto apex of prosternum, LI arched and com- pressed and reaching mid coxae, III to about middle of hind coxae, IV to about base of abdominal vyentrite IV. Ratio of antennal segments I-V 11:20:19:23:21, Most of prop- leuron (except two glabrous patches medi- ally), mesepisternum, metepisternum and hind portion of metapleuron punctate. Metasternal- mesosternal keel higher anteriorly than pos- teriorly, reaching over prostefnum almost to its apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to left in yentral view. Femora normal, tibiae a little flattened apically, Midline of abdomen narrowly luteous, rounded in posterior view but segments VII-III] progressively more V-shaped, Spiracles a little raised. Apex of male abdomen Fig, 32 C, apical margin of pygophore shallowly concave, rather reflexed, Apex of female abdo- men Fig. 32 D, hind margin of first gonocoxae oblique and slightly concave. Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Vanation Head length -.........-. 9 36 26 72 32-41 Head Width 2...) 0.cccy eee ceyeceee ny eenteaeee il 36 35 o-7 26-39 Antennal segment | 17 I 0-8 72 9-12 Antennal segment We. 2 ee eae 17 20 1-2 6:3 17-22 Antennal segment IIL ...2 2... .2.2.....22 2.2... 16 i9 13 68 16-20 Antennal segment IV... ee cee 8 24 7 70 22.26 Antennal segment Vio 2. occ cca eee eee eevee 6 22 1:0 4-9 20-23 Promotum Width coc. c ecg cece eee eee ete ett ll 120 62 32 110-133 Pronotum length ..,..... phe Anes eT Loc ieelcMered 11 32 40 12:3 26-40 ‘Botal length ec nirvaey tt cole oe elie l aes S 1 158 7 61 150-180 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Runge Variation Head length _,--,..-.-...- 6 39 13 34 37-41 Head width .,.....0.6,. 7 38 15 3-9 36-40 Antennal segment [ 10 jl 0 92 H12 Antennal segment I] eussese bes Sou ed 10 19 LT 5-8 17-20 Antennal segment IT] 2...) 0.2222 22222) 020.0 e 10 18 17 9-3 16-21 Antennal segment IV 22,2. 0-2 ee eee ee, 8 22 1a 89 19-25 Antennal segment ¥ ? beh Sango oe, 6 20 Os 4-2 19-21 Pronotum width wo. 20.2. ee ee ee ee ee 7 133 29-5 22°] 113-199 Pronotum length ...........-..,.- ee a 7 34 3-5 15:7 2542 Total lumgth o2....00...., 202. a 166 9-8 59 148-181) Total length; 7-7-9-4 mm. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I Remarks; C. procallosa is fairly easy to recognise by the longitudinal pale callous bar in the anterior half of the pronotum and by the black posterior exterior angles of the latero- tergites and abdominal yentrites. The species is restricted to the southwestern portion of Western Australia. Location of types: (All cited localities are in Western Australia. ) Holotype 4, Fremantle, 3.11.1934, K. R. Norris; allotype ¢, same locality and collector but 2.11.1934; 1 paratype 2, 1 km. WNW Foul Bay, Augusta (34° 19S 115’ 10E), 3.X1.1969, E. B. Britton; | paratype ¢, Deep Dene, Karridale, posterior margin of pygophore / ventral surface of pygophore 113 16.XI1.1962, L, M. O'Halloran ANIC; 1 para- type 2, Geraldton, W. D. Dodd SAM; | paratype ?, Geraldton and Mullewa, Lea; 1 paratype ;, Geraldton; 2 paratype 4, Swan River, L. J. Newman; | paratype ¢, Swan River; 1 paratype ?, Flinders Bay, 11.1V.1936, A. L. Raymond (BM 1936-429); 3 paratype ¢, 2 paratype ¢, Yanchep, 50 km north of Perth, 29 Jan-8th Feb. 1936, R. E. Turner (BM 1936-28) BM: 1 paratype ¢ , Cape Naturaliste, 5 m, 27.1X.1962, E. S. Ross and D. Q. Cavagnaro CA, | paratype 3, Mt, William, 250 m, 6.X1.1963, J. Sedlacek BISHOP, Specimens examined: The types only. stein x paralergite K first \ gonocoxa Amm— —E Fig. 32, obesula sp. noy. of apex of male abdomen. abdomen. of male abdomen. E-F. Cuspicona obesula. abdomen. Cuspicona equisignata sp. nov. Figs. 32 A-B, 33 Description: General appearance: Ground colour in museum specimens yellow with black puncta- tions on head (sparse), pronotum and scutellum. Lateral angles of pronotum produced into conical spines. C-D. Cuspicona procallosa. D. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. E, ventral aspect of apex of male F. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. Cuspicena equisignata sp. noy., procallosa sp. nov., A-B. Cuspicona equisignata. B. ventral aspect of apex of female A. ventral aspect C. yentral aspect of apex Head: Concolorous and rather convex above, some punctations concolorous but on disc of juga towards apex and near base a few black punctations. Eyes and ocelli purplish or grey, Lateral margins concave. Pronotum: Mostly concolorous but anteriorly in either side of midline adjoined to anterior margin and reaching about a third of the distance 114 REC. S. AUST. back a pair of longitudinal lines of black puncta- tions, between these lines and extending back almost to hind margin on Cape York examples a pink longitudinal median linear marking. Dorsal surface of spines black punctate, espec- ially towards apices, across posterior portion of pronotum between spines a diffuse line of sparse black punctations. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and rather rectangularly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles produced as a small ridge. Anterolateral margins obtuse and nearly straight in anterior halves, posterior halves with lateral angles each produced into a conical slightly recurved spinous process directed out- wards and only a little upwards, not as long as posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about 75 per cent length of posterolateral margin. Posterolateral margin slightly sinuate, posterior margin broadly concave. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Seutellum: Concolorous with apex (broadly) and midline luteous and nearly glabrous, midline area wider anteriorly than posteriorly where it runs into glabrous apical area. Laterally to these glabrous areas punctations all black, or some black and some concolorous, just behind where luteous midline joins apical area a few scattered punctations near the midline in the luteous area. No fovea at base of lateral margins, latter broadly convex in basal half then changing direction and broadly convex to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching reaching to about half length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous with coarse punctation, some or many of these punctations fuscous, inner angle of corium narrowly black. Exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly convex Batrne i bene t . a 5mm: Fig. 33. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona equisignala sp. nov. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I to nearly acute apical angle, posterior margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular, Membrane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Concolorous or with a fuscous area around apex of scutellum or (holotype) with a broad longitudinal black band behind scutellum reaching apex, Dorsum of pygophore with a lateral black patch on either side, dorsum of female genitalia with a fuscous patch on either side of midline, Laterotergites: Concolorous, posterior exterior angles of I-VI black, almost rectangular, hind margin of VII strongly black in holotype, Underside: Concolorous except extreme tip of prothoracic spine and posterior angles of abdominal ventrites IU-VIl, rostrum ventrally and apical third of its last segment, black. Apical half of antennal segment IIT, antennal segments TV and Y, tarsi and extreme apices of tibiac brown. Bucculae not reaching base of head but Dimensions--- Parameter Thatch tetmtly 3 cee hee 8 oe awh ONG shea 35S ee Head width Antennal segment | Antennal segment II Antennal segment TTD... 5c crea ecu e nee tere es 0 neleactrare Antennal segment IV. 2.2 22-22 ce eee ce be eee eee ees Antonnal segment V Pronotum width ..-2. 2.20.2 2. ee) eee eee eee ReOnOtih AG ete per ett pete yet ores eerste lat Total length Total length: Remarks: Only the four specimens listed above are known, the distribution appears to be unusually wide for such an uncommon species and it may be noted here that some other local- ities on Captain 8. A, White labels have proved to be in error, these Cape York Peninsula records may also be. The species is similar to procallosa having the same black posterior angles to the laterotergites and abdominal ventrites and a callous median patch anteriorly on the pronotum, It differs from that species in having a small black line on either side of the anterior callosity of the pronotum and the V-shaped posterior margin of the pygophore and the more black punctate hind portion of the pronotum, It is also somewhat similar to phi but differs in not having the underside of the pronotal spines strongly punctate right to their bases. Lacation of types: Holotype ¢ (Reg. No. 120,672), allotype ¢ (Reg. No. 120,673), 1 paratype @ (Reg. No. $ ee ee ee ee re 2 Vetere eee eee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee i ee i Ws to middle of eye, elevated, sinuate, produced into a conyex lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment I robust, surpassing base of bucculae and reach- ing nearly to fore coxae, IT arched and reaching mid coxae, IT1 to about middle of hind coxae or beyond, [VY onto [Vth abdominal ventrite. Ratio of antennal segments 10;21;21:25;24, Episterna, proepimera, propleuron, and hind por- tion of metapleuron, and abdomen (except along midline) punctate. Metasternal-mesosternal keel higher anteriorly than posteriorly, reaching over prosternum but not to apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae a little flattened apically, Abdomen with midline Juteous, rounded in posterior view but segments VIT-III progressively more V-shaped. Spiracles raised. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 32 A, apical margin of pygophore somewhat triangularly excavate, reflexed, Apex of female abdomen Fig. 32 B, hind margins of first gonocoxae half truncate and only faintly oblique. Holotype 4 Allotype > Paratype 3 Paratype | 36 35 4] 37 37 39 39 39 10, 10 1, ti,41 10,70 21,21 21,2] 3,2 21,21 19,19 2u, 20 24,24 20, 21 29, 29 24,25 30, 22 24, 24 26, 26 23, 23 24, — 24, — 110 121 121 ies 28 36 34 30 148 170 158 140 77-90 mm. 120,674), Cape York Peninsula, Queensland, Captain S. A. White; 1 paratype ¢ (Reg, No, 20,675), Mt, Wedge, South Australia, 16.X. 1954, N. B, Tindale SAM, Specimens examined; The types only. Cuspicona phi sp. nov, Figs. 28 E, 34, 36 F Description: Ground colour in museum speci- mens brownish-yellow with black punctations on hind portion of pronotum and scutellum, on underside of frontal spines and hind or ventral portions of thoracic pleura, black markings on dorsum of abdomen above. Lateral angles of pronotum produced into conical spines. Head; Concolorous and rather convex above; punctation rather sparse and concolorous or light brown, arranged in rows, Eyes and ocelli purplish red, Lateral margins strongly concave. 116 Pronotum: In anterior portion mostly con- colorous with brown punctations but calli a darker brown, between calli and extending to anterior margin a rather callous luteous marking. On dorsal surface of produced lateral spines and in disc between them a broad rather diffuse band of black punctations, apices of lateral spines black. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and broadly excavate behind collum, antero- lateral angles produced into a small ridge. Lateral margins obtuse and slightly convex in their anterior halves, posterior halves with lateral angles produced into a conical slightly recurved spinous process directed outwards and only a little upwards, not as long as postero- lateral margins, its basal diameter about 75 per cent length of posterolateral margin. Postero- lateral margin obtusangulately excavate, pos- terior margin broadly concave. ets REC. 5. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Scutellum: Concolorous and finely punctate with apical third luteous. and glabrous, this luteous produced forward along midline. In apical fifth some black punctations medially, just anterior to these on either side (leaving midline there broadly impunctate) a triangular to quadrate patch of black punctations. A con- colorous fovea visible at base of lateral margins in one of the paratypes, Jateral margins broadly convex in basal half, then changing direction and broadly convex to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching to about half length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous but inner angle or corium margined with fuscous. Exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded to almost rectang- ular apical angle, posterior margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate Fig. 34. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona pli sp. noy. RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 triangular. Membrane and veins largely hyaline but at inner anterior angle a small longitudinal fuscous bur joining the fuscous on inner angle of corium. Abdomen: Concolorous: large single ot paired black patches on segments VI and VII medially, dorsum of female genitalia with large, black patches, one on each side. Lajerotergites; Concolorous but fuscous along posterior margin of VII, lateral angles almost rectangular. Underside: Concolorous but in holotype with a reddish tinge and reddish punctations, red- dish especially more intense on evaporative area, on femora and broadly along lateral margins of abdominal ventrite VII. Bucculae, whole underside of spinous angles of pronotum and extending somewhat onto propleuron, and female genitalia with reddish fuscous punctations. Rostrum ventrally and most of apical segment black, Prominent luteous areas ventrally and along hind margin of propleuron turning anteri- orly under punctate area on lateral spines, ventrally on mesopleuron and vVentrally and Dimensions— Parameter Holotype ¢ Head length...) ne cee yp ee oe ee cee 39 Head Width .,.., ccc. eu eeu epy creer pe eeuenes 38 Antennal segment). ...... te sfelerest bodefemnace ove 9, 9 Antennal segment II . 49,19 Antennal segment UT ree reep ree teee credit 13,13 Antennal segment lV... 02.0... 0 02. eee eee 20, 21 Antennal segment V woes 85 tes Eis peek tere 19,19 Promotum WITH oc pipe ec cayee een e eugene 116 Pronotwatt len@ty <4 tee teeing Cee 40 Torbal Jengthy oo 25 cee cs yess tes eccepetvaeyp tie 155 117 posteriorly on metapleuron, Mesosternal- metasternal keel semihyaline, Bucculae not reaching base of head and not to past middle of eye, sinuate, produced into a convex lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment T robust, surpassing base of bucculae and reaching about base of head, I arched and reaching mid coxae, Ill to about middle of hind coxae and IV past middle of third abdominal ventrite, Ratio of antennal segments 9:16:12:18:16. Episterna, proepimeron and hind portions of pro- and metapleura punctate, Metasternal-meso- sternal keel higher anteriorly than posteriorly, reaching over prosternum to about its apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected to the left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae a little flattened exteriorly in apical quarter. Abdomen fairly densely punctate, rounded in posterior view but segments VI-III progressively more V- shaped, Apex of male abdomen Fig. 28 BE, apical margin of pygophore gently concave medially and broadly convexly rounded laterally. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 36 F, hind margins of first gonocoxae somewhat oblique and narrowly sinuated- Allorype © Paratype 4 Paratype | Paratype 2 (Peak-Downs) (Peak-Downs) (Sydnev} 46 33 33 32 36 33 33 33 9,9 8, 9 &, 9 9, 8 16, 17 15, — 16, 15 15,16 12.13 {2,— 12, 14 lf, d2 18, 19 — 7 — i— 7,17 = 15, — _ 15 103 115 103 33 33 WO 33 150 140 145 150 Total length: 73-7'8 mm. Remarks; This species is apparently closely related to procallosa and equtisignata but differs from them in not having prominently black posterior angles to laterotergites anterior to the Villth pair and by having dense black puncta- tions on the underside of the pronotal spines. Only the nine specimens listed below are known, Lacation of types: Holotype «& (Reg. No, T7216), Mt. Tozer area, [ron Range, North Queensland, 29.1V-1.V.1973. G. B. Monteith QM; allotype ®. West Normanby River, 64 km (40 miles) west of Cooktown, north Queensland, 12.X1,1965, G. Monteith UQ; 2 paratype ¢, Peak-Downs, Queensland! 1° paratype, Sydney (spelt “Sidney”). New South Wales STOCK- HOLM; 2 paratype °, New South Wales, Dis- tant coll, 1911-383 BM; | paratype &, Australiat ! paratype 2, New Holland, Deyrolle; | para- type °, Peak-Downs RM. Specimens examined: The types only. Cuspicona angustizona sp. nov. Figs. 35, 36 E Description: General appearance: Ground colour in museum specimens greenish yellow with black Punctations on head (sparse), on upper surface of pronotal spines and in a narrow but dense band across disc of pronotum between lateral spines and beneath on underside of pronctal spines, Lateral angles of pronotum produced into conical spines.. 11k REC. §, AUST. MUS.. 17 Head: Concolorous, not very convex above; punctation moderately dense but fine, black and brown, basally arranged in rows, Eyes and ocelli dull purple. Lateral margins concave, Pronotum: Concolorous with punctation mostly concolorous or reddish but on dorsal sur- face of lateral spine, in a narrow but dense band across disc between lateral spines and in a thin longitudinal, medial line only one or two puncta- tions wide given off from transverse band to anterior margin (interrupted a little before an- terior margin) with punctations black. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and broadly excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles hardly pro- duced. Lateral margins obtuse and only slightly convex in anterior two thirds, posterior thirds with lateral angles each produced into a conical slightly recurved spinous process directed out- wards and a little upwards, not as long as postero- lateral margins, basal diameter about 60 per cent length of posterolateral margin. Posterolateral (6)* 5|-167 December, 1975 margin obtusangulately excavate, posterior mar- gin broadly concave. Scutellum: Concolorous and finely punctate anteriorly, in posterior third paler with scattered coarse black punctations, no less dense medially than laterally; this punctate area produced anteri- orly from the main mass of punctations for a short distance along midline. A small con- colorous fovea at base of each lateral margin, lateral margins almost straight in anterior half, then changing direction and almost straight to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching about half length. Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts fuscous but inner angle of corium and apical angle of claws margined with fuscous. Exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded to almost rectangular apical angle, pos- terior margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus elongate triangular. Mem- brane and veins largely hyaline but at inner Fig, 35. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona angustizona sp. nov. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT anterior angle a small fuscous area adjoins the fuscous on corium and clavus. Abdomen: Apparently concolorous or perhaps rather reddish medially, dorsum of female genitalia with some black patches. Laterotergites: Concolorous but apical angle of VII darkened, lateral angles produced into a small spine. Underside: Concolorous but bucculae, under- side of pronotal spine and first gonocoxae of female with black punctations. Abdomen ven- trally broadly luteous, a medial spot on propleura and posterior margins of paratergites VIII black. Metasternal-mesosternal keel hyaline. Bucculae not reaching base of head and not to past middle of eye, sinuate, produced into a blunt triangular lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust, just surpassing base of bucculae, II arched and probably reaching about mid coxae, TV and III missing on both specimens. Ratio of first four antennal segments (fifth missing in both specimens) 10:20:18:22. Episterna, pastenar margin of pygophore ventral surface of pygopnore posterior marain at pygaphore ventral margnu: of pygophore -, 6 aN C sternum XK fiaratercire 1X Whaat AREAS—! 9 proepimeron, hind portion of propleuron and metapleuron punctate. Legs apparently normal, tibiae flattened towards apices, most tarsi missing on the two specimens examined. Méetasternal- mesosternal keel higher and thinner anteriorly than posteriorly, reaching over prosternum nearly to its apex, anteriorly broadly rounded, deflected a little to the left in ventral view. Abdomen finely punctate, rounded in posterior view but segments VI-III progressively more V-shaped. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 36 E, hind margins of first gonocoxae oblique and narrowly sinuated. Males unknown, Dimensions — Parameter Holotype + Paratype - Head length ..........0...... 38 36 Head width ..............-, 4l RY) Antennal segment Il ........ 10, 10 10,.= Antennal segment [1 Bes 20, 20 7 Antennal segment IIT .....-.. 18, 18 = Antennal segment IV ........ 22, — — Antennal segment V Absent on both examples Pronotum width ............ 130 125 Pronotum length .......,.. 31 35 Total lenglh ..............,. 180 175 Total length: 9-1-9-4 mm sternum X paratergite 1X first gonocoxa paratergite 1% sternum X first gonocoxa paratergie 1X steer Stee MOS, first gonacoxa Fig. 36. Cuspicona apothoraciea sp, nov., Cuspicona theracica (Westwood), Cuspicona angustizona sp. noy., Cuspicana pli. sp. nov. male abdomen. Cuspicona thoracica, ventral aspect of female abdomen. —ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. A-B. Cuspicona apethoracica. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. C. ventral aspect of male abdomen. D, A. ventral aspect of c-D. E. Cuspicena angustizena F. Cuspicona phi—ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. 120 REC. S. AUST, MUS., Remarks: ‘This species is closely related to phi, having the apical area of the scutellum fairly evenly covered with black punctations and having a median prolongation forward of the transverse dark band on the pronotum. It differs by its larger size, prolongation forward of the black punctations medially on the scutellum and the strongly bicoloured abdomen beneath. Both examples are unfortunately incomplete. Lacation of types: Holotype ® (Reg. No. T7217), Brisbane, Queensland, R, Kumar QM; paratype ¢, Ejids- vold, Queensland, ANIC, Specimens examined- The types only. Cuspicona thoracica (Westwood, 1837) Figs, 30 C-D, 36 C-D, 37. 38 A Rhynchocoris thoracica Westwood, 1837, p, 30. Cuspicona theracica Dallas, 1851. p. 386. Mayr, (866, p, 67. Stal, 1876, p, 103, Van Duzee, 1905, p, 208. Cuspicona xanthochlera Walker, 1867, p. 389, Description: General appearance: Ground colour greeti in life with dorsum of head, a broad transverse band on pronotum between, and extending onto, produced lateral angles, antennae, underside of head, rostrum, apices of femora and tarst brown. Basally or wholly on head, across pronotum as a transverse band, and Jaterally near apex of scutellum black punctate. Head; Brown and flattened above; tn males strongly punctate with black above on almost entire disc; females usually less extensively black punctate than males but basally a median quad- rate area made up of three short parallel longitu- dinal bands of black punctations always present and lateral margins with black punctations. Eyes and ocelli purplish red. Prenotum: Green in life, yellowish or pale yellowish brown in museum specimens; dorsal surface of lateral angles and a broad transverse band between them brown with numerous black punctatiors,. this band of punctations about seven punctations wide medially, anteriorly and poster- iorly to this band finely and concolorously punc- tate except on glabrous calli, Anterior margin 17 (G92) 31-167 December, 1975 oblique behind eyes and concave behind collum, anterolateral angles produced into a very small tooth, Anterolateral margins obtuse, straight and diverging in anterior half; posteriorly half, with lateral angles, produced into a conical slightly recurved spinous process directed out- wards and only a little upwards, about as long as posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about 75 per cent or less length of posterolateral nargins. Posterolateral margins obtusangulately excavate, posterior margin broadly concave, Scutellum: Green in life with anterior median portion rather yellowish-green, pale yellowish- brown in museum specimens, Apical half with a broad median luteous or reddish longitudinal stripe reaching apex, laterally to this a triangular or semi-circular patch of black punetations not beginning as far forward as base of luteous stripe nor reaching near to upex. Latter broadly impuctate. No foyea at base of lateral inargins, latter broadly convex in basal half, then very broadly and slightly convex fo rounded apex. Frena reaching neurly to half length. Hemelytra; Green in life, pale yellowish brown in museum specimens, coarsely and con- colorously punctate, Exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded to very shortly rounded apical angle, posterior margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Mem- brane and veins. hyaline, Abdomen: Green in Jife, yellow in museum specimens; without black markings, except at posterior margins of pygophore, Lateretergites: Green in life, narrowly black just laterally of midline on dorsum of female genitalia. Underside: In life, pale green. in museum specimens yellowish brown, Underside of head yellowish; antennae, most of rostrum, apical half of pronotal spines, apices of tibiae, tarst and pygophore ventrally brown, Rostrum ventrally and most of apical segment black. Mesosternal- metasternal Keel, a broad median band on abdomen and all fentale external genitalia except paratergites VIII luteous, Underside of pronotal spines frequently reddish. Bucculae not reaching base of head and not to past middle of eye, strongly smuute. produced into a triangular Jobe anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust, surpassing base of bucculae RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 12) Brenoa K, Head C$ 5mm: Fig. 37. but not reaching base of head, I slightly arched and reaching mid coxae, III to hind coxae and IV to middle of abdominal ventrite HII. Ratio of antennal segments 9:16:19:20:21. Episterna, proepimeron, hind portion of propleuron and metapleuron lightly and concolorously punctate. Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over apex of prosternum, higher anteriorly than posteriorly, its anterior margin only slightly convex, deflected to the left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in apical quarter. Abdomen sparsely, finely and concolorously Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona thoracica (Westwood). punctate laterally and on external genitalia, medially impunctate, rounded in posterior view but ventrites V-III progressively more V-shaped. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 36 C, apical margin of pygophore rather truncate laterally, concayely excavate medially. Clasper Fig. 30 D, rather curved F-shaped. Medial penial plates of aedeagus Fig. 30 C. strongly Y-shaped, their ventral surfaces sinuate, gonopore opening between them. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 36 D, hind margins of first gonocoxae sinuated and vaguely oblique. Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head'length 0... cee eee ee ceee 30 29 16 5-4 27-34 Head wittth oe eee ee Re De 31 34 1:2 3-6 32-37 Antennal segment Tw... ee ee eee eee ees 46 9 0-6 7-0 7-10 Antennal segment If 0.2... 00... 0.2. eee eee 48 16 13 78 14-18 Antennal segment HI ..... 0.0... cee eee eee 48 20 11 58 18-22 Antennal segment IV 2.0... 00.00.0000 cae eee 42 21 1:2 6-0 19-24 Antennal segment Vo... ... pea ea ea eee ee 40 22 13 6-0 20-27 Pronotum width 2.2.0.0... 00... cc eee ere eee 31 104 3-4 3-2 99-112 Pronotum length .........0..0. 000. c eee eee ee 31 31 27 8-7 28-34 PORAMIGr Gta eo) ese. eH a et ealets lleatea ol ulewes 31 133 9-7 73 117-151 122 REC. 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Dimensions— FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length ........... 0.00 e eee eee eee etl gus 36 32 23 7-0 28-39 Head width |. aii. us betas ene ils 408 Gee starts bit 36 37 1-7 4-7 31-40 Antennal segment ...... 0.2.0 .002ee cee eee eee 63 9 0-6 6-8 8-11 Antennal segment II ......5. 040.02. 2 eee eee 63 16 1-6 9-5 10-19 Antennal segment ITT .......0. 0.0.0.0... 22008. 63 19 1-2 6:2 17-22 Antennal segment [V .,......-... 22-4 .24 0005. 56 20 1-5 73 18-25 Antennal segment Vow... eee eee eee eee 50 21 1-2 5-7 19-25 Pronotum width ........ 0.0... cee eee eee eens 36 114 83 7:3 104-155 Pronotum length ........... 0.4 5.4205505 wares 36 33 26 79 29-39 Total Ipingthe 2 22304260. 206 ee hae RE eB ame hee 36 145 9-2 6:3 130-165 Total length: 6:9-7-6 mm Remarks: When work was part way on specimens labelled thoracica in most collections it was noticed that the series were made up of two very similar species which can be distin- guished by the outline of the male pygophore, by the degree of black in the head in males, by whether the margins of the head are black spotted or not in females and the degree of posterior extension of the black punctations on the scutellum. As I was unaware of this when I examined the types of thoracica and @ Cuspicona thoracica QUEENSLAND aap a-n ened Pome ra Bathursie % \ Goulburn, i ~. No. i] Echyes a” ne. i VICTORIA \ | Baltara *. MELBOURNE, e, Fig. 38. Cuspicona thoracica. Cuspicona thoracica (Westwood), Cuspicona upothoracica sp. nov. B. distribution of Cuspicona apothoracica, xanthochlora in England in 1969 it was necessary to call upon the good offices of Mr. I. Lansbury in the Hope Department at Oxford and Dr W. R. Dolling at the British Museum to recheck these types for me. They prove to be conspecific and to apply to this taxon. The second species is described hereunder and the differences between the two treated in the Remarks section there. Cuspicona thoracica occurs only near the coast in central and south-eastern Victoria, New South Wales and south-eastern Queensland. A Cuspicona apothoracica QUEENSLAND + i { ( i i i Armidales A NEW SOUTH WaLeEs Cithgow mr — i i I 1 | ‘ t 1 i i H AGEL AIDE; Goulburn A. distribution of RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 123 Location of types: Holotype @ of thoracica Westwood, “New Holland”, in Hope, holotype 2° of xanthochlora Walker, “Australia”, in BM. Specimens Examined: About 140 examples were examined, their detailed distributions are not given but the distribution plotted on Fig. 38 A, Cuspicona apothoracica sp. noy. Figs. 36 A-B, 38 B, 39, 40 A-C Description: General appearance: Very similar to thora- cica. Grass green in life with dorsum of head, a broad transverse band on pronotum between and extending onto, produced lateral angles, ail A al a en | 5mm. Fig. 39, antennae, underside of head, rostrum, apices of tibiae, and tarsi brown. Basally on head, across transverse band on pronotum and laterally near apex of scutellum black punctate. Head: Brown and slightly convex above; in both sexes black punctations restricted to three basal black longitudinal bars, if punctations present in front of anterior margins of eyes then Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona apotheracicu sp. noy. sparse and not reaching apex. Lateral margins and most of apical portion with concolorous punctations. Eyes and ocelli purplish red. Pronotum: Green in life, yellowish or pale yellow brown in museum specimens; dorsal sur- face of lateral angles and a broad transverse band between them brown with numerous black punc- tations, this band of punctations about seven 124 REC. S AUST. MUS., punctutions wide medially, anteriorly and pos- teriorly to this bard finely and concolorously punctate except on glabrous ealli, Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and deeply concave behind collum, anterolateral angles produced into a small tooth, Anterolateral margins obtuse, straight and diverging in anterior half; posterior half, with lateral angles, produced into a conical slightly recurved process directed outwards and only a little upwards, about 75 per cent length of posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about 50 per cent length of posterolateral margins. Posterolateral margins obtusangulately angulate und sinuate, posterior margin broadly convex, Seutellum: Green in life with a broad orange- lutecous median fascia in apical 2/5, in museum specimens the green areas change to yellow or yellowish brown. Laterally to apical pale streak un elongate triangular patch of black punctations on cach side beginning at about base of pale streak and continued almost to apex, there tend- ing to continue on to the apically rounded portion as a narrow band one or two punctations wide. No fovea at base of lateral margins, latter broadly convex in basal half, then broadly and slightly convex to rounded apex. Frena reaching past half length, Hemelytra; Green in life, yellow in museum specimens, coarsely and concolorously punctate, Exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded to very shortly rounded apical angle, posterior margin nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and yeins hya- line. Abdomen; Green in life, yellow in museum Specimens, upper margins of male pygophore with some black markings. Laterotergites; Concolorous, posterior exterior angles with a small reflexed spine. 17 (6); 51-16? December, \YTS Underside; Concolorous but in life head rather yellowish, abdomen medially towards base, thoracic sterna and their keels lightened in colour. Antennae, most of rostrum, apical half of pronotal spines, apices of tibiae, tarsi and pygophore brown, Rostrum ventrally and most of apical segment and pronotal spines apically black, Bucculae not reaching base and not even to middle of eye, strongly sinuate, produced into an acute triangular lobe anteriorly. Rostral segment I robust, just surpassing apex of buccu- lae, If slightly arched and reaching mid coxae. Ill to hind coxae, 1V to base of abdominal segment If. Ratio of antennal segments 1-V 9:16; 19 + 23; 24. Episterna and epimera nearly glabrous, propleuron sparsely punctate anteriorly and posteriorly and with some black punctuations on underside of pronotal spine, meétupleuron punctate posteriorly, Metasternal- mesosternal keel reaching over apex of proster- num to apex of latter, higher anteriorly than posteriorly, its interior margin only slightly con- vex, deflected to the left in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in apical quarter. Abdomen fairly densely punctate laterally and more sparsely on female external genitalia, medially impunctate, rounded in pos- terior view but ventrites V-III progressively more V-shaped. Apex of male abdomen Fig, 36 A, apical margin of pygophore conyexly rounded laterally and broadly concave medially, Clasper Fig. 40 C, rather F-shaped. Aedeagus Figs, 40) A-B, phallosoma only lightly sclerotized, conjunctiva praduced apically into two tubular lobes which cross over each other in dorsal view, “lappet” processes elongate and directed downwards in their basal portion. Medial penial plates strongly inverted Y-shaped, their ventral surfaces sinuate, gonopore opening bet- ween them. Apex of fernale abdomen Fig, 36 B, hind margins of first gonocoxae faintly concave and rather oblique, Dimensions— MALES Nuoiber of Standurd Coelficient Observed Parameter Meusurements Meun Deviation of Kanee Variation Head lenatr 2-2, ee ee pda ote be tchwbebee ini nts 25 34 b4 39 32-38 SABATLWIGE as ep oelett be sunt} pelem £2 wea ts 2 25 36 13 405, 34-39 Antennal segmencU Jenisere ism ccetiyees dine 34 9 04 43 8-10 Antennal segment ll .. 22.222 22 ee 32 16 oO 63 J4-17 Antennal segment WE 2-2... ot sol os ton 32 ih) Lt 56 15-21 Antennal segment WV. ee ee ee ee 26 23 13 57 21-26 ANntenmal segment Vo.o.. 20... eee eee r 21 24 '4 60 20-26 Pronotum width wo 00.00 0.0222 eee, 25 104 5.4 3:2 99-135 Pronotum length . 22... ee ee ee ca 25 28 34 11:9 24-36 Total length -.)..,., cE Lore Liiseeut beret 25 130 a9 6-9 16-140 RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 125 Dimensions— FEMALES Number of Standard Coctficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation ol Range Variation Head length occ. ces eee cee ees simelele's i Aaa, 32 7 1-5 40 34-39 Head Width 22, 2:4 csemte mew eeeiels sacoesele ge 32 38 I 28 37-41 Antennal segment 1 Pe eee ESOC ER IOO soo a7 9 02 2-6 8-10 Antennal segment Woo... eee eee 40 13 1-2 81 13-18 Antennal segment WE... 2. eee eee eee 40 18 14 77 16-21 Antennal segment IV .,,.,..-0 220-20 ee eee ee 35 22 13 59 20-24 Antennal segment Vow cep cee giv eee cee eee eee 23 23 0-9 34 21-24 Pronotum width oo... 50 (2-0 sso e eee eee eee 32 113 5-0 a4 106-125 Pronotum length o 0... -.....0 000004 pene eee 32 29 2-8 6 24-36 Total Jength scp. 0-2-0 cre cee ee ee ee ne 32 139 7 51 123-154 Total length: 6:0-8-1 mm Remarks: Cuspicona apotheracica is very similar in appearance to C. theracica and very easily confused with the latter, The salient differences are: — thoracica Head in males extensively marked with black punctations over most of dorsal sur- face and to lateral margins, Head in females with dorsal black punc- tations basally and also submarginally. Scutellum in both sexes with a short triangu- lar patch of black punectations on either side which do not reach near to apex. Ratio of antennal segments I-V 9:16:19: 20:21, Posterior outline of male pygophore from below with a truneate or slightly concave lobe on either side separated by a concave area medially, the lateral and medial regions separated by an angle (Fig. 36 C), apothoracica Head in inales usually only black pune- tale in region between eyes. If black punctations present in anterior portion of disc then sparse and marginal areas con- colorously punctate, Head in females with dorsal black puncta- tions restricted to basal area, marginal areas concolorously punctate. Scutellum in both sexes with an elongate triangular patch of black punctations on either side which extend almost to apex of scutellum, Ratio of antennal segments [-V 9:16:19: 23:24, Posterior outline of male pygophore from below with a convex lobe on either side running smoothly into a concave area medially (Fig, 36 A). Apothoracica (Fig. 38 B) has almost the same distribution as theracica, occurring only near the coast in central and eastern Victoria, eastern New South Wales and south castern Queensland. Location of types: Holotype 8, Acacia Ridge, Brisbane, Queens- land, 17,0X%,1964, A. Neboiss, paratypes:— dé , Burleigh, Queensland, 28.1X.1960, A, N. Burns; 2, sume locality and collector, 18.1X%.1960; 2, North Queensland, from C, French Jun., 19 2X1. 1911; 4, Buchan, Victoria, Oct, 1907, N. ¥. Leach; 24, Thurra River, Cape Everard, Victoria, 29.X%.1970, A. Neboiss; #, [7 km S.E. of Merrijig on 8 Mile Creek off Howqua River, Victoria, 1.X1I,1971, A. Neboiss; °&, Montrose, Victoria, 25.X1.1945, P.B.; &, Beaconsfield, Victoria, 8.XI1,1933, G. F, Hill; 2¢, Ringwood, Victoria NM; allotype ° (Reg. No. 120,678), Glenmaggie Weir, Victoria, 14. 1V.1957, F. E. Wilson; paratypes;— 9? (Reg. No, 120,679), by sweeping, 1-6 km west of Apollo Bay, Victoria, 19.1.1962, G. F. Gross; @ (Reg, No, 120,680), Seaford, Victoria, W, F, Hill; 22, (Reg. Nos. 120,681-2), Bribie Island in Moreton Bay, Queensland, Lea and Hacker SAM; 2, Brisbane, Queensland, 6.X.1914, FH, Hacker; 3 4, 19, Birkdale, Brisbane, Queens- land, 7.1X.1926, H. Hacker; 9%, Stanthorpe, Queensland, 26,.X.1930, E. Sutton QM, @¢. Glen Aplin, Queensland, 4.VIL.1964, P, Ker- ridge; @, Nth. Stradbroke Island, Queensland, 20.1V.1968, T, Weir; ¢, Caloundra, Queens- land, 21.011.1972, G, B. Monteith; ¢, on Leptospermum, Tibrogargan Creek, Queensland, 4.1X,1953, T. E, Woodward UQ; 2@, Pt. Mae- quarie, New South Wales, 25 Aug.-14 Sept. 1941, H, W. Simmonds; ¢, La Perouse, Sydney. New South Wales, G. H. Hardy; 4, Sylvania, New South Wales, Oct, 1934, Dr, K, K, Spence AM; 1 ¢, 3 paratype ?, Mannus near Tum- barumba, New South Wales, J-XI1-1930, T. G. Campbell; ¢, 18 km south of Forster, New South Wales, 17.X.1956, P. B. Carne: 2, Blundells, 126 REC, 5. AUST, MUS., Australian Capital Territory, T. G. Camp- bell; ¢, 6 km north of Briagolong, Victoria, 13.X1I.1949, T. G. Campbell, ¢°, shaken from Hakea sericea Schrad, Mount Oberon, Wilson's Promontory, Victoria, 5.1X.1967, S. Neser; °, shaken from Hakea sericea Schrad in flower. Story Creek, Cann River, Victoria, 9.1X,1967, S. Neser ANIC; 4, Brisbane, Queensland, 4.1X.1914, H. Hacker, Brit. Mus. 1923-313: 2, North Narrabeen, New South Wales, 27.X.1957, M. I. Nikitin; 2, cliff over Pacific Ocean, North Narrabeen, New South Wales, 13.11.1960, B.M. 1960-619; ¢, Bulli Pass, New lappet process basal plates — 4 A basal plates | » _vesica _medial penial plates 17 (6): SI-167 Decenther, 1975 South Wales, 20.X1.1948, E. B. Britton; ?, by net sweeping on river banks, Loddun River near Bulli, New South Wales, 1.X.1959, N, Nikitin BM 1960-203; 2, Dorrigo, New South Wales, W. Heron, BM 1935-46; 2, Sydney, New South Wales, Distant Coll. 1911-383; @, New South Wales, presented by Perth Museum B.M. 1953-629; 9, unlocalised BM; ?, New South Wales AMNH;7 4.5 2, Brisbane, 1910, Sept. 1915 and 15.1X.1915, ex Bridwell Coll.; 2 ¢, Stradbroke Island, Moreton Bay, Queensland, 20,1X.1915, J. C. Bridwell; 1 4, 1 ?, Botany Bay, New South Wales, H. Petersen, ex C. F. paired — conjunctival lobes paired conjunctival lobes lappet “process scleralised Ye area a ™ phallosoma {basal plates paired i} conjunctival : B lobes vesica i gonopore medial penial plates t_ -— 05mm O5mm 05mm Fig. 40. Cuspicona apothoracica sp. noy., Cuspicona strenuella Walker. A-C. Cuspicona apothoracica. aspect of aedeagus. C. clasper. aspect of aedeagus. A. lefthand aspect of aedeagus. D-F, Cuspicona strenuella. E. clasper of usual individual. B. dorsal D. lefthand F. clasper of rather unusual Queensland example. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 Baker Coll. 1927; ¢, National Park, New South Wales, 15.11.1957, W. W. Wirth: ¢, Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, ex G, W. Kirkaldy Coll, 1919 USNM; ¢, Stradbroke Island, Queensland, 2.%.1911, H. Hacker; 2, Brisbane, Queensland, 10. VIIH.1913, H. Hacker KU; 2 2, Sydney, New South Wales, Oct. 1903, ex Helms Coll. 1 2, 2 39, National Park, New South Wales, Dec. 1905, ex Helms Coll. BISHOP. Specimens examined: The type series only. 127 Cuspicona strenuella Walker, 1867 Figs. 40 D-F, 41, 43 E-F Cuspicona strenuella Walker, 1868, p. 572. Cuspicona beutenmiilleri Van Duzee, 1905, p. 208, pl. 8, Fig. 10. New synonym. Description: General appearance: Ground colour rather greenish brown in life with anterior half of scutellum, corium, clavus, a patch on propleuron, Fig. 41. tibiae medially, embolium and abdomen (later- ally) green. Lateral angles of pronotum pro- duced into conical spines, latter black punctate and infuscated towards apices; black punctations in two patches laterally near middle of scutellum; femora maculated with brown. Head: Greenish brown, evenly punctate; eyes and ocelli reddish or purplish. Lateral margins frequently with black punctations, VM. KITSON Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona strenuella Walker, Pronotum: Greenish brown, anterolateral margins frequently with black punctations, Spin- ous lateral angles infuscated towards apices, dark punctate in their basal posterior portions, occa- sionally these punctations extending transversely across pronotal disc as a narrow band two or three punctations wide, more frequently a quad- rate patch of black punctations medially near posterior margin. On each side from base of (28 REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): each lateral spine an oblique luteous fascia reach- ing posterior margin near middle, Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and sinuously exca- vate behind collum. Lateral margins straight or slightly convex and diverging posteriorly in anterior half; posterior halt, with lateral angles, produced into a conical. slightly recurved spinous process directed outwards and upwards, about as long as posterolateral margin, its basal dia- meter rather less than length of posterolateral margin. Posterolateral margins slightly angu- lately concave, posterior margin broadly concave, Seutellum: 1n life anterior half green and posterior half Juteous, mediarily luteous produced forward a little into the green, On either side of scutellum 4 quadrate patch of dark puncta- tions, their centre just behind midlength of lateral margins, some sparse dark punctations in apical portion, No fovea at base of lateral margins, latter broadly convex in basal third, then very broadly and slightly conyex to broadly rounded apex. Frena reaching about half length. Hemelyira, Coriaceous parts green in life, rather sparsely and coarsely punctate. Exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded to shortly rounded apical angle, posterior margin neatly straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Menibrane and veins hyaline. Abdomen: Reddish green above with a medial broad black stripe extending back from well before apex of scutellum, genital segment black and reddish green above. Laterotergites: Green in life, posterior margin of VIIth narrowly black. Posterior exterior angles of all segments nearly rectangular with only a fine short spine. Underside: Luteous; a callous green patch on propleuron just behind eye and narrower than latter, extending back only a little more than half length of segment, most of basal 2/3 of tibiae (except extreme bases), a triangular patch in posterior portion of metapleuron and a broad lateral band on abdomen with its inner edge irregular also green, in males also a dark patch, perhaps green in life, more ventrally on either side and extending over ventrites HI-V, separated from the lateral patch by a narrow Sl-In7 December, (975 luteous bar, Antennal segments 1-V darker, 1f-11f strongly maculated with brown as are femora and tibia of last two pairs of legs. Fore femora and tibiae less densely maculated. A bar on the dorsal surface of antennifer and another along base of bucculae frequently black as are ventral surface and most of last segment of rostruin atid a series of lateral spots, one each at outer ends of sutures between episterna and epimera and one each on abdominal seyments 1V-VII, just behind each suture. Sometimes more ventral spots on the fourth and fifth ven- trites. Mesosternal keel hyaline, metasternal keel sometimes darker. Bucculae not quite reaching base of head, strongly sinuate. produced into an obtuse lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment 1 robust, surpassing bucculae and reachmg to unterior portion of prosternum, segment [1 compressed and curved. reaching to mid coxae; segment Tf reaching hind coxae and [V onto IT rd abdominal venirite. Ratio of antennal segments 10:17:17:24:25, Proepisterna and proepimera and posterior outer portion or propleuron lightly punctate with reddish black, mesepisterna and metepis- terna lightly punctate with fuscous as is extreme hind margin of metapleuran, Mesosternal keel projecting over prosternum to a_ Jittle past its apex, higher and thinner anteriorly, deflected to Jeft anteriorly in yentral view. Femora normal, tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in their apical third. Abdomen inpunctate except on external genitalia but rather finely rugulose, rounded in posterior view but ventrites VI-IIT progressively more carinate. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 43 E, apical margin of pygo- phore sinuate and medianly rather rectangularly excavate, slightly reflexed. Clasper Fig. 40 E-F, strongly P-shaped, Aedeagus Fig. 40 D, phallo- soma only lightly sclerotized: cotjunctiva pro- duced apically into two paralleled tubular lobes directed rather upwards and apically constricted, their posterior margins in the constricted region sclerotized: “lappet™ processes small, medial pemal plates shaped hke an inverted Y, a small tooth on posterior margins of interior branches, Gonopore located between them, Apex of female abdomen Fig. 43 F, hind margins of first gponocoxae transverse but “stepped”, the inner halves lying more anteriorly than the outer sections, RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I Dimensions 124 MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviauion of Range Variation Head lrg, acs ee bee See kak eee es 14 38 2-0 s4 35-42 Pigs wikltiy acne tyne Sse Re ewes e fee gee 14 39 Os 2-1 38-40 Antennal segment bw ce pe ee eee 20 10 0-7 68 8-10) Antennal segment Wooo, ce ce ce ee eee ZI 17 1-5 a8 15-20 Antennal segment IT 2. 2.202200. cay eeu csc 21 17 td 62 15-19 Antennal segment IV ....., 0.22. 00.22 eee 12 25 Ie 4-2 23-27 Antennal segment Vio. 2... eee ee eee 9 26 1s $7 24-28 Pronotisnr Width. ¢.qace even ei Cee tie ees Tieas i4 429 76 5-9 120-140 Pronotum length 2.0.0... cc eee ce ee ee ee 14 32 2-6 8] 26-35 Total length ..., 0... 2: Gelime tt upiep ti betta eyies 13 159 9-5 6-0 140-177 FEMALES Number of Standard Coeflicient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head Ieigtlt 2... ccndbiaceabiidcse ities. Price 25 4l 28 68 33-44. Head width oo... cep eee ce eee pe eee ees ee 25 41 1-6 39 37-44 Antennal segment Pci. ec eee ee een ee ee 38 10 0-7 73 8-11 Antennal segment (bo. 2.2 ee ee cee cee 38 18 15 8-2 15-20 Antennal segment Ill ...... 0.2.0... 00.22. 0..-- 38 16 16 10-2 13-20 Antennal segment TV 2.02 ee ee ee 26 24 V7 72 20-28 Antennal segment Yo... .....-.-- 22 24 16 67 21-28 Pronotum width ... 25 148 88 64 121-152 Pronotum length ....\: 25 37 3-9 10-7 31-43 Total lensth’ - ae: (yy: oe rh Ae, 25 175 12-5 72 155-210 Total length: 7:3-10-9 mm Remarks; One male Queensland specimen to hand of this species is rather smaller than the other material, the pronotum anteriorly has a longitudinal pale callus and the shape of the clasper appears to be rather different to that seen in the other specimens dissected. This Queensland form may represent a distinct sub- species but one specimen is not adequate to determine that this is so. Consequently it is not so considered here, the dimensions of this male is; head length 36; head width 36; antennal seg- ment I 8; antennal segment If 18; antennal segment LIT 13; antennal segment TY 25; antennal segment V 27; pronotum width 115; pronotum Jength 30; total length 139 (7:2 mm.). The types of both sfrenuella Walker and beutenmiilleri Van Duzee have been examined, and, although females, clearly represent this one species, Location of types: Type ? of strenuella, Walker, without locality BM; type 2? otf beutenmilleri Van Duzee, “Victoria”, AMNH. Specimens Examined: Queensland 3¢, Mt. Norman area yia Wallangarra, 7-8.X.1972, G. B. & S. R. Monteith UQ:; 34, unlocalised, from C. French Jun, 15.X1.1911 NM; New South Wales 19, Ebor, 3,.XIL1915 QM; |e, Jindabyne, | 000 m, Mar. 1889, Helms; 1°, Mannus near Tumbarumba, 1.XJ1.1950, T. G. Campbell: | ¢6, Dorrigo, Feb, 1929, W. Heron, K 59373, AM: 24, Abercrombie River, 80 km north of Goulburn, 27.X1.1967, Britton and Misko ANIC; 32, Dorrigo SAM; 29, The Dorrigo, | 000 m, W. Heron; 1%, near Sydney, Wheeler AMNH; 1%, 3 km west of Kioloa, 90 m, L7.X1I,.1962, E. S. Ross & D. O. Cavagnaro CA; 14 National Park, 29.TX.1902, Helms Collection, Bishop; Australian Capital Territory 44, 19, Blundells, 30,011.1930, T. G. Campbell; 12, Blundells, 30.VIT.1933, T, G, Campbell ANIC; Victoria 1 4, Emerald, Sept. 1930, J. Evans ANIC; 32, Ringwood; 1?, Trafalgar, 9.VI.1930, F. E. Wilson; 12, Murrindini, 24.111.1971,. A. Neboiss; | ¢. Wallan, 25.X11.1956, F. Hallgarten, NM; 1¢, Croydon, 24.XIL.1948, N. B. Tindale; 1¢, Port Campbell, Nov, 1959, G. F, Gross SAM: L¢@, Launching Place, 17,1.1905, Bueno via Van Duzee Collection CA; Tasmania 1 @, Dulverton, Mar. 1972 ANIC; South Australia 1%, Mylor, J. Formby, K56187 AM; 1?, Glen Stuart, 9.XI1,1893, Tepper; 1 ¢@, Magill, 13.X, 1883, on Aster sp, Tepper; 1 2, no locality or date, Rev. A. P. Burgess SAM; | 2, 1 °, no other data AMNH; Unlocalised 12:19, ex C, French Jun, 15.X1,191 1 NM; 12, Austral bor,, Thorey; !?, Australia, Boutard; 1°, Nov, Holl., Eke- berg, Stockholm, 130 REC, S, AUST. MUS., Cuspicona longispina sp. nov. Figs. 42, 43 C-D. Description: General appearance: Ground colour green in life with head and antennae, most of pronotum, apical half of scutellum, dorsum of abdomen, brownish, yellowish or cream coloured as also on underside of head, rostrum, most of pro- thorax, half of mesothorax, ventral regions of metathorax and abdomen, bases of femora and apices of tibiae. Head and anterior part of pronotum strongly deflexed, Lateral angles of pronotum produced into long spines, on dorsal surface of spines and across disc of pronotuni between spines a band of black punctates five or more punctations wide. Head: Brownish yellow, extreme lateral mar- gins with some blackish punctations, eyes and ery re oetee *, Fig. 42. 17 (6): S1-167 December, 1975 ocelli purplish red. Disc evenly and finely punc- tate, rather raised medially, more so towards base than apex. Pronotum: Brownish with apices of lateral spines black and a broad row of punctations on spines basal to black tips and then running transversely across pronotum black, this row more than five punctations wide in centre of disc, In fresh specimens a green trapezium shaped patch anteriorly not reaching anterior or lateral mar- gins, calli glabrous, located in the green area. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and rather rectangularly excavate behind collum. Antero- lateral margins straight, obtuse, and diverging posteriorly in anterior half; posterior half, with lateral angles, produced into a long, conical acute tipped spinous process which is directed outwards and somewhat upwards, these spines about 50 per cent longer than posterolateral VM. KITSON Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona /ongispina sp. nov, RIYNCHOCORIS GROUP [IN AUSTRALIA AND ADIACENT AREAS margins, their basal diameters ahout 25 per cent less than length of posterolateral margins, Posterolateral margins obtusangulately concave, posterior margins broadly concave. Seutellum: 1n fresh specimens a basal green triangular patch more or less in the shape of seutellum itself but not reaching lateral margins nor further than three quarters of the length, laterally to this bright yellow, in posterior third to one quarter of scutellum cream coloured with coarse black punctations tending to be concen- trated near midline. No fovea at base of lateral margins, latter broadly convex in basal half then almost straight to broadly lanceolate apex, Dise only slightly raised basally. Frena reaching about half Jength. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts green in life, fading to brown in museam specimens, coarsely punctate, Slightly narrower than abdomen in apical two thirds; exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly convex to nearly acute apical angle, posterior margin of corium nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded, Clavus elongate triangular, Mem- brane und yeins hyaline. Abdomen: Not clearly seen in any of the specimens but apparently brownish yellaw with some paired black marks behind apex of scutel- lum. Lateretergites: Green in life, posterior exterior angles of segments nearly rectangular. Underside; Head, first, second and most of third antennal segments and most of rostrum brownish yellow; apex of third antennal and fourth and fifth antennal segments brown: rost- rum ventrally and most of its apical segment black, a reddish patch ventrally near base of second segment. Prothorax rather cream col- oured with black spots course on underside of lateral spines and Jess dense on propleuron. Above proepisternum and proepimeron a glab- rous concolorous patch and exterior to this a rhomboidal callous green patch reaching to anterior margin, almost to exterior margin but widely separated from posterior margin, Mesa- thorax mostly cream coloured with posteriorly a narrow nearly quadrate green patch reaching exterior margin. Metathorax broadly cream coloured ventrally, laterally green, the inner margin of this green in line with inner margin of green mesothoracic patch. Metasterfal- mesosternal keel semihyaline, Coxae and bases of femora cream coloured, rest of femora and bases of tibiae green, apical 25 of tibiae yellow, fh t (31 farsi and claws brown. Abdomen with whole external genitalia broadly pale cream coloured medially, laterally green. Bucculae reaching base of head, convexly curved, produced into a rather triangular lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment T robust, reaching base of head, segment II arched and reaching mid coxue, segment IIL to base of abdomen and [V to base of abdominal ventrite V, Ratio of antennal segments 9)17:16:22:22. Propleuron Sparsely punctate except on green area, meso- pleuron sparsely punctate on inesepisternum, metapleuron sparsely punctate on metepisternum, Metasternal-mesosternal keel projecting over pro- sternuin to a little past its apex, higher and thinner anteriorly, deflected a little to left anter- iorly in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae slightly flattened apically on exterior surface: Abdomen impunctate, rather rounded — in posterior view but ventrites VILL progressively nore carinate ventrally. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 43 C, pygophore with posterior margin shallowly concave in middle, Jaterally slightly sinuate, rather broadly and slightly reflexed. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 43 D, posteriar margins of tirst gonocoxae sinuate, paratergites XI almost triangular, Dimensians Paralype Paratype Holotype Males Females 3 (Average (Average of 6) of 6) Head longth .--. 22.22... 37 36 39 Head width etkrerc’ 37 37 37 Antennal seament ho...) 6. § 9 9 Antennal segment TW ...... 17 18 17 Antennal segment Whoo... 16 16 14 Antennal segment lV ...... 21 22 22 Antennal seement V ..,.. 33 23 21 Pronotum width -...-,.. . «135 130 138 Pronotum leheth oo... ... 6. 32 30 45 Total length ..,.... fae TWAS 139 145 Total length: 6-0-7-8 mm Remarks: This species is rather similar to theracica but differs in the much longer Jateral spines on the pronotum, in the laterally green and ventrally luteous abdomen, the different Shape of the male pygophore and the lack of black punctations on the disc of the head. It appears to replace theracica and apotheracica in South Australia and Western Victoria. Location of types: Holotype 4. 1 paratype @, North Beach. Wallaroo, South Australia, by beating flowering ti-tree (Melaleuca sp.), 12.11.1964, G. F, Gross SAM 120,633-4: allotype @, 1 paratype 2,6 km east of Two Wells. South Australia, beaten from 132 REC. S$. AUST. MUS., Melaleuca lanceolata Otto, 7.VUI.1971, A. N. McFarland SAM 120,665-6; 1 paratype ¢. | paratype ¢, 6 km east of Two Wells, South Aus- tralia on Callitris preissii Miq., 6.TV.1968, A. N. McFarland SAM _ 120,667-8; | paratype ¢, approx. 5 km east of Two Wells, South Australia, on Melaleuca, 27.V1.1966, A. N. McFarland SAM 120,669; | paratype ¢, Yarcowie, 26.1V. 1894, H. Mayer SAM 120,670; | paratype ¢, ventral surface of pygorphore Veen ventral Surface of pyqophore posterior margin of pygaphore ventral surface of pyqaphore Fig. 43. Cuspicona strenuella Walker. aspect of male abdomen. Cuspicona longispina. aspect of female abdomen, of male abdomen. Cuspicona cygniterrae sp. nov. Figs. 43 A-B, 44. Description: General appearance: Ground colour brown in life with anterior half of scutellum, corium, clavus, laterotergites, legs (except apices of tibiae and tarsi), a patch on propleuron, and outer margin of abdomen (broadly) bright green. Rest of underside creamy coloured. Lateral angles of pronotum produced into long spines. 17 (6): 31-167 December, 1975 Summit of Hummocks Mount, in dense under- scrub and trees, 30.Y.1968, H. M. Cooper SAM 120,671; | paratype ¢, 1 paratype ¢, Murray River South Australia, H. S$. Cope AM; | para- type °, Purnong on Murray River South Aus- tralia; 1 paratype ?. Mallee, Northwest Victoria, donated 5.X.1922 F. P. Spry NM. Specimens examined: The types only. sternum X paratergite Vill paratergite XI sternum +. paratergite first gonacoxa a — Pee ease ar a x fae ieee: sternum X paratergqite 1X firs! gonocoxa Cuspicona cygniterrae sp. noy., Cuspicona longispina sp. noy., A-B. Cuspiconad cygniterrae, BR, ventral aspect of female abdomen. C. yentral aspect of male abdomen. E-F. Cuspicona strennella. F. ventral aspect of female abdomen. A. ventral c-D, D. ventral E. ventral aspect Head: Yellowish or greenish brown, evenly punctate; eyes and ocelli reddish or purplish. Relatively long in relation to its width. Pronotum: Brown, apices of lateral angles black or reddish black, punctations reddish black, a broad longitudinal raised area in anterior half and calli glabrous, yellowish. Anterior margin oblique behind eyes and rather rectangularly excavate behind collum. Lateral margins straight and diverging posteriorly in anterior half, pos- terior half with lateral angles produced into a RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 133 long, conical, acute-tipped spinous process up to about 75 per cent longer than posterolateral margin, its basal diameter about the same as length of posterolateral margin. Posterolateral margin only faintly concave, posterior margin broadly concave. Scutellum: In life anteriorly greenish and posteriorly brown, normal length, raised basally and nearly flat in apical two thirds. No, or only a minute fovea at base of lateral margins, latter broadly convex in basal third, then very broadly and slightly convex to broadly rounded apex. Punctations rather sparse and concolorous in anterior portion and in midline in medial third, laterally a dense patch of reddish black punctations near middle, in apical quarter punc- tations sparse but reddish black. Frena reaching about half length. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts green in life, yellowish brown in museum specimens, rather sparsely and coarsely punctate, depressed and silvery glabrous just exterior to medial fracture. Narrower than abdomen in apical three quarters; exterior margin of corium concave in basal quarter then broadly rounded to shortly rounded apical angle, posterior margin of corium nearly straight, inner angle broadly rounded. Clavus elongate triangular. Membrane and veins hya- line. Abdomen: In museum specimens anteriorly and laterally yellowish; medially (behind apex of scutellum) a black spot, then reddish to apex with some black patches margining the reddish. Laterotergites: Yellowish or green, posterior margin of VIIth narrowly reddish black. Pos- terior lateral angles of all segments rather blunt. Underside: Head, antennae and rostrum yell- owish brown, latter darker ventrally and with terminal segment black in apical half. Thorax Betncr K HERD + os ——— 5mm. Fig. 44. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicena cygniterrae sp. ney. 134 REC. 8. and abdomen yellaw but green areas as follows: femora and basal 2/3 of tibiae, a rather quadrate glabrous patch on propleuron behind eye but not reaching posterior margin of propleuron, a triangular region along outer portion of hind margin of metaplearon which extends forward on this segment as Jateral margin is approached, a broad lateral band on abdomen with tts interior edge sinuated. Tarsal claws black, apical half of lateral spine red, infuscated towards apex, metasternal-mesosternal keel hyaline. Pale por- tion of abdominal venter with faint pink macu- lations. In males medially on yventrite VII near its apex some black spots and apical margin and red markings. Female with reddish black spots on first gonocoxae and pale reddish marks on rest of external genitalia, hind margins of paratergite VILE Jateral to median incision narrowly black. Bucculae not reaching base of head, sinuate, produced into an obtuse lobe anteriorly, Rostral segment I robust, surpassing bucculae and reach- ing base of head, segment It reaching about middle of mid coxae, segment II] to buse of abdomen and IV to base of 1Vth abdominal ventrile, Ratio of antennal segments 9: 15: 13: 21:21. Propleuron sparsely punctate on mese- pisternum and mesepimeron along posterior margin, on underside of lateral spine strongly punctate, mesopleuron punctate only on mesepis- ternum, metapleuron punctate on episternum, cpimeron and along posterior margin. Meta- sternal-mesosternal keel projecting ayer proster- num to a little past its apex. higher and thinner anteriorly, deflected to the left anteriorly in ventral view. Femora normal, tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in their apical third, Abdomen impunctute save where previously indicated, rather rounded in posterior yiew but ventrites V-IIL progressively more carinate medianly. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 43 A. pygophore with posterior margin medianly rather rectangularly excavate, posterior margin rather broadly and slightly reflexed. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 43 B, posterior margins of first gonocoxae rather concave. Dimensions— Parameter Males Females (average of 2) (average of 5) Head length ....-......-..-. 32 a7 Head width ....-.,..-.-..4- 4 ah Antennal segment # --- 2... 9 9 Antennal segment Wo... --, -- lo is Antennal segment HE... .,... a] id Antennal segment Vo...) 0. 2] 21 Antennal segment Vo...) , 6. 2] 2 Pronotum width - 2.002.050. 128 137 Pronotum length 2.2... - 25 27 Total length ....-.. 22... 12h 147 Total Jength: 6 4-7-6 Wm AUST. MUS,, 17 {@); SL-LA7 Deconiber, V975 Remarks: C. cygniterrae resembles rather closely C. longispina in general appearance und in the possession of very long produced lateral angles of the pronoltum. Jt is however distin- guished from that species by not having a conspicuous transverse dark band of punctations running across the pronotum between the lateral angles, by haying a conspicous patch of dark punctations on either side of the scutellum near its middle and by the more rectangularly excised hind margin of the pygophore, C. cygniterrae, like C. longispina, also resem- bles C. strenuella but has longer lateral spines on the pronotum and differently shaped external genitalia. C. cygniterrae appears to occur only in Western Australia whereas C. longispina is found in South Australia and Western Victoria und C. strenuella ranges from South Australia to Queensland, The Thomas River specimen of cygniterrae has shorter lateral spines. on the pronotum than the other examples. Lecation of Typer: Holotype 2%. Kalamunda, Western Australia, 3,JV.1963, J, Dell WAM; | paratype , Thomas River 100 km east of Esperance at 33° SI’ S 121° 53 E, Western Australia, 20,X11969, E, B. Britton ANIC; allotype 4, 1 paratype ¢. Mt. William, Western Australia, 250 m, 6X1], 1963, J. Sedlacek Bishop; 1 paratype 6, 1 para- type 2, Swan River, L. J, Newman BM; | paratype 4,1 paratype °, Serpentine Dam near Jarrahdale, Western Australia 9.XTI.1971, on Agonis linearifolia (DC) Schau, J, A, Slater in J, A. Slater Collection, Storrs, Connecticut, U.S.A. Specimens Examined: The types orily. Simplex Group The simplex Group of species includes a group of species ranging from the Philippines. through Indonesia and New Guinea to Australia, New Zealand, Norfolk Island, New Caledonia and the New Hebrides. The species in this group are nearly completely grass-green in lite with perhaps pinkish or reddish lateral angles of the pronotum and sometimes several of the other Jateral margins as well. In museum collections most specimens fade to a characteristic light yellow colour with the pink areas persistent in colour. The lateral angles of the pronotum may be rounded (privata), obliquely truncate (nor- folcensis), acute (simplex) or produced as a rather conical spine (foriicornis). The hind margin of the corium is convex. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I In all of the species the first gonocoxae of the female do not have a transverse or slightly concave posterior margin but instead this margin is produced posteriorly in its inner half, some- times gently, sometimes almost rhomboidally. There is a small but varied list of host plants from which members of this group have been captured but only plants of the family Solan- aceae have been recorded more than once and in their case for four of the eight species of this group which occur in the area covered by this paper. Further work on the male aedeagus pattern in Cuspicona may reveal that this group of species should perhaps be placed into a new genus of their own. However the dissections which could be done on members of the group do not reveal any apparent major differences from earlier mentioned species of Cuspicona and so far as Fig. 45, 135 I have been able to see nothing of the order of differences which distinguish Ocirrhoe species from species of Cuspicona. Cuspicona privata Walker, 1867 Figs. 45, 46 A-D, 48 A-B. Pentatoma viride Montrouzier, 1855, p. 98 (pre- occupied by Pentatoma viridis Palisot de Beau- ville, 1811). Cuspicona viridis Montrouzier and Signoret, 1861, p. 65. Stil, 1866, p. 156; 1876, p. 102. Lethierry and Severin, 1893, p, 181, Distant, 1920, p. 146. Cuspicona privata Walker, 1867, p. 382. New synonym but oldest available name. Cuspicona laminata Stal, 1876, p. 102. Lethierry and Severin, 1893, p. 180. Kirkaldy, 1905. p.357. New synonym. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicena privata Walker. 136 REC. S. AUST. MUS. Ocirrhoe privata Distant, 1900a, p, 422, Cuspicona zeloma Kirkaldy, 1909, p. 143 (new name for viride Montrouzier ). Description: General appearance: Ground colour bright green in life but museum specimens frequently yellowish. Punctation fairly fine and even over dorsal surface, on dorsum of head denser and appearing rugulose. Lateral angles of pronotum broadly rounded. Head: Concolorous, densely punctate. and ocelli concolorous or blackish. Pronotum: Concolorous though lateral angles sometimes slightly infuscated; latter broadly rounded. Anterior margin concavely excavate behind collum changing rather gradually to obliquely excavate behind eyes. Anterolateral margins nearly straight. Posterolateral margin concavely elongate, posterior margin only slightly concave. Punctations fine though not very dense, calli impunctate. Scutellum: Concolorous; rather long; faintly raised basally and nearly flat in apical two thirds. Lateral margins with at base a concolorous fovea, slightly convex in basal half, then straight and gently converging then converging more strongly Eyes 17 (6): 51-167 December, (975 Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous, finely but not so densely punctate, narrowly glabrous just interior to medial fracture, Nar- rower than abdomen in apical three quarters; exterior margin of corium faintly concave basally then broadly convex to apex; apical angle strongly convex, posterior margin convex, Clavus reach- ing to about middle of scutellum, elongate trian- gular. Membrane hyaline with veins same colour, Abdomen: Concolorous; impunctate. Lateroter gites: Concolorous; sometimes impunctate sometimes with sparse punctations; apical angles with a small black tipped spine, those on seventh segment hardly longer than rest. Underside: Mainly concolorous or tending somewhat lighter than upperside with antennae and apical segment of rostrum (except black apex) brown. Tarsal claws black in apical halves. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching about base of head, anteriorly produced into a small angulate lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae, IT nearly straight and just surpassing fore coxae, III reaching nearly to second coxae, IV to about middle of hind to apex. A trace of a medial impunctate line on coxae. Ratio of antennal segments I-V 8:17:14: disc. 23:26. Propleuron coarsely punctate except fappel_ process asymmetrical Yr i basal plates asymmetrical apex of Cornjunetivea ps Fig. 46. Cuspicuna privatu Walker. A. aedeagus. C. clasper (New Hebrides conjunctiva {lament of os A ~ madial panial plate -0-5mm—— al night hand side view of B. dorsal aspect of apex (conjunctiva) of aedeagus, examples). OD. clasper (Australian examples). RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1I broadly along Jateral margin and on procpis- ternum and proepimeron. Mesopleuron punctate only laterally in an anterior triangular area reaching from, and including, mesepisternum and with apex not reaching to exterior margin. Metasternum coarsely punctate only posteriorly. Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over pros- ternum but not to apex of latter, prosternum deeply sulcate under the keel, keel more elevated anteriorly than posteriorly. Femora normal, all tibiae rather flattened exteriorly in their apical quarter, first two pairs more obviously so than posterior pair; tarsi normal. Abdomen only gently V-shaped in posterior view, coarsely punctate laterally, glabrous along midline and lateral margins. Apex of male abdomen Fig, 48 A, apical margin of pygophore Dimensions — 137 rather angulately concave, aboye posterior mar- gin a low forwardly inclined septum, Clasper Fig. 46 C-D, rather F-shaped, the upper ramus much longer in New Hebrides specimens (Fig. 46 C) than in Australian specimens (Fig, 46 D)., Aedeagus Fig. 46 A-B, with basal plates rather slender though large, phallosoma only: slightly sclerotized. Conjunctiva produced anteriorly into an asymmetrical lobe (shown clearly in dorsal view Fig. 46 B), produced dextrally into two short lobes and sinistrally into a larger reflexed lobe; “lappet” processes rather long and slender: a robust vesica with a terminal filament opens in front of the medial penial plates which lie laterally on a ventral membranous swelling. Apex of female abdomen Fig, 48 B, hind margin of first gonocoxae oblique and slightly concave, so that there is only a short obtuse interior lobe. MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Runge Variation Head length 27 32 16 51 30-34. Pocel Width’. cnn. 858 sews ee cose es Bak 28 7 12 37 34-4) Antennal segment Po. 2. ee ee 4| 8 (7 8:2 7-10 Antennal segment I ee a 49 7 1-6 97 14-21 Antennal segment HE... 6 ee eee eee 49 14 1 13-8 11-20 Antennal segment TV 0). ec eee eee ces 33 23 bs 78 20-27 Antennal segment ¥ 23 26 1-7 67 23-29 Pronotum Width . 0.0.0.2... 0c eee eee ee ees 28 96 7 roe) 85-119 Pronotum length .. 22.020 2. eee wee ee, 28 34 2:2 66 28-39 Tétallength f49 4am eared raat ts 28 159 120 76 138-178 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Meun Deviation of Range Variation Head length -...,--.-.----.-. --. ee ae 32 32 18 34 28-35 Hoad Width occ, cc ccceeceer ep eeen teen ee teens 32 38 1-6 42 35-41 Antennal segment oii cereus tw eteme ey rete entens 54 8 Os 9-2 6-9 Antennal segment 11 Sit Tate 1 tA 57 7 1-5 9-0 13-20 Antennal segment HT... 2.22... ee, 56 14 [8 t34 11-22 Antennal segment IV... ee ee eee ee 50 23 24 10-8 18-29 Antennal segment V Sarr cee Srerl 38 26 2:4 74 20-30 Pronotum Width ».... 6.5 cee ey eens 32 99 5-4 3-5 83-110 Pronotum length 2... ep eee te ences 32 35 26 TS 2741 Total lengsh 0.2) (200622 peepee beep tsaeia aig 32 166 12-4 7S 148-190 Total Jengih: 7:2-9-9 rm Remarks: This is one of the most widely distributed species of the genus in this area, ranging from the New Hebrides through the Loyalty Islands and New Caledonia to Australia and in Australia from Queensland to Victoria. The only records on plants are from ferns and blackberries, The wedeayus is singular in the genus in that the conjunctiva apically is produced laterally but asymmetrically with two lobes, one the right hand side (as seen from the rear and looking forward) bifid and one larger entire reflexed lobe on the left hand side. As the claspers of New Hebrides examples have the upper ramus much longer than in Australian examples a case could be made for a subspecific difference here. However, as we do not yet know the shape of the claspers in Loyalty Island or New Caledonian examples it would be premature to create subspecies at this time. Loeation of types: Type of Pentatoma viride Montrouzier, “Woodlark 1.°, not located; holotype 2 of Cuspicona privata Walker, “Aneityum, New Hebrides”, in BM; holotype of Cuspicona laminara Stal, “New Caledonia”, in Stockholm, 138 REC, 5. AUST: Specimens examined: New Hebrides the type of privara Walker and 1 2, Aneityum, Nov. 1930, L, E. Cheesman, BM 1931-127; 12, Red Crest, 365 m., 4°8 km N.E, of Ancleauhat, Aneityum. May-June L955, L. BE. Cheesman, BM 1955-217; 19. Tanna, Oct. 1930, L. B. Cheesman BM 1931-30; 24, Erromanga, Aug, 1930, L. E, Cheesman,. BM 1930-496; 1¢, north east Malekula, July 1929, L. EB. Cheesman, BM 1929-514; 19, by beating ferns in vicinity of Anelcauhat, Aneityum, 22.VIL1971,G. F_ Gross on Royal Society Percy Sladen Expedition SAM. Loyalty Islands 18, La Roche, Maré, 30.X1. 1911, Distant coll, 1911-383 BM. Queensland 19, Pitmpamia, 17.111.1962, L J. McKenzie, 1 4 Mt. Glorious, 25.1V.1930, D.D.A.; 1 4 Laming- ton National Park, 28,V,1959, F. A. Perkins: }é, Bald Mountain area, via Emu Vale, 900- 1200 m (3 000-4 O00ft.), 26-30.1.1973, G. Monteith: UO; 14, 22. Mt. Tambourine, 19 & 22.X01.1925, A. Musgrave & G, P. Whitley AM K 54695; 14, Fairy Bower, Rockhampton, 15.1.1962, 1.F.B, Common; 1 ? , Bidsvold ANIC; 1°, Cairns, A. M. Lea; 14, Kuranda, F. P. Dodd; 1°, Lake Barrine, Atherton Tableland, 700 m,, 12,1V.1932, P. Darlington on Harvard Expedition; 12, Lankelly Creek, Mellwrsith Range, Cape York Peninsula, 7,V1.1932. P- Darlington on Harvard Expedition; 1%, Bunda- berg, A. M. Lea; { ?, National Park, McPherson Range, (910-1 220 m), 12.01f.1932, P_ Darling- ton on Harvard Expedition; 14, 322, Mt. Tambourine, A. M. Lea SAM; 12, Bundaberg BM 1942-95; 14,29, Tambourine Mountains. 1-9 & 18-25.V.1935, R, E. Turner BM 1935- 240; 19%, National Park, McPherson Range. (910-1 220m), 10,11f,1932, P. Darlington on Harvard Expedition; 1%, Lankelly Creek, Mell- wraith Range, Cape York Peninsula, 7,V1I.1932. P. Darlington on Harvard Expedition AMNH; 14, Tambourine Mountain, 28.X.1912, H, Hacker, KU; | @, Mt. Glorious, in rain forest, 13-16,11,1961, L. & M. Gressitt; 14.19%, Lam- ington National Park, 900-1 000 m., 16-18.11. 1964, J. Sedlacek; | 4, 1 2, Babinda, from serub, 1920, J, F. Illingworth BISHOP, New South Wales 14, Dorrigo National Park via Dorrigo, 21,1.1966, T. Weir UQ; 12, Tooloum. Jan. 1926, H. Hacker QM; | 4, Dorrigo, W. Heron; 22, Ulong East, Dorrigo, W. Heron, K 43657; 14, 19, Comboyne, 10.X1.1932, K, C., McKeown. K 66123-4; 14, Wollongong, Dob- bins Bush, on blackberry, 12.11.1949 and 12, Wollongong. on blackberry inflorescence, 13. LIT. 1949, both C. B, Chadwick; 19, Sydney, Oct. 1931, Dr. K. K. Spence AM; 1 @, Bawley Points of Ulladulla, 2.17.1961, B. F. Waterhouse; | 2. MUS. 17 (Bj). S1.167 December, (975 8 km (5 miles) south of Bega, 28.X11,1964, K,. R. Norris ANIC: 17, Upper Williams Road, Oct. 1926, Lea & Wilson; 14, Baw Baw near Armitage, Mar, 1914 NM; 14, 1%, Dorriga: 15, Sydney. Lea SAM} 1 ¢ . Fairfield, 27.11, 1960, F. L. Edwards BM 1960-370; 19, The Dorrigo, 1 000 m, W, Heron BM: 14,19 Killara, 16.J11. 1945, N.E. Kent BM 1950-317; 1 2, unlocalised, RM; Australian Capital Territory 1%, Black Mountain, 4.111.1964, H, Davies: 2 2, O'Connor, 13,X11.1967, LF.B. Common ANIC; Victoria 22, Lungwarrin, 8&.XIL1923: 1¢, Jarrah Valley, Jan. 1961, K. Healey; 14, Walhalla, Apr. 1930, F. E. Wilson; 14, Burwood, 16.IX. 1959, K. Matchett; 1@, 19%. Ferntree Gully, Jan. 1916, donated F, P. Spry: 1 ¢. Melbourne. May 1929, F. D. Selby; 24, 12 km- south east of Merrijig. Hawqua River, 30.X1.1971, A. Neboiss; 12, Millgrove, 9,11.1929, F, B. Wilson NM; 1 ¢, Launching Place, 10.1.1905, ev E, P, Van Duzee Collection CA. Cuspicona norfolcensis sp, nov, Figs. 47, 48 C Description: General appearance: Yellowish, but probably bright green in life. Punctation not even over dorsal surface, on head denser and appearing rugulose. Lateral angles of pronotum obliquely truncate, Head: Concolorous, densely punctate. purple, ocelli red, Pronotum. Coneolorous. Anterior margin rather ungulately excavate behind collum and oblique behind eyes. Anterolatcral margins nearly straight, lateral angles obliquely truncate: posterolateral margin concavely excavate; poste- rior margin slightly concave, Punctations fine and fairly dense, calli impunctate. Sentellum; Coneolorous, rather long; faintly raised basally and nearly flat in apical two thirds. Lateral margin with at base a concolorous fovea, slightly convex in basal half, then straight then converging to relatively narrow rounded to lanceolate apex, Punctate as for pronotum. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous, punctations coafser and less dense than on pronotum and scutellum, narrowly glabrous just interior to medial fracture. Only slightly narrower than abdomen in apical half; exterior margin of corium fairly concave basally then broadly convex to apex; apical angle convex and posterior margin convex. Clavus reaching about middle of scutellum, elongate triangular. Mem- brane and its veins hyaline. Eyes RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 139 Basnom 4 HERO t—$__— 5 mym-—— Fig. 47. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona norfolcensis sp. nov. Abdomen: Not visible on single example. Laterotergites: Interiorly concolorous but exteriorly narrowly infuscated on laterotergites VI and VII; apical angles with a small black- tipped spine, the spines on VI and VII larger than rest. Underside: Concolorous but apices of rostrum, tarsal claws, abdomen and pygophore (wholly) infuscated. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching base of head, anteriorly produced into an angulate lobe. Rostral segment I robust, reaching to base of bucculae, II nearly straight and just surpass- ing fore coxae, UI reaching between mid and hind coxae, IV to about middle of third abdominal segment. Ratio of antennal segments I-V_ = 11:20:20:28:30. Propleuron coarsely punctate except broadly laterally and on proepisternum and proepimeron. Mesopleuron apparently impunctate, metapleuron also impunc- tate. | Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over prosternum to apex of latter, rather strongly elevated anteriorly and lower posteriorly. Legs normal, tibiae not flattened. Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view, a few scattered punctations laterally. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 48 C, seventh segment apically in the middle and its posterior spines and pygophore infuscated. Apical margin of pygo- phore sinuate. Dimensions: Head length 30, head width 42, antennal segment I 11, antennal segment IT 20, antennal segment III 20, antennal segment IV 28, antennal segment V 30, pronotum length 41, pronotum width 119, total length 200. Total length: 10°4 mm, 140 REC. S. ventral surface of pyqaphore ventral surface of pygophore 10mm- ventral surface of pygophore D 1Omm Fig. 48. Cuspicona simplex Walker, A-B. Cuspicona privata. ventral aspect of male abdomen. aspect of male ubdomen, AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 sternum X& . paratergite TA Alirst gonecoxa sternum X paratergite IX first gonocoxa / sternum X / _paratergite IX first X gonocoxa Cuspicona privata Walker, Cuspicona norfolcensiy sp. novy., Paracirrhoe A. ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen. D-E. Cuspicona simplex. D. E. ventral aspect of female abdomen. woodwardi gen. sp. mov. C. Crspicona norfolcensis— ventral F. Paroeirrhoe woodwardi—ventral aspect of female abdomen. Remarks: This species is fairly similar to privata, simplex and proxima in general appear- ance but may be distinguished, at least in males. by the darkened abdominal apex beneath. Location of type: Holotype 4, Norfolk Island, A. M. Lea, SAM 1 20, 662. Specimens exumined: The holotype only. Cuspicona simplex Walker, 1867 Figs. 1 B, 48 D-E, 49, 50 A-D, 51 Cuspicona simplex Walker, 1867, p. 388. Frog- gatt, 1901, p. 5, fig. 8; 1907, p. 329, pl, 31. Sloan, 1941, p. 277-294. Anon., 1942 p. 498, Spiller & Turbott, 1944, p. 79. Woodward, 1953, p. 314, 320; 1954, p. 215, 217. Eyles, 1960, p. 1004. Ramsay 1963, p. 5. Cuspicona virescens Tryon, (non Westwood & Dallas), 1889, p. 189. Description: General appearance: Ground colour bright green in life but museum specimens frequently yellowish. Punctation fairly fine and even over dorsal surface, on dorsum of head denser and appearing rugulose. Lateral angles of pronotum acute. Head. Concolorous, densely punctate. Eyes and ocelli concolorous or blackish purple. Pronotum: Concolorous though lateral angles partly blackish or pinkish at extreme apex. Apical angles produced as a short rectangular spine about one-third length of posterolateral margins. Anterior margin trapeziformly excavate behind collum and obliquely truncate behind eyes. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 14] Anterolateral margin straight or only very faintly concave, obtuse. Posterolateral margin strongly and rather rectangularly concave, posterior margin only faintly concave. Punctation fine and dense, calli impunctate. Scutellum: Concolorous; flat in apical two thirds, faintly raised in basal third. Lateral margins with at base a concolorous fovea, slightly convex in basal half, then straight but converging to near apex, latter broadly rounded. A trace of a medial impunctate line on disc, Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous; finely and fairly densely punctate except just inward of medial fracture in its apical half, then glabrous. Exterior margin of corium slightly concave basally then broadly convex to apex: apical angle strongly convex; posterior margin convex. Clavus short but elongate triangular. Membrane hyaline with veins same colour. Abdomen: Concolorous; impunctate. Laterotergites: Concolorous; some coarse punctations exteriorly; apical angles with a small black tipped spine, those on seventh segment not longer than rest. Underside: Concolorous except: antennae brown; underside of rostrum and apex of terminal segment, apical halves of tarsal claws, and apical spines on sides of abdominal ventrites black. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to base of head, anteriorly lobulately produced. Rostral segment I robust, reaching almost to base of bucculae, If arched and reaching nearly to middle of mesosternum, III reaching to between mid and hind coxae, IV reaching about apex of abdominal ventrite I]. Ratio of antennal seg- ments I-V approximately 8: 19:18:26: 29. Propleuron coarsely punctate except broadly along lateral margin and on proepisternum and proepimeron. Mesosternum coarsely punctate but with several callous patches, an especially large one yentrally. Metasternum coarsely ea BP ES ae | LP te we Be By Wes * sel ORL, Lee ec ea Ny eee oat 5mm: Ps. Fig. 49. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona simplex Walker. REC, §, AUST. conjunctiva / basal plates MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 Deceniber, 1975 . conjunctiva lappet processes ay vesica —medial penial lobes basal plates conjunctiva imm ' / " vesica ‘lappet" a “ process phallosoma Ky capitate D & | P process \ H basal plates ae 0O-5mm Fig. 50. Cuspicona simplex Walker. A. dorsal aspect of aedeagus. BB, righthand side view of aedeagus. C. ventral aspect of aedeagus. D. clasper. punctate except on evaporative area. Meso- sternal keel reaching over prosternum but not to apex of latter, prosternum deeply sulcate under the keel, the keel more elevated in anterior half than posterior half. Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical. Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view, medially rather broadly raised along midline and glabrous, glabrous also along lateral margins between, these and midline coarsely punctate. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 48 D, apical margin of pygophore rather sinuate, medially the pos- terior margin ventrally more depressed than the remainder, above posterior margin a low septum. Clasper Fig. 50 D, strongly F-shaped. Aedeagus Fig. 50 A-C with basal plates rather large, phallosoma only very lightly sclerotized. Con- junctiva rather rounded in dorsal and ventral view, triangular in lateral view, not divided into appendages except for a pair of more strongly sclerotized “lappet processes” dorso-laterally; medial penial plates ventrally directed and in the shape of an inverted Y when viewed from the side, their dorsal arms apparently connected (Fig. 50 C); there is a short vesica opening just in front of the medial penial plates. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 48 E, hind margin of first gonocoxae produced only into a short lobe which is not rectangular. Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Fidadd fanethi 205 os nse Ate SY pra pee tae say 49 34 1-8 54 29-38 Head width 20... 0... c eee eee eect cree cece 50 40 1-5 38 36-43 Antennal segment Iw... eee eee 76 9 1-0 108 6-11 Antennal segment Hw... ee ee ee 85 19 1:2 60 17-22 Antennal segment II] ..... 0... 0. 0000.5. 0 000008 86 18 1-6 89 14-21 Antennal segment IV ................5, Tah ehs 78 26 1-6 63 21-29 Antennal segment V ..... 2... ee ees 60 30 1-4 49 25-31 Pronotum width |... 2.2... ....00...0 00200200 ee 49 117 65 55 105-135 Pronotum length ....... 0.0... ..0..0 0.00000 08 50 38 35 9-1 32-47 Total length ...-,-.,.-....---4-- AAPG S «Ran 50 182 93 +1 160-203 RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 143 Dimensions— FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length ..........0 255 564 peg ce cee eae 49 34 21 61 30-40 Head Width) ce, pe ke dh Slab eseea 50 4| 16 40 37-45 Antennal segment] «0. 2c eee 79 9 0-7 8:3 7-10 Antennal segment IL 2... 0.2... ee eee ees 86 20 1-2 60 16-25 Antennal segment IIL 2.2... 2... ee eee eee 83 18 1:7 9-1 15-22 Antennal segment IV ...........4 0.422002 00s 69 26 17 64 22-30 Antennal segment Vo... ee 59 29 16 5:3 23-32 Pronotum width .,........226 620 ese eee 50 125 8-7 6:9 105-139 Pronotum length .............-..-. vee eette 50 41 36 8-7 34-48 Total femgth 4 yu icnk ete dpe sees ete thee ne 50 196 12-2 63 170-225 Total length: 8-3-11-7 mm Remarks: This species is particularly common near the coast in eastern Australia though there are scattered records from Victoria, Tasmania, South Australia and Western Australia (Fig. 51). It occurs in New Zealand (Spiller and Turbott. 1944; Woodward 1953 and 1954; Eyles, 1960; Ramsay, 1963) and the Three Kings Islands (Woodward, 1954) where it is believed to be introduced from Australia, and occurs also on Lord Howe Island (material in ANIC). ® Cuspicona simplex WESTERN Vo ee | \ | AUSTRALIA 1 i | pent Fig. 51. NORTHERN TERRITORY In common with several other species in this section of the genus it is associated frequently with solanaceous plants, particularly the genus Solanum. In Australia it has been reported from Solanum nigrum L, and potatoes (Tryon 1889, Froggatt 1901) and from tomatoes (Sloan, 1941), Other records noted from the specimens examined are potatoes (Gordon N.S,W.), Solanum hispidum Pers. (Mitcham S.A.), wild tobacco (Mt. Tambourine, Queensland), flower waceey e os9 eu 4 HM e if i 7 % ype ! e | OWoOnby e pratt * ¥ f° NS @F Wwe Leo i Ohrarts. “STidete o NEW SOUTH Wates i i I i | f- e pry H ’ eda) ADE , i DEL AIDE wey s SYONEY \, renee BANG; aR Wedstie ce i . ern | VICTOR, @ Lucie Ps =P) : 0 % TASMANIA ART Distribution in Australia of Cuspicona simplex Walker. 144 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., garden near rain forest (Eagle Mts., Queensland) and in a sweepnet (Menai, N.S.W.). On Lord Howe Island it was taken from Solanum mauri- tianum Scop. and in New Zealand has been recorded from tomatoes, Solanum auritulatum Ait. and Solanum sodomaeum L. (Spiller and Turbott, 1944), and also on Mangels (Eyles, 1960). On the Three Kings Islands it was captured on Solanum nigrum L. and Solanum aviculare Forst. Fig. 52. and Tasmania, the type and the numbers in parentheses from the following collections: QM (15), UQ (31), AM (32), ANIC (41), NM (10), SAM (42), BM (25), Stockholm (2), AMNH (6), KU (3), Ashock (1), CA (1) and Bishop (16). As this is a quite common species individual Australian and Tasmanian records have not been listed in detail but are plotted on Fig. 51. i—__—<— 5mm 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 Location of types: Holotype 4 of simplex Walker, “South Aus- tralia, presented R. Bakewell”, in BM, Specimens examined: New Zealand 22, Auckland, 30.1X.1939, O. Spiller ANIC. Lord Howe Island 1 ¢, 29.X1.1955, S. J. Paramanoy and Z. Liepa: 3¢, 22, 5.X.1959, T. G. Camp- bell; 19, 19, 15.X.1964, on Solanum mauri- tianum Scop., R. G. Lukins ANIC. Australia ped es apt, Si, ty bates a Hea gp it a in Bain 4 Se a Baenom «x wane) Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona proxima Walker. Cuspicona proxima Walker, 1867 Figs. 52, 53 A-C Cuspicona proxima Walker, 1867, p. 382. Black, 1968, p. 563. Description: General appearance: Ground colour green in life but yellowish in museum specimens with produced lateral angles of pronotum occasionally RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT ARFAS—I 145 fairly pinkish at extreme apices, Punctation relatively coarse and even over dorsal surface, on dorsum of head denser and appearing rugu- lose, Head: Concolorous, densely punctate; about us wide as long. Eyes and ocelli purplish or concolorous. Pronotum: Concolorous though tip of lateral angles faintly pink, reddish or yellowish, Latter produced as a very short, conical, reflexed, thick, blunt spine about 3/5 length of postero- lateral margins; its apical portion, calli and anterolateral margins impunctate. Anterior margin trapeziformly excavate behind collum and obliquely truncate behind eyes. Antero- lateral margin before produced lateral angle faintly concave, obtuse. Posterolateral margin concave, posterior margin shallowly concave, Scutellum: Concolorous, flat in apical half but faintly raised in basal half, in apical half a faint trace of a medial longitudinal line; lateral margins basally feebly convex, at apices of frena broadly angulate then straight but gradually con- verging to near apex, latter broadly angulate. Frena reaching about half length of lateral margins. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous. Exterior margin of corium broadly concave in basal quarter and broadly convex in apical three- vontral Surface ef pygophore j OS mirr Fig. 53, et sp. nov. A-C, Cuspicona imm quarters; apical angle strongly convex, posterior margin convex, Clavus short but elongate tri- angular. Membrane hyaline with veins same colour, Abdomen: Concolorous; finely punctate. Laterotergites: | Concolorous; some coarse punctations exteriorly; apical lateral angles with a small black tipped spine, those on seventh segment not longer than rest. Underside: Concolorous except for reddish, sometimes blackish, apex of lateral spine on thorax and some small black spots on embolium, Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to base of head, anteriorly lobulately produced. Rostral segment [ robust, reaching base of bucculae; IL arched and reaching about middle of mesosternum; II reaching between mid and hind coxae; IV reaching almost to apex of third abdominal ventrite, apically black. Antennae rather browner than rest of body, first segment not reaching apex of head, ratio of segments 10:21:22:34:38. Propleuron coarsely punctate behind level of coxae except on obtuse margin and underside of lateral angle, metapleuron sparsely punctate in extreme posterior region. Mesosternal keel reaching over prosternum to apex of latter, more elevated in anterior half. Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical. sterum & paratergile 1k SA licst gonacoxa ventral surface of pygophore dmm Cuspicona proxima Walker, Parecirriioe woodwardi xen. proxima, A. ventral aspect of male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of female abdomen, C. clasper, D. Parvcirrhoe woodwardi—ventral aspect of male abdomen. 146 REC, S, Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view, medially rather raised along ventral midline, impunctate. Apex of male abdomen Fig 53 A, apical margin of pygophore conspicuously notched medially with two very shallow black lobes laterally about midway between notch and lateral margin, medially behind notch above a AUST. MUS., 17 (@)s 51-167 Decenther, 1975 narrow obliquely directed septum, on the inner luteral wall on each side a small black tipped tooth. Clasper of male, Fig. 53 C, rather Y- shaped with one lobe strongly pilose. Apex of female abdomen, Fig. 53 B, hind margin of first gonocoxae sinuately oblique and not produced medially mnto a rather angular lobe. Dimensions MALES Number of Standard Coefiicient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head length . 0-2... eee ee ee eee 15 39 2:1 5:3 35-43 Head Width ...--.)- 0.222252) ee eee eee 1S 45 Is 34 42-47 Antennal segment) oo ee eee ee eae 26 ith) 0-4 39 9-11 Antennal segment To. .ck cree te eee eee 27 ZI 13 63 18-24 Antennal segment Ill .2... 0.0... .-- 25 =. 27 23 20 8-9 19-25 Antennal segment [V .........20 0000 cee eee 24 44 21 fr2 30-38 Antennal segment Vo. 6. ee ee ee ee ee ee 7 37 27 Th 31-40 Pronotum width ...,.....,... Livsiat(telet <7 15 143 63 44 130-153 Pronotum length 2.6.) 0.6.6. cee cep eee perenne 15 40 Ss 12:7 34-52 Total length of css cen ca cen ht fetetimeas te 15 201 131 6:5 170-210 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Range Vanation Heed length ,. 0-2... ee eee eee eee eee 19 49 2-4 62 35-43 Headayidth 100 vai gsics stead is besb ri eeeuere 19 45 L7 38 42-50 Antennal segment]... yee eee ep eens 26 tv) 03 28 9-11 Antennal segment IL... ci circ ees cen eee ene 31 2) 9 45 20-23 Antennal segment UP 22.0. 000....--0 22 2-2 eee 31 21 16 76 19-25 Antennal segment IV .....0.... 20.22. 000205.. 25 33 20 ol 28-36 Antennal segment Viooo oe ee eee 14 39 I 2-8 37-40 Pronotum Width ,.....,.,..-.-+--------- + 19 146 123 B4 129-173 Pronotum length ...,... prrietels ptcaleloe Le melee s 19 39 52 135 32-50 "Total femBtl viviceseclelsce neler ee reeurye tielem 60 19 200 13-2 64 170-230 Total length: Remarks: On exterior appearance this species would appear to be closest to simplex, though the lateral angles of the pronotum are more acutely produced. However, the clasper is significantly differently shaped in having a rather Y-shaped appearance with the lower lobe being strongly developed. Examples of this species from New Guinea may have been misidentified as ampla Walker (originally described from Waigiu) and at other times as /aminata StAl as, for example, in the Annual Report of the Papua and New Guinea Department of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries for the financial year 1965-66 where the follow- ing reference occurs on page 118. “Heavy popu- lations of the pentatomid Cuspicona sp? laminata occurred on tobacco at Popondetta.” This record, and the records below, of the species being found frequently on members of the genus Solanum are significant as specimens of three other species in the group, simplex, neocaledoniae and forticornis, have also been recorded from Solanum species (see pp. 143-4, 150 and 153). 48-12-40 mm Cuspicona proxima was described from the Ke Islands. A specimen of each sex, the female bearing a green “Type” disc, are in the British Museum from this locality. The marking of the type seems to be an arbitrary curatorial decision according to Dr. W. R, Dolling (pers, com.). As this species is most likely to be confused with C. ampla (which is represented in the British Museum by the original female type and one specimen added subsequently to Walker's description) IT haye chosen the female from the Ké Islands as the lectotype of C. proxima, and the male as a paralectotype. This species has now been recorded from the Aru Islands and from New Britain and the Duke of York Islands in the Bismark Archipelago (Black, 1968), The species can now be recorded from Papua- New Guinea (from several species and genera of plants) and possibly also from Celebes, Location of types: Lectotype ¥ paralectotype 4, presented W. W. Saunders”, in BM, “Ke Islands RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I \47 Specimens examined: Papua-New Guinea 4, Port Moresby, Papua, 28.11.1962, K, R, Norris (ANIC); 24 4, 324%, Komba, New Guinea, Reverend L. Wagner (SAM); 8¢ 4, 62% 2? Pati, Popondetta, Northern District of Papua, 10-171, 1966, feeding on tobacco, S. Ido & B. Kearo (these specimens were taken during infestation mentioned in 1965-66 Department of Agricul- ture, Stock and Fisheries report cited above); 4 9%, Wau, New Guinea, 30.X.1956, on Solanum verbascifolium L. = erianthum D. Don, J. H. Ardley; sex?, no precise locality or date, New Guinea, J. L. Froggatt; °, Upper Sirimumu in Central District, Papua, 8.V.1966, 'T, Fenner; lo,49% 2%, Papuan Highland on So/onum mam- mosum L., Stock and Rubber Experimental Station, Bisianumu, Central District, Papua, | (1 600 feet), on Hevea brasiliensis Muell. Arg. seedlings, 15.V1,1962, T. V. van Harren; ¢ &, Redshield Farm (32 miles) from Pt, Moresby, Central District, Papua, on Crotalaria anagy- roides H,B.C,, 15.X.1965, EB. Kanjirt (Depart- ment of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, Pt. Moresby). New Britain, 2% 9, Rabaul, trom seedheads of Solanum sp,, 22.V.1941, J. Lb. Froggatt; ¢ %, Mosa Plantation, West New Britain, 25.1V.1968, D. F, O'Sullivan, (Depart- ment of Agriculture, Stock and Fisheries, Pt. Moresby ). Two specimens collected by Forsten at Ton- dano in the Celebes in the RM collections over the label amp/a Walker appear to be very close to, if not, proxima Walker. A note to this effect has been added by the author to the labels under each example, Cuspicona ampla Walker, 1867 Cuspicona ampla Walker, 1867, p. 381. Dis- tant, 1888, p. 480. Remarks: The type of this species has been examined for me by Dr, W. R. Dolling of the British Museum and the species appears to be distinct from proxima, The species is definitely a Cuspicona and difters from the type of proxima in that the pronotal dorsal punetation is much sparser than that of proximia and that the rostrum reaches to the base of abdominal ventrite VII, A second specimen from New Guinea bearing the label “New Guinea Coll. Sayer’ is clearly the specimen recorded by Distant and has the ros- trum reaching the apex of the seventh abdominal ventrite. As I have not seen this species in any of the material and have examined from the eastern half of New Guinea a detailed description is omitted, The species appears to be very close to proxima and also to some of the species in the Indonesian area. Location of type: Holotype ?, Saunders” in BM, “Wagiou, presented W. W, Cuspicona neocaledoniae sp. nov. Figs, 54, 55 A-D Deseription: General appearance: Ground colour probably green in life but yellowish-brown in museum specimens with produced lateral angles of prono- tum occasionally faintly pinkish at apices- Punctation relatively coarse and even over dorsal surface save on dorsum of head, there denser and appearing rugulose. Head: Concolorous, densely punctate, wider than long, Eyes and ocelli purplish or con- calorous. Pronotum: Concolorous though rarely tip of lateral angles faintly pink, Latter produced as a short, conical, slightly reflexed, blunt spine, about three-quarters length of posterolateral margins, its apical portion and calli impunctate. Anterior margin strongly and rather obtuse angledly excavate behind collum, obliquely trun- cate behind eyes, Anterolateral margin before produced lateral angle fainily concave, obtuse. Posterolateral margin concave, posterior margin shallowly concave. Seutelum; Concolorous; rather flat but with a distinct low, narrow, longitudinal median raised line running from base to apex; laterally margins basally feebly concave, frena reaching about four-sevenths their length, al apices of frena broadly angulate, then straight and con- verging gradually to subacuminate apex. Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous, Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in basal quarter. rather angulately convex in distal three-quarters; apical angle strongly convex; posterior margin convex. Clavus short and tri angular. Membrane hyaline with veins same colour, 148 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., Fig. 54, Abdomen: Concolorous laterally, darker medially. Laterotergites: Concolorous; apical lateral angles with a small acute spine, those of seventh segment larger. Underside: Concolorous. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to base of head, anteriorly more raised and rectangularly lobulate. First rostral segment robust, reaching to base of bucculae, second faintly arched and reach- ing about middle of mesoternum, third reaching between mid and hind coxae, fourth reaching almost to apex of third abdominal ventrite. apically tipped with black. Antennae concolor- ous, first segment not reaching apex of head, shortest, second a little longer than third, fourth about 25% longer than second, fifth a little longer than fourth. Propleuron coarsely punctate except for obtuse lateral margins and underside of produced lateral angle, metapleuron punctate only in 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 —"" Brenca K Henao {______§ mm.—_——___ Dorsal aspect of Crspicona neocaledoniae sp. nov. extreme posterior portion, Mesosternal keel reaching over prosternum to apex of latter, some- what more eleyated in anterior half, Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical. Abdomen strongly V-shaped in posterior view, medially rather raised along ventral midline, finely punctate or rugulose laterally. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 55 A, apical margin of pygophore turned vertically upwards as a sort of septum but along ventral surface of the septum medially notched, ventral surface of pygophore swollen laterally and also basally in the middle. Clasper F-shaped, Fig. 55 D. Aedeagus of male Fig. 55 C, with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, conjunctiva dorsally near base with a pair of small “lappet” processes, towards apex dorsally produced upwards as a large medial lobe, apico- ventrally produced into a pair of tubular pro- cesses. Medial penial plates faintly in the form of a thick inverted Y, vesica placed a little in front of them. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 55 B. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I Dimensions— MALES Number of Standard Coefficient Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Variation a eee ere om echo herrea eeielees 11 35 1-0 3-0 Perey ert saree mogetivoades arate 12 39 1-1 2:8 Antennal segment | ow... ee eee eee 19 9 0:7 72 Antennal segment IL 2... 2222-2022. -4 0s eae 20 19 0-9 4:7 Antennal segment II] ................ 0200205. 20 18 1-7 9-0 Antennal segment IV ooo... ccc eee ees 17 25 0-9 3-4 Antennal segment Vw... 64 - ee e tetee nee 8 28 1-4 50 Pronotum Width 1.2.0.0... 0.0.0 cece eee eee eee 12 126 68 5-4 PronotumJeneth., «006 ede ole 12 34 2-0 60 Goo Fittg mg bob aes ne OO eek Sud ta thes His he 12 172 73 43 FEMALES Number of Standard Coefficient Parameter Measurements Mean Deviation of Variation atc dae! Maeno dosed eter alpha loteMel al LUNs Mechta la Be 6 37 20 5-4 e+e teh ROL EET POURS be ve a SEE 8 40 1-4 3-4 Antennal segment 1... 2 ee ee eee eee 15 10 0:5 4:3 Antennal segment IT... 6... ee eee 16 20 0-8 4:2 Antennal segment II] ........0.. 0.0.00 000 008. 16 17 1:7 98 Antennal segment IV .............-...2.20.05. 12 26 12 45 Antennal segment V ..,.-....-.,--4---+--4-- 5 28 1-6 5:8 Pronotum width ......,.. 0.60.0. 0 0c cee eee eee 9 134 8-7 65 Pronotum length .....0.0..0..00 0.002.202 pesca 8 35 2-8 8:2 Lis peWa ne sett waaw ee anawesa dake ss 8 185 9-4 5-1 Total length: 8-4-10-4 mm apex of hemelytra ; ventral see surface of lappet process \- pygophore A ‘Imm phallosoma vesica y, cParatergite IX medial penial plates _first gonocoxa paratergite IX \ first gonocoxa clasper D jmm— 05mm - E Fig. 55. Cyspicona neocaledoniae sp. nov., Cuspicona cheesmanae sp. nov, A-D. Cuspicona neocaledoniae. A. ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen. B. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. C. aedeagus from lefthand side, D. clasper. E. Cuspicona cheemanae—ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. 149 Observed Range 33-37 37-40 8-10 18-21 15-20 25-28 26-30 120-140 30-37 161-180 Observed Range 33-38 38-42 9-10 19-21 15-20 24-28 27-30 122-150 32-4] 170-200 150 REC. 8S. Remarks: Within the simplex group of species and commencing with neocaledoniae I have placed together a series of species in which the posterior margins of the first gonocoxae of the female are rather rectangularly produced in their inner half and the hind margin of the male pygophore has a small notch. Species in this final section of Cuspicona occur in the Philippines and Indonesia, possibly in South East Asia, Australia, New Caledonia and the New Hebrides. Location of types: Holotype 3, allotype @, Forét de Thi, New Caledonia, 8.11.1957 (Paris); 6¢¢ 492 1? paratypes, same data as type; 4 paratype, Noumea, New Caledonia, Sept, 1955, J. Rageau (Orstom—Noumea); 2¢ 4 paratypes, Mt. Chapeau Gendarme, New Caledonia, in rain- forest 7 & 8.V1I.1944, J. C. Harrud (Bishop); 4 2? 2 paratypes (Reg. No. 62-7601), mountains + “i, t Fig, 56. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 west of Houailou, New Caledonia, on Solanum torvum Sw. 5.11.1962, N. H. L. Krauss (USNM); 4 paratype, Grotte de Ninrin-Reu near Poya, New Caledonia, at light 25.X1L.1965, G. F. Gross on Biospelaeological Expedition to New Caledonia; ? paratype, Noumea, New Caledonia, A. M. Lea (SAM). Specimens Examined: The types only. Cuspicona cheesmanae sp. nov. Figs. 55 E, 56 Description: General appearance: Ground colour green in life. yellow in museum specimens, Lateral angles of pronotum rectangular, hardly or not produced; whole upperside except membrane moderately coarsely punctate. Rather elongate and kite-shaped. a Brrnon K. HERO Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona cheesmanae sp. nov, RUYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—1 151 Head: Concolorous, eyes and ocelli purplish. Wider than long, Densely punctate so as to appear rather rugulose, Pronotum: Concolorous, Anterior murgins strongly excavate behind collum, obliquely trun- cate behind eyes. Anterolateral margins almost straight, margins obtuse, lateral angles not pro- duced beyond line of lateral margins and rectangular. Posterolateral margins shallowly bisinuate, posterior margin shallowly concave. Seurellum: Concolorous; rather flat but with a distinct low, narrow, percurrent, median line; lateral margins in basal half faintly convex thence straight and converging only gradually to sub- acuminate apex, Hemelyrra; Coriaceous parts concolorous. Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in basal quarter, faintly convex in distal three- quarters; apical angle of corium strongly convex, posterior margin genUy convex. Clavus short and narrow. Membrane with veins hyaline, Abdomen: Laterotergites, Concolorous; posterior exterior angles with a small but acute spine, minutely black tipped or not. Underside: Concolorous. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to base, anteriorly more raised and rectangularly Jobulate, First rostral segment robust, reaching to base of bucculue, second nearly straight and surpassing fore coxae. third just surpassing mid coxae and fourth com- paratively short and teaching visible base ol abdomen, Antennae concolorous but two distal segments faintly infuscated, fourth terminally and fifth medially; first segment not surpassing apex of head, second longer than third, fourth longer than second and fifth longest of all. Propleuron punctate al] over except obtuse lateral margins, metapleuron punctate in only extreme posterior portion, Mesosternal keel reaching over proster- nuin to apex of latter, semicircularly raised in its anterior half. Legs normal, tibfae cylindrical. Abdomen strongly V-shaped, Male terminalin unknown, apex of femule abdomen Fig. 55 E. Concolorous. Dimensions— Parameter Holotype Paratypes Head length .. 0.0... :. 3 3237 Head width -.-..--. 2 -. - 40 38-42 Antennul segment tl .,,..., 10 8-10 Antennal segment I... - 2-44 19 }9-2) Antennal segment Wh .. 0.0 ., in 15-19 Antennal segment (Yo. 2. |. 26 22 Antennal segment Vo... -. aa 26 Pronotum width .... Ws 107-117 Pronotum length —-. 2.2... 41 47-45 Total Jenvth -—,..--..-.-.4.. 193 '80-20) Total tength! 94-105 mm Remarks: This species is very similar in appearance to privafa Walker which also occurs in the New Hebrides, but is more elongate and the lateral angles of the pronotum are more prominent and rectangulate whereas in privata they ure broadly rounded. In cheesmanae the inner halves of the posterior margins of the female gonocoxae are rectangularly produced, in private this projection has its outer margin more inclined and the whole structure is more roundly produced, In privata the fore and middle tibiae are rather flattened apically above but not in cheesmanae. Cheesmanae is probably most closely telated to neocaledoniae. Location of Types: Holotype @ (Reg. No. 20-660), Nokovula, Espiritu Santo, New Hebrides, 1 100m, by sweeping low herbage, 14,1X,1971, G. F. Gross on Royal Society—Percy Sladen Trust Expedi- tion to the New Hebrides (SAM); 2% paratypes. Malekula, New Hebrides, Dec. 1929 and Jan. 1939, L. E, Cheesman, BM 1930-38 und BM 1930-178 (BM). Specimens examined: The types only. Cuspicona ferticornis Breddion, 1900 Figs. 57, 58 A-C Cuspicona forticornis Breddin, L9O0O, p. 26 Fig. 2. Froggatt, 1902, p. 320 pl. 2, Fig, 17: 1907, pl. 32 Fig. 2. Cuspicona rifispina Van Duzee 1905 (non Stal, 1870), p. 209. Description: General appearance: Ground colour probably green in life but yellow in museum specimens with produced literal angles of pronotum red or pink. Punctation relatively course and even over dorsal surface save on dorsum of head, there denser and appearing rugulose. Head: Concolorous, densely punetale as described above, Wider than long, Eyes purplish, ocelli pink or concolorous, Pronotum: Concolorous except for produced lateral angles which are usually red or pink. Latfer strongly produced into a short, blunt. slightly upwardly and outward directed spine of horn, latter about two-thirds length of postero- lateral margins, its apical portion impunctate. Calli impunctate. Anterior margin strongly und rather trapeziformly excavate behind collum, obliquely truncate behind eyes. Anterolateral margins obtuse and straight but diverging posteriorly in anterior half, then obtusely angled 152 REC. S. AUST. MUS.. Fig. 57. to form anterior margin of lateral spines. Pos- terolateral and posterior margins shallowly concave. Scutellum: Concolorous; rather flat; lateral margins in basal half feebly convex, frena reach- ing about % their length, at apices of frena con- cavely angulate, then straight and converging gradually to convex but narrowish apex. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous. Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in basal quarter, faintly convex in distal three- quarters; posterior margin of corium strongly convex. Clayus relatively short and narrow. Membrane hyaline with veins same colour. Abdomen: Apparently concolorous, at least laterally. Laterotergites: Concolorous; apical lateral angles minutely black spined; finely punctate in exterior half, 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 BatncrR K, HEao. $$ sin Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona forticornis Breddin. Underside: Head concolorous, occasionally lateral margins pink. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to base, anteriorly more raised and lobulate. First rostral segment robust, reaching to base of bucculae, second arched and surpassing fore coxae, third surpassing second coxae, fourth reaching nearly to base of fourth abdominal ventrite. Antennae concolorous or pale brown, second and third segments subequal, fourth and fifth much longer and subequal. Thorax concolorous except underside of pro- duced lateral angles of prothorax red. Pro- pleuron conspicuously punctate in posterior half and metapleuron in extreme posterior portion. Metasternal-mesosternal keel reaching over prosternum to apex, higher anteriorly than posteriorly. Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical; concolorous. Epipleuron faintly marked with brown spots. Abdomen V-shaped in posterior view; con- colorous but occasionally lateral margins pink. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I Apex of male abdomen Fig. 58 A. Clasper, Fig. 58 C, F-shaped, medially rather robust with an obliquely directed upper ramus. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 58 B. Dimensions— Parameter Mean of Males Mean of Females (7) Head length .......,.....,.. 37 39 Head width ................ 45 46 Antennal segmentI ........ 10 10 Antennal segment IT .,...... 20 22 Antennal segment III ........ 20 22 Antennal segment IV ........ 32 32 Antennal segment V ........ 33 33 Pronotum width ............ 157 163 Pronotum length .......... 42 43 Total length ...,....,.,..... 214 222 Total length: 9-9-12'5 mm Remarks: This species occurs in a fairly narrow belt in far eastern Australia ranging from New South Wales to Northern Queensland, Location of Type: Holotype ¢ of forticornis Breddin, South Wales” (not located). “New _apex of hemelytra ventral surface es of pygaphore clasper Fig. 58. Cuspicona forticornis B nov. A-C. Cuspicona forticornis, abdomen. D-F. Cuspicona exnigrospera, abdomen. D B. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. E. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. Specimens examined: Queensland 42, Upper Mulgrave River, 20,1V.1970, G. B. Monteith; @, Gap Creek, 8 km (5 miles) north of Bloomfield River, 30 m (100ft.) 8-9.V.1970, G. B. Monteith UQ; 22 ¢, North Tambourine, on low bushes in grassland, 7.411,1955 M. B. Wilson QM; 2, Caboolture River, Caboolture, on Solanum, 6.11.1959, T. G. Campbell ANIC; ¢, Rockhampton SAM; 2, Mt. Glorious, Mar. 1963, J. E. Dunwoody BISHOP. New South Wales 2, 3 km (2 miles) south of Port Macquarie, on Solanum maritianum Scop., 7.X1.1958, T. G. Campbell; ¢?, Coffs Harbour, 20.X.1958, T. G. Campbell ANIC; ?, Tweed River SAM; ¢ &, no precise locality but bearing labels (1) “347 N.S.Wales” (2) “Pres. by Perth Museum. BM 1953-629"; 2, no precise locality but bearing label “347 N.S. Wales” AMNH (this is the specimen misidentified by Van Duzee as rufispina Stal). apex of hemelytra -ventral surface “\ of pygaphore 2mm-— sternum X s paratergite [IX ~\-first gonocoxa 0-5 reddin, Cuspicona exnigrospersa sp. A. ventral aspect of apex of male C. clasper. of apex of male F. clasper. . Ventral aspect Cuspicona exnigrospersa sp, nov. Figs. 58 D-F, 59 Description: General appearance: Ground colour probably green in life but yellow in museum specimens with produced lateral angles of pronotum and extreme lateral margins of head and abdomen red, and with black spots and black marks laterally on sides of pronotum and abdomen. Fig. 59. Pronotum: Concolorous except along antero- lateral margins (maculated with black) and pro- duced lateral angles (red or pink). Latter strongly produced into a blunt upwardly and out- ward directed, strong, apically slightly recurved spinous processes, these as long or longer than posterolateral margins. Apical portions of these REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6): Sl-167 December, 1975 Punctation relatively coarse and even over dorsal surface save on dorsum of head, there denser and appearing rugulose. Head: Concolorous with extreme lateral margin frequently red or pink; wider than long. Eyes purplish, ocelli pink or concolorous. Densely punctate so as to appear rather rugulose. Much wider than long; first antennal segment not surpassing apex. Dorsal aspect of Cuspicona exnigrospersea sp. nov. spines impunctate. Calli impunctate. Anterior margin strongly and rather obtuse angledly excavate behind collum, obliquely truncate behind eyes. Anterolateral margins in front of spinous lateral angles rather concave and obtuse, Posterolateral margins nearly straight, posterior margins shallowly concave. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADIACENT AREAS--I Seutellum: Concolorous; rather flat, lateral margins basally feebly convex, frena reaching about ™, the length, at apices of frena rather angulate, thence straight and converging only gradually to convex but narrowish apex, Hemelytra: Coriaccous parts concolorous, in some specimens basal half of exterior margin of corium pinkish or pinkish with black spots. Exterior margin of corium slightly concave in basal quarter, faintly convex in distal three- quarters; posterior margin of corium strongly convex, Clavus relatively short and narrow. Membrane hyaline with veins same colour, Abdomen: laterally. Apparently concolorous, at least Laterotergues: Apical lateral angles acute or minutely spined; lateral margins broadly pink, in some specimens this pink bordered exteriorly and very narrowly with black; inner halves concolorous, Underside; Head concolorous, occasionally lateral margins pink or red. Bucculae low and sinuate, reaching almost to base, anteriorly more raised and rectangulately lobulate, First rostral segment robust, reaching to base of bucculae, Dimensions- Parameter Head length .....,,..0-.--: Head width Antennal segment 1 Antennal segment U Antennal segment [Il ,........2.srseccesverccrecreesserese, Antennal segment ..sccepiseieotiwccy ties aeti vent tivecs ti Antennal segment V Pronotum Width . 2... ccc... cceecceec sc eceeceeceuer veces Pronotum length .....2,-. 2. 22 L. - Total length oy. ..004 ‘Toral length: Remarks; This species ts clearly closely related to forticorniy but differs from it in the longer spine formed by the production of the anterolateral margins of the pronotum and the lateral black spots on the pronotum and epi- pleuron, The male and female external genitalia look very similar but in the male of exnigrospersa the medial “notch” on the posterior margin does not have the two little produced lobes, one on either side of it, which occur in forticornis. The posterior margin is also usually black in exntgros- persa but not in forticornis. In the female exnigrospersa the posterior margins of the first gonocoxue are more deeply excised than in forticornis. The claspet of exriigrospersa is narrower than that of forticornis and the upper ramus is more vertically directed, ‘R 155 second curved and surpassing first coxae, third just surpassing second coxae and fourth reaching about middle of third abdominal segment, latter apically black. Antennae concolorous or pale brown, secand and third segments subequal in length, fourth longer and fifth longest. Thorax concolorous except for exterior margins of pro- thorax which are black spotted and hind margin of produced lateral angles may have a thin black line, produced lateral angles themselves red or pink beneath. Propleuron conspicu- ously punctate in posterior half and metapleuron in extreme posterior portion. Metasternal- mesosternal keel reaching over prosternum almost to apex, higher anteriorly than posteriorly. Legs normal, tibiae e¢ylindrical; concolorous except apices of tibiae and tarsi tending reddish brown, Epipleuron maculated with black, Abdomen V-shaped in posterior view; con- colorous but lateral margins frequently reddish or pinkish, sometimes exteriorly to this narrowly black. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 58 D, pos- terior margin of pygophore black. Clasper Fig. 58 F, strongly F-shaped and upper ramus more vertically directed than in forticornis and with an opaque bar visible in its ventral area. Apex of female abdomen Fig, 58 EB, Mean of Mean of Holotype Allotype all Males all Females (8) (3) 34 45 33 34 42 44 4| 43 10 a 10 ll 19 22 20 23 22 25 34 23 33 38 32 I8 36 — 35 — 180 185 163 177 42 45 39 40 205 225 196 207 10°7-L197 mm This species seems to occur only in a limited area near the eastern portion of the Queensland- New South Wales border, Leeation of types; Holotype ¢ (Reg. No, K51604),2¢ ¢ para- types (Reg. Nos. both K51267), Mt. Tam- bourine, Queensland, Oct. 1924, A. Musgrave & C. Geissman AM; allotype ¢, National Park, Queensland, Dec. 1910, H. Hacker (with addi- tional label Brit. Mus. 1926-241) BM; 4 3 paratypes (Reg. Nos. 120,658-9), Mt. Tam- bourine, Queensland, A, M, Lea SAM; 4 @ paratypes, Tambourine Mountain, H. Hacker; 4 paratype, Tambourine, 21,11,1927, H. Hacker QM: ¢ paratype Lamington National Park, Queensland, 17-21.11.1964, G. Monteith & 156 REC. S. AUST H. A. Rose UQ; ¢? paratype. New South Wales STOCKHOLM: 2 paratype, Tambourine, Queensland, 500-550 m, 15.11.1964, J. Sedlacek BISHOP, Specimens examined: The types only, Cuspicona rufispina Stal, 1870 Cuspicona rufispina Stal, 1870 p. 636; 1876, p. 103. Remarks: This Philippine species was erroneously reported from Australia by Van Duzee (1905, p. 209) but a re-examination of the specimen Van Duzee saw reveals that it is in fact an example of C. fortincornis Breddin. Cuspicona rufispina is very similar in appear- ance to C. exnigrospersa but differs from it in lacking the black speckling along the antero- lateral margin of the pronotum and on the epipleuron, and the black marks along the margins of the abdomen (as seen from below or in side view), In addition in rufispina the head is only about 5-10% shorter than its width across the eyes and the third antennal segment is about 15% shorter than the second, Jn exnigrospersa Holotype J of rufispina Fea Dergthe |. eee eset nee tee eet eae een | 40 Head Width ...,---+-- 2 cre eet ep eee eee 42 Antennal segment | wy. epee ee een tee erence (0 Antennal segment I. ee eee 74 Antennal seament WP cc. cece cece tee eee 20 Antennal segment lV ........-2..---.-.---45- — Antennal segment Vo. ee eee eee — Pronptum width ..........---++-+------------ 165 Pronotum length ........4. toletertacmetete-gicnietete! ¢A 40 Total fength 22:5 ccc42 cess ccc tbe etree ns 205 Very likely Cuspicona curtispina Stal 1861 from Java belongs to this same complex and requires further investigation, It is probable that the major differences between these species, as in the case of simplex, proxima, neocaledoniae, cheesmanae, forticornis and exnigrospersa, would lie in the Jength and colour of the Jateral spines of the pronotum and in the structure of the claspers of the males. Location of Types: Holotype @ and allolype ¢, Ins. Stockholm, Philipp. Everardia gen. nov. Type species: Everardia picta sp. nov, Description: General appearance: Type species bright green and red in life, smallish, rather oval, MUS, 17 (6); Sl-167 December, 1975 the head is 15% or more shorter than its width across the eyes and the second and third antennal segments are about the same length, The male pygophore from beneath and the female external genitalia from below resemble more closely those of C. forticornis but rufispina differs from this species in the much longer lateral spines of the pronotum, in its relatively longer head, and in the third antennal segment being shorter than the second; in forticermis as in exnigrospersa the head in shorter than wide and the second and third antennal segments are about the same length. Cuspicona rufispina is cleatly closely allied to forticernis, exnigrospersa, neocaledoniae and to a lesser extent to proxima Walker. In the con- signment of Cuspicona species lent to me by the British Museum (Natural History) were three further specimens belonging to two species, probably both undescribed, one from Mindanao in the Philippines and the other from Tondano in the Celebes, which, though the lateral spines of the pronotun: are concolorous, are clearly also members of this same group of species. Comparative measurements (in eyepiece divisions) on all of these specimens are: Allotype | No. t 3 No. 2. ¢ 3 of Mindanao Mindanao Tondano rufispina 40 32 43 39 44 44 46 43 10 il 10 9 24 24 25 21 2 30 27 24 33 40 — 31 36 4] — — 180 170 [82 165 40 40 40 38 208 230 240 200 anterolateral margins of pronotum at first straight and diverging posteriorad, then at about midway angled more strongly exteriorly though still straight, lateral angles subacute or rounded, Head and anterior part of pronotum inclined at an angle of about 45° to rest of body. Head; Not appearing elongate, wider across eyes than long, lateral margins strongly concave in front of eyes, juga then rounding broadly to apex, apex of head wide, juga not surpassing apex of anteclypeus, latter rather broad, Eyes rather triangular and touching anterior margin of pronotum, ocelli conspicuous and placed about midway between inner margin of eyes and centre of head, but somewhat behind level of kind margin of eyes, Antennifers short, antennae five segmented, segments I, IV and V, thicker than IT and IT; antennae not very long, RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN Pronotum: About twice as wide as long, anterior margin strongly but obliquely truncate behind eyes, then deeply excavate behind collum, anterolateral angles only very minutely promin- ent. Anterolateral margins straight or slightly concave in anterior half and diverging gradually posteriorad, at about mid length abruptly angling exteriorly to diverge much more strongly to obtuse or subacute lateral angles. Posterolateral margins rather rectangularly excavate, angu- lately turning to become the truncate posterior margin. Disc behind lateral angles in same plane as hind body, before level of lateral angles inclined downwards at about 45°. Seutellum: Elongately triangular, anteriorly rather raised, lateral margins anteriorly rather convex, medially rather concave, apex broadly rounded, Frena extending half length from base to apex. AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 157 Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts ~~ normally thickened. Corium with lateral margins basally thickened then concave, behind this straight to almost subacute apex, posterior margin strongly convex. Clavus strongly triangular. Membrane with veins substantially parallel except at base. Abdomen: Rather flat above and _ slightly excavate in males and truncate apically in females, Laterotergites: Three to seven armed with a short acute spine on posterior exterior angles. Underside: Head obtusely triangular in lateral view. Bucculae faintly lobulately produced anteriorly and then vaguely sinuate, reaching to above middle of eyes, between bucculae deeply sulcate. Rostrum four segmented, first segment reaching base of bucculae, second just past fore coxae, third just to second coxae and fourth to Fig. 60. Dorsal aspect of Everardia picta gen. et sp. nov. 158 REC. S. AUST. about hind coxae. Meso- and metasterna with a robust keel projecting over posterior portion of prosternum, latter broadly sulcate under the keel. Abdominal venter more or less semicircular in cross section in posterior view, third segment medially raised into a short triangular tubercle directed anteriorly, its apex fitting into a notch in the metasternal keel. Seventh ventrite in males excised posteriorly and in females much more deeply incised. Pygophore with lateral angles produced and rounded and medially on posterior ventral margin a small process. Aedeagus with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, a prominent pair of anterior conjunctival processes and with ventrally placed and directed, parallel, rather bilobed medial penial plates. Clasper rather F-shaped. Female external genitalia flattened medially. General Remarks: Only the type species known of this genus. At first appearance the species looks rather like a Cuspicona but the strongly uncised lateral angles of the pronotum ——-Imm ventral surface of pygophore segment VIE segment VIIT A MUS.. 17 (6): 51-167 December, 1975 indicates that it is a separate genus. The structure of the aedeagus indicates a close relationship to Cuspicona and Petalaspis. Everardia picta sp. nov. Figs. 60, 61 A-E Description: General appearance: Ground colour green in life, yellow in museum specimens, with red, yellow, luteous and black markings; hind part of scutellum coarsely punctate, scutellum and coriaceous parts of hemelytra more finely punctate. Head: Concolorous; juga — transversely wrinkled; base rugose punctate or impunctate and slightly swollen; eyes and ocelli reddish purple. Pronotum: Concolorous in anterior half except along midline (luteous); about halfway back a transverse fine sinuate red line projecting sternum X paratergite VOL paratergite 1X segment VIL first ganocoxa medial penial plaice phallosoma capitate prooess t lappel process basal plates conjunetival lobes nedial penial plates 0-Smm— Fig. 61. Everardia picta gen, et sp. nov. A. ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen. conjunclival lobe yesica 2S lappel pracess cClasper E capitate process B. ventral aspect of apex of female abdomen. C. lefthand side view of aedeagus. D. ventral view of aedeagus. FE. clasper. RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I forward medially. behind this line luteous with red punctations, anteriorly punctations con- colorous. Midline almost glabrous, anterior margin reflexed, immediately behind it a single transverse line of course punctations, calli impunctate, behind calli coarsely punctate. Scutellum: Medially in basal half concolorous lateral margins (broadly) and apical third luteous, a red fascia on each side just outward a luteous callous point in each basal angle, another at medial concavity of pronotum on each side and obscuring the Juteous margin in this region, and a smaller one on each side just before apex. In apical third of scutellum and along lateral margins some red punctations, punctations on basal two-thirds medially concolorous; frena black, Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts concolorous with concolorous punctations, inner margin of clavus (at very base quite broadly, rest narrowly) black, inner sixth Of hind margin of corium also black, Membrane hyaline. Abdomen; Concolorous with black quadrate spots or paired more rounded spots medially on some of the distal segments, genital segment concolorous. MALES (from Dimensions— Parameter Head length . Head width Antennal segment | Antennal segment I Antennal segment U1 Antennal segment TVo....--.-.. Antennal segment V Pronotum width Promotum Tenathy do ol A EN A I Total lenuth ..0 2-00... ee ee ee ee ore oe csr | ce ee se cae er ee ae 159 Laterotergites: Concolorous with a red spot or bar along anterior and posterior margins and posterior portion of exterior margins, spines tipped with black. Underside: Head concolorous; bucculae low and sinuate, apically a little rectangularly pro- duced, reaching only to about anterior margin of eyes, head rather swollen behind bucculae. Fourth rostral segment black. Thorax concolorous but with a red spot at common base of episterna and epimera. Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical or vaguely flattened. Abdomen concolorous but with a small red spot laterally in the anterior angle, and lateral margin in posterior quarter red, of each segment. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 61 A. Clasper Fig. 6! E, F-shaped. Aedeagus Fig. 61 C-D, with phallosoma very lightly sclerotized und honey coloured, probably the conjunctiva was not completely inflated in the dissections but the “‘lappet” processes are strongly developed, there are two rather tubular conjunctival lobes and the medial penial plates are large, parallel and ventrally placed and directed, their ventral surfaces strongly concave. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 61 B, 11 specimens) FEMALES (trom 17 specimens) Parameter Fleacd lengetit- os thie ts we ee Head width Antennal segment | Antennal segment IL State Antennal segment IIL .....20. 000-2... Anteonal segment IV ,.. Antennal segment V Pronotum width Pronotum length we cee Total length ..,.-,,-.,--)-- Total length: Remarks; All but two specimens have been collected in arid regions. The “tea-tree” men- tioned by Brumby on the labels of the specimens he collected muy be a species of Melaleuca for re ee a eee oe ore arse ee Prarie: Standard Coeflicient Observed Mean Deviation of Range Variation 26 1-6 6-0 23-28 35 I-4 40 33-38 6 Os 43 5-7 14 O-# 5-3 13-15 9 Il 11-6 8-11 4 at) 73 13-16 16 Qs 33 15-16 77 34 4-4 71-81 32 20 63 29-36 14] 82 5-8 125-150 Standard Coefticient Observed Mean Deviation of Range Variation 28 22 TS 25-31 36 Il 32 34-38 7 14 22-4 5-10) iW li &2 11-15 9 O88 9-41) 7-10 \4 ht 8-3 11-15 15 hl 7-3 13-18 Rl 35 4-3 75-88 34 26 TO 30-39 148 7 5k (35-165 6-5-8-6 mm this genus occurs in the Everard Ranges area, but equally he could have applied it to a species of Thryptomene as the latter, apart from its smull size, resembles Melaleuca, 160 REC. S& AUST. Location of Types: Holotype 4, allotype @. 8@ 4 10998, paratypes (Reg. Nos. [20,634-53), Everard Ranges, South Australia to Warburton Ranges, Western Australia, A. Brumby (paratypes on flowering tea-tree): 1¢, 19 paratypes (Reg. Nos, 120,654-5), Victoria Desert 6 km (= 4 miles) south west of Maynard's Bore, Everard Park Station, South Australia, 6,1X, 1970, G, F. Gross (hy beating Thryptomene maisonneuvi FvyM.—a sniall myriaceous plant); & paratype (Reg. No. 120,656), Adelaide Hills, South Australia, Jan. 1968 and @ para- type (Reg. No. 20,657), same general locality, 20.1.69, C. van Dyk SAM: 3 2° ? para- types. Murchison River, Western Australia, 21. X1,1963, J. Sedlacck (BISHOP); ? paratype, 48 km (= SO miles) east of Southern Crass, 350 m, Western Australia. 16.0%,1962. E. S. Ross & D. QO, Cavagnaro CA- Specimens examined; The types only, Parocirrhoe gen. nov. Type species, Parocirrhoe woodward sp. nov. Descriptian; General appearance: Very similar to Ocirrhoe but posterior angles of seventh laterotergites strongly produced and pygophore diferent. Species probably bright green in life; small, elon- gate oval, lateral angles of pronotum founded; head and anterior portion inclined at an angle of about 30°” Head; Appearing rather broad, wider across eyes than long, basally rather ratsed, apically flattened. Anteclypeus only a very little pro- duced past apices of juga and convex apically, juga apically broadly rounded and laterally broadly concave above antennifers. Eyes tr angular and touching anterior margin of proro- tum, ocelli conspicuous. and placed just inwared OF inner posterior angles. of eyes. Antennifers short, antennae five segmented, first segment shorter and thicker than others. Pronetum: More than twice as. wide as long. anterior margin Only shallowly concave behind collum, anterolateral angles only very slightly prominent. Anterolateral margins nearly straight almost to base and strongly diverging posteriorly. anterolateral angles rounded, — Posterolateral margins rather angulately concave. posterior margin shallowly concave, Dise behind level of MUS., 17 (6): SL-l67 Devember, 1975 lateral angles in the same plane as hind body, in front of level of lateral angles inclined down- wards al about 30°. Seutellum: Triangular, flattish: frena extend- ing for nearly half length from base to apex; mn basal third only slightly raised, Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts rather trans- parent. Corium with outer apical angles rounded and lateral margins very slightly convex, posterior margin also faintly convex. Clavus narrow but triangular, Membrane with veins substantially parallel apically. Abdomen: Apparently flattish above, deeply excised apically in males, Laterotergites: Ul to Vt armed with a small acute spine On cach posterior exterior angle, VII with apical angle rather strongly produced pos- terjorly, triangular with acute apex, Underside: Head rather triangular in lateral view, Bucculae rather lobulately produced anteriorly then convex, reaching ta about mid- wuy along eyes, between bucculae deeply sulcate, Rostrum four segmented, segment | not reaching buse of bucculae, UH a little past fore coxae, IL about midway between second and third coxae, IV tw base of third abdominal ventrite, Meso- and metasterna with a robust raised keel project- ing forward over prosternum, low ta about midway betwee mid and hind coxae then becom- ing elevated to reach its highest elevation just before lore coxac, prothorax. shallowly and obliguly keeled on either side of this keel. Abdominal venter beneath with sides fattened und oblique, medially rounded, third segment medially raised into u short triangular tubercle directed anteriorly, its apex fitting into a noteh in the mesosternal keel, Seventh abdominal seg- ment deeply incised. Pygophore ventrally with lateral angles slightly produced medianly into a posteriorly directed triangular process, Hind margins of lirst gonocoxae of females transverse. General Remarks; At first sight this genus resembles Ocirrhoe very closely and could easily be confused wrth tt. However it differs in that (he apical angles of the seventh laterotergites are much more strongly produced and the hind tibiae are not flattened (although the first and second are flattened just before their apices). The median triangular spine on the hind margin of the pygophore indicates that the genus has a closer relationship with such genera as Petalapis, Vitellus and Avicenna rather than to Ocirrhoe. Only the type species is known, RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 161 Parocirrhoe woodwardi sp. nov. Figs. 48 F, 53 D, 62 Description: General appearance: Probably green in life but the type yellowish, smallish. Head: Concolorous, eyes and ocelli purplish. Juga dorsally punctate, anteclypeus with only several sparse punctations. Head behind base of anteclypeus transversly rugulose, immediately adjacent to eyes glabrous. Pronotum: Concolorous, densely punctate but ocelli and anterolateral margins impunctate. Scutellum: Concolorous, densely punctate. In apical half medially a broad flattened (but punctate) mark becoming a_ short raised impunctate keel apically. Hemelytra: Coriaceous parts concolorous, densely punctate; membrane hyaline. Abdomen: Concolorous. Laterotergites: Concolorous, posterior lateral spines black tipped. Underside: Concolorous except eyes purplish and a lateral black irregular macula near exterior margin of metapleuron and about equidistant from base and apex. Apical halves of tarsal claws black. Head slightly rugulose and depressed in front of antennifers. Propleuron conspicuously punctate only posteriorly, meso- pleuron with only mesepisternum punctate, metapleuron punctate posteriorly and on mete- pisternum. Abdomen rather rugulose. Apex of male abdomen Fig. 53 D, the ventral margin Baenon Ko Heao L__§mm——1 Fig. 62. Dorsal aspect of Parecirrhoe woodwardi gen. et. sp. nov. 162 REC. S, AUST. MUS, of pygophore sinuate on either side of median process, ventral surface with a depressed pit on each side near spine margin gnd about mid- way between median process and lateral margin. Apex of female abdomen Fig. 48 F, posterior margins of first gonocoxae nearly transyerse, apical spines of paratergite VIII strongly produced, Dimensions— Holotype Allotype Paratype d Head length ....., 2.) 22 224 30 43 33 Head width ..........0.0.. 38 Al 39 Antennal segment tl .,.... 7 8 8 Antennal segment [E ...-., 13 12 (2 Antennal segment Ul, .,... is 16 16 Antennal! segment TY ,,,., 20) 22 21 Antennal segment V ...-., 25 27 2s Pronotum width ..... 2... 9I Q7 | Pronotum length ....... 37 3 At) Total length ........4.5005 165 170 181 Total length: §-7-9-0 mm Location of types: Holotype & (Reg, No, Queensland, Koongalala Point, Lamington National Park, 29.X%.1955. T. E. Woodward OM, allotype %, Dorrigo, New South Wales, W. Heron SAM 120,661; Paratype 9°, Sydney, Sept, 1902, ex Helms Collection BISHOP. The T7218), South Specimens examined: and unlocalised | ¢, BM, types Petalaspis Bergroth, 1916 Petalaspis Bergroth, 1916, p. 29. Type species: Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth, 1916 (monotypy). Description: General appearance: Pale yellowish (museum specimens); medium sized, elongate oval lateral angles of pronotum acute. Head and anterior portion of pronotum inclined at an angle of about 45°. Head: Rather elongate but still wider across eyes than long, tapering anteriorad, basally slightly convex, apically flattened. Anteclypeus a little produced beyond apices of juga and rounded apically; juga apically rounded, laterally slightly concave above antennifers, Eyes rather triangular and touching anterior margin of pronotum, ocelli conspicuous and placed just inward of inner posterior angles of eyes. Anten- nifers short, antennae five segmented, first segment shortest and thicker than others. 17 (6): 51-167 December, (97S Pronotum: About twice as wide as long. Anterior margin rather concave, anterolateral angles only very slightly prominent. Antero- lateral margins straight almost to base and strongly diverging posteriorly, then turning inward shortly at 90° forming rectangular lateral angles. Posterolateral margins strongly concave and rounding broadly to become the strongly concave posterior margin. Disc behind level of lateral angles in same plane as hind body, before level of lateral angles inclined downwards at about 45 ’- Scutellum: Strongly triangular, flattish, frena. extending for four fiftis of length from base to true apex. Apex beneath with a square pale sclerotized plate, latter in plane of body and beginning ai upices of frena and extending about an equal distance past true apex of scutellum, Hemelytra; Coriaceous parts pale and rather transparent. Corum with outer apical angles almost truncate and lateral margins very slightly convex, posterior margin straight exteriorly but broadly rounded inteniorly. Clavus strongly triangular, Membrane hyaline. veins sub- stantially parallel apically. Abdomen: Flattish above, rather deeply excised apically in males. Laterotergites: Three to six armed on pos- terior exterior angles with a short acute spine. seven with upicul angle rather strongly triangu- larly produced posteriorly with apex acute- Underside: Head rather triangular in lateral view. Bucculae rather lobulately produced anteriorly then rather sinuate, reaching base of eyes, between bucculae rather deeply sulcate, Rostrum four segmented, first segment reaching base of bueculae, second to about midway between fore and hind coxae. third to about midway between second and third coxue, fourth to base of fourth abdominal ventrite, Meso- and metasterna with a robust raised keel project- ing forward over prothorax, there directed somewhat to left (as viewed front below) so that rostrum passes to right of Its apex. Pro- sternum rather sulcate under this keel. Abdominal venter beneath with sides flattened und obligue, medially broadly raised, third segment medially raised into 4 short triangular tubercle directed anteriorly, ils apex fitting into a notch on base of metasternal keel, Seventh ventrite deeply excised posteriorly in males and females, Pygophore ventrally with lateral angles produced a little and (truncate, medially with a posteriorly directed process, Clasper rather RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 163 F-shaped and similar to that of Cuspicona spp. Aedeagus with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, three pairs of conjunctival processes the ventral pair apparently medial penial plates. Female external genitalia rather flattened medially. General remarks: Only the type species is known in this genus, in general appearance species is very similar to some species of Cuspicona which do not have produced lateral angles to the pronotum. However the square plate like structure under the apex of the scutellum distinguishes this genus from Cuspicona and indicates a relationship closer to Vitellus. Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth, 1916 Figs. 63, 64 A-D Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth, 1916, p. 29-30. Description: General appearance: gate obovate. Moderate sized, elon- General colour straw coloured ‘ Par beaut ten Fig. 63. at SEP Beige Sr but with lateral angles of the pronotum some- times narrowly reddish, also the posterior apices of the seventh laterotergites and the genital seg- ments. Dorsally finely and concolorously punctate, Head: JSuga rather finely — transversely wrinkled; base finely punctate; eyes and ocelli reddish purple. First antennal segment not surpassing apex. Pronotum: Finely punctate, punctations generally concolorous but sometimes a little darker than ground colour. Calli impunctate, Sometimes a faint reddish suffusion posteriorly. Seutellum: Finely punctate, punctations generally (but not always) concolorous, Medi- ally in basal half a raised nearly glabrous line. Hemelytra: Corium and clavus finely con- colorously punctate. A small black spot at apex of clavus; membrane including its veins hyaline. te * oP cs Bexnos K Hane * Dorsal aspect Petalaspis tescorum Bergroth- 164 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (6)! 51-167 Laterotergites: Posterior angles of III to VI with small backwardly directed black tipped spines, posterior angle of VII produced into a much larger flattened posteriorly directed spine; this spine, posterior margin of laterotergite VII and posterior margin of last abdominal segment reddish, Underside: Bucculae low and sinuate, not reaching base of head, rounded anteriorly. Head laterally rather swollen below antennifers. First segment of rostrum reaching to about level of base of antennifers, second segment curved and reaching just behind fore coxae, third segment to just behind middle coxae, fourth segment to base of fourth abdominal ventrite. Rostrum yellow with pale reddish infusion, tip of apical segment black, Raised keel of mesosternum thickish, protrud- ing over prosternum and close to it (latter narrowly and shallowly sulcate anteriorly), almost reaching base of head, apically shortly December, 1975 truncate. Raised keel of metasternum darker, thicker, much shorter, posteriorly excavate to receive apex of ventral spine. Legs normal, tibiae cylindrical, Third ventrite of abdomen medially raised in a thick forwardly directed spine, all visible ventrites rather V-shaped as viewed from rear of animal, Spinous projections of seventh latero- (ergites and apical portions of visible genitalia, frequently reddish, sometimes also ventral mid- line and base of abdomen, Apex of male abdomen Fig, 64 A. Clasper Fig. 64 D, rather F-shaped. Aedeagus Fig. 64 C, with phallosoma very lightly sclerotized and honey-coloured, as the inflations were not completely successful the whole conjunctiva was not seen but the “lappet” processes are strongly developed, there are two rather tubular conjunctival lobes and the medial penial plates are large and ventrally placed, each has a lateral laminate process. Apex of female Fig, 64 B, MALES (from 12 specimens) Dimensions— Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Mean Deviation fs) Range Variation Mead Jertatht pacts} corrinetetecynsteteineyct stetedapiatedsbeitry peters ary meleteteyo stele 39 4:2 10-7 34-47 Fead-width : cvs ssdes cess stat feet Ge ibe ee aLbe eben bed be 44 1-7 3-8 42-48 Anterinal Segrtiant. Toit cee i ects imi angleoettttesr a! oonttlles aril teenth ay itle 1! Ls 13-6 9-15 Antennal segment IL ee Rt os baat CE DAT oa Crd oa eg eT ene 22 2-0 11-0 20-26 Anferinal seament TD das curs 4 cop be eee es ECKL Veep 20 15 7-35 18-23 Antennal segment IV... ce eee ee ee eee ep eee be beee 24 1-7 7-0 22-29 Antennal segment V £ Pett op art pit ype eps fell ees 27 ll 40 25-28 Pronoun width 53 25 a3 ob oo ole 0c el 2b Sleek O06 nal 30 107 5-1 47 95-112 Pronotum length ....-..,........- Pe SE ee Perea 47 2-7 57 43-50 Patal lengthy 2300 sag sn elebrn- alelsim ss lopeleas wnlslncselelelesisctelncs sil: 206 89 43 195-225 FEMALES (from 7 specimens) Standard Coefficient Observed Parameter Mean Deviation of Range Variation Head lanatly . ccc hok es ees ce bodes Qbhb se setessabacee tes 4| 38 9-2 35-46 Bhearl Woiedthy 288 pen 36 a aed 8 oepenn 2a atta Cotten cs ante LOG Kittel 47 21 44 44-50 Antennal segment Io... ee nee eee il 2-6 23-6 9-17 Antennal segment IL ..,.. 0.00... 00 00-8 ols baalete'y s Fens yal: 23 (-7 73 21-25 Antennal sepment ID... . 0 ec ee ene cep eee tebe 19 1-2 63 17-21 Antennal seamen’ IW iat velar tes urd e aelavte me tte dotea te wet 24 (five measure- 23-25 ments only) Aritennal segment Vow ec eee eee ee eeeeee 26 (three measure- 25-27 ments only) POH AOE i ele tte en cntatan alle se cotiederelle sepontede alte le LL jn'er'e 121 7 71 107-131 Promotinii lengthy ons. ee ee ee cy ow ne cut $3 37 69 48-59 Total! Jem ath: oi epee as ere a secre dk watre dite ite de ech iediee-rtede aie 233 212 90 210-275 Total length: Remarks: A not very common species but widely distributed, ranging from near Geraldton in Western Australia to Yeppoon in Queensland. Most specimens examined were from arid regions. In Helsinki an unmarked male specimen was located which agrees in locality and all essential 10-3-14-5 mm details of Bergroth’s original description of this species. The specimen has been marked as the lectotype, Location of Type: Lectotype ¢, “Stevenson River, N,T.” in Helsinki, RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP median process of ventral margin segment VOI~ seamen! VIE~ | paratergite VIIT- —_ Fig, 64, Petalaspis fescorum Bergroth, aspect of apex of female abdomen. Specimens examined: The lectotype and one other unlocalised specimen %, Australia, Blackburn SAM. Western Australia 34 46,192, Dongarra, 26,XI-3.XJ1.1935, R. E. Turner; 4, Dongarra, 4-10.X.1935, R. E. Turner BM; 2299, 24 km (= 15 miles) west of Louisa Downs, 250 m, 18.X.1962, at Ultraviolet (black) light, E, S, Ross & D. Q. Cavagnaro CAS. South Australia; 44, 29, Parachilna Gorge 11 km east of Parachilna, 20.V.1975, by beating foliage of Eucalyptus camaldulensis Dehn., G. F. Gross; 6, Lake Eyre, May 1951, G. F. Gross; ¢, Cooper Crossing, 21.11.1956, G. F. Gross SAM. Victoria 12, Lake Hattah, J. E, Dixon NM. New South Wales 2, Bourke, 25.V.1905, ex Kirkaldy Coll. USNM. Queens- land ?, Bowen, A. Simpson BM; 246 ¢, Mt. Isa, 3.X1.1967. on Eucalyptus sp., E. M. Exley; 26 8,22 9, Lake Moondarra 19 km (= 12 mi) from Mt. Isa, 3.X1.1967, on Eucalyptus sp. E. M. Exley UQ; 12, Rockhampton, Sept. 1943, Helfer, ex J. R. De la Torre Bueno Collection KU; 26 ¢, 1%, Yeppoon, 25,X1,1967, J. M. Sedlacek Bishop. basal plates ~-lirst gonocoxa triangulum A, ventral aspect of apex of male abdomen, C. lefthand side view of aedeagus. IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 165 ventral surface ol py20phore 0.5mm as capitate process “‘lappet" processes / !\ conjunctival lobes PA medial penial 7 lales ~phallosoma p segment VII B, ventral D. clasper. SUMMARY The history of the recognition that the genera of Pentatomidae related to Rhynchocoris West- wood form a distinctive grouping within the family is discussed and the distinctive features of the grouping given. The external morphology and the structure of the male and female external genitalia and the spermatheca of the female: are considered in this context. A partial key to the genera in Australia and adjacent regions of the group is given which distinguishes the genera treated in this first part but avoids mentioning new genera to be erected in a subsequent paper on the second half of the group. This paper considers five genera, three of them known viz. Ocirrhoe Stal, Cuspicona Dallas and Petalaspis Bergroth and two new genera, Everardia and Parocirrhoe. A description of each genus is given, and where there is more than one included species, a key to the species. 166 REC, S. AUST. MUS, Ocirrhoe is considered to contain 11 species of which five (wilsoni, westwood), dallasi, cavendu and coronata) are new, Cuspiconaé prasinara Stal is transferred to the genus and the three names which follow are shown ty be preyvigusly unrecog- nised junior synonyms of earlier names: Rhaphi- gasler viridipes Wulker (ot australis (Westwood)), Cuspicona uninotata Walker (of australis (West- wood) ), and Rhynacheceriy roei Westwood (of unimaculata (Westwood) ). The citations which follow are shown not to apply to the species to which they allegedly pertained: Cuspicena roei Dallas non Westwood (now to dullast sp. nev.), and Ocirrhoe unimaculata Stal non Westwood (now to wesfwoodi sp, nov.) Cuspicona ts considered to contain 24 species in this region, of which 15 (eeldeae, eremo- philae, cooperi, obesula, procallosa, equisignata, phi, angustizena, apothoracica, Jongispina, cyani- ferraé, norfolcensis, neocaledontae, cheesmart and exnigraspersa) are new. Cuspicona privala Walker is returned ta the genus and js the first valid name for the taxon previously known as Pentatoma viride Montrouzier, then Crspiconi viridis auctt. then Cuspicona zeloma Kirkaldy. The two names which follow are shown to be pre- viously unrecognised junior synonyms of carlict names: Cuspicona beutenmulleri Van Duzee (of stwrenuella Walker) and Cuspicona laminata Sul (of privata Walker). The citations which follow are shown not to apply to the species to which they allegedly pertained: Cuspicuna virescens Tryon von Westwood (now ta simplex Walker) and Cuspicona rufispina Van Duzee non Stal (now to ferticornis Breedin). Everardia is based on @ single new species (picta) and Paroecirhee is also based on a single new species (weedward/), A lectotype has been selected for fescerum Bergroth, the type and only included species in the genus Peralasplys. Descriptions and figures of all new species and redescriptions and figures of previously recog- nised species from the area are given. Short camparative descriptions are given of Cuspicona ampla Walker and Cuspicona rufispina Stl which are shawn to occur only outside of the area. under consideration. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Funds which assisted a visit overseas in 1969 to study type material and identified and uniden- lified series of Australian Heteroptera were made available from the Mark Mitchell Research Foundation, the C.S.1-R.Q. Sctence and Industry Endowment Fund and the Board of the South Australian Museu. 17 (&)> S16? Deewmbher, WTS | am indebted to the Directors and entomo- logical stall of the institutions listed on p. 53 for permitting me to examine their collections and ta make notes on type material and for the loan subsequently of both eritical and unsorted material. Special thanks are due tu the following: Dr, F, Tortonese, Genoa: Dr. 4, Kaszab and Dr, A, Sods, Hungary; Dr. U, Gollner-Scheiding and her family, Berlin; Dr. W. Huckman, Mr, M. Mein- ander. and their colleagues, Helsinki; Professor and Mrs, L, Brundin and Dr, P. I. Persson, Stockholm; Dr, Borge Petersen and Mr, N, Mé¢tler Andersen, Copenhagen; Dr. P. van Does- burg and Dr, H. C, Blote, Leiden; the stuff of the Institut Royal des Sciences Naturelles de Belgique, Brussels; Dr. G. Schmity, and the late Dr. H. Schouteden, Terveuren; Dr. A. Villiers, Paris; Dr. W. J. Knight, Mrs. J. M. Black and Mr. L. Mound, British Museum (Natural History); Mr. J. A, Grant, London; Professor Varley and Mr. I. Lansbury, Hope Collection; Dr. and Mrs, P. J. Darlington. Harvard: Pro- fessor J. A, Slater, his family, and colleagues, Storrs, Connecticut; Dr. J. A. Rozen, American Museum of Natural History: Dr. R. Froeschner und Dr. J. Herring. United States National Museum; Dr. H. Dybas, Field Museum; Dr. P. Ashlock and his family, Lawrence. Kansas: Pro- fessor G. G. B, Scudder and his family, Van- couver; Dr E. Ross and Dr, P. Arnaud, California Academy of Sciences the late Miss 5S. Nakata. Bishop Museum. The biometric analyses were done on a “Pro- gramma 101” ininicomputer very kindly made available by the Department of Human Physto- logy and Pharmacology at the University of Adelaide. REFERENCES Anon. 1942_) Reve appl enn CAISO, 49% Atkinsan, BT. 188%. Notes on Indian Rhyochar; Heterop- tera. Now d. J. Antonie See. Bengal $7(2), 118-184. Bergrath, BE 1916.) Heteroprerous Hemiptera collected by Professen W. Baldwin Spencer during the Herd Expedition into Central Austrulit, Proce. R, Soe. Vier, CNS.) 29(1), 19-39, Black. G. Mb, [986k. Pentatumidae (Hemiptera, Heterop- tera) collevted by the Noona Dan Expedition in the Philippine, Bismarck and Solomon Islands, Kar Medd. 3606). 560.576, 5 figs. Breddin, G,, 1900. Hemiptera nonnullae Regionis aus. (ralicae. Fate Nachr, 2612-3), 17-46. 10. figs. Dallas, W. S.. PSST. “List of the Specimens of Hemip- lerous Insects in the Collection of the British Museum”. part t, Br Mus nal. Hist. Londen, Distant. Wo L.. Leas. An Entimeration of the Rhynchota received from Biron von Muller, und volleeted by Mr, Seyer yn New Guinea during Mr. Cuthbertson’s Expedition, Trans. R. ent. Soe, Lond., 475-489, pl. 13, RHYNCHOCORIS GROUP IN AUSTRALIA AND ADJACENT AREAS—I 167 Distant, W. L., 1900a. Rhynchotal Notes—LV. Helerop- tera: Pentatominae (part). dan. Mag. nat, Hist., 5(7), 386-397 & 420-435, Distant, W. L., 1900b. Revision of the Rhynchota belong- ing to the Family Pentatomidae in the Hope Collection at Oxford. Prac. Zoal. Soc. Lond,, 1900, 807-824, pls. 52 & 53, Distant, W. L., 1902, “The Fauna of British India, includ- ing Ceylon and Burma” Rhynchota part 1. Taylor & Francis: London, Fyles, A. C., 1960. Insects Associated with the Major Fodder Crops in the North Island. JL Hemiptera. N.Z, J, agric. Res 3(6), 994-1008, 7 figs. Froggatt. W. W.. 1901, Notes on Australian Hemiptera (Plant Bugs). Agric. Gaz. N.S.W., 12, or Mise. Publ. 538, 1-10, figs. 1-15, Froggatt. W. W., 1902. Notes on Australian Hemiptera (Plant Bugs). Agric. Gas. N.S.W., 13, or Mise. Publ. 538. 1-8, figs. 16-31. Froggatt, W. W., 1907, “Australian Insects.” Sydney. Gross, G, F., 1972. A revision of the species of Australian and New Guinea Shield Bugs formerly placed in the genera Poecilometis Dallas and Exmecopis Dallas (Heteroptera; Pentatomidae) with descriptions of new species and selection of lectotypes, Aust. J. Zoal., Suppl Ser. 15, 1-192, 65 figs. Gross, G. F.. 1975, “Plant-feeding and other (Hemiptera) of South Australia” Part 1, Printer: Adelaide. Kirkaldy, G. W., 1905. Memoir on the Rhynchota collected by Dr. Arthur Willey, F.R.S.. chiefly in Birara (New Britain) and Lifu. Trans. R, ent. Soc. bugs Government Lond.,; 327-362. Pl. 17, Kirkaldy, G. W., 1909, “Catalogue of the Hemiptera (Heteroptera) with Biological and Anatomical References, Lists of Food-plants and Parasites, etc.” Vol, Ll. Cimicidae, Felix Dames: Berlin. Lethierry, L. & Severin, G., 1893. “Catalogue général des Hémiptéres.” Vol, 1, F. Hayez: Bruxelles. Mayr, G. L., 1866. Reise der Novara, Zool, 2(1). 3-204, 5 pls, Kais. K, H. Staatsdruckerei: Wien. Montrouzier, %., 1855. Essai sur la fatine de I'lle de Woodlark ou Moiou. Ann. See. Agr, Lyon (2)7(1), I-114. Montrouzier, X. & Signoret, V., 1861. Essai sur la Faune entomologique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie (Balade) et des Hes des Pins, Art. Lif ete. dan, Soe. ent. Fr. 1(4). 59-74, Hem. Ramsay, G. W., 1963. Predaceus Shield-Bugs (Heterop- tera: Pentatomidae) in New Zealand, N.Z. Ent. 3(2), 3-6, 2 figs. Sloan. W, J. S., 1941. The Control of Tomato Pests. Qd. agric. J. 56(4), 277-294, 4 pls. Spiller, D.. & Turbott, E. G., 1944. The occurrence of some Ausralian insects and a spider in New Zealand, Ree. Auckland (N.Z.) Inst, 3(1), 79-83. Sul, C.. 1859. “Kongliga svenska Fregatten Eugenies Resa omkring Jorden, under Befal af C. A. Virgin Aren 1851-1853." Zoologi 1, Insecta. Norstedt: Stockhalm, Stil, C., 1866. Analecta hemipterologica. Berl. ent. 7. 10, 151-172, 381-394, Sul, C., 1867. Bidrag till Hemipternas Systematik. Ofvers. K. Wetensk Akad, Forh, 1867, 491-560. Stil, C., 1870. Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum— Bidrag till Philippinska oarnes Hemipter-fauna. Sve K. Ver. Akad. Forh, 27(7), 607-776, pls. 7-9. Stal, C., 1876. Enumeratio Hemipterorum 5, K, Vetensk Akad, Handl. 14(4), 1-162. Tryon, H., 1889. “Report on Insects and Fungus Pests,” 1. Government Printer: Brisbane. Van Duzee, E, P., 1905. Notes on Australian Pentatomidae with descr. of a few new species. Bull, Am. Mus. nat. Hist., 21, 187-214, pl. 8. Walker, F., 1867. “Catalogue of Heteropterous Hemiptera in Of. svenska the Specimens of the Collection of the British Museum.” Pt Tl, Br. Mus. nat. Hist.: London, Walker, F., 1868. “Catalogue of the Specimens of Hemip- tera Heteroptera in the Collection of the British Museum,” Pt. Hil. Br. Mus. nat, Hist.: Westwood, J. O., 1837. “A Catalogue of Hemiptera in the Collection of the Rey. W. F. Hope F.R.S. F.L.S. London. F.Z.S. M.E.S. Ete. Ftc, Ete. Ete. with Short Latin Description of New Species”, part 1. J, C. Bridgewater: London, Woodward, T. E., 1954. New Records and Descriptions of Hemiptera-Heteroptera from the Three Kings Islands. Ree, Auckland (N.Z,) Inst, 4(4), 215-233, 2 figs, Woodward, T. E., 1953. The Heteroptera of New Zealand, Part - Introduction. Cynidae: Pentatomidae. Trans, ray, Sac, N.Z., 80(3 & 4), 299-321. pls. 62-71. RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Lo tishtes: iby: C. J. M. -Glever Il. AMPHIBIANS by Michael J. Tyler Il. REPTILES by Terry F. Houston IV. BIRDS by Herbert T. Condon V. MAMMALS by Peter F. Aitken VI. FOSSILS by Neville S. Pledge SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBERS 7-12 lst September, 1976 VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM I. FISHES BY C. J. M. GLOVER Summary The type-specimens of six genera and 71 species or subspecies of recent fishes in the South Australian Museum are catalogued. Most are from Australia, a number from Antarctica. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM I. FISHES by Cc, J. M. GLOVER South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 ABSTRACT GLOVER, C. J. M., 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum, I. Fishes. Ree, S. dust. Mus. 17 (7)! 169-175. The type-specimens of six genera and 71 specics or subspecies of recent fishes in the South Australian Museum are catalogued. Most are from Australia, a number from Antarctica. INTRODUCTION The following is a list of all recent fish types, representing six genera and 71 species or sub- species, registered in the South Australian Museum to date, together with descriptive references, collecting data and currently accepted names. Most of these specimens have recently been relocated and data from their labels, type descrip- tions and the collection register cross checked. Some specimens, as indicated, have still to be located, but efforts to find them are continuing. CLASS CYCLOSTOMATA ORDER PETROMYZONIFORMES Family Eptatretidae Eptatretus longipinnis Strahan, 1975. Aust, Zool. 18 (3): 137-148, fig. 1. Holotype: F4042, in spirit, from south-eastern Indian Ocean off Robe, South Australia, collected by R. B. Hawes, 2.ix.1971. CLASS ELASMOBRANCHIL ORDER HETERODONTIFORMES Family Triakidae Fur yentralis Whitley, 1943. Rec S. Aust, Mus.'7: 397 =Furgaleus ventralis (Whitley, 1943) Paratypes: F2069, cast of specimen taken from St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector unknown, 30.x.1943. F2070, mounted skin of above specimen; neither the cast or the skin can be located. | ORDER RHINOBATIFORMES Family Rhinobatidae Trygonorhina melaleuca Scott, 1954, Rec, S. Aust, Mus. 11 (2): 106, fig. 1. Holotype: F2769, male in formalin, taken off Kingscote, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by E. Sundberg, 26.i1i.1953; a cast of this specimen (numbered F2769) is also in the South Australian Museum. ORDER MYLIOBATIFORMES Family Urolophidae Urolophus gigas Scott, 1954, Ree, S. Aust. Mus, 11 (2): 105, pl. XXII. Holotype: F2744, female in formalin, taken at Port Noarlunga, South Australia, collected by T. D. Scott and F. J. Mitchell, 31.1.1952; a cast (F4127) of this specimen 1s also in the South Australian Museum. CLASS TELEOSTOMI ORDER CLUPIEFORMES Family Dorosomidae Chatoessus horni Zietz, 1896. Rept. Horn Sci, Exped. C. Ausir., 2 (Zool): 180 pl. XVI, fig. 6. =Fluvialosa horni (Zietz, 1896) Holotype: F1063, in spirit, from ‘Central Australia’, collected by Horn Expedition party, 1894, ORDER SALMONIFORMES Family Idiacanthidae Idiacanthus aurora Waite, 1916, Austr. Ant. Exped,, (C) 3 (1) (Fish): V, fig. 1, text fig. 11. Holotype: F380, in spirit, from 25 miles (40 km) northward of Macquarie Island, collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party, 1912. 53-55, pl. 70 Family Paralepididae Notosudis hamiltoni Waite, 1916, Austr. Ant. Exped., (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 56-58, pl. V, fig, 2, text fig, 12, Holotype: F382, in spirit, from Macquarie Island, Antarctica, collected by H. Hamilton, some- time during the period 1911-1913, ORDER SILURIFORMES Family Plotosidae Plotosus argenteus Zietz, 1896. Rept, Horn, Sci, Exped. C. Austr. 2 (Zool): 410, pl. XVI, fig. 7. =Tandanus ( Neosilurus) argenteus (Zietz, 1896). Holotype: F1090, in spirit, from the Barcoo River (=Cooper Creek), near Innamincka, South Australia, collected by the Horn Expedition party, 1894, Ostophycephalus duriceps Ogilby, 1899. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 24: 156, =Cnidoglanis — macrocephalus Valenciennes, 1840), Holotype; F1093, in spirit from Semaphore, St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, presented by A, Zietz, 1898, (Cuvier & ORDER GOBIESOCIFORMES Family Gobiesocidae Aspasmogaster patella Scott, 1954. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 11 (2): 111, fig, 3, =Aspasmogaster tasmaniensis (Guenther, 1861), Holotype: F2788, in spirit, from Kingston Park (near Adelaide), South Australia, collected by University of Adelaide biology students, 26,1x. 1953. Paratypes: F2789, three specimens, in locality and collection data as holotype. spirit, for the ORDER LOPHIIFORMES Family Antennariidae Echinophryne crassispina McCulloch & Waite, 1918, Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 67, pl. VI, fig. 2. Holotype: F609, in spirit, from Spencer Gulf South Australia, collector and date of collec- tion unknown, REC, S, AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Histiophryne scortea McCulloch & Waite, 1918, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 74, pl. VU, fig. 2. Holotype; F618, in spirit, from Stansbury, St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector and date of collection unknown. Paratypes: F617 and F619, two specimens in spirit, locality and collecting data as for the holotype. ORDER ATHERINIFORMES Family Melanotaeniidae Nematocentris winneckii Zictz, 1896. Rept. Horn. Sci. Exped, C, Austr, 2 (Zool): 179, pl. XVI, fig. 3. = Melanotaenia nigrans (Richardson, 1843). Syntype: FI075, in spirit, from Finke River, “Central Australia’, collected by Horn Expedition party, 1894. Nematocentris tatei Zietz, 1896. Rept. Horn, Sci, Exped. C. Austr. 2 (Zool): \78, pl. XVI, fig. 2. Syntypes: F1166, three specimens in spirit, from Idracowra, “‘Central Australia’, collected by Horn Expedition party, 1894, Family Atherinidae Tropidostethus rhothophilus Ogilby, 1895. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales 2 (10); 323. Paratype; F1164, from Maroubra Bay, New South Wales, collected by T, Whitelegge, March, 1893. Craterocephalus dalhousiensis Iyantso{f? & Glover, 1974, Aust. Zool, 18 (2): 88-98, fig. 1. Holotype: 3453, male in spirit, from Main Spring at Dalhousie Springs, collected by C. J. M. Glover, 3.viil.1968, Allotype: F3453, female in spirit, locality and collection data as for the holotype. Paratypes: F3453, 1] males and nine females, stored apart from the primary types, locality and collection data as for the primaries, Norr—Some other paratype specimens were deposited with the following institutions: Australian Muscum (Sydney), American Museum of Natural History (New York), British Museum of Natural History (London), Museum National Histoire Naturelle (Paris), Zeologisch Museum (Amsterdam). VERTEBRATE TY PE-SPECIMENS IN THE §. AUST, MUSEUM—1 FISHES ORDER BERYCIFORMES Family Berycidae Hoplostethus mediterraneus Cuvier & Valen- ciennes, var. /atus McCulloch, 1914. Biol. Res. Endeavour 2: 97, tig. 5, Syntype: F213, in spirit, ftom Great Australian Bight, collected by /./.S, Endeavour, March, 1912 or 4.iv.1913 (?). ORDER GASTEROSTEIFORMES Family Syngnathidae Syngnathus yercoi Waite & Hale, 1921, Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 1 (4): 298, fig. 41. Holotype: F690, male in spirit, from Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collected by Sir Joseph Verco, 7.xii.1920. Paratypes; F691, 18 specimens in spirit, locality and collection data as for the holotype. Leptonotus costatus Waite & Hale, 1921. Ree, S, Ausi, Mus, 1 (4); 301, fig. 43. Holotype: F693, female in spirit, from Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collected by Sir Joseph Verceo, 7.x11,1920. Paratype; F694, in spirit, locality and collection data as for the holotype. Histiogamphelus maculatus maculatus Hale, 1939. S.A. Naturalist 19 (4); 2-3, fig, Holotype: F2039, female in spirit, from Aldinga, St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collected by J. D. McDonald, 9.xii.1936. Histiogamphelus maculatus robensis Whitley, 1948. Rec, Aust, Mus, 22: 76. Holotype: F26I11, in spirit, from coastal waters near Robe, South Australia, collected by B, Hendon, 13.11.1946, Histiogamphelus gallinaceus Hale, 1941. S.A, Naturalist, 21 (2); 10, fig. Holotype: F2227, male in spirit, from silt grounds at Outer Harbor, South Australia, collected by A. E. McWaters, 20.viit.194L. Histiogamphelus rostratus Waite & Hale, 1921. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (4): 303, fig. 44. =Hypselognathus rostratus (Waite & Hale, 1921), Holotype: F696, in spiril, from Spencer Gulf, collected by Sir Joseph Verco, 7.xii, 1920, 171 Paratype; A juvenile specimen which, having very badly deteriorated, was subsequently des- troyed; locality and collection data as for the holotype. Ichthyocampus cristatus McCulloch & Waite, 19 18. Rec, S, Aust, Mus, 1 (1): 40, fig. 26. Holotype: F569, a dried specimen, in good condition, from Spencer Gulf, collector and date of collection unknown. Lissocampas caudalis Waite & Hale, 1921, Rec, S, Aust. Mus, 1 (4): 306, fig. 46. Holotype: F701, in spirit, from near Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by a Mr, Rumball, 2.x,1901, Paratype: F702, locality and collection data as for the holotype, Corythoichthys flindersi Scott, 1957. Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 80; 182, fig. 2. —Syngnathus flindersi (Scott, 1957), F2922, two specimens in spirit, from Kangaroo Island, South H. M. Cooper, Holotype: Pelican Lagoon, Australia, collected by 20.ix. 1956. Acentronura australe Waite & Hale, 1921, Ree. 8, Aust, Mus, V (4); 317, fig. 53. Holotype: F719, female in spirit, from St, Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector and date of collection unknown. Paratype; F720, male in spirit, locality and collection data as for the holotype, Siokunichthys herrei Herald, 1953. Bull, U.S. Nat, Museuin 202 (1): 254-256 fig. 38, Paratype: F3841, in spirit, from Fiji, Suva, collected by the Crocker Expedition purty, 20.iv.1933. Note—Formerly in the collection of the Californian Academy of Natural Sciences (C.A.S. Catalog No. 5910) until presented to the South Australian Muscum; one of seven specimens, all paratypes, of the same collection. ORDER SCORPAENIFORMES Family Scorpaenidae Neosebastes pantica McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 64, pl, IV, fig. 1. Holotype; F601. in spirit, from Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collector and date of collec- tion unknown, 172 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., ORDER PERCIFORMES Family Cyclopteridae Paraliparis wildi Waite, 1916, Austr. Ant, Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 43-44, pl, IV, fig. [, text fig, 9, Holotype: F378, in spirit, from off the Shackleton Ice-shelf, Antarctica, collected by the Austral- asian Antarctic Expedition party, 29,i,1914, Family Brotulidae Dermatopsis multiradiatus McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. | (1): 63, pl. V, fig. 4. Holotype: F480, in spirit, from Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by E. R. Waite, 1917. Paratype: F480, in spirit, with the holotype, locality and collection data as. above. Family Centropomidae Ambassis telkara Whitley, 1955. Ree. 8S, Aust. Mus, 5 (3); 349, fig. 2. Holotype: F1793, in spirit, from Bathurst Head, Queensland, collected by H. M. Hale and N, B, Tindale, January, 1927, Nore—Although the type description specifies no holotype, the South Australian Museum fish register indicates specimen F1793 as being the holotype, Twenty-seven specimens registered F1794, with locality and collection data as for the above specimen, probably constitute paratypes, The type description merely states that six specimens (presumably of this collection) Were retained for the Australian Museum, Sydney (Reg. No. IA 6046). Family Pseudochromidae Dampieria ignita Scott, 1959, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 82: 75-76, fig. 1. Holotype: F2997, in spirit, from Sharks Bay, Western Australia, collected by a member of the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association of Western Australia, May, 1954; — this specimen cannot be located. Family Plesiopidae Trachinops norlungae Glover, 1974. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of South Australia (Second Edition) Govt. Printer, South Aust.: 225; fig. Holotype: F3721 in spirit, from Port Noarlunga reef, St, Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collected by 8S. Doyle, January, 1973, Paratypes: F3676, eight specimens, in spirit, locality and collection data as for the holo- type. 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Family Theraponidae Therapon welchi McCulloch & Waite, 1917. Trans, Roy, Sac. S. Aust, 41: 472, fig. 1, Hephaestus welchi (McCulloch & Waite, 1917). Holotype: F606, in spirit, from Cooper Creek, near Innamincka, South Australia, collected by E, R, Waite, 3,x,1916, Therapon barcoo McCulloch & Waite, 1917, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 41: 474, fig. 2. =Scortun barcoa (McCulloch & Waite, 1917). Holotype: F607, in spirit, from Cooper Creek, “Central Australia’, collected by E. R. Waite, date of collection unknown, Family Apogonidae Archamia leai Waite, 1916, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust. 40: 455-456, pl. XLV, Syntypes: F308, four specimens in spirit, from Norfolk Island, off New South Wales coast, collected by A. M. Lea, 18.11.1916. Family Carangidae Caranx humerosus McCulloch, 1915. Biol, Res, Endeavour 3: 137, pl. XXV. —Carangoides humerosus (McCulloch, 1915), Paratypes: F191, two specimens in spirit, from 11-14 miles N, 59°W, off Pine Peak, Queens- land, collected by #./.S. Endeavour, |.viii, 1910, Note—The holotype and other paratypes of this species ure housed in the Australian Museum, Sydney (Reg. No. E1436 & c.). Family Luitjanidae Nemipterus samsonensis Scott, 1959. Trans, R, Soc, S. Aust. 82: 77-78, fig. 2. Holotype: F2966, in spirit, from Pomt Samson, Western Australia, collected by a member of the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association of Western Australia, November, 1954. Family Pomadasyidae Plectorhynchus ordinalis Scott, (959, Trans. R, Soc, S. Aust, 82: 79-80, fig, 3. Holotype: 3006, in spirit, from Sharks Bay, Western Australia, collected by a member of the Underwater Spearlishermen's Association of Western Australia, May, 1954, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—I FISHES Family Chironemidae Threpterius chalceus Scott, 1954. Ree, S, Aust. Mus. 11 (2): 108-109, fig. 2, Holotype: F2739, a female in spirit, from the west coast of Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by P. M. Thomas, 10.ix.1951, Family Labridae Cheilinus aurantiacus Castelnau, 1875. Proc, Zoal, Acelim, Sov. Vic. 1: 245, —Pseudolabrus aurantiacus (Castelnau, 1875). Paratypes: F1349, an indeterminate number of specimens from St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collected by F. G. Waterhouse, date of collection unknown; the three specimens found registered F1349 are labelled being either “types or co-types”’. Nore—McCulloch (1929-30) states that the Type is in the Paris Museum- Eupetrichthys gloveri Scott, 1974. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of South Ausiralia (Second Edition) Govt. Printer, South Australia.; 303-304. Holotype: F3164, in spirit, from Thistle Island, South Australia, collected from F.R.V. Weerutta, September or October, 1960. Paratypes: 3164, three specimens in spirit, locality and collecting data as for the holo- type. Stethojulis rubromacula Scott, 1959. Trans. R. Soc, 8. Aust. 82: 87-88, fig. 7. Holotype: F2993, in spirit, from Sharks Bay, Western Australia, collected by a member of the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association of Western Australia, May, 1954, Thalassoma septemfasciata Scott, 1959, Trans. R. Sac, S. Aust, 82: 84-85, fig. 4. Holotype: F2984, the larger (total length 214 mm) of two specimens in spirit, ftom Sharks Bay, Western Australia, collected by a member of the Underwater Spearfishermen's Association of Western Australia, May, 1954. Anampses lennardi Scott, 1959, Trans. R, Soc, S, Aust, 82: 86-87, fig. 6. Holotype: F3024, the larger (a male, total length 203 mm) of two specimens in spitit, from Point Samson, Western Australia, collected. by a member of the Underwater Spear- fishermen’s Association of Western Australia, December, 1957; this specimen cannot be located. Choerodon rubidis Scott, 1959. Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 82: 89-90, fig. 7, Holotype: F2985, in spirit, from Sharks Bay, Western Australia, collected by a member of the Underwater Spearfishermen’s Association of Western Australia, May, 1954. Family Uranoscopidae Kathetostoma nigrofasciatum Waite & McCulloch, 1915, Trans. R. Soe. 8. Aust. 39: 469, pl, XU, figs. 1-2. Holotype: F170, the largest (total length 195 mm) of three specimens in spirit, from the Great Australian Bight, collected during the §,7. Simplon experimental trawling cruise, 1914. Paratypes; F170, two specimens in spiril, locality and collecting data as for the holotype. Family Nototheniidae Notothenia coriiceps Richardson var. macquariensis Waite, 1916. Austr. Ant. Exped, (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 64-66, pl. V, fig. 3, text fig. 15. Syntype: F385, in spirit, from Macquarie Island, Antarctica, collected by H, Hamilton of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party, sometime during the period 1911-1913, Family Bathydraconidae Bathydraco nudiceps Waite, 1916, Austr, Ant, Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 27-29, pl. 1, fig. 3, text fig. 4. Holotype: F369, in spirit, from off the Shackleton Ice-shelf, collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party, 28.i.1914. Aconichthys harrissoni Waite, 1916. Austr. Ant. Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 30-32, pl, LU, fig. J, text fig. 5, Genotype and Holotype: F371, one specimen in spirit, from off the Shackleton Ice-shelf, collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party, 29.1,1914, Cygnodraco mawsoni Waite, 1916, Austr, Ant. Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish); 32-34, pl. TL, fig. 1, text fig, 6. Genotype and Holotype: F372, one specimen in spirit, from off Drygalski Island, Antarctica, collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party, sometime during the period 1911-1914, Family Channicthyidae Dacodraco hunteri Waite, 1916, Aust, Ant. Exped. (C) 3 (1) (Fish): 35-37, pl, V1, fig. 2, text fig. 7, Genotype and Holotype: F374, one specimen in spirit, from off the Shackleton Ice-shelf, Antarctica, collected by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition party, 31.i.1914. Family Peronedysidae Eucentronotus zietzi Ogilby, |898, Proc, Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales 23 (3): 294. =Peronedys anguillaris Steindachner, 1884. Syntype: F1491, in spirit, from St, Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector and date of collec- tion unknown. Family Ophiclinidae Ophiclinus aethiops McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 57, fig, 29, Holotype: F481, in spirit, from Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by E. R. Waite, 1917. Ophiclinus yarius McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Ree. S. Aust, Mus. 1 (1); 57, fig. 30. =Ophiclinus gracilis Waite, 1906, Holotype; F503, in spirit, from Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by E. R. Waite, 1917. Paratypes: F503, three specimens in spirit, with the holotype, locality and collection data as above; only one of these specimens has been located to date. Ophiclinus pardalis McCulloch & Waite, 1918, Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 58, pl, 4, fig. 2. =Ophiclinops pardalis (McCulloch & Waite, 1918), Holotype; F600, in spirit, from Streaky Bay, South Australia, collector and date of collection unknown. Family Tripterygiidae Helcogramma decurrens McCulloch 1918. Ree. 8, Aust. Mus. 1(1): 52, pl, 3, fig. 2. Holotype: F598, from St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collector and date of collection unknown. & Waite, REC. §, AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Brachynectes fasciatus Scott, 1957. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 80: 180, fig. 1. —Veronectes fasciatus (Scott, 1957). Genotype and Holotype: F2921, in spirit, from Pelican Lagoon, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected by H. M. Cooper, 20.1x, 1956, Family Clinidae Heteroclinus adelaide Castelnau, 1872. Proce, Zool, Acclim, Soe. Vict. 1: 247. Holotype: F1492, from St. Vincent Gulf, South Australia, collected by F. G. Waterhouse, date of collection unknown, Trianectes bucephalus McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 53, pl. 3, fig. 3. Holotype: F599, in spirit, from Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collected by Sir Joseph Verco, date of collection unknown. Family Nomeidae Cridorsa moonta Whitley, 1938. Ree, S, Aust. Mus. 6 (2): 159-161, pl. XVI, Genotype and Holotype: F2023, from Moonta Bay, Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collected by H. Kemp, 4.viit.1938; having later very badly deteriorated it was subsequently destroyed. Family Gobiidae Eleotris larapintae Zictz, 1896, Rept, Horn, Sci. Exped. C. Austr, 2 (Zool.); 179, pl. XVI, fig. 4. Mogurnda mogurnda (Richardson, 1844). Syntypes: F513, three specimens, from Red Bank Creek, ‘Central Australia’: F514, two specimens, from the Finke River, ‘*Central Australia”; all collected by the Horn Expedition party, 1894, Gobius eremius Zietz, 1896, Rept, Horn, Sei, Exped. C. Austr. 2 (Zool,): 180, pl, XVI, fig. 5, =Chlamydogobius eremius (Zietz. 1896). Syntypes: 525, six specimens in spirit, from Coward Springs railway bore, Far North South Australia, collected by the Horn Expedition party, 4,v,1894, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—I FISHES Mugilogobius galwayi McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 50, pl. HT, fig. 1. =Lizagobius galwayi (McCulloch & Waite, 1918), Holotype: F583, in spirit, from Patawalonga Creek (near Adelaide), South Australia, collector and date of collection unknown. Oxyurichthys cornutus McCulloch & Waite, 1918. Rec. S, Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 80, pl. VIL, fig. 2, Holotype: F592, in spirit, from Cairns, Queensland, collected by J, A, Anderson, date of collection unknown. Drombus halei Whitley, 1935. Rec. 8. Aust. Mus, 5 (3); 353-354, fig. 5. Holotype: F180], in spirit, from Flinders Island, North Queensland, collector and date of collection unknown. Boleophthalmus caeruleomaculatus McCulloch & Waite, 1918, Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1(1): 79, pl. VIL. fig. 1. Holotype: F590, in spirit, from the Adelaide River, Australian Northern Territory, col- lector and date of collection unknown; this specimen cannot be located, Paratypes: F591, three specimens in spirit, locality and collection data as for the holo- type; these specimens cannot be located, ORDER TETROADONTIFORMES Family Balistidae Weerutta ovalis Scott, 1962. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes of Sauth Australia, Govt, Printer, Adelaide: 310, fig. Genotype and Holotype: F3057, a single specimen in spirit, from off Dangerous Reef, South Australia, collected by FR. Weerutta, Pebruary, 1961. 175 Family Ostraciontidae Anoplocapros gibbosus McCulloch & Waite, 1915. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 480, pl. 18, = Anoplocapros lenticularis (Richardson, 1841), Paratypes: F248, two specimens in spirit, from South Australian coastal waters, collector and date of collection unknown, Aracana_ spilogaster Richardson McCulloch & Waite, 1915. Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust, 39; 488, pl. XXIIT. Holotype: F166, in spirit, from Bass Strait, east of Flinders [sland, collector and date of collection unknown. var. angusta REFERENCES Berg, L. S,, 1940. Classification of Fishes, both recent and fossil. Trav. Inst. Zool, Aead, Sci, U.S.S,R. 5 (2): 86-517, figs, 1-190. Greenwood, P. H. ef a/., 1966. Phyletic Studies of Teleosteon Fishes, with a Provisional Classification of Living Forms. Bull. Am. Mus, Nat. Fist, 131 (4); 339-456, fig. 1-9, plates 21-23, charts 1-32. Lake, J. S., 1971. Freshwater Fishes and Rivers of Austrafia, Thomas Nelson (Australia), Melbourne. McCulloch, A. R., 1929-30, A Check-list of the Fishes Recorded from Australia. Aust. Mus. Mem. 5 (1-4)! i-x und 1-534. Munro, I. S. R., 1960-1961. Handhook of Australian Fishes, Series published in Australian Fisheries Newsletter between July, 1960 and December, 1961. Fisheries Division, Department of Primary Industry, Canberra. Neave, S$. A., 1939-50. Nomenclator Zovlogicus (London, Zool. Soc.). 5 vols. Seott, T.D,, 1962. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes vf Sauth Australia, Government Printer, Adelaide. Scott, T, D., Glover, C. J. M. & Southeott, R. V., 1974. The Marine and Freshwater Fishes af South Australia (Second Fdition). Govt. Printer, South Australia, Waite, E.R., 1921. Illustrated Catalogue of the Fishes of South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 2 (1): 1-208, PL. i and 293 texl-figs. Western Australian Museum (The), 1964. Type Specimens in the Western Australian Museum (part 5) . The Western Australian Museum 1963-64 Annual Report: 34-45, Whitley, G. P,, 1948, A List of the Fishes of Western Australia. WA. Fisheriey Dept. Bull, 2: 1-35 and map. Whitley, G, P., 1957, List of Type-Specimens of Recent Fishes in The Australian Museum, Sydney. i-jii and 1-40 (Mimeographed). Whitley, G. P,, 1964, A Survey of Australian Ichthyology, Prac, Linn, Sov. NUS. Wales LXXXIX (1): 11-127. Zoological Record (The), 1864-1970. Pisces section in various volumes, |-107. The Zoological Society of London. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Il. AMPHIBIANS by MICHAEL J. TYLER South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 ABSTRACT TYLER, M, J. 1976, Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. If. Amphibians. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 17 (8): 177-180. Type-specimens of amphibians in the South Australian Museum represent 34 species and subspecies, and include holotypes and syntypes of 21 species. With the sole exception of a ranid from the Philippines, they are all from Australia, New Guinea and adjacent islands. INTRODUCTION Dowling, Gilboa and Zweifel (1970) included §3 titles in a world-wide survey of published lists of type-specimens of reptiles and amphibians. Of the lists of types held in particular institutions, the only Australian museums represented at that time were the Macleay Museum (Goldman, Hill and Stanbury, 1969) and the Western Australian Museum (Anonymous, 1962, ef seq.: six titles vide Dowling ef al/., 1970). Subsequently Coventry (1970) and Covacevich (1971) published lists of the types in the National Museum of Victoria and the Queensland Museum respectively. In Australia the largest number of amphibian types is lodged at the Australian Museum; a list of these is being prepared (H. G. Cogger, pers. comm.), However the South Australian Museum type collection is relatively substantial, containing types of 34 species and subspecies representing the following families: Hylidae (20 species), Ranidae (five), Leptodactylidae (five) and Microhylidae (three). Holotypes or syntypes of 2] species and subspecies are included. Twenty-four of these species involved are from New Guinea, cight from Australia and one from the Philippines, AMPHIBIA, ANURA Hyla albolabris Wandolleck, 1911, Ahh. K. zool, Anthrap.-ethn, Mus. Dresden 13 (6): 12, =Litoria albolabris (Wandolleck), vide Tyler, (971: 352 Syntype: S.A.M, R4947, Aitape, New Guinea (coll. O. Schlaginhaufen) Z Hyla bulmeri Tyler, 1968a, Zoo/. Verh. (96): 56. =Litoria bulmeri (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 352 Holotype: S.A.M. R5625, Glkm, Upper Aunjung Valley, Schrader Mountains, New Guinea (coll. R, N. H. Bulmer). Paratypes; S.A,M, R5624, R8107 (same as holo- type). Hyla contrastens Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh. (96): 72. =Litoria contrastens (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 352 Holotype; S,A.M, R5845, Barabuna, near Kundiawa, New Guinea (coll, F, Parker). Paratype: S,A,M, R6450 (same data as holotype). Hyla coplandi Tyler, 1968b, Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 15 (4): 716 =Litoria coplandi (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 352 Paratype: S.A.M. R9103, Wave Hill, Northen Territory, Australia, (coll, K. G. Buller), Hyla dorsivena Tyler, 19684, Zool. Verh. (96): 83 =Litoria dorsivena (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971; 352 Holotype: S.A.M, R790L, Guinea (coll. B. Craig). Paratypes: S.A,M, R7902-7910 (same data as holotype). R79I1 transferred to Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Now K.U. 153143. Telefomin, New Hyla leucova Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh. (96): 119 =Litoria leucova (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 353 Holotype: S.A.M. R6461, Busilmin, New Guinea (coll, B, Craig), Hyla meiriana Tyler, 1969, Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 16 (1): 2 =Litoria meiriana (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 353 Holotype: S.A.M, R9082, 157 km north of Mainoru, Northern Territory, Australia (coll. A, Fleming, R, Edwards and H, Bowshall). Paratypes; S.A,M, R9014-32, 9034, 9074-81, 9083-85 (same data as holotype). (R.9033 transferred to Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Now K,U, 153144), 178 REC. .§, AUST. MUS., Hyla micromembrana Tyler, 1963, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 86: 121 =Litoria micromembrana (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 353 Holotype: S.A.M. R4150, Mt. Podamp, near Nondugl, New Guinea (coll. M. J. Tyler). Hyla mintima Tyler, 1963, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 86: 123 —Literia angiana (Boulenger), vide Tyler, 1971: 354 Holotype: S.A.-M. R4151, Mintima, near Kerowaghi, New Guinea (coll, M. J, Tyler). Hyla modica Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh, (96): 135 —Litoria modica (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 354 Paratype: S.A,M,. R8108, Oruge, New Guinea (coll, F. Parker), Hyla multiplica Tyler, 1964, Amer, Mus, Noyit, (2187): 2 =Litoria multiplica (Tyler), vide Tyler, 197] 354 Paratype: S.A.M. R4946, Kassam, Kratke Mountains, New Guinea (coll, H. M. Van Deusen), Hyla prora Menzies, 1969, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 93: 165 —Liroria prora (Menzies), vide Tyler, [971]: 354 Paratypes: S,A.M, R10410-11, Efogi, Stanley Mountains, New Guinea J. 1, Menzies). Hyla spinifera Tyler, 1968a, Zool, Verh, (96); 167 =Litoria spinifera (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971: 354 Paratypes; S,A.M, R6928-31, Oruge, New Guinea (coll. F. Parker). Owen (coll. Hyla wisselensis Tyler, 1968a, Zool. Verh. (96): 180 =Litoria wisselensis (Tyler), vide Tyler, 1971; 355 Paratypes: S.A.M, R5539-43, Enarotali, Lake Paniai, Wissel Lakes, New Guinea (coll. M. Boeseman and L. D. Holthius). Litoria brevipalmata Tyler, Martin and Watson, 1972, Proe, Linn, Soc, N.S, 97 (1); 82 Holotype: S.A.M. R11236, Ourimbah Creck, § km north-west of Gosford, New South Wales, Australia (coll. F. Parker), (7 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Litoria glandulosa Tyler and Anstis, 1975, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17 (5): 41 Holotype: S.A.M. R13504, Barwick Creek, Point Lookout, near Ebor, New South Wales, Australia (coll, M. Anstis), Paratypes: S.A.M. R13505-10, Barwick and Bullock Creeks, Ebor:; R13060 (11 juveniles), R13303, Barwick Creek; R13626-39, Point Lookout. (coll. M. Anstis). Litoria quadrilineata Tyler and Parker, 1974, Trans, R, Sac, S, Aust, 98 (2); 71 Holotype: S.A.M. R13489, Jalan Trikora Road), Merauke, Irian Jaya (coll. F. Parker), Paratypes: S.A.M. R13490-93, collected with holotype by F, Parker, Litoria timida Tyler and Parker, 1972, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 96 (3): 157. Holotype: S.A.M. RI11658, Menemsorae, Western District, New Gunea (coll, F, Parker), Paratypes: S.A.M. R11659-61 (same data as holotype. Nyctimystes montana Parker, 1936, dan. Mag. Nat. Hist. 17: 80 -Nyctimystes cheesmani (nomen nudum) Tyler, 1965: 268 Paratype: S.A.M. R9424, Mondo, New Guinea (coll. L. E. Cheesman), Nyctimystes zweifeli Tyler, 1967, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust, 91: 191. Holotype: S.A.M, R5426, Telefomin, Guinea (coll. B. Craig). Paratypes; S,A,M, R8812-8813, 8815-8819 (same data as holotype). (R88I4 transferred to Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas, Now K.U. 15345), New Leptodactylidae Crinia affinis halmaturina Condon, 1941, Rec, 8. Aust. Mus. 7: 114 ~Ranidella signifera Girard, vide More, 1961; 234 & Blake, 1973. Holotype: S.A.M. R2165, Flinders Kangaroo Island, South Australia. (coll, Tate Society), Specimen missing. Notes; This specimen could not be found when a specific search for it was undertaken in 1960. Chase, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPHCIMENS IN THE S, AUST. MUSEUM—I] AMPHIBIANS Crinia riparia Littlejohn and Martin, 1965, Copeia, 1965 (3): 319 —Ranidella riparia (Littlejohn and Martin), vide Blake 1973. Paratypes: S.A.M, R9I01-02, Alligator Gorge, Flinders Ranges, South Australia (coll, M. J. Littlejohn, A- A. Martin and P. Rawlinson). Glauertia russelli Loveridge, 1933, Oce. Pap, Boston Soc, Nat. Hist, 8+ 89. Paratype: S.A.M. R9723, Creek flowing into Gascoyne River, near Landor Station, Western Australia (coll. L. Glauert), Kyarranus kundagungan Ingram and Corben, 1975, Mem. Qld, Mus, V7 (2): 3335. Paratypes: S.A.M. R13921-22, Mistake Moun- tains, Queensland (Coll. C. J, Corben and A. Kk, Smyth). Limnodynastes dumerili variegatus Martin, 1972, Aust, J, Zool. 2: 181. Paratypes: S.A.M, R13174-75, 6 km north of Cape Otway, Victoria, Australia. (coll. A. A. Martin). Ranidella remota Tyler and Parker, 1974, Trans. R, Soc, S. Aust. 98 (2): 74 Holotype: $.A.M. R13524, Morehead, Papua New Guinea (coll. F. Parker). Paratypes: S.A.M. R13527-28, Gubam; R13525- 26, R13681-82, Morehead (coll. F. Parker). Microhylidae Barygenys cheesinanae Parker, 1936, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist,, V7; 74. Paratype: S.A.M. R9423, Mount Tafa, New Guinea (coll, L, E, Cheesman). Cophixalus exiguus Zweifel and Parker, 1969, Amer. Mus. Novit, (2390); 2. Holotype: S.A.M. RIO311, Mount Hartley, Queensland, Australia (coll, F, Parker), Paratypes: S.A.M. R9796, 10035-40 (same data as holotype). (R9723 transferred to Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas. Now K.U. 153146), Sphenophryne dentata Tyler and Menzies, 1971, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 95 (2): 79. Holotype: S.A.M. R12063, Alotau, Milne Bay, New Guinea (coll. J. I. Menzies). Paratypes: S,A.M, RII819-28 (same data as holotype). 179 Ranidae Cornufer ingeri Brown and Alcala, 1963, Copeta 1963 (4): 672, =Platymantis ingeri (Brown and Alcala), vide Zweifel, 1967; 120, Paratypes:; S,A.M. R8808, Cantaub area, Bohol Island, Philippines; S.A,M, R13606, Dusita area, Bohol Id., Philippines (both coll. A. Alcala). Platymantis akarithymus Brown and Tyler, 1968, Proc. biol. Soc. Wash. 81: 76. Holotype: 5.A.M. R7073, Pomogu, |}! km north- west of Kandrian, New Britain (call. M. J. Tyler). Paratypes: S,A.M, R6982 (same data as holotype) S.A.M. R7066, R7082, near Malassait, approx. 85 km west of Rabaul, New Britain (coll, M. J. Tyler). Platymantis mimicus Brown and Tyler, 1968, Proc. biol. Sac. Wash. 81: 74. Holotype: S.A.M. R6868, Numundo Plantation, Willaumez Peninsula, New Britain (coll. M. J. Tyler). Paratypes: S.A.M. R7064, R7069, Pomugu |1 km north-west of Kandrian; S.A.M, R6864, Gazelle Peninsula, New Britain. (AIL coll. M. J. Tyler). Platymantis rhipiphalcus Brown and Tyler, 1968, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 81: 77. Holotype: S.A,M, R7071, near Pomogu, approx 11 km north-west of Kandrian, New Britain (coll, M, J. Tyler), Paratype: $.A.M. R7078, San Remo Plantation, Willaumez Peninsula, New Britain (coll. M. J. Tyler). Platymantis papuensis schmidti Brown and Tyler, 1968, Proc, biol, Soe. Wash, 81: 85, Holotype: S.A.M, R7618, Talasea, Willaumez Peninsula, New Britain (coll. M, J. Tyler). S.A.M. R6762-68, 6772-93, 6795, 6803-07, G809-13, GS15-16, 6858-60, 6862, 6869, 6912-13, 6915, 6922-28, 7061, 7070, 7080, 7085, 7088-89, 7093, 7095, 7097, 7101-04, 7106, 7109, 7115, Willaumez Peninsula; 7615, 7617-23, 7625-37, 7639-47, 7649-74, 7677-78, Baining Ranges, Gazelle Peninsula; 7043, 7045, 7099, 7132, 7134-37, 7139, 7147-48, 7IS1, Kerevat, Gazelle Peninsula {all coll. M. J, Tyler), (R7616, 7638, 7648 transferred to Museum of Natural History, University of Kansas. Now K.U. 153147-49). Paratypes: 6801, 180 REC. S, AUST. MUS., REFERENCES Anonymous, 1962. Type specimens in the Western Australian Museum (part 2). Ann. Rep, HW. Aust, Mus, 1960-61: 35-39 Blake, A. J. D., 1973. Taxonomy and relationships of myoba- trachine frogs (Leptodactylidae): a numerical approach, Aust. J. Zeol, 21: 119-149. Brown, W. C.and Alcala, A. A., 1963. A new Irog of the genus Cornufer (Ranidae) with notes on other amphibians from Bohol Island, Philippines. Copeia 1963 (4): 672-675, Brown, W. C. and Tyler, M. J., 1968. Frogs of the genus Platymanris (Ranidae) from New Britain with descriptions of new species, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 81; 69-86, Condon, H. T., 1941. Further records of lizards and frogs from Kangaroo Island. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 7: 111-116. Covacevich, J., 1971. Amphibians and reptile type-specimens in the Queensland Museum, Mem, Qld. Mus. 16 (1): 49-67. Coventry, J., 1970. Reptile and amphibian type specimens housed in the National Museum of Victoria, Adem. Nat. Mus. Vie, 31: 115-124. Dowling, Hl. G,, Gilboa, I. and Zweifel, R. G. 1970. A list of herpetological type lists. Aerpeto/, Rev, 2 (3); 53-54, Goldman, J., Hill, L. and Stanbury, P.J.,1969. Type specimens in the Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. UH, Amphibians and reptiles. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.SW. 93 (418): 427-438, Ingram, G. J. and Corben, G. J. 1975. A new species of Kyarranus (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from Queensland, Australia. Mem. Qld. Mus. 17 (2); 335-339, Littlejohn, M. J. and Martin, A. A., 1965. A new species of Crinia (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from South Australia. Capeia 1965 (3): 319-324. Loveridge, A., 1933. A new genus and three new species of erinine frogs from Australia, Ove, Pap, Boston See. Nat. Fist, 8: 89-94, Martin, A. A., 1972. Studies in Australian Amphibia ILI. The Linnedynastes dorsalis complex (Anura:Leptodac- tylidae). Aust. /. Zool. 20: 165-211. Menzies, J. 1., 1969. A new species of tree-frog (Ayla) from Papua. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 93: 165-168. Moore, J. A., 1961: The frogs of eastern New South Wales. Ball, Amer, Mus, Nat. Hist. 121 (3): 153-385. Parker, H. W., 1936. A collection of reptiles and amphibians from the mountains of British New Guinea. Ann. Mae. Nat. Hist., ser, 10,17; 66-93, 17 (7-12) 169-219 September, 1976 Tyler, M. J,, (963. A taxonomic study of amphibians and reptiles of (he Central Highlands of New Guinea, with notes on their ecology and biology. Il. Anura: Ranidae and Hylidae. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 86: 105-130. Tyler, M, J.. 1964, Results of the Archbold Expeditions. No. 85. A new hylid frog from the Eastern Highlands of New Guinea. Aer, \fus. Novit. (2187): 1-6. Tyler, M. J,, 1965. An investigation of the systematic position and synonymy of Hy/a montana Peters and Doria (Anura: Hylidae). Abb. Zo0l. Mus. Dresden 27 (10): 265-270. Tyler, M.J,. 1967, A new species of the hylid genus Nyecvinistes from the highlands of New Guinea. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 91: 191-195, Tyler, M. J., 1968a. Zool. Werh, (96): 1-203. Tyler, M, J., 1968b. A taxonomic study of bylid frogs of the Flvla leseueri complex occurring in north-western Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 15 (4): 711-727. Tyler, M. J., 1969. A synopsis of the frogs of the genus Hy/a of north-western Australia, with the description of a new species, Ree, S. Aust, Mus. 16 (1); 1-11. Tyler, M. J., 1971. ‘The phylogenetic significance of yocal sac structure in hylid frogs. Univ. Kansas Publ. Mus. Nat, Hist, 19 (4): 319-360. Tyler, M. J., and Anstis, M. 1975. Taxonomy and biology of frogs of the Liferia citropa complex (Anura:Hylidae), Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17 (5) 41-50. Tyler, M. J., Martin, A. A. and Watson, G. F., species of hylid frog from New South Wales. Sac. N.S. W. 97 (1): 82-86, Tyler, M, J. and Menzies, J. [., 1971. A new species of micro- hylid frog of the genus Sphenophryne from Milne Bay, Papua. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 95 (2): 79-83, Tyler, M. J. and Parker, F., 1972. Additions to the hylid frog fauna of New Guinea, with description of a new species, Litoria timida. Trans. R. Suc. S. Aust. 96 (3): 157-163. Tyler, M. J. and Parker, F., 1974. New species of hylid and leptodactylid frogs from southern New Guinea, Trans. R. Sac. S. Aust. 98 (2): 71-78. Wandolleck, B., 1911. Die amphibien und reptilien der Papuanischen Ausbeute Dr. Schlaginhaufens.. Abt. K. zou, anthrap—erin. Mus. Dresden 13 (6): 1-15, Zweifel, R. G., 1967, Identity of the frog Cornufer unicvlor and application of the generic name Cvrnufer, Copeia 1967 (1): TE7-121. Zweifel, R. G. and Parker, F.. 1969. A new species of micro- hylid frog (genus Cophixalus) from Australia. Amer. Mus. Novit, (2390)5 1610, Papuan hylid frogs of the genus Ayla. 1972. A new Proc. Linn, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM If, REPTILES by TERRY F, HOUSTON South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 ASTRACT HOUSTON, T. F. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. Df. Reptiles, Ree. S, Aust, Mus, 17 (9): (81-187, The South Australian Museum holds primary type-specimens of 58 species of living reptiles (all but one species are Australian). Thirty-one species are represented by holotypes, syntypes or lectotypes. Full collection data are provided for all specimens, INTRODUCTION The following list is based primarily on the taxonomic literature so that it should include all reptile type-specimens (i,e, holo-, syn-, lecto-, allo-, para- and paralecto-types) purported to be in the South Australian Museum, An examina- tion of the type-specimen collection, however, has brought to light other types received by donation or exchange whose presence has not previously been published. The specimens are listed under their original names which are arranged alphabetically within each family. The currently accepted names of the taxa are noted where these differ from the original ones, Collection data are taken from the Museum registers. The names of several institutions are abbreviated as follows :— MCZ—Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts, U.S.A, SAM—South Australian Museum, Adelaide, S.A, USNM—United States National Museum, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, U.S.A. WAM—Western Australian Museum, Perth, W.A, SQUAMATA: LACERTILIA Agamidae Amphibolurus caudicinetus macropus Storr, 1967a. J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 50 (2): 53. Holotype: R3229 (=USNM 128750), ¢, 4:5 mi. (7:2 km) SSE of Oenpelli Mission, Northern 3 Territory, 30.1x. 1948, R. R. Miller, Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedition, Amphibolurus barbatus minimus Loveridge, 1933. Proc. New Engl. zool. Club 13: 69. Paratypes: R3170 (2 specimens, —~MCZ 32978), West Wallaby Island, Western Australia, 10,x.1921, G. M. Allen & W. E. Schevill. Amphibolurus gibba Houston, 1974b. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 98 (4): 209-212, figs. 1-4. Holotype: R13954A, 3, 5-5 km NNW of Alberrie Creek Railway Siding, South Australia, 29-358 x 137:31E, 14.4,1974, ex burrow under cracked mud crust of gibber plain, R. Forsyth and T, Houston, Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R2525, Finniss Springs, 17.i1947, A, J, Pearce; R3542, 12 mi. (19 km) SE of Mt. Hamilton Station on Margaret River, 19,y.1953, R. Tedford: R3805, Lake Lettie Waterhole, 23.11.1956, G. F. Gross: R7605-6, R&310, 2mi. (3:2 km) S of Marree, February, 1966, F. J. Mitchell; R9499, Marree, June, 1966, F. J. Mitchell; R11165, 23 mi. (37 km) § of Coward Springs on road to Stuart Creek HS, 26.x.1969, Zool. Dept., Univ. of Adelaide, “gibber, crumbly clay soil, ran into burrow’: R12494A-B, 20 mi. (32 km) N of Oodnadatta, 1971, J. Bredly; R1I3891, Finniss Springs, 6.11.1964, F. J. Mitchell; R1I3894A-B, data as for R2525; R13953, 34 km N of Coober Pedy, 6.x.1973, E. Story; R13954B-K, data as for holotype. Amphibolurus rufescens Stirling and Zietz, 1893. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 16: 164, pl. 6, figs. 2.and 2a. Lectotype; R1423, 3, Mt. Sir Thomas, Birksgate Range, South Australia, Elder Expedition (1891-92). Selected by F. R. Zietz, 1915. p. 768, Paralectotypes: R1424-5, data as for lectotype. Notrs—In describing this species, Stirling & Zietz did nov designate types but simply noted they had three specimens and gave the dimensions of two of them. However, F. R. Zietz, 1915, noted (hat the largest specimen was the “‘type” and gave its dimensions; these accord with those of “specimen AY in the original description, 182 Amphibolurus scutolatus Stirling and Zietz, 1893. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 16: 165-167, pl. 7, figs. | and 2, Syntypes! R1459 (9 specimens), R3024 (2 specimens), R4814 (12 specimens), between Fraser Range and Queen Victoria Springs, Western Australia, Elder Exploring Expedition (1891-2), Nores—Stirling & Zietz noted they had several specimens of each sex without giving any registration numbers. Therefore, all specimens collected by the Elder Expedition al the type lovality are regarded as syntypes. Amphibolurus vadnappa Houston, 1974a. Trans, R. Sac. S. Aust. 98 (2): 55-57, figs. 1, 2, 12-16. Holotype: R3416B, 3, Aroona Waters (138:21E x 30-358), Flinders Ranges, South Australia, 3.v.1953, P. F. Lawson. Allotype: R33/4C, Mt, Aroona, South Australia, 29.x1.1951, F. J, Mitchell, Paratypes: (All from South Australia), R2819, 6 mi, (9°77 km) NE of Commodore, 4.x,1947, Adelaide Bush Walkers; R300]. Beltana, 14.1x,1949, H, Mincham; R3314A, B & D, see allotype: R3416A & C, same data us holotype; R3423, 20 mi. (32 km) E of Angepena, 8.v.1953, P. F, Lawson; R3492, Yudnamutana Gorge, Flinders Ranges, 2.ix. 1952, K. Peake-Jones; R3950, Wlawartina (error for Ilinawortina) Pound, Gammon Range, 25.ix.1956, F. J, Mitchell; R4321, ParachilIna Gorge, 6.xi.1961, J. Findley; R4821, Aroona Waiters, H. Mincham: R814, Mt. Fitton, Moolawatana Station, 12.v.1966, H. Ehmann; R10402-4, Narrina Station, Flinders Ranges, April 1969, H. Mincham; R10638, Wilpena Pound, 25,viii.1969. H. Mincham; R10918-23, Arkaroola HS. 24.x.1969, SAM expedition; R10934-5, near Boulder Bore, 27.x.1969, SAM _ expedition; R10946, Echo Camp (Arkaroola Station), 27.x.1969, SAM expedition: R10965-7, East Painter Gorge, |.xi.1969, SAM expedition: R1il361, Copper Creck, Arkaroola Station, May 1969, C, P, Brown; R11373, Arkaroola Station, January 1970; R12432, Terrapinna Springs (139-40E x 29-558), 17.ix.1970, Ehmann and Houston; R12749, Oraparinna National Park, September 1971, Nature Conservation Society; R12837, Walkawonda (error for Waukawoodna) Gap, 60. mi, (97 km) N of Blunman, 1971, R. Maddern; R13053, sec R12749: R13135, see R3492. REC. 8. AUST. MUS., (7 (7-12); 169-219 September. 1Y76 Diporiphora lalliae Storr, 1974a. Ree. West, Aust, Mus. 3 (2): 138-139, fig, 4, Paratypes: R3536, Moola Bulla Station, northern Western Australia, 7-30.ix,1953, N. B. Tindale; R4824A-C, Tennant = Creek, Northern Territory, 20.iv,1906, J. F. Field: R5047, Palm Valley, Northern Territory, September 1959, P. F. Lawson; R5352, Giles, Rawlinson Ranges, Western Australia, November 1963, P. F. Aitken and N. B. Tindale; R13539A-B, 16 km NW of Tennant Creek, Northern Territory, 26,1,1969, in light scrub and spinifex, Diporiphora magna Storr, 1974a. Rec, West, Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 137-138, fig. 4, Paratype: R8167, Delamere Station, Northern Territory, August 1966, P, Aitken. Diporiphora bilineata margaretae Storr, 1974a, Ree. West, Aust. Mus. 3 (2): (43-144, fig. 5. Paratypes: R2848, R13483A-Z, Umba Kumba, South side of Little Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory, J-16.vi.1948, R. R. Miller, Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedition. Tympanocryptis cephalus gigas Mitchell, 1948, Ree, S, Aust, Mus. 9 (1): 65-67, figs. | and 4. Holotype: R2434, 3, between Ashburton and Gascoyne Rivers, Western Australia, 1893, P. St. Barbe, Ayliffe. This specimen cannot be found. Paratypes; R2434 (two specimens), data as for holotype. Tympanocryptis intima Mitchell, 1948. Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 60-62, figs. 1 and 2. Holotype; R233), 9, Oodnadatta, South Australia, Prof, J. B. Cleland, on gibber plain, Tympanocryptis maculosa Mitchell, 1948, Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 78-80, figs. 1 and 9. Amphibalurus meculosus (Mitchell), vide Mitchell, 1965a, p. 190. Holotype! R2220a, 3, Lake Eyre North, South Austraha, August 1929, C. T. Madigan. Allotype and Paratypes: R2220 (19 specimens), data as for holotype. Only 13 of these specimens have been located. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS [IN THE §. AUST. MUSEUM—IIL REPTILES Tympanocryptis lineata pinguicolla Mitchell, 1948. Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 70-72, figs. 1 and 6. Holotype: R2468a, 3, Victoria. Paratypes; R2468 (two specimens), data as for holotype. Tympanocryptis uniformis Mitchell, 1948. Rec, S, Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 76-78, figs. | and 8. Holotype: R705, Darwin, Northern Territory, June 1911, O. Wesselmann. Gekkonidae Diplodactylus elderi Stirling and Zietz, 1893, Trans. R. Suc. S. Aust. 16; 161, pl. 6, figs. | and la. Holotype: R2027, Barrow Range, Western Australia, 23.vii./891, Elder Exploring Expedition. Diplodactylus galeatus Kluge, 1963, Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 14 (3): 545-548, pl. 34a. Holotype: R973, 3, Stuart Range, South Australia, 15.x.1919, Henry Greenfield. Paratype?: R1563, Hermannsburg, Northern Territory, 24.i,1930, H. Heinrich, Nores—Kluge regarded specimen R1563 as conspecific with the holotype and noted its differences, Paratypes were not designated in his paper. Diplodactylus mitebelli Kluge, 1963 Rec. S, Aust. Mus. 14 (3): 548-550, pl. 34b. Paratypes ?: R4280 (formerly R41 42), Coolawanyah HS, Western Australia, 17.vii.1958, F. J. Mitchell, under stones; R4281 (formerly R4143), Tambrey Creek near Tambrey HS, Western Australia, 28.vii, 1958, F. J. Mitchell, under stones near waterhole. Nores—Kluge regarded these specimens as vonspecilic with the holotype and feted their differences, Purutypes were not designated in his paper. Diplodactylus savagei Kluge, 1963, Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 14(3): 550-553, pl. 35, a and b. Paratypes?: R3464 (two specimens), Pilgangoora Well, Western Australia, 16-25.v.1953, N., B, Tindale (one missing); R4282 (formerly R4144), Coolawanyah HS, Western Australia, 17.vii.1958, F. J. Mitchell, under iron, Notes—Kluge regarded these specimens as conspecifie with the holotype and noted their differences. Paratypes were not designated in his paper, Gehyra fenestra Mitchell, 1965b. Senckenberg, bial. 46 (4): 307-310, lig. 9. Paratypes; R4596, summit of Mt. Herbert-Big Pool, Western Australia, 25.vii.1958, F. J. Mitchell; R4597, Tambrey Station, Western 183 Australia, 30.vii.1958, A. Douglas, in crack in roof of cave; R4601-2, Tambrey Station, Western Australia, 3-4,viti,1958, F. J. Mitchell; R4600, top of Mt. Herbert, Western Australia, 4.vi1.1958, F, J. Mitchell, Norts--Specimens R4596, 4600 and 4602 are alizarin-stained skeletons, Gehyra pilbara Mitchell, 1965b. Senckenberg. biel, 46 (4); 303-306, figs. 7 and 8. Paratypes: R4433-69 (R4437 and R4454 sent by exchange to USNM), Tambrey HS and Nuntana waterhole, Tambrey Creek, Western Australia, 28.vil.-3.viii.1958, F. J, Mitchell, ex termite mounds, Noms—The following specimens are dlizarin-stained skeletons: R4435, 4441, 4446a-b, 4462 and 4599, Nephrurus stellatus Storr, 1968a, West, Aust, Nat. 10 (8): 180-182, fig. 1. Paratype: R8392, Hambidge Reserve, Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, 9.x.1966, M, Smyth. Pygopodidae Aprasia inaurita Kluge, 1974. Mise. Publs. Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 51-53, figs, 21 and 32. Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R379, Mitchell via Yeelanna, 3l.vii,l914, W, A, Dorwood; R1/673, Lock 3, Murray River, 28, viii, L931, J. Allen; R2752, near Renmark, 9.v.1948, T. L. Wadrop; R2808, Salisbury. 16.1x, 1948, H, Harris; R3089A, Streaky Bay, S.vill. 1950, E. J. Greenfield; R3885, Port Lincoln, W. C, Johnston; R4302, Tumby Bay, 28.1x.1962, J. F. Darling; R840. Lameroo, Noyember, 1966, J. Troubridge; R994, “A” Island, Venus (Bay), 20.ix.1967, Macrow and Sorrell; R9210, Blesing Reserve, 3.x.1967, R. Henzell, under limestone; R9215, data as for R9210 but collected 7.x.1967; RI1655, Cultana Army Base, Whyalla, 1.ix.1970, L. Payne; R12617, 5 mi, (8 km) NW of Wharminda, Eyre Peninsula. E, Jericho, Aprasia pseudopulchella Kluge, 1967. Mise. Publs, Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 147: 56-57, figs. 24 and 27. Holotype! R6360, a few miles N of Burra, South Australia, [9.vili.1965, J, Bishop, Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R406A-D, Clare, December 1914, L. G. Thorpe; R2110A-D, Mylor, L0.viii.1936, F.C, Carson; R6357-9, R6361, data as for holotype: R1O778-9, Mambray Creek Reserve, 184 17,ix,1969, T, Grearson, under stones on top of range; R12510, Yudnamutana, North Flinders Ranges, 10.1x.1970, Rostrevor College. Delma australis Kluge, 1974, Misc, Publs. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich, 147: 77-80, figs. 4, 6, 41-43 and 120, Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R380, Mitchell via Yeelana, 31.vii.1914, W, A. Dorwood; R3852, 15 mi. (24 km) N of Poochera, 15.vi.1956, F. J. Mitchell; R4301, Port Germein Gorge, August 1961, J. A, Fisher; R5375, Gawler Ranges, March, 1963, F. J, Mitchell; R9189, R9213, Blesing Reserve, Eyre Peninsula, — 10/3/,.x.1967, R, Henzell; R9224, 4 mi. (6-4 km) S of Baird Bay, 12.x.1967, R. Henzell; R10374, data as for R3852; R10376, data as for R5375; R12454-5, Corunna Hills near Iron Knob, 18.iv,1971, ex Triodia bushes, H. Mincham and T. Houston; R12481, R12669, Miccollo Hill (13636E x 32:328), Siam Station, 19-20.iv.1971, ex Triodia bush, H. Mincham and T, Houston: RI2751, data as for R12454, Delma borea Kluge, |974. Mise. Publs. Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 81-82, figs. 44-47 and 124. Paratype: R&409, Katherine, Northern Territory, 25.x1.1966, J. Turner. Delma elegans Kluge, 1974. Mise, Publs. Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 82-86, figs. 43, 48-50 and 124. Paratype; R4475, Tambrey HS, Western Australia, 28.vii.1958, F, J. Mitchell, Delma inornata Kluge, 1974. Mise, Publs, Mus, Zool, Univ. Mich. 147: 101-105, figs. 58, 62-64. Paratypes; R1[095, 20 mi. (32 km) N of Walla Walla, New South Wales, 25,41,1969, D. J. Rees; R12745, Tooperang, South Australia, 26.vii, 1971, G. S. Wynniatt, found under stone, Delma nasuta Kluge, 1974. Misc, Publs, Mus. Zool, Univ, Mich, 147: 109-113, figs, 70-73 and 124, Paratype: R4513, Millstream HS, Western Australia, 18.vii.1958, F, J. Mitchell. Delma pax Kluge, 1974, Mise. Publs, Mus. Zool, Uniy. Mich. V47: 113-117, figs, 69, 74-77, REC, § AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 Seprember, 1976 Paratypes: (All from Western Australia) R3445A, Pilgangoora Well, 16-25.y,1953, N, B, Tindale; R3452. Yandeyarra Station, 20- 24,vi, 1953, N. B. Tindale; R4514, Tambrey HS, 28.vii,1958, F, J, Mitchell, Scincidae Carlia amax Storr, 1974b, Ree, West. Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 160-162, Paratypes; RI3531A-B, R13536, Kangaroo Springs, Bing Bong Station near Borroloola, Northern Territory, 8.ii1.1969. Carlia gracilis Storr, 1974b. Ree. West. Aust. Mus, 3 (2): 158-159. Paratype: RS5367D (now R14723). Territory, Northern Carlia rufilatus Storr, 1974b, Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 157. Paratypes; R5367A-C and E, Northern Territory, Ctenotus alacer Storr, 1969, J. R. Soc. West. Aust. 52 (4): 104-105, Paratype; R5588, MacDonnell Ranges, Northern Territory, November, 1963, M, Warburg. Ctenotus uber orientalis Storr, 1971a, Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 16 (6): 8-9. Paralypes: R23-4, Turners Well, River Murray, South Australia, 241.1911, G. Wright: R1507, Pinnaroo, South Australia, don. Mr. Broadbent; R2789, R9466-9, between South Gap and Pernatty HS, South Australia, 18. vili.-6.1x. 1948, F. J, Mitchell and G, F, Gross; R3618, Lake Palankarinna, South Australia, June 1954, P. F. Lawson; R5738, Panaramitee Station, South Australia, R. Edwards; R9735, Dalhousie HS, South Australia, 3.vili, 1968, F, J. Mitchell; R1i0017, R1LO027, R10030, Mern Merna, South Australia, November 1947 and January 1948, D. R. Hall; R10044, Milparinka, New South Wales, 10.x.1968, A, Kowanko; R10055, MacDonnell Ranges, Northern Territory, 17.11.1913, Capt, S. A, White; R10122, Blue Range Creek, South Australia, October 1968, M. Smyth. Ctenotus regius Storr. Ree, 8S. Aust, Mus. 16 (6): 7-8. Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R759, Killalpaninna, September-October 1916, SAM — Expedition: R2657, RLOO28-9, R10031-3, Mern Merna, January 1948, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S, AUST, MUSEUM—III REPTILES D. R. Hall; R2788, R10024-6, between South Gap and Pernatty HS, 18.viii.-6.1x, 1948, F. J, Mitchell and G. F. Gross; R3177, R10013-4, Yudna Swamp, Moralana Station, 12.71.1951, D. R. Hall; R10342, Goyders Lagoon, 12.ix,1968, J. Hilditch, in rat burrow, Dasia smaragdina perviridis Barbour, 1921, Proc. New Engl. cool. Club 7: 106. Paratypes: R3166 (two specimens, ~-MCZ 15050-1), Graciosa Bay, Santa Cruz, Solomon Is., 5.xi.1916, N. M. Mann. Egernia kintorei Stirling and Zietz, 1893. Trans, R, Soe, S, Aust, 16: 171, Lectotype: R2925, Victoria Desert S of Barrow Range, Western Australia, R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition (1891-2). Selected by Mitchell (1950, p. 284). Paralectotypes: R2915-6 (—E. inornata Rosen), Fraser Range and between Fraser Range and Victoria Springs, Western Australia, 28.x,1891, R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition. Egernia whitii multiscutata Mitchell and Behrndt, 1949, Rec. S. Aust. Muy. 9 (2): 176. =F, m. nuiltiscurata (M. & B.), vide Storr, 1968b, p. 57. Holotype: R2636, 3, Greenly Island, South Australia, 6-17.x1i,1947, F. J. Mitchell. Allotype and Paratypes: R2636 (7 specimens) and R8579-81 (3 specimens formerly under R2636), data as for holotype. . Notes—Two of the paratypes under R2636 have not been ound, Egernia margaretae personata Storr, |968b, J. R. Soc. West. Aust. $1 (2): 53. Holotype: R3748, Wilpena Gorge, Australia, 26,ix,1955, F, J, Mitchell, Paratypes; (All from South Australia) R2573, 8 mi. (13 km) SE of Warcowie School, 22.iv.1947, D. R. Hall; R2645, Mern Merna, }1.ix,1947, D, R, Hall; R3934, S branch of Baleanoona Creek, Gammon Ranges, September 1956, F. J. Mitchell; R8503, Wilpena Gorge, 26.x.1955, F, J. Mitchell: R8717-8 (formerly R3301), Wilpena Gorge, 27-28.x1.1951, F. J. Mitchell; R8724-6, North Tusk, Gammon Ranges, South 185 Egernia whitei tenebrosa Condon, 1941. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 7 (1): 111, Holotype: R2161, Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, presented by the Tate Society, University of Adelaide. Egernia slateri virgata Storr, 1968b. J, R. Sac, West, Aust, 51 (2); 60, Holotype: R602, Oodnadatta to Everard Ranges, South Australia, Capt. S. A. White. Leiolopisma greenit Rawlinson, 1975, Mem, natn, Mus, Vict, 36: 8-10, fig. 2; pl J, fig. 2; pl. 2, fig. 3b. Paratype: RLJ136, Barn Bluff, western Tasmania, 16,1.1963, F, J, Mitchell. Leiolopisma triacantha Mitchell, 1953, Rec. 8. Aust. Mus. 11(1): 88-89, fig. 4. =Cuarlia triacantha (Mitchell), vide Storr, 1974b, p. 159, Holotype: R2697, 3, Adelaide River, 61 mi, (98 km) S of Darwin, Northern Territory, 2.vi.1943, R. V. Southcott. Paratypes; R2700, R2702 (the latter destroyed), data as for holotype. Lerista picturata baynesi Storr, 1971b. J. R. Soc. West, Aust, 54 (3); 66-67, Paratype: R9498 (— WAM _ R24617), Eucla, Western Australia, 7.1x.1968, G. M. Storr & A. M. Douglas. Lygosoma melanops Stirling & Zietz, 1893, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust, 16! 173-174, pl. 7, figs, 3 and 3a. —Tiliqua b, branchiale (Giinther), vide Mitchell, 1950, p. 303. Syntypes: Two specimens, between the Everard and Barrow Ranges, South Australia— Western Australia, Elder Exploring Expedi- tion (1891-2), Norrs--No registration nunbers were quoted in the original description, Mitchell, 1950, p, 304, lists R2732 (two specimens) as the types but the SAM register indicates only one specimen under that number and this could not be located. Another specimen, R8139, is listed in the register as a paratype and may be the juvenile described by Stirling and Zietz, Lygosoma (Sphenomorphus) taeniata Mitchell, 1949, Ree, S, Aust. Mus. 9 (2): 180. =Ctenalus brooksi taeniatus (Mitchell), vide Storr, 1971a, p. 14, 186 REC. 5. AUST, MUS., Holotype: R2803, Tobys Swamp, Andamooka Ranges, South Australia, 18.viii.-6.1x.1948, F. J. Mitchell & G, F. Gross, in burrow in sandhill with two geckos—Diplodactylus damaeus. Rhodona stylis Mitchell, (955. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 11 (4): 400-402, figs. 6 and 7, —Lerista stylis (Mitchell), vide Greer, 1967, p. 19. Holotype: R3094, Yirrkala Mission, Northern Territory, 22-27.vii.1948, R. R. Miller. Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedi- tion, Paratypes} R2855 (2 specimens), Umba Kumba, Groote Eylandit, Northern Territory, 1-16,vi,1948, Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedition; R2856 (5 specimens), same data as for bolotype. Tiliqua scincoides intermedia Mitchell, 1955. Ree, S. Aust. Mus, 11 (4); 393-394, Holotype: R3095, 4, Yirrkala Mission, Northern Territory, 22-27.vii.1948, R, R. Miller, Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedi- tion. Paratype: R3225(— USNM 128388), near Umba Kumba, Groote Eylandt, Northern Territory, Ausiralian-American Arnhem Land Expedition (April-November 1948), Varanidae Varanus (Odatria) glebopalma Mitchell, 1955. Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 11 (4): 389-390, fig. 3, pl. 37, Holotype; R3222 (=USNM 128385), 3, S end of Lake Hubert, Northern Territory, Aust- ralian-American Arnhem Land Expedition (April-November 1948), Varanus (Varanus) mitchelli Mertens, 1958. Seackenberg, bial. 39: 256-259, pls. 27 and 31. Holotype: R3230 (= USNM 128755), 5 mi, (8 km) W of Oenpelli Mission, Northern Territory, Australian-American Arnhem Land Expedition (April-November 1948), SQUAMATA;: OPHIDIA Elapidae Demansia acutirostris Mitchell, 1951. Rec, S, Aust. Mus. 9 (4): 547-549, fig. 1. =Pseudonaja acutirostris (Mitchell), vide Worrell, 1963, p, 143, Holotype: R3133, Island in Lake Eyre North, South Australia, 28.268 x 137.24F, 27.x.1950, E. D, & M. Brooks and E, Price, (7 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Denisonia nigrostriata brevicauda Mitchell, (951. Ree, S. Aust. Mus, 9 (4); 550-551, =Parusuta — brevicauda = (Mitchell), vide Worrell, 1963, p. 135, Holotype: R3137, Fowlers Bay, South Australia. Paratypes: (All from South Australia) R1230, Waikerie, L. G. Thorpe; R2273, Parrakie: R3136 (21 specimens), Sedan, Murray Scrub, October, 18857, Mr. Rothe; R3138, Murray Bridge, J. G, Neumann} R3139, Beetaloo Waterworks, Dr. Stirling; R3140, Murray Bridge; R314), Mt, Wedge via Elliston, 29, vii. 1907, J. L. Harwood. Denisonia brunnea Mitchell, 1951, Ree. S. Aust. Mus, 9 (4); 551-552, figs. 2a and 2b. Holotype: R3151, Mt. Wedge via Elliston, South Australia, 29.vii,1907, J. L. Harwood. Notrs—This specimen appears to be a juvenile of Pyeudechiy australis. Only the last fivesubeatidals are paired, the remainder being single, Vermicella fasciata Stirling & Zietz, 1893, Trans, R, Soc, S, Aust, 16: 175-176, pl. 7, figs. 4 and 4a. =Rhynchoelaps fasciolata fausciata (S. & 7Z.), vide McDowell, 1969, p, 489. Holotype: R2935, near the Barrow Ranges, Western Australia, 1891, R. Helms, Elder Exploring Expedition. Nores—No registration number was quoted in the original account but the specimen labelled as {he holotype in the SAM agrees With the deseription and figures, Vermicella bertholdi littoralis Storr, 1967b, J. R. Soe. West, Aust, 50 (3): 84, —=Rhynchaelaps berthaldi littoralis (Storr), vide MeDowell, 1969, p. 489. Paratype: R2271 (published in error as R2771), Murchison Goldfield, Annean, Western Australia, H.Y.L. Brown. Typhlopidae Typhlops endoterus Waite, 1918, Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1): 32-33, chart 5. fig. 24. Typhiliaa endotera (Waite). vide McDowell, 1974, p. 6. Holotype: R&8, Hermannsburg, Territory, 22.1.1912, don. F. Scarfe. Paratypes?: R87, R89, data as for holotype, Northero _ Notes---Waite recorded three specimens but only (he reyistra- tion number of the “Type” was noted, Lt seems obvious that R&7 and R&Y are the ather two. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S, AUST, MUSEUM—IIL REPTILES Typhlops pinguis Waite, 1897, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 21: 25, pl. 3. =Typhilina pinguis (Waite), vide McDowell, 1974, p. 6, Holotype: R803, South Australia, Note—Registered in 1918 as “Type”. REFERENCES Barbour, T., 1921. Solomon Islands. pls. 1-6. Condon, H. T., 1941. Further records of lizards and frogs from Kangaroo Island. Ree. S. Aust. Mus.7 (1): 111-t12. Greer, A, E., 1967. A new generic arrangement for some Australian seincid lizards. Areviora 267: 1-19. Houston, T. F., 1974a. Revision of the Amphibolurus decresii complex (Lacertilias Agamidac) of South Australia Trans. R. Soe, 8. Aust, 98 (2): 49-60, Houston, VT) P\, 1974b. Amphibolurus gibha, a new dragon lizard (Lacertilla: Agamidae) from northern South Australia. Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust. 98 (4); 209-212. Kluge, A, G., 1963. Three new species of the gekkonid lizard genus Diplodacitvlus Gray Irom Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 14 (3): 545-553, pls. 34, 35. Kluge, A. G,, 1974. A taxonomic revision of the lizard family Pyuopodidae. Adie. Publs. Mus. Zool. Univ, Mich, 147. Loveridge, A. 1933. New agamid lizards of the genera Amphibolurus and Physignathus trom Australia. Proc. New Engl. Zoal. Club 13: 69-72. MeDowell, S. B.. 1969. Taxieoealamus, a New Guinea genus of snakes of the family Elapidae. J. Zovl., Lond. 159: 443-511. McDowell, S. B., 1974. A catalogue of the snakes of New Guinea and the Solomons, with special reference to those in the Bernice P, Bishop Museum, Part t.. Scolecophidia, J. Herp. & (1): 1-57, Mertens, R., 1958. Bemerkungen tiber die Warane Austra- liens, Seackenherg, biol. 39: 229-64, Mitchell, F. J.. 1948. A revision of the lacertilian genus Tyvmpanoeryptis. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 9 (1): 57-86, pls. 4-6, Mitchell, F.J., 1949. A new species of Ligosenta. lust, Mus, 9 (2): 180, Mitchell, F. J., 1950. The seineid genera Feernia and Tilijua (Lacertilia). Rev. S. Aust. Mus, 9 (3): 275-308, pl. 23. Mitchell, EF, J., 1951, The South Australian reptile fauna, Part |. Ophidia. Ree. S. dust. Mus, 9 (4): 545-557, Mitchell, FL, (953. A. brief revision of the four-fingered members of the genus Leiolopisia (Lacertila). Ree. S, Aust. Mus, 1b (1): 75-90, Reptiles and amphibians from the British Proe, New Engl, Zool. Club 7: 91-112, Rev. Se 187 Mitchell, F, J., 1955, Preliminary account of the Reptilia and Amphibia collected by the National Geographical Society— Commonwealth Government—Smithsonian — Institution expedition to Arnhem Land (April to November, 1948), Ree. S. Aust, Mus. % (4); 373-408, pl. 37, Mitchell, F. J., 1965a. The affinities of Tympanoeryptis maculosa Mitchell (Lacertilia-Agamidae), Ree. S. Aust, Mus. 15 (1): 179-191. Mitchell, F. J,, 1965b, Australian geckos assigned to the genus Gelivra Gray (Reptilia, Gekkonidae), Senckenberg, biol. 46 (4): 287-319. Mitchell, F. J. & Behrndt, A. C., 1949. Fauna and flora of the Greenly Islands, Part I. Introductory narrative and vertebrate fauna, Rec. S. Aust, Mus. 9 (2): 167-179. Rawlinson, P. A., 1975. Two new lizard species from the genus Leiolopisma (Scincidae: Lygosominae) in south- eastern Australia and Tasmania. Mem. natn. Mus. Viet. 36: 1-15. Stirling, E, C, & Zietz, A., 1893. Scientific results of the Elder Exploring Expedition. Vertebrata. Trans. R, Soc. 8. Aust. 16: )54-176, pls. 6, 7. Storr, G, M,, 1964, Crenorius, a new generic name for a group of Australian skinks. Mest. Aust. Nat. 9 (4): 84-5, Storr, G, M,, 1967a. Geographic races of the agamid lizard Amphibolurus caudicinctus. J. R. Soc. West, Aust, 30 (2): 49-56. Storr, G. M., 1967b, The genus Mermicella (Serpentes, Elapidae) in Western Australia and the Northern Territory. JR. Soe. West. Aust, 50 (3): 80-92. Storr, G. M., 1968a. A new kiob-tailed gecko from southern Australia. Hest. Aust. Nat. 10 (8): 180-182. Storr, G, M.. 1968b. Revision of the Agernia whitei species- group (Lacertilia, Scincidae), J, R. Soc. West, Aust. 54 (2): 51-62. Storr, G, M,, 1969, in the Northern Territory. J. R. §2 (4): 97-108. Storr, G. M., 1971a. The genus Crenotus (Lacertilia, Scincidae) in South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 16 (6): 1-15. Storr, G. M., 1971b, The genus Lerisra (Lacertilia, Scincidae) in Western Australia, J. R. Suc, Méesy, dust, 54 (3); 59-75, Storr, G. M., 1974a. Agamid lizards of the genera Caiinaneps, Physienathus and Diperiphora in Western Australia and Northern Territory. Ree. West. Aust. Muy, 3(2): 121-146, Storr. G. M.. 1974b. ‘The genus Car/ia (Lacertilia, Scincidae) in Western Australia and Northern Territory, Ree, West, Aust. Mus. 3 (2): 151-165, Waite, E. R.. 1897. Notes on Australian Typhlopidae. R. Soe, 8. Aust, 21: 25-27, pl. 3. Waite, FE. R., TYt8. Review of the Australian blind snakes The genus Crenoris (Lacertilia, Scincidae) Soc, West. Aust. Trans, Carn Typhlopidae). Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 1 (1); 1-34, plod. Worrell, E.. 1963. “Reptiles of Australia’, Angus & Robertson, Sydney, Zietz. F. R., 1915, Scientific notes on an expedition into the north-western regions of South Australia. Trans. R. Suc. S. Aust. 39: 766-769, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM IV. BIRDS by H. T. CONDON South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 ABSTRACT CONDON, H. T., 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. IV. Birds. Rec. S, Aust. Mus. 17 (10) : 189-195. Holotypes, paratypes and syntypes in the South Australian Museum of 27 forms involving six non-passerine and 21 passerine subspecies of living Australian birds are listed with explanatory notes. Some of the names applied to the specimens listed have been placed in synonymy; their correct (or valid) names and geographical ranges are given. INTRODUCTION In the following account the type specimens are listed in systematic sequence under Orders, Families, Subfamilies, Species and Subspecies; vernacular names are given also, The nomen- clature is that of the Official Checklists of the Royal Australasian Ornithologists Union. Following the original published reference to each name, the type-category, registration (B) number, sex, type-locality, date of collection and collector’s name are given together with any other data, such as measurements, colours of soft parts, and remarks on the original label, Reference is also made to known paratypes, syntypes and lectotypes. The last paragraph under each heading provides the currently accepted (or valid) scientific name with author, date of publication, vernacular name and Checklist numbers in brackets: the first number in brackets refers to the Second Edition of the R.A.O.U. Official Checklist (1926) and the second to Part I of the Third Official Checklist (1974). ORDER ACCIPITRIFORMES Family Accipitridae, Subfamily Accipitrinae: Goshawks, Sparrowhawks Astur clarus robustus F. R. Zietz, 1914. S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 13. Holotype: B1334, 9, Melville Island, Northern Territory, 2.viii.1913, W. D. Dodd. Grey phase, subadult. Original label marked “ZT” in red. 4 =Accipiter novaehollandiae novaehollandiae (Gmelin, 1788), Grey (White) Goshawk (220) (137). Australia and Tasmania. ORDER COLUMBIFORMES Family Columbidae, Subfamily Turturinae: Bronzewing and Emerald Pigeons Chalcophaps chrysochlora melvillensis F. R. Zietz, 1914. S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 12. Holotype: B1365, 3, Melville Island, Northern Territory, 15.vii.1913, W. D. Dodd. Original label marked “ZT” in red. =Chalcophaps indica melvillensis F. R. Zietz, 1914. Green-winged Pigeon (33) (286). Melville Island, Northern Territory. ORDER PSITTACIFORMES Family Polytelidae: Longtailed Parrots Aprosmictus erythropterus melvillensis F. R. Zietz, 1914. S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 14. Holotype: B1336, 3, Melville Island, Northern Territory 4.vili.1913, W. D. Dodd. Original label marked “ZT” in red, =Aprosmictus erythropterus coccineopterus (see note) (Gould, 1865) Redwinged Parrot (280) (318b). Coastal Northern Territory and Melville Island. Notrre—For details of Gould’s type of coccineopterus see de Schauensee 1957, page 167. Family Platycercidae, Subfamily Platycercinae: Rosellas and allies Platycercus elegans fleurieuensis Ashby, 1917. Emu 17: 43. Holotype: B2323, 3, Second Valley, Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia, 7.iv.1917, Edwin Ashby. Paratype: B5333, 92, Second Valley, Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia, 7.iv.1917, E. Ashby. For coloured plate of Holotype and Paratype see Emu 17 (3), plate 17. =Platycercus elegans fleurieuensis Ashby, Crimson (‘‘Adelaide’’) Rosella (283) (329), Fleurieu Peninsula, South Australia. 190 REC. $. AUST. MUS., Psephotus haematonotus caeruleus Condon, 1941. Rec. §. Aust. Mus.7: 141; coloured plate. Holotype: B2237, ¢, Innamincka Station, South Australia, 30.ix.1916, South Australian Museum Expedition. =Psephotus haemateonotus caeruleus Condon, Redrumped Parrot (295), (336b), North- eastern Interior, South Australia and adjacent parts of south-western Queensland and north-western New South Wales, ORDER CUCULIFORMES Family Cuculidae, Subfamily Coculinae: Parasitic Cuckoos Chrysococcyx minutillus melyilensis F. R. Zietz, 1914. S, Aust. Orn. 1(1)i 14. Holotype: B1288, 3, Melville Island, Northern Territory, 26,vili1913, W, D, Dodd. Original Jabel marked “ZT” in red. =Chrysococcyx mélayanus minutillus Gould, 1859, Little Bronzecuckoo (345), (357). Northern Australia, ORDER PASSERIFORMES Family Timaliidae, Subfamily Cinclosomatinae: Quailthrushes and allies Cinclosoma castanotum clarum Morgan, 1926. S, Aust. Orn. 8: 138-9; Emu 16, 1926; coloured plate I, Holotype: B7705, 4, Wipipippee, ca. 5mi. (= ca, 8km) E of southern end of Lake Gairdner, South Australia, 17-vin.1902, A. M. Morgan, =Cinclosoma castanotum clarum Morgan 1926, Chestnut Quailthrush (437). North- western South Australia (and adjacent parts of Northern Territory and Western Australia) south to Ooldea and vicinity of Lake Gairdner. Cinclosoma castanotum morgani Condon, 1951. S. Aust, Orn, 20: 42. Holotype: B5673, 3, 18 mi. (— c. 29km) NW of Kimba, Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, 19.ix,1925, A. M. Morgan. =Cinclosomd castanotum morgani Condon 1951, Chestnut Quatlthrush (437). Eyre Peninsula and Flinders Ranges, South Australia, Family Acanthizidae, Subfamily Acanthizinae: ‘Thornbills Acanthiza pusilla cambrensis A. G. Campbell, 1922. Emu 22: 64, 17 (7-12): 169-219 Supiempber, 1976 Holotype: Bi9415, 3, Cape Jervis, South Australia, 6,1v,1917, E, Ashby, Original label marked (in red) “TYPE A.p. cambrian (sic) A,G.C, 2/6/22", Ashby collection No. 13, Paratype: BI9413, ? sex, Lucindale, South Australia, —.vii.1916, ? collector, Ashby collection No. 9. Note—This specimen is referred to by Campbell (Aym 22: 64), =Acanthiza pusilla macularia Quoy & Gaimard 1830, Brown Thornbill (475), Coastal districts of Victoria and eastern South Australia, Geobasileus chrysorrhoa westernensis A. G, Campbell, 1922, Emu 22: 65. Holotype: Bi9353, 3, “‘Watheroo Obs.’, near Moora, Western Australia, 5,xi,1920, E, Ashby. Original label marked (in red) “TYPE G.e, westernensis A, G, Campbell 2/6/22". Ashby collection No, 82. Paratype: B19355, 3, breeding, ‘‘'Watherao Obs.” near Moora, Western Australia, 5.xi.1920, E. Ashby. Ashby collection No, 81, Note— Specimen referred to by Campbell (Emu 22; 65), =Acanthtza chryserrhoa alexanderi Mathews, 1921, Yellowtailed Thornbill (486), Mid Western Australia. Acanthiza tenuirostris A, H. Zietz, 1900. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 24: 112. Syntypes (2); B7267, B7268, ? sex, Leigh’s Creek scrub, South Austialia,—.viii.1895, R, M, Hawker, On original labels of both specimens, in handwriting of A. Zietz, is noted “Acanthiza tenrirostris A, Zietz (Type specimen) Aug. 1895. Leigh Creek, Hawker Esq”, =Acanthiza iredalei morgani Mathews, 1911, Samphire Thornbill (482-3), Interior of South Australia, Family Acanthizidae, Subfamily Sericornithinae: Serub-, Ground-, and Fieldwrens. Sericornis maculatus condoni Mathews, 1942. J. R. Sac. West. Aust. 27: 78, Holotype: B9431, 9, Hopetoun, Western Australia, !2,vii, 1906, J. T. Tunney (collection No. 8565), Pencil notes on label by G, M, Mathews “in Esperance Bay, Wing 55 cul, 10 tar, 21 tail 45. Type of Sericornis m. condoni Mathews”. Notes by J. T. Tunney “Shot in dense scrub. Mostly seen in pairs’ VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE & AUST. MUSEUM—IV BIRDS =Sericornis fronialis condoni Mathews, 1942, Whitebrowed Scrubwren (488-492), South-west Australia, Sericornis maculatus houtmanensis F. R, Zietz, 1921. S. Aust. Orin, 6 (2): 44-5, Syntypes (3): B547, B548, B549, 9 9 3, Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia, 14.x. 1912, W. D. Dodd. Norr—Same data for each skin; but only B547 and B548 (2) are marked “Type” in handwriting of F. R, Zietz, =Sericornis frontalis balstani Grant, 1909, Whitebrowed Scrubwren (491), Calamanthus fuliginosus parsonsi Condon, 1951. S. Aust. Orn, 20: 50. Holotype: B11850, 3, 23 mi, (= ¢. 37km) E of Meningie, South Australia, 3.x.1929, Dr, A.M. Morgan, Other details are “pharynx light flesh colour; palate dark flesh colour: iris creamy white; legs dark flesh colour, feet darker; bill: maxilla dark horn, mandible light horn at base, brownish tip. Total length 13-5 cm; wing span 15:7 cm’. Paratypes (2): B11849, 3g—other details as above; “total length 12 em; wing span 16°6 cm; stomach contents—insect remains”’, B23068, 4, 17 mi, (—c. 27 km) E of Meningie, South Australia, 2.x.1929, F, E, Parsons, “Tris buff, darker on inner margin; bill: upper horn colour, lower whitish; legs and feet light horn, Total length 4:75 in. [— 12-07 cm]; wing span 7:75 in. [= 19°7 em)”. Bl1839, 3, Coombe, South Australia, 10,ix.1929, W. J. Harvey. Other details “iris dark grey; feet dirty pink; bill dark brown: pharynx yellow”. =Calamanthus jfuliginosus parsons) Condon, 1951, Striated Fieldwren (500-503). Drier areas, South-east of South Australia, Calamanthus fuliginosus suttoni Condon, 1951. S, Aust. Orn, 20: 51. Holotype: BS669, 3, Wertigo, SW of Whyalla, Eyre Peninsula, South Australia, §.1x.1925, Dr. A. M. Morgan. Details from original label “iris cream; feet light brown; bill} upper dark brown, lower light brown; inside mouth dark horn, Totallength 12cm; wing span 17-25 cm; weight L6mg, Stomach contents inseet remains”, ~ Calumanthus fuliginosus suttoni Condon, 1951, Striated Pieldwren (500-503). Northern Fyre Peninsula. 19L Maluridae, Subfamily Emu-wrens Stipiturus malachurus halmaturinus Parsons, 192(, S. Aust. Orn. S115, Holotype: B22762, 3, Stokes Bay, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, I4.x.1919, F. E, Parsons. Other details from original label “iris brown; legs and feet brown; bill brown-almost black; length from tip of bill to base of tail 2:75 in, [= 7 cm] tip to tail 7-5 in. [= 19 em]”. Paratypes (4): B2984-2986, B4350-4352—a series of six specimens, all collected by F. E. Parsons at Stokes Bay, Kangaroo Island in October, 1919, For details, see Parsons (1920) pages 16 and 17. =Stipiturus malachurus halmaturinus Parsons, 1920, Southern Emu-wren (526). Confined to Kangaroo Island, Family Stipiturinac: Family Rhipiduridae: Fantails Rhipidura mayi Ashby, 1911. Emu lh: 41. Syntype: B176, ? sex (desiccated specimen, from formalin), Anson Bay, Narthern Territory, 1911, C. E. May. Received in exchange from Ashby on I5ih February, 1912, Ashby (/oc. cit,) stated that he had received two formalin specimens from May; the second syntype was presented by Ashby to the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, in 1917 (de Schauensee, }957: 213). —Rhipidura rufifrons dryas Gould, 1843, Rufous Fantail (362) Northern Australia. Family Muscicapidae: Old World Flycatchers Petroica cucullata melyillensis F, R, Zietz, 1914 S. Aust, Qrn, 1 (1): 15. Holotype; B1285, 3, Melville Island, Northern Territory, 21,viii.1913, W. D. Dodd. Specimen label shows “ZT” in red, —Petroica cucullata picata Gould, 1865, Hooded Robin (385) Northern Australia, Family Pachycephalidae: Whistlers, Songshrikes and allies Pachycephala gutturalis longirostris F, R, Zietz, 1914. S. Aust, Orn, T (1): 15. Holotype: Bi283, 3, Melville Island, Northern Territory, 29.vii.1913, W. D. Dodd. =Pachycephala pectoralis yvieletae Mathews. 1912, Golden Whistler (298-399). From Daly River, Northern Territory east to Normanton, Queensland; Melville Island, 192 REC. S. AUST. MUS., Pachycephala rutiyentris minor F, R, Zictz, 1914, S. Aust. Orn, 1 (1); 15. Holotype: BIOO1, 3, Melville Island, Northern Territory, 10.vii.1913, W. D. Dodd. Marked “ZT” in red on label, Paratypes (2): B1I002 (labelled “CTZ” in ted) same details as above; B1003 (labelled “ZT” in red) as above except date (23.vii,1913), =Pachycephala rufiventris faleata Gould, 1842, Rufous Whistler (401), Melville Island, Groote Eylandt and adjacent Northern Territory mainland. Colluricinela paryula melyillensis F, R. Zietz, 1914. S, Aust. Orn, 1 (1): 16, Syntypes (7): BlOO8-1011; B1271-1273. A series of seven specimens from Melville Island, Northern Territory, collected between 10.vit.1913 and 6.vin.1913 by W. D, Dodd are labelled “Z”’ in red and probably formed the basis for Zietz’s description in The South Australian Ornithologist. There are five males and two females; all are indistinguish- able from specimens from the adjacent mainland, =Colluricinela parvula parvula (see note) Gould, 1845, Little Shrike-thrush (412), Northern Australia, Nore--For details of type see dé Schauenseé 1957, p. 216, Colluricincla brunnea melvillensis F. R. Zietz, 1914. S. Aust. Orn. 1 (1): 16. Syntypes (3); B1007 (4), B1269 (4), B1270 (9) all from Melville Island, Northern Territory, collected on ([0.vit.1913 and 27.viit.1913 (B1269) by W. D. Dodd. None of the specimens is marked “ZT” (in red) which was used by F. R. Zietz to indicate type specimens, but they are marked “Z” in red. There is no indication in the original description as to the number of specimens Zietz had, or whether he selected a holotype. =Colluricinela Arunnea Gould, 1841, Brown Shrike-thrush (409). Northern Australia, Colluricincla harmonica anda Condon, 1951. S. Aust. Orn, 20: 41, Holotype: B1I2897, 3 breeding, Clifton Hills, South Australia, 31,vi,1930, Dr, A, M. Morgan. =Colluricincla harmonica anda Condon, 1951, Grey Shrike-thrush (408-410). North-east South Australia from Innamincka north to Clifton Hills and adjacent parts of New South Wales and south-western Queensland. east to Charleville. 17 (7-12) 169-219 Seplember, 1976 Family Falcunculidae: Shrike-tits, Bellbirds, Whip- hirds and allies, Psophodes nigrogularis pondalowiensis Condon, 1 S. Aust, Orn, 24 (5); 89, Holotype: B27133, 3 adult, coastal sand dunes, near Pondalowie Bay, Yorke Peninsula, South Australia, 30.x.1965, H, T, Condon. = Psaphodes nigrogularis pondalowiensis Condon, 1966, Western Whipbird (421), Southern Yorke Peninsula, South Australia, Family Climacteridae: Australian Treecreepers Climacteris waitet S. A. White, 1917, Emu 16: 168-9. Holotype: B2303, g, Innamincka, Australia, 2.*.1916, S. A, White, brown”, Paratype: B2304, 9, Innamincka, South Australia, 2.*,1916, 8S. A, White. “Iris reddish brown; feet and bill blackish brown’, =Climacteris picumnus Temminck, 1824, Brown Treecreeper (555), South-eastern Aus- tralia, coastal and mland, from central Queensland to Yorke Peninsula, South Australia. South “Tris Family Zosteropidae: Silyereyes, Zosterops westernensis flindersensis Ashby, 1925, En 25: 117, Holotype: B4506, 3, Flinders Island, near Elliston, South Australia, 6.1,1924, Prof, BF, Wood-Jones. “Iris dark brown; feet greenish grey; bill grey with black tip’, Note—Correction of page reference needed in R.A.O,U, Checklist (1926) from “177” to “117° as given above, =Zosterops lateralis halmaturina A. G, Camp- bell, 1906, Eastern Silvereye (576). South- ern districts of South Australia. Family Meliphagidae: Honeyeaters. Melithreptus magnirostris North, 1905. Ree. Aust. Mus. 6 (J): 20, plate 5, Holotype: B8610, 3, Eastern Cove, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, 3.x.1901, F. R, Zietz. Other details from original label “Melithrepius magnirostris (Type), AJ.N2 (in red ink); note in handwriting of F. R. Zietz “these birds were shot out of a flock. Coll. by F, R. Zietz”’, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—IV BIRDS Paratype: B8616, 9, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, -.xii.1905, F. R. Zietz. A note on label apparently copied from original label (now lost) says ‘“‘cotype of zietzi” which suggests North seems to have had difficulty in choosing a name. It is recalled that in a letter to Robert Zietz, North stated that he wished to make “‘magnirostris’” a sub- species of M. brevirostris, but the absurdity of the combination (brevirostris and magnirostris) was pointed out by the Director of the Australian Museum, Robert Etheridge, who prevailed upon him to treat the Kangaroo Island bird as a full species, Melithreptus magnirostris. 193 =Melithreptus brevirostris magnirostris North, 1905, Brownheaded Honeyeater (583). Kangaroo Island. REFERENCES Campbell, A. G., 1922. New Subspecies of Tit-Warblers (Acanthizae). Emu 22: 63-66 de Schauensee, R. M., 1957. On some avian types, principally Gould’s, in the collection of the Academy. Proc. Acad. nat. Sci. Phila., 109: 123-246. Hartert, E., 1918-1931. Types of birds in the Tring Museum, Nov. zool., 25-37. Hindwood, K. A., 1946. A list of the types and paratypes of birds from Australian localities in the Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. Rec, Aust, Mus., 21 (7): 386-393. Stone, W. and Mathews, G. M., 1913. A list of the species of Australian birds described by John Gould, with the location of the type specimens. Austral. avian Rec., 1 (6-7): 129-180. 194 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 — NOTES — VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—IV BIRDS 195 — NOTES — VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN 'THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM VV. MAMMALS by PETER F, AITKEN South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 ABSTRACT AITKEN, P. F., 1976, Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian’ Museurn V. Manimals. Ree. S, Aust. Mus. 17 (11): 197-203. Type-specimens. of 19 species or subspecies are housed in the mammal collection at the South Australian Museum. They comprise either holo- types, leclotypes, synlypes or paratypes of 11 marsupials, seven rodents and one chiropteran. Ail are from Australia except the chiropteran which is Papuan. INTRODUCTION Although the acquisition of mammals for display began some years earlier, registration of mammal specimens at the South Australian Museum did not commence until July, 1890, when such specimens were first entered in the Taxi dermist’s Register, This register was superseded by the current Mammal Register in January, 1911. Since 1890 five species and 10 subspecies of Australian mammals, plus one species of Papuan mammal, have been described from specimens In the Museum’s mammal collection, and type- specimens of three more Australian mammals have been acquired from other institutions. Some type-specimens in the mammal collection were described by authors who identified them individually in original descriptions, documented their dispositions and labelled them as types. These have been easy to catalogue, Others, on the other hand, were described by authors who did not identify them individually in original descriptions, gave few clues to their dispositions and did not label them as types, Cataloguing such specimens has been extremely difficult and has devolved on deduction and assumption rather than factual knowledge, Most types in the collection described by Wood Jones and many paratypes deseribed by Finlayson are in the latter category. [n many cases Wood Jones’ types are quite impossible to identify from his original descriptions, and in the absence of personally attached labels, if indeed these were ever present, can never be selected with certainty. The South Australian Museum may well haye unsuspected Wood Jones types, inaddition to those catalogued, of the following species: Adyrmecobius rufus Wood Jones 1923, Praniicia hritta Wood Jones 1925 and Aretocephalus daviferus Wood Jones 1925, 5 MARSUPIALIA Dasyuridae Planigale gilesi Aitken, 1972. (Fig. 1) Ree, 8, Aust. Mus. 16 (10): 1, pls. 1, 2, 3a-d. Holotype: M8406, male skin and skull plus tarso in spirit, No. 3 Bore, pastoral property of Anna Creek, South Australia, collected P. Aitken, A. Kowanko, J, Forrest and J- Howard, 29.vi.1969, Paratypes; M8407, male skin and skull, collected P. Aitken, A, Robinson and M, Stanley, 25,vui.1969; M8408 and M8409, male skins and skulls, collected P. Aitken, J. Forrest and J, Glover, 26,x1.1969; M8410, male in spirit, collected P. Aitken, A. Robinson and M, Stanley, 27.vii.1969; M&411, female in spirit with skull extracted, collected A. Kowanko and J, Glover, 25.vii.1970, locality data of all as for Holotype, Nores—Five additional paralypes are at the Australian Museum: M7033, female in spirit with skull extracted, collected 1. Kirkby, 2741,1945 and M7393, collected y.1948, both from Bellala, New South Wales, Australia, M7819, male in spirit with skull extracted and M7820, female in spirit with skull extracted, both from Brewarrina. New South Wales, Australia, collected K, Turnbull, 1954; M9190, male in spirit, Lake Cawndilla, Kinchega National Park, New South Wales, Australia, collected M, Grey. 20,v.)969, Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsoni maritima Finlayson, 1958. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust, 81. 148, pls. La-h, 2a-b. —Antechinus mininus maritinus (Finlayson) vide Wakefield and Warneke, 1963. Holotype; M4985, male in spirit with skull extracted, Port MacDonnell, South Australia, collected G. H. Tilley, VI. 1938, Norrs—Ten paratypes were indicated, but not identilied individually, by Finlayson, All are im his private collection, Myrmecobius fasciatus rufus Finlayson, 1933, Trans. R. Soe. S. Aust, 87: 203. —Myrmecobius fasciatus rufus (Wood Jones) vide Tate, 1951, Syntypes: M3061, female skin and skull, south of the Musgrave and north of the Everard Ranges, South Australia, collected A, Brumby, date of collection unknown; M3759, female in spirit Oolarinna, north of the Everard Ranges, South Australia, collected R. T. Maurice, date of collection unknown, 198 Notes—Wood Jones (1923) published the first description of Myrmecobius rufus based on at least two syntypes, the skulls of which are at the odontological museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London. His description was of a preliminary nature in which the name Myrmecobius rufics was treated as a synonym of M. fasciatus (Waterhouse), pending further des- cription in a “scientific journal”. Finlayson (1933) apparently considered that Wood Jones had not made the name Myrmecobius rufus available in nomenclature and published a fresh description under the name Myrmecobius fasciatus rufus, based on two new syntypes selected from a series of 17 examples. However, Wood Jones’ original name undoubtedly is available under the provisions of Article 11 (d) of the Rules of Zoological Nomenclature and therefore has priority. Prcie: man ‘ sn fa‘ ’ Fig. 1, Planigale gilesi Aitken, 1972. Fig. 2. REC. S$, AUST. MUS., Paratype male—M 8410, Ruehle. ) Thalacomys nigripes Wood Jones, 1923, 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Peramelidae Thalacomys nigripes Wood Jones, 1923, (Fig. 2) Rec. S. Aust, Mus. 2 (3): 347, figs, 358-60. =Macrotis lagotis nigripes (Wood Jones) yide Troughton, 1932 (1). Paratype: M3922, male in spirit, Ooldea Soak, South Australia (by inference), donated Daisy M. Bates, date of collection unknown. (Photo—Roman ANN AL ! W\\ wood Tones: General characters of adult male. (Drawing—F. Wood Jones. ) VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS [IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—Y MAMMALS Nores—Wood Jones based his deseription on a holotype and four paratypes, none of which was identified individually. He stated that one of (his series was a male spirit-preseryved specimen in the South Australian Museum, from Ooldea Soak. captured by Aboriginals and donated by Mrs. Daisey M, Bates. IL is reasonable to assume that the paratype listed abave was that specimen, because it fits the sub-Specifie description of Wool Jones and, allhough its locality is not entered in the mammal register, it is the only spirit specimen of A7, lagesls in the South Australian Museum, known to have been donated by Daisy Bates. The skin of the holotype male is al the British Museum (Natural Ulistory), registered number 1925.10.81 and its skull is at the odontological museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London, registered number A378.31. The whereabouls of the remaining three paratypes is unkeown. Thalacomys minor miselius Finlayson, 1932, Trans. R. Soc. 8S. Ausi. 56: 168. =Macrotis minor niselius (Finlayson) vide Iredale and Troughton, 1934, Holotype: M3468, male skin and skull, Coon- cherie, South Australia, collected L. Reese and H. H. Finlayson, xii.1931, Norrms—A series of 11 paratypes. was indicated by Finlayson, bul none was identified individually, They are all presumably in his private collection, Macrotis lagotis grandis Troughton, 1932. Aust. Zool, 7 (3); 229, Holotype: M5225, male stuffed skin without skull, Nalpa, South Australia, collector and collection date unknown, Paratype: M1625, skull (sex unknown), Nalpa, South Australia, collected Dr, E, Stining, vi. L891, Noves—Troughton designated three paratype skulls ftom Nalpa .. . . “as lisled by Wood-Jones (1923-5 : 156)". The South Australian Museum has four skulls of MW. /agetis from Nalpa, but only one of these has dimensions which correspond to those of a skull listed by Wood Jones. The whereabouts of the other two paratype skulls is unknown. Phalangeridae Trichosurus vulpecula raui Finlayson, 1963, Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 87: 18, Holotype; M2518, male skin and skull, scrubs of Rocky River, Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island, South Australia, collected H. H, Finlayson and F. J. Rau, vin.1928. Paratypes; M2509, M2524, M2530, M2541 to M2543, M2545 and M2546, female skins and skulls; M2516, M2517, M2519, M2531, M2532, M2540, M2544 and M2548, male skins and skulls: M2526, M2547 and M2561, female skulls: M2559 and M2560, male skulls, locality and collection data of all as for Holotype, Nores—According to the mammal register of the South Australian Museum, two additional paratypes with the same locality and collection data as the holotype were sent to the Australian Museuni—M2515, male skin and skull and M2525, 199 female skin and skull (original South Australian Museunt revisiration oumbers), Six other paratypes. were indicated, but not identified individually by Finlayson, they are presum- ably in his private collection Macropodidae Bettongia penicillata anhydra Finlayson, 1957, Ann. Mag. nat. Fist. Ser, 1210 (115): 552. — Bettongia lesueur (Quoy and Gaimard) vide Wakefield, 1967. Holotype: M3582, skull (sex unknown). McEwin Hills, Northern Territory, Australia, collected M. Terry, 20.1.1933, Nore—The holotype was the only original specimen, Bettongia penicillata francisca Finlayson, 1957. Aan, Mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 12 10 (115): 552. Holotype; M5484, part skull (sex unknown), Saint Francis Island, Nuyt’s Archipelago, Australia, collector and collection date unknown. Nores— According to the mammal register of the South Australiah Museum, M5484 has no locality or collection data, but was found untagged in an old collection and registered in 1945. How Finlayson knew that it had been discovered on Saint Francis Island has never been explained. The holotype was the only original specimen. Lagorchestes asomatus Finlayson, | 943. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 67: 319, pls. 33 A-D and 34 E-H, Holotype: M3710, skull (sex unknown), between Mount Farewell and Lake Mackay, Northern Territory, Australia, collected M. Terry, i, 1933, NotTE—The holotype was the only o/iginal specimen, Thylogale flindersi Wood Janes, 1924, Trans, R. Soc. 8S. Aust. 48: 12. =Macropus eugeni flindersi (Woad Jones). Paratypes! M1749 ard M1751, skulls (sex unknown), Flinders (sland, South Sustralia, collectors and collection dates unknown: M1750, skull (sex unknown), Flinders Island, South Australia, ex Adelaide Zoological Gardens, 30.1x.1892: M2025, female skin and skull, Flinders Island, South Australia, collected F. Wood Jones, 1.1924, Notes—Wood Jones based his description on a series of nine specimens, one of which he designated as. the holotype, Only three of the paralypes (ML749 to MI75t above) were individually identified by number, but the female (M2025) was almost cerlainly another paralype, since she was presented to the South Australian Museum by Wood Jones and, from her collection data, must haye been the female mentioned in his description as having been snared on Flinders Island in 1924, The Whercabouts of the remaining four paratypes 1s unknown, but the skin of the holotype male is at the British Museum (Natural History), registered number 1925.10.8.11 and its skull is at the odontological muscum of the Royal College of Surgeons, London, registered number A547 91. RODENTIA Muridae Conilorus pedunculatnus Waite, 1896. Rept. Horn, Sei, Exped. Centr, Aust, 2 (Zool); 395, figs. la-f. =Zycronmvs pedunculatus (Waite) vide Ride, 1970, Syntypes: M2412 and M2437, male skulls, labelled “Horn Expedition, spec. F and “spec, B’ respectively, Nores—The whereabouts of the skins for the above skulls is unknown, as is the exacr location of the remaining five syntypes designated by Waite (A, C, BD, E, and G). The erection of a fectolype is [hus considered ipappropriale al present. According to Dixon (1970) the Australian Museum, Sydney. probably has specimens A and G, numbered M1004 and M1065, and the National Museum, Victoria, has another supposed syntype nunibered C7806 and labelled ~F". As pointed oul by Dixon, the latter specimen cauild not be specimen F because jl is a male 1h spintand Fowas a male with the skull removed. Other specimens of 4. pedunculatus, some of which were possibly in Waites syntypic series, are in the Australian Museum: MLIS&, skin with skull 7 of, Central Australia, ex. Horn 1896 and M1248, skin with skull dasite, Alice Springs, Australia, GX Spencer, 1898: and in the Suuth Australian Museum; M4384. female ih spivitvand M4385 to M43X7, males inspirit, Alice Springs, collected Horn Expedition, also M4379, female in spirit, labelled “Conilurus lirsuilas, Alice Springs. don. Prof, B. Spenver, Dir. Mus. Melbourne. 110.1900" Ascopharyox fuscus Wood Jones, 1925. Ree, S. Aust, Mus, 3: 3. = Wotemvs fuscuy (Wood Jones) vide Aitken, 1968. Lectotype: M6258, male in spirit with skull extracted, Oaldea, South Australia, collected A. G. Bolam, date of collection unknown. Nores—Wood Jones based his description on four, of possibly five, syntypes selected from “numerous specimens” of N. fuscus that he Stated he had received fron A. G. Bolam collected “about Oaldea”’. None of these syntypes was identified individually and all were apparently in Wood Jones’ private collection. In 1959, Finlayson discovered what he considered was one of the syntypes in che miuseunt of the Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide registered number—524. He transferred this specimen to the ‘South Australian Museum and erected it as feetotype (Finlayson 1960). However, although Finlayson’s lectolype is almost certainly one of the “nunierous specimens’ Wood Jones received [rom A.G. Bolam. and although its body dimensions ave reasonably close to those of one af the two male synlypes for which Wood Jones supplied body dimensions, (here appears to be no real proof that Finlayson’s leclotype Was, in faer. a syntype. Jt bears no label signifying it as such, nor is it listed asa type in the museum register of (he Department of Zoolowy- which for No. 524 reads--“Ascopharynx fuses, Ooliden, F, Wood Jones (A. G, Bola), According to Mr. J. A Mahoney of the Department of Geology and Geophysics, Sydney University (pers, comm.), there are more specimens ot N. fiaseus from Wood Janes’ collection in London, where nearly all of Wood Jones’ private type material is haysed. Purther evaluation of the validity of Pinlayson’s Lectotype might be possible alter a critical eXantmation of these specimens. Another specimen of WV. /fiseus, which may have been a Wood Jones synlype, is M5966 in the South Australian Museum, This sa male in spirit with a damaged fail, whese body dimens- ions correspond yery closely fo thase of the second male syntype for which Wood Jones supplied body dimensions. and which he described as having an imperfect tal. This specimen was also danated by the Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, (o the South Australian Museim, where it is still stored in a Department of Zoology spirit Jat, presiinmably the REC, S&S AUST. MUS.. 17 (7-12): }69.219 Septeniber, 1976 one im which it was transferred, With the specimen in the jar is its original Department of Zoolowy label, on which is wrillen---"Rodentia, Muridae, Ascopharynx fuscus, museum No. 524°, the same number as that of Finlayson’s lectotype. According to the mainnmal register of the South Australian Muscum, M566 was transferred from the Department of Ziology in 1953, whereas Finlayson’s lectotype was bot trans- ferred until 1959, It is probable thal number $24 of the Department of Zoolouy museum originally referred to both spevimens, because no other entries for Aycuphuryur Notomys) Juscay appear in the museum register of the Depart- incni of Zoology Notomys fuscus eyreius Finlayson, 1960, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 83: 81. —Notomys fiscus (Wood Jones) vide Aitken, 1968. Holotype: M4595. female skin and skull, Mulka (New Well) east side of Lake Eyre, South Australia, collected G, Aiston, iv.1934. Paratypes: M3354, male in spirit and M3355, male skin and skull, Mulka, South Australia, collected G. Alston, vi.l1932. M4579 and M4581, male skins and skulls; M4580, skin and skull (sex unknown); M4601, skull (sex unknown); M4582 to M4594. males in spirit; M4602 to M4604, immature males in spiril; M4597 to M4599 and M4600, females in spirit, Mulka (New Well), South Australia, collected G, Aiston, iv,1934. M6098 and M6099, male skins and part skulls; M6148, male in spirit and M6100 female skin and part skull, lagoon ruins, Goyders Lagoon, South Australia, collected R. Tedford and P. Lawson 28.vi.1957. M6113 and M6125. female skins and part skulls, Cordillo Downs homestead, South Australia, collected R. Tedford and P, Lawson 7.vii.1957, M6114, female part skull; M6115 and M6117 female skins and part skulls and M6129, male skin and part skull, Etadunna, South Australia, collected R. Tedford and P. Lawson 28.vi. 1957. M6116 and M6126, male skins and part skulls) M6124, female skin and part skull and M6145, male in spirit, Mudderacootera Hills. Innamincka, South Australia, collected R. Tedford and P. Lawson /8.yii.1957. M6119 and M6120. male skins and part skulls and M6127, female skin and part skull, Motor Car Dam, Innamineka, South Australia, collected R, Tedford and P. Lawson 18.viii,}957, M6122, male skin and part skull and M6123, female skin and part skull, Howica Dam, Inna- mincka, South Australia, collected R, Tedford and P. Lawson, 18.vili.1957, M6152 and M6153, males in spirit; M6151 male skin in spirit and part skull; M6IS3 female skin im spirit and part skull, Tilpacee Waterhole, Siczelecki Creek, South Australia. collected R, Tedford and P. Lawson 22.yiii.|957. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S, AUST, MUSEUM—V MAMMALS Norms—According to the mammal register of the South Australian Museum, (wo additional paratypes were donated to the Museum of the Northern Territory Administration, Animal Industries. Branch at Alice Springs: M6121, male skin and skulland M6I8S, female in spirit, Innamincka, South Australia, collected R. Tedford and ®& Lawson, 18,viii. L957 In his description Finlayson indicated a setics of 52.specimens, 27 of which he staled were from Mulka and 25 from other localities in the Lake Eyre Busin, “most ol the latler having been collected and carefully prepared in the field by Mr. Paul Lawson... and Mr, R. Tedford’. Only the holotype was identified individually by number. it is reasonable to assume (hal the 26 paratypes from Mulla were those lisied above, because, apart from the holotype, they arc the only specimens of NV. fiseny from Mulka in the South Australian Museum. tt is probable thal (he remaining 25 paratypes wero those additionally listed above, becuuse they are the only other specimens of N. faveus trom the Lake fyre Basin in the South Australian Museum that would have been available to Finlayson at the lime. UW is just possible, however. thar the latter specimens might nol all be paratypes, because all were collecled by Lawson and ‘Tedford, not “most as stated by Finlayson. Notomys alexis everardensis Finlayson, 1940, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust, 64: 133, Lectotype; M3673, female skin and skull, Chundrinna, north of the Everard Range, South Australia. collected IH, H. Finlayson, 11.1933, Allolectotype:; M3685, male skin and part skull, Walthajalkanna, north of the Everard Range, South Australia, collected H. H. Finlayson, i. 1933, Paralectatypes: M3669 and M3671, male skins and skulls, Chundrinna; M3672, temale skin and skull, Chundrinna; M3684, female skin and skull, Walthajalkanna; M3686 male skin and skull, Walthajalkanma: M3670, male in spirit, Chundrinna; M3674, M3675 and M3688, females in spirit, Chundrinna; M3676 to M3679, M3681, M3682 and M3687, females in spirit, Walthajalkanna: M3680 and M3683, males in spirit, Waltha- jalkanna, all collected H. H, Finlayson, ii, 1933. Notes--Finlayson indicated a series of 40 specimens in his description, Two of these he elected as opposile-sexed cotypes, | have designated the female as leclotype because she has a complete skull. None of the other specimens inthe series was identified individually. but it is probable that 18 of Them are those paralectotypes listed above, because they are enlered logcther with the Jeetotype and allolectatype in Finlayson’s handwriting in (he mammal register of the South Australian Museum. ‘The type locality described by Finlayson encompassed both Chundrinna aod Walthajulkanna. but be did not state Form which Jocality each of His bype-specimens was collected. His critries in the mainmal register clarify this matter. The twenty additional paruectotypes are presumably in Finlayson’s privale collection. Pseudomys (Gyomys) apodemoides Finlaysoty, 1932, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 56: 170. ~ Pseudonys albocinereus (Gould) vide Ride, 1970. Holotype: M3466, female in spirit, Coombe, South Australia, collected W. J, Harvey, vin 1932. 201 Paratypes: M3467, male skull and skeleton, M3468 to M3471, skulls atid skeletons (sex unknown), locality and collection data of all as for Holotype. Notes fn his deseription Finlayson indicated a series of 14 specimens, one of which he designated as.the holotype. None of the others was identified individually, but it ts probable that five of the remaining 13 specimens in the serjes were (hose aratypes listed above, because they are registered in Finluyson’s Randwerivine, consecutively with the holotype, in che mammal reeister of the South Australian Museum. Originally these 5 specimens. were preserved in spirit, but in (964 their bodies were found to be decomposed so they were reprepared as skulls and skeletons. The other eight paratypes are presumably in Finlayson's private eollectian. Mus hermannsburgensis Waite, 1896, Rept. Florn Sci. Exped, Centr, Aust, 2 (z001): 405, figs, Sa-f- ~Pseudamys (Legeadinay hermanashurgensis (Waite) vide Troughion, 1932 (2). Paralectotypes: M2417 and M2417B, female skulls, labelled “Horn Expedition, spec, H” and “spec. C”’ respectively, Novres Waite based his description on five syniypes (A, 1, C, BD, and &), one of which was.crected lectotype by Troughton (1932) and ig at the Australian Museuni, Sydrey, registey'ed number MIO7OA. This is a mounted specimen ol inderterm- inable sex, but according to Troughton was probably specimen BD. Dixon (1970) claimed that the National Muscum of Victoria held three of the four paralectotypes: C7807, male in spirit, which must be specimen A because this was the only male syntype; C7808, female in spirit, which is probably specimen E, because this was the only specimen, olhier than D. in which the skull was not removed: and C4879. female skin without skull. The latter is almost certainly the skin from ane of the two South Australian Museum paralectotype skulls. The whereabouts of the other missing female skin is unknown, it may be (he mounted skin of L. hermannsburgenyis al tie Australian Museum mentioned by Troughton as being registered with the lectoty pe. Rattus greyi pelori Finlayson, 1960, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 83: 140. -= Rattus fuscipes greyii (Gray) vide Taylor and Horner, 1973. Holotype: M6268, male skin and skull, north slope, main mass of Greenly Island, Australia, collected H. H, Finlayson, x1,1947, Notrs—Finlayson indicated a series of 13 specimens tn his description, but, except for the holotype, none was identified individually. In addition to the hajotype, (he South Australian Museum has 12 R. fo grevii Irom the main mass ol Greenly Island, collected by a South Australian Museum expedition in December 1947. U is possible that these are the paratypes. Ther niimbers are M5738 to M5749 inclusive. all sre skins and SKUIIsS. CHIROPTERA Vespertilionidae Lamingtona lophorhina McKean and Calaby, 1968. Manunalia, 32 (3): 373, figs 1-2. Holotype; M6404, female skin and skull, Mount Lamington, Papua, purchased from C, T. MeNamara, x11,1929, 202 Paratypes: M6402 and M6403, male skins and skulls, and M6401, male in spirit, locality and purchase data of all as for Holotype. Notres—Two additional paratypes, CM2090 and CM2091, female skins and skulls with the same locality and purchase data as the holotype, are at the Division of Wildlife Research, C.S.1.R.O., Canberra. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT I am deeply indebted to Mr. J. A. Mahoney of the Department of Geology and Geophysics, Sydney University, for information on the where- abouts of the holotype specimens of Thalacomys nigripes Wood Jones, Thylogale flindersi Wood Jones and the syntype specimens of Myrmecobius rufus Wood Jones. REFERENCES Aitken, P. F., 1968. Observations on Notomys fuscus (Wood Jones) (Muridae-Pseudomyinae) with notes on a new synonym. S§. Aust. Nat. 43 (2): 37-45. Dixon, J. M., 1970. Catalogue of Mammal Types (Class Mammalia) in the National Museum of Victoria. Mem, Nat. Mus, Vie. 31: 105-114, REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Finlayson, H. H., 1960. Nomenclature of Nofomys (Muridae) in the Lake Eyre Basin. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 83 (1): 79-82, Iredale, T. and Troughton, E. LeG,, 1934. A check-list of the Mammals Recorded from Australia. Mem. Aust. Mus, 6: 1-122. Ride, W. D, L., 1970. “A Guide to the Native Mammals of Australia”. Oxford University Press, Melbourne. Tate, G. H. H., 1951. Waterhouse (Marsupialia). Taylor, J. M. and Horner, B. E., 1973. Systematics of Native Australian Rattus (Rodentia, Muridae). Bull. Amer, Mus. Nat. Hist, 150 (1): 1-130. Troughton, E. LeG., 1932 (1). A revision of the Rabbit Bandicoots. Aust. Zool, 7 (3): 219-236. a 1932 (2). On five new rats of the Genus Pseudomys, Rec. Aust. Mus, 18 (6); 287-294. Wakefield, N. A. and Warneke, R. M., 1963, Some Revision of Antechinus (Marsupialia) 1. Viet. Nat, 80 (7): 194-219. Wakefield, N. A., 1967. Some Taxonomic Revision in the Australian Marsupial Genus Beftongia (Macropodidae) with description of a New Species. Vict. Nat. 84 (1): 8-22. Wood Jones, F., 1923-25. ‘Mammals of South Australia” Parts 1-3, Government Printer, Adelaide, The Banded Anteater, Myrmecobius Am, Mus. Novit. No, 1521: VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—V MAMMALS 203 — NOTES — VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM VI. FOSSILS by NEVILLE S, PLEDGE South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 ABSTRACT PLEDGE, N.S. 1976. Vertebrate type-specimens in the South Australian Museum. VJ. Fossils. Ree. S. Aust Mus, 17 (12); 205-219. The South Australian Museum holds primary type-specimens of 34 species of fossil vertebrates, all from Australia, and mostly marsupials, Of these types, three are in the collection of the University of Adelaide, Geology Department (AUGD), now held in the South Australian Museum. Besides primary types, there are plastotypes (casts) of type-specimens of 28 species, held mainly in the British Museum (Natural History), and two plesiotypes. INTRODUCTION The South Australian Museum owns (or holds) primary type-specimens (mainly — holotypic material) of 34 species of fossil vertebrates, which form the first part. of the following list. Much paratypic material of more recently described species is held by the Museum of Palaeontology, University of California at Berkeley, and is also listed briefly. One of the problems that faces the vertebrate palaeontologist, as distinct from most inverte- brate palacontologists and taxonomic zoologists, is that in many cases only a small portion of an animal is preserved and used as the basis of a new species. This is particularly so for mammals and birds, where cyen a single tooth or broken bone is sufficient to indicate and diagnose a new form, Subsequently, if more complete material is found, the unknown parts of the animal may be described and occasionally, two species based on different elements may even be shown to be synonyms or, more rarely, a ‘species’ based on several isolated elements may turn out to be a composite of two or more distinct taxa. Consequently, tn compiling this list, I have included such specimens which haye expanded our knowledge of their species, defining them as “plesiotypes”, i.e, specimens used in later, more complete descriptions of the species, Only two species are so treated here, in the second section of the list. 6 An advantage of a fossil bone is that to all intents and purposes its form may be reproduced faithfully in plaster, plastic or other media, These replicas of type-specimens—plastotypes—may enjoy a wider circulation than their originals, both for research and display purposes. Accordingly, they also are listed here. Twenty-seven species, mainly marsupials, are so designated. Within each of these categories of type- specimens—primary types, plesiotypes and plasto- types—the species are listed alphabetically in their taxonomically arranged families, under the author’s original name, Original and currently- used names are cross-indexed wherever necessary. Besides the original reference. the data include type locality, geological formation and age, and collector in so far as these facts are known, The names of several institutions are abbreviated as follows;— AM—Australian Museum, Sydney, AMNH—American Museum of Natural History, New York. AUGD—Adelaide University Geology Department, BM(NH)—British Museum (Natural History), London. CPC—Commonwealth Palaeontological Collection, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Canberra. SAM—South Australian Museum, Adelaide, UCMP—University of California, Museum of Palaeontology, Berkeley, UCR—University of California, Riverside (Department of Geological Sciences). WAM—Western Australian Museum, Perth, PART 1, PRIMARY TYPES CLASS CHONDRICHTHYES ORDER SELACHII Family Carchariidae Carcharias maslinensis Pledge, 1967, Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust., 91: 146-147, pl 2. Holotype: AUGD, F17260, an anterior tooth. 206 REC, 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Locality: E. & W.S. Bore No. 5, Naracoorte, Lectoholotype: SAM. P.17001, a left femur South Australia, 426ft. (129-8 m), (selected by P. Vickers Rich). Formation: Knight Group. Plate (fig,) Element ‘ Syntypes— Age: Middle to Upper Eocene, SAM P,10788 = XXXVI mandibles and ReMARKS—It seems probable that this species can be meee rt. referred to Seapanorhynchus (Pers. observ.). 10835 XXII etdrient : lide 10838 XXXVI (1) skull Family Odontaspididae 346 6 Xx (4) : tibiotarsus spi inensis Pledge 1967 see 86 XNI (4. 5) rt. fibula Odontaspis . msi . F dge, 2 13871 XXIV (4-6) rt. humerus Carcharias maslinensis Pledge. 13872 XXIV (1-3) coracoseapula Remarks—Opinion 723 (Bull. Zool. Nomencl. 22 (1); 32, be? ; (8) 1. ulna April, 1965) repealed opinion 47, ruling that Carcharias should bbe we ey 1. radius be repressed and the generic name Odontaspis Agassiz be 13 cee (9) carpometacarpus rentored 13876 XXX (11) rib A 13877 XXX (10) rib 13927 XX (1-3), XXII (1-3) rt. ribiotarsus CLASS OSTEICHTHYES 17024 XXII (1-4) rt. tarsometatiarsus 17041 XXXIX (1) aynsacrym ORDER PALAEONISCIFORMES 17044 XXIL (1-6) rt. pes. ; 17048 MXXIX (3) synsacrunt Family Indet. 17049 XXXVIII (1), be sae & XXXIX (2 Synsacrtl Leighiscus hillsi Wade, 1953. 17073 XXX (13) spr y XX) i Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust., 76: 80-81. itt tet {rs} np ‘ ve . ’ . 4 Holotype: AUGD. FI5094, (“Tate Collection, | geality: Lake Callabonna, South Australia, P2070 in litt.) os and counterpart, com- Fone” 6. Sheet SH 54-6 Callabonna pression of caudal region, 1: 250000. Grid reference for exact site Locality: Leigh Creek, South Australia. unknown, Formation: Sand lens in Leigh Creek Coal Measures. Age: Late Triassic, RemARKS—This is the only Triassic vertebrate so far found in South Australia. Unfortunately, too little of the fossil was found to enable it to be placed taxonomically, CLASS REPTILIA ORDER SQUAMATA Family Varanidae Varanus warburtonensis Zietz, 1899. Trans, R, Soc. S. Aust., 23: 209-210. Holotype: SAM. P.11529, an unguinal phalanx, Locality; Float on gravel bars, Warburton River near Lake Eyre, South Australia. Formation: Unknown, probably Katipiri Sands, Age: Pleistocene, Collector: H. Y, L, Brown, ReMARKS—As this specimen was associated with Dipretadon, which is not known from the early Pleistocene Kinuntea Fauna, it probably belongs to the later Malkuni Fauna, The species has long. been overlooked, Hecht (1975; 245) suggests it is a junior synonym of Megalania prisea Owen, CLASS AVES ORDER CASUARITFORMES Family Dromornithidae Genyornis newtoni Stirling & Zictz, 1896, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust., 20: 182-209, pls. HT, 1V, VY. Mem, R. Soc. S. Aust., 1900, 1 (2): 50-80, also 1905 iden? 1 (3): 81-110; and 1913 idem 1 (4): 111-126. Formation: ‘‘Unctuous blue Clays”. Age: Pleistocenc, Collector: A. H. C. Zietz, 1893, RemaArks—This. species is associated with rich deposits of bones of Dipretedan eplatum, macropodids, Phuascolonus gigas, and Dremaius. The only reliable C-14 age determinations, on wood and plant material, indicate an age greater than 40 000. The species was established on the bones of at least three individuals, but their original associations have been lost. Family Dromaiidae Dromiceius ocypus Miller, 1963. Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 14 (3): 414-418, Holotype: SAM. P.13444, right tarsometatarsus, Locality; Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc. No. V5769 (Lawson Quarry). Formation; Mampuwordu Sands. Age: Late Pliocene —Palankarinna Fauna. Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition 1957. Remarks— Dromiceius is now considered to be a misprint, and the 1.C.Z.N. recommendation is that Dremaivs be used instead, (See Serventy, Condon and Mayr, 1965.) ORDER SPHENISCIFORMES Family Spheniscidae Pachydyptes simpsoni Jenkins, 1974. Palaeontology, 17 (2): 294-304, pls. 37-39, text fiz. 2a. Holotype: SAM. P.14157 a-g: (a) most of left coracoid, () head of right humerus, (e) broken head of left humerus, (¢) damaged VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS right radius, (e) incomplete left carpo- metacarpus, (f) left proximal phalanx of 2nd digit, (¢) damaged vertebra. Locality: Blanche Point, extreme tip, opposite Gull Rock, Maslin Bay, South Australia. Formation: Blanche Point Marl, 3:6 m below top of Banded Marl Member. Age: Early Upper Eocene. (Aldingan.) Collected: B. Robinson & H, Eames, May, 1968. RrmMarks—This is one of the earliest, well-dated penguins known. Other material known includes two paratypes (humerus and radius fragments) and a referred specimen believed to be a fragment of rib, Pachydyptes simpsoni Jenkins, 1974. Palacontology, 17 (2): 294-304, pls. 37-39, text fig. 2a. Paratype: SAM. P.14158 (a) proximal two thirds of right humerus, (4) proximal end of right radius, Locality: Blanche Point, Maslin Bay, South Australia, Formation: Blanche Point Marl, lower part of Transitional Marl Member. Age: Early Upper Eocene (Aldingan). Collected: L. W. Parkin, October, 1932. RemarKs—A referred specimen, believed to be a segment of the proximal part of a rib, P.17913, was collected as “float” in 1971, and appears to have been derived from the Transitional Marl. ORDER CICONIIFORMES Family Phoenicopteridae Phoenicopterus novaehollandiae Miller, 1963. The Condor, 65 (4): 289-292, Holotype: SAM. P,13648, right tarsometatarsus with proximal end missing. Locality: Lake Pitikanta, west side, about 550 m from south end. UCMP loc. Y6150, Formation: Etadunna Formation, Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, [961. Phoeniconaias gracilis Miller, 1963, The Condor, 65 (4): 294-296, Holotype: SAM, P.13650, left tarsometatarsus, distal end. Locality; Lake Kanunka, northwest corner, UCMP loc, V5772. Formation: Katipiri Sands, Age: Early Pleistocene-Kanunka Fauna. Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957. 207 Phoeniconotius eyrensis Miller, 1963. The Condor, 65 (4): 292-294. Holotype: SAM, P.13649, left tarsometatarsus, distal end, and two basal phalanges, Locality: West side of Lake Palankarinna, float from Etadunna Formation. UCMP Loc. 5763 (between UCMP Loes, V5762 and 5375), Formation: Etadunna Formation. Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957. ORDER PELECANIFORMES Family Pelecanidae Pelecanus tirarensis Miller, 1966, Mem, Old, Mus., 14(S): 182-185. Holotype: SAM. P.13857, right tarsometatarsus, distal half, Locality: Lake Palankarinna, north-west shore. UCMP Loc, V5762 (Turtle Quarry), Formation: Etadunna Formation, Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957, Pelecanus validipes de Vis, 1894. (in Etheridge) South Aust. Ann. Rept. of Goyr. Geologist, 1894; 21, pl, 11 (5, 6). Holotype: SAM, P,18412, a right tarso- metatarsus, distal end. Locality: Warburton River near Lake Eyre, South Australia; float. Formation: Unknown, probably Katipiri Sands or equivalent. Age: Pleistocene, Collector: H. Y. L. Brown, REMARKS—This specimen Was given to the South Australian Museum in 1899, but in common with other material at the time, was not registered, During subsequent shifts of the collections it was mislaid and its whereabouts was unknowo until September, 1974, when it was relocated. Family Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocoray gregorii de Vis, 1905, Ann. Old. Mus., No. 6: 18-22, pls. V (6A, B)- Syntype: SAM, P.18413, a premaxilla, entire from tip to nasofrontal suture. Locality; ‘“Cutupirra’’, (equivalent to Katipiri Waterhole), lower Cooper Creek, South Australia. Formation: Unknown, probably Katipiri Sands. Age; Pleistocene, Collector: H. Y. L. Brown. 208 REC, 8, AUST. Remarks—This specimen was rediscovered in September, 1974, along with Pelacanuy vaticlipes de Vis. Included with the premaxilla, and listed also on the printed label (for they were apparently onee on exhibition), are two tarsometatarsi. P.18414, an almost complete Icft, lacking the inner trochlea, and badly corroded, is otherwise almost identical to the right turso-metatarsus fizured in Plate VII (2), The other, P.18415, also a left, lacks only the proximal end. These specimens apparently were not seen by de Vis as they do not fit the description of his unfigured material, ORDER GALLIFORMES Family Megapodidae Progura naracoortensis van Tets, 1974. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 98 (4): 214-215. Holotype: SAM. P.17856, an almost complete right tarsometatarsus. Paratypes: SAM. P,17152, a right tibiotarsus; P.17153, a left humerus) P,17154, distal end of a left humerus; P.17157, proximal end of right femur; P.17876, distal part of right tibiotarsus; P,17877 right ulna; P.17878, left humerus; P.17879, distal part of left ulna; P.18181, a cervical yertebra; P.18182, distal part of left ulna; P.18183, proximal and distal parts of a right humerus; P,18184, left radius; P.18185, proximal part of a right tarsometatarsus; P.18186, distal part of a right femur; P.18187, anterior fragment of synsacrum; P,16700, a right coracoid, Locality: A small cave disclosed jn Henschke’s Quarry, Naracoorte, South Australia. Formation: Cave earth, Age: Late Pleistocene, around 30 000-35 000 yrs. B.P, Collectors: F. W. Aslin, 1970-1974, ReMARKS—The paratype P.16700 was collected fram the Fossil Chamber of Victoria Cave, by R. T. Wells ef al, and is one of only two specimens so far recorded oulside the type locality. The other, a referred specimen (fragment of tarso- metatarsus QM F2769), was collected from the Darling Downs. N. S. Pledge. er al., CLASS MAMMALIA ORDER MONOTREMATA Family Ornithorhynchidae Ohdurodon insignis Woodburne & Tedford, 1975. Amer, Mus, Novitates, No. 258%: 3-10. Holotype: SAM. P.18087, a right upper last molar. Locality: Lake Palankarinna, north-west side. UCR Loc. RV/7247, (SAM. North Quarry), Zone 5, sheet SH 54-1: Kopperamanna 1: 250 000, grid reference 656431. Formation: Etadunna Formation in white to pale grey quartz sandstone at local base of Number 6 of Stirton, Tedford & Miller (1961), about 10 ft. stratigraphically below the calcareous mudstone of Number 8. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collectors: M-. ©. Woodburne. UCR-SAM Expedition, 1972. RremMArks—A cast of the paratype AMNH 97228, which was collected by Tedford at Lake Narnbéa in the Frome Embiayment, is.also held under the SAM registration P.18942, ORDER ?MONOTREMATA Family Ektopodontidae Ektopodon serratus Stirton, Tedford & Wood- burne, 1967, (Fig. 1) Rec. S. Aust. Mus., 15 (3): 438-445, Holotype: SAM, P.13847, a left upper molar, Paratypes: UCMP. 67173. 67174, 67176, at Berkeley. Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore. Loc, V6213. Formation: Wipajiri Formation, Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna. Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962. ReMArKs—The authors presented arguments for including this taxon in the Monotremata, but material collected more recently by Woodburne and Clemens (in prep.) shows this is net the cuse (Woodburne and Tedford, 1975:1), UCMP ORDER MARSUPIALIA Family Peramelidae Ischnodon australis Stirton, 1955. (Fig. 2) Ree, S, Aust, Mus,, 11 (3): 249-252. Holotype: SAM. P.13645 (originally U.C. No, 44380), anterior half of right mandible. Locality: Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc. V5367 (Woodward Locality), Formation: Mampuwordu Sands. Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna. Collector: R. H. Tedford, 30th July, 1953, ReMARKS—Found i weathered surface gone, and con- sequently badly shattered. Family Thylacoleonidae Wakaleo oldfieldi Clemens & Plane, 1974, Jour, Paleontol,, 48 (4); 654-656, Holotype: SAM. P,17925, a left mandible with incisor P; and My, and alveoli for M2, M3 and a singile-rooled tooth between incisor and Ps, Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, UCMP loc, V6213 (Leaf locality). Formation: Wipajiri Formation, Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna. Collector: W. A. Clemens, UCMP-SAM Expedi- tion, 1971, ReMARKS—Twa referred specimens are held in the collec- tions of the Museum of Paleontology, University of California, Uerkeley. They are UCMP 102678: an anterior fragment of aright Psy and UCMP 102677: aright Ma, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST, MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS Family Phascolarctidae Litokoala kutjamarpensis Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. (Fig. 3) Rec, S. Aust. Mus, 15 (3): 446-451. Holotype: SAM. P.13845, right upper first molar in early stages of wear. Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore. UCMP Loc. V6213. Formation: Wipajiri Formation, Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna, Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962. Perikoala palankarinnica Stirton, 1957, Ree. S. Aust, Mus,, 13 (1): 71-81. Holotype: SAM. P.10893, part of left mandible With talonid of Ps, M; and Mz, nearly complete. Paratype: UCMP 45343. Locality: Lake Palankarinna, west side. UCMP Loc. V5375. Formation; Etadunna Formation, Age: Early ta Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1954. ReEMARKS—This was originally believed derived from the Pliocene Mampuwordu Sands Palankarinna Fauna, but the correction was noted in Stirton et a/. (1961) following clarifica- tion of the stratigraphy, Family Vomabatidae Rhizophascolonus crowerofti, Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967, (Fig. 4) Rec. S, Aust, Mus., 15 (3): 454-456. Holotype: SAM. P.13846, left upper third premolar, moderately worn. Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore, UCMP Loe. V6213. (Fig, 4) Formation: Wipajiti Formation, Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamarpu Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962, RemArks—This is the earliest known wombat, retuiming a labial and two lingual roots on the P*. ‘The teeth of modern wormbats are apeo-rooted, and grow continuously throughout life. Family Diprotodontidae Meniscolophus mawsoni Stirton, 1955, (Pig. 5) Ree, S. Aust. Mus., 11 (3): 258-264. Holotype: SAM, P.13647, (originally UC No, 44397) mandibles with complete, little-worn dentition, found in close proximity ta UCMP 44397: left maxillary fragment with M? and MS? in same stage of wear, 209 Locality: Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc. V5367 (Woodard Locality). Formation; Mampuwordu Sands. Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna, Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1953. Neohelos tirarensis Stirton, 1967. Bur, Min, Resour., Bull. 85: 48-51. Holotype: SAM. P.13848, posterior part of left upper third premolar. Paratypes: (at UCMP, Berkeley), UCMP 69976, 69977, 69978, 69979. Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore, UCMP Loc, V6213. (Leaf Locality.) Formation: Wipajiri Formation, Age: Late Miocene-Kutjamurpu Fauna, Collector; SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962. REMAKKS—This species is Known only from isolated teeth, Negapakaldia bonythoni Stirton, 1967, Bur, Min. Resour, Bull., 85: 26-30. Holotype: SAM. P.13863, a badly weathered specimen: most of cranium and left mandible, incomplete appendicular skeleton, some caudal vertebrae. Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, eastern shore, UCMP Loc. V5879. Formation: Etadunna Formation, weathered surface zone—same stratigraphic unit as Ngapakaldi Quarry, Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1958. REMARKS8—One questionably referred specimen UCMP 57263 from Lake Pitikanta. Ngapakaldia tedfordi Stirton, 1967, Bur. Min. Resour. Bull., 85: 4-26. Holotype: SAM, ~~ P.13851, near-complete cranium; left radius, ulna, manus, pes, caudal vertebrae and haemal arches, all more or less complete; various right appendicular elements. Paratypes: (at UCMP, Berkeley), UCMP 57256, O9817, 69814, 60985, 69815, G0977, 60979, 69812, 57286, 57257, Locality: Lake Ngapakaldi, east shore, UCMP Loc. V6213. Ngapakaldi Quarry, Formation: Etadunna Formation. Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1958, 1961, 1962. Remarxs—In two localities (V5774 and V5858), this taxon aoe abundantly from 1 m to 5 m apart, but none is a complete skeleton, 210 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 \ )\ f Ti HN ) / f iy, Ms i Fig. 4 ONE INCH Fig. 2 Fig. 1. Ektopodon serratus Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. Holotype (P.13847), a left upper molar, in four views. X4. Fig. 2. /schnodon australis Stirton, 1955. Holotype (P.13645), a right mandible, in occlusal and labial views, X4. Fig, 3. Litokeala kutjamarpensis Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. Fig. 4. Rhizophascolonus crowcrofit Stirton, Tedford & Woodburne, 1967. Holotype (P.13846), a left upper premolar in three views. XL. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—YVI FOSSILS Profoloph = metolonhy position of paracone & = \ THO Gu ae — Ls \ Fig. 5 ‘A Ct coat Posterior cingulum midiink posiolveciar snelf enamal bardar poslolvecior ridge angular fossa posiciveolar process postdental canal Holotype SOUR INCHES 7 position af pastdental canal forelink Fig. 6 Fig. 5. Meniscolophus mawsoni Stirton, 1955, (B) views. X4, Fig. 6. Prionotemnus palankarinnicus Stirton, 1955, in occlusal (A) and labial (B) views. X1. Holotype (P.13647), mandibles, in occlusal (A) and labial Holotype (P.13646), a right mandible, ro wi | 4 Fig. 7. Troposodon kenti Campbell, 1973. in occlusal views, Nototherium yictoriae Owen, |872. Phil. Trans., 162: 61, pl. VOL. Holotype: SAM. P,4986, left mandible with incisor and premolar missing and M, damaged, Locality: Near Lake Victoria, New South Wales. Formation: “freshwater deposits’ (Owen), “45- 60 feet below ground surface in a well” (Mahoney & Ride). Age: Pleistocene (7), Collector: Mr. Felgate (707 Tilgate), 1869. RemMarKs—Marshall (1973) believes that the state of preserva- tion indicates derivation from the Pliocene Moorna Formation of the Lake Victoria area. A small sample was removed from the symphyseal stub of the right mandible for fluorine analysis to check this hypothesis, but the results are inconclusive (see Gill, 1973: 60, and Sinnott, 1973: 175). Stirton has noted that the species should probably be included in Zygomerurus, Two contemporary reports of the discovery are in newspapers: Pastoral Times, December 18, 1869, p, 2; The South Australian Advertiser, January 1, 1870, p. 3, A cast M3637, is held in the BM (NH). Pitikantia dailyi Stirton, 1967. Bur. Min. Resour. Bull., 85: 30-34. Holotype: SAM, P,13862, right upper incisors I'-I, left I' & BW, left P®; part of right mandible with incisor, P3, M,, Ma, left Ps, tarsals, metatarsals and phalanges. Locality: Lake Pitikanta, west side, UCMP Loc, V5774 (Discovery Basin). Formation: Etadunna Formation. Age: Early to Middle Miocene-Ngapakaldi Fauna. Collector: B. Daily, SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1957. Zygomaturus keanei Stirton, 1967, Bur. Min. Resour, Bull., 85: 136-144, Holotype: SAM, P.13844, fused mandibles with all cheek teeth and base of left incisor; upper incisors; left maxilla with P? to M+; TPS, rM’*, rM*. Paratypes: (at UCMP) UCMP 66326, 70120, 70121, 44622, 45409. REC. $. AUST. MUS., 17 (7-12); \ ea ——— SF i Y, “— — ~ — — — mh, - 169-219 September, 1976 Holotype (P.14507). a left mandible, X (scale in cm): Locality: Lake Palankarinna, north-west shore. UCMP Loc. V6265. (Keane Quarry.) Formation: Mampuwordu Sands. Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1962, Zygomaturus yictoriae (Owen, Nototherium victoriae Owen, 1872), see Family Macropodidae Macropus birdselli Tedford. 1967, Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci.. 64: 114-127, Holotype: SAM. P.13857, associated left and right mandibles, with right lower incisor and Ma. and left Miss Paratypes: SAM, A27920, A27936—fragmentary left and right mandibles (and other material at UCMP, Berkeley). Locality: Lake Menindee, north side, UCMP Loc, V5371, approx. 19 km north-west of Menindee, N.S.W. (Site 1), Formation; Un-named lunette sand, Unit B of Tindale. Age; Late Pleistocene. Collector: R.H, Tedford, 1953, Remarks—C-14 age determinations have been made on charcoal samples taken from Unit B but are equivocal in interpretation: LJ-204 giving 26300 4- 1500 yeurs B.P.; Gak 335 giving 18 800 + 800 years B.P. and NZ6f (on shell) giving 6 570 = 100 years B.P. Potorous morgani Finlayson, 1928, Trans, Roy, Soc. S. Aust., 62 (1): V-VIL. Syntypes: SAM, P,168, skull and partial skeleton. SAM. P.3413, skull. Locality: Kelly Hill Caves, Kangaroo Island. Formation; Cave earth. Age: Recent. Collector: Miss Edith May (P168). February 1926. Dr. A. M. Morgan (P3413), 1927 (7). RemMARKS—Ride (1970: 224) has synonymised this species with P. platyeps, an extant species in Western Australia. Sec also Butler and Merrilees (1971) for further discussion, The species may still live on Kangaroo Island. 132-140, pls. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—YI FOSSILS Prionotemnus Stirton, 1955. (Fig. 6) Ree. 8. Aust. Mus., 11 (3); 252-258. Holotype: SAM. P.13646 (originally UC No, 44381), right mandible with Ps-M, in place. Paratypes: (at UCMP, Berkeley), UC Nos. 44382 to 44396:—maxillae, mandibles, and right metatarsal 1V and phalanges. Locality! Lake Palankarinna. UCMP Loc, V5367. (Woodard Locality). Formation: Mampuwordu Sands. Age: Late Pliocene-Palankarinna Fauna, Collector: SAM-UCMP Expedition, 1953. Remarks—This is one of the more common mammalian taxa in the fauna. Bartholomai (1975) considers Prionetemaus to be a subgenus of Macropus. palankarinnicus Sthenurus (Sthenurus) tindalei Tedford, 1966, Univ, Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., 57+ 26-33. Holotype; SAM, P.13820 (now P.138201), a fragmentary skull with complete cheek denti- tion and damaged incisors, Locality: Lake Menindee, New South Wales, northern side, about 19 km from Menindee township. UCMP Loc, V5371. Formation: Unnamed lunette sand, Unit B of Tindale. Age: Late Pleistocene, approximately 26000 + 1 500 years B.P. (LJ-204). Collector: R. H. Tedford, 1953, REMARKS—Other age determinations from this deposit give conflicting results; see Macrapus birdselli Tedford. Troposodon kenti Campbell, 1973. (Fig, 7) Rec, S. Aust. Mus., 16 (3): 3-11. Holotype: SAM. P.14507, a left mandible. Locality: Lake Pitikanta, Formation: Katipiri Sands, Age: Early Pleistocene-Kanunka Fauna, Collector; UCMP-SAM Expedition, 1961. Family Squalodontidae Metasqualodon hardwoodi (Sanger, 1881). se Zeuglodon hardwoodii Sanger. Squalodon gambierense Glaessner, 1955. Rec, S, Aust. Mus., 11 (4): 362-367, text fig. 5a-c. Holotype: AUGD, F15107, a perfect molariform tooth, probably from the right mandible. Locality: Pritchard Brothers’ Quarry, 12 km west-north-west of Mount Gambier, South Australia. Formation: Gambier Limestone, a +7 214 Age: Probably Late Oligocene, Collector; P, Pritchard, 1952. Remarxks—When this species was described, the whereabouts of Metasgualodon hardwood? (Sanger), although relocated, had not been disclosed. Both preservation and form of the twa species are quite different. Zeuglodon harwoodit Sanger, 1881. Proc, Linnean Soe. N.S.Wales, 5 (3); 298-300. Holotype: SAM. P.8446, a molariform tooth, Undescribed material of same specimen comprises a near complete anterior molar, half of another molar, and two premolars, Locality; “near Wellington, South Australia”. Forimation; “‘a bed of yellow calcareous clay” containing invertebrate fossils. Probably Ettrick Formation, Age: Tertiary, probably Oligocene, Collector: James C, Harwood, 1881, Remarks—The specimens were inislaid soon after descrip- tion, but Hall (1911) working from the original description, established a new genus, Merasqualadan, for them, The material was relocated in 1948 and is currently being redescribed., Regrettably, accurate data on the locality are wanting, as the enclosed label stated only: ‘Wellington, 100f", suggesting a depth of 100 feet (30-4 m) ina bore. An allegedly associated shark tooth (No/idanus) bears a label indicating derivation from the cliffs at Wellington. However. the dark grey preservation of both argues against the reported lithology, and for the barely exposed Oligocene Eltrick Formation, PART 2, PLESIOTYPES CLASS MAMMALIA ORDER MARSUPIALIA Family Diprotodontidae Diprotodon optatum Owen, 1838. In Mitchell: Three Expeditions to the interior of eastern Ausiralia, WW: 362. Stirling & Zietz, 1899: Mem. R. Soc, S. Aust., (1): 1-40, pl. 1-18. Plesiotypes; SAM, P.5120 (right manus), P.5121 (right pes), Locality; Lake Callabonna, north-eastern South Australia, Formation; “unctuous blue clay’. Age; Pleistocene. RemMARKS—Previous to the discoveries at Lake Callabouna, only a few isolated elements of the pes were known, and reconstructions of the animal (e.g. Owen, 1877= pl. 35) always hid (he feet, Family Vombatidae Phascolomys gigas Owen, 1859. Encyclopaedia Britannica, 8th ed,, vol, XVII; 175, Owen, 1872: Phil. Trans., 162: 257. Stirling, 1913; Mem. R. Soe. S. Aust., 1 (4): 127-178, pl. 40-58. 214 Plesiotypes— SAM P5000 5001 5002 5003 (N) 5004 5005 5006 5007 5008 (N) 5009 (IN) SO10 S011 5012 5013 5014 5015 5016 5017 S018 (N) S019 (N) 5020 3021 5022 5023 5024 5025 5026 5027 5028 (N) 5029 5030 5031 5032 5033 5037 5038 5039 5040 5041 5042 (N) 5043 5044 REC. 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12); Plate (fig.) XLIV, XLY (1-3) XLII XLII XL, XLI XLVI (4, 5) LVIL (6) XLVI (4, 5) XLYI (6) XLVI (11) XLVI (1-3) XLVI (8, 9) XLVIT (2) XLVITI (3) XLVIE (1) XLV (4-5) XLY (6, 7) XLV (8) XLVII (7, 8) Lill LVI XLVI LIV (4): LY unfig. XLIX (1-4), LI, 2) LIV (1-3) LVI (ea) LI (1-4) L (3-5) LIV (5) LU (12, 13) EVIL (7) LIE (10) LU (1-2) LU (11) LIT (5, 6) LVIIL(3, 4) LI (3, 4) LVI (1, 2) Element palate mandibles mandibles mandibles natural matrix mould joining P.5000 to 5001 1. clavicle rt, clavicle epipubic atlas frag, atlas (rag. vert. centrum athas axis rib rib rib rib incisor imeisor molar presternum 1. femur 1. tibia scapula tibia rl. femur lrag. rt. humerus rt. humerus 1. fermur rt. fibula rt, ulna rt, radius rt. femur frag. phahinx V rt. MT V rt. MC Vv L. pisiform rt, prox. phalanx V rt. cuneiform rt, astragalus |. unciform rt. astragalus Locality; Lake Callabonna, north-eastern South (Those indicated (N) are from Normanville, south of Adelaide.) Formation: “unctuous blue clay”. Age: Pleistocene, Remarks—The discovery at Lake Callabonna of articulated remains of this species proved that the upper incisors known as Sceparnodon ramsayi Owen belonged to Phaycolonus gigas as Lydekker (1887: 157) had suggested. provided the first definite P. gigas skeletal remains for descrip- tion, See also Ride (1967; 419-425). Australia. The specimen also Phascolonus gigas (Owen, 1859). See Phascolomys gigas Owen. PART 3, PLASTOTYPES CLASS REPTILIA ORDER CHELONIA Family Meiolaniidae Meiolania eweni Smith Woodward, 1888. Ann. Mag, Nat, Hist,, ser. 6, 1: 89, Plastotypes: SAM. P.18002; P.18003 (Skull and jaws; caudal armour). Originals: BM(NH) R391, R392 respectively. Locality: King’s Creek, Condamine River, Darling Downs, Queensland. 169-219 September, 1976 Formation: Alluvium. Age: Pleistocene, REMARKS—These specimens had previously been regarded by Owen (188la, b) as Megalania prisca, See Lydekker (1889; 167), P.18002 is actually a cast of the restored, modelled skull, the imperfect original of which is figured by Owen (1861: Pl37 (1), 38 (1-3)) and Lydekker, ORDER SAURISCHIA (7) Family Megalosauridae ()) Megalosauropus broomensis Colbert & Merrilees, 1967, Journ. R. Soc. W. Aust., 50 (1): 22-25. Plastotype of footprint G5-6. SAM. P.14532. Original: WAM No, 66.2.51. Locality; Wavecut platform below high tide level; Broome, Western Australia. Formation; Broome Sandstone. Age: Early Cretaceous, Collector: (casting) Messrs. J. & E. Tapper. CLASS AVES ORDER CASUARILFORMES Family Dromornithidae Dromornis australis Owen, |1874c. Trans. Zool, Soc., 8: 383, pl, 62, 63, Plastotype: SAM. P.17107. Original; AM F,10950, a femur, Locality: 55m depth in a well, Peak Downs, Queensland, Formation: “drift pebbles and boulders”’. Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—See discussion of this species in Stirling and Zeitz (1900; 43 ff) and Rich (unpubl. Ph.D. dissertation, 1973: 127). Dromornis australis Owen, 1874c. Owen, 1879; Trans. Zool, Soc., 10: Plastotype: SAM, P,17108, Original: BM(NH) 48160, a fragmentary syn- sacrum—a plesiotype, Locality: 61 m depth in the Canadian Gold Lead, near Mudgee, Gulgong mining district, New South Wales, Formation: Deep Jead alluvium, Age: ? Pliocene. Remarks—Rich (ibid, p. 128) believes this specimen is too fragmentary to identify beyond the family level, 186, pl. 33, Dromornis australis Owen, 1874c. Owen, 1879: Trans, Zool, Sac,, 10: 186, Stirling & Zietz, 1900: ibid: 43. Plastotype: SAM. P.17106, Original: BM(NH) 44011, distal end of a tibio- tarsus, a plesiotype. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THR S, AUST. MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS Locality: A cave, “Mount Gambier range”, Mount Gambier, South Australia. Formation: ? Cave earth, Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—Stirling and Zietz believed this specimen to be of their new species Genvornis newloil. ORDER DINORNITHIFORMES Family Emeidae Dinornis queenslandiae de Vis, 1884. Proce. R. Soc. Qld,, 1: 32. Plastotype: SAM. P.17105, Original: Queensland Museum; proximal end of a femur, Locality: Allegedly “King's Creek, Darling Downs, Queensland”’. Age: Pleistocene, Remakks—Stirling and Zietz (1900; 44) note arguments against this taxon, and Rich (1973, unpubl. dissertation) notes Scarlets (1969) objection regarding the preservation of the specimen which is quite distinct from other King’s Creek fossils. Scarlett equated it with the New Zealand moa Pachyornis elephantopus, CLASS MAMMALIA ORDER MONOTREMATA Family Ornithorhynchidae Obdurodon insignis Woodburne & Tedford, 1975. Amer. Mus, Novitates, No, 2588; 3-10. Plastotype; SAM. P.18942, Original; AM(NH) 97228, paratype, a right upper molar, Locality: West side of Lake Namba, Frome Embayment, South Australia, Grid zone 6, refee. 320135, Curnamona 1: 250 000 sheet SH54-14, Formation: Float specimen, from un-named unit of thin-bedded black claystone, sand lenses, green claystone and white dolomitic claystone, Age: Miocene, Ngapakaldi fauna equivalent. ORDER MARSUPIALIA Family Wynyardiidae Wynyardia bassiana Spencer, 1900. Prac, Zool. Soc, Lond., 1900; 776-795, Plastotype: SAM. P.4979, 4980. Original: Tasmanian Museum, 2237, an imperfect skull and partial skeleton, no teeth. Locality: Fossil Bluff, near Wynyard, north- western Tasmania. Formation: Fossil Blu? Sandstone, Age: Longfordian—basal Miocene. 215 Remarks—This fossil was found in marine sediments, and its ave was for long in doubt, as some authors believed it to be intrusive. Gill (1957) demonstrated its contemporancity with the associated fauna, but believed it to be Oligocene. Ludbrook (1967) points out the uncertainty of ils age. P,4979 is a cast of the specimen as originally found. P.4980 comprises casts of the excavated skull, jaws and limb bones, and the cleared spine. Family Macropodidae Leptosiagon gracilis Owen, 1874. Phil. Trans., 164; 785, pl. 76 (11-15). Plastotype: SAM. P.18124, Original: BM(NH) 40005, fragment of a right mandible with Ms, M3. Locality: Queensland, Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene, Remarks ~Lydekker (887: 231) included this specimen tn Macrapus fervagus Owen, but Simpson (1930: 72) leaves tt separate as Macrapus graciliy (Qwen), Bartholomai (1975) returns it to Macrapus (Osphranter) ferragus, Macropus altus (Owen, 1874), See Phascolagus altus Owen, Macropus ferragus Owen, 1874. Phil. Trans., 164: 784, pl. 81 (4), 82 (3, 4). Plastotype: SAM, P,18126. Original; BM(NH) 32903. fragment of right mandible. Locality; Condamine River, Queensland, Formation: “‘alluyial drift’, Age: Pleistocene. RemMarkKs—Owen (1877: 449) used this specimen as type for Pachysiagan ferragus but Lydekker (1887: 231) returned it ta Macropus. Bartholomai (1975) places it in the subgenus Osphranter, Macropus goliah Owen, 1846, In Waterhouse (1846) Natural Mammalia, |: 59. Plastotype: SAM. P.18125, Original: BM(NH) M1896, right maxilla with M?-", Locality: Darling Downs, Queensland, Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene, REMARKS—Species renamed Procoptodon goliah by Owen (1873: 387). History of Macropus gracilis (Owen, 1874). See Leptosiagon gracilis Owen. Macropus titan Owen, 1838. In Mitchell (1838) Three Expeditions inta the interior of eastern Australia, 1 359, pl. 29 (3). Plastotype: SAM, P,18127. 216 Original: BM(NH) M10777, anterior fragments of right mandible. Locality: Cave, Wellington Valley, New South Wales. Formation: Cave earth. Age: Pleistocene. Pachysiagon otuel Owen, 1874. Phil. Trans., 164: 784, pl, 76 (1-10), Plastotype: SAM. P.18123. Original: BM(NH) 46310, fragment of right mandible with Ms-,, Locality: King’s Creek, Clifton, Queensland. Formation: “alluvial drift”, Age: Pleistocene. RemMARKS—Figured in Owen (1877: pl. LXXXIX (7-10)) as Pracaptodon pusio. See Lydekker (1887: 237). Species is now known as Procoptodon otuel, Phascolagus altus Owen, 1874. Phil, Trans., 164: 261, pl. 22 (1, 2). Plastotype: SAM. P,13125. Original: BM(NH) M10779, an imperfect palate lacking rP%, and with both M*’s unerupted. Locality: Wellington Caves, New South Wales. Formation: Cave earth, Age: Pleistocene. REMARKS—This specimen was originally a syntype of Macropus titan Qwen (1838). The species was replaced in Macropus altus by Lydekker (1887: 223), and Bartholamai (1975) puts it in the subgenus Osphranter, Procoptodon goliah Owen, 1846. See Macropus goliah Owen. Procoptodon otuel Owen, 1874. See Pachysiagon otuel Owen. Procoptodon pusio Owen, 1874. Phil. Trans., 164; 788, pl, 77 (2-6). Plastotype: SAM. P.18130. Original: BM(NH) 39996, imperfect palate (left and right maxillae) with Ps-M3. Locality: Queensland. Formation: “alluvial drift’’. Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—Lydekker (1887: 235) transterred this specimen to Pracoptedon rapha. Procoptodon rapha Owen, 1874. Phil. Trans., 164: 788, pl. 77 (8-12), Plastotype: SAM. P.18129, Original: BM(NH) 32885, Locality; “alluvial drift’, Age: Pleistocene, REC. §, AUST, MUS., 17 (7-12): 169-219 September, 1976 Protemnodon anak Owen, 1874. Phil. Trans., 164: 275, pl. 25 (1-2). Plastotype: SAM. P.13124, Original: BM(NH) M1895, a left mandible with P3-M ae Locality: Darling Downs, Queensland, Formation: “alluvial drift”, Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—See Bartholomai (1973: 318). Protemnodon antaeus Owen, |877. Extinct Mammals of Australia; 448, pl. 110 (1-3). Plastotype: SAM. P.13123. Original: BM(NH) M2258. a partial left mandible with P3-M4. Locality; Queensland. Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene. RemArks—This species was transferred to Macropus raechus by Lydekker (1887; 212), and is now included in Prosemnodon roechus Owen. (Bartholomai, 1973; 340). Protemnodon brehus Owen, 1874. See Sthenurus brehus Owen, Protemnodon mimas Owen, 1874, Phil. Trans., 164: 278, pl. 26 (1-3). Plastotype: SAM. P.i3121, Original; BM(NH) 43351, a left mandible with all cheek teeth. Locality; Gowrie, Queensland. Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—Included in Macropus hbrehus by Lydekker (1887: 207), then Pratemnodon brehus by Stirton (1963: 141). See Bartholomai (1973; 330). Protemnodon og. Owen, 1874, Phil, Trans., 164; 277, pl. 25 (5-6), Plastotype: SAM, P.13122., Original: BM(NH) 35963, an imperfect left mandible with all cheek teeth. Locality: Gowrie, Queensland, Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—Lydekker (1887; 217) included this species in Mf. anak, now Protemnodon anak; see Bartholomai (1973: 318), Protemnodon roechus Owen, 1874, Phil. Trans., 164: 281, pl, 27 (10-13). Plastotype: SAM, P.18128. Original: BM(NH) 35968, anterior part of left mandible with Ps-Ms. VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE 8, AUST, MUSEUM—VI FOSSILS Locality: Gowrie, Queensland, Formation; “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—Lydekker (1887) and others, transferred this to Maeropus, but this has since been reversed, See Stirton (1963), Bartholomai (1973). Sthenurus brehas Owen, 1374. Phil. Trans., 164; 272, pl. 27 (5-6). Plastotype: SAM, P.13126. Original: BM(NH) 43303a, an imperfect palate with M!-M? of both sides. Locality: Wellington Valley, New South Wales. Formation: Cave earth, Age; Pleistocene. REMARKS—The species was transferred to Macropus by Lydekker (1887: 209), and to Protemnoden brehus (Owen) by Stirton (1963: 141), Sthenurus minor Owen, 1877, Proe. Zool. Soe, W877: 353, pl. 37, 38 (1-3), Plastotype: SAM. P.i3120. Original: BM(NH) 48409, an imperfect palate. Locality; County Phillip, New South Wales, Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene. Remarks—This species was transferred to Macrapus by Lydekker (1887; 218) although the name was already occupied by Macropus minar Shaw, 1800. Bartholomai (1967; 22) used this specimen as type for Trapesedon miner (Owen), Sthenurus occidentalis Glauert, 1910. Rec. W, Aust, Mus., 1: 31-36, pl, 5 (6-7), Plastotype: SAM. P,13662., Original: WAM 60.10.2, left and right mandibles, Locality: Mammoth Cave, near Margaret River, south-western Western Australia. Formation: Cave earth, Age: Pleistocene, 37 000 yrs. B.P. Remanks—See also Tedford (1966; 33-39). Troposodon minor (Owen, 1877). See Sthenurus minor Owen. Family Diprotodontidae Euryzygoma dunense (de Vis, 1888). See Noto- therium mifchelli Owen, Kolopsis torus Woodburne, 1967, Bur. Miner, Resour. Bull., 87; 139-148, Plastotype: SAM, P,18116, skull. Original; CPC 6747. Locality: UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry). 65 km south-west of Alcoota Homestead, southern Northern Territory, Formation; Waite Formation, Age: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna. 217 Nototherium mitchelli Owen, 1845- Rept. Brit. Ass. Adv, Sci., York, 1844; 232, Cat, Fass, Manim, & Aves Mus. R. Coll. Surg.: 316. Plastoplesiotype: SAM, P.18122, Original: BM(NH) 43523, a left mandible with M.-M,.—a _ plesiotype. Figured by Owen, 1872, Phil. Trans., 164: pl. 11. Locality; Queensland. Formation: “‘alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocene? Remarks—Woods (1968: 115) referred this specimen to Burysyeoma dunense (de Vis). Palorchestes painei Woodburne, 1967. Bur. Miner. Resour. Bull., 87: 107-124. Plastotype; SAM, P,18118, skull, Original: CPC 6752. Locality; UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry), 6-5 km south-west of Alcoota Homestead, southern Northern Territory. Formation: Waite Formation. Age: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna, Plaisiodon centralis Woodburne, 1967. Bur, Miner, Resour, Bull., 87; 149-159, Plastotype: SAM, P.18119, skull. Original: CPC 6748. Locality: UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry). 6-5 km south-west of Aleoota Homestead, southern Northern Territory. Formation: Waite Formation. Age: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna, Pyramios alcootense Woodburne, 1967. Bur, Miner, Resour, Bull., 87: 125-138. Plastotype: SAM. P.18117, skull. Original; CPC 6749, Locality: UCMP V6345 (Paine Quarry), 6:5 km south-west of Alcoota Homestead, southern Northern Territory, Formation; Waite Formation, Ave: Late Miocene-Alcoota Fauna, Zygomaturus trilobus Owen, 1859 (non Macleay, 1857). Quart. J. Geol. Soe. Lond., 15: 168. Plastotype: SAM, P.18121, Original; AM, F4635, an almost-perfect cranium, Locality: King’s Creek, a tributary to the Condamine River, eastern Darling Downs, Queensland. Formation: “alluvial drift’. Age: Pleistocenc. RemMarKs—For a comprehensive resume of the vicissitudes of this taxon, see Stirton (1967; 133-134), REFERENCES Bartholomai, A. 167, Trupusedon. a new genus of Tossil MS achiral (Marsupialia). Adem, Old. Miis., 15 (Lys Bartholomar, A., 1973. ‘The genus Proremiaden Owen (Marsupialia: = Mueropodidae) in the Upper Cainozoic deposits of Queensland, Men. Gli, Afus., 16 (3); 309-363, pls. 9-23, Bartholomai, A., L975. The genis Macropus Shaw (Maretiplatia, Macrapodidae) in the Upper Cainozoie deposits of Oucensland. Mvnn Old. Mus. U7 (2)> 195-235, pls, 7-26, Qutler, W. Hand Merrilees, D., 1971. Rennins of Poterons plafvens (Marsupialia, Macropudidae) and other mianmmals from Bremer Bay. Western Australia. Jor. Ro Soe. He. Aust, 54 (2)z 5358. Campbell, C. R., 1973. A new species of Troposurdou Bartholomai; from the arly Pleistocene Kanuka fauna, South Australia (Mavropodinac, Marsupialia). Ree. 8. Aust. Mas., if (3): 1-18. Clemens, W. A. atid Plane, M,, 1974, MidePertiary Thyla- caleonidae (Marsupialia, Mammalia). /ow, Paleanral,, 48 (4): 652-060. Colbert, E, H. and Merrilees, D., 1967. Cretaceous dinosaur footprints from Western Australia. Jane. Ro See Mes lasts, SO (1): 21-25, de Vis, C. W., 1884. The Moa (Dinornis) in Australia. Proe, R, Sve, Gli, 1; 23-28, pls, 3, 4. de Vis. C. W., 1888. On wsupposed new species of Natotherium. Proce. Linn, Soe. NS. Wales, (2) 2, 1065-1070- de Vis, CO W., 1894. Part E. Bird remains from the Warburton River. fv Etheridge, R, Je. Official contributions to the palaeontology of South Australia, No. 6, Vetebrate (sic) remains from the Warburton or Diamentina River Aan. Rept. Gavi. Gealozist for year ending June, 1894 (South Aust)! 21, pl 25, 6). de Vis, C W., 1905. A contribution te the kjowledae of the extincl qvilauna of Australia. la Ghd. Muy, @: 3-25, pls, J-1X, Finlayson, H, H., 1938. A new species of Potorous (Marstipialia) from a cave deposit on Kangaroo Island, South Austratia, Tres. Ry Soe 8S, Aust 62 (1) 132-140, Gill, EF, D,, 1957. The atratizraphical occurrence and palaeo- cology of some Australian Tertiary marsupials. Mem, Nar. Mis, Melb. 242 135203, Gill, F.1D, 1973, Geology und geomorphology oF the Murray River region hetween Mildura and Renmark, Australia. Mem, Nat, Mas, ¥iet,, 34; 1-98, pls. 1-11. Glessner, M. F., 1955. Pelagic fossils (Aturia. Penguins, Whales) trom the Tertiary of South Austria, Ree i§, Aust. Mus., VL (4): 453-272, ply 34-36, Glauert, £., 1910. Sthenurus aceidentalis (Glauert) Ge, Stare. WW Ayst, Bull. 36: 53-69. Hal), T. 8, 191]. On the systematic position of the species of Squalodon and Zeuglodon deseribed (ron. Australia and New Zealand. Prac. Ro Soe, Pie, 23 (n.s.)' 257-265, pl, 36 Hecht, M, &., 1975, The morphology and relationships of the largest Known terrestrial lizard, Adesalania prisca Owen. from. the Pleistocene of Australia. Prac. Ro Sve. bier, 87 (2); 239-250, pls, 17, 18. Jenkins, R. J, P1974. A new giant penguin from the Eocene of Australia, Palaeatolory V7 (2): 291-310. ply, 47-39. Ludbrook, N. H., 1967, Correlations of Tertiary rocks of the Australasian region. i Hara (ed), “ith Pacific Science Congress, Tokyo, 1966, Symposium No, 25, Tert- lary Correkations and climatic changes in the Pacifie’ > 7-19. Sasaki Printing & Publ. Co. Ltd., Sendai, Japan, Lydekker, R., (887. Calalogue of ihe Fossil Mammalia in ibe British Museum (Natural History) Part Vz xyxy + 345 pp. Lydekker, R.. PB89_. Catalogue of the Fossil Reptilia and Amphibia in the British Museum (Natural Wistory) Pare 1U Chelonia. xviii — 239 pp. Marshall, L., 1973. Fossil vertebrate faunas from the Lake Victoria region, south-west New Sourh Wales, Australia. Mem. Nal. Mus, Viet., 34> 151-172, pls, 14-16. REC. 8. AUST, MUS, 17 (7-12)2 169-219 September, VW76 Miller, AH. 1963. ‘The fossil flamingos of Australia, Conder, AS: 219-299 Miller, A. Uf, 1963, Fossil Ralite Birds of the Late Tenthury of Australia, Ree. 8S. dusr Mus. 14 (3): 413-420. Miller, A. H., 1966. The [ossil pelicans of Australia Qld. Muy. 14 (5): 181-190, Owen, R., E83, jn Milchell, T. Lc Three expeditions to the interior oF easleen Australia, ete, by xv, xis, Fly 350-366. Owen, KR. 1845a- Report on the extincl mammals of Australia with deseriptions of certain fossils indicative of the former existence in that continent of large marsupial representatives of (he omler Pachydermata, Repe, Bra, Ass, Ady, Sei York, 1844: 223-240. Owen, BR. (8456, Deseriptive and illustrated catalogue of the fossil organic remains of Mummalia and Aves cantained in ihe Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons of England, Lopdon, (Marsuplals: 291-336), Owen, R., 1846, 7 Waterhouse, G. Rs A natural histary of the Mamnialia. t. Marsupiata, London. Owen, R., 18594. On some outline drawings and photographs of the skull of Avgamaturus trilubuy (Macleay) from Australia. Quart, Jour. Geol. Sive., 15: 168-176, Owen, R,, 1859b. “Palacontology”. Eneyelopaedia Britannica, Sth ediuun, XV 175. Owen, KR. 1872u. On the fossil miammuls of Australia, ¥. Genus. Nototheriam, Owen, Phil, Trams, 162: 41-62. Owen, R,, 1872b. On the fossil mammals of Australia, Vil, Genus Phascolomys; Species exceeding the existing ones in-size. (hfe, 1622 241-258. Owen, R., [874a. On the fossil mammals of Australia. VA Family Macropodidae: Genera Macropus, Osphranter, Phascolagus, Sthenurds, and Proveninodon, Jhid., 164: 245-287, Owen. R.. 1874b. On the fossil mammals of Australia. OX. Family Macropodidue: Genera Muvropus, Pachysiagon, Leptosiagon, Procoptadon, and Palorchestes. Jbid , 164) 783-803, Owen, R. 18740. On Dineriiy (Part NIM): containing a description of a femur indicative of a new Genus of large Wingless Birds (Dromornry aystrafis, Qwen) Irom a post- tertiary deposit m Queensland, Australia. Fras, Zou), Sues, 4 381-384, Owen, R., [877a. Researches on the fossil rentains of the ixtine? Mammals af Australia. London. 1 vol. text, f vol. plates. Owen, R., 1877b. Ona new species of Sthenurus, with remarks on the relation of the genus to Dorcopsis, Maller, Proc. Zao. Sac, Lined, W877: 452-361. Owen, Ri, 1879, On Dinvrais (Par! MND); containing a restora- tion of the skeleton of Dinurnis maximus, Qwen, With an uppendix, on additional evidence of the genus Dreantarnis in Australia. Trans. Zool, Soe,, W: 147.188, pl. 34. Owen. R., 188la. Description of some remains of the gigantic land-lizard (Megalatia prisea, Owen), (rom Australia Part We PAI. Trams. V712 1037-1050, pls. 34-38. Owen, KR. 188lb. Description of some remains of the gigantic land-lizard (Meealania prixca, Owen). from Australia. Part Il. Phil. Trans., 172 (2): 547-556, pls. 64-66. Pledge, N. S., 1967. Fossil Elusmobranch teeth of South Australia and their stratigraphic distribution. Tras RF Sue, 8. Ayyi, ES €35-160, 4 pls, Ride, W. DB. L., 1964, A review of Australian fossil narsupials. Jour R. Soe. We, Aust., AT (4)s 97-131. Ride, W. BD. Li, 1967. On Sceparnodon ramsey) Gwen, 884° the selection of a leetorype. the clarification of its type locality, and on its identity with Pheseolaunus givas (Owen, (M5U). Ree. S. Abst. Mus. 18 (3): 419-425. Ride, W. D, L., 1970. A guide to the Native Mammals of Australia, Oxford Univ. Press (Melbourne ete,): xiv | 249 pp. Sanger, FB. 1881. On a molar tooth of Zooglodon from the Tertiary beds of the Murray River near Wellingion. Prac. Linn, Soe. NS. Weales, Ss 298-300, Searlett, R, J, 1969, On the alleged Queensland moa, Dinorars queenslandiae de Vis, Mem. Qld. Mus.: V5 (3): 207-212. Alenr, VERTEBRATE TYPE-SPECIMENS IN Serventy, D. L., Condon, H. T., & Mayr, E., 1965: Droniaius Vieillot, 1816 (Aves): proposed addition to the official list. Z.N.A(S.) 1668. Bull. zoal. Nomencl., 22 (1): 63-65. Simpson, G. G., 1930. Post-Mesozoic Marsupialia. Fossiliun Catalogus. |. Animalia, 47: 1-87. Sinnoit, P. J., 1973. Chemical methods used for determination of fluorine, phosphorus and nitrogen in fossil bones from west of Mildura, Australia. Ment, Nat. Mus, Vict., 34: 175-176. Smith Woodward, A., 1888. Note on the extinct reptilian genera Megalania, Qwen, and Meiolania, Owen. Ann. Mag, Nat, Hist,, ser. 6, 1: 85-89. Spencer, B., 1900. A description of W’yayardia bassiana, a fossil marsupial from the Tertiary beds of Table Cape, Tasmania. Prac, Zoal. Soc. London., 1900: 776-795. Stirling, E. C., 1913. Fossil remains of Lake Callabonna. TV,, pt. 2. On the identity of Phascolomys (Phascolonus) gigas Owen, and Sceparnedon ramsayi Owen, with a description of some of its remains. Mem. R. Soc. S, Aust., 1 (4): 127- 178. Stirling, E..C. & Zictz, A. H.C., 1896, Preliminary notes on Genyornis newtoni; anew genus and species of fossil struth- ious bird found at Lake Callabonna, South Australia. Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust., 20: 171-190. Stirling, E. C., & Zietz, A. H. C., 1896. Description of the Bones of the Leg and Foot of Genyernis newtoni, a fossil Struthious Bird from Lake Callabonna. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 20: 191-211, pls. 3-5. Stirling, E. C. & Zictz, A. H. C., 1899, Fossil remains of Lake Callabonna. I. Description of the manus and pes of Diprotodon australis. Mem, R. Soc. S. Aust., 1; 1-40, Stirling, BE. C. & Zietz, A. H. C., 1900, Fossil remains of Lake Callabonna. Part I. 1. Genyornis newtoni. A new genus and species of fossil Struthious bird. Ment. R. Soc. S. Aust., 1(2): 41-80, pls. 19-24. Stirling, E. C. & Zietz, A. H. C., 1905. Fossil remains of Lake Callabonna. Part J. Description of the vertebrae of Genyornis newtoni, Ibid., 1 (3): 81-110, pls. 25-35. Stirling, E. C. & Zietz, A. H. C., 1913. Fossil remains of Lake Callabonna. Part IV. 1. Description of some further remains of Genyornis newtoni. Ibid., 1 (4); 111-126, pls. 36-39. THE S. AUST. MUSEUM—YVI FOSSILS 219 Stirton, R. A., 1955. Late Tertiary marsupials from South Australia, Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 9 (3): 247-268. Stirton, R. A., 1957, A new koala from the Pliocene Palan- karinna fauna of South Australia. Rec. S. Aust, Mus, 13 (1): 71-81. Stirton, R. A., 1963. A review of the macropodid genus Protemnodon. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., 44 (2): 97-162. Stirton, R. A., 1967a. The Diprotodontidae from the Ngapakaldi fauna, South Australia. Bur. Min. Resour., Buill., 85: 1-44. Stirton, R. A., 1967b. A diprotodontid from the Miocene Kutjamarpu fauna. hid: 45-51. Stirton, R. A., 1967c. A new species of Zygomaturus and additional observations on Meniscolophus, Pliocene Palankarinna fauna, South Australia. /bid.: 129-147. Stirton, R. A., Tedford, R. H. & Woodburne, M. O,, 1967. A new Tertiary formation and fauna from the Tirari Desert, South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus., 15 (3): 427-462. Tedford, R. H., 1966. A review of the Macropodid genus Sthenurus. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci., 57: 72 pp. Tedford, R. H., 1967. The fossil Macropodidae from Lake Menindee, New South Wales. Univ, Calif. Publ, Geol. Sci., 64: 165 pp. van Tets, G. F., 1974, A revision of the fossil Megapodidae (Aves), including a description of a new species of Progura de Vis. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 98 (4): 213-224. Wade, R, T., 1953. Note on a Triassic fish fossil from Leigh Creek, South Australia, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 76: 80-81. Woodburne, M. O., 1967. The Alcoota fauna, Central Australia. An integrated palacontological and geological study, Bur. Min. Resour,, Bull,, 87: 1-187. Woodburne, M. O, & Tedford, R. H., 1975. The first Tertiary Monotreme from Australia. dimer. Mus. Novitates, No, 2588, 11 pp. Woods, J. T., 1968. The identity of the extinct marsupial genus Notatherium Owen. Mem, Qld. Mus., 15 (2): 111-116, pls. 13-14. Zietz, A., 1899. Notes upon some fossil Reptilian remains from the Warburton River, near Lake Eyre. Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust., 232 208-210. RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES By A. BRINDLE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM d North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 13 lst December, 1976 THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES BY A. BRINDLE Summary The present paper is mainly based on two collections of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides, the first lodged in the South Australian Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to these islands, and consisting of 118 specimens resulting from the 1971 Royal Society of London — Museum, in which the South Australian Museum participated. The second belongs to the B. P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, and consists of 189 specimens collected over a number of years. A few additional specimens of Dermaptera from these islands belonging to the British Museum (Natural History) have also been examined, some being those recorded in Hincks (1952). All previous records of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides known to the present author are included, and two previous records are rejected — that of 7itanolabis colossea (Dohrn) in Dohrn (1864), and that of Labia canaca (Burr) in Burr (1908). Keys are given to all families, subfamilies, genera and species and a total of 16 species are now recorded, of which three are new and are described, The composition of the Dermaptera fauna of the islands is discussed and comparisons made between this fauna and those of other groups of islands in the area of the Western Pacific and the Papuan Region. THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES By A, BRINDLE Manchester Museum ABSTRACT BRINDLE_A, 1976. The Derotuptera of the New Hebrides, Rec. 3. Anyt. Mus. 17 (13), 221-238, The present paper is mainly based on two collections of Dermaptera trom the New Hebrides, the first lodged in the South Australian Percy Sladen Trust Expedition ta these islands ing from the 1971 Royal Society of London— Museum, and consisting of 118 specimens result- in which the South Australian Museum partici- pated. The second belongs to the B.P. Bishop Museuin, Honolulu, and consists of 189 speci- mens collected over a number of years, A few udditional specimens of Dermaptera from these islands belonging to the British Museum (Natural History) have also been examined, some being those recorded in Hincks (1952). All previous records of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides known to the present author ure included, and Iwo previous records are rejected—that of Titanolabiy colossea (Dohrn) in Dohrn (1864), and that of Labia canaca Burr in Burr (1908), Keys are given to all families, subfamilies, genera and species and a total of 16 species are now recorded, of which three are new and are described. The composition of the Dermaptera fauna of the islands is discussed and comparisons made between this fauna and those of other groups of islands in the area of the Western Pacific and the Papuan Region, INTRODUCTION The first survey of known records of Dermaptera from the New Hebrides is ihat of Hincks (1938) in which three species were listed, one.of which, Titanolahis colossea (Dohrn) was thought to be doubtful. Four additional Species were recorded in Hincks (1947) and another species in Rehn (1948), Hincks (1952) examined a series of 77 specimens of Dermaptera collected in the New Hebrides by Miss L. E. Cheesman, and added six species to the fauna. Of the fourteen species thus recorded, however, the record of Tiranolahis colossea is rejected: Dohrn (1864) listed the localities of colosyea as Australia. New Caledonia, New Hebrides, and Fiji, but the location of any specimen is doubiful. There are large species of Anfsolabis in New Caledonia which could be mistaken for colossed, yt Decenther, 1976. ! but they are not conspecific, nor congeneric with it. No large species of this family have since been recorded from the New Hebrides nor from Fiji, but the location of any specimen is doubtful. to Australia, where, if correctly recognised, it attains a considerable size, and is almost the largest of existing carwigs. The names Prolabja arachidis. (Yersin) and Marava wallace: (Dohrn), listed in Hincks (1952) are now known to refer to forms of the same species. (Hineks 1954), One species was only named to genus (Labia sp., Hincks, 1952), and the reference to Nesagaster aculeatus (Bormans) in Hincks (1947) is refer- able to N. apicalis Hincks (Hincks, 1952), The specimen recorded as Labjq canuca Burr, by Burr (1908) and Hincks (1938) has been examined and is a female of one of the species described as new in the present paper. Recently, an expedition organised jointly by the Royal Society of London and the Percy Sladen Trust, which included entomologists from the South Australian Museum and the CSIRO Division of Soils in Adelaide, undertook a survey of the New Hebrides; the 118 specimens of Detmaptera resulting from the survey have been examined by the present author. In addition 189 specimens of Dermaptera from these islands belonging to the B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, have been studied, These specimens are recorded in the present paper, which includes all previous records known to the author, The paper thus attempts to provide a complete survey of the known Dermaptera of the New Hebrides, and keys are given to all families, subfamilies, genera, and species represented, Notes on the com- position of the fauna and comparison of this with those or other groups of islands in the Western Pacific and in the Papuan Region are included, A total of 16 species are now known from the New Hebrides, of which three are described us new. My sincere thanks are due to Mr. G, F, Gross. of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, and to Dr. J. Linsley Gressitt, of the B.P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, for the opportunity to examine the respective collections of Dermaptera under their care. I am also indebted to Dr. D, R, Ragge and Mrs, J. Marshall for freely granted facilities in examining specimens -of Dermaptera in the British Museum (Natural History), London. 222 The Dermaptera fauna of the New Hebrides (Table 1) is amall, of 16 recorded species, but it is obviously related to the fauna of other island groups in the Western Pacilic and the Papuan area, The Solomon Islands are the nearest to the north-west, and the south-eastern islands of Micronesia to the north-east. The Fiji islands lie to the east of the New Hebrides and the actual nearest island group to the New Hebrides is that of New Caledonia, with its associated Loyalty Islands. The Dermaptera of all these islands, except for Fiji, have recently been studied and the relationships of the Dermaptera fauna are now better understood. The Solomon Islands, as a group, are much larger in area than those of the New Hebrides; they are relatively close to New Guinea, have a much richer fauna, and mark the eastern limit of a number of Papuan genera, The islands of Micronesia are smaller, widely scattered and have 24 species, whilst New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands have 18 species. All the genera recorded frorn the New Hebrides occur in the Solomon Islands and all, except for Sphingolabis, occur in Micronesia, but three genera are absent from New Caledonia. This indicates that the Dermaptera fauna of the New Hebrides has extended from New Guinea into the Solomon Islands and further south to the New Hebrides, The New Hebrides have five endemic species, (about 31 per cent of species) which account for 18 per cent of the number of specimens examined. The endemic species thus form less of the population of Dermaptera than the number of species would suggest, and this feature is true of the Solomon Islands, and more REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976 particularly of Micronesia, In contrast the endemic species of New Caledonia are dominant. The influence of cosmopolitan species, however (excluding Chelisoches morio (F.)), is niuch less in the New Hebrides (18 per cent of species but only 6 per cent of specimens) than in either the Solomon Islands or Micronesia, indicating that the New Hebrides are somewhat off the general distribution range of the cosmopolitan species. The term “cosmopolitan” species has been generally used in the Dermaptera for species with a very wide world distribution, which to some extent may be due to accidental intro- duction, but recent work is clarifying these distributions and the status of some cosmopolitan species may have to be modified. Chelisoches morio (F.) although classed as a cosmopolitan species, is now known to be mainly a dontinant Pacific and Papuan species; it extends westwards to India and Ceylon, where it is not common, and is probably adventive in Madagascar, and certainly adventive in Africa and elsewhere. It is well represented in the New Hebrides, as in Micronesia, but Jess well represented in the Solomon Islands, and much less well represented in New Caledonia. There are four Australasian species recorded from the New Hebrides, so the influence of the Australasian fauna is clear, and these species account for nearly one quarter of the total specimens examined, There are also three Pacitic species (excluding C. morjo), i,e, one Oriental- Pacific; one Australasian-Pacific; and one entirely western Pacific species, and these account for about one fifth of the total number of specimens. The position of the New Hebrides in the western Pacific, but close to the Australasian Region, TABLE | DISTRIBUTION OF DERMAPTERA IN THE NEW HEBRIDES { Vaoua | Espirin Pente- | Male- Erro- Anel- | World Luvs | Santo | Maewe Aoba | cost kuwla | Epi Efate | manga Tanna) tyum — distri- | | | bution | Carclnophoridae— | | Carelnophorinae— | 1. Buborellie annilipes (UMC) ee gees ‘ : . ’ - x : Cos, 2 Anisolabts verhoefi Zucher .---- +=. 45 x % x x * x x Aus. Brachylabyinie | | 3, Brachplabis cordate apne... 22 ees x . End, Labiidac — Nesogustrinae— 4. Neyogaster apicalis Hincks... 6... 0.64. x Be | ae ‘ x - . Aus, S. N_ baker? Wineks.,.\---- ale . x x x x x x x End, Sparattinae— 6. Auetenanius isularix spteey coos nya . x | End, Labiinue— 7. Chaetolabig staneri (Cxudelds ss soe geey ' . i ' . x , Pac, B.C. dentata spn, 2 sca renee : . x ' : x x End. 9% Labia curvieauda (Motschulsky) : x : x x Cos. LO, L. bitubrrenlata Brindle uy a » . - ; x : 7 Aus, IL. Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Barewins) ~~~ | * x x x x | * * x oO-P Spongiphorinae - : | 2. Murava arachidis (Versin) ........--. | x | ‘ ' x x , Cas. 13, M, fete (Borris) - <<. 1 er eee ee ee x ‘ ' - “ t ' Aus, Cheliseehidac— | 14 Chelisuches morio (Fabricius) ,...--... x x x x x x K x x Cos. 15, ©. eheesmuanae Hincks --.-- -.--- 1-5 x 5 2 . t » - : End. 16, Hapiaxas aiwrarufuy (Burr) oo. --- -) ‘ xX x x A? Aus. -- Australian Cas, — Cosmopolitan A-P > Australisiun-Pycific O-P Oriental-Pacific Pac. = Pavifie End. = Endemic THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 223 could be expected to produce a balance between the Australasian and Pacific fauna, and this is the type of Dermaptera fauna found in the New Hebrides. Key to families and subfamilies [. Blytra and wings completely absent; male genitalia with two distal lobes, one directed backwards and one directed forwards al rest (Fig 2) (CGarcinaphoridue) 2 At. least elytra present, wings aften visible; mule genitalia with uo single median distal lobe (Fig, 26) ., 2, 3 2. First antennal segment shorter than the distance between the antennal buses: body depressed, not fusiform: branches of forceps of both sexes trigonal at bases, with a short dorsal ridge on cach; mule forceps asymmetrical (Fiz, 1) 2. .. Carcinophorinae First antennal segment longer than the distance between the antennal bases; body less depressed, fusiform: branches of forceps of both sexes cylindrical, not trigonal at bases, and synimetrical (Fig, 5) Brachylabiinue 4. Second tarsal segment prolonged beneath third (distal) segment iis a narrow lobe, male genitalia with two dark paired sclerites associated with the virea (Fiz, 24) Chelisochidue Second tarsal segment simple; male genitalia without two dark paired sclerites bul often with a complex arrangement of denticulations and sclerites associated with (he virga (Labiidae) ., se'wodelmcios salad 4, Head flat; body strongly depressed; first antennal segmenl. as long as distance between thé antennal bases or almost so; pronotum narrowed anteriorly, forming a distinct neck (Fig. 28) .. .. _. .. Sparattinae Head normally convex: body less depressed} first antennal segment shorter than the distance belween the antennal bases: pronotun: withoul such a distinct neck .., 5 5. Buch elytron with a distinct lateral longitudinal ridge (Fig. 6) . we tfelote a: Nesogastrinue Elytra without such mdges .. 0... 2 0, we ee 6. Third antennal segment shorter than fifth: elytra usually punctured and pubescent. - .. 2... Labiinge Third antennal segment longer than fifth or almost so; cly(ra glabrous and impunctate .. .. Spongiphorinae CARCINOPHORIDAE A large family, poorly represented in the Pacific and in the Australasian Region, the species being typically dark coloured apterous earwigs with short forceps, those of the male often being asymmetrical. A minority of species have rudimentary elytra and sometimes both elytra and wings ure fully developed. Two subfamilies are now recorded from the New Hebrides. CARCINOPHORINAE The Jargest subfamily, the species having tather short basal antennal segments, a depressed body, relatively short legs, and often a shining and more or less glabrous cuticle, The punctu- ration of the abdominal tergites may be stronger ° 2 in the males than in the females, and a frequent feature of the males is the presence of well defined lateral longitudinal ridges on the posterior abdominal tergites, one ridge occurring on each side of a tergite; a dorso-median longitudinal ridge may also be present on the last (tenth) tergite, The penultimate sternite may have the apex excised in males but not in the females. The determination of the species is based on the male genitalia, and there are few suitable external characters. Key ta genera aid species L. Parameres of male genitalia about as broad as Jong: eich distal lobe of genitalia without a visible virga and Wilh denticulated pads. Male penultimate sternite not excised ut apex... 2, Buborellia annulipes (Lucas) Parameres of male genitalia long and slender, much longer than broad; each distal lobe of genitalin with a visible virga, but without denticulaled pads (Fig. 2). Male penultimate sternite excised at apex (Fig. 4) Anisolabis venhoe(fi Zacher Euborellia annulipes (Lucas) Forficesila annulipes Lucas, 1847. 4nn. Soc. ent. France (2) 5: 84 (Paris, introduced). Anisolabis annulipes (Lucas): 19{1, Genera Insectorum 122: 29. Burr, Euborellia annulipes (Lucas): Burr, 1915, J/. R, Mier. Soe. 1915: 545. Anisolabis annulipes (Lucas): Rehn, 1948, Trans. Am, eat. Soc. 74: 160 (Erromanga). A rather small blackish, shining species, legs yellow with femora usually banded with blackish; antennae brown or dark brown, one or more distal segments white. Head transverse, eyes small, pronotiim more or less as broad as long, wider posteriorly; elytra and wings completely absent. Penultimate sternite of male with apex rounded. Forceps short, trigonal at base, those of male rather asymmetrical, those of female symmetrical, Length of body 8-11 mm, forceps 1-1-5 mm. World distribution: Cosmopolitan; occurs in all faunal Regions, often as an adventive. Remarks; The above record of Rehn (1948) appears to be the only one from the New Hebrides, and may possibly be due to confusion with Anisolabis verhoeffi, which is superficially similar to B. annulipes. Location of type: Holotype ¢ in Paris museam. te w 4 REC. §, Anisolabis yerhoeffi. Zacher Figs. 1-4 Anisolabis verhoelfi Zacher, 1911, Zool. Jb, 30: 374 (Bismarck Archipelago). Anisolabis verhoeffi Zacher: Hincks, 1947, Entomologist’s mon, mag. 83: 65 (Espiritu Santo}. Anisolabis verhoeffi Zacher: Hincks, 1952, Amn. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5S: 200 (Espiritu Santo; Malekula), Dark brown to blackish, antennae dark brown, sometimes with one or more distal segments pale yellow or whitish; legs yellowish, femora usually darkened for basal half, Head, and thoracic nota impunctate, glabrous, abdominal tergites sparsely and finely punctured and pubes- cent, Male (Fig. 1): Head transverse, tumid, eyes small. Pronotum strongly transverse, more or less rectangular; elytra and wings completely absent; abdomen broad, depressed, tergites 6-9 with latecal ridges, those on sixth tergite extend- ing for distal half only, those on ninth tergite also short, but those on seventh and eighth tergites almost complete; last tergite with a dorso- median ridge towards each side, the ridge curved medially posteriorly, and posterior part of tergite depressed; penultimate sternite with apex con- cave, the lobes pointed (Fig, 4). Branches of forceps trigonal at base, cylindrical distally, those of male often asymmetrical (Fig, 1) or almost symmetrical, thase of female symmetrical and straighter. Genitalia of male with two basal penes, parameres long with a median darker membraneous flap, virga narrow and long (Fig. 2); slight variations in the exact shape of the parameres occur in genital mounts due to slight distortion (Fig. 3). Length of body 7-9 mn, 1-75 mm, forceps 1°25- World distribution: and New Hebrides, Bismarck Archipelago Remarks: Specimens of A. verhoeffi from the original area (Bismarck Archipelago) in the British Museum (Natural History) have recently been examined, and appear to be conspecific with the present specimens from the New Hebrides. The species is variable in general appearance and colour, but all the males examined have the same type of excision in the penultimate sternite whilst the male genitalia are identical. A. verhoeffi is closely similar to A horvathi Bure from New Guinea, A. bifida Brindle from the Solomon Islands, and A, AUST. MUS,, 17 (13)s 221-238 November, 1976 minutissima Brindle from the Western Caroline islands. The latter two species have a less excised male penultimate sternite, although in verhoeffi the pointed lobes tend to curl dorsally and may seem blunt at first sight. The males of A. horvathi and A. bifida have lateral longi- tudinal ridges on abdominal tergites 7-9, whilst both A, minutissime and A. verhoeffi have similar ridges on abdominal tergites 6-9, the ridges on both tergites 6 and 9 being short. A. minuiissima is smaller in body length (6 mm) than verhoeffi (7-9 mm) and the puncturation and pubescence of the tergites of the latter species are much more sparse than in the former. The male genitalia of these four species are similar in structure and differ only in minor details, Location of type: é in Berlin museum. Material examined: ESPIRITU SANTO: From litter, flat terrace, E bank Apuna River Campsite No. 2. 10 km SSW of Malau village, Big Bay area, 27.VIIL.1971, 1 ¢, 2 laryae, J, C. Buckerficld; terrace of Apuna River, 15° 13’ §, 166" 50° E, lowland rainforest, Coll. No, NH 49, 13.1X.1971, 1%, 1 larva, K, BE. Lee (SAM). MAEWO: Above Nasaua, 180 + mm, 4,1X.1958, 1¢, B, Malkin (BISHOP). AOBA: Dunduy, 6/8.1X.1958, 2¢, B, Malkin (BISHOP). MALEKULA: SW Malekula, 16° 28’ 5S, 167° 27° E, mesophyll rainforest, Coll, No. NH 68, 11.X.1971, 12%, 3 larvae, K. EB, Lee; SW Bay, 16° 29’ S, 167° 26’ E, disturbed forest grazed by cattle, Coll. No. NH 63, 22, L larva, K. E. Lee; SW Malekula, 16° 28’ S, 167° 27’ BE, Meso-noto vine forest, NH 67, 11.%,1971, 18, 2 Jarvae. K, BE, Lee; SW Malekula, 16° 29° S, 167° 27’ B, cocoa plantations with some coco- nuts, Coll. Na. NH 69, 13.X.1971, 14, | larva, K. E, Lee, (SAM). EFATE: From litter, terrace surface in ridge, 400 m, down ridge from Narabut Camp site, 2 VIE1971, 1 larva, J, C. Buckertield; SE Efate, 17° 45° S, 168° 24’ B, coastal forest on recently raised beach, NH 19, 13.VILJ971, 1 larva, K. E. Lee. (SAM). ERROMANGA: From Pandanus epiphytes, 2 km NNE of Nuankau River bridge on secondary milling road, 10 km WSW of Tpotak, 4.VH1,1971, 1%, K. E. Lee; $8, Erromanga, 18° 53° S, 169° 12’ E, Agathis-Calophyllum THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 225 | 3 4 Figs. 1-4, Anisolabis verhoeffi Zacher—1, male—2, male genitalia—3, male parameres—4, male penultimate sternite. Fig. 5, Brachylabis cordata, sp.n., female. (DL—distal lobe; P=paramere; PE—penis; V=virga). 226 high canopy rainforest, Coll, No. NH 33, Coll. No. NH 34, 42, 29. 4 larvae, K. E. Lee; S. Erromanga, 18° 54’ S, 169° 11’ E, Agathis forest, Coll. No. NH 35, 7,VUL1971, 2 larvae, kK, E. Lee (SAM). ANEITYUM: SW Ancityum, 20° 15° 8, 169° 46° B, fire-induced grassland, Imperata dominant, Coll, No. NH 27, 23,VIL1971, 1 very small larva, K. B. Lee (SAM). The last recorded specimen has not been definitely named as this species but is thought to belong here, and the two larvae in the last record for Erromanga may not belong to this species although they appear to be Carcino- phorine, One of these larvae has been removed and dried and appears to differ fram the rest in the degree of puncturation and sculpture of the cuticle. These specimens are provisionally assigned to this species. BRACHYLABLINAE This subfamily is characterised by the long first antennal segment, the fusiform abdomen and by the relatively long legs; the cuticle may be shining, often punctured, sometimes very strongly so, or may be rugose and dull, often strongly pubescent, the forceps of both sexes are often similar, almost always cylindrical, and relatively slender. No representative of this subfamily has pre- viously been recorded from the New Hebrides, but a single female specimen is in the present material and is placed in the genus Brachylabis Dohrn. Birachylabis cordata sp.n. Fig. 5 Black, posterior parts of tergites of abdomen with a reddish tint; lateral margins of pronotum yellow; antennae blackish, segment 10 (last in type) somewhat paler; legs yellowish-brown, femora vaguely darkened; forceps dark red. Cuticle rugose, rather shining, with rather sparse, relatively long but fine yellow hairs, more con- spicuous laterally on abdomen. Female (Fig- 5): Head transverse, almost cordiform in shape; eyes small. Antennae 10- segmented in type, first segment long, second transverse, third segment four times as long as broad, evenly widened distally, fourth segment one and half times as long as broad, fifth segment one and three-quarters as log as broad, sixth twice as Jong as broad; distal segments shorter and relatively wider than basal segments. Pronotum strongly transverse, slightly widened posteriorly, margins more or less straight; an impressed smooth fine occurs medially on REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 Novemher, 1976 anterior half, with short similar lines on each side. Mesonotum broad, with a broad lateral fold at base but without lateral Jongitudinal ridges. Only two first legs and right median leg present in type. Abdomen fusiform, scarcely depressed, last tergite small; each branch of forceps very short, cylindrical, wider at base. apex slender and curved, Length of body 7 mm, forceps 1 mm, Remarks: The description of a species on a single female is usually not desirable in the Dermuptera, where the taxonomy is so largely based on the male genitalia. In the Brachy- jabiinae, however, the sexes are almost always similar, although the male forceps may be more strongly curved than those of the female, so that the male can be recognised from the des- cription of a female. The external taxonomic characters are usually good in this subfamily, unlike those in the Carcinophorinae, where isolated females cannot be identified with any certainty, The structure of the male genitalia is still necessary to place the species without doubt in a genus, but at present the present author has been placing ull new species in the genus Brachylabis, pending a revision of the World species of the subfamily. RB. cordata, however, is so closely sitnilar in external characters to Bruchylabiy greensladei Brindle from the Solomon [Islands and Micro- nesia, and to Brachylabis yaloma Ramamurthi from New Britain, that it seems possible that all are congenerio. There are sufficient external differences to separate these three species, so if has been thought desirable to name the species and describe it us new. These three species may be separated as follows:— 1. Pronotum jonger than bread; body length 8-5 mm, New Britain . ; yalomea Ramanvuethi Promotium transverse». 22 2 ee ee ee ey 2. Pronoium less sirongly transverse, patio of length to width 17:9. Antennae dark brown with two ar more distal segments white, ralia of segments 4, 5. 6 = 1:1°25:1°5. Smaller species, body length 5-6°5 minv ercensladei Brindle Pronolum more strongly transverse, ratio af length to width 12:5:9. Antennae blackish, ulmnast unicoloraus, ratio of segments 4, 5, 6 = 15:1:75:2. Larger species, body length 7 mm -. cordata 8.7, Location af type: Holotype ¢, ESPIRITU SANTO: Nokoyula, Mt, Tabwemasana track, 1 325 m, 15° 22° 8, 166° 44 E, Coll. No. NH 47, ex. Jitter. 4,1X.197], K. BE. Lee (SAM), Material examined: The type only. THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES LABIIDAE A large family, mainly of small species, and characterised by the simple second tarsal segment and by the male genitalia having a single distal lobe and virga. Represented in all faunal Regions. Four subfamilies are represented in the New Hebrides, with ten species, four being endemic, and of these three are described as new species. NESOGASTRINAE This subfamily includes the single Indo- Australian genus Nesogaster Verhoeff, which is distinctive since it is the only Indo-Australian genus in which the elytra have lateral longi- tudinal ridges and in which the cuticle is brightly shining and more or less glabrous. The only other Old World genera of the Labiidae in which lateral longitudinal ridges are present on the elytra are Physogaster Ramamurthi and Parapericomus Ramamurthi (Physogastrinae) but in these genera the body and forceps have long stiff hairs. Key to Species 1. Larger, body length 6-8 mm; more uniformly coloured species; male pygidium blunt at tip or with a short narrower tip (Fig. 6); branches of female forceps relatively shorter and broader, dorso-median ridge (DR) at base forming two tubercles (Fig. 7) bakeri Hincks Smaller, body length 4-6 mm; usually more contrastingly coloured species; male pygidium with a short wide base, distal part slender, narrowed distally (Fig. 11); branches of female forceps relatively longer and narrower, dorso-median ridge (DR) at base entire (Fig. 12) .. .. .. 6. 6. we ue 2.) apicalis Hincks Nesogaster apicalis Hincks Fig, 12 Nesogaster apicalis Hincks, 1951, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 4: 568 (Malekula, Espiritu Santo, Banks Is., Papua). Nesogaster apicalis Hincks: Hincks, 1952, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5: 201. Nesogaster apicalis Hincks: Brindle, Entomologist’s mon. mag. 107: 120. Nesogaster aculeatus (Bormans): Hincks, 1947, Entomologist’s mon. mag. 83: 66 (2, °, Espiritu Santo). Brown to dark reddish-brown, head reddish, antennae and legs yellow; last abdominal seg- ment often reddish-brown or reddish-yellow, forceps reddish-yellow, sometimes partially darkened medially. Cuticle brightly shining, impunctate or almost so. 1971, Head transverse, eyes small, antennal segments strongly moniliform; pronotum transverse, more *3 227 or less rectangular; elytra short, wings absent or concealed. Hach branch of male forceps long, rather broad, inner margin flattened at base and with small denticulations, and with a double- toothed projection beyond midpoint, distal part of branch cylindrical and curved; pygidium wide at base, thence sharply narrowed and long (Fig. 11). Each branch of female forceps shorter and broader, inner margin with a dorso-median longitudinal ridge at base (Fig. 12, DR), distal part of branch with a ventral serrated flange, apex slender and curved (Fig. 12). Length of body 4-6 mm, forceps 2°5 mm (males), 1-75 mm (females). World distribution: | New Guinea; New Britain; Solomon Islands; and New Hebrides. Remarks; The description and length given above refer to the present specimens which are rather small and more brightly coloured. Speci- mens from other areas may be less contrastingly coloured and larger. Location of types: Holotype @ and paratypes in British Museum, paratypes in Manchester Museum. Material examined: BANKS IS.: Vanua Lava, Sola, 5/11.VIII.1958, 14, 2 larvae, B. Malkin (BISHOP). ESPIRITU SANTO: Luganville, 23/28.VII.1958, 28,52, 19 larvae, B. Malkin; Narango, 90m, June, 1960, 1°, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP). Nesogaster bakeri Hincks Figs. 6, 7 Nesogaster bakeri Hincks, 1947, Entomologist’s mon. mag. 83: 66 (Espiritu Santo). Nesogaster bakeri Hincks; Hincks, 195 1, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (12) 4: 572. Nesogaster bakeri Hincks; Hincks, 1952, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) 5: 200 (Malekula, Espiritu Santo, Aneityum). Dark reddish-brown, head reddish to reddish- brown, legs yellowish-brown, femora vaguely darkened; forceps and pygidium yellowish-brown or with a reddish tint. Cuticle brightly shining, abdominal tergites 4-9 of male or 4-7 of female punctured, middle tergites more strongly punctured than others, last tergite irregularly punctured. Similar in structure to apicalis, but larger, more robust, and more uniformly coloured. Each branch of male forceps long and broad, with an inner tooth, basal part of branch with a flattened inner surface on which are small 228 denticulations or crenulations; pygidium large, long, somewhat yariable in shape but usually broad for most of length and narrower only near apex (Fig. 6). Each branch of fenale forceps short and broad, excavated at base and with a dorso-median inner ridge forming two tuberculate-like projections (DR), distal part of branch with a ventral inner serrated flange, apex slender and incurved (Fig, 7). Length of bedy 6-8 mm, _ forceps 3-5 mm (males), 2-275 mm (females), World distribution: New Hebrides, endemic. Lacation of type: Holotype ¢ in Hope Department of Ento- mology, Oxford, England. Material examined: ESPIRITU SANTO: From logs and epiphytes on crest of main ridge leading SE from Nokovula to summit of Mt. Tabwemasana, 25 km SSW Malau village, Big Bay area, 4,1X.1971, 12, K. BE. Lee; Nokoyula, 1132 m, 15.1X.1971, 29, G. F. Gross; Nokovula, village, camp 4, 23 km SSW Malau Village, Big Bay, 5.1X.1971, 1°, 3. C. Buckerfield; Nokovula village, camp 4, 1128 m. 10.EX.1971, 17 (abdomen missing), G. F. Gross (SAM), Namatasopa, 300 m, 28,VIIL.1957, 19, 2 larvae, J. L, Gressitt, above Namatasopa, 400 m, 30.VIII,1957, 32, 2 larvae, J. L. Gressitt; below Namatasopa, 250 m, 1.1X,1957, 1 larva, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP), MAEVQ: Above Nasua, 180-++ m, 4.1X.1958, 4¢, 102, 1 larva, B- Malkin (BISHOP), AOBA: Dundy, 6/9.1X.1958, 42, B. Malkin (BISHOP), PENTECOST: 200-500 m, 27.11.1964, 1%, R. Straatman (BISHOP). MALEKULA: From totten logs, gentle slope on broad ridge. 8 km NNW of summit of Mt. Yung'abalé, 45 km E of Tisvel village, 1.1971, 14, K, E, Lee (SAM); Amok, 17,1X%.1958, 12, 12, B. Malkin (BISHOP), EFATE: Terrace surface on ridge, camp site, Narabut, 1-VIE.1971, 24, J.C, Buckerlield; from rotten logs, 500 in, NE Narabut camp site, 7TVULAN971L. 1 larva, K. B. Lee from rotten logs, terrace surface on ridge, 400 m. down ridge from Narabut camp site, 2-VIL.1971. 2 Jarvae, J, C. Buckerfield (SAM); limestone plateau, N of Maat, 100 m, 20, VITL1957, 84. 1°, 2 larvae, J. L Gressitt (BISHOP). Rec. & AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976 SPARATTINAE Mainly Neotropical in distribution, and only represented in the Old World by a single genus, Auchenomus Karsch, which is distinctive by the strongly flattened head and body. The. single species represented in the present material is new. Auchenomus insularis spn. Figs. 27, 28 Reddish-yellow to pale reddish-brown, elytra and wings somewhat darker; antennae pale yellaw; legs dark yellow. Cuticle slightly shining, punctured and pubescent, hairs mainly short and yellow, more conspicuous laterally; abdominal tergites with longer hairs and with longer marginal setae. Male (Fig. 28): Head broad, flat posterior margin concave; eyes small. First antennal segment about as long as distance between the antennal bases, second segment transverse, third segment three times as long as broad, fourth two and half times as broad as long, fifth longer than third, basal segments more or less cylindrical; distal segments shorter, twelfth (last in holotype) shorter than fourth, and more moniliform than basal segments. Pronotum as broad as long, narrowed posteriorly, lateral margins straight, posterior margin convex. Elytra and wings fully developed; legs relatively short, femora broad, Abdomen mainly parallel-sided, narrowed towards base, flat; last tergite transverse, pro- duced and raised above the base of each branch of the forceps, median part depressed. Each branch of forceps broad at base, with a dorso- median rounded tubercle, and with a ventro- median tooth beyond, last quarter of branch sharply curved medially (Fig. 28). Female: Similar to male, branches of forceps shorter and broader, with a narrow ventral inner flange, evenly narrowed to distal third where each branch is more strongly narrowed forming a curved apex (Fig. 27), Length of bedy 7-8 mm, forceps 2°S mm (male), 2 mm (females). Remarks: This species is distinctive by the shape of the forecps of both sexes. Those of the male are sharply curved distally, and in this resemble those of some of the Neotropical species of Spararta, whilst those of the female are unusual in having the toner margin of each branch almost smooth, not dentated as in most species of the genus which occur in the Pacific and Australasian Region. THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES Location of types: Holotype ¢. ESPIRITU SANTO: SW above Namatasopa, 400 m, 30.VIIL1957, L. G. Gressitt. Paratypes, same data, 4°, (including allotype) (BISHOP, except 1? para- type in British Museum (Natural History) and in Manchester). Material examined: The types and two further specimens, without posterior abdominal seg- ments, same data. LABIINAE Three genera of this subfainily are now recorded from the New Hebrides, with a total of five species, one of which is new. Key ta genera und species 1, Branches of forceps of both sexes not strongly setulose, those of the males without a ventral inner flange, and those of the females narrowed from base io apex, with inner margin at most weakly dentated or OTT ULE CG aise eiicy sereay cotied ati wmhee Geet enhp ip st ww Branches of forceps of both sexes strongly setulose, those of the males with or withoul a ventral inner flange, and those of the females not narrowed from base 10 apex, and inner margin with at least a ventral inner flange, the margins of which are strongly dentaled or crenulated .. 2. 2. 0, uc. ae ye ey 2, Pronotum almost as wide as head and transverse; a broud, shorter, Jess depressed species with more slender branches of the forceps Labia bitthereulata Brindie Pronotum small, narrower than head, and quadrate or almost so; & more narrower, elongated, and strongly depressed species with broad short branches of the forceps .. -. 22. Labia curvicauda (Motschulsky) 3. Lutger species, body length 10 mm or more, antennal segMents more or less cylindrical; elytra glabrous and impunctate . 2. Splingolabis hawatienusis (Bormans) Smaller species, body length & mm or Jess; antennal seg- ments moniliform: elytra punctured and pubescent 4 4, Smaller species, body length 6 mami of less cach branch of male forceps with one very large tooth on janer margin, pygidium large (Fig. 15): each branch of female forceps Iess strongly dentated, ventral inner margin differing strongly in dentation from dorsal inner margin (Fig. 16) Chuetolabia stoneri (Caudell) Larger species, body length 7-8 mm: wich branch of male forceps with two relatively large and one yery small teeth on infer margin, pygidium small (Pig. 13); ewch branch of female forceps more strongly dentated. yentral inner margin more similar in dentation ta dorsal margin (Fig, 14) Cheetolabia dentate span. Chaetolabia stuneri (Caudell) comb. nov. Figs. 8, 15, 16 Labia stoneri Caudell, 1927, Univ, lowa Studies 12 (3): 5 (Fiji), Yellowish ta reddish-brown, elytra and wings somewhat darker; antennae brown; legs yellowish-brown; forceps and pygidium reddish- yellow, Cuticle of head impunctate and glabrous, 229 that of pronotum impunctate but with sparse short yellow hairs of elytra and wings punctured and pubescent; abdominal tergites pubescent and with long nmiutrginal setae. A small and slender species (Fig. 8); elytra and wings fully developed, or with elytra shorter and only tips of wings protruding, Each branch of male forceps curved, with a large ventral inner tooth, pygidium almost pentagonal ventrally with a concave posterior margin, dorsal part of pygidium rounded (Fig. 15); each branch of female forceps straight, ventral inner margin dentated basally, dorsal inner margin scarcely dentated basally but dentated prominently from hear midpoint, pygidium broad, ventral surface concaye posteriorly, dorsal surface rounded: a small tubercle occurs medially near the posterior margin of the last tergite (Fig. 16). Length of bedy 4-5-6 mm, 1-5 mm, World distribution: Fiji and New Hebrides. forcepy 1+«25- Remarks: The original description and figure of the male forceps are excellent and the struc ture of the forceps and pygidium is characteristic. Location of types: Holotype 4, allatype ?, 1 paratype. | para- type & in the United States National Museum, Materjal examined: ERROMANGA: Ex light trap, Nuankau river, 5/7.VUII,1971, 1¢, 19, (fully winged), G. Robinson; under bark of log, 500 m SW of Nuankau river bridge, 10 km WSW of Ipotak, 7.VII1.1971, 19, (shart elytra and wings), J. C. Buckerfield (SAM), Chaetolabia dentata sp.n, Figs. 13, 14 Labia canaca Burr, 1908 (not Burr, 1903}, Bull. Mus. natn, Hist. nat. Paris 1908: 32 (New Hebrides), Reddish-brown; antennae yellawish to brown: legs yellow; forceps yellowish-brown, Cuticle of head and pronotum smooth, impunctate and glabrous, elytra and wings punctured and pubes- cent, hairs sparse and short, yellowish; abdominal tergites punctured and pubescent, more strongly on tergites 6-7; marginal sctae present on most tergites; forceps with shorter hairs and long setae. Cuticle rather shining. Male: Head tumid, cordiform, transverse, eyes small. First antennal segment rather shorter than the distance between the antennal bases, second segment transverse, third two and half limes as long as broad, fourth equal to third in 230 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976 DR 7 10 Figs. 6-7, Nesogaster bakeri Hincks—6, male—7, female forceps. Fig. 8, Chaetolabia stoneri (Caudell). Figs. 9-10, Marava feae (Bormans)—9, male, New Hebrides—10, male forceps, Australia. (DR=dorsal ridge). THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NBW HEBRIDES length, fifth three times as long as broad; distal segments as long as fifth, each segment narrowed to base, all segments pubescent, Pronotum slightly longer than broad, strongly widened posteriorly, lateral margins straight, posterior margin convex. Elytra und wings fully developed or short, Abdomen relatively long, somewhat depressed, lateral tubercles on third and fourth tergites very small. Each branch of forceps weakly curved with one tuberculate median tooth on inner miurgin neac base and a second small median tooth towards apex; a very small ventral tooth occurs distal to basal tooth; pygidium small, narrowed posteriorly (Fig, 13), Female; Similar to male, but last tergite with a median tubercle neat posteriot margin; each branch of forceps straight except at apex, broad, apex curved, yentral and dorsal inner margins with similar dentation, consisting of one larger tooth about one third from apex, followed by three smaller teeth beyond midpoint (ventral margin with only two), a distal tooth occurs only on the ventral margin; pygidium short and broad (Fig, 14), Length of body 7-8 mm, forceps 2°75 mm (male), 1-5 inm (females). Remarks: In addition the female specimen from the New Hebrides, without exact locality, recorded by Burr (1908) as Labia canaca Burr, is in the British Museum (Natural History) and proves to be a temale of the present species, and is hereby designated as a paratype, The locality label reads “*N, Hebrides francais’ whilst a second label reads “Labia canaca Burr &”, Labia canaca is restricted to New Caledonia, The specimen from Aneityum is the only Specimen in which the elytra and wings are fully developed; it has. been named by the shape of the pronotum and other details of the anterior part of the insect which are adequate for the known New Hebrides fauna, but it is possible that there is another species in the New Hebrides, and without the forceps it is not possible to be entirely certain about its identity. The pronotum is rather more transverse in this specimen than in the others. There are three known species of Chaetolabia from other areas in the Western Pacific, but none are yet Known from the Australasian Region, These three species, together with the two now recorded from the New Hebrides may be separated as follows:— 1. Each branch of the male forceps with a very large Inner tooth (Fig. 18); each brunch of the female 231 forceps with the inner dorsal edge scurcely dentated at base and merging wiih the ventral inner edge beyond midpoint (Fis. l6) 2 2... stoner? (Cadell) Branches of male forceps with small inner leeth or a tooth; dorsal infer edge of female forceps dentuted from bine ,. 6... Bt we wee te pe 2, Pronoium parallel-sided; male pygidium narrowed ta apex: female pygidium broad, short, narrowed distally. apex concave, Micronesia (Palau) . ypicate Brindle Pronotum widened posteriorly .. 2... 2). 3 3. Male pygiium short, partly tidden by basal inner teeth of forceps (Fig. 13); inner margin of each branch of female forceps irregularly dentated, with teeth of varying sizes (Fig. 14) dentata sp.n. Male. pygidium large, or long, not hidden by inner teeth: inner margin of exch branch of femule forceps regularly dentated with smull teeth of almost equal Sze Oh Me od ee + piehe em, Prewetstcele 4. Male pygidium large, as long as broad, narrower at base but widened distally with margin curved, amd apex deeply concave; lust rergile of female with a simul! Median dorso-posterior projection, Micronesia (Ponape: Kusaie) - = Rc tel esihii (Menogz1) Male pygidium long. narrow. almost purallel-sided, apex concave: last fergie of female with a larger median dorso-posterior projection. Micranesia (Ponape: Truk) uppendicind (Menoz2i) Labia canaca Bure ftom New Caledonia has a male pygidium similar to that of esaki’, but the pygidium of canaca is not tarrowed at base and is more deeply excised posteriorly; the female of canaca has the inner margin of each branch of the forceps irregularly dentated as in dentata, but the pygidium is not short and broad but longer than broad and ending in two irregular posterior projections, the projections separated by a median concavity. Lecation of types: Holotype 3, AOBA: Dunduy. 6/8.1X.1958, B, Malkin; allotype ¢, same data; both in the Bishop Museum. ERROMANGA: | ¢ paratype, Nuankau river camp, 7.VIII.J971, G. F. Gross in the South Australian Museum, Material examined: The types and ANEITYUM; Red Crest, 1 200ft,, 3 m NE of Anelcauhat, 11.1955, |? (end of abdomen missing), L, BE. Cheesman (BRIT. MUS.), Labia curvicauda (Motschulsky) Figs, 22, 23 Forficesila curvicauda Motschulsky, 1863, Bull. Soc. nat, Mescou 36: 2 (Ceylon). Labia curvicauda (Motschulsky); Hincks, 1952, Ann. Mag, nat, Hist. (12) 5; 201 (Espiritu Santo: Malekula; Erramanga). Blackish, abdomen reddish, legs yellow with femora partially darkened, antennae yellow or brown pronotum sometimes yellow. 232 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976 II 13 15 v i | ul il 14 18 12 U 17 16 I9 Figs. 11-19, forceps—11, 12, Nesogaster apicalis Hincks, male and female—13-14, Chaetolabia dentata sp.n. male and female—15-16, Chaetolabia_ stoneri (Caudell), male and female—17, Labia bituberculata Brindle, male—18-19, Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Bormans), male and female. (DR=dorsal ridge). THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES A small depressed species usually recognisable by the relatively small pronotum, which is parallel-sided, and the short broad branches of the forceps, Elytra and wings fully developed, legs short. Each branch of male forceps curved, with a basal wider part, pygidium broad (Fig. 22), Each branch of female forceps broad, more or less straight, and narrowed distally (Fig 23), Length of body 4-5 mm, forceps 0+75- 1-25 mm, World distribution: Cosmopolitan, in all faunal Regions, but mainly adventive in temperate countries. Location of types: Believed lost. Material examined: ESPIRITU SANTO: Luganville, 20. V1.1958, 1¢, B, Malkin (BISHOP). AOBA; Dunduy, 6/8.1X.1958, 1 ¢, B. Malkin (BISHOP). Labia bituberculata Brindle Fig. 17 Labia bituberculata Brindle, 1970, Pacific Insects 12 (3): 675 (Solomon Islands). Reddish-brown to blackish; cuticle punctured and pubescent. A short broad species, very similar to Labia pilicornis (Motschulsky) in the dark form, but distinguished by the structure of the male pygidium, which is smaller than that of pilicornis, the latter having a larger triangular pygidium. Elytra and wings normally developed, Each branch of male forceps simple, evenly and weakly curved (Fig 17); each branch of female forceps similar to those of curvicauda (Fig, 23), but much more slender. Length of body 4-5 mm, forceps 1-1°25 mm, World disiribution: Solomon Tslands Cristobal) and New Hebrides. (San Location of types: Holatype 2, Museum, allotype & in the British Material examined; ESPIRITU SANTO: At light, Apuna river camp 2, 146 m, 30.VHUT,1971, 12, G. F. Gross (SAM). ERROMANGA; 18° 53’ S, 169° 12” E, Agathis-Calophyllum high canopy rainforest. NH 33, 3.VIIL.1971, 14, K, E, Lee (SAM). The above specimens are blackish and much darker than the original material, Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Bormans) Figs. 18, 19 Forfieula hawaiiensis Bormans, 1882, Ann. Mus, civ, Stor, nat. Giacoma Doria 18: 341 (Hawaii). Sphingolabis hawaiiensis (Bormans); Hincks, 1947, Entomologists mon. mag. 83: 67 (Banks Is,; Espiritu Santo; Elephant Is, 7), Very dark reddish or purplish brown, base of wings yellow. Cuticle of head and pronotum more or less impunctate and glabrous, elytra and wings pubescent, hairs sparse and rather long, yellow; abdominal tergites punctured and pubescent, haits short and yellow, bat with long yellow setae in addition; forceps with long golden setae (Figs. 18, 19), Lengih of hedy 10-13 mm, forceps 5-6 mm (males) 3-5-4 mm (feinales). World distribution: Lesser Sunda Islands east- wards to Hawaii, but somewhat sporadic, not in Micronesia; New Guinea and Solomon Islands. Location of types: 4, %, in Genoa Museum. Material examined: BANKS ISLAND: Vanua Lava, Sola, 5/11.V0L,1958, 12, B. Malkin (BISHOP). ESPIRITU SANTO: Apuna river, camp 2, 146 m, 30. VITL.1971-2.1%.1971, 2 9,G. F. Gross (SAM); Namatasopa, 300 m, 29,VIII.1957, Ié, 29, J. L, Gressitt; Namatasopa, 400 m, 31.VIN.1957, light trap, 1°, J. L. Gressitt; Luganville, 23/28.VIL.1958, 19%, 1 larva, B. Malkin (BISHOP), MAEWO: Above Nasua, 180-4 m, 4.1X,1958, 42, 3 larvae, B. Malkin (BISHOP), AOBA: Dunduy, 6/8.1X.1958, 1 larva, B, Malkin (BISHOP). MALEKULA; From rotten log, gentle slope on broad ridge, | kin NNW of summit of Mt. Yang'abalé, 45 km E of Tisvel village, 1.X.1971, 18, 7 larvae, K. E, Lee; Notophyll vine forest, 16° 17’ S, 167° 26’ E, NH 58, 1.X%,197), 3 larvae, K. E. Lee (SAM); Amok, 17,0X.1958, [¢, 1%, B. Malkin (BISHOP). EPI; Ringdove Bay, 21-.VIL.1900, 1a, 12, J. J. Walker (BRIT, MUS.). ERROMANGA: Vicinity of — Ipotak, 3.VHLE.1971, 19, G. F. Gross; Nuankau river camp, 7.VII,1971, 12, G. F. Gross (SAM). TANNA: No locality, VIN,1900, 14, 19. J. J. Walker (BRIT. MUS.), 234 SPONGIPHORINAE Two species of this subfamily are now recorded from the New Hebrides, both in the genus. Marava Burr. Key to species 1. General colouration reddish-brown, or with head, pro- notum, and elytra blackish; wings, when present broadly yellow at bases; forceps of male with branches evenly arcuute, buses not broadened, each branch with one or lwo inner teeth (Fig. 21); forceps of female with a small inner tooth rica)’ base of cach branch (Pig. 20) Marava arachidis (Yersin) General colouration blackish, wings usually present and whitish, blackish on oxternal margins: pronotum broadly white laterally and posteriorly; abdomen often reddish medially or posteriorly and forceps usually pale at bases; forceps of male strongly curved, usoully with « wider part ut base of each branch (Fig. 10), sometimes without (Pig. 9); forceps of female withoul 4 small inner tooth at buse Marava Jeae (Bormiuny) Maraya arachidis (Yersin) Figs. 20, 21 Forficula arachidis Yersin, 1860, Ann. Sac, ent. France 8 (3): 509 (Marseilles, France, introduced). Prolubia arachidis (Yersin), Hineks, 1952, Ann. Mag, nat. Hist. (12) 5: 201 (Erromanga). Marava wallacei (Dohrn); Hincks, 1952, Ann. Mag. nat, Hist. (12) 5: 202 (Malekula). Marava arachidis (Yersin); Hincks, 1954, Proc, R. ent. Soe. Land, (B) 23: 162. Variable in colour and in development of elytra and wings, together with size of eyes. Two forms are concerned in the records from the New Hebrides, (1) Elytra and wings normally developed: blackish to dark reddish-brown, elytra usually paler, wings partially yellow, legs mainly dark, tarsi yellow (Fig. 21), Eyes usually large. (2) Elytra short, wings absent or concealed: reddish to yellowish-brown, legs yellow, ubdomen reddish often darkened laterally (Fig. 20). Eyes smaller, Each branch of male forceps weakly curved, with two inner teeth (Fig. 21) or with one tooth absent; pygidium basically pentagonal (Fig. 21), but somewhat variable. Each branch of female forceps shorter, branches more or less contiguous (Fig. 20). Length of bedy 5-9 mm, forceps 1+5-2°75 mm (males), 0°75-1-25 mm (females). World distribution; Cosmopolitan, in all faunal Regions, often as an adyentive; form 1 is more typical of the Oriental and Australasian Regions, REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (13); 224-238 November, 1976 whilst form 2 appears to dominate in the Neo- tropical and Ethiopian Regions and in the Pacific. Location of types: 8, 9 in the Paris Museum, Material examined: ESPIRITU SANTO: Malau yillage. Big Bay area, 22.VUIL.1971, 12 (form 2), G. F, Gross (SAM), MALEKULA: Ounua, IL/IV,1929, 14 (form 1), L. E. Cheesman (BRIT, MUS.) (specimen recorded in Hincks, 1952). Marava feae (Dubrony) Figs, 9, 10 Lahia jeae Dubrony, 1879, Annali Mus, civ, Ster. nat. Giacoma Doria 14: 368 (New Guinea and Key Islands), Marava feae (Dubrony); Hincks, 1952, Ann. Mag. nat. Hist. (12) §: 201 (Espiritu Santa). Black, rather dull, pronotum broadly whitish laterally and posteriorly, elytra usually uni- colorous but sometimes whitish laterally and along posterior margins; wings, when present, largely whitish; posterior abdominal tergites often more or Jess reddish, forceps black, base and sometimes apex reddish or yellowish (Fig. 9). Elytra and wings usually fully developed but the elytra are short and the wings absent or concealed in the present specimens. Bach branch of male forceps strongly curved, usually with a wider base (Fig. 10) but present specimens have simple forceps (Fig. 9); pygidium broad, usually with two posterior tecth; forceps of female with simple, straight branches, more or less con- tiguous. Length of body 5-6 mm, ferceps 1-1+25 mm, World distribution: New Guinea castwards to Caroline Islands and south to Australia, but present known distribution is sporadic. Location of types: 2, 2 in the Genoa Museum, Material examined: ESPIRITU SANTO: no exact locality, VIILTX.1929, 16; VII.1921, 1%, L. BE. Chees- man (BRIT. MUS.), The above specimens are recorded in Hincks (1952) and are unusual in having no visible wings. in having the elytra broadly whitish posteriorly and laterally, and by the simple male forceps. THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 23 24 Figs, 20-21, Marava arachidis (Yersin)—20, wingless form, female—21, winged form, male. Figs. 22-2 forceps—22-23, Labia curvicauda, male and female—24, Hamexas nigrorufus (Burr), male. Ly CHELISOCHIDAE Mainly Oriental and Australasian in distri- bution. Two species are recorded from the New Hebrides, both in the genus Chelisoches Scudder. Key to species 1. Pronotum parallel-sided, longer than broad: black; head, pronotum, and elytra metallic bluish-green, shoulders, stuilures, and wings violet Chelisoches cheesmanue Hincks Pronotum us broad us long of nearly so, more or less widened posteriorly; black generally, but sometimes elytra and wings metallic bluish or green or sometimes the whole insect is almost uniformly reddish-brown Chelivoches. moria (Fabricius) Chelisoches morio (Fabricius) Forficula morio Fabricius, 1775, Syst, Ent.: 270 (Tahiti). Chelisoches morio (Fabricius): Hincks, 1938, J. Fed, Malay Siates Mus, 18: 313 (New Hebrides). Chelisoches moria (Fabricius); Hincks, 1947, Entomologist's mon. mag, 83: 67 (Espiritu Santo). Chelisoches morio (Fabricius); Rehn, 1948, Trans. Am. ent. Sec, 74: 162 (Efate; Erromanga; Tanna; Aneityuin; Aniwa 7; Fortuna — Futuna). Chelisoches morio (Fabricius); Hincks, 1952, Ann. Mag, nat, Hist. (12) 5; 202 (Male- kula; Espiritu Santo; Efate; Mat). Black, rather shining, antennae black, one or more distal segments white; tarsi yellowish- brown. Sometimes with a bluish or greenish metallic sheen or sometimes almost uniformly reddish-brown. Similar in structure to chees- manae (Fig, 25), but with the pronotum relatively shorter and usually widened posteriorly, Male forceps variable in length and structure, one form similar to those of cheesmanae, or with the basal inner dentation extending down to and including the distal teeth or tooth. Forceps of female simple, but variable in length. Length of body 14-18 mm, forcepy 4-7 mm. World distribution; Nearctic, Palaearctic, and Ethopian Regions as adventive; Oriental Region more commonly, and most common in Pacific and Papuan Regions. Location of types: #, 2 in the British and Kiel Museums. Material examined: BANKS ISLANDS: Vanua Lava, Sola, 5/11. VIl.1958, 2¢, 12, 2 larvae, B. Malkin (BISHOP), REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (15); 224-258 Noventber, 1876 ESPIRITU SANTO; Malau village, Big Bay area, 23.VI1L.1971, 1a, G. F. Gross; Malau village, 23.VIIL1971, at light, 1 larva, G. F, Gross; Apuna river, camp 2, 146 m, 26/28.VUL1971, 2 Jsrvae, G. Robinson; Apuna river, camp 2, in leaf bases of Pandanus, 28/29.VHIL1971, 24,19, K. B. Lee and J, C. Buckerfield: Apuna river, camp 2, 10 km SSW af Malau village, Big Bay area, from litter and leaf bases of Pandanus, Nat terrace on E bank, 27/29.VU.1971, 1¢, 12, 2 larvae, K. E. Lee and J, C. Buckerfield: Apuna river, camp 2, 4.0X%.1971, 29, G. F. Gross, Apuna river, camp 3, at light, 8.1X.1971, 19%, 1 larva, G. F. Gross (SAM); Luganville, 23/28.VIL1958, 59,1 larva, B. Malkin; Narango, 90 m, VL.1960, 34,29, 1 larva, W. W. Brandt; SW, above Namatasopa, 400 m, 30.VIIL1957, L2, 12, J. L. Gressitt; Segond Channel, 1X.1942, 12%, R. L. Dautt; no exact locality, VIN.1950, 12, N, L, H. Krauss; no exact locality, 13.1.1921, 14, F. P. Drowne (BISHOP). MAEWO: Above Nasaua, 150— 180+ m, ATX,1958, 1¢, 6%, 2 larvae, B, Malkin (BISHOP). AOBA: Dunduy, 6/8.1X%,1958, 13, 39, 1 larva, B, Malkin (BISHOP). MALEKULA: Leaf bases of Pandanus in gully, 3 km ENE of Tisvel village, 1.X.1971, 248,19, larva, K. E, Lee and J. C. Bucker- field; from logs, Hurrnamburr, low-lying swamp, 500 m, E of head of Marine Lagoon, 4 km SSE of Wintua. SW Bay, 9.X.1971, 12, K. B. Lee (SAM); Amak, 1 OO0Oft., 15/18.0%,1958, sweep- ing, 12, B, Malkin; Tenmark, L4.TX.1958, 1 larva. B, Malkin (BISHOP). EFATE: La Cascade, W of Vila, 13. VIT.L97L. 1°, 1 larva, G, F. Gross; in secondary forest, de Gaillande estate, Tagabe, 15.VIL1971, 1 larva, G. F. Gross (SAM); Efate, 12,VI,1900, 1¢, J. J. Walker (BRIT. MUS.); NW, Maat (Mat Ambryn Vill.) 3 m, S.VHE1957, 14, 92,3 larvae, J. L. Gressitt; NW, Limestone plateau, N of Maat, 100 m, 19/20,VII.1957, 5a, 10%, 3 larvae, J. L. Gressitt; Vila, 0-50 m, 11,1970, 1¢, 1 larva, N, L. H. Krauss (BISHOP), ERROMANGA: Nuankau = river cump, T/SNVULI971, 24, 19, G. F, Gross; from Pandanus beside secondary milling road, 500 m SW of Nuankau river bridge, 10 km WSW of Ipotak, 8.VIIL1971, 1 larva, J, C. Buckerfield (SAM); 11 km W_ of Ipotak, 100-200 m, 1.1970, 12, N. L. H. Krauss (BISHOP). THE DERMAPTERA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 237 sss alliilis * WJ 26 25 28 Figs, 25-26, Chelisoches cheesmanae Hincks—25, male—26, male genitalia. Figs, 27-28, Auchenomus insularis sp.n—27, female forceps—28, male. (DL=distal lobe; P—paramere; PE=—penis; V=virga). 234% TANNA: Isokoai (Enpinan), 28.V11.1971], at light, 1¢, 1%, G. F. Gross and G. Robinson (SAM); Tanna IJs., 1904, La. J. J, Walker (BRIT. MUS.). ANEITYUM: Vicinity of Anelcauhat, 20/21.VIL1971, 14, 1 larva, G. F. Gross (SAM); Red Crest, 1 200ft, 3 m NE of Aneleauhat, [T.1955, 24, 3%, 2 (abdomen missing), L, E, Cheesman; rain forest, 500- 1 OOOft., X1,1954, 12, L. E. Cheesman (BRIT. MUS.), Chelisoches cheesmanae Hincks Figs. 25, 26 Chelisoches cheesmanae Hincks, 1952, Ann, Mag. nat, Hist. (12) 5; 703 (Banks Is., Vanua Lava). Similar in structure to morio, but rather more robust (Fig. 25); separable mainly by the colour- ation, and by the shape of the pronotum, of which the latter character is the more satis- factory, The forceps are robust but are similar to some forms of morio in shape. The genitalia of cheesmanae (Fig. 26) are similar to those of morio but the parameres are more slender and the two sclerites associated with the base of the virga are unequal in size whilst those of morio examined are usually subequal in size, The differences, however, are small, Length of body 13 mm, forceps 5 mm. World distribution: New Hebrides, endemic. Remarks: No other specimen has been recorded and the type remains unique. Location of type: Holotype ¢ in the British Museum. Hamaxas nigrorufus (Burr) Fig, 24 Spongiphora nigrorufa Burr, 1902, Term. Fuzet. 25: 480 (New Guinea). Hamaxas papuanus Burr, 1909, Nova Guinea 9; 23, Spongovostox nigrorufus (Burr); Burr, 1911, Genera Insectorum 122; 52, Hamaxas nigrorufus (Burr); Burr, 1916, J. R. Micr. Soc. 1916: 10, REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (13): 221-238 November, 1976 Blackish in colour, legs dark red to blackish, sometimes yellow; abdomen and forceps dark red or with abdomen darkened, A. rather depressed species. Elytra and wings punctured and pubescent, always fully developed, Each branch of male forceps arcuate, with one inner tooth, pygidium short with posterior margin concave and postero-lateral angles produced (Fig, 24), Branches of female forceps shorter, wider near base, narrowed distally and more or less straight and contiguous, pygidium angular. Length of body 7-9 mm, forceps 3-4*5 mm (males), 1-5-2*5 mm (females), World distribution: From Celebes eastwards to New Guinea and Solomon Islands, and extend- ing across the Pacific to Hawaii, Location of type: &, 2 in the Hungarian National Museum, Material examined; ESPIRITU SANTO: Apuna river camp, 1.1X.1971, 12, G. F. Gross (SAM); Narango, 90 m, VI.1960, 12, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP). EFATE: NW Limestone plateau, N of Maat, 100 m, 19.VIII.1957, 12, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP). ERROMANGA;: Kauri camp (on Nuankau River) 3.VII1L1971, 22, G. F. Gross (SAM). REFERENCES Brindle, A, 1971, A review of the genus Nesoguster Verhoeff (Dermaptera; Labiidae). Enteamologis’s mon, mag. 107: 114-126. Burr, M., 1908, Catalogue des Forficulides dex collections du Museum de Paris. Bull. Mus. natn Hist, nat. Paris 1908: 29-33, Dohrn, H., 1864, Versuch einer Monographie der Dermap- teren (part) Steffin, ent. Ztg, 25: 885-296. Hincks, W. D... 1938, ‘The Dermaptera of Oceania, J, Fed. Malay States Mus, 18; 299-318, , 1947, Dermaptera from the New Hebrides and Lord Howe lL. Entemelogist’s mon, mag. 83; 65-67. , 1951, Notes on some species of Nesogaster (Dermaptera: Labiidae). Ann. Mag. nat, Hist, (12) 4: 562-576, , 1952, The Dermaptera of the New Hobrides. Ann, Mag. nat, Hist, (12) 53 200-204, , 1954, Notes on Dermaptera. Proc R. ent. Soc, Lend, (B) 23; 159-163. Rehn, J, A. C, 1948, Dermaptera records from the Solomon, New Hebrides, and Loyalty Islands. Trans, Am. ent. Soc. 74; 159-163, RECORDS oF THE Ir Y Cos “) SOUTH AUSTRALIAN (5, MUSEUM THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS (NEMATODA, SPIRURIDA) IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS By PATRICIA M. MAWSON Zoology Department University of Adelaide SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide S t i 00 | outh Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 14 Ist February, 1977 THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS (NEMATODA, SPIRURIDA) IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS BY PATRICIA M. MAWSON Summary Australian Microtetrameres species were taken only from birds of the orders Accipitriformes, Cuculiformes, Strigiformes, Caprimulgiformes and Passeriformes. Considerable host specificity was noted. Fifteen new species are proposed, named after the host group or genus: M. meliphagidae, M. philemon, M. mirafrae, M. gymnorhinae, M. streperae, M. cractici, M. coracinae, M. sphecotheres, M. eopsaltriae, M. aegotheles, M. paraccipiter, M. cerci, M. raptoris, M. ninoctis and M. tytonis. M. helix Cram (syn. M. corax Schell) was identified from Australian corvids, and M. oriolus Petrov and Tschertkova from an Australian oriole. The shape and size of the hilt of the left spicule are regarded as of taxonomic value. A key is given based on male characters and a partial key based on female characters. THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS (NEMATODA, SPIRURIDA) IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS By PATRICIA M, MAWSON Zoology Department, University of Adelaide ABSTRACT MAWSON. PATRICIA M. ‘Trovassos (Nematoda, Spirurida) in Australian birds, S.A, Mus, TL (14); 239-259, The genus Micrererranieres Ree, Australian Microtetrameres species were taken only from birds of the orders Accipitriformes, Cuculiformes, Strigiformes, Caprimulgiformes and Passeriformes. Considerable host specificity was noted, Fifteen new species are proposed, named after the host group or genus: M. meli- phagidae, M. phileman, M. mirafrac, M. aynnorhinae, M. stréperae, M. ecractici, M. coracinae, MM. sphecotheres, M. eapsaltriae, M. aegatheles, MM. paraceipiter, M. cerci, M, raploris, M. ninoetis and M. tytonis, M helix Cram (syn, M, corax Schell) was identified from Australian corvids. and M. erio/us Petrov and Tschertkova from an Australian oriole. The Shape and size of the hilt of the Jeft spicule are regarded as of taxonomic value. A key is given based on male characters and a partial key based on female characters, INTRODUCTION No species of the genus Microfetrameres has ever been recorded front Australian birds. This is surprising, since in dissections made in this Department the incidence of species of this genus has been relatively high in some bird groups (Table 1), In honeyeaters, Microtetrameres spp. are the most common nematode parasites, In water birds (waders, gulls, grebes, carmor- ants, petrels) the same niche in the hody is occupied by species of Tetrameres, Species of Microtetrameres have, however, been recorded from water birds in other countries—M_ cuna- densis Mawson, 1956 (¢ only), M. egreres Rasheed, 1960, M, pelecani Skrjabin, 1949 ( 4 only), and M. spiralis Seurat, 1915. In our dis- sections both Microtetrameres and Tetrameres have been taken from an ow] and from falcons— in two cases both parasite genera were repre- sented in the same host animal. Microtetrameres is a relatively homogenous genus in which the species haye many characters in common, Ellis (1970) considers the female specimens as the type of a species; because of the dissimilarity in the appearance of the sexes, he allows the alloca- tion of a male to a species only when this has been proved by breeding from the eggs of the hot February, 1977 \ female, In the present work, it is considered that the form of males belonging to the genus Micro- retrameres is characteristic of the genus, and that in general the occurrence of male and. female specimens in the same host specimen is evidence of conspeciticity. The characters considered to be of the greatest taxonomic Use are discussed below in the section “Characters of specific importance”, The division of the genus into two subgenera, as proposed by Rasheed (1960), has not been followed, because of the sporadic occurrence of a poorly developed gubernaculum in some speci- mens of some species in the Australian material. Most of the Micretetrameres spp. recognised show a marked degree of host specificity among cuculiform and passeriform birds, and less among birds of prey. Almost all the species found in Australian birds are regarded as new. Excep- tions are M, helix Cram from crows, and M, oriolus Petroy and Tschertkova from an oriole. M_ mirafrae n.sp. fram a lark and a flycatcher is yery close to M, jakutensis Kontrimevichus from related birds in U.S.S.R., and M, parac- cipiter nsp. from an Australian Accipiter sp. is very close to M. accipiter Schell from an Ameri- can Accipirer sp. It is noteworthy that Cervus, Mirafra, Oriolus, and Accipiter ate regarded as relatively recent arrivals in Australia (late Pliocene or Pleistocene), METHODS Adult female Microtetrameres were taken from the proventricular glands of the host. Infected glands are readily recognisable by their dark colour, and pressure on the adjoining pro- ventricular wall causes the worm to pop out of the gland. The female lies in the gland with the tail end nearest the opening and often pro- truding through it (Fig. 61). Males and very young fetnales are usually in the mucus on the surface of the proventriculus, but in two or three cases a male has apparently come out of a gland with a female. The greatest numbers of females present in one individual host were 40 in Tyto alba and 30 in Cervus mellori, This compares poorly with 250 females from a Golden Eagle and 102 from a Great Horned Owl recorded by Schell (1953, p. 227). 240 The worms were fixed in 70% alcohol. The measurements of all species described are given in Tables 2-7. In all cases the length of the whole oesophagus and of the muscular part of the oesophagus has been taken from the anterior end of the body to the posterior end of the organ in question. Measurements of the spicules have been taken along their whole length. In giving the locality of specimens the State is ubbreviated as follows: SA, South Australia; NT, Northern Territory; Qld, Queensland; NSW, New South Wales; ACT. Australian Capital Ter- ritory; Tas, Tasmania; Vic, Victoria. Types of new species will be deposited in the South Austraban Museum, and otber matetial in the Helminthological Collection of the Zoology Department, University of Adelaide. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE AUSTRALIAN SPECIES The head (Plate 1; Figs. |, 2. 3 and 4). bears two lateral lips each with three swellings—a lateral one bearing the amphid, and a dorsal and a ventral with the submedian cephalic papillae. The mouth opening is more or less hexagonal. The inner circle of papwlae around the mouth, described by Ali (1970), were not seen. The buccal capsule is well-developed. In the male it is laterally compressed, in the female barrel- or urn-shaped. In both sexes the anterior part is connected by a relatively thin cuticular sleeve to a chitinised basal ring lying just above the anterior end of the oesophagus. The oesophagus consists of an anterior nar- rower inuscwar and a longer glandular section. The nerve ring surrounds the anterior section at about 4 to # its length; the excretory pore is shortly behind this and the small cervical papillae at or behind the level of the excretory pore, The cervical papillae ace seldom distin- guishable in the gravid female. as the cuticle becomes inflated and folded in this region, In the female there is sometimes an apparent intes- tinal diverticulum, as the oesophagus joins the intestine obliquely; in one case (M. rapteris) two distinct diverticula are formed at this june- tion. Female: The shape of the coil of the female varies to some extent among individuals, but the general form is more or less constant in one species. There are three types of coil, the spiral, the reversed spiral, and the irregular (Figs, 61, 72. 51), There is some evidence that the form is influenced by ihe shape of the gland REC. 5, AUST. MUS,, (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977 which in some birds (e.g. honeyeasters) is shal- low, in other (e.g. falcons and hawks), deep and narrow. It seems tmpossible that the form of the call can change. or be assumed as the worm emerges fram the gland, as suggested by Ellis (1969, p. 716). In fact, if the whole infested gland be dissected out and cleared, the contained worn, in its typical coil, can be seen inside (Fig. 61). It appears that whether fertilised or not, the female enters the gland at an early stage (its bady somewhat twisted and only slightly swol- len). Young female worms have been found to thicken and coil before any eggs are visible (Fig. 72), so the swelling is oot caused by pressure of eggs. Eggs are produced in great numbers even in unfertilised females. The shape of the female with infertile eggs is similar to that of the female with fertile eggs although on closer inspection it is seen that the unembryonated eggs are thin-shelled, often mis-shapen, and smaller than tertile eggs of the same species, Both fer- tile and infertile eggs may be present in one female. The posterior end of the fernale is often sur- rounded by a prepuce formed by overgrowth of the preyulvar cuticle; this is not seen in young females, Male; The tip of the tail ends in a Small ball point, tn all the Australian specimens there are two pairs of pre-anal papillae shortly in front of the cloaca, two pairs of post-anal papillae on the first half of the tail and a pair of phasmids laterally at }-% of the tail length from the anus. In most specimens the papillac are not exactly symmetrical; in a very few, one papilla is missing or one extra is present, The odd one is always aligned longitudinally with the others, and is never medial. The position of the papillae with relation to the tail length yarics within the limits noted above; this variation is, however, as great among individuals from one host as among all the specimens examined from any host, The phasmids are usually small and often hard to see. It is presumed that they are present in all specimens, The left, and longer spicule has a relatively short cylindrical hilt proximally and ends in a small terminal ula, The tip of the spictle within the ala is usually cleft or otherwise imperfectly chitinised. The shorter right spicule is simple and acicular or rounded at the tip, There is some thickening of the dorsal wall of the cloaca in soine specimens, but this appears to be a vari- able feature, apparent in one or two specimens IHk GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAYASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 24) of a number of species. In one species (M, raptaris) it is well-developed in all the males (16), and in another it is present but only lightly chitinised in the three males available, CHARACTERS OF SPECIFIC IMPORTANCE Females; The form of the coil is not a specific character, as even among females from the same bird there are variations, some a simple coil, some teversed once or twice. The length of the oesophagus and of its com- ponent parts, the position of the nerve ring, the cervical papillae (seen only in young specimens) and the excretory pore are very similar in all specimens examined. The presence or absence of an intestinal diverticulum at the point of junction with the oesophagus is cited by some authors as a specific character; however, in the gravid female its absence can only be ascertained by dissection, Ellis (1969) considered that the size and shape of the buccal capsule and of the eggs, and the presence or absence of cuticular ridges and flanges, is sufficient to differentiate the females of the various species of Mucroteframeres, and he gave (p, 718) a key to species from the western hemisphere bused on these characters iti the female. In the Australian specimens, only a single worm was seen with cuticular flanges, and this was among and in other respects similar to, unflanged females taken from the same specimen of Corvus bennetti. Most of the theasutements of female worms are subject to error because of cuticular inflation to which the specimens are subject and because of the many curves of the intact worm. In the present work the meuasure- ments of ihe female considered to be most felt uble ure those cited by Ellis. ie. those of the largest fertile egg and of the buccal capsule, However, these characters are not sufficiently varicd throughout the genus to form the sole basis for the identification of the species. The difficulties of identification of species from females only is apparent in the key given below in which only female characters are used. As some species are represented only by feinales, this key is given here, although the species are by no means fully segregated. Males: In the male as in the female the posi- tion of the nerve ting, cervical papillae and excretory pore in relation to each other and to the end of the muscular oesophagus is. similar in all specimens examined, The same situation is found with the positions of pre- and post-cloacal papillae. Judging from figures given by authors, there is a marked similarity between the arrange- ment of the caudal papillae in all Micratetrameres species, except where a larger number of papillae have been described, From some descriptions it seems likely that a third pair of post-anal papillae are in fact the phasmids. Schell (1953) suggested that the position of the constriction in the male reproductive tube between the testis and the vas deferens, might be a constunt character within a species. ‘This feature, however, is not clear in all of the Australian specimens and has not been used by other workers, Schell also used as a specific character the presence or absence af a “ball point” on the tip of the tail. Such a point is present on all the Australian males, Another character used by Schell as a dis- tinguishing feature, is the shape of the tip of the left spicule. However, this character must be used with discretion as the tip may appear bifur- cate m one view and rounded in another. The tip in almost all the Australian specimens is more or less cleft, or is imperfectly chitinised. In the present study, the characters of the spicules have been considered most useful in diagnosis. The length of the longer spicule in relation to the body length, the ratio of the lengths of the two spicules and the shape and proportions of the hilt (proximal end) of the left spicule, appear to be of value im separating species. The spicule ratio hus been used by many authors. In the present study both the spicule ratio and the shape and size of the hilt of the left spicule were found to be similar in specimens from the same host bird, and this similarity extends to those from the same host speeics and often to those from related species, from the same and different localities. At the same time, the spicule ratio and the shape and size of the hilt differ, often markedly, from those of speci- mens from hosts belonging to u different group even from the same locality. The shape of the hilt (tapering, or slighty bulbous, etc.) as well as the actual length:width ratio has been con- sidered. To obtain this ratio, referred to in Tables 1-7 as the Hilt Factor, the width is mea- sured across the base of the cylindrical part of the spicule in lateral view, just anterior to the longitudinal groove, in the position indicated in Fig, 6 by line wh; the length is the distance from this level to the proximal end of the spicule. The chief limitation to the use of the hilt of the left spicule as a specific character is that in a few specimens it is damaged or folded over so 242 that the shape, or at least the measurements, are not clear. As the hilt has seldom been noted by other workers, it cannot be used to compare the Australian specimens with many of the species already described. However, through the kind- ness of the Beltsville Parasitological Laboratory (U.S. Department of Agriculture), and of Dr, Schell (University of Idaho), male specimens of M. helix Cram, M. aquila Schell, M. bubo Schell, M. accipiter Schell and M. corax Schell, have been examined, and some comparisons have REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977 been made. In particular it was noted (1) that the hilt has a different shape in each of Schell’s species (Figs. 5, 55, 56 and 57) and (2) that the shape is similar in M. helix (Cram’s speci- mens), M. corax (Schell’s specimen) and speci- mens from Australian corvids. The characters which have emerged as most indicative of the species among male worms are the body length, the spicule lengths, the length and breadth of the hilt of the left, or longer, spicule, and the length of the buccal capsule, TABLE 1 Incidence of Microtetrameres spp. and Teframeres spp. in “‘land” birds dissected. Numbers refer to specimens, not species. Number with Bird Group Number Number with Micratetrameres | Number with Number with Dissected Nematodes sp. Tetrameres spp. | Other spp. | Passeriformes— Alaudidae ........ Leth Se: 2 1 | | — 1 Motacillidae .............. ti 1 1 _ Campephagidae ..... 2.0... 16 11 5 8 Muscicapidae ............. 50 11 6 10 Pachycephalidae ........... 37 16 7 —* 4 Falcunculidae ........, Jeti 7 7 I = 6 Meliphagidae ........... 199 45 | 38 — | 18 074s) \ 1s Et Sand ane 6 2 | 2 | a Grallinidae .......,......- 34 11 2 — 10 Cracticidae ,....,-.)-., 245 100 51 27 — 4) Corvidae ........4. 77 69 24 _ 61 Other families 385 42 — = 42 Caprimulgiformes |... ....-...- 21 1] I = 11 Coraciiformes 2... 0... ..0.. 000 28 \4 — 1 13 Strigeiformes ...,.-..0...24...- 25 | 17 8 2 12? Accipitriformes . 22,2. .56.)--,- 59 38 19 2 29 Cuculiformes .,..... 00sec eee | 21 4 at 2 Columbiformes . 06... 060 0c ve 43 = = 1 Psittaciformes 1, .:,24ss402nssie | 157 1 -_ 3 PG aN 100) oe eR 56 Vy =e 7 12 Galliformes 2... .... 0.02.00. - | 7 = = 2 LIST OF AUSTRALIAN SPECIES MUSCICAPIDAE ARRANGED UNDER THEIR HOSTS Microeca leucophaea (Latham). M. mirafrae The following is a list of hosts from which n.sp.; 2/9 SA; 1/2 NT. Microtetrameres spp. have been taken. The fopsaltria australis (Shaw). M. eopsaltriae numbers after each species indicates the number nsp.: 2/2 SA, of host specimens in which Microtetrameres were found/the number of specimens examined. Microtetrameres is shown as M, throughout, PASSERIFORMES ALAUDIDAE Mirafra javanica Horstield, M. mirafrae n.sp.; 1/2, NT. CAMPEPHAGIDAE Coracina novaehollandiae (Gmelin). M. cora- cinae n.sp.; 1/2 SA, 0/1 Tas, 0/2 NT. Coracina hypoleuca Gould. M. coracinae n.sp.; 1/1 NT. Lalage sueuri tricolor (Swainson) M. sp.; 2/3 SA. FALCUNCULIDAE Oreoica gutturalis (Vig. & Horsf.) M. sp.; 1/1 SA; 1/5 NT, Ptiloris sp. M. sp.5 1/1. MELIPHAGIDAE Meliphaga virescens (Vieillot) M. meliphagidae nsp.; 4/15 SA; O/5 NT. Meliphaga leucotis (Latham) M. meliphagidae nsp.; 2/10 SA, Manorina melanocephala (Latham) M. meli- Phagidae n.sp.; 2/7 SA; 1/1 ACT, Manorina flavigula Gould. M. meliphagidae n.sp.; 1/5 SA; 0/1 NT. THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS Entomyzon cyanotis (Latham), n.sp.; 2/4 NT. Philemon citreogularis (Gould). M. philemon nsp,; 3/3 NT, Philemon argenticeps n.sp.; 3/11 NT, Anthochoera chrysoptera (Latham). M, meli- phagidae n.sp.; 3/11 SA. Anthochoera carunculata (Shaw) M. mielipha- gidae n.sp.; 5/10 SA. Acanthocephala rufogularis Gould. M. melipha- gidae n.sp.; 10/18 SA; 0/5 NT. M. philemon (Gould). M. philemon ORIOLIDAE Oriolus sagittatus (Latham) M. oriolus oriolus Petrov & Tschertchova. 1/3 NT. Sphecotheres flaviventris Gould, M, sphecotheres nsp.; 1/2 NT, GRALLINIDAE Corcorax melanorhamphus (Vieillot) M. helix Cram 2/9 SA. CRACTICIDAR Strepera versicolor (Latham) M. streperae n.sp,; 1/7 SA; 0/1 NT. Cracticus torqudatus (Latham), M, cractici n.sp.; 1/5 SA. Gymnorhina tibicen tibicen (Latham) M. gym- norhinae nsp.; 0/4 SA; 0/2 NT, 8/16 ACT, Gymnorhina tibicen leuconota Gould. M. gym- norhinae n.sp.; 9/58 SA, CORVIDAE Corvus mellori Mathews. M. helix Cam. SA; 11/48 Tas, Corvus bennetti North. M. helix Cram 3/3 NT. Corvus orru Bonaparte. M. helix Cram. 0.2 SA; 4/7 NT. Corvus coronoides Vig. & Horsf. M. helix Cram. 4/5 SA, CAPRIMULGIFORMES Aegoatheles cristata Shaw. M. aegotheles n.sp.; 0/2 SA; 0/1 Tas; 1/3 NT. 8/9 CUCULIFORMES Cuculys pallidus (Latham) M. coracinae n.sp.; 1/4 NT: 0/1 Tas. Cacomantis variolosus Vig, & Horsf. M. caco- mantis n.sp., 1/1 NT. Cacomantis pyrrhophanus Vieillot. M, sp,; 1/9 A; 1/1 Tas. 2 243 ACCIPITRIFORMES Accipiter fasciatus Vig. & Horsf. M. paraccipiter nsp.; 3/5 SA; 1/1 Tas; 3/3 NT- Accipiter cirrhocephalus Vieillot. M. sp.j 2/2 SA; 1/1 Tas; 0/2 NT, Circus assimilis Jard, & Selby. M. cirei n.sp. Falco berigora Vig. & Horsf. M. raptoris n.sp.; 2/4 SA; 0/1 Tas; 3/7 NT, F. longipennis Swainson M. raptoris n.sp.; 0/2 Tas; 1/3 NT. F. cenchroides Vig. & Horsf, M, raproris n.sp; 1/5 SA; 0/1 NT. F. peregrinus Tunstall. M. raptoris n.sp.; 2/4 SA. STRIGIFORMES Ninox noyaeseelandiae (Gmelin) M. raptoris nsp.; M, vinoctis n.sp.; 4/12 SA; 0/1 Tas; 3/4 NT, Tyto alba (Scopoli) M, tytonis n.sp,; 0/6 SA; 1/1 NT. Keys to Microtetrameres spp. Two keys are offered. The first has been compiled from male characters. The second key, based only on the females, is necessarily restricted, but is included as the information conveyed may help other workers. In some cases the ratios used were not given by the authors but have been calculated from data provided, Abbreviations have been used to assist in the lay-out of the keys, as follows: HF, hilt factor; L, left; pap, papillae; R. right; spic. spicule; sp. rat, spicule ratio- All measurements are in jum, 1. Key to male Microtetrameres spp. J. Gubernaculum absent or weakly developed . 2 Gubernaculum present .. 6, sa 2) 2. .s 42 2. (1) Median preanal pap. ptesent we -aat OS Median preanal pap. absent... .. .. . 4 3. (2) Sp. rat. 6°2; median preanal pap. on lip of cloaca .. M. calabocencis Diaz-Ungria Sp. ratio 15-8: median preanal pap, anterior io cloacal lip «. .. M. inermis (Linstow) 4. (2) Fewer than two preanl papillae .. .. 5 Two or more pre pairs of preanal papillae 4 5. (4) No preanal papillae .. M, xiphidiopici Barus One pair of preanal papillae - a e A MM. crust (Travassos) 6, (4) Three pairs of preanal papillae .. Two pairs of preanal papillae .. . 9 7. (6) Sp, rat. 32. « M, paenep bal Oshmarin Sp. rat, 25.26 ok 8 8 8. (7) R. spic, 85-88 .- _M, erythrorhynchi Ali R. spic. 150 2. 2. .. M. cunadensiy Mawson 9, (6) L, spic, longer than ‘body test tans TO L. spice. not laut than body .. ., ,. 11 10, (9) Sp. rat. 16-22, . MM, soleulata Boyd Sp. rat. 37 .. 1. M. helix astalicus Oshmarin Ji. (9) Four pairs of post-claacal Pap, M. oshmarini Sobolev Not more than three pairs of post-cloacal PIDs or ve te le ot wo ios TZ 244 12. (11) 13, (12) 14. (12) (5. (14) 16. (15) 17. (15) 18. (17) 19, (18) 20. (18) 21, (20) 22. (14) 23. (22) 24, (23) 2§ (22) Vestibule 30 long .. 27, (26) 28. (27) 29, (27) 30, (29) 31. (26) 32. (31) 33. (31) 34. (33) REC, S. AUST. MUS,, (17-14); Adanal pap. present... .. 2... 2... 13 Adanal pap. absent .. ., Id One pair of adanal pap, M, pusilla Travassos Two pairs of adanal pap. M, travassosi Rasheed R, spic longer than tail .. ©. 1. 0, 4. 15 R. spic. shorter than tail .. ci ve pa ee) 22 L. spic. less than 1200 ., ., .. «. .. 16 L. spic. more than 1300 .. .. .. 4. 17 Vestibule length 25 M. cloacitectus Oshmarin Vestibule length 19 ,. .. M, singhi Sultana Sp. rai, over 18 .. . M, century Barus Spicule ratio not more than 17 ~~ 18 Sp. rat. less than 9... ye ee ye 1D Sp. rat. between 10-17 ., .. -- -. 20 Junction of vas deferens and testis 500-600 from cloaca... ,, .. M. bubo Schell Junction of yas deferens and cloaca 800-900 from cloaca .. .. .» M. aquila Schell Vestibule about 10 long , M, copyaltriae n.sp. Vestibule at least 13 long .. .. .. «. 2 Hilt of L. spic, very long: HF 6-8-1 M. cacomantiy nsp. Hilt of L, spic, shorter; HF 2°5-3+3 M, cerci nysp, L. spic, 3200 Jong or more .. «. -. .. 23 L, spic, not longer than 3100 .. 4... 25 Spicule ratio not more than 30; parasitic in crows .. . M. helix helix Cram Spicule ratio more than 34 24 Spicule ratio 36: parasitic in hornbills M. contarta (Wiedman) Spicule ratio 40-45; parasitic in hornbills M. bucerotidae Ortlepp _ M. spiralis (Seurat) Vestibule not longer than 25 -.- 26 Sp. rat. 11 or less .. sb ce an at Sp. rat. 12 or more .: -. .. 31 L. spic. not more than half body length 28 L. spice. more than half body length 29 Hilt of L, spic, long, slender; HF 4-7-5-6 M. sphecotheres usp. Hilt of L. spic. shorter; HF 1+6-1:9 M. tytoniy tsp. R. spic. 120 long M, oriolus orientalis Oshmarm R. spic, 80-100 long .. 6. ee ee ve ee 30 From Tachyphonus sp., Brazil M. minima (Travassos) From Cracticus sp,, Australia M, cracticus n.sp. L. spic. not longer than 1050: egg longer than a ‘ «s 32 L. spice. not shorter than 1060; egg shorter than 60 2. 6. wa ae my) 33 R. spic. 66; vestibule 19 fone Mf. longiovatus Barus i oe R. spic. LOO; vestibule 14 long M. asveunetrica Oshmarin Vestibule 21 or more long .. .. 1. 5, 34 Vestibule not longer than 20 .. -. .. 35 L, spic. over 2500 Jong: {/1-1 of body length .. 2. 2... M. @. erielny Oshmarin L, spic. less than 2500 Jong; 1/1+7-1-8 of body length . M. accipiter Schell 35. (33) 36, (35) 37. (35) 38. (37) 39, (38) 40. (39) 41, (40) 42. (40) 43, (42) 44, (42) 45. (44) 46. (1) 47, (46) 48. (47) 49, (46) 50. (49) 51, (50) 52, (49) 7 <. 239-259 Fubruary, 1977 Tail more than 1-5 times fam of R. spic .. ., pe ph 8 Tail not more > than 1: 5 times ‘Tength of R. 0) on Nt wee tn «aT L, spic. 2032- 2270: vestibule 16 long M. ariolus rasheéedae Skrjabin et al. 1250; vestibule 11 long M. aegotheles n.sp. .. M. pardecipiter isp. 38 L. spic. over 2200 long ,, M, philemon tsp. L. spic. not longer than 2200 .. .. 39 Sp, rat, 2] we M. Sp. rat, not more than 20 ,, .. -, .- L. spic. Vestibule 18-20 long Vestibule not more than 16°5 long ,. .. streperde tsp. 40 41 42 wagiet R. spic. almost equal to tail length .. R. spic, distinctly less than tail Jength . . Vestibule elongate in shape ., .. Af. Vestibule almost as wide as long M. meliphagidae tusp. Vestibule not more than |1 long .. .. 43 Vestibule not less than 12 long .. 44 HF @°1-7°9 ,. «. «. 2. M, coracinae n.sp. HF 3-4 .. . M. mirafrae nsp, From small passerines in Russia M. jakulensis Kontrimavichus From Australian birds 2. 0...) +» 45 HF 2+2-3+3; hilt more or less cylindrical M. raptoris n.sp. HF 3:3-4-4; hilt tapering towards extremity M, gymnorhinae n.sp. Spic, rat, under 11 .. .. 47 Sp. rat. over 13 ,, 49 Length of oesophagus less ita | that of body M. tubocluacis Oshmarin Length of oesophagus 4-4 that of body 48 L. spic, 1125; R, spic. 220-260 M. rasheedae Sultana 1950-2120; R, spic. 142 M. cephalatus Sultana over 2200 Jong .. 4. aa 50 not longer than 2000 . 52 less than hall tail length; vestibule 23 M.. egretes Rasheed R. spic. more than half tail length; vestibule VP or 1a8s pete cere et oer ba cia te a R, spic. 100-110 .. 2, ». M, ninoetis n.sp. R. spic. 190-230 ..M, malabari Ali 20-21 long JS M. ereplini (Vavilova) M.. rapteris psp. 28 long .. pe te ae ve 653 tail 100-120 M, osmaniae Rasheed R. spic. 80-90; tail 140-180 M. mirzae Rasheed L. spic. L. spic. L, spic. R. spice. otoetoiwe Gubernaculum Gubermaculum R, spic. 50-80; Key ta female Microtetrameres spp. M_ conterta Wiedman is not included, as the length of the vestibule is not known; the eggs are 40-45 x 20-25 jum. 1. Eggs very long, 70 at least .. .. -. -- -. Eggs very short, under 40... 5. 6, 0, ye ee Egg length between 40-60 .. .. .. -. «- why THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS. Eggs 80-82 x 36-39; from Lanius sp. M, asymmetrica Ashroatin Eggs 70-73 x 20-23; from Glaucidium sp. M. longiovata Barus Eggs 39 x 26; vestibule 39 long M. erythrorhynchi Ali Egg 36 x 21; vestibule 24 long M. travassosi Rasheed Egg 36 x 20: vestibule 20 long M, inermis (Linstow) Egg 35 x 15, vestibule 24 long M, cegretes Rasheed Vestibule not more than 12 ene te tates tae 3 Vestibule more than 12 long ., .. «. +. ee) 66 Vestibule 12 Ing evg 45 x 24; trom Tachyphonus sp, . . .. M. minima (Vravassos) Vestibule 9 loa epes “42-49 x 28: from Turdus sp. . ve ta ot MM, pusilla Travassos Vestibule 12 ons eggs 45 x 25-26: fram Aexo- theles sp. ae , M. aegathéles n,sp. Vestibule not CAP Ehart 20 ne oe ce een toy 7 Vestibule longer than 20 -. 2-2 7. 2. we we 1 Body with two longitudinal flanges M,. acciptier Schell Body without flanges ,. 2. 6, 2. cy pe ey 8 Breadth of egg not more than 28 ,, -. -, -. 9 Breadth of egg more than 28 .. 1, .. 2. 12 Vestibule twice or more, as Jong us wide .. 10 Vestibule less than twice as long as wide ., 11 Egg length 40 ., .oM, canadensis Mawson Ege Jength 45-49 .. .. M-. ashmarini Sobolev Ege length 50-60 ., .) M. cruzii Travassos Vestibule 17-19; egg 44-46 x 23-26 M. paraccipiter tap. Vestibule 17-19: egg 43-50 x 26-28 M. raptoris tsp Vestibule 19; egg 46 x 26... ©. M, ninoctis n.sp, Vestibule 15-17: egg 42-44 x 24-27 M. tytonis n.sp. Vestibule 17-19; egg 45 x 25-26 M, cacomaniix n.sp. Vestibule 18-20; egg 44-48 x 24-26 M, osmaniae Rasheed From Passeriformes: Vestibule 15; egg 46-49 x 29-3] Vestibule 17; egz 49-53 x 32 M. jukutensts Kontrimavichus Vestibule 16: egg 44 x 31 ., M. eopsaliriae nsp. Vestibule 13; ege 44 x 29 .. M. cvracinae asp. Vestibule 13-16; egg 45-50 x 31-35 M, meliphagidae 16-19: ege 47-50 x 31-33 M. philemon nsp. 33-34 nF aire perde Vestibule 17-20: egg 49-51 x 31-33 M. gymnorhinae sp. . M, saguei Barus nsp. Vestibule Vestibule 14-17; cge 51-55 x TLSp. From Piciformes: Vestibule 19; egg 49-53 x 33-38 M, centuri Barus From Coraciiformes: Vestibule 18; egg 42-45 x 30-32 M. buetrotidae Ortlepp 245 13, From birds of prey ., -. ,- 4, eu ey vy) M4 From other groups of birds ~ } Ocsophaugus—Total ........4.5. 1 600 — 850-1 200 —_ 1200 — 980-1 400 — 900-1450 — Muse. 260 _ 220-320 — 270-280 _ 200-300 — 280-300 ~_ Vestibula—Length ---.-.,,.,.,. 13-15 —_ 14-16 — 16 = 14-16 — 16-19 _ Eat. Breadth ........ 10-12 _— 10-11 _~ 10-11 — 10-11 — 10-12 —_— Ant. end Nerve ring .........,- 140 — 150-175 — 160-170 a 130.160 — 140-160 ay DAD Osh ihe Che tesett eHelofet obeele chaccba ovate 80-120 _— 120-140 — 150 — 20 = 130 = Post. end vulva oo... eee ee 130-220 — 220-270 — 240 — 230 = 230 — Ege—Length .............5 44 49-50 — 48-50 — 50 — 50 _— 46-50 _ Breadth 31-35 — 31-33 =—t | 30 —_— 31-33 i — 31-33 — | ' 43 248 REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977 , 19 22 NN 800 pm Figs. 11-23, M. meliphagidae; unless otherwise stated, all from type host, 11, anterior end of male; 12 and 13, lateral and ventral views of posterior end of male; 14, 15, 16, 17, and 18, hilt of left spicule; 14, from type host: 15 and 16, from Anthochoera sp.. 17. from Myzantha sp.; 18, from Meliphaga sp.; 19, entire female; 20, head of female; 21 anterior end of female; 22, posterior end of female; 23, egg. Figs. 11, 12 and 13 to same scale; Figs. 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20 and 23 to same scale; Figs. 21 and 22 to same scale. Microtetrameres meliphagidae n.sp. Flinders Ranges, SA; Anthochoera chrysop- Figs. 11-23; Table 4 tera, Naracoorte, and Mt. Barker, SA; A. carunculata, Adelaide, Eyre Peninsula and Hosts and localities: Acanthogenys rufogularis, . gen) fog Yorke Peninsula, SA. Pt. Augusta, Flinders Ranges, Blanchetown, Meningie, SA; Meliphaga _ virescens, The male of this species is of medium size, Blanchetown, Eyre Peninsula and the with a short buccal capsule almost as wide as Flinders Ranges, SA; M. leucotis, Eyre long. The left spicule is rounded, with a small Peninsula, SA; M. melanocephala, Can- cleft at the tip. The right spicule is simple, berra, ACT, Naracoorte, SA; M. flavigula, rounded at the tip. There is no gubernaculum. THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS The body of the female is twisted into a reversed spiral, sometimes twice reversed, The buccal capsule is barrel-shaped. There is a short intestinal caecum, This species is closest to M. philemon n.sp., in which the left spicule is longer and the spicule ratio greater; to M, saguei Barus (1966) from Myadestes sp. (Turdidae) from Cuba, and to M. gymnerhinae o.sp. in both of which however the buccal capsule is clongate, Microietrameres philemon n.sp. Figs. 26-28; Table 4 Hosts and localities; Philemon argenticeps, Coomalie Creek and Berrimah, NT; P. citreogularis, (2s), Coomalie Creek, NT; Entymyzon cyanotis, (immature ?s), Edith R, and Yam Creek, NT. All the specimens of Microtetrameres taken from honeyeaters in the Northern Territory are distinctly larger than those from South Australia, The specimens from Entomyzon, though immature, are larger and have a larger buccal capsule than those of a similar stage from Acanthogenys rufogularis from South Australia, and are similar to some from Philemon sp. The distinction between the two groups is not only 249 of size, as the spicule ratio is quite different. The hilt of the left spicule is similar to that of M, meliphagidae, and the ratio between the lengths of the left spicule and the body, the egg size, and the shape of the female body (though not its size) are similar in the two species, The size of the body and spicules are somewhat similar to those of M. eriolus oriolus but the buccal cap- sule and eggs are smaller. Microtetrameres mirafrae 1.sp. Figs. 26-28; Table 4 Host and locality: Mirafra javanica, ? loc,, NT (6 3s, | imm. 2); Microeca leucophaea, Newcastle Waters, NT (1 ¢@); Blanche- town, SA (1 2), Waikerie, SA (3 young 9s), These are small worms, in some ways resem- bling M. meliphagidae but the buccal capsule is more elongate and the left spicule shorter with a more slender hilt. The only females in the collections are immature. The male specimen from Microeca is very similar in shape and pro- portions to those from Mirafra, The females from Microeca from SA are placed in this species because they are from the same host species, TABLE 4 Measurements of Microretranieres mivafrae, M. gyminorhinae, M. streperae and M, cractici Unless otherwise indicated, measurements are in zm, Species ..ceee es ett eesie ss eee | M, mirafrae M, gymnorhinae | M. streperae | M. cractiet . _ -| - | | Mean of Mirafra Microeea \Gyiinorhinat. G. tibicen all from Strepera Craclicus Host species iE javanica leucophaea tibicen leiconota = Gymnorhina | versicolar tarquatus sp. i | t Number of specimens... 2.) .. 6 1 6 16 1 3 | | Male: Length (mm) ...........05 (8-2-0 1-4 2-3-2°9 2:2-3-2 2-6 31 1-3-1-7 Oesophagus—Total ...,..- 480-560 470 750-1 080 620-800 751 900 530-580 Muse, cise 170-210 190 230-290 215-300 245 260 195-210 Buccal capsule length 12-13 12 14-19 14-17) 16 I4 13-16 Ant. end—Nerve ring. «:, .: 125-140 100 130-190 130-165 | 151 150 135-150 Cery, pap. ..... 145-170 120 155-230 155-190 168 — 150-170 Exer. pore ..... 148-160 120 150-180 145-200 17] — 150-165 Spicule—Left ............ 1 100-1 200 1060 | 1500-1 $30 | 1400-1 960 1685 | 2100 860-1 000 Right... 0.0.0.6. 80-92 80 90-124. 100-120 ra | 100 80-100 Ratio ........... 13-1-15-0 13-3 | -15:2-17:0 14-2-18:2 J4-2 210 86-LL-2 Left spicule—Length ...... 1-3-1-7 1:3 1-3-1-7 1-4-1-8 16 | 15 15-l7 Hilt g.c5 t, a 19-27 14 32-36 26-38 34 45 26-32 Factor .,..,. 30-40 30 33-42 33-44 37 3:0 41-46 BRUT, ‘el ojole ptcave tet eractct'e 3,0 cake 115-130) | 120 130-180 130-160 — 130 110 Female: | Ocsophagus—- Total oo... | a 650 1 300-1 320 1 150 — 1 600-1 800 _— Muse. «.5. | — 190 280-310 250 = 330-400 = Buceal capsule—Length ..- | — 19 17-20 17-20 -- 14-17 — Rreadih .. — 8:0 11-12 il — 12-13 -- y | ee en oe _ 90 120-130 | 190 7 190-200 — Post. end vulva ........... — 140 280-290 300 — 340-350 _ Egg—Length ....,....... — _ 49-5—50-6 49-5 i 50°6-55-0 -- Breadth ........-,.. | — 30-8-33-0 30-8-33-0 | _ | 33-341 _- 250 REC. S$. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977 Figs. 24-25, M. philemon. 24, posterior end of male; 25, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 26-28, M. mirafrae. 26, anterior end of male; 27, posterior end of male; 28, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 29-35, M. gymnorhinae, 29, anterior end of male; 30, head of male; 31, posterior end of male; 32, hilt of left spicule; 33 and 34, tips of two left spicules; 35, posterior end of female. Figs. 25, 28, 30, 32, 33 and 34 to same scale; Figs. 24, 26, 27, 29 and 31 to same scale, THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS In the spicule ratio and the ratio of the lengths of the left spicule and the body, this species is very close to M. jakutensis Kontrimavichus, 1958, from species of Alauda, Motacilla, Anthus and Prunella, but as it is impossible to compare the hilt of the left spicule and as females are not present in the Australian species, it is considered wiser ta regard the Australian species as distinct, pending further information. Microtetrameres gymnorhinae n.sp. Figs, 29-35; Table 4 Hosts and localities; Gymnorhina tibicen tibicen, Canberra, ACT; G, tibicen leuconoeta, Clarendon, Victor Harbor, One Tree Hill, Ashbourne, Blackwood, Naracoorte, SA. Microtetrameres specimens from Gymnorhina spp. are about the same overall size as those from honeyeaters. They are differentiated in the male mainly by the characters of the left spicule, which is rather shorter and has a more elongate hilt and in both sexes by the more elongate buccal capsule. In many specimens the tip of the left spicule, which as in all the Australian species is enclosed in a small ala, is incompletely chitinised so that it appears bifid or broken, The female body forms a complex coil, often twice reversed and sometimes with the tail end passing between the coils. The whole coil ts about the same size as that of M. meliphagidae. Microtetrameres streperae n,sp. Figs. 36-40; Table 4 Hast and locality; Strepera versicolor, Waikerie, SA (1é, 48s). The tip of the left spicule is bifid, within the terminal ala. The female body forms an irregu- lar coil reversed two or three times. No intestinal diverticulum was seen, The egg is larger than that of most other Australian species. In most measurements it resembles M. parac- cipiter but the buccal capsule is shorter and the shape of the hilt of the left spicule is different. Jt differs from M. gvmnorhinae (from a host species closely related to Strepera) chiefly in the spicule ratio and the shape of the hilt of the left spicule, Microtetrameres cractici n,sp, Figs. 41-42; Table 5 Host and locality: Cracticus terquatus, Eyre Peninsula, SA (3 és), The tip of the left spicule is entire and rounded, lying within the terminal ala. The species is close to M, asymmetrica Oshmarin, 1956, from Lanis sp., USSR, and to M, minima (Travassos, 1914) from Tachyphonus sp., Brazil, These three species are very similar in such measurements as are available, The male of M. minima is briefly described and poorly figured. M. asymetrica differs from M. cractici in having the tail longer in comparison with the length of the right spicule and in the shape of the hilt of the left spicule. TABLE 5 Meusurements of Micratetrameroy orivlus, M_cvavomantis, M. uegotheles, M_coracinae, M, sphecotheres, and M. copsaltriae, Unless otherwise indicated, al] measurements are in pm. " M. M. M, M. orialus | cacomantis MM aegotheles, M. coracinae sphecotheres | eopsaltriae r Orioluy Cucamantiy | Aevotheles Coracina C. novae- Cuculus Sphecotheres| Eopsaltria Host species 2.0.2. 20 ee eee ewes sugittatax vurivlosus cristata Aypoleuca hallandiae | pallidus flaviventriy australis Number of’ specimens ,- - -,-,.,- | 7 i 1 I 1 2 l Male> Length (mm) .-- - --.---22)- 2. - a4 yI43 26 2-1 7 2-6 2-0-2-3 26 Oesophagus—Total --.)...222-2-- - m0 600-900 — -- 4e0 — 700 (1x) oo MUsti cota cscene J00 270) (2%) 310 - a 1490-200 220 Biiceu! capsule -- 20. eee eee \6 16-22 13 13 li 4 16-17 W Ant end— Nerye ring»... TRO 140-200 200 _ — 130-132 m0 Cery. pap. — 160 (1s) 240 — — — 132-135 wo . Bacr. pore =) feat i 180 155 (Is) — — = 142 (Ix) 170 Spicule—Left 2.2 sels 3 000 1900-2 250 1250 1400 1 200 1450 1 000-1 100 1420 Right ~~ 10 30-150 75 100 90 115 95.115 130 _ Ratio... 273 (42-161 16-6 140 3 V7 9-11 oy Left Spicule—Length - 1 LO-1-9 It Ls Jot 19 20-249 1g Ti fo ee 26 55-78 27 37 47 50 36-40 27 : Hilt factor...) 2... uy 25 HEH | 35 79 oa 61 47-56 47 Tall iets pete pdsmdrge op ee cobs mies PALE 155 (20-145 130 30 100 — 130-150 120 Jermuale > Ogsophauus—Total o.. sey cv ece eevee a 1150 450-1 O00 hE) = — = Must. .. sees = 330 a0 -= -- — — 295 Buceul capsule—Length —_ 19-20 13 } 4 — ood _ 17 Breadth _ on] 9 il — — — 10 Tadd 225 Sas: e sees eee — 160 190 — — _ — 160 Post, ond Vulva 66.2.0 -....- — 300 320-330 — — _ — 220 Fege—Length ........-2.--. eevee _ 44 45 44 — — => dd Breadth 2.2.2... -.2. 222 cc eae — 28 25-26 29 ~ = = | 3) 252 REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977 0 ”) ' if 39 4| 600 Hm 30 pm Figs. 36-40, M. streperae. 36, posterior end of male; 37, hilt of left spicule; 38, entire female; 39, posterior end of female; 40, egg. Figs. 41-42, M. cracticis. 41, posterior end of male; 42, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 43-45, M. cacomantis. 43, posterior end of male; 44, hilt of left spicule; 45, posterior end of female. Fig. 46, M. coracina, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 47-48, M. sphecotheres. 47, posterior end of male; 48, hilt of left spicule, Figs. 36, 41, 43 and 47 to same scale; Figs. 37, 40, 42, 44, 46 and 48 to same scale; Figs. 39 and 45 to same scale. THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 253 Microtetrameres cacomantis 7.sp. Figs, 43-45; Table 5 Hast and locality: Cacomantis variolosus, Tober- mory, NT (74s, 29s). The males are distinguished by a combination and a low spicule ratio. The body of the female forms 4 more or less spherical knot from which of a short left spicule with a long slender hilt, head and tail protrude: one is a simple and one a reversed spiral. The species is perhaps nearest to M, centuri Barus, 1966, from a Cuban piciforme bird, and M, cerci n.sp. from an Australian harrier. It is distinguished from both of these by the spicule ratio and actual spicule lengths, and from M, cerei by the shape of the hilt of the left spicule. Microtetrameres coracinae n.sp. Fig. 46; Table 5 Hosts and localities: Coracina novaehollandiae (1¢, 3 juv.¢s) from Culburra, SA; C. hypoleuca (1¢, 1 broken @) Katherine, NT; Cueullys pallidus (1é), Casuarina Beach, NT, Although the three male specimens come from very different localities they are very similar in general morphology and in measurements. They resemble M, cacomantis but are distinguished by the shorter spicules, and the fact that the right spicule is shorter than the tail. The specimens are not in good condition, but the chitinous parts are unimpaired, The shape of the hilt of the left spicule (Fig. 46) distinguishes this from all other Australian species. Microtetrameres sphecotheres n.sp. Figs. 47-48; Table 5 Host and locality: Sphecotheres flaviventris, Katherine Gorge, NT (3 és). The tip of the left spicule is indented and alate. The species is nearest to M, tytoniy (des- cribed below) and M, oriolus oriolus, Vt is dis- tinguished from the former by the length of the buccal capsule. from the latter by the length of the left spicule in relation to the body length, and from both by the shape of the hilt of the left spicule, Microtetrameres aegotheles n.sp. Figs. 49-52; Table 5 Host and locality: Aegotheles cristata, Markar- anka, NT (1#,285). In the male the hilt of the left spicule is dis- tinctly narrower than the shaft, a circumstance not seen in any other Australian specimen, The female forms a reversed spiral. There is a bulge, probably a diverticulum, at the anterior end of the intestine. The species is similar in many features to M. saguei Barus, differing in the shorter left spicule and in the ratio of tail length to that of the right spicule. Microtetrameres eopsaltriae n.sp. Figs. 53-54, Table 5 Host and locality: Eopsaltria australis, Heather- leigh, SA (13,12). The tip of the left spicule is not fully chiti- nised. The right spicule is longer than the tail- The female body forms a spiral reversed about its mid-length. The measurements of this species are closest to those of M. cerci n.sp.; the buccal capsule however, is much shorter, Microtetrameres paraccipiter n.sp. Figs 58-61; Tables 6 and 7 Hosts and localities; Accipiter fasciaius trom Darwin (2). (Type host and locality), Kunoth Wells (2), and Petermann Range (@) NT; Happy Valley (2?) and Mallala (?) SA; Longford, Tas (%); Brisbane, Qld (2). The male and female specimens listed above are placed together here only because they occur in the same host species, but in no case were both males and females in the same host specimen, The female body forms an elongate simple spiral (Fig, 61); the morphology and the measure- ments of the eggs and buccal capsule are similar in all the females present. No intestinal caecum was observed. The male worms are very similar to those of M. accipiter Schell in measurements and appearance, and the species are separated on characters of the females, which in M. parac- cipiter lack the longitudinal flange on the body, and the intestinal caecum described tor M. acci- piter. It seems more Jikely that the male worms from 4, fasciatus in Australia belong to the same species as the female worms from the same host species than that they belong to M7. accipiter Schell from an American host. February, 1977 254 REC. S. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 50 E = i=] o 52 Figs. 49-52, M. aegotheles. 49, posterior end of male; 50 hilt of left spicule; 51, entire female; 52, anterior end of female. Figs. 53-54, M. eopsaltriae, 53, posterior end of male; 54, hilt of left spicule. Fig. 55, M. bubo, hilt of left spicule. Fig. 56, M. aquila, hilt of left spicule. Fig. 57, M. accipiter, hilt of left spicule. Figs. 58-61, M. paraccipiter. 58, anterior end of male; 59, posterior end of male; 60, hilt of left spicule; 61, entire female in proventricular gland of host. Figs. 49, 53 and 58 to same scale; Figs, 50, 54, 55, 56 and 57 to same scale; Figs. 51 and 61 to same scale. THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 255 TABLE 6 Measurements of mule specimens of Microtetvanteres paruccipiter, M, cere’, M. raptoris, M. ninocris, M. tytoniy and M. sp. from Tyto alba. Unless otherwise indicated, measurements are in wm. M, M. ceret M.. raptoris M, ninactis AL, tytenis | Msp, Species -...4.. tao mhtes beseee | Paraceipiter A ccipiter Cercus Falco Tyto Host Spectes.....-.. - 2. -- 525 fasciatus axyimilix peregrinus F,.berigona | Ninax sp, Ninox sp. Tyla alba alba Kuneth Potermann Northern Wells, a., Territory . Northern Northern South and South Northern =| Northern South Northern Northern Locality -succtecsmeooneceaes | Territory Territory Australia Aastralia Territory Territory) Australia Territory Territory Number of specimens ..:..,.. 2 Ww 6 7 3 ' 2 4 J Dri up jet xetein citcne cpecnie Keviebestotes 34,37 2-1-3:3 3:3-3-R 22-26 21-30 a4 2:6, 3:2 29-33 39 Ocsophagus—Toral .- 2.0.60. ses S00, 950 530-800 1 200-1 400 600-750 81-1 200 |} 250 7, 1130 850-950 850 Ant.-- “a5 0; 250, 260) _ 230-290 165 — 300 310 240-250 250 Buccal capsule... 6.46 ade 6) sett tr 16, 20 21-25 19-20 16-20 19-20 20 17; 2) 20-22 26 Ant, end—Nerve ring . ‘ 140, 150 — 130-160 105 _ 170 2, 160 140 1k0 Cery. pup. .- | — 180-3210 410 _ 200 2,210 170-185 220 Exer, pore - ~ — 155-180 110 — 205 1, 185 150-170 — Spicule—LefM ............. F 1400-1 920 | 1750-2 O00 | 1250-1490 | | 510-1630 | 2250 | 2490,2500 | 1200-1250 | 1 900 PRUE cnctsserche viccphe vecerhe enencle 0, 120 175-150 1OO-150 0-10. 90-130 100 100, 110 115-135 160 AT 2 -S-e 18-2, 200 104-160 13-20 13:5-17-0 12:5-16-8 225 227, 249 93-104 119 Lileft spiewle—Length -..------.-. b7, 1-5 1-5-1 (7-24 1-5-1-9 1-4-1:8 15 1-1, 3 24-2'8 21 Hit L veces piney cs 27,31 20-32 29-36 18-27 20-24 20 13 15-21 43 Hilt factor ..,...505 3:0, 3:3 2533 30-40 25-29 2-5-3:3 1:8 bed, 2:5 bé-1-9 42 Tail senor tre rien Ceereepyere aye 120, 140 110-[30 100-150 130-170 150-190 160 160, 160 150-155 170 TABLE 7 Measurements of females of Microretrameres paraceipiter, M. rapteris, M. ninactis, M, tytonis, and M_ sp. from A. cirrhocephalus. All measurements are in jem, Spevies... .-,--.- M. paraceipiter iM, sp, Mf. vapraris M. ninoctis | M, tytenis Falvo Ninox novae- Host Species ..,.., Acvipiter fasciatus A, eirrhacephilus peregrinus | F. berigora F, langipennis| seelandiae Tyre alba Northern South , South South South Northern Northern Northern Loeality oo... 6... «| Tertitory | Ausiralia | Tasmunia | Tasmania | Australia | Australia Australia Territory Territory Territory Oesophsgus—Total .... 4400 2000 | 1800 1300 1300 1 100-2 140 | | 300-1 400 | 1 050-1 400 | 1500 1 300-1 400 Ant. . 260 240 370 230 200 210-290 200-240 230-270 250 140 Ant. end nerve rng | --. 130 140 120 100 100 140-170 110-120 — —_ 260-290 Buccs! capsule—Length 15 19 7 15 13 17-20 Ww 17-20 21 15-17 Brendih 10 Il 10 w 10 10-12 10 10-11 VW 10 Tail cg. toma: e@ca tees 250 _ 200 180 140 150-190 100-210 150-170 = 200-280 Post, end vulya .. 400 _— 300 310 280. 250-330 230-320 250-280 340-380 Ege—Length .... -- 44-45 6 — 46-49 44 50 = 43 46 42-44 Breadth ..... ...- 23-24 24-26 os 23-24 24 28 _ 26-27 26 24-27 Microtetrameres cerci n.sp. Figs 62-65; Tables 6 and 7 Host and locality: Circus assimilis, Petermann Ranges, NT (124s, no @s). Some of these specimens, all collected from a single host were found actually in the wall of the proventriculus between the glands, The buccal capsule is relatively long, the cloacal lips are outstanding. The tip of the left spicule is not divided, but there is an annular groove shortly before the tip (Fig. 65). In some speci- mens there is 4 definite chitinisation of the dorsal wall of the gubernaculum, but this is not present in all. The lips of the cloaca are more prominent in this than in any other Australian species. The species is distinguished from M, aquila and M, bubo by the greater spicule ratio; in measurements and proportions it is perhaps closest to M. centuri Barus and M. cacomantis n.sp., but is distinguished from the former by the very prominent cloacal lips from the latter by the shape of the hilt of the left spicule, and from both by the rather different, though over- lapping, range of measurements. Among Aus- tralian species, the measurements are closest to those of M. gymnorhinae, but the species are distinguished by the length of the tail compared to that of the right spicule. Microtetrameres raptoris n.sp. Figs. 66-74; Tables 6 and 7 Hosts and localities: Falco peregrinus, Pt. Augusta, SA (545s, 149s) (type host and locality), Mallala, SA (1¢, 19); F. beri- gord, Blanchetown, SA, Robe, SA ( &s), Petermann Ranges, NT: F. cenchroides, Meningie, SA (2¢s, 12); F, longipennis, Humpty Doo, NT (8s); Ninex novae- seelandiae, Petermann Ranges, NT (428, juv. 2). The buccal capsule is elongate, The tip of the left spicule is bifid (within the terminal ala) and. the hilt is stoutly built, tapering very slightly. Tt is slightly shorter, but similar in general shape, 68 69 70 Figs. 62-65, M. cerci. spicule. Figs. 66-73, M. raptoris. REC. $8. AUST. MUS., (17-14): 239-259 February, 1977 62, anterior end of male; 63, posterior end of male; 64, hilt of left spicule; 65, tip of left 66, anterior end of male; 67, posterior end of male; 68, 69, 70 and 71, hilts of left spicules from Falco peregrinus, PF. berigora, F. cenchroides, and Ninoy novaeseelandiae, respectively; 72, tip of left spicule; 73, female worm; 74, posterior end of female. Figs. 62, 63, 66 and 67 to same scales Figs. 64, 65, 68, 69, 70, 71 and 72 to same scale. in the specimens from F. berigora (Fig. 69) and F. cenchroides (Fig. 70) than in those from the other hosts (Figs. 68, 71), The right spicule is not more than two-thirds the length of the tail. In all specimens there is a distinct gubernaculum, most heavily chitinised in the type specimens. The body of the female forms a spiral, usually simple, in a few cases reversed. The intestine forms two short caeca at its junction with the oesophagus. There were no females with fer- tilised eggs in any specimen from F. berigora. Two male and one female specimens from Falco cenchroides were broken, so measurements are not given. Their general appearance, the hilts of the left spicules and the egg size agreed with those of the other specimens from Falco spp. The females from F. longipennis and those from F. berigora from Robe agree with those from the Blanchetown, but the identification 1s not certain, Of the species in which a distinct gubernacu- lum has been described, the males of these Aus- tralian specimens fall closest to M, mirzae Rasheed, 1960, M. osmaniae Rasheed, 1960 and M. creplini Vavilova, 1926. They differ in the shorter gubernaculum and the shorter buccal capsule from the first two of these. M. creplini was described from Accipiter niseus from the U.S.S.R., from male specimens only; as the females cannot be compared it is safer to des- cribe the Australian specimens as a separate species. Microtetrameres ninoctis n.sp Figs. 75-78, Tables 6 and 7 Host and localities: Ninox novaeseelandiae, Ber- rimah, NT (14a, 498); Adelaide, SA (248,298), The three male worms are similar in measure- ments, but in those from South Australia the hilt of the left spicule is rather longer. The tips of the left spicules are different in the three specimens—one bifid, one rounded and one truncated. A very slight chitinisation, 30.m long, of the dorsal wall of the cloaca, which THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 400 pm DA Figs. 75-78, M. ninactis. from specimens from Berrimah and Adelaide, respectively. Bl 20 ym 75, anterior end of male; 76, posterior end of male; 77 and 78, hilts of left spicules Figs. 79-82, M. tytoniy. 79, anterior end of male; 80, posterior end of male; 81, hilt of left spicule; 82. egg. ‘Figs. 75 and 79 to same scale; Figs, 76 and 80 to same scale; Figs. 77, 78, 81 and 81 to same scale. could be called a small thin gubernaculum, is present in two specimens, one of them from Berrimah. The female specimens are broken and the form of the spiral is uncertain. Only one con- tained fertile eggs. These specimens differ from M. raptoris recorded from the same host species chiefly in the very much longer left spicule and the differ- ent spicule ratio. Among specimens in which a gubernaculum is present, the length of the left spicule brings it closest to M. egretes Rasheed, 1960 (from an egret) but the gubernaculum of the male, the buccal capsule of both sexes, and the length of the eggs, are all shorter than those of M. egretes, Microtetrameres tytonis n.sp. Figs. 77-80, Tables 6 and 7 Host and locality: Tyto alba, Banka Banka, NT (43s, 528). Of the six male Microtetrameres found in the only host specimen, four (the type material for M. tytonis) were similar, the fifth was without any spicules, and the sixth was very different, in relative length of the left spicule, in the longer hilt of the left spicule, and in the length of the buccal capsule. The measurements of this sixth specimen are given separately in Table 6 as it may belong to another species, or may be another aberrant form. The left spicule in the four similar males is short, considerably less than half the body length; as in some other species the tip is not well chitinised, looking Jike a collection of refrac- tile pieces in the terminal ala. The body of the female forms a long spiral, reversed in the most posterior coil. The eggs. which contain a spiny-headed larva (Fig. 80), are more strongly curved on one side than the other, and the operculum, presumably present, is not distinct. The species is closest to M. sphecotheres in which the hilt of the left spicule is longer, and to M. raptoris—in which the left spicule ranges from just less than 4 to 3 the body length—but in which the spicule ratio is very different. Microtetrameres spp. Female worms only were taken from the fol- lowing hosts: — Accipiter cirrhocephalus, from Koonamore, SA, and Flinders Island, Tas. The measurements of five females from SA and 1 from Flinders Island showed a small difference in the size of the buccal capsule and in the shape of the eggs, from 258 those of M. paraccipiter. Because of this and because no male is present, the specimens from A, cirrhocephalus have not been allotted to a species. In other respects the specimens from the two host species are similar. Lalage sueuri tricolor, Mt Barker, SA (2 8); Sandy Creck, SA (225), All without embryon- ated eggs. The buccal capsule is 14 x LO pm, Oreoica gutturalis, Waikerie, SA (1? ), Peter- mann Ranges, NT, (1 juvenile 9). The buceal capsule of the specimen from Waikerie is 12 x 10 ,»m, the eggs 44 % 22 nm. Priloris sp., two females, without fertile eggs. Buccal capsule 10 x LL pm. Anthus australis, Reynella, SA, one female only, without fertile eggs, Cacomantis pyrrhophanus, Gravelly Beach, Tas (1) with infertile eggs and Hamiey Bridge, SA (3 immature 2s), The adult female is coiled in a reversed spiral. The. barrel-shaped buccal capsule is 16*5 wm long, llpm wide, The specimen is very similar to the female of M. cacomantis n.sp., but is impossible to identify positively on the material available, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Many of the bird carcases from which Micra- tetrameres spp. were obtained were given by the South Australian Museum, or by the Northern Territory Administration (Animal Industry and Agriculture Branch). Others were piven by various friends, the late Dr. M. Smyth, Mrs. J, Paton, Dr. R. Swaby and Dr, I, Beveridge. Hosts from Tasmania were sent by Dr, B. Mun- day of the Mt, Pleasant Laboratories of the Tas- manian Department of Agriculture, and by Mr, B. Green of the Victoria Museum, Launceston, Paratype material was lent by Dr. S. C_ Schell of the University of Idaho, and the types of M_ helix by Dr. Lichtenfels of the U.S. Depart- ment of Agriculture Research Service, Beltsville, For assistance with the use of the Scanning Electron Microscope (Plate 1) L am indebted to Dr. Carl Bartusck, of the Geology Department, University of Adelaide, I am more than grateful for all this help. REFERENCES Ali. M. M,, 1970, Observations on the family Tropisuridae Yamaguli, 1961 (Nematoda, Spiruridea) with a revised classification of the genus Trepisurus (Dicsing, 1835) and a description of four new species. Acta Marasit. pol, 18; 85-98, REC. 8. AUST, MUS,, (17-14); 259-259 Febritary, 1977 Burus, V., L966. Nematodes de la Familia Tropisuridae Yumagiiti, 1961, Parasitos de Aves de Cuha. Poevena Ser, A No, 20: 1-22. Barus. V., 1969. Nemalodes parasite in the birds of Cuba, Fest. ex, Spot. cool, 33: 193-210, Boyd, E. M,, 1956. Two new species of stomach Worms (Nomuroda: Spiruroidea) from the Blue Jay, Cyane- citta eristata L, Pree. Helm, Sec. Wash. 23: 69-74. Cram, BE. B,, 1927. Bird parasites of the nematode sub- orders Strongylata Ascaridata and Spirurita, Bull. U.S. National Musetim 140: 465 pp. Diaz Unyria, ©. 1965. Calabozo, Sac. 128. Ellis, C, Jun 1969, Life history of Micreretrameres centuri Barus. 1966 (Nematoda: Tetrumetidae) IL Adults. J, Parasit, $5: 713-719. Ellis, C. J., 1972. Comparauve measurements and host and geographical distribution of species of Micretetrameres (Nematoda: Tetrameridae). /owa State J. Sev, 46; 29-47, Kontrimavietus, V. Lb. 1958, Studies on the helminth fauna of passeriferme birds of Yakutya. Works of the Expeditions of the Helminthological Luboratory Academy Scienves, U.S.S.R. (1945-1957); 141-150 (in Russian). Nematodos parasitos de aves de Fenerolana de ciens. nat. 262 103- Linstow, D. von, 1879. Helminthologisehe studien. Archiv. f. Nature. Berlin 72 165-188. Mawson, P, M., 1956, Three new species of spirurid nematodes from Cunadiun birds. Can. J. Zoo, 34: 193-199. Morgan, 6. B. and Waller, E. F., 1941. Some parasites of the eastern crow (Corvus brachyrhyvachos brachy- rhynches Brehm). Bird Banding 42: 16-22, OrWlepp, R. I.. 1964, Some helminths recovered from Red- and Yellow-billed Hornbills from the Kruger Nitional Park. Ondersrepoort J. vet. Res. 312 39-52. Oshmurin, P. G,, 1956. Tetrameridae (Nematoda~ Tetra- meridae) of domestic and wild birds of coastal areas. Trudy Akad. Nauk USSR, Far Ease Braneh. Zovlogical Series, 3: 281-314, (In Russiun,) Petrov, A, M. und Tschertokova, A. N., 1950. Contribu- lion Lo the siudy of the nematode fauna of birds of southern Kirgiziiu, Trady Gelnint Lab. 4: 90-99. Rasheed. S., 1960. ‘The nematode purasiles of the birds of Hyderabad (India). Biologia Lahore 6: 1-16- Schell, 8. C., 1953. Four new species of Microtetrameres (Nematoda: Spirtiroidea) from North American birds, Trans, Am, Microse, Soe, 72: 227-236. Seural, kL. G., 1915. Sur deux Tropidocerca des Ardeidac Campr. Rend. Sec, biol, Paris 78; 279-282, Skrjabin, K. —. und Sobolev, A. A., 1963, (Parasiles of animals and man. Vol, O Spirurata: Spiruroidea) 572 pp. (tn Russian.) Sultana, A., 1962. On some known wand new species oF the family Tetrameridae Travassos, 1914, from Indian birds. J. Melminth, 36: 327-338. Travassos, L., (914. Contribuigoes para o conhecimento da fauna helmintologien brasileira, 4, Sdbre a& especies brasileiras do género Terrameres Creplin, 1846 (Por- fuguese and German texts.) Men. Ins. Oswaldo Cruz 6: 150-162. Travassos, L., 19175. Sdébre as especies brasileiras de género Tetrameres Cplin (sic) 1846 CNola previa). Brazil- Medica 29: 297-298. Vavilova, N. M. 1926. (Vogelnematoden des Moskauer Gouvernements) Trudy Gasuilarst.. List. Eksper. Vet, Moskva 3: 111-13], (Russian, German summary). Weidman, F, 1913. A study of metazoan parasites. found in the Philadelphia zoological gurdens. Free. Acad, Nar Sei, Phil. 65+ 126-151. THE GENUS MICROTETRAMERES TRAVASSOS IN AUSTRALIAN BIRDS 259 LIST OF SPECIES M. sphecotheres n.sp. FAMILY TETRAMERIDAE Microtetrameres Travassos . aegotheles n.sp. . eopsaltriae n.sp. M M M. helix Cram. syn. M. corax Schell M. paraccipiter n.sp, M. oriolus Petrov and Tschertkova . M. meliphagidae n.sp. M. cerci n-SP. M. philemon n.sp. M, RADE OTES BSP. M. mirafrae n.sp. M. ninoctis n.sp. M. gymnorhinae n.sp. M. tytonis n.sp. M. streperae n.sp. M. accipiter Schell M. cacomantis n.sp. M. bubo Schell M. coracinae n.sp. M. aquila Schell Plate 1. Head of Microtetrameres helix, female, S.E. micrograph. X 8000. The lateral lobes of the lips became wrinkled and shrunken in drying the specimen, but the median lobes, with the amphids, are clear. RECORDS OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM TAXONOMIC STUDIES OF SOME AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS OF THE GENUS CYCLORANA STEINDACHNER By 7 MICHAEL J. TYLER AND ANGUS A. MARTIN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 15 Ist March, 1977 TAXONOMIC STUDIES OF SOME AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS OF THE GENUS CYCLORANA STEINDACHNER BY MICHAEL J. TYLER AND ANGUS A. MARTIN Summary The Australian leptodactylid frogs Cyclorana brevipes and C. cultripes are here redefined on the basis of adult morphology and mating calls. Frogs variously reported to be these species from Western Australia, the Northern Territory, Queensland and New South Wales are shown to represent different species. Five new species are described here. TAXONOMIC STUDIES OF SOME AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS OF THE GENUS CYCLORANA STEINDACHNER by MICHAEL J, TYLER* AND ANGUS A. MARTINt ABSTRACT TYLER, M. J., and MARTIN, A. A, 1976. Taxonomic studies of some Austrulian leptodactylid frogs of the genus Cyelorana Steindachner. Ree. 8, Aust. Mus, 17 (15); 261-276, The Australian leptodactylid frogs Cyclorana brevipes and C, cultripes are here redefined on the basis of adult morphology and mating calls. Frogs variously reported to be these species from Western Australia, the Northern Territory, Queensland and New South Wales are shown to represent different species. Five new species are described here. INTRODUCTION The leptodactylid frogs of the genus Cyclorana Steindachner oceur throughout Australia with the exception of the extreme south-eastern and south- western portions of the continent. As defined by Parker (1940) the genus comprises seven species and, although its content has been changed substantially by subsequent workers, the total of species has been maintained, The additions are C. slevini Loveridge (1950) from southeast Queens- land, and the type species C, novaehollaniiae Steindachner which was resurrected from the synonymy of C. australis (Gray) by Tyler & Martin (1975). The species recognised by Parker but subsequently removed from the genus are C. inermis and C, alboguttatus, which were shown by Straughan (1969) and Tyler (1974) respectively to be hylid frogs of the genus Litorjia, Cogger (1975), on seemingly arbitrary grounds, retains alboguttatus in Cyclorana. However, we con- tinue to regard it as a hylid frog of the genus Litoria, a disposition which has now received additional support from chromosomal studies (Morescalchi & Ingram, 1974), lt has been suggested that the genus Cyc/orana has hylid affinities, and also that Australian hylids and leptodactylids are derived from a common ancestor (Tyler 1970), There are considerable data in support of the first hypothesis: affinities in musculature were demonstrated by Tyler (1972), similarities of proportions of the adrenal catechol- amines by Robinson & Tyler (1972) and similarities in larval structure and biology by Watson & Martin (1973). In addition, N. G, Stephenson (pers, comm,) has found that there are numerous chromosomal similarities between C- platycephalys and species of Litoria. In the course of studies of the poorly docu- mented species C, brevipes and C. cultripes we had difficulty in confirming the identification of preserved specimens in various museum collec- tions. Eventually it became clear that several undescribed species are included under these names. Our purpose here is to define the existing species and describe new ones and thus take a further step towards evaluating the genus. MATERIAL AND METHODS Specimens reported here are deposited in university and museum collections abbreviated as follows :— A,M, = Australian Museum, Sydney B.M. = British Museum (Natural History) London JC.U. = Department of Biology, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville M.C.Z, = Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Boston, U.S.A. M.U.D,.Z. = Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne N.M.V, = National Museum of Victoria, Melbourne N.P.W.S. = National Parks and Wildlife Service, Yeerongpilly, Brisbane N.T.M. = Northern Territory Museuin, Alice Springs Q.M. = Queensland Museum, Brisbane S.,A.M. = South Australian Museum, Adelaide W.A.M, = Western Australian Museum, Perth Methods of measurement and of recording and analysis of mating calls follow our previous treatment of members of this genus (Tyler & Martin 1975). *Deparrment of Zoology, University of Adelaide, Adelaide, South Australia, 3000, +Department of Zoology, University of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria, 3052. lr Mareh, 977 1 262 REC. $. AUST, MUS,, 17 (15): 261-276 March, 1977 j 53 + a K Bowsholl 1976 FIG, 1 Hands and feet of Cyelorana species: A = Foot of C. longipes (WAM R 14157): B = first digit of C. longipes showing nuptial pads (WAM R 14157); C = foot of C. enltripes (NMY D 12703), D = hand of C. longipes (WAM R 14157); EB = hard of C, culiripes (NMV DB 12703). AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA SYSTEMATICS Cyclorana Steindachner, 1867 The leptodactylid frogs of the subfamily Cycloraninae are distinguished morphologically from those of the Myobatrachinae by possession of a broad tongue, and omohyoideus muscle, pedunculate alary processes on the hyoid, and confluent occipital condyles, Cyclorana is distinguished from al other cycloranine genera by possession of a differentiated intermandibularis muscle, forming an apical ele- ment, It is further distinguished from Notaden by possession of teeth on the maxilla and pre- maxila, and from He/eioporus, Mixephyes and Neobatrachus. by haying the frst finger opposed to the remainder (Fig. 1). Lynch (1971) has provided a detailed generic diagnosis of Cyclorana, and we defer any inajor redefinition pending completion of our studies of all members of this genus. However, insofar as the species discussed here are concerned, the following data diverge from Lynch (1971), who studied other species:— Squamosal:—The zygomatic process of the squamosal is in extensive juxtaposition with the maxilla (not a feature confined to australis). Palative:—Each palatine bears pronounced pre- and post-chounal alae. Tympanum:—The tympanum is normally visible, but is completely covered with skin in C. ervptots. Within the genus Cyclorana several species groups are recognisable. C. australiy and C. novaehallandiae comprise one group, They are large, robust frogs (S-¥ range for adults 61-4-120 mm) in which there is exostosis of the maxillary, premaxillary, frontoparietal and squamosal bones (Tyler & Martin 1975). Cyelorana platycephalus is similarly a large frog but lacks exostosed skull bones. It has extensive webbing between the toes, and possesses a shovel-shaped immer meta- tarsal tabercle, Cyclorana dahli is a large frog adapted to aquatic conditions, It has fully webbed toes but lacks such a tuberele, and lacks an exostosed skull. The remaining species are smaller in_ size, possess two separate nuptial pads on the first finger (Fig. 1), and have little or no webbing between the fingers. These species form the subject of the present paper. All the species on which we have call data share an essentially similar mating call structure, Following the interpretatian of Watkins (1967) of 2H) signals of the kind represented, the basic call structure can be described as a pulse-modulated pure frequency. Interspecific variations occur in frequency, pulse rate and duration of the signal To assist in treatment of the undescribed forms the currently recognised species C. hrevipey (Peters) and C, cultripes Parker are first redefined, Cyclorana brevipes (Peters} Chiroleptes brevipes Peters, 1871, Mber. Akad., Berlin 1871: 648 Chiroleptes brevipalmatus Gunther, 1876, I. Mus, Godeffroy, 12: 47 Phractops brevipes: Nieden, 1923: 523 Cyclorana brevipes: Parker, 1940: 21 Holotype; A presumably subadult specimen (S-V 3] mm) collected at Bowen (‘Port Bowen”), Queensland, by Godeffroy, Specimen now missing (G, Peters /n /itt.), Definition: A small or moderate-sized species (S-V of males 36-45 mm), clearly distinguished from congeners by its smooth skin and striking dorsal pattern of sharply demarcated areas of dark pigment on a very pale greyish or brownish background (Fig. 2). Description: The head is broadly rounded when viewed from aboye and ranges from being distinctly broader than long to almost as broad as long (HL/HW 0-84-0-98), The snout is rounded when viewed from above and in profile, The eye is conspicuous, its diameter almost one and one- half times the eye to naris distance, The canthus rostralis is straight and inconspicuous. The nostrils are inclined laterally and separated from one another by a distance which is almost in- variably greater than the internarial span (E-N/IN 0:97-1:19), The tympanum is entirely visible except for the upper portion of its annulus which is occasionally hidden beneath the supratympanic fold. The tongue has a diameter of about one-half of the gape of the mouth, and is almost entirely free behind. The choanae are small and widely spaced, and the vomerine teeth are on obliquely converging eleyations whose posterior margins teach or extend behind the posterior margins of the choanae. The fingers are short, unwebbed and without lateral fringes. The foot has a prominent inner metatarsal tubercle. The toes are webbed only at the base, the webbing on the fifth toe not reaching the subarticulac tubercle at the base of the penultimate phalanx, The hind limbs are yery short (TL/S-¥ 0:36-0:45), ti The skin of the dorsal surface is entirely smooth, The ventral surface is smooth anteriorly and finely granular on the abdomen. In preservative the dorsal surface is pale grey marked with sharply defined vermiculations of black or dark slate. There is a narrow white vertebral stripe extending posteriorly at least as far as the sacral region. Dark markings are commonly absent from the posterior margin of the head, creating a pale, transverse, broad post- REC. §. AUST. MUS,, I7 (15): 261-276 March, 1977 ocular bar. There is a dark stripe from the tip of the snout to the eye. The posterior surfaces of the thighs are an immaculate dull brown. The ventral surface is usually white or a dull cream colour, With the submandibular margin of adult males varying from pale grey to black. Material examined: Queensland—QM J 18773- 74 Ban Ban; JCU A1I5 (4 specimens), SAM R 3966 (2) Bowen; QM J 18776 [4 km E. of Biggenden; AM R 16928 Gin Gin; QM J I97e FIG. K Bawstral) D i] A and B dorsal and lateral aspects of Cyclorana brevipes (SAM R 15223); C and D dorsal and lateral aspects of C, verrucosus (QM J 18117). AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA 263 18775 Helidon; MUDZ 109/70, 110/70 6 km E. of Gracemete; SAM R 15223 Mourangee Station, Edungalba; QM J 18771, 18772, 18777, 18779, 18118, Murphy’s Lagoon near Townsville; SAM R 15488 Bundaberg (alizarin); New South Wales—QM J 18778 Warrumbungle Natnl. Pk. Comparison with other species: This species can be distinguished from all congeners except C, longipes and C. maculusus by the existence of very sharply demarcated areas of black or intense brown pigment on the dorsum. Detailed com- parisons of these species with C. brevipes appear in the accounts of those species. Some other species possess dark markings but in none is there a sharp delimitation from the background colouration. The existence of the dark markings is sufficient to distinguish the species from C, culiripes which (in preservative) is most commonly a dull, dowdy grey frog lacking any dark pattern, In addition C. cultripes tends to have shorter legs, the TL/S-V ratio for C. brevipes being 0:36-0:45 (mean 0-41) and for C. cultripes 0:33-0:40 (mean 0-37). Call: Calls of C. brevipes were recorded 6 km E. of Gracemere, Qld., on 19-20.i.1970. The frogs were calling from positions near the margins of a permanent pond in lightly-forested country; wet bulb air temperatures at the calling sites ranged from 238°C to 258°C. Calls of five individuals were recorded, and mean values (with ranges in parentheses) are: call duration 1090 msec (957-1460); dominant frequency 1930 Hz (1470-2210); pulse repetition rate 169 pulses/sec (163-175) (Fig. 3). Discussion; Chiroleptes brevipes Peters was based on a single, unsexed specimen with a “total length” (probably slightly more than snout to vent length) of 31 mm. No illustrations of the species were provided and, in the absence of the holotype and any previous critical studies, it is virtually obligatory for us to investigate its identity. Boulenger (1882) referred Chirolepies brevi- palmatus Gunther to the synonymy of brevipes. In the light of the fraction of the Australian species known at that time, such an action also merits investigation, Insofar as the latter step is concerned our material conforms to, and varies from, the elaborate pattern depicted by Boulenger to an extent that eliminates any doubts based solely on external morphology. Other than in size the only real areas of differ- ence between our material and Peters’ description of brevipes involve colouration. In particular none of our specimens tallies with the description of the surface of the thighs and of the ventral surface. Peters (1871) writes: “Die Hinterseite der Oberschenkel schwarz. Die ganz Unterseite einfarbig rostbraun”. In other species examined by us there is not a difference of this magnitude between immature and adult material, leading us to attribute the darker colour of the holotype me i 50 msec wilh FIG. 3 Diagrams showing male mating call structure of! A, C. cultripes; B, C. eryptotis, C, C. maint, D, C. brevipes; E, C. maculasus. Tn each case the upper trace is a representation of an audiospectrogram and the lower trace a diagram of the pulse repetition rate, showing the number of pulses in a 50 msec segment of the call. Details of recording localities are contained in the text. *d 266 venter to an artefact of preservation, rather than to an ontogenetic trend, Distribution: In addition to the localities cited above, this species has been taken at Port Denison, Peak Downs and Gayndah (types of C. brevi- palmatus) and from Coomooboolaroo Station, Qld, (Slevin 1955). As indicated in Fig. 4 the species occurs in coastal Queensland south of latitude 19°, and east of the Great Dividing Range. A series of four frogs (NMY D0737-40), taken at Lower Archer River on the Cape York Peninsula by J. Thompson in [933, has been excluded from this species but is not assigned to any other at this stage. Their narrowly spaced nostrils (E-N/IN 1:22-1:25) are conspicuously different from the habitus of all 21 measured specimens throughout the considerable geographic MACULOSUS = MAINI (TYPE LOCALITY) © BREVIPES %* LONGIPES ® VERRUCOSUS a CULTRIPES & CRYPTOTIS u} MAINI (RANGE ) REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (15); 261-276 March, \977 range of C. brevipes. It is conceivable that these frogs represent Jongipes despite the yast gap in distribution between the Lower Archer River and north-eastern Western Australia, Cyclorana cultripes Parker Mitrolysis alboguttatus (non Gunther); Loveridge (1935): 13 (part), Cyclorana cultripes Parker, 1940: 22 (part). Holotype: BM 1908. 2.25.33, an adult male, collected at Alexandra, Northern Territory, by W, Stalker, Definition: A moderate-sized species (males 43- 52 mm, females 44-55 mm) with short hind limbs; dorsally marked with a broad, pale, transverse, FIG, 4 Distribution of seven species of Cyclorana, The stippled area represents the geographic range of C. main/. AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORAVA postocular bar and a narrow, pale vertebral stripe on an otherwise featureless dorsum (Fig. 5). Description: The head is triangular and distinctly broader than long (HL/HW 0:88-0:97). The snout is rounded when viewed from above and in profile, The eye is inconspicuous but its diameter is greater than the eye to naris distance. The canthus rostralis is straight and inconspicuous. The nostrils are inclined laterally and are separated from one another by a distance which is greater than or less than the eye to naris distance (E-N/IN 0-89-1-31), The tympanum is entirely visible except for a portion of the supertor margin of its annulus which is hidden beneath the supra- tympanic fold, The tongue is. broad and is almost entirely free behind. The choanae are small and widely spaced, and the vomerine teeth ate on oblique converging elevations whose posterior margins just reach or extend posterior to the posterior margins of the choanae, The fingers are-short, unwebbed and lack lateral fringes, The foot has a prominent inner meta- tarsal tubercle (Fig, 1), The toes are only slightly webbed, the webbing on the fifth toe not reaching the subarticular tubercle at the base of the penultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very short (TL/S-V 0:33-0:40), The skin of the dorsal surface 1s smooth except for occasional tubercles on each side of the mid- line in a few specimens. Ventrally the skin is weakly granular in the postecior portion of the abdomen and smooth elsewhere. li preservative the dorsum is a dull and uniform greyish or brownish colour. A pale postocular bar varies from being conspicuous to just detect- able. whilst a very fine, white or creamish vertebral sttipe can be seen quite clearly, The ventral surface is usually. cream with the throat of males a dark grey, NMV D 12703 1s entirely grey ventrally, but this may be an artefact of preserya- tion, Material examined: Northern Territary—BM 1908. 2.25.33 (Holotype), BM 1947, 2,18,46-47 (Paratypes), MCZ 11647, Alexandra; NMV D $732 Charlotte Waters; NMV D 12703 "Central Australia” Spencer Collection; SAM R 14724-25 Alroy Downs; SAM R 14726 Barrow Creek, Western Australia--WAM R 2725! 17 km N., of Argyle turn off on Duncan Highway. Queensland —NPWS 12610, 12622 Durham Downs: NPWS 12628-29, 12632-36 Dynevor Downs. Comparison with other speciess Cyclovana cul/tripes is set apart from most congeners by its rather drab appearance. The dull greyish or tA? brownish dorsum is relieved only by the pale postocular bar and the mid-vertebral stripe, Of the six other species reported here only C. cryptolis shares the absence of particularly conspicuous patches or mottling of the dorsal surface. The externally visible tympanum distinguishes C. cultripes from C€. eryptotis which has the tym- panum covered with skin and so not visible externally. Cyclorana culfripes lacks the dark lateral head stripe of C. maini. Call: Calls of two specimens of C. cultripes were recorded at Alroy Downs, N,T,, an 12.x1.1971. This. locality is appreximately 70 km W.S.W. of the type locality, The frogs were calling from the margins of a flooded roadside ditch; the wet bulb air temperatore was 23-8°C, Means and ranges of call values are: duration 221] msec (220-223); dominant frequency 1879 Hz (1857-1900): pulse repetition rate 373 pulses/see (370-375) (Fig. 3). Distribution: As presently detined C. cu/tripes is known from five localities, all in or adjacent to the Northern Territory. The presence of the species as far south as Charlotte Waters indicates that it probably occurs in South Australia. However the specimen involved is pari of the Spencer Collection, Thus the precision of the locality 1s questionable. Discussion: Parker (1940) was the first to observe that a wide diversity of animals were being identified as brevipes, Accordingly he referred four of the specimens available to him to the new species culfripes which he erected to accommodate specimens from ‘Western New South Wales, Northern Territory and northern West Australia, probably northern South Aus- tralia also”, Parker was certainly correct in recognising the existence of an additional species, but he included in his type series a female from Wilcannia ov the Darling River, N.S.W. This individual we refer to the new species, verrucasuy. Similarly Parker's deductions about the identity of specimens from other parts of Australia and not examined by him are attributable to other species described in the present paper. Cyclorana verrucosus new species Pheactops brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Fry 1915: 70. Phractops brevipes (non Peters). Loveridge, 1935: 12; Cycloranu cultripes Parker, 1940: 22 (part). Holotype: QM J 18105, a gravid femaic collected 18 km W_ of Dalby, Queensland by I, R. Straughan on 8,11,1964, Definition: A modcrate-sized species (inales 35- 45mm: females 39-48 mm S-V) with a dull and diffusely marked dorsal colouration and a slightly to extremely warty dorsal skin surface, FIG, 5 Cyclorana verrvacesus, Photos A. Easton Description of Holotype: The head is high, broadly triangular and distinctly broader than long (HL/HW 0:91). The snout is rounded when viewed from above and in profile, The eye is large and prominent, and its diameter is equivalent to one and one-third times. the distance between the eye and the naris. The eanthus rostralis is poorly defined and very slightly curved. The nostrils are inclined dorso-laterally and are separated from one another by a distance very slightly less than the internarial span(E-N/1N 1:03). The tympanum is visible except for a small superior portion of the annulus which passes beneath the supratympanic fold. The tongue is very broad and is almost entirely free behind. The choanae are small and broadly spaced and the vomerine teeth are on oblique, converging elevations whose posterior margins are anterior to the posterior borders of the choanae. The tingers are slender and unwebbed and lack Jateral fringes. The foot has a prominent inner metatarsal! tubercle and the toes ate Webbed only at the base, The webbing on the fifth toes does not reach the subarticular tubercle at the base of the penultimate phalanx. The hind Jimbs are short (TL/S-V 0-45). The skin of the dorsal surface bears numerous, raised, circular, oval and elongated tubercles, There is a rather prominent supratympanic fold, The skin is finely granular on the lower thighs and abdomen and smooth on the pectoral and submandibular region. The dorsal surface is a very pale olive colour with small darker patches conforming to the tubercles and imtermedtate zones of dark grey. REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (15): 261-276 Mareh, 1977 There is a narcow dark stripe from the tip of the snout to the eye, broadening as a dark postocular patch covering the tympanum and bordered superiorly and posteriorly by the supratympanic fold. There is un extremely narrow white vertebral stipe (Fig. 5), The posterior surfaces of the thighs are dark brown mottled with paler areas (Fig, 2). The ventral surface is dull cream with indistinct and sparse faint brown mottling on the submandibular area. Dimensions: S-V 43-8 mm: TL 19-5 mm; HL 73mm: HW 191mm: E-N 3-6mm; [CN 3:5 mm; E 5-7 mm; T 3-5 mm, Puralypes: There are 15 adult paratypes: Queensland—QM J 12274, Brookstead via Pitts- worth, reed. 1. R. Straughan 17.11.64; OM J 18 L08, 18116 21 km E. of Dalby, coll, A- K. Lee and [, R, Straughan, 16,x1,63; QM J 18111 [8 km W. of Dalby, coll, 1. R. Straughan, 811.64; QM J 18104, 18107 Waratah Stn. via Cunnamulla, coll. A. Kk. Lee: QM J 18109, 18112, 18114-15, 18117, Warrawee near Petrie, coll. [. R, Straughan, 7.xii.62-10.11.64; New South Wales—BM 1947,2,18,.48 (formerly 1911.3.28.1, and AM R 5149), Wilcannia, Darling River (Paratype of C. euliripes), MCZ 3585-86 (same locality), all coll, W. Stalker; SAM R 14081 Sturt Ntl. Pk. near Tibooburra, coll, R, Galt, The male paratypes range in size from 37:3 to 45mm and the females from 37-2 to 49:2 mm. Variations in body and limb proportions are presented in Table 1, The paratypes are fairly homogeneous and share a conspicuously roughened dorsal surface with ditfuse markings, The dorsum varies from greyish to an obscure very dark brown; the posterior surfaces of the thighs are commonly a different shade of brown to the dorsum, and are usually irregularly flecked with pale grey. The vertebral stripe is a constant feature. The throats of the male paratypes are deeply suffused with uniform slate. An additional four specimens probably repre- sent verrucosus, but have been excluded from the paratype series, because of doubt about their conspecificity. Three are recently metamorphosed Tair tf SIZES AND PROPORTIONS GF SOME CYCLORANA SPECIES Species on sy | S- Vh/S-Vo) E-N/IN | HILJLIW te | eo} | | — — {| | brevipes 2 2 Shedd oR | FROIRS | eds | OTE PO | O-Ad-0.08 ceyprotix 2. 1 AR = te a4 Us culiripes -., US | ADESID odhO-SS1 | OGIOdO | O-RVLST O-88-0-07 fongipes W | ASAIO 478s | OF6404d5 | F236 000-0-95 macdlayes tr ATS | AB-B-SUhte | OTR | GS-74 (90-095 Hiab yes J 254-464 | 3R7-472 33-041 9712s USE-O48 verracunay VO ARTS We DAT AH O35-045 | 941-25 OW N9-096 Medsurements are in millimetres. AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLOKANA juveniles (QM J 18106, 18110, 18113) ranging from 18-4 to 22-4mm S-V, There is also a trans- forming tadpole (QM J 18119). The series was taken at Waratah Station with two of the yerrucosus paratypes. Comparison with other species: For many years field workers in eastern Queensland have recog- nised the existence of two species. The first 1s C, brevipes, and the second has been erroneously referred to as C. cwllripes. With clarification of the morphology of C- cultripes, the Queensland population can be distinguished quite readily by its tendency to exhibit verrucosities on the skin (C, ev/tripes is usually quite smooth), the extensive irregular mottling of the dorsum (see Fig. 2), and by a tendency for yerrucasus to have longer hind lumbs (Table 1), Although ©. brevipes and C. verrycosus both have extensive dorsal pigmentation, the dark markings of C. brevipes are sharply defined peripherally, Whereas C. verrucosus is diffusely marked. Individuals of both species may be rough skinned, but the verrucosities in C. verru- cosus are rendered conspicuous by _ being, surrounded by areas of paler pigmentation. In C. brevipes there is no such highlighting and they are indistinct. In lateral view (Fig. 2) C. verru- casus has a higher head than C, brevipes. As in members of the C. australis group (Tyler & Martin 1975), we have been unable to express these differences if a quantitative fashion, Distribution: Cyclorana verrucosus extends from south-eastern Queensland to north-western New South Wales. li is sympatric with C. brevipes aver a limited portion of its range (Fig, 4). Cyelarana mactlosus new species Holotype: SAM R 14719, an adult male collected at Daly Waters, Northern Territory by B. Low and D. F, Gartside on 13.xii.1971, Dejinition’ A moderate-sized species (males 47- 49 mm, females 49-51 mm S-V) with short hind limbs and a pattern of markings in which there are strong contrasts of small dark patches on a lighter background (Fig, 6). Deseription of Holotype: The bead is rather flattened, triangular and distinctly broader than Jong (HL/HW 0-93), The snout is rounded when viewed from above and in profile. The eye is not prominent but its diameter is considerably greater than the eye to naris distance. The canthus rostralis is straight and distinguishable by the shelf-like structure of the maxilla, The nostrils are inclined superiorly and are separated from one another by a distance which is less than 169 the eye to naris distance (E-N/EIN 1-13), The tympanum is entirely visible but for a portion of the superior margin of ifs annulus which is hidden beneath the supratympanic fold, The tongue is broad and is almost entirely free behind. The choanae are widely spaced and the yvomerine teeth are on oblique, converging cleva- tions whose posterior margins are anterior to the posterior borders of the choanae. The fingers are slender and unwebbed, The foot has a prominent inner metatarsal tubercle. The toes are slightly less than one-half webbed: the webbing on the fifth toe not reaching the subarticular tubercle at the base of the pen- ultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very short (TL/S-V 0-34). Macroscopically the skin of the dorsal sucface is quite smooth; under low-power magnification it can be seen to be covered by numerous, flattened tubercles. Yentrally the skin is weakly granular over the posterior half of the abdomen, and smooth anteriorly. The dorsal surface is a uniform very pale grey on which there are a few clearly demarcated black markings, There is a stripe from the tip of the snout through each rosteil to the eye. Behind the eye this stripe envelops the tympanum and continues Lo the insertion of the forearm, bardered superiorly by the supratympanic fold, There are a pair of small ellipsoid markings on the scapula and elongate markings on the flanks and in the groin, There is a narrow white vertebral stripe and a pale postocular bar. The posterior surface of the thighs is a uniform dull grey, The ventral surface of the body ys cream with a dark slate submandibular region, This adult male specimen has a submandibular vocal sac with short, paired openings near the mandibular articulation, and two distinctly separ- ated, brawn nuptial pads on cach first digit. Dimensions: S-V 47-4mm; TL 162mm; HL 169 mim: HW [8lmm: E-N 34mm; IN 32 mm: E 54mm; T 36mm, Variation; There are five paratypes—SAM R 14717-18, collected at the type locality with the holotype; SAM R 7612, Doomadgee Mission, Qid., G. Douglas, February, 1966; NTM 3178, Stuart Highway at Tennant Creek, D, Lindner, 30.1.66; SAM R 14736, Tennant Creek, J. F. Field, April. 1907, The paratypes comprise two adult males (S-¥ 48-8-49-5 nim) and three adult females (48°8-50:6 mm), In all specimens the limbs are short (TL/S-V 0:31-0:38), Topotypic material varies only in the extent and distribution of dark mark- ings and differs from the holotype in the presence 27) of a broad, pale postocular bar and a pale border on each side of the mid-vertebral stripe. The lighter markings are most pronounced in the Doomadgee Mission specimen, whereas the paratypes from Tennant Creek vary from having minimal dark markings to extensive areas of dark pigment. Comparison with other species: Cyclorana maculosus is a rather large species in comparison with the others described here, In fact each of REC. S. AUST. MUS,, 17 (19): 261-276 Mareh, 1977 the three adult males is larger than all males of all other species included. However it js its striking dorsal colouration that sets maculasus apart from congeners. Namely the isolated, jet black, patches contrasting with a pale background. The species with which there is partial symipatry (C. cultripes and C, maini) lack black patches, although the latter shares with maculosus a conspicuous dark stripe on the side of the head. Call: The call of the holotype was recorded at Daly Waters, N.T., on 13.xii,1971. The site was FIG, 6 Dorsal and Jateral views of Cpclorana species, A = C. tnacilasas (SAM R. 14717): Band C = C. culiripes (NMYV D 12703, SAM R 14725); D = €. maculusus (SAM R 14717); E = €, culiripes (SAM BR. 14725). AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA 271 a small roadside ditch; wet bulb air temperature was 241°C, Call valnes ate: duration 1810 msec; dominant frequency 1767 Hz; pulse repetition rate 108 pulses/sec. (Fig. 3), Distribution: The species 1s currently known from two localities on the Stuart Highway, N.T., and one in Queensland (Fig. 4). Cyelorana cryplotis new species Holotype: SAM R 14716, an adult male collected at Daly Waters, Northern Territory by B. Low and D, F, Gartside on 13.xi1, L971, Definition; A small species (male adult at 41 mm) which is also characterised by having the tympanum covered with skin (and hence invisible externally), and by its obscure greyish colouration (Fig, 7). Description of Holotype: The head is rather flattened, broadly triangular and distinetly broader than long (HL/HW approximately 0:87), The snout is rounded When viewed from above and rather truncated in profile. The eye is not prominent but its diameter is greater than the eye to naris distance, The canthus rostralis is almost straight and very poorly defined. The nostrils are inclined superiorly and are separated from one another by a distance slightly less than the eye to naris distance, The tympanum is com- pletely hidden beneath the skin. The tongue is roughly circular, not large and almost entirely free behind. The choanae are widely spaced and the yomerine teeth are on elevations projecting slightly behind the posterior margin of the choanue. The fingers are slender and unwebbed. The foot has a prominent inner metatarsal tubercle. The toes are approximately one-half webbed, the webbing on the fifth toe reaching the subarticular tubercle at the base of the penultimate phalanx. Hind limbs are of moderate size (TL/S-V 0-42). The skin of the dorsal surface is covered with numerous and densely aggregated, flattened tubercles. Ventrally the skin is granular except in the pectoral region where it is almost smooth. The dorsal surface is pale grey suffused with irregular darker markings. There ts a narrow, disrupted, white vertebral stripe and broader, dark stripes between the nostril and eye and from the eye to the insertion of the forearm. The ventral surface of the body is cream with a greyish submandibular region, The plantar surface is lightly stippled with yery dack brown. This adult tnale specimen has a submandibular vocal sac with short, paired openings near the mandibu- lar articulation, and two distinctly separated, unpigmented nuptial pads on each first digit. Dimensions: S-V 408mm; TL 17-O0mm; HL 13-8imm:; HW 17-l mm; E-N 34mm; IN 3-0 mm; ES-0Omm; T 22 mm. Comparison with other species: Cyclorana eryptoris has few obvious affinities with other Species. The lack of any dark markings on the dorsum is shared by C. cultripes and some individuals of C. maini, However ©. cryptoris has the tympanum completely covered with skin, whereas it is visible externally in C, maint and all other members of the genus. A further feature unique to C, eryptatis is the rather compressed head producing the exceptionally low HL/HW ratio of O81 (0°84-0-99 are the Jimits of the ranges for all other species). Call; The call of the halotype was recorded al Daly. Waters, N.T., on 13.xii.197], The frog was calling from the margin of a flooded ditch; wet bulb air temperature was 241°C, Call values are: duration 530 msec; daminant frequency 1060 Hz; pulse repetition rate 158 pulses/sec (Fig. 3). Distributions Cyelorana cryptotis is known solely from the type locality of Daly Waters, N.T., (Fig, 4). Cyclorana langipes new species Chiroleptes brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Fletcher, 1899: 678. Phractops brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Fry, 1915: 200, Holotype: WAM R 43258, an adult female collected at Mitchell Plateau (140° 52’ S: 125° 50’ W), Kimberley Division, Western Australia by L. A. Smith and R. E. Johnstone an 5,ii,1973. Definition: A moderate-sized species (males 37-5-45:9 mm; females 35-8-47-8 mm) with a skin texture which varies from smooth to very coarsely granular, and a colouration of dark patches on a lighter background (Fig. 7). The nostrils are narrowly spaced (E-N/IN 1-12-1-36). Description of Holotype: The head is high, triangular and almost as broad as long (HL/HW 0-91), The snout is triangular when viewed from above and evenly rounded in profile. The cye is small, its diameter equivalent to one and one- quarier times the distance between the eye and the naris, The canthus rostralis is distinct and very slightly curved, The nostrils are inclined dorso- laterally and are separated from one another by a distance which is less than the eye to haris distance Pi 27 (E-N/IN 1:25), The tympanum is almost entirely visible except for the upper portion of the tympanic annulus which passes beneath the supratympanic fold. The tongue is very broad and almost entirely free behind, The choanae are small and broadly spaced and the vomerine teeth are on prominent, oblique, converging elevations whose posterior margins are posterior to the choanae, The fingers are moderately long, slender, un- webbed and without lateral fringes (Fig, 1). The foot has a small but prominent mner metatarsal tubercle. The webbing between the toes is comparatively well developed, and on the medial surface of the fifth toe reaches the posterior edge of the subarticular tubercle at the base of the penultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very short (TL/S-V 0:38). Anteriorly the skin of the dorsal surface is very coarsely granular, There are distinct plicae 2 Rec. &. AUST, MUS,, 17 (15): 261-276 March, 177 between the upper eyclids and in the form of a continuous dorsolateral glandular fold extending to the flanks. Posteriorly the skin becomes progressively less conspicuously granular, the individual granules being smaller and less promi- nent. The ventral skin is finely granular from the posterior surface of the thighs to the post-axillary pectoral skin fold. Anterior to that fold the skin is smooth. There is a small postmandibular gland. The dorsal surface is a dull brown colour which is to a great extent covered by large, elongate, irregular patches of darker brown. The arrange- ment is disrupted on a level with the tytnpaoum. There is a dark and clearly defined stripe from the tip of the snout through the nostril and eye to the tympanum, There is. also a pale vertebral stripe which is quite broad above the sacral region and tapers to a Yery narrow line at the snout and cloaca. The posterior surfaces of the thighs are spotted with pale grey on a dark brown back- FIG, 7 Dorsal and Jateral views of Crejarana species. A and C=C. eryptofis (SAM R l4716)> Band D= Cc. lonyipes WAM RB 14157), AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA ground, and there is similar spotting in the groin. The ventral surface of the body and limbs is a dull cream, Dimensions: S-V 47-3 mm; TL 18mm; HL 163mm: HW L8§mm; E-N 4mm: IN 3:2mm; ESmm; TV 3-1 mm, Variation: There are 43 paratypes, comprising nine adults and 34 juveniles, all from localities in Western Australias WAM R 14157, Broome, K. Male. 14,11,1962; WAM R_ 43199-43200, L. A. Smith & R. E, Johnstone 5,11.73, R 43268-75, Smith & Johnstone 21.11,73, R 43294- 95, R 43346 Smith & Johnstone 22.ii,73, all from Mitchell Plateau; WAM R= 32349-51, Wyndham, T. Nelson 19iv.68; WAM R 44735- 59 Lake Argyle, Smith & Johnstone, 5.1.72: WAM R 42388, Mt. Phire, W. H. Butler 29.1x.63. None of the female adult paratypes is as large as the holotype female, their size being 35-8-43-8 mm, Males have an S-V length range of 37-5- 45-9 mm, and there is a female 40-3mm long, The subadult material ranges in S-V length from 21-8 to 33.2 mm, Variations in adult dimensions are shown in Table 1; the consistently high E-N/IN. ratio (1:12-1-36) is notable, Colouration of adults and juveniles is rather variable, In the figured specimen from Broome the darker markings are particularly extensive, because the longitudinally arranged markings have partly coalesced. In many juveniles and adults from the Mitchell Plateau the Jongitudinal orientation is detectable, but the markings are broken up into separate segments. The feature- less post-orbital area, the presence of a mid- vertebral stripe and the spotted pattern of light markings on the posterior surface of the thighs are the only features common to all individuals. Males have a submandibular, unilobular vocal sac and the submandibular area of the largest male (WAM R 14157) is almost black. Comparison with other species: All individuals of C. Jongipes exhibit a dorsal pattern in which there are black markings on a contrasting light background, The only other species sharing such a feature are C, maculosus and C. brevipes. Cyclorana maculusus tends to be a shorter-limbed frag (TL/S-V 0-31-0-38 as apposed to 0:36-0-45 in C. longipes), Similarly C. maculosus has a lower E-N/IN ratio range of 0:95-1-14, compared with 1:12-1:36, Other data in Table | indicate that C. longipes may be a slightly smaller species. How- ever, existing samples of adults of each species are inadequate to confirm the apparent trend. 273 Distribution: Fletcher (1898) reported Cyclo- rdna brevipes (as Chiraleptes brevipalmatus) from two localities in northern Western Australia (Kings Sound and the junction of Margaret Creek with the Fitzroy River), Parker (1940) attributes the records to C, cultripes. However the situation of these localities within the range of Jongipes. and the striking similarity of /ongipes to brevipes, cause us to favour the new identification. Thus C. longipes is now known to occupy the coastal zone of northern W.A, and to penetrate inland via the Fitzroy River. At its southern boundary the arid Eighty Mile Desert effectively isolates the species from C, maini. However there is no such geographic barrier ta dispersal in the west, and longipes may extend into the Northern Territory and be sympatric with at least one other species reported here. Cyclorana maini new species Chitoleptes brevipalmatus (non Gunther), Spencer (1896): 1653, Cyclovana sp,, Warburg (1967): 27, (1972): 91. Cyclorana cultripes (non Parker), Cagger (1975) pl. 214. Holotype; SAM R (5191. An adult male collected at Barraw Creek, Northern Terntory by D, F. Gartside and B. Low on 11.80.1971, Definition: A moderate-sized species (males 354-464 mm; females 38:7-47-2 mm) charac- terised by a dark lateral head stripe and irregular darker patches on a pale dorsum in most specimens (Fig. &). Description of Holotype: The head is high, distinctly broader than long, evenly rounded when viewed from aboye and projecting slightly down- wards in profile (HL/HW 0-93), The eye ts large and prominent, and its diameter is equivalent to one and one-half times the diameter of the distance between the eye and the naris. The canthus rostralis is straight and quite prominent. The nostrils are inclined dorsolaterally and are separated from one another by a distance very slightly greater than the internarial span (E- N/IN 1-03). The tympanum is visible and ts nat overlapped by the supratympanic fold, The tongue is very broad and slightly free behind. The choanae are obliquely inclined and are separated in the midline, and the yvomerine tecth are on converging, oblique elevations whose posterior margins are posterior to the choanae. The fingers are slender, unwebbed and without lateral fringes, and have prominent subarticular tubercles. The foot has a prominent inner 274 metatarsal tubercle and the toes are long and webbed only at the base. The webbing on the fifth toe extends slightly above the base of the penultimate phalanx. The hind limbs are very short (TL/S-V 0-36). The skin of the dorsal surface is very slightly pitted and raised tubercles on other areas are totally lacking. The supratympanic fold is weak and the skin of the ventral surface is almost entirely smooth. The posterior surfaces of the thighs are weakly granular. The dorsal surface is a dull brown on which areas of darker pigment are densely scattered. A fine white vertebral stripe is present, and a dark stripe extends between the nostril and the eye, REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (15): 261-276 March, 1977 and then divides at the axillary region and is covered posteriorly by isolated patches of dark pigment on the flanks. The submandibular region is an intense dark grey, and the remainder of the ventral surface is dull creamish, This male specimen has paired nuptial pads on the first finger and a submandibular vocal sac. Dimensions: S-V 46mm; TL 168mm; HL 163mm; HW 17-6mm: E-N 3-6 mm; IN 3-5 mm; E 5:2mm; T 3-3 mm. Variation; There are 95 paratypes—Northern Territory—NTM 2309-11, 2316, Arid Zone Research Institute 5km S$ of Alice Springs K Bowsshal! 1976 FIG, 8 Dorsal and lateral views of Cyclorana maini (NTM 2311). AUSTRALIAN LEPTODACTYLID FROGS: GENUS CYCLORANA 21.x.64; SAM 1519210 km S of Alice Springs 3.xi.63; SAM 6311, 1471S 27km S of Alice Springs; NTM 3177 Mt, Doreen Stn,, D. Lindner 23,166; SAM R 13038 A-D, Toko Range, S. Parker 20,1,72: Western Australia—SAM R 1711 Well No, 26, Canning Stock Route Expedition; WAM R_ 1440 Laverton, P.C. Warren, {925 (accessed); WAM R_ 1510-11 Booylgoo Stn., E. L, Michel, 1925 (accessed); WAM R 10216 Mundabullangana, D, Lukis, 1951 (accessed); WAM R 10634 Roeburne, T. Stove, 1952 (accessed): WAM R 20546 Nannine, P. J, Fuller, 2.11.63; WAM R= 28486-508, SAM R 5979, R 15341-46 Mt, Edgar, A, R. Main & G. M, Storr, February, 1961; WAM R 28517, R 28536 Jiggalong, 6.xji,1959, presumably E, Lindgren; WAM R_ 28634-35, R 28638-48, R 39193-94 Mundabullangana, G, M, Storr, February, 1961; WAM R 28795 New Yamarna, 291.1967, WAM expedition; 28806-07 44 km SE of Leonora, WAM expedition; WAM R 28984-85, R 28987 §km S of Mundabullangana, R. M. Sadlier, 26.V,1960; WAM R 29127-28 Roeburne, Christ- church Grammar School, 22.v.67; WAM R 31444 presumably near Exmouth, D. G. Bathgate 1965-68: WAM R 32373-80, R 32382 Koordarrie, N,T,, Allen, 1967: WAM R 33188. Woodstock, E. H. M. Ealey 181.56; WAM R 33212, R 34791, R 34793 Woodstock, E. H. M. Ealey, February, 1957; WAM R 34206-07 Wittenoom, E, P. Hodgkin, 2.ij1.1954; WAM R 34208 5 of Wanning, E. H. M. Ealey. June, 1954; WAM R 36092 40 km N of Carnarvon, R. Humphries ef a/., 411.1970; WAM R 36094-96 near Winning, R. Humphries e¢ a/,. 411.1970: WAM R 36105-06 Barrabiddy Creek, R. Humphries er al, 5,11,1970; WAM R 36695 Mandidjarra R. H., NE of Carnegie, P. J, Fuller, 11-v.1970; WAM R 37248 Angel Is., Dampier Archipel., W. K. Youngson & P. Prince, 18.vi.1970; WAM R 39147 Talawana, J, B. Wade, 3.i1.197L; WAM R 40355 Durba Hills, W. H, Butler, early August, 1971; WAM R 45665-67, Bamboo Creck, A. M. & M. J. Douglas, 22.1.1974. Because of the wide geographic area occupied by C. maini (Fig. 4), and because of limited data, particularly biological information, we are unable to give a definitive account of variation in this species. We can demonstrate that none of the individuals within this area represent C, cu/rripes, the species to which they have been referred in the literature; buf we cannot assert that they all represent C. maini. We have therefore omitted from our list of C. wiaini paratypes a number of individuals from Western Anvstralia and the Northern Territory, Many are tmmatore and others are so poorly 275 fixed or preserved that positive identificatian is not possible, Others again are satisfactorily preserved but possess sufficient morphological divergence from our concept of C, mainég to warrant their exclusian. Individuals from the Peterman Ranges and adjacent localities in southeastern N.T. and Western Australia fall into this latter category, We are not able to make specilic identification of this. material, but suspect that they represent an additional species remaining undescribed. Ranges of measurements of C. maini appear in Table |. Colour in life: Specimens (rom Jay Creek 20 km W of Alice Springs have an extremely yariable colouration, Individuals can change from green to brown in a matter of a few hours. Invariably the pattern consists of dark and commonly longitudinally orientated markings on a paler background. In all specimens a dark cantho- rostral stripe continues behind the eye to the flanks. Coniparison with other species: Cyclorana maint as defined here is readily distinguishable from congeners. Possession of a tympanum dlis- tinguishes it from C. cr)profis. and the limbs of the latter species may be slightly longer (TL/S-V 0:33-0-41 in 50 maui; 0-42 in the single erypiolis). The nature of the dorsal pattern of markings in C, brevipes, C. longipes and C, maculasus (clearly demarcated islands of dark pigment on a pale background), distinguishes each from sami which has obscure longitudinal streaks. The allopatric C, verrucosus has a dorsal skin with raised folds or large tubercles highlighted by being surrounded by dark pignient. Cyclorana culfripes tends to be a jarger frog lacking the dark lateral head stripe and distinguished. as are most other species, by differences in mating call parameters (Fig. 3). Distributions Extending from the Hammersley Ranges in Western Australia in a continuous broad are throughout central and southern Northern Territory to the western border of Queensland (Fig. 4). Habitat: Main & Storr (1966) state that this species occurs “in small temporary watercourses with sandy or gravelly beds’, and occasionally in larger wooded creeks and at windmills. [ht is found in areas that form swamps In wet weather but are dry at other times, and specimens have been dug froin depths of 25 to 35 env (Main 1965). It is clear from our examination of several sites at which this species has been taker that il can occur in flat, open, arid country subject to seasonal Alaoding. Cull: Calls attributed to this species (reported as C, cultripes) are as follows. Main & Calaby, (1957) describe the call in the Pilbara region as 276 resembling a sheep bleating. Main (1965) con- sidered it a “high pitched even maa-a-a-a-a”, Main & Storr (1966) state that it is “loud, moder- ately high-pitched and rasping, Close up and in chorus, when the vibrato is clearly audible, the call sounds like an ambulance siren. At a distance it is more like the bleating of a sheep”. Calls of two specimens were recorded at Barrow Creek, N.T., on 11.xii.1971. The frogs were calling at the edge of a pool in a sandy river bed; wet bulb air temperature was 22-6°C, Call values (mean and range) are: duration &14 msec (775-852); dominant frequency 1922 Hz (1847- 1977): pulse repetition rate 244 pulses/sec (232- 255) (Fig. 3). Biology: Main & Calaby (1957) state that eggs are approximately 1-2mm in diameter. Main (1965) reports the tadpoles to be comparable to those of C. platycephalus and that in their fater stages they are pink with an opalescent sheen, Details of the diet of 12 adult frogs are provided by Main & Calaby (1957) and of a further three by Calaby (1960), Termites and ants predomin- ated in the diet of those individuals. but a small centipede was included. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This project was funded by the Science and Industry Endowment Fund (administered by the C.S.LR.Q.), the Australian Biological Resources Study, and the University of Melbourne Research Vote. Specimens were provided by Dr. S. Barker, Mr. P. Christy, Dr. H. G. Cogger, Ms, J. Covacevich, Mr, J. Coventry, Mr, W. Dowd, Dr. D. Gartside, Mr. M. Gillam, Miss A, G, C, Grandison, Mr. D. Howe, Dr. B. Low, Mr. K. R. McDonald, Mr. 8, Parker, Dr, G, Storr and Professor E, E, Williams. To Ms, Covacevich, Mr. Howe, Dr. Storr and Dr. T, H, Houston we are indebted for facilities provided at museums, and to the Donald Thompson Administration Committee for access to specimens in ils care. Dr, Low and Dr, Gartside very kindly provided tape recordings of mating calls of C. cryptotix, C. cultripes, C. maculosus and C. maini. Dr. G. F. Watson’s help in obtaming calls of C, brevipes is greatly appreciated, Dr. Gunther Peters provided information on the fate of the type of C. brevipes, whilst the Queensland Museum generously made available the photograph of C, verrucosus taken by Mr, A. Easton. Finally we wish ta express our deep gratitude to Miss K, B. Bowshall for the superbly executed line drawings of each of the species, REC, S. AUST, MUS, 17 (14): 261-276 Murch, (977 REFERENCES Boulenger, G. A. 1882. Catalogue of the Batrachia Salientia s. Ecaudata in the collection of the British Museum. British Museum, London: 1-503 Calaby, J, H., 1960. A aote on the food of Australian desert Troes. WY. Aust, Nat. 7 (3a)> 79-80. Cogger, H. G., 1975. Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia, Reed: Sydney. Fry, D. B., 1915, On 4 collection of reptiles and batrachians from Western Ausiralia. Ree. HW, Aust, Mus. V2 174-210, Fletcher, J, J., 1898. Contributions to a more exact knowledge of the geographical distribution of Australian Batrachia, No, $. a. Batrachia of Tasmania. 6. Batrachia of West Australia, Prec. Linn. Sov, NwS.W., Ser, 2, $2; 660-634, Gunther, A., 1876. Descriptions of new species of reptiles from Australia, J. Mus. Gadeffroy, 5 (12): 45-47. Lindgren, E. & Main, A. R_, 1961. Natural history notes fror Jiggalang IV Frogs. HY, Aust, Nat, 7 (8): 193-195. Loveridge, A., 1935. Australian Amphibia in the Museum of Comparative Zoology Cambridge, Massachusetts. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoal. 7B (V2 1-60. Loveridge, A., 1950. New frogs of the genera Cycloratia and Wyla from south-castern Australia. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash, 63; 131-1338. Lynch, J. D,, 197]. Evolutionary relationships, osteology and yooeeoeraphy of leptodactyloid frogs. Adise. Publ Mus. Nat, #ist. Univ. Kansas (5): 1-238. Main, A. R., 1965. Frogs of southern Western Australia. (W. Aust. Naf. Club: Perth) Handbook No. 8, 73 pp. Main, A, R. & Calaby, J. H., 1957. New records and notes on the bialogy of frogs from north-western Australia, HM”. Aust. Nat. 5 (7): 216-228. Main, A. R. & Storr, G. M,, 1966, Range extensions and notes on the biology of frogs from the Pilbara Region, Western Australia, WY 4s Net, 10 (3); 53-6), Moresealchi, A. & Jngram, G. J. 1974. New chromosome numbers in Australian Leptodactylidae (Amphibia, Sallentia), Experientia 30; 1134-1135. Parker, H. W,. 1940, The Ausiralan frogs of the family Leptodactylidae, Nevit, Zoel, 42. (1); 1-106, Nipten F,, 1923, Anura lt.) Day Tierretch, Berlin, (46): 1-584, Peters, W., 1871. Uber einige arten der herpetologischen Sammlung der Berliner Zoologischen Museum. Munatsh. K, Preuss, Akad. Wiss, Borlin, 1871: 648. Robioson, R. L, & Tyler, M- J, 1972 The catecholamine content of ihe adrenal glands of frogs as an index of phylogenetic relationships. Comp, Gen. Pharmacol, 3 (10); 167-170 Slevin, J. Ri, 1955, Notes on Australian amphibians. Calif’ Acad. Sci, WB (8): 355-392. Spencer, B., 1896. Report on the Works of the Horn Scientific Expedition to Central Australia. 1 Introduction, Narra- tive, Summary of results, supplement to zoological report. Amphibia (Melville, Muller & Slade; Melbourne), §52-175, Straughan, 1. R,, 1969. Ayla fierinis (Peters), a species hitherto erroneously referred io the leptodactylid genus Cyetarana Ginutas Hylidae/Leptodactylidue), Zvol, Medea. 43 (17): 207-212. Tyler, M_.1., 1970. Patterns of distribution and the ongins of the Papoan bylid frog fauna, Seareh 1 (5): 246-247, Tyler, M, J,, 1972. Superficial mandibular musculature, voval sacs and the phylogeny. of Australo-Papuad leptodactylid frogs. Rec, S- dui. Muy, U6 (9); 1-20, Tyler, M, J, 1974, The systematic position and geographic distribution of the Australian frog Chirelepres albegutratiy Gunther. Prac R. Sve, Old, 85 (2); 27-32, Tyler, M_J. & Martin, A. A. (975, Australian leptodactylid frogs of the Cyelvrana australis camplex, Trans R. Soe. S. Aust. 99 (2): 93-99, Warburg, M. R.. 1967, On thermal and water balance of three Central Australian frogs. Comp. Biochem. Physiol, 2: 27-43. Warburg, M. R.. 1972. Water economy and thermal balance of Israeli and Australian amplibia from xeric habitats. Symp. Zool, Soe Lond. M2 79-111. Watkins, Wo A. 1967. The harmonic interval: fact or artifaet in spectral analysis of pulse trains, ln “Murine Bio- acoustics’, (W. N. Tavolga, Bd.), Vol. 2, pp. 19-43, Perguimoli; New York, Prove. RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO (MARSUPIALIA: THYLACOLEONIDAE) WITH NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCES AND DISTRIBUTION OF THYLACOLEONIDAE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA By NEVILLE S. PLEDGE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 16 lst June, 1977 A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO (MARSUPIALIA: THYLACOLEONIDAE) WITH NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCES AND DISTRIBUTION OF THYLACOLEONIDAE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY NEVILLE S. PLEDGE Summary A new species, Zhylacoleo hilli, is described from the Town Cave of Curramulka, South Australia, based on an upper carnassial P3, which is about half the size of that of 7: carnifex but otherwise almost identical. It is markedly larger than the Miocene species of Wakaleo Clemens & Plane, and because there is no indication of such a diminutive Pleistocene species, it is suggested that 7! hil/i is of Late Tertiary, possibly Miocene-Pliocene age. A summary of the sites of thylacoleonid discoveries in South Australia is also presented. A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO (MARSUPIALIA: THYLACOLEONIDAE) WITH NOTES ON THE OCCURRENCES AND DISTRIBUTION OF 'THYLACOLEONIDAE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA By NEVILLE S, PLEDGE* ABSTRACT PLEDGE. NEVILLE 8. 1975. A new specics of Thylacaleo (Marsopialia: ‘Thylacoleonidac), with notes on the accur- rences and distribution of Thylacoleonidae in South Aus- tralia. Ree. S, Anyi, Mus, 17 (16): 261-267, *Souath Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australi, 5000, A new species. Thylacelee hilli, is described from the Town Cave of Curramulka, South Aus- tralia, based on an upper carnassial P*, which is about half the size of that of T, carnifex but otherwise almost identical, It is markedly larger than the Miocene species of Wakaleo Clemens & Plane, und because there is no indication of such a diminutive Pleistocene species, it is sug- rested that 7, Ailli is of Late Tertiary, possibly Miocvene-Pliocene age. A suintiary of the sites of thylacoleonid dis- coveries in South Australia is also presented. INTRODUCTION In 1956, the late Alan Hill collected an unusual tooth from the far recesses of the Town Cave (Y¥2) at Curramulka, on Yorke Peninsula, South Australia, The Curramulka Town Cave had a natural 30 m shaft entrance which was enlarged so that the cave could be used as the town’s water supply, The easier passages were explored early, bones being noted in passing. Germein (1960) published a popular account of his 1936 visit to the cave. In 1959, Messrs. B. Daily, G. Gross and P, Aitken of the South Australian Museum visited the cave, following reports from the Cave Exploration Group of South Australia (CEGSA) Which examined it in 1956. Daily excavated lime- and sand-encrusted bone, including a purtial skeleton of Thylacolea carnifex (P12784) and a crushed skull of Protemnodon (P13027}, The cave is developed in the Early Cambrian Kulpara Limestone along a system of vertical joints that probably were originally open to the surface, such as those that can now be seen in the nearby council quarry, The fissures filled with sediment and debris, which became partly lithified as a tough, red bone-breceia, Sub- sequent ground water movement apparently re-excavated the fissures from the bottom. leaving high marrow passages roofed with breccia, Remains of Pleistocene marsupials have been found in this breccia and in the soft red silt that partially clogs some purts of the cave, Tr is lar June, 1977 from the latter that Daily’s specimens were collected, in the section called the “Bedroom Chamber”, Although it has not yet been prop- erly prepared or identified, a cursory inspection of the fossil fauna suggests that it is of Late Pleistocene age. Hill’s specimen, however, does not fit this hypothesis and suggests that at least some parts of the cave may date from Tertiary times, This is discussed below, The tooth is interpreted to be the upper left carnassial (P*) of Thylacoleo, but is so much smaller than that tooth in other menibers of the genus that it warrants the erection of a new species. DESCRIPTION Systematic Palaeontology: Marsupialia Phalangeroidea Thylacoleonidae Thylacolee Owen Thylacoleo hilli sp. nov. Diagnosis: Thylacoleo with P* about half as long as in 7, carnifex. Holotype: upper left P*. registered no. P1862! in the South Australian Museum. Type locality: Town Cave (Y¥2), Curramulka, Yorke Peninsula. Etymology: 1 have pleasure in naming this species for its finder, the Jute Alan Hill, «a found- ing member of CEGSA in 1956, and a dynamic speleologist until his untimely death in 1972, Description: The only known specimen, P18621, an upper left P*, megsures 24°4 mm long which is less than half the length of the equivalent tooth of Thylaceleo carnifex. It has a long trenchant ridge, with the highest point over the anterior root (broken away), The height is 12°2 mm on the outer face. From here the c¢rista descends abruptly on the anterior face to a paint below the general base level of the crown, though not so obviously as in 7. carnifex, Posteriorly from the anterior cusp, the crest descends gently (at about 20° below the horizontal. the base of the enamel being taken as horizontal) for a Jittle more thin halfway before abruptly levelling out to form the posterior “cusp” over the posterior root, then descends aguin at the same rate, In profile it is similar to P" of T, carnifex, althougl with less development of the anterior “cusp”, 278 There are more obvious differences in occlusal view. In Thylacoleo hilli, P* is relatively broad and shows a rather tuberous outline in contrast to the more slender form of T. carnifex. How- ever, the crest has the same sigmoid form, starting slightly mesiad at the anterior end and curving, convex outwards, to the anterior “cusp”. Thence it is almost straight until the midway break-in-slape, where it bends slightly but sharply REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (16): 261-267 June, 1977 outwards to the posterior “cusp”, after which it curves gently outwards to reach the posterior extremity. The sigmoid curve is thus rather more angular than in 7. carnifex. As in Thylacoleo carnifex, the anterior cusp is buttressed with a noticeable internal ridge and a somewhat more rounded external ridge, but in contrast to T. carnifex, this is not the widest part of the tooth. That point occurs Fig. 1. (lower drawings), in labial 2a b: lingual view. Fig. 3. a: occlusal view; b: labial view; c: lingual view. Thylacoleo carnifex left P? (SAM P17654) a: 10mm kD BUSING Comparison of upper premolars of Thylacoleo carnifex P17654 (upper drawings) and T. hilli P18621, holotype, (eft) and occlusal (right) views. 2b labial view; Natural size. Thylacoleo hilli n. sp. left P38 (SAM P18621) Stereopairs; Natural size. A NEW SPECIES OF THY LACOLEO slightly posterior to the cusp and just before the midpoint of the tooth. Again as in T. carnifex, the outer face is convex while the inner face is slightly hollow to maintain a constant sharp edge as tooth-wear progresses, This is particu- larly noticeable in the central region of the ridge, where tooth-wear has bevelled the inner face ot the erest in a one-millimetre band, The hollow part of the face is apparently tnworn, and is gently rugose in a vertical direction, The aniecior cout appears lo have been hy far the stranger, alihough both are missing from the specimen, It has a deeply erescentic cross section at the base of the crown. There is no cingulum and the enamel thins and ends in a rather irregular line, as in T. carnifex, Discussion; Apart trom Thvlacolee, the only other form to which the Hill tooth could be compared is the lower premolar (Ps) of Protem- nodon spp. (see Bartholomat 1974), but the differences in size and form (Proetemnadon is too small, too flat-bladed and too narrow, and lacks the unterior descension af the crown enamel) are too obvious for this to seriausly considered, The possibility has been considered that the Town Cave tooth is an abnormal development. Various abnormalities of inarsupial teeth have been discussed by Archer (1975) but the only type of interest here ts. the ephemeral tooth: that which may be present in embryo, but normally is resorbed or shed in young juveniles. There does not seem to be any certain way of distingu- ishing an isolated, unusually small tooth as a deciduous or ephemeral tooth. In the present instance, however. it is likely that this possibility can be discounted. for several reasons: (1) the tooth is well calcified and had well-developed roots (by contrast, some specimens of unworn T. carnifex premolars have very thin walled, fragile roots), (2) the enamel is thick and solid, (3) the tooth was functional, having a small but well-defined wear facet, The Thylacoleonidae have a relatively long history, which unfortunately is poorly represented for most of its length. A single undescribed toothless palate from the Miocene Etadunna Formation (Ngapakaldi local fauna) (Stirton, Tedford and Woodburne 1968) in the Luke Eyre Basin, seems to be the first possible repre- sentative (Clemens ond Plane 1974:659), This is followed by the two species of Hakalea (Clemens and Plane 1974) from later Miocene deposits; then by the rather poorly known Thy- lacolee crassidentaius (Bartholomat 1962) From the Phocene Chinchilla Formation of the Western Darling Downs in Queensland, There is also 279 an unidentified specimen from the Lower Plio- cene Allinghum Formation of north Queensland (Archer & Wade 1976:390), in which P* is relatively shorter than in 7. eraysidentatus, but larger than that estimated for 7, hilli (M, Archer. pers. coinm., 11.175). The Allingham species has been compared with a specimen from Balla- donia, W.A,, mentioned by Merrilees (1968:14). The best known species. TAylacelen carnifes (Owen 1859), is. widespread in Australian Pleistocene cave deposits and in some other open situations (see Gill 1954). Thylacoleo was an unusual animal in many Ways, one of which was the apparent lack of deciduous cheek-teeth. Most notably, the large sectorial premolars apparently had no functional precursors, ard persisted from the pouch stage to senility (Finch 1971). In two specimens in the South Ausiralian Museum (P13721, P13829), these full-sized carnassials are almost fully erupted in jaws that are only 22-23 mm deep al the posterior end of the Py alveolus, and 85- 90 mm long from the incisor alveolus to the angular process. Mandibles of mature 7. carni- fex reach a depth, at the P; alveolar margin, of up to 353 mm. The premolars are. therefore, apparently functional even in pouch young, although the two specimens mentioned above show no signs of wear. It is thus unlikely that the Curramulka tooth, 7. hilli, which is slightly worn and has well-developed raots, is deciduous. It is impossible, however, to present conclus- ive evidence one way or the other as to whether the tooth in question is permanent or deciduous. On the one hand, there is a slight indication that it could be deciduous by comparison with its postulated closest relatives. Woods (1956;138) has indicated its phalangeroid affinities, and certainly the jaw of Wakaleo oldfieldi bears some similarities in form with, say Burramys, which Broom (1898) concluded was close to the ancestral condition of the Thylacoleonidae, Many groups of phalangeroids have diminutive deciduous premolars (¢.¢, SAM M5539, a juvenile Trichosurus vulpecula with dP3. M1-3, and P3 unerupted below dP3,), At the same time, a koala M4625 has only the premolar and M1 fully erupted, und these premolars are identi- cal in size and form with those in adult, even senile, individuals which suggests that the decidu- ous premolar, if it existed. was of very short duration. A deciduous check tooth in a koala embryo was noted by an early German embryo- logis. (M. Archer, pers, comim., Nov, 1976). On the other hand, there is good circum- stantial evidence against the Hill tooth being deciduons, in that for all the scores of specimens REC, S. AUST, MUS., 17 (16): 261-267 June, 1977 TABLE | Lengths of premolars of Thylacoleonidae (calculated parameters are based on the ratio for 7. carnifex P?:Ps = 1-295.) Species Carnassial Length ps Ps | Range Mean Range Mean Thylacolvo carnifex— | Darling Downs (Woods, 1956) . 35:3-40-7 386 (N = 4) / 49:8-53-8 S51-7(N = 3) welinaten Caves (Australian Museum 33°7-46-0 JOB (N | 48) | 47-0-54-L 50-7 (N = 23) coll.) Naracoorte Caves (S.. Aust. Mus, coll,). 37-1-41-6 39-6 (N — 24) 49:9 54-5 52-2 (N = 14) Total sample coc. cc eee ee eevee 35:3-46:0 3¥6(N = 76) A7O-545 S13 (N - 40) T. crassidentarus—{ Bartholomai, (962) . 35:6-41-4 37-5 (N ~ 4) cale. 48-6 T. billi n. sp, f: bray calc. [KB 24-4 Wakalea vanderleuri (rane of estimates)... 13-5-15-3 (N = 1) calé. 17-5-19-8 WA aldffcleli 0.60 coc co oc ep ee eye 12-4 eal, 161 | of Thylacolea carnifex, at all stages of develop- in time to Wakaleo than T. carnifex, but ment, there is no other tooth of similar size known, Also, the roots were not being resorbed. Accordingly, the easiest explanation is that it is a valid diminutive species, Thylacoleo hill gives the impression of being more akin to Thylacoleo carnifex. While there is an obvious similarity shown between the mandibles of Wakaleo and Thylacolea carnifex, the Pz of the former is of different proportions, being relatively shorter, while the molars are relatively larger and better developed (Clemens and Plane 1974). In contrast, the P* of Thylacoleo hilli is proportionally and morpho- logically closely similar to T, carnifex (see Fig, 1). Tt is not yet possible to compare directly the premolars of Wakaleo and T. hilli, but estimates of the size of the unknown premolars can be made, assuming that a regular size relationship between the upper and lower premolars of T. carnifex persists throughout the family, A large sample of premolars of T. carnifex in the Aus- tralian Museum, mostly from the Wellington Caves, and a somewhat smaller collection from the Naracoorte Caves, held by the South Aus- tralian Museum, have been measured, and using also the data in Woods (1956), the mean lengths of the upper and lowers calculated, The assumption was then made that the ratio of these two measurements (P":P.) has been more or Jess constant at about 1.3. Using this con- stant, the lengths of Ps of Thylacoleo hill and P' of Wakaleo spp. have been calculated (see Table 1). Ut is seen that the premolar of 7. hilli is closer in size to Wakaleo than to T, carnifex. However, as discussed above. its form js nearer to the latter. It is therefore more probably an ancestor of T- carnifex, and closer unlikely to be a descendant of Wakaleo, Clemens and Plane (1974) consider Wakalea probably was not directly ancestral to Thylacoleo carnifex, and that thylacoleonid phylogeny was a plexus of lineages rather than a single line. Thylacoleo hilli would then represent a short twig near the axis of this plexus, Age: The age of 7. hilli is unknown, though presumably late Tertiary, Ut is unlikely to be Pleistocene, as there is no indication of it in any of the rich Pleistocene faunas known from Australia, It is not the same as the Balladonia Thylacoleo (Merrilees 1968; Archer & Wade 1976) Which is regarded as Pleistocene. Nor is it likely to be a dwarfed Pleistocene species, produced by insular isolation in the same way as the pigmy elephanis of some Mediterranean islands (c.g. Kurtén 1968:135), for although Curramulka is in the middle of the low and elongate Yorke Peninsula, there is no evidence that this has been an island at any time during the Cainozoic, and certainly not during the Pleistocene, Furthermore 7, carnifex has been found in contiguous areas, such as Port Piric and the Flinders Ranges, as well as in the Curra- mulka Town Cave itself and elsewhere on Yorke Peninsula. By comparison with the phylogenetic pattern of the Diprotodontidae (Stirton ey, al, 1967) with its Pleistocene gigantism, and its absence from the late Phocene Chinchilla and Mampuwordu sands, I suggest that 7. Ailli lived in late Miocene or early Pliovene times, How- ever, this cannot be confirmed until more material and other associated species of the same age are found, Attempts to find the actual site within the cave, to collect more material, have so far been unsuccessful. A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEQ 281 THYLACOLEONIDAE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA The discoveries of thylacoleonid fossils in South Australia are summarised in Table 2, and their distribution is shown in Fig, 4, Remains of Thy/acoleo carnifex were first reported from South Australia by Waterhouse (1879) in his annual report to the South Aus- tralian Institute. These were found, with Diprotodon “Phascolomys” (Phascolonus gigas) and Macropus by Mr. R. M, Robertson in a spring bog deposit in Salt Creek near Norman- ville. This deposit continued to yield bones until Zictz (1907) apparently worked it out with the discovery of more Thy/acoleo. Zictz (1889) had previously reported Thylacoleo with Dipro- todon from dam excavations at “Yam Creek, Bundaree”, Gill (1954), unable to locate this place on a map. considered it a misspelling of Bungaree, but study of Museum reports shows that the site was at Bundey, about 40 km west of Morgan. In the early 1900's, a fragment of Thylacoleo carnifex was found with other bones on the gravel bars of the Warburton River, near (old) Kalamurina, The source of these bones is prob- ably the eroding channel deposits known as the Katipiri Sands (Stirton, Tedford & Miller 1961). This formation has yielded a single tooth at Lake Kanunka (idem) south of the Warburton River. Other open sites yielding Thylacolea have been found in recent years: near Port Pirie, and at Lake Fowler, Yorke Peninsula. At the turn of the century, Thylacoleo was found in cave deposits when William Reddan. Curator of the Naracoorte Caves, started excavating there, particularly in Alexandra Cave. Zietz later undertook excavations in 'Speci- men Cave” and found considerable quantities of material. In recent years, better specimens have been collected from several other caves in the Naracoorte area: Haystall Cave (Pledge ert al. unpubl.), Henschke’s Quarry cave (Pledge in prep.), and pacticularly Victoria Cave (Smith 1971:185), TABLE 2 Summary of distribution and discoveries of Thylacoleonidae in South Australia. Locality Type of Deposit Collector Year Reference Thylacoleo carnifex— Salt Creek, Normanyille Spring swamp ........- R. M. Robertson ...... 1878 Waterhouse ()879) Salt Creek, Nermanville .... | Spring swamp ......,.. A. We Re Ziet2z: oy 5 1907 Zietz (1907) Bundey, west of Morgan ..... Fluviatile (loum) ...,.. % 1889 Zictz (1890) Kalamurina, Warburton R. Fluviatile (channel?).... | BE. A. King ....0....0- 1905 S.A. Museum Report (1905-1906 Alexandra Caye (U3), Nara~ Cave earth —..2......-. Wm. Reddan .,.,...,. 1900, 1907,) | : coorte i 1912 Specimen Caye (U35), Nara- Caveearth.... .. .. . | FR. Zietz ..,..,., aes 1916 coorte Moorak, Mount Gambier -.- | Well) 2 .....,-.-0.5- Campbell oo... 0... en. 1913 Derrington Street, Mount | Cave.,....... 2.0... | D. W. P. Corbett 2... 1963 Gambier James Quarry (U29), Nara-| Cave ...0...2..200.. - | N. B, Tindale and P, F, 1956 coorte Lawson James Quarry (U29), Naracoorte) Cave ,................ | B. Daily, P, Aitken, ... 1959 Cathedral Cave (U12/13), | Cave earth ..,......... | B. Daily ......00.,. rye 1959 Daily (1961) Naracoorte ; Town Cave (¥2), Curramulka | Cave earth ........... R- SEXQON! 7c tert pele 1958 Town Cave (Y2), Curramulka | Cave earth .........,-, | B, Daily .........0, tale 1959 Haystall Cave (U23), Nara- | Cave earth, ..,.., veye | N. Pledge ef al, ..,.... 1964 coorte Quarry, Curramulka ...,.,.. | Fissure bone breccia .._ | G. Pretty and N. Pledge. (967 Fox Cave (U22), Naracoorte. | Cave earth ........... POR. WASH pyc 1968 Mais rave (F3), Buckalowie | Cave travertine ........ B.. Daily etal. ..-...,,. 1968 ree. Henschke’s Quarry cave, Nara- | Cave earth .0......... N. Pledge and F, Aslin . 1969 coorte (U91/97) Victoria Cave (U1), Naracoorte | Cave earth .....2...... R. T. Wells ela. ....,. 5 1969 Smith (1971) Port Pirie ,, 6.2...) .:...... | Fluviatile (channel) . .. R, Elding ....., 22.08, . 973 | Lake Fowler, Yorke Peninsula | Gypsum lunette 2, ,., J. McNamara ,.-.-.. 1975 Thylacolee hilli— Town Cave (Y¥2), Curra- | Cave earth .2...0..... a ||| rn ee ree 1956 This paper mulka Wakalee oldfieldi— Leaf locality, UCMP V6213, , Wipajiri Formation, ; W. A. Clemens ef al, ,., 1971 Clemens and Plane (1974) Lake Ngapakaldi fluviatile (charinel) | (Symbols such as U3, ¥2. etc. Group of South Australia, Inc.) are the official code numbers of caves as listed in the caves register of the Cave Exploration 282 REC. S. AUST. MUS,, 17 (16); 261-267 June, 1977 Fig. 4. Occurrences of Thylacoleonidae speci- mens in South Australia. @: Tiylacoleo carnifex ©: no record for the site, XX: Wakaleo aldfieldi, 1. Normunville, 2, Bundey, 3. Naracoorte, 4. Kala- murina (Warburton River), 5, Curramulka, 6, Lake Fowler, 7. Port Pirie, $. Buekalowie Caves, 9. Mt. Gambier, 10. Lake Callabonna. 11. Rocky River, 12. Port) Augusta, 13. Lake Ngapakaldi. Partial skeletons were recovered from Cath- edral Cave and from the two small caves in James Quarry, Naracoorte (Daily, 1960). The quarry and Town Cave at Curramulka on Yorke Peninsula, and Mairs Cave on Buckalowie Creek in the Flinders Ranges have also yielded some good material of Thylacoleo carnifex. Wakaleo oldfieldi was found in the Miocene Wipajiri Formation channel deposits at Lake Ngapakaldi (Clemens & Plane 1974). Possibly more interesting than the occurrences outlined above are those richly fossiliferous areas Where Thylacoleo carnifex has not been found. The species is apparently rare in the channel deposits intersected by the Warburton River and Cooper Creek. It is absent from the rich (though as yet poorly investigated) swamp deposits at Rocky River, Kangaroo Island, (Tindale, Fenner & Hall 1935) and has not been found in any of the cave deposits nearby. Most notably, there has been no sign of it (or any other carnivore) in the vast Diprotodon “graveyard” of Lake Callabonna, At the Salt Creek (Norman- ville) site, broken bones bearing distinct tooth or cut marks were recovered: these have been ascribed to Thylacoleo by A, Zietz (unpubl. note, 1907). No such indications have been reported from the Callabona fossils. No explan- ation has been offered for these apparent gaps in the range of Thylaceleo carnifex, and none will be attempted here, save that the reason may have some bearing on the animals way of life, which is still speculative, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank Dr, A. Ritchie for allowing me access to study the Australian Museum material. Mr. P. F, Aitken and Drs. R. T. Wells and M. Archer provided constructive criticism of the manuscript. Figures 1 and 4 were drawn by Mrs, Linda Blesing, and Mrs, Joan Murphy typed the numerous draft manuscripts. REPERENCES Archer, M. (1975), Abnormal dental development and its significance in dasyurids and other marsupials. Mem. Qd Mus. 17 (2): 251-265. Archer, M., & Wade, M. (1976). Results of the Ray E. Latley Expeditions, Part 1. The Allingham Formation and » new Pliocene vertebrate fuuna from northern Queensland. Mfem. Gd Mdus, 17 (3); 3/9- 397, pl, 54-58. Bartholomai, A. (1962). A new species of Thylaveleo und notes on some ciudal vertebrae of Pulorchestes azael, Mem, Qd Mus. 14 (2), 33-40. Bartholomai, A. (1974), The Genus Pretemnodon Owen (Marsupialia: Macropodidae) in the Upper Cainozoic deposits of Queensland. Mem, Od Mus, 16 (3), 309- 363, pl, 9-23, Broom, R. (1898). On the affinities und hubits of Thylaceleo, Proc. Linn, Sec, N.S.W, 232 37-74. A NEW SPECIES OF THYLACOLEO Clemens, W. A. & Plane, M. (1974). Thylacoleonidae (Marsupialia, Mammalia). tol. 48 (4), 652-660, pl. 1. Daily, B. (1960), Thylacoleo, the extinct Marsupial Lion. Austr, Mus, Mag, 13, 163-166. Finch, E. (1971), Thylacoleo, marsupial lion or marsupial sloth? Austr, Nat. Hist. 17 (1), 7-11. Germein, P. (1960). The Curramulka Caves, Amateur Mineralogist 6 (4) 106-108. Gill, E. D. (1954). Ecology and distribution of the extinct giant marsupial, Thylacoleo. Vict. Nat. 71, 18-35. Kurtén, B. (1968), “Pleistocene Mammals of Europe”. (Weidenfeld & Nicolson: London), Merrilees, D. (1968). Man the Destroyer: Late Quaternary changes in the Australian marsupial fauna. J. R. Soc. W. Aust, 51 (1): 1-24. Owen R, (1859). On the fossil mammals of Australia. 1. Description of a mutilated skull of a large marsupial carnivore (Thylacoleo carnifex, Owen) from a cal- careous conglomerate stratum, eighty miles S.W. of Melbourne, Victoria. Phil. Trans. R. Soc, Lond. 149, Mid-Tertiary J. Paleon- Aust. 309-322. Smith, M, J. (1971). Small fossil vertebrates from Victoria Cave, Naracoorte, South Australia. I, Potoroinae (Macropodidae), Petauridae and Burramyidae (Mar- supialia). Trans. R, Soc, S, Aust. 95: 185-198. 283 Stirton, R. S., Tedford, R. H. & Miller, A. H. (1961). Cenozoic stratigraphy and vertebrate paleontology of the Tirari Desert, South Australia. Ree. S. Aust. Mus. 14 (1), 19-61. Stirton, R. A., Tedford, R, H. & Woodburne, M. O. (1968). Australian Tertiary deposits containing terres- trial mammals. Univ. Calif. Publ. Geol. Sci. 77 1-30. Stirton, R. A.. Woodburne, M. O. & Plane, M. D. (1967). A phylogeny of the Tertiary Diprotodontidae and its significance in correlation, Bur. Min. Resour. Aust., Bull. 85, 149-160. Tindale, N. B., Fenner, F. J. & Hall, F, J. (1935). Mammal bone beds of probable Pleistocene age, Rocky River, Kangaroo Island. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 59, 103-106. Waterhouse, F, G. (1879). Appendix A. Report of the Curator of the South Australian Institute Museum on the progress of the Museum during the year ending 30th September, 1879. South, Aust. Institute Ann. Report. 1878-9, 10, 11. Woods, J. T. (1956). The skull of Thylacoleo carnifex. Mem. Qd. Mus. 13 (2), 125-140. Zietz, A. (1890). (Exhibit of Thylacoleo, with Dipro- todon, from Yam Creek, Bundaree). Abst, of Proc., Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 13, 245. Zietz, A. (1907). (Exhibit of Thylacoleo carnifex and kangaroo bones found at Salt Creek, Normanville). Abst, of Proc,, Trans. R, Soc. S, Aust. 31, 317, RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 188I1)—A REDESCRIPTION By NEVILLE S. PLEDGE and KARLHEINZ ROTHAUSEN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM - North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 . VOLUME. 17 NUMBER 17 8th August, 1977 METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881) — A REDESCRIPTION BY NEVILLE S. PLEDGE AND KARLHEINZ ROTHAUSEN Summary The long-lost holotype and several undescribed paratype teeth of the squalodontid whale Metasqualodon harwoodi have been rediscovered, and form the basis for a more detailed description. Comparison is made with the teeth of other squalodontids from Australia and New Zealand, and based on Rothausen’s revision of European Squalodontidae, an attempt is made to classify Metasgalodon more precisely. The teeth represent a valid genus. METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION By NEVILLE S. PLEDGE* AND KARLHEINZ ROTHAUSENTt ABSTRACT PLEDGE, N.S. & ROTHAUSEN, K., 1977: harwoadi (Sanger, 1881)—a redescription. Mus, 17 (17): 285-297, The long-lost holotype and several undescribed paratype tecth of the squaladontid whale Meta- squalodon harweodi have been rediscovered, and form the basis for a more detailed description, Comparison is made with the teeth of other squalodontids from Australia and New Zealand, and based on Rothausen's revision of European Squalodontidae, an attempt is made to classify Metasqualodon more precisely, The teeth repre- sent a Valid genus. General tendencies in the evolution of squalo- dontid tecth make it more likely that Meta- squalodon is nearer to the evolutionary stage of longirostral Lower Miocene species of Squaleden in the Northern Hemisphere than to that of presently knowf brevirostral genera of the Southern Hemisphere. Nevertheless, curvature of the crown and roots, and the denticles on the anterior-most buccal tooth indicate that the teeth probably belong to a brevirostral form, This would mean that there was a tendency in the evolution of the teeth of brevirostral squalo- dontids similar to that shown in the longirostral forms of Europe. In any case, this gives a supplementary indica- tion to the disputed age of the find since, on the grounds of preservation, it has been determined as coming from the uppermost part of the Ettrick Formation, and is therefore very late Oligocene. INTRODUCTION In 1880, Sanger (1881) reported to the Lin- nean Society of New South Wales the discovery of a tooth and some fragments of a second at Wellington, South Austraha, These he regarded as belonging to a new zeuglodont whale species “Zeuglodon harwoodii’, He figured and des- cribed a “molar” tooth, consisting of a near- complete serrated crown and the upper, con- fluent part of the roots. Later, Hail (1911), in discussing the system- atic positions of Squaledon and “Zeuglodon” from Australia, compared “Z," harwoodi and Squaloden wilkinsoni McCoy (1867), and put Metasqualodon Rec, §. Ausi. * South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia. SOOO. 1 D-6500 Mainz, Universiti, Gernmny. ih Aueust, 1977 Institut der Republic of Geowissenschaftliches Saurstr, 21, Federal both into new genera; viz. Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger) and Parasqualoden wilkinsoni (McCoy). His treatment of M, harwoadi was necessarily only cursory and based on Sanger’s rather inadequate paper, because the whereabouts of the type material was unknown, In 1948, Charles Fenner, then Honorary Curator of Fossils at the South Australian Museum, discovered a box of teeth recorded us P8446 in the Palaeontological Register, and stored as a holotype. The box contained six teeth or fragments thereaf, glued to a card labelling them as molars and canines. Two of the “molars” were also labelled as types. In addition, a slip bearing the legend (in script): Zeuglodon teeth | (Notodanus tooth) separated | 100" Wellington | J, C. Harwood Sydnam Norwood { and a cutting of the text figures from Sanger’s paper were enclosed. Fenner realised that this box contained Sanger’s type material and more besides, The pencilled addition “separated” referred to the “Notidanus’ tooth, which was not present in the box. This tooth was later dis- covered (1972) elsewhere in the collection, and bears the additional information on its card: “Fossil shark tooth, Notidanus sp? River Murray Cliffs near Wellington, 8. Austral, pres. by Mr. J. C. Harwood, December [881." The tooth is additionally labelled “Netidanus primigenius”’. However, the whereabouts of Zeuglodon harwoodi was not disclosed for some time, for it was not seen by Flynn (1948) when he mio- utely described the nearly complete skull and mandibles of Prosqualodon dayidi Flynn, nor was it seen by Glaessner (1955) when he estab- lished Squalodon zambierensis, although he later rediscovered it. Rothausen (1968: pp. 85-86) established a terminology and some indices to standardise the deseription of squalodontid whales. Appendix 284 REC, S, AUST. MUS,. 17 (17): 285-297 August, 1977 -undation A , dentic. pos \ anterjor . \ —dentle ant -cf, rug. crenelation ram. sec.(?) —dentic, b4s, ant \ cingulum dentic, bas: post. Pa446.5 PBA46-6 isthmus” pa446-4 Fig 1. Feature terminology in Squalodontoid teeth. Diagrams not to scale. A. Internal face of P&446.6, diagramatically showing crenelation, syst. cr. rug, and undation, région of anterior carina With ram, prim. and possible rami. sec. B. Anterior view of P8446.5, showing basal C. Lingual view of P8446.1, showing anterior and posterior denticles, and dentic. bas. ant, and post., syst, er. rug., and cingulum, I gives a summary of this terminology, with additional terms used herein. A number of them are commonly applied in the text as Latin abbreviations. See Fig. |. HISTORY OF STUDIES ON AUSTRALIAN AND NEW ZEALAND SQUALODONTIDS Flynn (1948; p, 185) gave a precise and con- cise account of discoveries of and papers on Australasian archaeocetes and primitive odon- tacetes, therefore only the time from 1948 till now shall be considered except for a few refer- ences not mentioned by him, 1939. Pritchard describes a partial skull and jaws of a new whale Mammalodon. pritehardi. The preserved teeth are extremely worn, to the extent that comparison with other squalodontoid teeth is not possible, 1942, Camp and Kellogg (in Camp 1942: p. 367) agree with Thomson (1905: p. 491) in contrast to Benham (19354: p. 238) (who thought it a reptile as accepted by Neave 1940 (b): p, 395 in wrong spelling “Tangarosaurus’), that Tangaroasaurus kakanuiensis Benham, 1935 represents the rostrum of a squalodontid; accepted also by Romer (1945: p, 624; 1966; p, 392) and Dechaseaux (1961: p. 860) both in wrong spelling (Tangarasaurus), and by Rothausen in his revision (1965: pp. 656-658), who could verity it in detail. 1948. Flynn published a full description of the near complete skull of Prosqualodon davidi Flynn, 1923 discovered by him at Wynyard, Tasmania, in September 1919 (vide Mahoney and Ride 1975: pp. 161-162). He first men- tioned it in 1920 and described and named it in 1923. An addendum by Carter (in Flynn 1948: pp. 192-193) gives a microscopic comparison of the enamel structure of P. davidi, “Zeuglodon” osiris, several carnivores, a creodont, and an ungulate (Sus). The two whales show a closer affinity to the ungulate than to any carnivore, Flynn here discusses also—with other odonto- cetes—the position of Metasqualoden harwoodi, 1948, Sanger's type material is rediscovered in Adelaide, but its importance is not fully realised, and its whereabouts are not made known immediately. 1955, Glaessner describes a buccal tooth, probably a lower right, found in Oligocene bryozoal limestone at Mt. Gambier. It is of a form not previously recorded from Australasia, and is given the name Squalodon gambierense, (Fig, 3M,N). 1961. Rothausen discusses the position of “Microcetus” hectori Benham 1935 (4) and he is sure that it at least belongs in another genus than the genotype M, ambiguus (vy, Meyer, 1840), 1964. Dickson describes Prosqualodon marplesi Dickson 1964 from Upper Oligocene beds in New Zealand. 1965. Rothausen in a revision of European squalodontids also discusses the non-European forms in some detail. This part of his manuscript is not yet published, even in abstract form. 1970. Rothausen discusses general aspects of some Squalodontoidea from Australia and New Zealand in connection with the question of the Oligocene-Miocene boundary. 1972. Climo and Baker present an updated summary of studies on New Zealand squalodonts METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION and describe a new genus and species Austro- sgualodon trirhizadonta based on a pair of edentulous mandibles collected in 1970 in Dun- troonian (Middle Oligocene) siltstone near Nelson, New Zealand. The genus is considered by these authors to be allied to Squalodon Grate- loup, but differs in having a small median third root on the molariform teeth, 1972, Glaessner redescribes a cetacean tooth from New Zealand, previously described by Davis (1888) as Squalodon serratus. Tt is from the same stratigraphic horizon as Kekenodon onomata Hector 1881 and shows some similari- ties with, but is considerably smaller than, that species. Glaessner also to some extent clarifies the rather Uncertain situation concerning isolated teeth of squalodontoids in the Australian-New Zealand area. 1973, Keyes describes, but does not name, two buccal teeth of a “protosqualodontid” from the Lower Oligocene of Oamaru, New Zealand. 287 He also revises the records of all known fossil Cetacea from New Zealand, 1975. Mahoney and Ride, indexing the genera and species of Australasian fossil mam- mals, list fifteen species of fossil cetaceans, and inter alia note that the type of Metasqualodon harwoodi had disappeared and that the cranium and much of the skeleton of the type of Pro- squalodon davidi Flynn had been lost in 1961 during renovations of the Zoology Department, University of Tasmania. 1976, Whitmore and Sanders review the Oligocene Cetacea, but do not mention Meta- squalodon, apparently believing it to be a Miocene species, In this present paper, a summary of the strati- graphic occurrences of the squalodonts of Australia and New Zealand, in the light of cur- rent knowledge and interpretation, is given in Table 1, This has been done in more detail for New Zealand species by Keyes (1973). TaBee | STRATIGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION OF AUSTRALASIAN SQUALODONTOIDEA Species Locality Formation Age Age Reference Tangaroasaurius kakanuiensis | Kakanui, Otago, | Blue clay Otaian-Altonian Keyes (1973) Benham, 1935a N.Z. (Early to Middle Climo and Baker Miocene) or (1972) Waitakian (Late Oligocene) Prosqualodon davidi Flyno, 1923 ., | Fossil Bluff, Fossil Bluff Sand- Early Longfordian Ludbrook (1973) Metasqualoden harwoodi Sanger 1881 Parasqualodon ? wilkinsoni McCoy {$67 Squaloden ? undrewi Benham 1942 *Prosqualdadon™ hamiltoni Benham 1937 Prosqualodon marples! Dickson 1964 “Microcetus” hector? Benham 1935b Austrosqualodon irirhizondonta Climo and Baker 1972 Squaloden ? ganibierensis Glaessner 1955 Squalodon ? serratus Davis 1888 . - Unnamed squalodontoid ...,-.. Wynyard, Tas. Near Wellington, River Murray, S.A Castle Cove, Lac. AW3, Aire Coast, Vic. Clarendon Lime- stone Quarry, Otago, NZ. Caversham Quarry, Dunedin, N.Z. Near Trig. Z, Waitaki Valley, Olago, N.Z. Maerewhenua River, Waitaki Valley, Otago, N-Z. 5.6. of Fossil Point. N.W. Nelson, N.Z. Pritchard's Quarry Mount Gambier, S.A. Karetu River, North Canterbury, N.Z. .. | Gay's Limestone Quarry, Weston, Oamaru, N.Z. | | stone Ettrick Formation. . | Calder River Limestone Caversham Sand- stone Waitoura Marl Member of Otekaike Lime- stone Maerewhenua Glauconitic Limestone Member of Otekaike Lime- stone Glauconitic Sand- stone Gambier Limestone Weka Pass Stone McDonald Lime- stone (very early Miocene) Janjukian (Late Oligocene) Janjukian (Late Oligocene to earliest Miocene) | Waitakian (Late Oligocene) Waitakian (Late | Oligocene) (Late Oligocene) | Waitakian (Late Oligocene) Duntroonian (Middle Oligocene) Early “Janjukian” (Early Middle Oligocene) Whaingaroan- Duntroonian (Early Middle Oligocene) Whaingaroan (Early Oligocene) This paper Carter (1958) Ludbrook {1973} Keyes (1973) Jenkins (1974) p.292 Glaessner (1972) Keyes (1973) 288 TAXONOMY Squalodontoidea Simpson, 1945 Squalodontidae Brandt, 1873 Squalodontinae Rothausen, 1968 Metasqualodon Halli, 1911 Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881) Zeuglodon Harwoodii Sanger 1881; 298-300, Fig. A, B. Harwoodi Sanger Stromer Zeuglodon 1908: 147. Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger) Hall 1911; 257, 262, 263, pl. 36, Fig. 7A, B (not Fig. 6). Microzeuglodon ? Harwoodi (Sanger) Abel 1913: 220, Zeuglodon harwoodi Sanger Abel 1913: 209, S. harwoodi Sanger Winge 1919; 129, (Sanger ) Metasqualodon —harwoadi Kellogg 1923; 20, 40, Zeuglodon harwoodi Pritchard 1939: Metasqualodon Hall 1911 Neave 1940: Metasqualodon harwoodi Flynn 1948: 153, 155. 133. 186. Metasqualodon harwoodi Glaessner 1955; 336 5 Metasqualodon Hall 1911 Rothausen 1958: 372. Metasqualoden = ( =“‘Zeiiglodon’’) Thenius 1959: 273, Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881) Rothausen 1965; 659, harwoadj harwoodi Metasqualodon Rothausen 1970; Fig. |. Metasqualodon Hall 1911 Dubrovo 1971: 89, Metasqualodon harwoodi Sanger Climo and Baker 1972: 61. Metasqualodon 1972: 185, Metasqualodon Keyes 1973: 384. Metasqualodon harwoodi Mahoney and Ride 1975: 158. Zeuglodon harwoodi Sanger idem: harwoodi (Sanger) Glaessner 164. Holotype: A buccal tooth lacking only the distal parts of the roots, some points of the crown and part of the enamel at the labial face (Fig. 3A-B; Sanger 1881: p. 298, Fig. A-B). South Australian Museum, Adelaide P8446.1,. Paratypes: Five teeth or fragments of teeth (Fig. 3C-J), South Australian Museum, Ade- laide P8446.2-6. REC, 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (17): 285-297 August, 1977 Type Locality: The teeth were found near Wellington, on the River Murray in South Aus- tralia (Fig. 2). “. in a bed of yellow calcareous clay, containing specimens of Echinus, Spatangus, Clypeaster, Pecten, Turritella, Corbis and Spondylus.” (Sanger 1881: p. 298). These accompanying fossils have been lost, so their modern identities are unknown. Age: Late Oligocene (see discussion below). Diagnosis: Typical squalodontoid teeth with the following characteristics: Posterior buccal teeth with many dentic, ant. and dentic. post. including dentic. bas. ant. and post. on antero-posterior carina. Labial face shows only few weak cr. rug., the lingual face stronger. Characteristic number of cr. rug. about 14-15, ID with 18.6 is small. Low yalues for ant.-post. diameter of crown base, middle value for apical-angle, and not a very high degree of symmetry. Root with two fangs, confluent at top by thin isthmus extending for up to 10 mm (estimated) but often less in more posterior buccal teeth. b----- 4A R. Murray @ ADELAIDE e Talem Bend Wellington Fig. 2. Locality map. METASQUALOBON HARWOODT (SANGER, Cheek teeth of more anterior position are similar but with fewer denticles and longer isthmus. The anterior-most cheek teeth show one or two denticles. Redescription of Holotype; The Holotype (P8446.1; Pig. 3 A, B) is a well preserved buccal tooth which lacks most of the roots, the points of several depticles, and part of the enamel from the labial face. The crown is laterally com- pressed, triangular in facial aspect, with a dis- tinct antero-posterior carina which is occupied with a number of well-defined, acutely-pointed denticles: three dentic. ant. and one dentic. bas. ant. as well as five dentic, post, and one dentic, bas. post. The dentic. bas. on each side is very small, and others are about the same size, some- what smaller than the apical point, All denticles bear an antero-posterior carina. The greatest length of this buccal tooth is above the base of the crown, at the level of the apices of the dentic, bas, Greatest width is in that part of the crown above the anterior root. The base of the enamel is visible only on the lingual face, and is straight except for a median V-shaped embayment. Both faces show a wide “sulcus” in this position, which corresponds to the junction between the two roots. The labial face bears faint, near-vertical er. rug. which appear to converge near the apex, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION 289 some also diverging to enter the denticles, The enamel of the lingual face is more strongly decorated: above a smooth basal zone (the cingulum) up to 4 mm wide, irregular stronger cristae rugae converge near the apex, some also diverging to enter the denticles. The cristac are most pronounced at their lower ends where they have developed small tubercular prominences bordering the cingulum, above which they are papillated, especially those of the posterior part of the crown, The cr. rug, die out without reaching the apex. In anterior profile, the crown is more convex on the labial face, but this only concerns the anterior part of the crown. The apical part is shghtly incurved. The enamel is thickened at the base to form a smooth cingulum. The two roots are broken off about 6-7 mm below the crown, The anterior root is circular in section, the other is laterally compressed. The fracture shows the radial structure of the dentine, and shows that the pulp cavities of the two roots join within the thin isthmus which connects the proximal portion of the roots. Irregular, deep, vertical striations are seen on the parts of the roots nearest to the base of the crown, particu- larly on the labial face. Most characters and indices (Table 2) are in good accordance with B*'" dext. of European Squalodontinae, but with very small absolute dimensions, TABLE 2 DIMENSIONS OF HYPODIGM TEETH OF METASQUALODON HARWOODI | Holotype | Paratypes P8446.1 P8&446.2 P8446.3 P8446.4 P8446.5 Pk446.5 post.B post.B post.B inid.B mid.B ant.B sup, ? fragm inf. ? sup, ? sup. ? sup. ? fragm. | | | | (1) Max. ant.-post. diameter of crown ... 22+$ ? ~17-5 119 8-6 (2) Ant.-post, diameter it base of crown (| 20-4 ? ? ~175 11-2 85 (3) Apical-angle ... 55 || >47° 33° ~315 (4) Lat. diameter at base of crown (ant. in two-rooted teeth)y (A) oy) .... cee 88 ? 7 >78 76 via (5) Lat, diameter at base of post. part of | crown in two-rooted teeth . 72 ? ? >T6 — — (6) Number of dentic, ant, 4 4 ? | j 1 (7) Number of dentic. post. __- 6 . ? 2 ! 0 (8) Ant.post. diameter of largest dentic. | post. (ad). eo, Abas rae 38 ? ? 57 ~+3-4 (9) Index dentic. (in® ya dec kaldchte 18-6 ? ? — _ _ (10 Characteristic number of er. TUB oe 14/15 ? ? _ — —- (11) Vertical width of cingulum in the pre- served parts i.) 02: 22. vi yee: ~4 2 ~4 ~3 ~11 ~I7 (12) Index bas, (in 4) 431 y ? 44-6 67-8 83-5 (13) Number of roots 22.0 ...... 000.24. 2 2 2: 2 t I (14) Extent of isthmus ............2..4. >9 85 > 64 >10 _ -— (15) Max, lat. diameter of ant, root gr single root .... 2s 74 ~8 ? ~RS 8-2 78 (16) Max. lat. diameter ‘of post four ...,, 6 | ? ? ~TS _ _ 290 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (17): 285-297 August, 1977 cnilaean bli saber! Fig. 3. A-J, the hypodigm teeth of Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881). A. P8446,1, labial face; B. ditto, lingual; C. P8446.2, lingual; D. P8446.3, lingual; E: P8446.4, labial; F. ditto, lingual; G. P8446.5, labial: H. ditto, lingual; 1, P&8446.6, labial: J. ditto, lingual; K.. Presgualoden davidi Flynn, AUGD 'T857, labial; L. ditto, lingual; M. Squaledon ? gambierensis Glaessner, AUGD F15107, labial; N. ditto, lingual face. All approximately natural size. A, B, E-J stereophotos and to the same scale. METASOUALODON HARWOOD! (SANGER, I881)—A REDESCRIPTION 29) Description of Pardtypes: Sanger (1881: p, 298) mentioned a fragment of a second tooth in his original description, One fragment in the assemblage is labelled “type”, and consists of the anterior internal quarter of a cheek tooth, lacking the apex and most of the root (P8446,2,; Fig. 3 C), lis features are similar to those of the holo- type, but it displays some better. Three dentic. ant. are present or itidicated, and also a very small dentic, bas. ant. All are sharply pointed, and separated by deep grooves. The cr, rug. are very strongly developed, producing sharp-crested ridges converging towards the apex. A smooth 2 mm high cingulum borders the root. Only « few millimetres of root are present, but it has a roughly circular section, and ts deep enough to indicate that the isthmus joining the roots did not extend very deeply—-only 7°5 mm below the medial base of the crown enamel, Ti is not possible to say more than that its position is middle or posterior buccal. Another buccal tooth originally labelled as “canine tooth", is represented by the posterior internal quarter of the crown, and most of the posterior root (P8&446.3; Fig, 3 D), It is not part of the tooth represented by the foregoing fragment. The preservation of the crown is poor; only the apex and the topmost dentic. post., or, more likely, only the two topmost dentic, post., are present with their lingual parts, and both lack apices through wear or damage; the cr. rug. are relatively course, but appear worn. The cingulum is 3-4 mm high, The strongly incurved root is nearly complete. lacking only a short proximal portion and the labial part nearest ta the crown, so exposing the pulp cavity. The isthmus is short, about 6-7 mm. Tn lateral view the root is straight, This latter characteristic is typical for lower buccals in European squalodontids and thus we probably bave a fragment of a B inf. dext. of middle or posterior position. A more anterior cheek tooth is represented by a near-complete crown with a small portion of its roor (P8446.4; Fig, 3 BE. F). The crown is laterally compressed, is high-triangular in side view, and slightly incurved in profile, The antero-posterior carina bears one dentic. aut., near the base of the crown, and two widely spaced dentic. post. Small basal denticles may have been present, but are not preserved. The labial face is mainly smooth, having a few short, poorly. developed cr, rug, near the base posterior to the median sulcus. The enamel of the lingual face is preserved only in the anterior half, and shows strong irregular cr. rug, The root is preserved, poorly, only on the lingual side, The two roots are seen to be con- fluent, but the extent of the isthmus cannot be determined, The pulp cavity is obscured by matrix, In most quantitative characteristics (Table 2) and in the general appearance, it is similar to a left B® in European squalodontids, but with smaller absolute dimensions, Two teeth, originally labelled as canines, we deem to be anterior-most buccal teeth. The larger is a specimen lacking the crown apex and the distal portion of the single raot (P8446.5; Fig. 3 G, H), The crown is a laterally compressed cone, incurved, with a pro- nounced antero-posterior carina. A small dentic, bas., with apex missing, is present at cach end of the carina, and minute defiticulations can just be perceived along the lingual side, a phenomenon in all anterior teeth of squalodontids for which one of the authors proposed the term “crenela- tion” (Fig. 1 A; Rothausen 1965: p. 26, Abb. 1). The labial face is. convex, and smooth except for a few short, poorly developed cr, rug. near the middle and in the posterior half. The lingual face is concave in protile and is strangly decorated with cr. rug. converging in the direc- tion of the apex. The systems of tr. rug. die out in a narrow smooth cingulum in which the enamel! is not thickened. The root is somewhat tumid just below the crown, and is laterally compressed there. More distally it narrows and becomes circular in section. Most of its characteristics and indices, except its smaller absolute dimensions, are similar to those of a B* dext. of European squalodontids. But there are some differences in habitus, For example, in European forms no tooth anterior to B%; has any dentic, ant, or bas, ant, An upper buccal tooih is especially indicated here by a character that seems cammon to all anterior teeth of squalodontids—the carina divides into a main branch (ramus primus = ram, prim,) and another, weaker one (ramus secundus — ram. sec.) at iis basal anterior part, and as far as it was possible to check this character, the ram. sec. branches off to the lingual side in upper teeth and to the labial side in lower teeth, (Fig. | B: Rothausen 1965, 292 Abb. 21-28, 53-56). the lingual side. Here it branches off to The sixth specimen is more complete and smaller, and from the opposite jaw or mandible (P8446.6; Fig. 3.1.3). Its identity is uncertain, as it shows the great length and curvature of root associated with canines and third incisors of squalodontids, and yet bears a distinct dentic, ant, near (4°7 mm) the anterior end of the carina. Although there are, in other squalo- dontids, similar teeth which belong to the mast anterior of the buccal series, nevertheless even these do nat show such a denticle. The crown is a compressed cone beating a well developed antero-posterior carina, There is no discernable dentic, post. The labial face shows very weak cr. rug. and only af the posterior part is there other poorly developed sculpture: the crown shows weak undation here, The lingual face is slightly concave in pro- file, and bears strong cr. rug. These are fully visible only at the posterior part because only a small portion of enamel remains on that face, but the striations have left distinct traces on the underlying dentine. The cr, rug. arise from a smooth cingulum iS mm wide. The root is slightly compressed at the base of the crown and is a little tumid below this; this also is a character more or less developed in anterior teeth of squalodontids, but often also (less pronounced) m posterior teeth, for which the term “Basiswulst” (Rothausen 1965: p. 27) or “basal swelling” has been proposed. I may be that the teeth were implanted that far in the connective tissue. The root then narrows and becomes almast cylindrical. About 5-7 mm above the end there is a “sharp” bend, and the lingual side veers labial. There is a slight bul distinct constriction 3 mm from the end, On the anterior side, a shallow groove extends from the open end of the root to the constriction. The position of this tooth 1s very uncertain. Because etiainel is broken away at the lingual side of the crown there is only a possible vestige of a ram. sec. (Fig. 18) at the denticle. [ff this were the case it would be an upper right tooth. There is some similarity with B'? in European squalodontids. but in far smaller dimensions. The development of a dentic. ant. on a tooth antertor to B®5 is however of generic significance. DISCUSSION Hall (1911), making some invalid assumptions based on Sanger’s rather inadequate description REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (17); 285-297 Aupist, 1977 and figure, concluded that the faces of the lost teeth were smooth, and that a tooth trom Mt, Gambier (Hall 1911; pl, 36, Fig. ©), possessing a nearly complete root with fangs confivent for mast of their length, was of the same species, This Jatter tooth, however, has the faces strongly ornamented with papillated cr, tug, Hall had disregarded this feature erroneously as being nontaxonomic, and based his two genera on the characters of the incomplete roots (1911; p. 262). which are of far less or even of no importance m this regard, Kellogy (1923: p, 20) suggested the Mt, Gambier specimen was in reality closer to Para- squalodon ? wilkinsoni (McCoy 1867); this was tentatively endorsed by Flynn (1948: p. 186), but it certainly differs in habitus and some very Significant points! fa) the apical angle is far smaller (40-5°) than in a buccal tooth (P8446.4) of similar position (>47°) of M, harweodi, (b) the characteristic number of cr. rug. should be taken at a B’ (see Appendix 1), but one may be sure that, according to Hall's figure where the cr. rug. are moch coarser, the characteristic number of this tooth is far smaller than in M. harwoodi (14-15 in the holotype), These differences clearly distinguish the Mt. Gambier tooth of Hall (1911; pl. 36, Fig, 6) from M. harweedi, and we are sure that this tooth should be cotisequently included in Pro- squalodon davidi Flynn because almost the sare differences are found between the tecth of P. davidi and M, harwoodi, The holotype of Parasqualoden ? wilkinsoni (McCoy 1867) itself (Hall 1911: pl. 36, Fig. 5) is similar in shape to the penultimate lower buecal of P. davidi. But we hesitate to include P. '} wilkinsoni (only the holotype remains in this genus and species) in P. davidi without com- paring the material itself, since even Flynn accepted this taxon, and indeed there are some differences. We are in doubt whether the form, separation and kind of connection of roots are of any special taxonomic meaning, The oecusional appearance of a third, lingual vestigial root (Flynn 1948: p. 183) in P. davidi is also of no taxonomic value, because this feature appears in most species of Squalodon Grateloup, 1840 with irregular variability in the cheek teeth behind the B®. (Note, however, Climo and Baker (1972). The real third root they describe in lower cheek teeth of Austrosqualodon does seem to be of taxonomic value ut least at the generic level.) But there are some other differ- ences in the crown: in P. davidi only the anterior METASQUALODON HARWOODT (SANGER, carina is convex in lateral view, while in the holotype of P. 7 wilkinson it looks as if the posterior one also is convex, All comparable buceal teeth of the Tasmanian form bear three dentic. ant. while the tooth of P. ? wilkinseni only bears two but with some spacing, as in P. davidi and in the species of Squalodon. The cr, rug.. as far as it is possible to interpret from the figure of Hall (1911: pl. 36, Fig. 5), are finer and their characteristic number is larger than in P. davidi, All these differences however, compared with the differences between teeth within other squalo- dontoid genera, seem not to be of generic significance, and it is more likely that this Mt. Gambier tooth represents only another species of Prosqualoden Lydekker 1893. Because the material is poor, and because there was no opportunity to compare the material itself, we cannot decide this question here finally, but the existence of the genus Parasqualoden Hall 1911 is questionable, An isolated tooth (AUGD T857) figured by Hall (19/1: pl. 36, Fig. 4) as P. wilkinsoni was regarded by Flynn (1948) to be Prosqualodon davidi. Thenius (1959: pp. 272-273) even united the Tasmaniin species with the Australian one, including both under “Parasqualodon wilkinsoni”, But even if he were right—which seems. possible—the IRZN would require this species to be named “Prosqualodon wilkinseni (McCoy 1867)". Like §. gambierensis Glaessner, 1955 (the genus 1 not entirely certain) M. harwoodj has dentic. ant, and post, well-defined, large, sharp- pointed, and smooth-faced. In contrast, the denticles of P. davidj are short, obtusely pointed, thick. less well-defined, and bear on their own carinae @ varying number of small nad, sec. But this last character occurs in most of the European longirostral Squalodontidae and seems not to be of special taxonomic significance, In superficial ornamentation, Metasqualodon stands between the relatively smooth-faced §, gambierensis, and the rough-faced teeth of Para- squalodon ? and Prosqualodon davidi which are both—somewhat differently—covered with papil- lated cr. rug, (see Fig. 3 K-N), What js the taxonomic significance of the ornamentation of teeth with syst. cr. rug.? The cr. rug. are only of a very limited import- ance in this regard, but it seems that beside a specific character, they show some general ten- dencies, For example, Middle Oligocene 881) —A REDESCRIPTLON 293 European Squalodontoidea have characteristic numbers of cr. rug. of about 7, as is also the case for the Upper Oligocene Microcetus ambiguus (Meyer 1840), Other Upper Oligocene Buropean forms which are fo be placed within Squaladontidae have characteristically 8-10 er. rug., while most species of Miocene Sqgiialodon show 10 and more. Prosqualudon davidi and P australis, Lydekker 1893 show characteristic numbers. of about 7, which seems to be a primitive character, like other features of the teeth of this genus (small apical angle, wood symmetry of crowns, three dentic, post. only, [D about 27- 28 per cent). The same is the case with early Oligocene squalodontoid buccal teeth described from Oamaru, New Zealand by Keyes (1973). There is a characteristic number of 6-7 with relatively weak cr. rug, (beside this: good symmetry of crowns, three dentic. ant. and post., {D about 25 per cent and only a big apical angle as a specialised character similar to the manner in Xenorophus sloani Kellogg 1923). It should be noted that Keyes apparently did not realise that Rothausen’s systematic concept is one of stages and not of clades. Therefore it is highly likely that the early paths. of evolution of Squalodentidae and other odontocetes «are embedded in the more primitive agorophud stage, so far known only from such specialised forms as those from the Oligocene upper part of the Jackson Group of South Carolina (Cooke and MacNeil 1952: p. 27). This part, the Cooper Marl, from which the cetacean fossils have been collected, has now been extended into the Upper Oligocene (Whitmore and Sanders 1976: p- 308), on the basis of new studies of the invertebrate fauna. Numerous odontocete skulls have been found there over the past five or six years. Complete skulls of Xenorophns sloani Kellogy 1923 have verified conclusions by Roth- ausen (1965; p. 652) based on the holotype fragment, that it belongs not 10 the Agorophiidae but must be classed as “Incertue sedis” at this time, (pers, comm, to K, R.. fron’ Albert EB, Sanders, Charleston, June 1976, Whitmore and Sanders 1976: p. 310). The teeth described by Keyes can only be placed in the superfamily Squalodontoidea with our present knowledge, and thus Keyes in his comparisons (1973: p. 384, 385) is correct only in his opinion that the teeth cannot be placed in Prosqualeden, Parasqualedon, Microcetus (con- trary to Keyes, buecals. are furnished with dentic, ant,: Rothausen 1961) or Merasqualodon, 244 REC. Concerning the intensity of development of cr. rug, in squalodontoids, there is a difference between Oligocene Squalodontidae and other Oligocene Squalodontoidea. There are very pronounced cr. rug, in the older Squalodontidae with a tendency to become weaker to varying degrees in Miocene forms. But there are only weak er. rug. in many other Oligocene Squalo- dontoids—meost Middle Oligocene and small forms—as far as we know them at present from material or useful figures, These latter seem to offer more Similarity, for instance, with Neosqualodon Dal Piaz 1904, In all these characters MM. fiarweod/ resembles very much the Aquitanian species of Squaloden, us well as in the high number of 6 dentic. post. (including dentic, bas.), the loss of symmetry in lateral view, and thé small LD. Six dentic- post. is the highest number found in Squalodontidae, known in Squalodon only very rarely in B*' (S, hellunensiy Dal Piaz 1916; variability left/right!6/5, Rothausen L965: p. 316), Three dentic. post, for B in middle and posterior positions are characteristic for a relatively ancestral stage in the evolution of squalodontoids. In one lineage of species of Squaloden, 1-2 (3) dentic. post. were added later (catu/limgroup; Rothausen 1968; p, 91) in connection with longitudinal stretching of the crown, resulting in a larger apical angle, bending of basal parts of post. er. rug. in a posterior direction, loss of symmetry in lateral view, straight instead of convex posterior carina, and smaller ID. (In European Oligocene Squalo- dontidae, TD ts 23-27 per cent; in the Miocene the ID of the more conservative bariensis group of Squalodon is. 20-23 per cent, while in the catulli group; less than 20 pet cent is normally indicated. ) Glaessner (1972) redescribed Squaleden ? serratus Davis 1888 After a new preparation of the single buccal tooth that represents the holotype, he was able to show that Hall (1911) and Flynn (1948: p. 186) were wrong when they thought this form possibly belonged to M, harweedi, or that both were PP, wilkinson. Rothausen (19635: p. 660), expressing some doubt, had seen in the figure of Davis (1888: Fig. 9) at Jeast some similarity with M. harwood). Glaessner clearly showed it had a form of its own, but doubted whether it belonged to the genus Squalodon. We ate stire now that this taxon should be placed in a group with Prasgualadon— Parasqualodan ?—Squalodon? andrewi Benham S. AUST, MUS, 17 (17) 285-297 August, (977 1942 and has nothing to do with Kekenodon onomuta Hector 1881 which Kellogg (1923: p. 27) had already placed outside the Squalo- dontoidea. All these facts mentioned above make it seem very likely that M. harwoodi belongs to another group with Squvaloden—Phaberodon Cabrera 1926—Squalodon? gambierensis. The fact that most teeth of M. harwoodi agree more with the teeth of longirostral squalodontids than those of brevirostral forms, as far as we know them, need not mean that it represents a longirostral taxon. It may be that these are teeth of a brevirostral species in which the dental evolution has reached a leyel similar to some Aquitanian Sgualedon species in the northern hemisphere, but us yet unrepresented by complete skulls, The above-mentioned view has support in some aspects of the anterior buccal teeth of M. harwoedi, such as denticles on the most anterior B or curvature of crowns and roots. of these anterior teeth, It should be mentioned that while the teeth of both gond species. of Prosqualodan, P, davidi and P. australis, show primitive characters, in skull morphology they differ in similar manner as Eosqualodon Rothausen 1968 and Squaloden Grateloup 1840 (Rothausen 1965; pp. 552, 560): the taxonomic consequences should not be decided here. One should mention in this connection, as did Rothausen (1965; p. 763), that as im the Equidae, where modern equine characters are combined in different ways with ancestral ones (Tobien 1960: p, 581), so there are here such character pairs in different combinations in Squalodontidae (here considering the buccal tecth only): symmetry/asymmetry; original number of denticles/increased number; relatively big denticles/relatively small ones; coarse cr, rug./weak cr. rug.: vestige of third root/no vestige, etc, There must be similar split lines of evolution, but our knowledge of the Squalodon- toidea is far inferior to that of the Equidae. Thus it is still nearly impossible to fix the posi- tion and taxonomic state of isolated squalodon- toid teeth if the species is not also known by complete or near complete dentitions and skulls. Rothausen in his revision therefore prefers to name such finds in open nomenclature which, however, is not possible if there is already a valid name, such as Metasqualodon harwoodi (Sanger 1881), METASGUALODON MARWOODT (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION As mentioned by Keyes (1973: p. 381), the numerous different very early squalodontoids in the southern hemisphere (see below; also new discoveries in New Zealand, pers. comm. R- E. Fordyce, Christchurch, 1975, 1976) have so far been studied much less than those in the north. A revision of this material, as is now being done for a part by Fordyce, may help us to recognise clades as a base for a vertical classification system of the early Odontoceti. This will be the more significant, as brevirostral squalodonts are so far known only from the southern hemisphere, and itis very likely that most modern odontocetes are derived from this group. STRATIGRAPHY Sanger (1881: pp. 298-299) reported the following macro-tossils as coming from the same beds as the teeth: (p, 298) “Echinus, Spatangus, Clypeaster, Pecten, Turritella, Corbis, and Spondylus’ and (p. 299) “Lamna_ elegans, Notidanus primigenuis, Carcharodon angustidens, Nautilus (Aturia) cie-zac, Peeten Poulsoni, Crassatella alta, and Clypeaster (Mortonia) Rogersi’. The latter group he interpreted as typically Eocene in age, according to the state of knowledge at that time. His passing des- cription of the source being “in a bed of yellow calcareous clay” fits many of these fossils which may be equated with Miocene species from the Mannum Formation, a sequence of yellow sandy limestones and marls. However, it is. at variance with the state of preservation of the teeth, and with their accampanying label. The teeth of Merisqualodon are black, The rare shark teeth from the Mannum Formation are ferruginised pinkish- or orange-brown, If the label is interpreted correetly, the teeth came from a depth of 100 feet (about 33 m), presumably in a bore or well. {It must be adniitted that the only direct evidence for this ts the note “LOOf on the label. However, considering the ranty of fossil whale material, the fact that the teeth seem to form part of a sequence, mainly from one jaw, and the absence of any bone, the dis- covery of Metasqualedon harwoedi during the sinking of a bore (rather than a well) seems rather likely, The boring method would explain the damaged teeth and loss of such a large part of the specimen, Such discoveries are by no means unknown—several teeth and fragments of a marsupial were recently found at a depth of some 30 m in a bore in New South Wales (Pledge, in prep.). If the Metasqualodon teeth were found in outerop, their preservation 205 would indicate that 4 more-or-less complete jaw ov skull should have been discovered, and it was not, The possibility of such a jaw having dis- integrated before discovery does exist, but the teeth show no sign of erosion. A search through available records of the period has failed to produce any information on such a bore. Two old wells of c. 1880 vintage are known (Hundred of Brinkley, Sections 78 and K!) but both are abandoned and full of sand, and nothing is known of their depths or stratigraphy, Another bore in the area (Knight's Bore, Section 217, Hundred of Brinkley. cam- pleted 1899) was accurately logged, In this bore, the interval around LOOft. was well within the Oligocene Ettrick Formation (O'Driscoll 1960; p. 230). The shark tooth (SAM P10867) mentioned on the original label was relocated by one of us (N.S.P.) recently. It seems referable to Hexanchus agassizi (Cappetta 1976) although lurger. tt has a similar preservation to the Metasqualodon teeth—dark grey to black— which is typical of bone and teeth fram glauconitic or other reducing sediments. The label with the toath gives the additional infor- mation; “R. Murray Cliffs near Wellington”, The beds Sanger (1881) describes would seem to be part of the Mannum Formation (see Lud- brook 1961). This forms a large part of the cliffs at Tuilem Bend, only 14 km upstream from Wellington, but it disappears from outcrop only a few kilometres downstream, haying been stripped off and replaced by the Pliocene Nor- west Bend Formation, a yellow calcareous sand unit with abundant bivalves (notably Ostrea, with Spondyles and various pectinids), Some of Sanger’s assemblages could conceivably have been derived from this younger formation. It is in this same area, just south of Tailem Bend, that the Ettrick Pormation niakes one of its few surface appearances, as a hard, pale greenish- prey, finely glauconitic marl (Ludbrook L961: p, 38), occurring as a bench at present pool level of the river, This pool level ts largely artificial, following the installation of barrages at the mouth of the river, in the 1930's, to con- tral depth and salinity, It is therefore probable that the extent of outcrop of the EBttrick Forma- tion was far greater circa 1880. Being glau- conitic, and therefore of a somewhat reducing origin, the Ettrick Formation would yield teeth of a decidedly dark grey-black colouration, Interestingly, a tooth ot the Oligocene shark Curcharodon angustidens, collected at ‘Tailem 286 Bend jy 1936, has the same dark preseryation as the Metasqualodon and Hexanchus teeth, and other shark teeth from reducitig sediments, and adds support for the provenance of Metasqualo- don being the Ettrick Formation, The conclusion is that, whatever the source of the inveriebrates allegedly associated with them, the teeth of Mefasqualoden were obtained from the Ettrick Formation, either in a bore or well or from oulcrop. The top of this unit is believed to be equivalent to the end of the Oligocene. (Ludbrook 1973: Table 1). Henee the age of Metasqualeden harwoedi (Sanger 1881) is Late Oligocene, possibly even Latest Oligocene, since it probably came from near the top of the formation, The younger age is also indicated on the basis of the form of the teeth in relution to the general tendencies and similari- ties Seen in Lower Miocéne species of Squalodon in Europe. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to Emeritus Prof, M, F. Gluessner for bringing the material (o our atten- lion and arranging our collaboration. and also for critically reading the manuscript. Mr. J. M. Lindsay gave advice on certain stratigraphic inatters, Mrs. L, Blesing drew figures 1 and 2, Mrs. J. Murphy and Miss F. Gommers typed the manuscripts. REFERENCES Abel, O. 1913. Dic Vorfahren der Bartenwale. Akad Wiss, Wien, math. nat. KI. 90° Benham, W. B. 1935a, Dertkselir. 155-224, 12 pl, A Replilian Saw from Kakunui, South Island, New Zealand, Traus, Prog RR. Sac, N.Z., 635,. 232-238. Benham, W. B. 1935b. The teeth of an extinct whale Microceius heclori spn. Trans. Prov, Ro Suc. NZ. 65, 239-243, 2 pl Bonham. W. B. 1937- Fossil Cetaces of New Zealand, Wl The skull und other purts of the skeleton of Pree yqualedin franiflrant spog. Trans. Proe R. See. NZ. 67; 8-L4, 4 pl. Benhum. W. B, 1942.) Fossil Cetuces of New Zeahind. ¥. Mauiecns, a generic name subsuituted for Lephe- cephalus Benham, Trans Prac. R. Soc. N.Z, 7h: 260-270, 4 pl Brandt, J, B. 1873. Untersuchungen iiber die fossilen und subfossilen Ceticeen Europas. Meya. elced. Sei. Saint- Petershunirg, 7, Ser, 20, 372 pp. 34ph Cubera. A. 1926, Cetéeoos fosiles del Museu de la Plata. Revista Mus, La Plata. 29: 363-411. Canip, CG. L, 1942, tehthyosaure Rostra from Central Cilifornia, J. Paleant. 16: 362-371, 2 pl. Cappena, H. 1976, Seélaciens pouvyeaux du Londen Clay delEssex (Yprésien du Bassin de Londres). Geahios, 9 (5): 551-575. 4 pl. Carter, AO WN. 195K ‘Vertiary foraminifera fram the Aire disiacl, Wietoria, 1-76, Chapmiun, F, 1918. Descriptions and revisions of the Cretaceous and Vertiary fish-remains from New Zowlund. Palaeont. Ball. Wellineron, Te 45 pip. 9 pl Ball. eeol. Sty, Mict., 38: REO. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (17): 285-297 Augast, 77 Chmo, F. M. and Buker, A. N. 1972. A new Shark- toothed Dolphin (Cetuces: Squalodontidae) from the Upper Oligocene of New Zealand. J. R. Soc. NZ, 2 (ly: 61-68. Cooke, C. W. and MacNeil F. S. 1992. Tertiary strati- graphy of South Carolina. U.S. Geol. Survey, Prof, Paper 243-B, 19-29 al Piaz, G. 1904. famiglia degli Shisse Abs 1-21 Dal Piaz, G. 1916, Gli Odontoceti del Miocene Rellunense. NM. Sgualoden, Memarie Ist. veal, miner. Univ. Padova 4; 94 pp. 10 pl Davis; J. W. 1888. On fossil fish-remains from the ‘Ter- Udry and Cretuceo-Tertiary formations of New Zealand. Se. Trans. R. Dahl. Soc, ser. 2, 4: 1-67, Dechaseaux, C. 1961. Celacea. In Traite de Paléontologie, J. Piveleau, ed. Masson et Cie, Paris. 6 (1): 831-886. Dickson, M. R. 1964. The skull and other remains of Prosqualodaun marplexi, a new species of Fossil Whale. NZ. J. Geol, Geophys. 7: 626-635. Dubrova, I. A, 1971, Novyi red kitoobraznykh (Saeha- linecetus cholmicus gen. et sp. nov.) iz miotsena. o-va Sakhalin. (A new genus of Cetacea (Sachalinacerus cholmicus gen. et sp. poy.) fram the Miocene of Sakhalin Island.) Akad. Nak SSSR Paleontol. Inst, Tr, $30: 87-103. (Russian )- Fabiani, R. 1949. Gli Odontoecti del Miocene inferiore della Sicilia, Memtrie tyt. geal. miner. Univ, Padova 16: 32 pp., 2 pl. Flynn, VT, 1920. Squalodont Remains from the Ter- liary Strata of Tasmiunia. Nature, Lond, 106; 406-407. Flynn, T, V, 1923. A whale of bygune days. Aust. Mus. Mag. 1 266-272. Flynn, T. T. 1932, A New Species of Fossil Cetacean from Tusmania. Geol. Mag. 69: 327-329. Flynn, 7. T. 1948. Description of Prosgualodon davidi Flynn. a fossil celaceun from Tasmania. Tras, zool. Soc. Lond, 26: 153-196. Glaessner, M. F. 1955, Pelagic Fossils (Afuria, penguins, whules) from the Tertiary of South Australia. Rec, 8. Aust. Mus. Ute 353-372, Glaessyner, M. F. 1972. Redescription of the Tooth of an Oligocene Whale from North Canterbury, New fealand, Ree. Canterbury Mus. 9 (2): 183-187 Grateloup, J. P. S, 1840. Descéription d'un fragment de machoire fossile dun genre nouveau de Reptiles (Saurien) Act. Acad. roy. Sei. Bordeaux 2: 2OL-210. Hall, ‘TP. S. 1911, On the systematic position of the species of Squaladon und Zeuglodon deseribed trom Austrdlia, Prac. R. Sue. ier, (N.S.) 23: 257-265 Hector, J. 1881. Notes on New Zealand Celacea, Recent and Fossil, Vrans. Pree. NZ, Inst. 135 434-436. Jenkins, Ro J. F. 1974. A new giant penguin from the Eocene of Australia, Palaeontology V7: 291-310, Kelloge, R. 1923, Description of two squalodonts recently discovered jn the Calvert Cliffs, Maryland, and notes on the shark-toothed celuceans. Proc. US, nam. Mus. 62: 69 pp. Kellogg, R. 1928. The History Of Whales, their Adaption to life in the Water. @. Rey. Biol, 3: 29-76, 174-208, Keyes, |, W. 1973. Early Oligocene squalodont cetacean from Oamaru, New Zealand. N.Z. J Marine ned freshwater Res. Tr 381-390, Ludbrook, N. H. 196]. Stratigraphy of the Murray Basin in South Australia. Bull. geol, Surv. 8. Ausr, 36; 96 pp., 8 pls. Ludbrook, N. H. 1973. Distribution and Stratigraphic Utility of Cenozoic Molluscan Faunas in Southern Australia. Tuheku Univ., Sel. Rep. 2ud ser. (Geal), Spec, Vol, & (Hatal Memorial Fol,) 241-261, 1 table. pls, 24-28. Neosqualodon nuovo genere della Squalodontidi. Adem, Soe Paleanc. METASQUALODON HARWOODI (SANGER, 1881)—A REDESCRIPTION Lydekker, R. 1893. Contributions fo a knowledge of the fossil vertebrates of Argentina. Cetacean skulls of Patagonia, Ann, Mus. La Plata. Palueont. Argent. 2: 2-43, Lydekker, R. 1899. dolphin from Patagonia, 919-922. Meloy, F, [867. On the Occurrence of Squalodun in the Tertiary Strata of Victoria. Mag, 4: 145, 1 pl. Mahoney, J. A, afd Ride, W. DB. L. 1975. Index to the genera und species of fossil Mammalia described from Australia and New Guinea between 1838 and 1968, Spee. Publy. West. Aust. Mus, No. 6, 1-250, Meyer. H, ¥. 1840. Uber Phocu ambigua Minster. Beitr. Peirefactenkunde, Graf su Miinster 3° 1-7, 1 pb. Neave, S. A, 1940u. 1-1065. Neave, & A, 19406, Nomenclater Zovlogicus 4: 1-758. O'Driscoll, E. P. DB. 1940. The Hydrology of the Murray. Rasin Province in South Australia. Sull. geol. Surv. S. Ausi, 35 (2 vols.). 300 pp., 14 charts. Pritchard, B, G, 1939, On the discovery of @ fossil whale in the older terharies of Torquay, Victoria. Wicrartan Near. $8; 151-159. Romer. A, 5S, 1945. Vertehrate Paleontology Ind ed.. 687 pp. University of Chicago Press, Chicago Romer, A. 3S. 1966, Fertebrare Paleonivlogy 3rd ed., 468 pp. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Rothausen, K. 195k. Marine Vertebraten (Odontaspidue, Lamnidae, Sparidae, Dermochelyidac, Squalodontidae) im oberoligazinen Meeressund von Stichteln ond Diisseldorf. Feartschr. Geol. Rheinld West! 1 363- ah4, Rothausen, K. 1961. Cber Miereverus, einen kleinen Syiialodontiden aus dem Oberoligozan. Neues Sh. Geol. Paliiont. Abh, UZ: 106-118. On the skull of a shark-lopthed Proc. zeal, Soe. Land, 1899s the genus Geal. Nomenclatar Zoologicus 3: Rothausen, K. 1965, Die europaischen Squalodontidae (Odontaceli) und ihre Stellung zu den iibrigen Squalodontoides, f. Krantales Skelett. Habilita- tionaschr., 856 pp., 77 pl, Mainz. (unpublished thesis). Rothausen, RK. 1968. europdischen Squalodontidae Paliont. 2. 42: 83-104. Rothausen, K, 1970. Marine Reptilia and Mammalia and the prablem of the Oligocene-Miocene boundary. Comm. Mediterr. Neapg. Siar Proc IV, Sess., Bulogna 1967, G. Geal. 35 (1): 181-189, Sanger, £. B, (881. Ona Molar Tooth of Zeazlodan trom the Terliary Beds on the Murray River near Wellington, SoA, Prac. Linn, Sec, NSW. §: 298-300, Simpson, G, G. 1945. The principles of classification and a classification of mammals, Bull, Am Mus, nat. Mist, Die systematische Stellung der (Odontoceti, Mamm.), 85: 1-350. Stromer, BE. 1908 Die Archaeoceti des Aepyplischen Ropios, Beitr. Pulient. Geol. OstersUne, 21: 106- Thenius, EB. 1959. | Tertiir, Wirbelnerfaunen. Aandh, Strat. Geol, 3 (2): 1-328. Thomson, J. A, 1905, The Gem Gravels of Kakanui; with remarks on the geology of the district. Trans. Proe, NwZ. dase. BAHL 4AR2-495, Tobien, H, 1960, Zur Geschichte der plerdeartigen Unpaarhufer im Yertiiir Europas. 4. dl. geal. Ges, £42; 580-581. Winge, H. 1919. Udsigt over Hvalernes Stuegtskab, Widensk. Meddr. dansk. netueh. Foven., 10: 59-142. Whitmore. F, C., Ie and Sanders, A. E. 1976. Review of the Oligucene Cefacea. Syst, Zoul. 25! 304-320, Zigno, “4. de 1876. Sopra i testi di ung squalodonte scoperti nelVarenaria miocena del Bellunense, Meniarie ise. Wen. Sot Lett. Art. 20: 17-33. APPENDIX I STANDARDISED TERMINOLOGY FOR SQUALODONTOID TEETH Buceal teoth—(B). Rothauser (1965: po 718; 1968- pp. 86, 100) stated that there was no way of determining the premolar—molar division and homology in most squalodontoids and proposed this more neutral term, sinlar to |he sense of Dal Piaz (1916! p. 17) and Kellogg (1928: p. 53). The term is equivalent to the informal “cheektoath™ (bueea: Lat. cheek) also used herein, Buccal teeth ure numbered consecutively from the front, ie. Bly, B74, Rig, BY/,,. Denticulus anterior: da, pesterior—Dentic. ant, dentic post. (denticulus: Lat. little tooth, denticle) small conical extensions on the anterior and posterior culling edges (carinae) of the Haltened buceal crowns. Denficulus husis—Dentie. bas. Basal denticle—u small cusp al the base of the crown on the anterior or posterior edges, They have special significunce in some cases anil therefore are mentioned sepurately, Nadulus primus—Nod, prim. Small tubercular extengiotis of the main carina, ef. med’. see. Both are to be strictly separated from “denticles”. Nodulas secuneius—Nad. see, Small — tubercle-like extensions. on the curinae of denticles. Cinzulum A smooth encircling zone of thickened enamel at the base of the crown. Crista. ragesa—Cr, rug. (erista’ Lat. ridge) Enamel ridges, mostly irregular, that may be more or Jess cavered with enamel papillae, Systema eristaruim rugosarin—Syst. cr. rug. Viewing the apical end of a cr, rug. as the stem or trunk, one sees il divide into branches towards the base of the crown. These branches may anastomose with others from the same trunk, but not with those from another “stem”. They belong to closed systems. These syst. cr. rug, dio out at the cingulum (Fig. 1). This observation seems ta be true for all squalodontid teeth, Undarion (unda: Lat. wave). Common, weak, relatively broad, longijudina), Waye-form surface rehef on the crown face following the curvature of the crown of anterior tceth. (Fig. 1; Rothausen 1965; p. 26, Abb. 4). Crenelation Minule serration on the carinae of anterior teath of squalodontids (Fig. 1; Rothausen 1965; p. 26, Abh. 4), Rents prinus—Ram carina when il divides. prim. The main branch of the (Fig. 1). Ramus secundus—Ram, see. A weaker, secondary branch at the basal end of the anterior carina in anterior teeth of squalodontids. (Fig. 1). Apical angle The angle enclosed by lines from _ the apex fa the anterior and posterior end points of the base of the crown; gives an index of the antero-posterior diameter (a) to the height of the crown, Index denticulerum—(LD). Expresses the relationship betWeen the basal diameter of the largest dentic. post. (ad), measured in the direction of the carina, and the antero- posterior diameter of the crown (a). 100 ad ie. 1D = per cent. a Foy best comparison of species, the U9 should be calculated only for BT (a BY (Rothausen 1965: p. 32). Index hint) Expresses the flattening of the — a of the crown (ahove the anterior root in two-rooted tceth). crown. where b is the irunsverse diameter Cristae densitv—Cr, densi, The characteristic number of cr, rug. The oimber of er. rug, counted in S mr Just posterior of the middle of the labial face about 5 mm above the hase of the crown, preferably. of a Bi. RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES By S. L. TUXEN SOUTH ces ear MUSEUM ~ North Terrace, Adelaide South Au ry ia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 18 10th September, 1977 PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES BY S. L. TUXEN Summary Protura collected in the New Hebrides in 1971 are described. Nine species were found, four of which are described as new, viz. Eosentomon penelopae and insularum, Isoentomon pumilioides and Berberentulus tannae. The species composition compares well with the known fauna or the Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomon Islands. PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES By S. L. TUXEN* ABSTRACT TUXEN, S. L. 1977. Protura (Insecta) of ithe New Hebrides, Rec. §. Aust. Mus., 17 (18): 299-307, Protura collected in the New Hebrides in 1971 are described, Nine species were found, four of which are described as new, viz. Eosentomon penelopae and insularum, Isoentomon pumilivides and Berberentulus tannae. The species com- position compares well with the known fauna of the Bismarck Archipelago and the Solomon Islands. INTRODUCTION Following the publication of our paper on the Solomon Island Protura (Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a), Ms Penelope Greenslade of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, separated out the Protura from the Berlese samples collected in the New Hebrides by the Royal Society—Percy Sladen Expedition to these islands in 197] which are lodged in the South Australian Museum and forwarded them to me _ for identification. Although only a small collection of 52 specimens, the material contains some highly interesting representatives of no less than nine species which are the subject of this paper. Lam grateful to Ms Greenslade for giving me the opportunity to study this material. SYSTEMATIC TREATMENT I. Key TO THE KNOWN PROTURA OF THE NEW HEBRIDES — te iw anteriorly on abd. II-VI Sensilla e in foretarsus missing, sensilla g spiniform Sensillae e and g in foretarsus spatulate (Eosentomon) ee . Spiracles present; all three pairs of abdominal legs two-segmented (Eosentomoidea)......... ote elated 2 Spiracles absent; only the first pair of abdominal legs two-segmented (Acerentomoidea).,... , b’l absent in foretarsus; abdominal sterna I-VI1 with central posterior seta; tergal seta p 2 displaced 9 fe Heiko rd S05 45.4 Eosentomon noonadanae Tx. & Imad. b’I present; abdominal sterna I-VII with an even number of setae; tergal p 2 not displaced 4, t 1 in foretarsus close to a3; f 1 and b short; stern. VILL with two anterior setae, , Eosentomon insularum n.sp. t | midway between a 3 and @ 3’; f 1 and blong; stern. VIII without anterior setae.................. 5 ww Seta p 1’ on abd. terg. VI short and on line with p | and 2, close to p 2; terg. X-XI with eight setac Eosentomon oceaniae Tx, & Imad, Seta p |’ on abd. terg. VI long, placed in row with p 2’ on hind margin .......55)5 apie mets ke roel 6 6, Terg. X-XI with eight setae; p 1‘ on terg. VII on line with p 2’ Terg. X with less than eight setae; p 1‘ on terg. VIL on line with p 1 and 2 and close to p 2 ~— Terg. X with two setae (No. 4) or none oo ee £4. Ste topee yorhtre a Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bon. . Terg. X with four setae, no, | and 4.........., .:.ae++.Eosentomon penelopae u.sp Eosentomon sakura Imad, & Yos. . Sensilla a’ in foretarsus broadly vase-shaped, short, only reaching 6 3; sensilla f midway between e and g; terg. VII with six anterior setae; stern. XI with six setae maba lore Berberentulis capensis (Wom,) Sensilla a‘ longer, sword-shaped, reaching 5 4; sensilla f close to e; terg. VII with two anterior setae; stern. XI with four setae ale SU SHS Se So aBates ee ERA Berberentulus tannae n.sp. * Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark. I—10th September, 1977 3) Il, SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES |. Eosentomon oceaniae Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a: p.350 Three specimens are present of this species which is easily recognisable among the Eosentomon species of the swan/ group by the position of seta p |’ on terg. VI. Occurrence on the New Hebrides: Efate Island, Point Narabau, 100 m from high water mark on old beach surface, 17° 45'S, 168° 24’E. Simple mesophyll notophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-8 cm Figs. 1-3: Eosentanion penelopae tsp. dorsal-interior view, Figs. 4-5: Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bon, from the New Hebrides. and interior views. 2. Eosentomon penelopae n.sp. Figs. I-3 This species is related to &. solomonense Tx. & Imad. 1975 from the Solomon Islands, but it is smaller, pseudoculus is smaller, p 4° is missing on terg. I-ILf and terg. VII has four setae instead of two, Length of body 750 «pm, of forctarsus without claw 75 pum, Mouthparts normal, clypeal apodeme not visible (specimen seen in directly lateral view). Pseudoculus oval, small, PR = 12:5 (Fig. 1). Labral setae present. Foretarsus (Figs. 2-3). All setae inclusive of b'l present, position and size as in solomonense. REC. S, AUST. MUS.. + ——_ —_+ 0,01 mm 17 (18): depth. Coll.no, NH 19, K, E, Lee leg, July 13, 1971. One 3, one maturus junior. Aneityum Island, near top of steep slope above E side of Anelcauhat Bay, 20° 15'S, 169° 46’E, Disturbed coastal forest with Acacia spirorbis, in soil of 4-6cem depth. Coll. no. NH 26, K. E. Lee leg. July 23, 1971, One 9, Further distribution: Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands, widely distributed (Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a: p.352). Australia: North Queensland (Tuxen 1967: p.6 and Tuxen & Imadaté 1975b: p.195). 299-3()7 Seprember, 1977 1! Pseudoculus, 2: Foretarsus in ventral-exterior view. 3: Foretarsus in Forelarsus in eXterior f and g spatulate, t | midway between @ 3 and 3’, BS =1.1. Tarsus small, TR = 6.0. Empodium shorter than claw, EU = 0-9, Empodium of middle and hind leg short. Chaetotaxy: On thorax p 1’ on segment III long, behind the line p 1-2; the abdominal chaetotaxy set out in Table |— p 4’ absent on terg. H-I1l.—a 3 present on terg. TV; a 4 and 5 present on terg. V-VII.—p 1’ short, on line with p 2’, on terg. VII—p 1’'-2 not anteriorly dis- placed on terg. VIII.—no.] and 2 on terg, XI extremely small. Female squama genitalis unknown. Holotype and only known specimen: ¢ from Erromanga Island, New Hebrides, 8 km SW of PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 301 TABLE 1 Abdominal chaetotaxy of Eosentomon penelopae n.sp. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row, numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in the posterior row. Segment os TWh Te nC hey OAR Oak I 1-11 4 10 PEPE OR 8g coated ped aarct ste darttelS — _ 8 (') 14 4 6 StOQMUOND! oh Sh Ae eo ee ee a pee Ea Ee Pes — — 4 4 IV V-VI.oVIT.sVIIE.sIX-X_— Xs Trelson 0 = 4 4 6 8 8 9 1 16 6 9 6 6 6 7 4 8 12 10 10 10 (‘) The presence or absence of the very small p 5 is very difficult to determine in most species. Ipotak, 18° 54°S, 169° 13’E. In soil of remnant grove of Podocarpus imbricatus, 0-4cm depth. Coll. no. NH 36. K. E. Lee leg. Aug. 9, 1971. In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Named in honour of Ms Penelope Greenslade. 3. Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bonet 1950: 122 Figs. 4-8 Syn. £. solare Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a: p. 356. This species was described by Bonet in 1950 from two females from Itaguai, Brazil, and redescribed by Tuxen (1964: 137). In 1975 ae / an 11 Figs. 6-8: 10 10: Pseudoculus, II: Eosentomon wygodzinskyi Bon. from the New Hebrides, 8: Female squama genitalis in ventral view. Figs. 9-13: Eosentomon insularum n.sp. Female squama genitalis in ventral view. Imadaté and Tuxen described the new species solare from a fairly large series from the Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands. We men- tioned that “the difference, such as the relative length of the filum processus of the female squama genitalis and of the foretarsal sensilla c’, may be significant, although these two forms closely resemble each other’. In 1976, after a renewed examination of the type of wygodzinskyi now in the Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, I concluded that “perhaps we did the wrong thing in describing so/are”’ and the new material from the New Hebrides has convinced me of the synonymy. 0,01 mm 6: Clypeal apodeme, 7: Pseudoculus. 9: Clypeal apodeme. 12-13: Foretarsus in exterior and interior views. *9 302 Whereas the material of “so/are’’ from the Bismarck and Solomon Islands showed no variation, the present material varies in chaetotaxy and so | give a short description with drawings of a typical specimen from Aneityam, New Hebrides, Labral setae present, clypeal apodeme with REC, $, AUST. MUS., 17 (18): 299-307 Seplenber, i977 Foretarsus without claw 77 «om, BS 1-2, TR = 5:0, Length and position of sensilla as in ‘‘solare” (Fig. 5-6). Female squama genitalis, Fig. 7. The usual abdominal chactotaxy is tabulated in broad “clubs”, pseudoculus oval, PR = 13 Table 2—terg. V with anterior setac a 4, 5.—terg. (Fig. 4). VI-VII only a 5.—terg. X with setae no. 4 or none TABLE 2 Usual abdominal chaetotaxy of Eosentomon wygudzinskyt Bonet. anteriur row, numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in ihe posterior row. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the SOQMEME oc pres eskese as gale { 1-1 IV Vv 4 10 10 4 TEP RUR, 2.05 S oa 2 OE — — = — 8 16 16 16 4 6 6 6 SUEMIUM eect p wee eee — : oy 4 4 10 10 VI Vil Vill IX x XI Telson 2 2 6 8 9 4 9 6 6 9 6 6 7 4 4 8 I2 0 ©9610 at all,—terg. XI with setae no. 3 and 4 and one or two medial microchactae.—seta p 1’ on line with p 1-2 and close to p 2 on terg. VUI-—p 1'-2 not displaced on terg. VIIL. However, this is not exactly identical to the chaetotaxy of the type specimens of either wygodzinskyi or solare. The chaetotaxy of important abdominal segments in all known specimens of the species is set out in Table 3. TABLE 3 Comparison of abdominal chaetotaxy for selected segments of all knowo cxamples of Evsentomon wygedzinskyi Bonet and Eosentomon solare Tuxen & Imidaté. TORK, $0 slo eunelesas wygedsinskyi from Brazil .. 0.0.0... 2 6 ener ee ee eae ey tees : “solare’” from Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands. .._- . 6 wyeodzinskyi from Aneilyum, New Hebrides 2 wyeadzinskyi from Erromanga, New Hebrides 1 wyegadzinskyi from Erromanga, New Hebrides 2 wyeodzinskyi from Malekula, New Hebrides -..-......::5--, er ee ee ee ee 1V Vv VI Vil x XL 10 4 4 2 2 4 10 4 4 2 2 J 10 4 2 2 0 4 (8) var.a. 10 4 2 2 0 6 (8) vara, 10 4 4 2 2 4 f_prine. 4 4 4 2 2 4 var. b. In one specimen from Aneityum seta no. 4 was present on one side of terg. X. The medial microchaetae on terg. XI may all be present, or there may be only two of them or none at all. They are so small that they are very hard to see. I deduce from this survey that the principal form is found in Brazil and all over the Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands in all 27 adult specimens, as well as in one specimen on Erromanga. The var, a with reduction of anterior setae on terg. VI and X is found on Aneityum and Erromanga (eight specimens), The var. b with reduction of anterior setae on terg. IV is found on Malekula (two specimens). Occurrence on the New Hebrides; Malekula Island, Toro, terrace-like surface oh mountain side ca. 2km NNW of summit of Mount Yang’ abalé, 16° 16'S, 167° 26’E, Complex mesophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-4em depth, Coll. no. NH 57-58. K, E. Lee leg. Oct. 1, 1971. One 9, one mat. jun., one larva IL. Erromanga Island, 1-2 km NNE of Nuangkau River bridge, 10-11 km WSW_ of Ipotak, 18° 53’S, 169° 12’E, resp. 18° 54'S, 169° 11’E. Mixed mesophyll evergreen vine forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. Coll. no. NH 34-35, K, E. Lee leg. Aug, 3-7, 1971. Two 3, one 2, one mat, jun, and one larva I. Aneityum Island 4km NE by N of Anelcauhat 20° 11'S, 169° 47'E. Mixed rainforest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. Coll, no. NH 22. K. E. Lee leg, July 20, 1971. One 9.—Near top of steep slope above E side of Analeauhat Bay 20° 15'S, 169° 46’E. Coastal forest with Acacia spirorbis, in soil of 0-6cm depth. Coll. no. NH 26. K. E. Lee leg. July 23, 1971, One 3, one 9, one mat, jun, Further distribution: Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands (Tuxen & Imadaté, 1975a) and Brazil (Tuxen, 1976). PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 4, Eosentomon sakura Imadaté & Yosii 1959: 7 This species is described in detail by Imadaté, 1974 and is easily recognised by the chaetotaxy of terg. X where only setae no. 1 and no. 4 are present. Occurrence in the New Hebrides: Malekula Island, 500m E of SE corner of Lambubu Bay, 16° 12'S, 167° 23’'E, Complex mesophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-4em depth, Coll. no, NH 61, K, E, Lee leg, Oct, 4, 1971. One gd, one 9, one mat. jun.—Lamdorr, 3km NNE of Wintua village, SW Bay, 16° 28'S, 167° 27’E. Mixed mesophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. Coll, no. NH 67. K. E. Lee leg, Oct. 11, 1971, One 3. Further distribution: In Japan this species is the commonest Fosentomon and has been found at almost all collecting sites, rarest on Hokkaido. Further afield it occurs in Formosa (Taiwan) (Imadaté 1964), Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands (Tuxen & Imadaté 1975), 5. Eosentomon insularum n. sp. Figs, 9-13 This species is distinguishable from other New Hebrides Protura in the position of sensilla t | in 403 foretarsus (near a 3) and in the presence of two anterior setae on stern. VIII. It seems to be most closely related to £. asahi Imad, from Japan, but differs in many respects, is much smaller, has a different position of t 1 on foretarsus as well as differences in chaetotaxy. Length of body 560 um, of foretarsus without claw 58pm, Mouthparts and clypeal apodeme of common shape (Fig, 8), labial setac present. Pseudoculus small, with three small “‘lines’’ (Fig. 9), PR = 12-13. Foretarsus (Figs. LO-11) with all sensillae present incl, b’'Il.t | near a3, BS = 0-85, spatulate, f 1 small, seta-like, f 2 knob-like. a weakly broadened basally, b’] nearer to 6 3’ than to 6 4’, c’ short. Tarsus small, TR — 7:0, eand g , Empodium of middle and hind leg short, one- fifth the claw. Chaetotaxy: On thorax p |’ on segment II! long, behind the line p |-2; abdominal chaetotaxy set out in Table 4—a 3 missing on terg. V-VI and a 1 and 3 on terg. VIJ—terg. XT with setae no. 3 and 4, but in one case with all setae 1-4,—p 1° long on all terga I-VI, short and on line with p 2’ on terg. VIJ,—p |’’-2 not displaced on terg. VILL TABLE 4 Abdominal chaetotaxy of Eosenromon insularum n.sp. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row, numbers below the same line refer to (he number of setae in the posterior row. SERIMBAL 4 nek eke ck ee I f1-U1 4 10 RST BTU: cee et tee td winfele ettomteteteaict welelm teh pstelee — — 8 16 4 6 sternum ..-.-,,--- =“ = 4 4 VII Vu IX-X XI IV V-VI Telson wo 6B 6 6 8 4 9 6 6 6 9 6 6 6 2 4 @ 12 0 10 1 7 Female squama genitalis (Fig. 12) of the swani or kumei type, Holotype: § from Erromanga Island, New Hebrides, | km WSW of Nuangkau River bridge, Il] km WSW of [potak, 18° 54’S, 169° II’E, Large grove of Agathis, in soil of 0-4cm depth. Coll. no. NH 35. K. E. Lee leg. Aug. 7, 1971. In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Occurrence in the New Hebrides: Erromanga Island (see above). Tanna Island, §&km E of Lenakel near summit of main W-E road, 19° 30'S, 169° 20’E. Primary tropical rain forest, in soil of 0-4em depth. Coll. no. NH 30. K. E. Lee leg. July 27, 1971. One oy one larva JJ, one larva I, Aneityum Island, near top of steep slope above East side of Anelcauhat Bay, 20" 15’S, 169" 46’E, Coastal forest with fire induced Jmperata, it soil of 0O-8cm depth. Coll. no. NH 27. K. E. Lee leg. July 23, 1971. Two 9. 6. Eosentomon noonadanae Tuxen & Imadaté 1975: p, 367 This species is in many respects different from all other Eosentomon species, most evident is the presence of a central posterior seta on abdominal sterna I-VI], see Tuxen & Imadaté 1975a. The specimen from the New Hebrides agrees in all details with the holotype. 304 Occurrence on the New Hebrides: Malekula Island, Werimia, 2 km NE of Wintua yillage, SW Bay, 16° 28'S, 167° 27’E. Mixed mesophyll vine forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. K. E. Lee leg. Oct. 11, 1971. One maturus junior. Further distribution: WValoka, New Britain, Bismarck Archipelago: the holotype and only previously known specimen. 15 0,01 mm Jsoentomon pumiliodes n.sp. 14-15: Figs. 14-17: 17: Female squama genitalis in oblique lateral view. Figs. 18-20: Berberentulus tannae n.sp. 18: Pseudoculus. Labial palp in side view. Length of body 530 um, of foretarsus without claw 50 pm. Mouthparts of the common shape, but the specimen is seen directly from the side. Pseudoculus small, circular, without “distinctions” (Fig. 13), PR = 14. Labral setae absent. Foretarsus (Figs. 14-15). t 1 closest toa3,t2 lanceolate as are also b’2 and f 1, t 3 fairly long. REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (18): Foretarsus in exterior and interior views. 299-3()7 September, 1977 Isoentomon pumiliodes n. sp. Figs. 14-17 The genus Jsoentomon was erected by Tuxen in 1975 on species of ‘‘Eosentomon”™ with spini-or setiform sensillae e and g. It contained nine species, two of which differed from the others in missing sensilla e, To this group belongs the new species. 18 -———— 0,01 mm 19 17 20 16: Pseudoculus. 20: Canal of maxillary gland. b broad, e missing, g short seta-like. a’ sword- shaped, placed anterior to t I (!), b’ 1 present, c’ absent (?). BS = 0:9, EU =0-9, TR = 6-0. Empodium of middle and hind leg short, one- fifth the claw. Chaetotaxy: On thorax p |’ on segment [I fairly long, behind the line p 1-2, abdominal chaetotaxy set out in Table 5—a 3 missing on TABLE 5 Abdominal chaetotaxy of Isventomon pumilioides n.sp. Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row, numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in the posterior row, KEVIN Pe oe as be TASS Ges Sem ee he and I 4 PETRUS ett be ait si og sels mag nig salons plelelys s adele — 8 ? StEIMLIT ws ec ce e sce elec ste eestteecssaesretae Il 1V-VE. VIE.) VIE. sIX-X_—XT_‘Teelson 8 8 6 6 8 4 9 2m Ww 4 9 6 6 6 7 4 8 12 4 0 10 PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES terg. II-VI, on terg. VII also a 1.—p 4' missing on terg. LI-VII, on terg. II-III also p 5.—On terg, VII p 1’ is as long as on the other tergites (a feature I do not remember having noticed on any other eosentomid)—On terg. VIII p 1’’-2 are displaced anteriorly. Female squama genitalis (Fig. 16) seen in lateral view, but resembles that of pumilio Bon, Holotype and only known specimen: 9. New Hebrides, Tanna Island, on hillside above Bethel 0,01 mm 23 305 village, 4km S of Lenakel, 19° 33’S, 169° 13’E, Disturbed coastal forest, in soil of 0-4 cm depth. Coll. no. NH 31. K. E. Lee leg. July 28, 1971. In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide. Three species of /soentomon without sensilla e are now know, in only one specimen each: the present one from the New Hebrides, J. pumilio (Bon. 1950) from Mexico and J. pluviale Tx. 1975 from Brazil (Amazonia). They agree in many details, but the chaetotaxy of the present one is closest to that of pumilio—hence the name, +————_ 0,01 mm Figs. 21-24: Berberentulus tannae u.sp. 21-22: Foretarsus in exterior and interior views (from different specimens). 23: Right half of abdominal tergite VIII. 24: Female squama genitalis in ventral view. 8. Berberentulus tannae n. sp. Figs. 18-24 This species is closely related to B. rennellensis Tx. & Imad. 1975, in fact it only differs in abdominal chaetotaxy. On terg. VI the anterior seta a | is present in tannae, absent in rennellensis. This may seem a minor difference, perhaps on subspecies level only, but as long as the importance of differences in chaetotaxy is not clearly under- stood it should be accorded specific rank. The difference in chaetotaxy is constant in both 306 species, B, huchi Tx, & Imad, which is different in chaetotaxy from both differs also in the sensilla e in foretarsus being much smaller than c, Length of body 670 wm, of foretarsus without claw 70 pm. Norostrum, Labial palp with three setae and a sausage-like sensilla (Fig, 17). Pseudoculus circular (Fig. 18), PR = 13, Canal of maxillary gland of normal shape except for some small dilatations (not excrescences) distal to calyx, proximal part fairly short, end dilatation bipartite (Fig, 19), Foretarsus (Fig. 20) with sensillae of shape and length as in rennellensis, b-c-d may be on line or d placed a little distal to c. c and d close to each REC, 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (18): 299-307 September, \977 other. Sensillae a, b and f extremely long, b’ missing, a’ long and sword-like reaching almost to « 4, BS = 0:5, Claw with a small flap which js said to be missing in rennellensis but this Hap may be visible or not and is no good as distinguishing character. TR =40. EU =0:14. Abdominal appendages II-III with two setae, the apical one less than half the subapical, Striate band reduced, no striae. Comb on terg VIII oblique, with 10-11 small teeth (Fig, 22), Female squama genitalis (Fig. 23) with pointed acrostylus, Abdominal chaetotaxy set out in Table 6—on terg. I-VI a 1, 2, 5 are present, on terg. VII only a5. TABLE 6 Abdominal chaetotaxy of Berberentulus tannae n,sp, Numbers above a line refer to the number of setae in the anterior row, numbers below the same line refer to the number of setae in the posterior row. BOBMIENE ste akaceetibncegacspeptesgezes 1 I-01 6 6 Ly 41, | ee oe eLearn Dee D cee Dob a = _ 12 16 3 3 sternum . — — 2 5 IV-VI VII 1X =X XI Telson 6 2 4 ne 9 6 6 45 3 3 4 4 4 4 6 BOB Holotype: 3 from the New Hebrides, Tanna Island, on hillside above Bethel village, ca, 4 km S of Lenakel, 19° 33'S, 169° 13’E. Coastal forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth, Coll, no. NH 31, K. E. Lee leg. July 27, 1976. In the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Further material; seven 9, four 3, three mat. jun., one larva II (?) from the same locality and date. The specific name is derived from the name of the island, 9, Berberentulus capensis (Womersley 1931) Berberentulus capensis Wom,, Tuxen 1964; p. 311. This species is easily distinguished from tannae in the shape and size of sensilla a’ in foretarsus which is short, only reaching 6 3, and broadly vase-shaped; furthermore sensilla f is placed midway between e and g and e is only a little more than half the length of c. In chaetotaxy the following characters are important: terg. VI with eight anterior setae (1, 2, 4, 5), VI with six (1, 2, 5) and stern XI with six setae (1, 1‘, 2). Occurrence on ithe New Hebrides: Tanna Island, on hillside above Bethel village, ca, 4km S of Lenakel 19° 33’S, 169° 13’E. Coastal forest, in soil of 0-4cm depth. Coll, no, NH 31, K, E. Lee leg. July 27, 1971. Two 9, one larya I. Aneityum Island, near top of steep slope above E side of Anelcauhat Bay 20° 15’S, 169° 46’E, Coastal forest with Acacia spirorbis, in soil of 4-6 cm depth. Coll. no. NH 26. K. E, Lee leg, July 23, 1971, One §, Further distribution: South Africa, South-west Europe (Tuxen 1964); Australia (Tuxen 1967). Berberentulus capensis (Wom.,), téavassosi (Silv,) from Brazil, and nelsoni Tx. from Brazil (both Sio Paulo) form a group of their own, related to B, rennel/lenis Tx. & Imad., buchi Tx. & Imad. and the aboye new species fannae, all three from Melanesia, See the key in Tuxen (1977). PROTURA (INSECTA) OF THE NEW HEBRIDES 307 REFERENCES Tuxen, S. L., 1976. The Protura (Insecta) of Brazil, especially Amazonas. Amazoniana 5: 417-463. Imadaté, G., 1964. Formosan Proturan collected by Dr. K. Baba. Kontyu 32: 236-38. Tuxen, S. L., 1977. The genus Berberentulus (Insecta, Protura) with a key and phylogenetical considerations. Rev. Ecol. Imadaté, G., 1974. Protura (Insecta). Fauna Japonica. I . Tokyo. 351 pp. Biol. Sol. (in press). Tuxen, S. L., 1964. The Protura. A revision of the species of Tuxen, S. L. & Imadaté, G., 1975a. The Protura of the With keys for determination. Hermann, Bismarck Archipelago and Solomon Islands. Bull. Br. the world. Paris. 360 pp. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 31: 333-375. Tuxen, S. L., 1967. Australian Protura, their phylogeny and Tuxen, S. L. & Imadaté, G., 1975b. Corrections to S. L. zoogeography. Z. zool. Syst. Evol.-forsch. 5: 1-53. Tuxen’s “Australian Protura’ (1967). J. Aust. Ent. Tuxen, S. L., 1975. Isoentomon, a new genus within the Soc. 14: 193-195. Eosentomoidea (Protura: Eosentomidae). Ent. scand. 6: Womersley, H., 1931. A South African species of Protura. 89-101, Ann. South Afr. Mus. 30: 89-91. RECORDS OF THE O SOUTH AUSTRALIAN ($m. MUSEUM By BRACHINA METEORITE— A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA By J. E. JOHNSON, JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR, EUGENE JAROSEWICH and BRIAN MASON SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM ide . North Terrace, Adela South asenalian 3000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 19 2nd November, 1977 BRACHINA METEORITE — A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY J. E. JOHNSON, JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR, EUGENE JAROSEWICH AND BRIAN MASON Summary A small, achondritic stony meteorite, the second recorded chassignite, was found near Brachina, South Australia (31° 18’ S, 138° 23’ E) on 26" May, 1974. It was in two pieces with a combined weight of 202.85g. The form of the frontal surface and the types and distribution of the fusion crusts are indicative of oriented flight. The meteorite, which consists of unshocked subhedral grains of olivine (Fa33) with minor amounts of diopside and plagioclase and accessory chromite, troilite and pentlandite, is compared with the mineralogically and chemically analogous Chassigny meteorite. It is, however, unshocked in contrast to the original Chassigny which was severely shocked. BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA by J. E. JOHNSON*, JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR*, EUGENE JAROSEWICH+ AND BRIAN MASON7+ ABSTRACT JOHNSON, J. E., SCRYMGOUR, J, M., JAROSEWICH, E. and MASON, B., 1977. Brachina meteorite—A Chassignite from South Australia. Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 17 (19): 309-319. A small, achondritic stony meteorite, the second recorded chassignite, was found near Brachina, South Australia (31° 18’ S, 138° 23’ E) on 26th May, 1974. It was in two pieces with a combined weight of 202-85 g. The form of the frontal surface and the types and distribution of the fusion crusts are indicative of oriented flight. The meteorite, which consists of unshocked subhedral grains of olivine (Fass) with minor amounts of diopside and plagioclase and accessory chromite, troilite and pentlandite, is compared with the mineralogically and chemically analogous Chassigny meteorite. It is, however, unshocked in contrast to the original Chassigny which was severely shocked. * South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000, Australia. + Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C,, 20560, U.S.A. * Meteorite Find FIG. 1- 1977 I—2nd November, INTRODUCTION The discovery of the Brachina meteorite was made at about 7.30 a.m. on Wednesday, 26th May, 1974 by Mr. Brian Eves, Senior Inspector for the South Australian National Parks and Wildlife Service, who noticed a shining black object lying on a small pedestal of soil with the frontal surface facing west-south-west. There had been rain during the night and Mr. Eves was attracted first by the wet shining surface of the fusion crust and thought he had found a large australite. A smaller piece lying close by was also recovered. On his return to Adelaide Mr. Eves brought the specimen to the South Australian Museum where it was recognised by one of us (JEJ) as a chassignite. The meteorite was found at approximately 31° 18’ S, 138° 23’ E on the floodplain of Brachina Creek on the eastern side of the Flinders Ranges (Fig. 1). Locality map. Wa REC. S. DESCRIPTION Weight and External Form The main mass weighed 195+30 g and the small detached fragment 7°55 yp, the total recovery being 202°85 g, Both pieces retained a distinct black fusion crust. The core of granular, greyish-brown, achondritic — stony material could be seen where the crust was broken. The main mass has a complete smooth fusion crust on the asymmetrically-domed frontal surface. The edges of this surface form an irregular five-sided polygon with rounded corners and one broken edge. Slightly off-centre from the apex is a very small depression from which radiate numerous striae and one shorter, broader groove (see Fig. 4), The maximum length is 62*4 mm and the minimum width about 1O mm less. Thickness from the apex of the domed anterior surface ip the crest of the posterior cen- tral ridge is 41+3 mm, The posterior surface is covered by a finely vesicular to scoriaceous fusion crust (see Fig. 6). When the detached fragment was replaced it was seen to form part of a longitudinal ridge coincident with the maximum lateral dimension which is flanked by subparallel “facets”, two on each side, the two outermost and narrowest being aligned with polygon edges “a” and “c”. These bear the most highly scoriaceous crusts ‘and ure separated from the rather smoother inner facets by a distinet line of raised glassy material. The smooth fused crust of the frontal surface encroaches slightly on to these facets, and where this occurs the Onlapping frontal crust is distinctly grooved at right angles to the edge of the outer facet (see Figs. 7, 8 and 9). The smooth (frontal), grooved (lateral) and scoriaceous (rear) crust types have the distribution relative to the domed frontal surface of a meteorite which was oriented in flight. It is suggested that the faceting may be the result of the longitudinal ridge acting like a “fin” during atmospheric flight causing the stone to oscillate laterally just after entry but later acting as a stabiliser in generating the domed frontal surface, Chemical camposition, mineralogy, petrology The chemical! analysis of the Brachina meteorite is given in ‘Table |, along with the calculated CIPW norm, and an analysis of the Chassigny meteorite for comparison. As can be seen, the analyses of the two meteorites are AUST, MUS. (7 (19); 309-319 Oectoher, 1977 closely comparable; the principal differences are the higher Al-O, and NasO in Brachina, a reflection of the higher plagioclase content in this meteorite, and the presence of sulfide in Brachina (a little sulfide is present in Chassigny, but was hot determined in the analysis). TABLE i ANALYSIS AND CIPW NORM OF THE BRACHINA METEORITE With analysis: of Chassieny (McCarthy ef «! 1974) for comparison, CHEMICAL Brachina = Chassigny Brachina norm (weight per cent) SiO» 38 04 37-00 Olivine 77-0 Tis QO: 12 0-067 Diopside 468 AleO4 2-12 0-36 Hypersthene 2-9 cCr.0, U-S8 0°83 Albite 5-3 Fed 23°69 27-44 Anorthite 2-7 MnO 0:34 0533 Ortboclase Ord MgO 27:27 32-83 Chromite 0-9 Cad 2-10 1-99 Apatite O-6 NawO 0°63 O15 Iimenite 02 Ko 0-08 0-035 (Fe, Ni. Ca) 8 4:2 PeoOS ()+27 0-041 H.,0+- fil * —_— HsO (+26 = Cc 0-07 =< eS 3-59 — NiS 0-56 — Cos 0-05 — 99-77 101-27 Total Fe 20-70 21+34 mee 67:0 67°6 5,G. 3-51 3-57 Tnd — nor determined “=m 100 Mg/(Mg -+ Mn + Fe) atomic Olivine (Fasa) is the dominant mineral in Brachina; it also contains minor amounts of diopside (WoywEnyFsiy) and plagioclase (Ans) und accessory chromite, troilite, and pentlandite. The 0°27% P2O; indicates the presence of phosphate minerals (apatite and/or merrillite), but these were not identified in microscopic and microprobe examination, The mineralogical com- position corresponds yery well with the CIPW norm (Table 2), WHypérsthene is absent or present only in traces in the meteorite; normative hypersthene is present in solid solution in the diopside, which has a CaO content (18)7% ) considerably lower than the theoretical content (25°9% ) used in calculating normative diopside. Trace elements in Brachina, in parts per inillion, determined by spark source mass spec- trometry, (figures for Chassigny (Mason et al. 1976) in parentheses) are: Rb 2°0 (0-4), Sr 15-00 (7-2), ¥ 2-4 (0°64), Zr 2°7 (1°5), Nb 0°28 (0°32), Cs 0°20, Ba 12°00 (741), RRACHINA METEFORITF—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SQUTH AUSTRALIA can TABLE 2 MINERAL COMPOSITIONS (MICROPROBE ANALYSES) IN ‘THE BRACHINA METEORITE And a camparison of the calculated bulk composition with the analytical resulls in Table 1, ' Mineral Olivine Plagioclase Diopside Weight % 7 K x SiOz 47-4 64-3 54:7 Al,Os —_— 23-1 92 Fet 28-6 Os 6 MnO 0-29 — 0-16 MgO 34-5 — 157 Cad 625 471 18-7 Nav —> R92 4 KyO — 0-26 TiO» — N-05 (34 CreO O08 — 0-94 Lu 0-95 (0+39), Ce l+6 (1+12), Pr O19 (0°13), Nd 0°86 (0°54), Sm 0°27 (0°11), Eu 0-11 (0-038), Gd 0-27 (0-11), Th 0+05 (0:02), Dy 0°32 (0°12), Ho 0-07 (003), Er 0°19 (0°09), Yb O18 (0°10), Pb 0-60 (1:0), Th 0-13 (0-057), As can be seen, for most trace elements the content in Brachina is upproximately twice that in Chassigny, A com- parison of the rare earth (REE) abundance is presented in Fig. 2, The distribution patterns are quite similar, showing a rapid decline in relative abundances for (he light REE (La-Sm) followed by 4 slight positive Eu anomaly and practically uniform relative abundances for the heavy REE (Gd-Yb). This distribution pattern may be unique to Brachinu and Chassigny; the only comparable pattern among meteorites is that for Nakhla, an achondrite consist- ing of approximately 75% clinopyroxene (CasoMgusFees), 15% olivine (Faw), minor plagioclase (Ana), and accessory magnetite and sulfides, The REE distribution pattern for Nakhla, however, shows a uniform decline in relative abundances from La to Yb, and no Eu anomaly. Nakhila is classified as a calcitum-rich achondrite and Chassigny and Brachina are calcium-poor achondrites, but a genetic relation- ship may exist between them. The texture of the Brachina meteorite can be described as subhedral-granular (Figs. 1O and 15). Individual grains of the silicate minerals range from 0-05-0-7 mim in greatest dimension, the average being about 0'2 mm. This is in marked contrast to Chassigny (Fig. 14), which is much courser-grained, the range for the silicate minerals being Or3-1°8 mm and the average 0*7 mm; Chassigoy is also a shocked meteorite (evidenced by the extreme fracturing of the silicate grains), in. contrast to the unshocked nature of Brachina, [In Brachina chromite and Calculated Analysis Chromite composition dala 0-8 = 384 38-04 8-5 1-99 2°12 ZR-8 22-9 23-65 +32 25 Or34 S78 27-1 27-27 — 2-07 210 2 71 0-63 — 0-02 0-08 2-94 HOS 12 53-2 (57 {58 the sulfide minerals (troilite and pentlandite) are interstitial to the silicate minerals. A small amount of limonite produced by terrestial weathering permeates the meteorite below the fusion. crust. The texture of Brachina suggests the slow crystallisation under stati¢ conditions of a body of magma of essentially the same composition. This. composition in the MgO-FeO-SiO, system would be completely molten at about 1 600°C (Bowen and Schairer, 1935): the presence of minor components such as CaO, AlvOs, and Na:Q would lower this temperature somewhat. The first phase to crystallise would be olivine, followed at about 1 400°C by clino- and/or orthopyroxene, and plagioclase at about 1 200°C; an immiscible sulfide melt would be present in small amount, and would crystallise interstitially to the silicates at considerably lower temperatures (1 OOO'C or less), Brachina is a somewhat friable meteorite— individual silicate grains were detached from a smaller piece by gentle rubbing, although this fragment was removed trom the main mass only with considerable difficulty. The friability is due to the non-interlocking nature of many of the grains, and the presence of microscopic voids. The porosity is clearly seen in scanning electron micrographs (Figs. 12 and 13), as is the sub- hedral to euhedral nature of many of the grains; these features suggest the presence during crystal- lisation of a vapour phase, The Brachina meteorite has a well-preserved fusion crust, a fortunate feature since without it the identification as a meteorite might have been difficult, in view of its mineralogical and textural similarity to a terrestrial peridotite, This js clearly seen in Fig. LO and magnified in Fig. 1| Three distinet zones can be recognised. An outer wa — ind 3.0 WEIGHT RATIO, SAMPLE: CHONDRITE Loa Ce Pr Nd (Pm) REC. S. AUST, MUS.. Sm Eu 17 (19): 309-319 October, 1977 Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb FIG. 2, Rare earth distribution, normalised to chondritic abundances, for (1) Brachina, (2) Chassigny (Mason et al, 1976), and (3) Nakhla (Nakamura and Masuda, 1973), zone (up to 0-5 mm thick) consists of highly vesicular dark glass with small skeletal olivine crystals; in places this zone has been partly or wholly removed, probably by terrestrial abrasion. A median zone (averaging 0-4 mm thick) con- sists largely of skeletal olivine with interstitial glass and olivine. This skeletal olivine is notably more magnesian (Foss) than the olivine (Foua7) of the main mass of the meteorite; the formation of the fusion crust results in the precipitation of some of the iron in the meteoritic olivine as FezO,. A very thin (~0:03 mm) inner zone records the beginning vitrification of the silicate minerals, with the appearance of a dusting of magnetite (?) grains. Immediately below the Total Fe/SiOz .. Olivine composition (% Fa) .. SiO«/MgO 2. oe fusion crust the silicate grain boundaries have a thin sulfide coating, evidently developed from the fusion of sulfide grains, the least refractory of the meteorite phases. DISCUSSION Although classified as achondrites, Chassigny and Brachina are chemically comparable to the chondrites, specifically the L and LL chondrites, as has been pointed out by Dr. R. A. Schmitt (pers. comm.—see below). Using the criteria developed by Van Schmus and Wood (1967), we see the following analogies: L LL Brachina 0°55 +£0-05 0:49 + 0-03 0-54 24 29 33 1-59 1-58 1-39 BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 313 Unlike the chondrites, Brachina contains no activation analysis by Drs. A. V. Murali free nickel-iron metal, and its SiO:/MgO ratio and M.-S. Ma. The results are listed is lower than most chondrites. However, some below. carbonaceous chondrites have SiO:/MgO ratios Per cent similar to that of Brachina, e.g. Allende (1°39). The relatively high Fa content of the olivine in A120; 2°05 Brachina is similar to that in the LL and C3 FeO 26°5 (all Fe calculated as chondrites. The classification of Brachina and FeO ) Chassigny as achondrites is determined essentially MgO 26°6 by their granular non-chondritic textures; it CaO 2*2 should be remarked that chondritic structure is NazO 0-74 practically absent in the L chondrite Shaw, and MnO 0-33 texturally it resembles Brachina closely (Fred- Cr.O;; 0:63 riksson and Mason, 1967). However, the distinctive rare-earth distribution pattern in Sc 8-2 ppm Brachina and Chassigny does indicate that if Vv 77 ppm those metecrites are related to the chondrites, Co 265 ppm some chemical fractionation has taken place. _ (equivalent to 0-041% CoS) ‘ ; i Ni 4180 ppm Dr. R. A. Schmitt of Oregon State University (equivalent to (1-64% NiS) (pers. comm.) has supplied the following La 0:38 = 0-04 ppm additional information based on his analysis of sm 0-20 ppm a small sample of Brachina meteorite, Eu 0-05 — 0°02 ppm “Bulk and trace elements were determined “i Or 24 ) 0°06 ppm ‘ : ' ' u 0°07 “0-02 ppm in an aliquant of a powdered sample obtained from Brian Mason. The sample le al pph Au 15+ 2 ppb was analysed via instrumental neutron 3a FIG. 3a. Looking east towards the Flinders FIG. 3b. Closer view of the site. The meteorite wis Ranges from the site of the find. The lying on a small pedestal of soil within the ring Specimen was found in the small open of stones by the ranger’s right foot, space at the ranger’s feet. te BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA From our analysis, we must conclude that essentially all abundances fall within the range for L- or LL-chondrites. The deficiency of free nickel-iron metal as reported by B. Mason accounts for the lower Co, Ni, Ir and Au abundances in Brachina. Perhaps the significant differ- ences between REE patterns observed by B. Mason and us may be attributed to sampling problems. This would suggest that some trapped interstitial liquid may be responsible for these observations. Such a hypothesis would be consistent with current studies by cur group on ten small (50 mg) chips of Chassigny.” ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Mr. J. Nelen for the microprobe analyses of the minerals, Mr. W. Brown for the scanning clectron microphotographs and Dr. S. R. Taylor and Ms. P. Muir for assistance with the spark source mass spectrometric analyses for trace elements. Thanks are also due to Dr. R. A. Schmitt for permission to reproduce in full the results of a chemical analysis by Drs. A. V. Murali and M.-S. Ma. 315 Mr. R. Ruehle of the S.A. Museum took the photographs and Ms. F. Gommers drew the locality map. The South Australian Museum = gratefully acknowledges the generosity of Mr. Brian Eves in donating the Brachina meteorite to the State Collections. REFERENCES Bowen, N. L., and Schairer, J. F.. 1935, The system MgO-FeO-SiO». Am. Jour, Sci, 29: 151-217. Fredriksson, K. and Mason, B., 1967. The Shaw meteorite. Geochim. Cosmochini. Acta 31: 1705-1709, McCarthy, T. S,, Erlank, A. J. Willis, J. P.. and Ahrens, L. H., 1974. New chemical analyses of six achondrites and one chondrite. Meteovritics 9: 215-221. Mason, B,. Nelen, J. A., Muir, P.. and Taylor, S, R., 1976. The composiiton of the Chassigny meteorite. Metcor- itics Ws 21-27. Nakamura, N., and Masuda, A., peculiar rare-earth patterns. 19: 429-437. 1973. Chondrites with Earth Planet, Sci. Letters Schmitt, R. A., (pers. comm.) Letter dated 9th June, 1976, on file, S.A. Museum. Van Schmus, W. R., and Wood, J. A., 1967. A chemical petrologic classification of the chondritic meteorites. Geochim, Cosmochim. Acta 31: 747-765. FIG. 4. Brachina meteorite. Scale in centimetres. surface. FIG. 5. Side elevation of edge “b” base of the ridge. FIG. 6, Plaster cast. Oriented anterior surface with striae. Edge “e™ is a broken showing almost triangular outline with continuous fusion crust to the Posterior surface with detached piece restored to its original position, showing flattened longitudinal ridge, subparallel “facets” and scoriaceous fusion crust, FIG. 7. Plaster cast. on tO a scoriaceous “facet”. FIG. &. FIG. 9. ean Side elevation of edge “a”. Side elevation of edge “c”, showing grooved smooth crust of the frontal surface encroaching As for Fig. 7 but tilted down slightly towards viewer. BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA FIG. 10. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of portion of a thin section of the Brachina meteorite illustrating the subhedral granular texture. Fusion crust is present at one edge (x23). FIG. 11. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of the fusion crust of Brachina meteorite. Total thickness of fusion crust is approximately 1 mm. FIG. 12. Scanning electron micrograph of euhedral olivine crystal in a void (x675). FIG. 13. Scanning electron micrograph of octahedral chromite crystal in a void (x400). 317 Rg GR ty Soe Be An Fae se ae a4 rai ®y ae BRACHINA METEORITE—A CHASSIGNITE FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 319 FIG. 14. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of a thin section of the Chassigny meteorite (x27). Most of the grains are olivine and show extreme fracturing due to shock. Photomicrograph (transmitted light) of a thin section of the Brachina meteorite at a higher magnifica- FIG, 15. Plagioclase is present as larger tion (x83). Most of the white grains are olivine, with minor pyroxene. interstitial grains. RECORDS oF THE O SOUTH AUSTRALIAN S—® MUSEUM By, AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN [00 GRAMS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND ADJOINING STATES By W. H. CLEVERLY and JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 ou ustralia VOLUME 17 NUMBER 20 20th February, 1978 AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS FROM SOUTH AUSTARLIA AND ADJOINING STATES BY W. H. CLEVERLY AND JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR Summary The 17 australites of mass exceeding 100g known from eastern Australia are round, oval and dumbbell-shaped cores. They were found within a belt extending from Charlotte Waters, N.T. to western Victoria, and divergent south-ward from a more populous belt of unusually massive australites in Western Australia. There is a suggestion of radiation of australite distribution pattern from central Australia. AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA AND ADJOINING STATES W. H, CLEVERLY* and JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR+ CLEVERLY, W. H. and SCRYMGOUR, J, M, 1977. Austenlites Of mass preater than 100 grams from South Australia und adjoining States. Acc. 8, dust. Mus. 17 (20): 32 |-330, ABSTRACT The 17 australites of mass exceeding 100 g known from eastern Australia are round, oval and dumbbell-shaped cores. They were found within a belt extending from Charlotte Waters, N.T. to western Victoria, and divergent south- ward from a more populous belt of unusually massive australites in Western Australia. There is & suggestion of radiation of australite distribu- tion pattern from central Australia. INTRODUCTION Only one australite in about 2.000 has mass 100 grams ar more. The purposes of this paper are to describe several such rare specimens from eastern Australia and to collate information on others Known from the region. The methods and manner of presentation of Cleverly (1974) are follawed. The sites of find and some physical details of the specimens are presented in Figure 3 and Table {. The numbers allotted to the specimens in that table are also used in the descriptive section below and on the illustrations, Figures in parentheses in the table are estimated restored dimensions or mass and each immediately precedes the observed figure. Specimens for which udequate descriptions are already available were not re-examined. Information on twa further specimens which have been reliably reported, but which could not be located, has also been included in Table 1, DESCRIPTIONS |, S.ALM, T1159, Salient details with illustra- tions of the posterior sucface of flight and a side elevation have been given by Fenner (1955; p. 90 and PI, VIT Figs, 3 and 4), *W.A. School of Mines, Kalgoorlic, Western Australia, S000 ‘South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, 6430. 1—20th February, \978 Though the surface of the specimen is con- siderably etched, the form is generally well preserved, The posterior surface in particular is deeply etched, Minor sculpture includes a system of grooves of V-shaped section forming a complex maze over the posterior pole but trend- ing generally parallel to the long axis of the specimen and radiating towards the ends. Away from the central complex, short grooves occur singly or in “sheaves” with the peculiar form of those described and illustrated by Baker (1973). Each “sheat” contains two or three parallel grooves and shallower extensions of the individual grooves form divided ends, A further swirling system of grooves together with more lightly etched schlieren crosses the first system near one end of the specimen. There are three small areas of close pitting with almost scoriaceous appear- ance, The rim is regular and generally sharp, The equatorial zone (13-15 mm wide) shows twe only, much modified “flake scars”, a few grooves of U-shaped cross section oriented normal to the rim and some etched schlieren. Circular and lunate etch grooves are abundant on the anterior surface with a few lightly etched schlieren, Enlarged longitudinal and transverse profiles of the posterior surface were prepared in two ways—by projection with a lantern and using a travelling vernier microscope (readable to O-O1 imm horizontal and vertical), It was. suspected that projection by Jantern or photo- graphy might lead to some distortion of the profile of such an unusually large specimen. It is therefore of interest, considering the tedium of the microscopic method, that arcs of circles fitted very closely to both of the prepared transverse profiles and gave insignificantly different estimates of 2°96 mm and 2-95 min respectively for the radius of curvature, If the shape of the primary body was a response to rotation of a mass of melt about the Y axis (Fig. 1), then departure from circular transvetse section to a shape approximating an ellipse should be most evident in the principal transverse section, the effect declining outward towards the ends of the mass. No such effect was detectable, despite the large February, 1978 treteeeseess BUIOIOTA ‘20RTT2M 221 ie a“ ‘AIP[EMOT pue epuooley usemjoq RAP Arse AT ALY Of ot Rt * BLIOIOIA Sure] ng hee se55558* BLIOIIA SUOMION JaMOT sisesiys Soh) MONT UOHRIS BIPIOY “W'S ‘SUIPIS ABMTEY YOM WBA JO “| Wy E]'d "7" " SUIPI BBUILGW JO "AA'S*S WY OLD BAR]eeg JO “AN WY ¢¢°o “WeYyWOMUSg reseesrererssr sss BIOTA ‘UaMOQUIXD "7" BLIOIIA “eqdweD WoOY Jo “| wy ¢’d "7" " SIIBAA SHOPTLYD JO “AA'S'S UPL OF'9 so rg ‘edynjaay, JO BLIOJDIA UJOISAAA by **BLIOIIA “dueMsg yoRlosueuUOD “ows “BARLALTPE fo ces NUN HY S79 bee EST Nee epuoorey stessees* TRA prog teeeeees es qagquing Quawserp) [BAO peoig sees RAO pROIg Tot rests TAO MOLIEN Quowsedy) [eAo proig ray [BAO MOTIEN, HODIW Hd £0l s98 ST ,96 ovEl ’ 666-7 PST XOLEXTSL | OTOL 4 (6961) Joxeg LyP-T SOC XO-6h | STILT 1C0 oLE 8t.W1 oa (Sco) Jouua+ S-9€ XS-16 X [7S elt VO oSE *9 /LS .6€19 eI (6961) Jo9e@ LOVE L6t X9€ X OPL IZSLSII ST o8E “9 AOS .tPT2 on (6961) 1oxeg COP-T €€X To | TOSI LP o9E v0 Chl +3 1OF-C PrP X Ob 019-9F | 66-LIT LE olE 81 otrl a 06£-7 T-BZ X LIS X €-S¢ (99°9) | IL-O0I (§ F OZT'9) SS o8T /6T o9ET Ad LPP-T LSEXS-6PX HS | FEIT iT 097 /8P oPET = : SLE-T OCH X 8-9F O15-6b | S6-TET SS off /8f .8E1 : (6961) 199g LIV-T COC X PIC X OCS | 60-SET SP DE ,9€ ol Pl 4 (6961) J94eq DIP-c C-O£ X €-1F X 7-98 |SLS-IFl /LE o8E ,CO othl 3 8rb-T LIP X 8-19 X Crs | T€-6F1 JOT 097 JOS oFEl ; (FL61) A[TOAgTD 66£-7 Shr X To (€-1S) X L:ZS | 96-€ST (891°9) fo (TL6I) 14" LIP-T PE XO-LP xX 68L IIZI-ELT > BE o9E /S0 ofPl 4 P8E-7 | L-O€ X O-LE (65°9) X $-h9 (78°92) | OO-THE (OI F O1Z) /8E off ,OT o8ET < 80b-7 L:LE XO-LVX P78 | 88-LOT 90 oSE gs .6£1 K () UONVWIOJUT (uu) (3) (yinos) seq) o jo s01n0g “D'S SUOISUSLUIC] Sse apniyey apnisuo0T 322 SWVaD 001 NVHIL YaLVadd SSYW HO SaYOO ALITVULSNV AO STIVLad T ATaVviL PUL JO aS addy adeys TVOISAHd GNV ‘GNIA JO SaLIS ‘SddVHS OL —AN HM OMm ON AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS ae nm Ld Y C FIG, 1. A, Principal transverse section of australite S.A.M, T1192 with broken line indicating restored circular section of primary body. Direction of flight towards bottom of page. B, Principal longitudinal section of same australite showing attempt to fit an ellipse haying semi-minor axis equal to radius of principal transverse section and semi-major axis calculated by using co-ordinates of point P. More realistic partial reconstruction of profile indicated by broken line. C. Principal longitudinal sections of three idealised types of primary bodies formed in response to increasingly faster rates of rotation about the Y axis:— prolate spheroid (elliptical section), body with cylindrical mid-section (boat primary body), dumbbell. Axes X, Y and Z are along the length, thickness and width respectively of the primary australite bodies and are parallel to the analogous dimensions of the australite specimen. size of the core, the circular arcs fitting the profile within the thickness of construction lines (Fig. LA). Unsuccessful attempts were made to fit an ellipse to the longitudinal profile using the transverse radius of curvature as the semi-minor axis of the ellipse (Fig. 1B). The failure arises from the considerable flattening of the central portion of the profile and strong curvature of the ends. Deep etching is inadequate to account for the lack of fit. The specimen appears to have been derived from a parent mass intermediate between a prolate spheroid and a dumbbell shape of more rapid rotation, when the sides were approaching parallelism and the shape approxi- mated very roughly towards a cylinder with rounded ends (Fig. 1C). Such a form would be the ideal parent body for parallel-sided, boat- shaped australites. *2 Scale applies to A and B only. An approximate assessment of the parent body was made using a major axis positioned by the principal transverse radius of curvature, sketching the ends of the profile to completion on that axis, and summing the volumes of a number of short cylinders, On that basis, the parent body of dimensions c.9:5 x 6 x 6 cm, volume c.195 cm* and mass c.470 g, lost rather more than one-third of its thickness and rather more than half its mass in forming the remnant core. 2. Fig. 2. S.A.M. T1391. Found by Mr. Robert Williams about 1969 in Hundred of Everard, Section 383 adjacent to Section 361 (c.25 km north-north-west of Balaklava, S.A.). The specimen is about two-thirds of a broad oval core which has broken through a large bubble cavity. The cavity was open to the posterior surface, Lightly etched schlieren, small pits and the dull lustre of the fracture surface indicate its 324 REC. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (20): 321-330 considerable age. The mass and Jength prior to fracturing (Table 1) are based on the assumption that the specimen was initially symmetrical. The esumate of mass was made by immersing the complete end of the specimen in liquid to the adjudged mid-line and noting the loss of weight. The mass was then calculated by using the pro- portion of twice the loss of weight of the complete end/loss of weight of the whole specimen, A depressed area on the posterior surlace contains a roughly radial system of short grooves which are V-shaped in cross section. A non- spherical bubble cavity c.1 em in diameter opens to the posterior und fracture surfaces. It appears to have adjoined a smaller bubble cavity but the present shape is at least partially the result of weathering, The rin is sharp and regular, The equatorial zone, 15 mm_ wide, is bounded anteriorly by a distinct shoulder. The anterior surface has abundant circular atid lunate etched features and shows some bruising, apparently recent and artificial A small area on the equatorial zone has also been artificially abraded. Short gutters, which are U-shuped in section, are developed on the periphery of the anterior surface and extend on to the equutorial zane. The depression on the posterior surface (Fig. 2-2A) affects the transverse and longitudinal profiles to the extent that no rebable estimate of the primary body is possible. The low specific gravity is accountable to high silica content as the refractive index is also low (nx, — 1°496). 3, Fully described and figured by Baker (L972). 4. Briefly noted and figured by Fenner (1955; P]_ VIE Figs. S and 6). Described by Cleverly (1974), who favoured western Victoria rather than Teetulpa, S.A,, as the likely place of find because of the limited distribution of large australites then known. A much wider distribu- tion is reported in this paper and the low specific gravity of the specimen (2°399) is more nearly allied to the values for five specimens from central and southern South Australia (2°375- 2°408, weighted mean 2°393) than to the higher FIG. 2. be judged by the dimension given for each specimen, 10 (left) and 2 (right). Posterior surfaces. Lower photographs are both on the same scale with proximal ends 2A, Elewstional view looking normal to the lower right hand edee bottom of page. 51-7 mm for LO and 57 mim for 2. raised to eniphasise Wibble cavities, of Fig. 2. Note slightly sway-backed posterior (upper) profile through etched depression. ¥, Side elevation, width 54-4 mm. width 53 cm, &, Side eleyalion, width 48 mm. width 45-5 mm. by natural loxs of amaterial. Australites fram eastern Australia numbered as in text and Table 1. 16, Posterior surface, length 75+2 mm. February, (978 values for the six Victorian specimens (2:414- 2-467, weighted mean 2-+435), Teetulpa, located in southern South Australia and within the belt of occurrence of large australites, is therefore at least equally likely to be the site of find, 5. Fig. 2. No. 194 in private collection Mr, G. Latz. Mr, D. H. McColl (pers. comm,) states that the specimen was [found by ao Aboriginal in 1969 at a point located approxi- mately 134°50'B., 26°10’ S. The co-ordinates indicate a site in South Australia about 40 km south-south-west of the abandoned Charlotte Waters Station. The form 4s affected by old flake losses, the only minor sculpture being rounded and lunate features attributed to the etching of natural percussion scars. The equatorial zone, about 15 mm wide, is defined between the rim and a distinct shoulder. The core has its greatest diameter at the shoulder, i.e. bulges anterior to the rim, The only reasonably complete profile of the posterior surface through the posterior pole gives an estimate of 6°6 cm tor the diameter of the primary body, which, on the assumption that it had the sume density as the remnant core, had volume c.150 cm* and mass ¢.370 grams. Losses from the primary body during atmospheric flight (including the stress shell) were approximately 40 per cent of volume and 38 per cent of thick- ness. These figures include small percentages accountable to terrestrial Josses which have been minimised by allowing for the flakes. 6, and 7. Baker (1969), Fully described and figured by 8. Fig. 2. Private collection of Mr. L. French. The history of recovery is obscure, According to Mr. A. BE. Bannear, whe arranged the loan, the specimen is thought to have been found at Penwortham during excavation of a dam, either during the 1870's or early 1900's, Attempts were made to break the specimen and it was then discarded for many years. The resulting artificial damage comprises only some bruising Seales differ shehtly and may In elevational views direction of flight is towards Width (top to botlom of photograph) is 5. Side elevauion. 1]. Side elevation, 16A, Side elevation, Profile at lett atfected 16A 326 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (20); and the loss of minor flakes, Additionally, a small area on the posterior surface has been artificially abraded. These losses represent only a few tenths of a gram of glass. An old, natural flake loss from the posterior surface contributes to the marked asymmetry of the core and most of the rim has been lost by natural flaking, Two shallow depressions on the posterior surface ¢ach c.7 mm diameter, are centres of development of a few short (1-2 mm), roughly radially disposed, gash-like grooves; the depressions were probably bubble craters, now considerably modified by weathering. A system of short (1-4 mm) grooves of U-shaped section is Orientated approximately parallel to the flight path on the narrow flake scars where rim has been lost. A few scars of detachment of the stress shell (“flake scars”), now greatly modified by weathering, are still detectable on the equatorial zone, Which averages 15 mm wide. The anterior surface is relatively smooth except for some short grooves of U-shaped section and some etched circular and Junate “sears”. The specific gravity is low but not abnormally so (cf, the Mortlake, Victoria specimen of Chapman 1971: p. 6318) and might be indica- tive of high silica content rather than bubble cavities, 9. Fig. 2. S,A.M. TL392. Found about 10 km south-south-west of Abminga Siding by R, J, Hyde of Hamilton Station, Pedirka, via Port Augusta, prior to 1974. The specimen is asymmetrical as the result of old flake Josses from the posterior surface and variable thickness of the stress shell. The profile is distinctly “peaked” in end elevation, The core is badly weathered but traces of the rim and an equatorial zone 8-10 mm wide with “flake scars” are still recognisable. Minor sculpture comprises a few weathering pits and etched lunate and circular scars. 10. Fig. 2. Private collection of Mr, G, Hume. The specimen is the major part of a broad oval core which has broken through a large bubble cavity and been much modified by weathering, Estimates of the original Jenyth and mass were made as tor No, 2 above. A depres- sion on the posterior surface contains a highly FIG, 3. (NO erans, 32] -330 February, \9T8 developed, roughly radial system of short, gash- like grooves. The rim is worn smooth and the equatorial zone is poorly defined, the elevational profile passing with almost imperceptible change of angle to the anterior surface which has a high polish (“carry” polish? ). There is a general similarity in shape and posterior sculpture to No, 2 specimen and further similarity in the low specific gravity and refractive index indicative of high silica content. The somewhat complementary positions of the bubble cavities (Fig. 2, 10-2) might also suggest that the two specimens are parts of one original core. It is therefore emphasised that each specimen can be seen to be more than half of its original by continuity of tim, The elevational profiles are also quite different. The No. 2 specimen is shallow posterior to the level of the rim and has. a well-defined shoulder anterior to it, The super- ficial resemblances are therefore fortuitous but the other similarites could be due to similar chemical compositions. Two australites with closely comparable physical properties found in this same geographical belt haye been analysed by Chapman (1971: p. 6318 “Match 9”). Jl. Fig. 3. Bureau of Mineral Resources collection R18277, Found on Koralta pastoral Station, the homestead of which is located 87 km east-north-east of Broken Hill, N.S.W. The ratio of thickness to average diameter (0°97) makes this the most nearly spherical of any large australite core known, The diameter is greatest at the shoulder anterior to the rim, The rim is ill-defined and is affected by very old Hake losses. The flake scars have the same etched lunate and circular “sears” which are the dominant sculpture elsewhere on the care, Surviving profiles of the posterior surface enable an estimate of c.6+2 cm for the diameter of the parental sphere, which therefore had yolume c.72 om* and mass e.173 ¢ on the assumption that it had the same density as the remnant core. Losses from the parental sphere, including ferrestrial losses minimised as for specimen No. 5, were approximately 30 per cent of volume and [4 per cent of thickness, 12. See Baker (1969), 13, Fully deseribed and figured by Baker (1969), Parts of South Austria and adjoining States showing sites of find of australites of mass exceeding Insert: Australia, showing approximate limits of western and eastern belts in which austratties of mass exceeding 100 grams. have been found. Only the sites of those weighing more than 200 grams are indicated, AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN 100 GRAMS 327 QALICE SPRINGS N.T. Charlotte @ Waters -_ ©, Abminga ©) William Creek O Muloorina N.S.W. S.A. Koralta Station Broken Hill, e Teetulpa Balaklava () ~™N Renmark ADELAIDE} oe” | LN Ka on roonda M ' VIC. Port Campbell a28 14. This specimen was examined by Fenner (1955; p, 90 PL. VU Figs. 7 and 8) whilst on loan to the South Australian Museum (T1162), where the site of find was recorded simply as “Karoonda”, Present ownership is unknown, 15. See Baker (1969), 16, Fig. 2, Geological and Mining Museum, Sydney 18408. Acquired in 1916 from Mr, W. T. Brown and attributed very vaguely to eentral Australia (not the political subdivision Central Australia, 1926-31), It is stated on a display label that the specimen was used by Aboriginals as a medicine stone. The source of that information is unknown but there is some support for it in the artificial abrasion of the specimen, apparently accomplished by rubbing it back and forth parallel to the length so that slight ridges remain between adjoining facets. This abrasion has removed the minor sculpture except from around one end of the equatorial zone and the tips of the posterior surface, where the surviv- ing natural surface shows considerable weather- ing. Abrasion of the posterior surface precludes assessment of the primary shape. 17. This specimen was noted by Mr, D, H, MeColl while in the possession of Mr, G. Hume. Its present whereabouts are unknown, DISCUSSION The 52 known australites having mass greater than LOO ¢ were found in two belts or sectors which are divergent southward (inset to Fig, 3). Specimens were more numerous towards the southern ends of the belts. with the most massive specimens (exceeding 200 g) on the western sides and towards, but not at, the southern ends, The number of known specimens is so small that REC. §, AUST, MUS., 17 (20); 321-330 February, \978 The numerical distribution by States with references to description of the specimens is as follows: Eastern belt— Northern Territory .. | This paper. “Central Australia” . | This paper. South Austraha .. .. 7 Fenner (1955) und this paper. New South Wales ., | This paper. Victoria... -. .. .. 6 Baker (1969, 1972). Western Victoria or Tectulpa,S,A,, .. L Cleverly (1974) and this paper. Total... .. 17 Western belt Western Australia ., 35 Cleverly (1974). The Western Australian figure includes three undescribed specimens which have only recently come to scientific notice, They are a round core of mass 197-2 g from 10-5 km south-east of Babakin, a round core of 132*°7 g from Lake Grace, and a narrow oval core of 110°1 g from the Warburton Range area. The shape types of the cores are shown in Table 2, columns 2-4. Differences in the pro- portions of the shape types within each belt are not significant in these small samples, The definitions of the narrow oval and boat shapes used here are those of Fenner (1940), with the result that specimens Nos, | and 3 (described by previous authors as boats) are reclassified as narrow ovals. There could be justification for the alternative definition howeyer, which recognises parellelism of the sides as a criterion for identification of boat shapes rather than the length/width ratio used here, It is these observations must be treated with due possible that increasingly higher rates of rotation caution, of parent bodies of melt led to a series of primary TABLE 2 SHAPE TYPES OF LARGE AUSTRALITE CORES Nl Percentage of Total Estimated Percentages of Shape Type Eastern Western Percentage (including Parent Bodies and Belt Belt of Total Teardrops their shapes exceeding 50 2) Roonds: ne oetue kss ce likige, 7 18 48+] 44-6 463 Spheres and oblate spheroids Broad Oval .: oe. bi eee eee, 5 {2 32-7 30-4 31-5 Prolate spheroids Narrow Oval .-..-.--.----.... 2 3 9-6 9-0 at 13-0 J Prolate spheroids and Boat... Mryhnecis ditty to AL 2 — VR 3-6 3 Boat Primary Bodies Dumbbell oe...) eee ye eee i 2 53 5:3 5:5 Dumbbell Primary Bodies Teardrop ....-4:) rs 7A 3:7 Double Apioid Bodies AUSTRALITES OF MASS GREATER THAN shapes tanging from ellipsoids through forms having a cylindrical mid-section (parental to boats?) to dumbbell shapes (Mueller, 1971), The total figures for narrow oval and boat shapes in Table 2 are independent of the definition used. Teardrop cores ure unknown amongst australites of mass exceeding 100 grams, Their parental bodies are generally believed to have been apivids produced when masses of melt rotated so rapidly thal they progressed beyond the dumbbell stage to separate as two bodies, Specimens simulating teardrop fort could also develop when narrow-waisted dumbbells were slimmed by ablation stripping, loss of stress shell, or terrestrial processes to the stage of separation. Aerial bamb forms probably had a similar parentage but for some reason (such as length/ diameter ratio) they adopted a different oricnta- tion during atmospheric transit (Chapman, ef al. 1962: p. 19). In the sense that any teardrop or aerial bomb form was derived from only half the parent inass, uny specimen of mass greater than 50 » could be ranked with the other large australites discussed here. At least four such specimens are known—trom Wongawol Station, W.A. (E. S. Simpson Collection 22), Earuheedy Station, W,A. (W.A, School of Mines 10944), Renmark, S.A. (S.A.M, T92) and Diamantina (S.A.M, T91). Two of the localities are within the western belt and the other two are in or near the eastern belt depending upon the meaning given to “Diamantina”. If these specimens are admitted to the class of the most massive australites, recalculation gives the figures of column 5, Table 2. The parental bodies of most of the round torms for Which an assessment was possible were either spheres or spheroids which differed litte from spheres, Some of the broad oval cores were also derived from such spheroids. Amongst the parental bodies of very large australites, spheres and spheroids were therefore about as abundant as all other shapes combined. The number of very rapidly rotating parent masses which separated into apinids was only half the number of teardrop type specimens. Recalculation thus gives the figures of column 6, Table 2. Despite the small total number involved, the figures of that column illustrate the generally acceptable concept that australites were derived from masses of melt of which the most abundant were non- rotating or only slowly rotating, while decreasing numbers of masses had the more rapid rates of rotation which culminated in their separation into two individual bodies, 100, GRAMS EPA With the exception of specimens Nos. | und 2 (a fragment), both of which were found in southern South Australia, the degree of preserva- tion of the eastern Australian specimens examined is generally poorer than for those from south-west Western Australia, and these ure in turn more weathered than western Victorian specimens. The degree of preservation thus correlates in a general way with the humidity of the area concerned. The eastern specimens have a much greater range of specific gravity than those from Western Australia, suggesting that they belong to more than one chemical type (ef. Chapman 1971: Fig. 2). The distribution of localities in the eastern belt suggests the possibility of mass grading, as has already been noted for the western belt (Cleverly 1974). However. ihe number of specimens is so small that the boundaries of the belts can be but vaguely defined and even their reality may be questioned and related to accidents of collec- tion. There is, however, some supporting evidence for the reality of the belts if specimens of somewhat lower mass are also considered. OF 115 known specimens of mass exceeding 62 g. all except five were found within one or other of the two belts, The exceptions include lwo specimens aliributed very yaguely to the Nullarbor Plain (one of which might be from Whyalla, S.A), one from Bucla reported by Fenner (1934; p, 78) on hearsay evidence, one said to have been found in the Ernabella Mission area by an Aboriginal, and one specinien from Pindera, N.S,W, which has the annotation “transported hy Aborigines”. There are there- fore various degrees of yagueness or doubt concerning all five of the supposed exceptions. Apropos the southerly divergence of the belts or sectors, it 18 noted that sectors of australire cheinical types radiating from central Australia may be visualised on the map of Chapman (1971: Fig. 2). The need for further work on distribution pattern is clearly evident from these observations. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We thank particularly Mr, D, H. MeColl of Canberra who provided information on spevi- mens in private collections which would otherwise have remained unknown tous. Mr. McCall also kindly urranged the Joan of some specimens, Dr, Brian Mason (Smithsonian fnsiitution), Mr, 330 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (20): R. G. Hirst (Geological and Mining Museum, Sydney), Mr. G. Latz (Henley Beach, S.A.), Mr. G. Hume (Nobby Beach, Queensland), Mr. A. E. Bannear (Saddleworth, S.A.) and Mr. L. French (Auburn, S.A.) also kindly lent specimens for examination and/or supplied information. REFERENCES Baker, G. 1969. Five large australites from Victoria, Australia and their relationship to other large forms. Mem. Nat. Mus, Vict. 29: 53-64. Baker, G. 1972, Largest australite from Victoria, Australia. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 33: 125-130. Baker, G. 1973 Australites from the Murray-Darling confluence region, Australia. Mem. Nat. Mus. Vict. 34: 199-208. 321-330 February, 1978 Chapman, D. R. 1971. Australasian tektite geographic pattern, crater and ray of origin and theory of tektite events. J. geophys. Res. 74: 6737-6776. Chapman, D. R., Larson, H. K. and Anderson, L. A. 1962. Aerodynamic evidence pertaining to the entry of tektites into earth’s atmosphere. NASA tech. Rep. R. 134, Cleverly, W. H. 1974. Australites of mass greater than 100 grams from Western Australia, J. R. Soc. W. Aust 51: 68-80 Fenner, C. 1934. Australites, Part I. Classification of the W. H. C. Shaw collection Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 58: 62-79. Fenner, C. 1940, Australites, Part IV. The John Kennett collection with notes on Darwin glass, bediasites, etc. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 64: 305-324. Fenner, C. 1955. Australites, Part VI. Some notes on unusually large australites, Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 78: 88-91. Mueller, G. 1971. and elsewhere. Morphology of sprays from the moon (Abstract.) Meteoritics 6: 294-295, RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES FROM SOUTH AND WESTERN AUSTRALIA By JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 21 23rd February, 1978 THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES FROM SOUTH AND WESTERN AUSTRALIA BY JUNE M. SCRYMGOUR Summary Three large australite cores weighing 225.07g (W.A.), 220.13g (S.A.) and 120.30g (S.A.) respectively are figured and described. The specimen from Shackleton, Western Australia is the largest recorded ‘teardrop’ shape. The new material fits well with the known distribution pattern for large australites. THREE LARGE AUSTRALITES FROM SOUTH AND WESTERN AUSTRALIA by JUNE M,. SCRYMGOUR* ABSTRACT SCRYMGOUR, J. M, 1977, Three large australites from South and Western Australia, Ree, S. Aust. Mus. 17 (21): 331-335, Three large australite cores weighing 225-07 g (W.A.), 220°13 g (S.A.) and 120°30 g (S.A.) respectively are figured and described. The specimen from Shackleton, Western Australia is the largest recorded “teardrop” shape. The new material fits well with the known distribution pattern for large australites. INTRODUCTION Australites weighing more than 100 g are rare and of the 52 recorded only 7 weighed more than 200 g (Cleverly 1974; Cleverly and Scrymgour 1977), Two further specimens of more than 200 g weight have come to our attention since the previous paper was written—one from near Lameroo in the South Bast of South Australia (220 g) and one from near Shackleton in West- ern Australia (225 g). 037 E), off MacRobertson Land, depth 219 m,, collected 16.11,1931, K1212, twelve spirit specimens with same locality and collection datu as KI2T1, Note:—Noe paralypes designated. CLASS ECHINOIDEA Genos Amimotrephus H. L. Clark, 1928 Aimmotrophus eyelins HL, Clark, 1928. Rec, S. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 471-474, fiz. 140, Holotype: KAD! (was E644), dried specimen, from Spencer or St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J. C. Vereo, date of collection unknown. Paratypes: K397, twenty-eight dried specimens, dredged at Encounter Bay, 8 A., collector and date of collection unknown. K398, eleven dried specimens, from Encounter Bay, S.A.. collected by H. Pulleine, date of collection Tune, 1978 unknown, K399, one dried specimen with no collection or locality data. K504. two dried specimens with no collection or locality data, I.1391, twenty dried specimens, from Spencer or St, Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J, C, Verco, date of collection unknown, (Other paratypes in MCZ). Ammotrophus platyterus H. L. Clark, 1928. Rec, 8, Alst, Mus. 3 (4); 474-475, fig. 141. Holotype: K477 (was E645), dried specimen, dredged in deep water in St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,. calleeted by J. C. Vereo, date of collec- tion unknown, Genus Amphipneustes Koehler, 1900 Amphipneustes bifidus Mortensen, 1950, BANZARE Rep, Ser. B, 4 (10); 304-305 pl, 7, figs. 1-3; pl. 9, figs. 7-9. Holotype: K857, dried specimen, from BANZARE station [07 (66° 45’ §, 627 03° Ei). off MacRobertson Land, depth 219 m., collected 16.11.1931, Paratypes; 855, one juvenile specimen in spirit, from BANZARE station 41 (65° 487 S, 53 16° E), off Enderby Land, depth 193 in., collected 24.1.1930. K856, two speci- mens in spirit, (one broken), from BANZARE station 42 (65° 50’ S, 54° 23 EB), off Enderby Land, depth 220 m., collected 26.1.1930, K859, one spirit specimen with sume locality and collevtion data as holotype. Other specimens: —K&58, seven juvenile speci- mens in spirit with same locality and collection dutih as holotype. Gents Ctenocidaris Mortensen, 1910 Cienocidaris polyplax Mortensen, 1950, BANZARE Rep, Ser, Bo 4 (10): 296-297, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2, 8; pl. 9, fig, 4, Holotype: KS!I5, dried specimen, from BANZARE station 41 (65° 48’ §, 53" 16’ BE), of Enderby Land, depth 200 m., collected 24.1,1930, Genus Eucidaris Pomel, 1883 Lncidaris vaustralige Mortensen, 1950. BANZARE Rep. Ser. B. 4 (10): 291-293, pl, 8, figs. 5-7: pl. 9, figs, 3, 5, 6: text figs, i-4. Holotype: KSOL, dried specimen, from BANZARE station 76 (35° 18’ S, LL8° 15, £), East of Albany, W.A,, depth 69 m., collected 21.11.1930, LCHINODERM TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOULM AUSTRATTAN MUSEUM 379 Genus Fibolaria Lumatck, 1816 Fibularia plateia H. L. Clark, 1925. Ree, 8. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 477-478, fig. 142. Holotype: K448 (was E650), dried bare test, from Walluroo Bay, S.A., depth 15 fms, collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Note:—Most of the specimens mentioned by Clark (1928) are present in the Museum’s collections but none have been designated paratypes. There are however, 37 paratypes from Backstairs Passage, S.A,, in the MCZ. Genus Genocidaris Agassiz, 1869 Genocidaris incerta H. L. Clark, 1928. Rec, 8. Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 457-458, fig. 137, Holotype: K293 (was E623), dried, bare test, broken in half, from off Cape Jaffa, S.A., dredged in 300 fms., collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Paratype: K294, dried, bare test with no locality or collection data. (Other paratypes in MCZ. Note:—Most of the other specimens mentioned by Clark (1928) are present in the Museum’s collections but none have been designated paratypes, Genus Microcyphus Agassiz, 1841] Microcyphus pulchellus H. L. Clark, 1928. Rec, 8, Aust. Mus. 3 (4): 462-463, fig. 139. Holotype: K340 (was E628). dried bare test, from Spencer Gulf, S,A., presumably collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Genus Notocidaris Mortensen, 1909 Notocidaris remigera Mortensen, 1950, BANZARE Rep. Ser. B, 4 (10): 298-299, pl. 5, figs, 1-2: pl. 8, figs. 3-4, Holotype: K826, spirit, specimen, fron BANZARE station 107 (66° 45’ S, 62° 03’ E), off MacRobertson Land, depih 219 1,, collected 16.11. 1931, Paratypes: K824, one dried, bare test and a few spines with same locality and collection data as holotype, K825, one dricd, bare test and a few spines with same locality and collection daty as holotype. Other material; K821, five isolated dried spines, from BANZARE. station 39 (66° 10° S, 49° 41° B), off Enderby Land. depth 300 m., collected 17.1.1930, K822, two isolated dried spines, from BANZARE station 40 (66 12’ §, 49° 37’ B), off Bnderby Land, depth 300 m, collected 17.1.1930, K823, one very young dried specimen with same locality and collection data as holotype. Genus Mhyilacanthus Brandt, 1835 Fhyllacauthos ivregolaris var. himberi Cotton & Godfrey, 192, Ree, 8. Aust, Mus. 7 (2); 216-217, pl. 12, Holotype: K576, dried specimen, from Port Willunga, S.A, collected by W, R, Steadman, date of collection unknown, Note:—Although a number of other specimens were available no paralypes were designated, Genus Temnopleurus Agussiz, 1841 Temnopleurus australis H. L. Clark, 1928, Rec. 8. Aust. Mus, 3 (4): 458-461, fig. 138, —Temnopleurus (Toreumatica) michaelseni (Doderlein, 1914); after Mortensen 1943; 105, Holotype; K298 (was E464), dried specimen, from Port Lincoln, S.A., collector and date of collection unknown, Paratypes: K299, one dried specimen with no locality or collection data. K314, five dried specimens with same locality and collection data as holotype, K315, one dried specimen with no locality or collection data (figured). K1390, six small dried specimens, from between Trowbridge lighthouse and Backstairs Passage, $.A., collected by J, C, Verco, date of collection unknown, (Other paratypes tit MCZ). Note:—Most of the other specimens. mentioned by Clark (1928) ave present in the Museum's collections but none have been designated paratypes, CLASS HOLOTHURIOIDEA Genus Cucumaria Blainville, 1830 Cucumarta sirtuta Joshua & Creed, 1915, Trans, BR. Soc. §. Aust, 3%: 18, pl. 3, figs, 2a-d. Holotype: 1371, spirit specimen, from Great Australian Bight, W.A., collected by J. W. Howard, August 1888. Genus Phylophorus Grube, 1540 Phyllophorus yentripes Joshua & Creed, 1915, Trans, R, Soc. 8S. Ausi. 39: 19, pl. 2. fig. t: pl. 3. fig. 5, =Lipotvapera ventripes (Joshua & Creed, 1915), after H, L. Clark, 1938; 495. 380 REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (25) 373-380 Holotype: #1374, dried specimen, from S.A, coast, collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Other specimens: K1375, four spirit specimens collected with holotype and with note “in MSS”, Genus Thyene Oken, 1815 Thyone nigra Joshua & Creed, 1915. Trans, R. Soc. S, Aust. 39; 20, pl. 3, figs. 3a-e, 4, Holotype: K1376, spirit specimen and one slide of spicules, collected between 33°-37" S and 132°-140° E, S.A., by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Thyone vercoi Joshua & Creed, 1915, Trans, R. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 19, pl. 2, figs. 2-4; pl. 3, figs. la-g; pl. 4. =Straurothyene vercoi (Joshua & Creed, 1915); after H. L. Clark, 1946: 397. Holotype: K5S17, one slide of spicules from pharynx, one slide of T.S. pharynx, one slide of skin, one slide of tentacle tissue, dried remains of specimen, collected between 33°- 37° Sand 132°-140° EB, S.A., by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Genus Trochodota Ludwig, 1891 Trochedota roebucki Joshua, 1914. Proc. Roy, Soc. Vic, 27: 9, pl. 1, figs, 4a-c. Paratypes: K1712, two dry specimens from Torquay Vic., collected by E. C. Joshua, October 1913. Note:—Obtained on exchange from NMV, 1919. (Old NMV Reg. 60647-8). Trochodota shepherdi Rowe, 1976. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 100 (4): figs. 1-4. 203-206, June, 1978 Paratypes: K1366, two spirit specimens, from Proper Bay, Port Lincoln, among algae grow- ing on Pinna dolabrata (=P. bicolor), depth 10 m., collected by §. A. Shepherd, 23.viii. 1975, REFERENCES Clark, A. M., 1962. Asteroidea. BANZARE Rep. Ser., B.9 (1): 1-104, plates 1-6, Clark, A. M., 1967. Notes on the family Ophiotrichidae (Ophiuroidea). slain. Mug. nat. Hist. 9 (13): 637-655. Clark, H. L., 1928. The sea-lilies, sea-stars, brittle-stars and sea-urchins of the South Australian Museum, Ree. S. Aust. Mux. 3 (4): 361-482. Clark, H. L., 1938. Echinoderms from Australia, an account of collections made in 1929 und 1932, Men. Mus, coinp. Zool. Harv, 55: 1-596. Clark, H. L.. 1939. A new Astroconus from South Australia. Ree. S$. Aust. Mus, 6 (3): 207-208, 1 pl. Clark, H. L., 1946. The Echinoderm fauna of Australia. Publ. Carneg. Instn., 566: 1-567, Cotton, B. C. and Godfrey, F, K., 1942. the Flindersian Region, South Australia. Mus. 7 (2): 193-238, 1 pl: John, D. D., 1939. Crinoidea. BANZARE Rep. Ser, B. 4 (6): 189-212. Joshua, E. C., 1914, Victorian Holothuroidea, with descrip- tions of new species. Proc, Roy. Soc. Vie, 27: 9, pl. 1, Echinodermata of Rec. S, Aust Fig. 4a-c. Joshua, E. C. and Creed, E.. 1915, South Australian Holothurioidea, wilh descriptions of new species. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aitst, 39: 16-24, pls. 2-4. Madsen, F. J,, 1967. Ophiuroidea. BANZARE Rep., Ser. B. 9 (3): 121-145, 1 pl. Mortensen, T., 1943. A monograph of the Echinoidea 3 (2): 1-553, Mortensen, T., 1950. Echinoidea, 4 (10): 287-310, 6 pls. Rowe, F. W. E.. 1976. Restriction of the chiridotid genus Trochodera Ludwig (1891) (Holothurividea: Apodida), with the description of a new species from South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 100 (4): 203-206, Figs. 1-4. Shepherd, S. A. 1967a. Uniophora (Asteroidea; Asteriidae). S. Aust. 91: 3-14, 1 pl. Shepherd, 8. A., 1967b. A review of the starfish genus Nectria (Asteroidea; Goniasteridae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 15 (3): 463-482, Shepherd, 8S. A.. 1968. The shallow water Kchinoderm fauna of South Australia. Part 1: The Asteroids. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 15 (4): 729-756. Shepherd, S. A, and Hodgkin, E. P., 1965. A new species af Nectria (Asteroidea, Goniasteridae) from Western Australia. J. Roy, Soc. W. Aust. 48 (4): 119-121. Verco, J. C., 1935, “Combing the Southern Seas’. Rigby, Adelaide. BANZARE Rep., Ser. B. A revision of the starfish genus Trans. R. Soe. RECORDS OF THE , | OF T AD UY S&S. SOUTH AUSTRALIAN T'S MUSEUM MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM |. CEPHALOPODA and SCAPHOPODA By W. ZEIDLER and M. K. MACPHAIL SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South eae eate 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 26 12th June, 1978 MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM I. CEPHALOPODA AND SCAPHOPODA BY W. ZEIDLER AND M. K. MACPHAIL Summary Type-specimens of nine species of Cephalopoda and seventeen species of Scaphopoda in the South Australian Museum are catalogued. All are recent species and except for one scaphopod species from New Zealand, all are from Australian waters. MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM 1, CEPHALOPODA and SCAPHOPODA by W. ZEIDLER* and M. K, MACPHAIL* ABSTRACT ZEIDLER, W., and MACPHAIL, M. K., 1978. Mollusc iype-specimens in the South Australian Museum. — |. Cephalopoda und Seaphopoda. Kec. 8, Aust, Mus. 17 (26): 381-385, Type-specimens of nine species of Cephalo- poda and seventeen species of Scaphopoda in the South Australian Museum are catalogued, All are recent species and except for one scaphopod species from New Zealand, all are from Aus- tralian waters, INTRODUCTION This is the first of an intended series of papers listing the mollusc types held by the South Australian Museum, The species are arranged alphabetically according to the original name of the genus or species. Full synonymies are not given, but where a name change has occurred, the most recent acceptable name is given together with the relevant reference, CLASS. CEPHALOPODA Cephalopod types in the South Australian Museum comprise “cuttles* (family Sepiidae) and one octopus. The Sepiidae are known only from the gladius and even now, Sepia braggi Verco, 1907 is the only species for which a whole animal is available, collected in 1969. Nearly all the types were described by Bernard C. Cotton, the second curator of Molluscs at the South Australian Museum. Cephalopods were Cotton’s first interest and the subject of his first paper (Verco & Cotton 1928). The bulk of the types came from Western Australia and are described in Cotton (1929). Little research has been done on the group in South Australia since. In their revision of the Sepiidae, Adam & Rees (1966) discuss the synonomy of a number ol species for which the South Australian Museum holds the types. However since the requisite type or Humber of specimens was then “South Australiun Museum, Adelaide S000 12th June, 1978 not always available, the taxonomic status of several South Australian species could not be resolved, It is probable that the sub-genera Decorisepia and Soljtosepia (given full generic status by Iredale 1926) are no longer valid, but until further material, particularly of the whole animal, is available, additional comment cannot be made. In all cases, the Holotype was clearly selected but Paratypes were rarely designated, even when other good material was available, Family Sepiidac Genus Crumenasepia Iredale, 1926 Crumenasepia ursulae Cotton, 1929. J. Proc. R. Soc. W. Aust,, 13: 90-91, pl. 15, figs. 3, 4. Sepia pharaonis Ehrenberg, Adam & Rees, 1966: 22. Holotype: DLOOI3, gladius with detached spine, from Cottesloe Beach, W,A, collector and date of collection unknown. Paratypes; D1OO11, gladius with detached spine, from Cottesloe, W.A., collected by Mrs. U. Glauert, date of collection unknown. D16016 (ex. D10013), two gladiuses, one juvenile, the other with missing spine, both with same locality and collection data as holotype. (Paratype D10012 sent to Western Australian Museum. ) 1831; after Note:—Paratypes incorrectly labelled co-lypes as a type specimen was clearly selected. Genus Decorisepia lredale, 1926 Decorisepia cottesloensis Cotton, 1929, J. Prac. R. Soc, W. Aust., 18: 90, pl. 16, figs, 1, 2. —Sepia (Decorisepia) cotteslvensis (Cotton, 1929); after Cotton and Godfrey, 1940: 438. Holotype; D1I3681, gladius from Cottesloe, W.A,, collector and date of callection unknown, 382 REC, Decorisepia jaenschi Cotton, 1931. S, Aust. Nat., 12 (3); 41, figs, 5, 6, —Sepia jaenschi (Cotton, 1931); after Adam & Rees, 1966; 55, Holotype: D10163, gladtus broken jn half (clean break), from Robe, S.A., collected by B, C, Cotton, date of collection unknown. Genus Sepia Linnéus, 1758 Sepia braggi Verco, 1907, Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust, 31; tigs. Ga-d. Holotype: DI4130 (ex D311). gladius from Glenelg, S.A., collected by Mr. Bragg, 1907. Paratypes;} DI5998 (ex. D311), — three gladiuses, one broken, one very Worn around the edges, from ‘Torquay, Vic., collected by C. J. Gabriel, date of collection unknown, D16017 (ex D311 und DI4130), gladius figured with holotype, with spine missing, from St. Vincent Gulf, $,A., collected by A. Zietz. date of collection unknown. Note;—Cotton and Godfrey (1940) list the holotype as being held in the Manchester Museum, U.K., but a recent search there failed to locate any records of it. The specimen cited as the holotype here conforms exactly to that described by Verco and the label with it in Verco’s handwriting refers to it as the “figured type”, ‘This must therefore be the authentic type. 213, pl 27. Genus Solitosepia Iredale, 1926 Solitosepia glauerti Cotton, 1929. J. Proc. R. Soe, W. Aust., 15; 87, pl. 14, figs. 3, 4, Sepia (Solitosepia) glauerti (Cotton, 1929), after Cotton and Godfrey, 1940; 421, Holotype: D13628, gladius fron) Rottnest Is., W.A.,. collector and date of collection unknown. Solitosepia hendryae Cotton, [929, J. Proc. R. Soe, W, Aust., 15: 87-88. pl 15, figs, T, 2. Sepia (Solitosepia) hiendryae (Cotton, 1929), after Cotton und Godfrey, 1940: 421. Holotype; D13625, gladius from Rottnest [s.. W.A., collector and date of collection unknown. Solitosepia occidua Coiton, | 929. I, Proc. R, Sac. W. Aust, US: 88, pl. 14, figs. 1, 2? <=. Ss. AUST. MUS. 17 (26); 381-385 June, 1978 Sepia (Solitosepia) occidua (Cotton, 1929); after Cotton and Godfrey, 1940; 420. Holotype; D13627, gladius from Rottnest Is,, W.A., collector and date of collection unknown. Genus Tenuisepia Cotton, 1932 Tenvisepia mira Cotton, 1932. Rec. S, Aust. Mus., 4 (4): 546-547, figs. 7-9. — Sepia mira (Cotton, 1932); after Adam & Rees, 1966: 87. Holotype; D10507, gladius broken in half (clean break), from North-West Islet, Capri- corn Group, Old., collected by W. J. Kimber, date of collection unknown, Family Octopodidae Genus Octopus Lamarck, 1798 Octopus flindersi Cotton, 1932. Ree, S. Aust, Mus., 4 (4); 543-544, fig. 6, Holotype: D1O0O1l69, large female (in spirit) from Largs Bay, 8.A., collected by L. David- son, K. Heywood and H, Cobb, date of collec- tion unknown. CLASS SCAPHOPODA Most of the scaphopod types in the South Australian Museum were collected around the turn of the century by Sir Joseph C. Verco (Verco 1935), subsequently Honorary Curator of Molluses at this museum from 1914 to 1933. Only two species, one described by Suter (1907) aid the other described by Tate and May (1900) were not collected by Verco but types were auequired by him for the museum collection. Verco (191 la, 1911b) described 7 of the 17 types in the museum's collections. Cotton and Ludbrook (1938) described the remaining Dentallidae (five species) and Cotton and Godfrey (1940) described the remaining Siphonodentalidae (three species). The taxonomy of the recent scaphopod moUuses of South Australia have not been revised since Cotton and Godfrey (1940) but the supraspecifie classification of the Scaphopoda has received considerable attention (Ludbrook 1960, Emerson 1962 and Palmer 1974). In (his paper the classification proposed by Palmer (1974) is adopted, Thus most of the subgenera referred to by Cotton and Godfrey (1940) are now regarded as full genera. MOLLUSC TYPR-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM AKA In most cases the holotype was clearly selected but, as with the Cephalopoda, paratypes were rarely designated, even when other good material was available. Family Dentaliidae Genus Dentalinm Linnéus, 1758 Dentalium francisense Verco, 1911. Trans. R. Soc. §, Aust, 35: 207-208, pl, 26, figs. 1, la. —Paradentalium francisense (Verco, 1911); after Palmer, 1974: 119, Holotype: D13724, dry shell dredged in 15- 20 fms., Petrel Bay, St. Francis Is.. S.A., collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Paratype: D16004 (ex D13724), juvenile dry shell with same locality and collection data as holotype. Dentalium hemileuron Verco, 1911. Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35: 208, pl. 26, fig. 2. =Paradentalium hemileuron (Vereo, 1911); after Palmer, 1974; 119. Holotype: DI3727, dry shell dredged in 300 fms., off Cape Jaffa, S.A., collected by J. €. Verco, date of collection unknown, Dentalium hyperhemileuron Verco, 1911. Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35: 217-218, pl. 26, figs. 3, 3a. =Episiphon hyperhemileuron (Verco, 1911) (Laevidentallidae); after Palmer. 1974; 120. Holotype: D13726, dry shell dredged in 12- 14 fms., King George Sound, W.A., collected by J. C. Verco, December, 1910 or January, 1911. Paratypes: D16000, four dry shells with same locality and collection data as holotype. Note:—Paratypes incorrectly labelled co-types as a type specimen was clearly selected. Dentalinm octopleuron Verco, 1911. Trans. R, Soc. §. Aust,, 35: 206. =Paradentalium octopleuron (Verco. 1911): after Palmer, 1974; 119, Holotype: D13725, dry shell dredged in 15- 22 fms., St. Vincent Gulf, S.A., collected by J, C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Subgenus Episiphon Pilsbry ond Sharp, 1897 Dentalium (Episiphon) arenarium Suter, 1907. Proc. Mal. Sec, Lond., 7 (4): 214-215, pl. 18, fig, 11. —Dentalium suteri Emerson, 1954: after Emerson, 1954: 185. Paratype: D16001, dry shell dredged in 18 fms., Port Pegasus, Stewart Is.. New Zealand, collected by Captain J. Bollons, date of collec- tion unknown. Note:—Specimen incorrectly labelled co-type as a type specimen was clearly selected. The specific name arenarium was preoccupied when Suter first described this species. Emerson (1954) therefore erected the new name su/eri to replace the homonym. Dentalium (Episiphon) bordaensis Cotton and Ludbrook, 1938. Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 62 (2): 12, fig. 3. —Episiphon berdaensis (Cotton and Lud» brook, 1938) (Laevidentallidae); after Palmer, 1974; 120, Holotype: D13340, dry shell dredged in 60 fms., off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, S.A, collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. 220-221, pl. Subgenus Eudentalium Cotton and Godfrey, 1933 Dentalium (Eudentalium) beachportensis Cottoi and Ludbrook, 1938. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust., 62 (2); 220, pl. 12, fig. 2, =Entalina beachportensis (Cotton and Lud- brook, 1938) (Siphonodentallidac) ; atter Ludbrook, 1954: 110. Holotype: D13339, broken and eroded dry shell dredged in 110 fms., off Beachport, S.A., collected by J, C, Verco, date of collection unknown. Subgenus Fissidentalium Fischer, 1885 PDentalium (Fissidentalium) jaffaensis Cotton anc Ludbrook, 1938. Trans. R. Soc, Aust., @2 (2): 221, ph 12, fig. 5. —Fissidentalium jaffaensis (Cotton and Lud- brook, 1938); after Palmer, 1974: 119, Holotype: D13337, dry shell dredged in 90 fms.. off Cape Jaffa, S.A., collected by J. C. Vercox date of collection unknown, 384 Dentalium (Fissidentaliam) verconis Cotton and Ludbrook, 1938. Trans, R. Soe, Aust., 62 (2): 221-222, pl. 12, fig. 1, —Fissidentalium verconis (Cotton and Lud- brook, 1938); after Palmer, 1974: 119, Holotype; D1I3341, dry shell dredged in 200 fms., off Beachport, $.A,, collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown, Subgenus Paradentalium Cotton and Godfrey, 1933 Dentalium (Paradentalium) flindersi Cotton and Ludbrook, 1938. Trans, R, Soc. §, Aust., 62 (2): fig. 4. —=Paradentalium flindersi (Cotton and Lud- brook, 1938); after Palmer, 1974: 119, Holotype: D13338, dry shell dredged in 22 fms., St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown. 210, pl. 12, Family Siphonodentaliidae Genus Cadulus Philippi, 1844 Cadulus angustior Verco, 1911. Trans. R, Soe. 8, Aust,, 35: 211-212, pl. 26, figs. 5, 5a, Sb. —Gadila angustior (Verco, 1911) (Caduli- dae); after Palmer, 1974; [21, Holotype; D13728, dry shell dredged in 26 fms,, [8 miles South-East of Newland Head, outside Backstairs Passage, 8.A,, collected by J. C. Verco, date of collection unknown, Cadulus occiduus Verco, 1911. Trans. R. Soc, §, Aust., 35: 218, pl. 26, fig. 7. —=Gadila oceiduus (Verco, 1911) (Caduli- dae) after Palmer, 1974: 121. Holotype: D13759, dry shell dredged in 15 fms., Geographe Bay, off Bunbury, W.A,, collected by J. C. Verco, December, 1910 or January, LOL L, Subgenus Gadila Gray, 1847 Cadulus (Gadila) bordaensis Cotton and Godfrey, 1940. The Molluses of Seuth Australia, Pari IT, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and Crepipoda; 340, fig, 362. —Gudila bordaensis (Cotton and Godfrey, 1940) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974: 131. REC, S, AUST. MUS... L7 (26); 381-385 June, 1978 Holotype: D13761, dry shell dredged in 55 fms., off Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, S.A., collected, by J, C. Vereo, date of collection unknown. Cadulus (Gadila) ludbrookae Cotton and Godfrey, 1940, The Molluscs of South Australia, Part IT. Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and Crepipoda; 340, fig, 362. ==Gadila ludbrookae (Cotton and Godfrey, 1940) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974: 121, Holotype: D13760, dry shell dredged in 62 fms., North-West of Cape Borda, Kangaroo Island, S.A., collected by J. C. Verco, date of collec- tion unknown. Cadulus (Gadila) spretus Tate and May, 1900. Trans, R, Soe. 8, Aust,, 24 (2): 102. —=Gudila spretus (Tate and May, 1900) (Cadulidae): after Palmer, 1974; 121, Syntypes: D1I5848 (May No. 1048), twenty-two dry shells dredged in 24 fms., Port Esperance, Tasmania, collected by W. L. May, date of collection unknown. D16002 (ex, D303), five dry shells with no locality or collection data, Note:—Specimens originally labelled co-types. Cadulus (Gadila) vincentianus Cotton and Godfrey, 1940. The Molluscs of South Australia, Part I. Scaphopoda, Cephalopeda, Aplacophera and Crepipoda: 338-339, fig, 360. —Gadila vincentianus (Cotton and Godfrey, 1940) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974: 121. Holotype: D1L3730, dry shell from Holdfast Bay, St. Vincent Gulf, S.A,, collected by J, C. Verco, date of collection unknown. Subgenus Polyschides Pilsbry and Sharp, 1898 Cadulus (Polyschides) gibbosus Verco, 1911, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35: 213, pl. 26, fig. 6. —Polysehides gibbosus (Verco, I911) (Cadulidae); after Palmer, 1974: 121, Holotype: D13729, dry shell dredged in 300 fros., off Cape Jaffa, S.A., collected by J. C. Vereo, date of collection unknown, MOLLUSC TYPE-SPECIMENS IN THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM REFERENCES Adam, W. and Rees, W. J. 1966. cephalopod family Sepiidae. Sci, Rep., 11 (1): 1-165. Cotton, B. C. 1929. Contributions to the fauna of Rottnest Island. TV. Western Australian Sepiidae. J. Proc. R. Soc, W, Aust., 5: 87-91. A review of the John Murray Exped. Cotton, B. C. 1931. Cuttlebones from Robe with description of a new species. S. Aust. Nat., 12 (3): 39-41, Cotton, B. C. 1932. descriptions of new genera and new species. S. Aust. Mus., 4 (4): 537-547. Cotton, B. C. and Godfrey, F. K. 1933. South Australian Shells. Part 8. Scaphopoda, §. Aust. Nat., 14 (4): 135-150, Cotton, B. C. and Godfrey, F. K. 1940. The Molluscs of South Australia. Part II, Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and Crepipoda. Govt. Printer Adelaide 284 pp. Cotton, B. C. and Ludbrook, N. H. 1938. Recent and fossil species of the scaphopod genus Dentalium in Southern Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 62 (2): 217-228. Emerson, W. K, 1954. Notes on the scaphopod molluscs: Rectifications of nomenclature. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 67: 183-188. Emerson, W. K. 1962. A classification of the scaphopod mollusks. Jour. Palaeontology, 36 (3): 461-482, pls. 76-80, two text figs. Notes on Australian Mollusca, with Rec. 385 Iredale, T. 1926. The cuttle-fish “bones” of the Sydney beaches. Aust, Zoologist, 4 (3): 186-196, pls. 21-23. Ludbrook, N. H. 1954. Scaphopoda. John Murray Expedition, 1933-34, Sci. Rept., 10 (2): 91-120. Ludbrook, N. H. 1960. Scaphopoda. In: Raymond C. Moore, ed. Treatise on invertebrate Palaeontology, vol. L: 37-41; three text figs. Univ. Kansas Press. Palmer, C. P. 1974. A supraspecific classification of the scaphopod Mollusca. Veliger, 17 (2): 115-123. Suter, H. 1907, Descriptions of six mew species of shells and of Leptomya lintea Hutton, from New Zealand. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., 7 (4): 211-216. Tate, R. and May, W. L. 1900. Descriptions of new genera and species of Australian Mollusca (chiefly Tasmanian). Trans, R, Soc. S. Aust., 24 (2): 90-103. Verco, J. C. 1907. Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca, with descriptions of new species. Part VI. Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust., 31: 213-230. Verco, J. C. 1911a. Notes on South Australian marine Mollusca, with description of new species. Part XIV. Trans, R. Soc. 8. Aust., 35; 204-215. Verco, J. C. 191lb. Notes on the marine shells of Western Australia, with descriptions of new species. Part I. Trans. R. Soc, 8. Aust., 35: 216-219. Verco, J. C. 1935. Combing the Southern Seas. Adelaide, 174 pp. Verco, J. C. and Cotton, B. C. 1928. South Australian Cephalopoda. Rec, S. Aust. Mus., 4 (1): 125-133. Rigby, RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM TREPONEMATOSES (YAWS AND TREPONARID) IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES By C. J. HACKETT SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM orth Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 | f= =NUMBER 27 25th July, 1978 TREPONEMATOSES (YAWS AND TREPONARID) IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES BY C. J. HACKETT Summary Active early treponemal bone lesions heal within a few months to leave little if any change. The active late ones may last for a year or more, and when healed leave changes that last for ever; they are thus more likely to be found in bone populations in which a treponemal infection is present. Diagnostic criteria are described and illustrated from exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones. The total of such specimens in Australian museums is not great, perhaps a few scattered among thousands of normal specimens. TREPONEMATOSES (YAWS AND TREPONARID) IN| EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES C. J. HACKETT Department of Morbid Anatomy, [nstitate of Orthopaedics, University of London, WIN 6AD ABSTRACT HACKETT, ©, J, 1978. "Preponematoses (yaws and treponarid) an exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones. Rec, §, Aust Mus, 17 (27)) 387-405. Active carly treponemal bone lesions heal within a few months to leave little if any change. The active lute ones may last for a year or more, and when healed leave changes that last for ever; they are thus more likely to be found in bone populations in which a treponemal infection is present. Diagnostic criteria are described and illustrated from exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones. The total of such specimens in Australian museums is not great, perhaps a few scattered among thous- ands of normal specimens. INTRODUCTION Diagnostic criteria of treponemal changes in dry bones have recently been proposed (Hackett 1976) and frequent reference was made to similar changes in Australian Aboriginal bones in Aus- tralian museums. Unfortunately few good illus- trations of these have been published (Hackett 1936b; McKay 1938). It would, therefore, seem useful to publish some illustrations of character- istic treponemal changes in these bones. Extensive collections of Australian Aboriginal bones are in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide; the Anatomy Department of the Aus- tralian Museum, Sydney, and the Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra. The specimens in the Department of Anatomy in Melbourne and in Canberra are complementary in that they were excavated by the late Murray Black from the same site in the north west of Victoria and across the River Murray into New South Wales in 1944- 1949, THE TREPONEMATOSES These are a group of communicable diseases caused by spiral organisms (treponemes) that cannot be distinguished from each other by any visual means. To avoid the long-standing con- troversy about their identity or difference they 1—25th July, 1978 will be assumed to be four different diseases- This decision is based upon the work of Ouchin nikoy and Delekorskij (1970) and Turner and Hollander (1957). Before European settlement only two tre- ponematoses, yaws aod treponarid (previously called “endemic syphilis”) were in Australia. These diseases are transmitted by non-venereal contact, probably by the fingers, in childhood; they are characterised by changes in the skin and bones (Hackett 1957), Yaws has an initial lesion mostly on the lower part of the leg through which the infection enters the body; in treponarid this is not usually recognised, The early infectious skin lesions of yaws are numerous, while those of treponarid are often scanty; both are transient, Yaws occurs in the humid warm equatorial belt, and treponarid in the arid warni areas north and south of it. Treponarid is usually found in hunter/gatherer and pastoral nomad people (Rost 1942; Murray et al, 1956; Hudson 1958). This zonal distribution is curious, It is possible that treponarid developed from yaws when the then more extensive humid equatorial belt contracted and left the arid zones to the north and south much as they are today. This could have happened about 9 000 years ago at the end of the last Ice Age (Hackett 1967). In West Africa a natural infection of baboons by a treponeme resembling that of yuws has been found in the northern arid zone as well as the adjacent humid zone (Fribourg-Blane 1972) in which treponarid and yaws respectively occur. Abundant serological evidence of these two infections has been found in the Northern Terri- tory of Australia (Garner ef al, 1972), A third treponemal infection was brought to Australia by Europeans. ‘This was the venereally transmitted disease of adults, syphilis. Early Australian explores, ill-equipped to diagnose that disease, and shrinking from mentioning its for- bidden name, often referred to it as the “‘loathe- some” disease, What they saw, however, was yaws or treponarid and not syphilis (Hackete 1936a). 388 Syphilis has initial genital lesions, skin and bone changes, and also causes grave damage to the heart, arteries and brain. Yaws and trepon- arid in childhood protect against syphilis in adult life. Syphilis was not in Australia before Euro- peans arrived, and is probably still absent in tribal groups in Central Australia. It can, thus, be accepted that any treponemal changes in Abori- ginal bones are due to yaws, if they come from the north, or to treponarid, if they come from the centre or south. The fourth treponemal disease, pinta, also starts in childhood but it affects the skin only, and is found only in Central and the northern part of South America. It too protects against syphilis so Columbus could not have taken syphilis to America, nor have brought it back to Europe when he returned with his 43 crewmen and 10 Indians in two ships in 1492! The diagnostic criteria referred to apply equally to yaws, treponarid and syphilis. DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA If the diagnosis of the changes in exhumed bones from the past is to contribute to knowledge, they must be based upon acceptable criteria. Such diagnoses cannot be a matter of weighing up points that are present against others that are absent before coming to a “majority verdict”. Some of the changes thus diagnosed might occur in other conditions. So it is not a matter of knowing all and every bone change that can occur in a disease, but of recognising the changes that can occur in that disease only (Hackett 1976). DISEASE IN A PAST POPULATION The question arises of how many specimens in a bone population should have diagnostic criteria of a particular disease before that disease can said to have been present in that community (Hackett 1976). When this question was raised with Professor F, J. Fenner, F.R.S., of Canberra, he replied in a letter (February 1973), “The whole exercise of diagnosis, with all the support of modern labora- tory services, is an exercise in probability. Palaeopathology is just that much more difficult because there is only one kind of end-result— bone damage—upon which to base judgment. For this reason a single bone lesion on a continent would be suspect and one would have to suspend judgement; whereas a number consistent with REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978 known pathology would enable a much better guess to be made”. There is some information about this which is worth briefly considering. In England, and probably elsewhere in Europe, in the first decade of this century before any really effective treat- ment was available for the treatment of syphilis, it is estimated (McElligott 1960) from serologi- cal studies that at least 10 per cent of the adult population was infected with syphilis. A study of about 2 000 untreated early syphilis patients in Oslo between 1891 and 1920 (Gjestland 1955) indicated that about one per cent might be expected to develop bone lesions. Thus about one in a thousand of the previously mentioned adult population might have had bone lesions of syphilis at some time in their lives. In 1937-1939 in Lira, Uganda, in a population with yaws whose disease pattern had probably been little influenced by modern treatment, a study was made of yaws bone lesions (Hackett 1951). At the local clinic between August 1937 and January 1938, when an estimated | 350 (Hackett, 1947) new yaws patients attended for treatment, 340 new yaws patients with bone lesions were seen at a study centre about 100 metres from the clinic. Although some of these patients were referred from the clinic to the centre, others came direct; treatment was free to attract patients. The 2-5 per cent of patients with bone lesions that these figures give may have little meaning. Steinbock (1976) estimates from published figures that yaws bone lesions might be found in roughly 1-5 per cent of skeletons from yaws endemic areas. In 1939 among 100 consecutive Lango males in the Lira jail, after trial by their chiefs for petty offences, 81 were found to have serological evidence of yaws (Hackett 1947). None had any obvious yaws lesions at the time. High prevalences would be expected in such popula- tions in the last century before the effective treat- ment of yaws and the improvement of the standard of living of this century. Perhaps about one per cent of Aboriginal skulls in Australian museums may have changes due to treponemal infection, i.e. changes of the caries sicca sequence. More precise information on this should be sought, especially in the collections of the Anatomy Department of the Melbourne University and of the Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra, which are of the same pro- venance and do not appear to have been selected against specimens with pathological changes. PREPONEMATOSES IN) EXHUMED Treponemal Changes in Exhumed Bones It is interesting that all the changes in bones in European medical museums that can be regarded us diagnostic criteria of syphilis (Hackett 1976) are found in Australian Aboriginal bones and in bones from many Pacific Islands. At the same time a very frequent disease in Europeans in Australia and elsewhere until a few decades ago, haematogenous pyogenic osteomyelitis, 1s absent in Australian Aboriginal museum specimens. It was not seen in living Aboriginals until recently. but it is said now to occur in Aboriginal children in Central Australia (Dr. H. G. Heller, 1977, a personal letter) presumably because bacteria that cause such bone damage hive been carried into the Centre. Sandison (1973 a, b), after a more thorough study of pathological changes in Australian Aboriginal bones, came to similar conclusions about the presence of treponemal changes in them, Treponemal bone changes may occur in the early stage, during the first five years after intec- tion, and in the late stage, usually after a symptom-free further period of several years. The early lesions in children are transient and not destructive, while the late ones are destructive, and thus leave the bone changed for life. In both Stages celapses of active changes are character- istic. An occasional deformity in Aboriginal bones in Australia and elsewhere, at one time thought to be due to yaws, is boomerang leg (Hackett 1936b). Subsequent studies of yaws bone lesions in Uganda provided no evidence for this (Hackett 1951). Dr. H. G. Hillier, Alice Springs, recently (1977) called my attention to the similarity of the bowed tibiae and fibulae described and illus- trated by Weismann-Netter and Stuhl (1954) as “Toxopachyostéose diaphysaire tiblo-péroni¢re™ and boomerang leg. The more likely causes for this deformity could be excluded, and it was regarded us at least familial, Other bones were occasionally also changed, i.e., shortened. The bowing in the illustrations involved the middle of the shaft. and the bones were of normal length, In boomerang leg the curvature uniformly involves the whole bone, which is lengthened, and other long bones may be bowed (Hackett 1936b; Hackett 1957, in fig. 20 the length of the legs is exaggerated). More study is needed, Skully contain two broad sequences of late treponemal changes, a discrete and 4 contiguous, The latter may be regarded as the fusion of a *2 AUSTRALLAN ABORIGINAL BONES 3M number of the former; their inter-relutionships are us follows:— Clustered pits | | Confluent clustered pits Discrete | Contiguous | Focal superficial | cavitation Serpiginous cavitation | | Circumyallate cavitation Nodwar cavitation | | Radial scars Caries siccu The development of the changes in these two sequences ure indicated in Figures | and 2. In the fong hones, in which it is admittedly more diflicult to establish diagnostic criteria, 4 sequence of nodes and expansions with superficial cavitation can be recognised, A similarity with caries sicca in the skull may be seen, The Illustrations These cover most of the diagnostic criteria of treponemal infections in skulls and other bones, Injury may perhaps influence the frequent involvement of parts of bones that are not very far below the skin. For the purpose of this paper the specimens illustrated may be regarded as pre-European, that is from burials 150-200 years ago depending upon the locality from which they came. As late as the early 1930's there were tribal groups in the western part of Central Austral who bad had negligible contact with Europeans. They were unclothed, stone-tooled hunter-gatherer nomads much as they probably had been, in many ways including their health and diseases, for tens of thousands of years, In this lics their consider- able interest for the health of early man, CONCLUSION The active early treponemal bone lesions heal within a few months to leave little if any change. The active late ones may persist for a year or more, and when healed leave changes that last forever; they are thus more likely to be found in bone populations in which a treponemal infection is present. 390 In any population in which a bone damaging treponemal infection (yaws, treponarid or syphilis) is present caries sicca will be found in skulls, and nodes/expansions with superficial cavitations in other bones. Exhumed Australian Aboriginal bones with pathological changes are valuable in the study of REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978 disease in man in the past. Probably most of such bones that may ever been found are now in museums; hence the need for their conservation. The total of such specimens in Australian museums is not great, perhaps a few hundred scattered among thousands of normal specimens. Would it not be practical for these specimens to TREPONEMATOSIS SEQUENCE ( Yaws, Treponarid, Syphilis ) CLUSTERED PITS 2 CONFLUENT CLUSTERED PITS 3 FOCAL SUPERFICIAL CAVITATION 4 CIRCUMVALLATE CAVITATION 5 RADIAL SCAR FIG. 1. Initial Series — | HABBUE fe ray Discrete Series Treponematosis sequence; caries sicca, initial and discrete series. TREPONEMATOSES IN be taken out of the general collection and held in a safe place in each museum, or at least to be separately indexed for ready retrieval? If some suitable central institution, such as a Museum of Man, be established, a full series of “type” specimens should be assembled there, supported by a list of all pathological Aboriginal bones in museums and other collections throughout Australia at least. EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 391 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful to Springer-Verlag of Heidelberg for permission to reproduce Figures 1 and 2 in this paper from Hackett (1976). indebted to Professor L. J. Ray for permission to use photographs of two of the specimens in I am also his collection for Figures 6 and 9. TREPONEMATOSIS SEQUENCE ( Yaws, Treponarid, Syphilis ) ce gee a, FIG. 2. SERPIGINOUS CAVITATION NODULAR CAVITATION CARIES SICCA Contiguous Series Bone Destruction Formation Bone Remodelling Treponematosis sequence; caries sicca, contiguous series. 392 REFERENCES Fribourg-Blane, A. 1972. Treponema. In: Pathology of Simian Primates. (Fiennes, R. N, 1.-W., ed.). Part 11, pp. 155-262. Kargar Base. Garner, M. F., Backhouse, J. L., Moodie, P. M. and Tibbs, G. J. 1972. Treponemal infections in the Australian Northern Territory Aborigines. Bull. Wld Hlth Org. 46: 265-293, Gjestland, T. 1955. The Qslo study of untreated syphilis. 163, 182 Akademisk Forlag, Oslo, Hackett, C. J. 1936a. A critical suryey of some references to syphilis and yaws umong the Australian Aborigines Med. J. Aust, 1: 733-745, Hackett, C. J. 1936b, Boomerang leg and yaws in Australian Aborigines. London, Royal Society of Tropical Medicine and Hygiene, Monograph |, 66 p. Hackett, C. J. 1947. Incidence of yaws and of venereal disease in Lango, Uganda. Brit. med. J. 1: 88. Hackett, C. J. 1951.) Bene lesions of yaws in Uganda. 194 p. Blackwell, Oxford. Hackett, C. J. 1957, dn international Nomenclature of Yaws Lesions. Monograph Series No, 36, 103° p. 75 figs. World Health Organisation, Geneva. Hackett, C. J, 1967, The human treponematoses. In Disease in Antiquity (Brothwell, D. and Sandison, A. T.. eds.), pp. 152-169. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield. Hackett, C. J. 1976. Diagnostic Criteria of Syphilis. Yaws and Treponarid (Treponematoses) and some other Diseases in Dry Bones (for use in Osteo-Archaeology ) Sher, heidelb. Akad. Wiss, 434 p. 34 figs. Springer- Verlag, Heidelberg. Hudson, E. H, 1958. Non-veneral Syphilis. A sociological and medical study of bejel. 204 p, 81 figs. E. & S Livingstone Ltd., Edinburgh, London. McElligott, G. L. M. 1960. Venereal Disease and the public health. Brit. J. vener, Dis, 36: 207-215, McKay, C. V. 1938. Some pathological changes in Australian Aboriginal bones. Med. J. Aust. 2: 537- 555. Murray, J. F.. Merriweather, A. M, and Freedman, J. J. 1956, Endemic syphilis in the Bakwena Reserve of the Bechuanaland Protectorate. Bull. Wild Hlth Ors. 15: 975-1039. Ouchinnilkoy, N. M. and Delekorskij. V. V. 1970. ema pertenue under the electron microscope. vener, Dis, 46: 349-379, Trepon- Brit. J. REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 Jnly, 1978 Rost, G. S, 1942. Roentgen manifestations of Bejel (“Endemic syphilis") as observed in the Euphrates River delta. Radiology 38: 320-325, Sandison, A. T. 1973a. Disease changes in Australian aboriginal skeletons. Aust. Inst. Aborig. Stued. News- letter 3: 20-22. Sandison, A. T. 1973b. Palaeopathology of human bones from the Murray River region between Mildura and Renmark, Australia. Mem. Nat. Mus, Vict. 34: 173- 174. Steinbock, R. T. 1976. Paleepathological Diagnesis und Interpretation. Bore disease in ancient human popula- tions, 423 p. 161 figs. Charles C. Thomas, Springfield. Stewart, T, D. and Spoehr, A. 1952. Evidence on the paleopathology of yaws. Bull. Hist. Med. 26: S538- 553, Turner, T. B. and Hollander, E. T, 1957. Treponematosex. Monograph Series No. 35. Health Organisation, Geneva. Virchow, R. 1896. Beitrug zur Geschichte der Lues. Derm, Z. 3: 1-9. (See Appendix.) Weismann-Netler, R. und Stuhl, L. 1954, Dune ostéopathie congénitale éventuallment familiale: surtout défencé par Vcurvature antéro-postéreure et l’épaississement des deux os de la jambe (Toxopachyostéose diaphysaire tibia-péronicre), Presse Med. 62: 1618-22. Bialogy of the World APPENDIX Of curies sicea, Virchow (1896, p. 7) wrote: — “The only reliable and pathognomic lesion of syphilis is the scar which remains after superficial gummatous osteitis, This is not ordinary caries. The smallest SCilcs . always show the same characteristics. I want to emphasize that I know of no other disease causing such changes. It is easy to recognise such foci, however small they may be, but it may be difficult to say how they differ from other defects. Most frequently a peculiar jagged, radiate, often star-shaped depression attracts attention. It is deepest in the centre and its borders are relatively smooth, round and not eroded. The diagnosis can be reached only by considering the appeurance as a whole. One must note how the changes are grouped round the centre, radiate and join up again, but give the impression of a uniform pattern. This is what is decisive. It is unimportant whether the defect is deep or wide and flat, Its shape can never by caused by true [pyogenic] caries, lupus or leprosy.” [Translation.] TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 393 Seg PIG, 3. Clusiered pits. In each cluster confluence has started. Sutures are not crossed. 394 REC. 8, AUST, MUS., 17 (27); 387-405 July, 1978 FIG. 4. Confluent clustered pits. In two areas the confluence is peripheral, A triangular depression on the left frontal is the scar of previous active disease. Its slightly raised margin, depressed buse, and groups of thin radiating lines suggest that it is made up of several radial scars. These active changes are a relapse. The cut on the right frontal shows the slightly thickened outer table. School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, University of Sydney. I am indebted to Dr. P. M. Moodie and to the Illustrations Department of the University of Sydney for the photographs from which this figure and Figs. LOA, B were prepared, ea TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 39 FIG. 5. Focal superficial cavitation, These are usually smaller, but the raised rim and its striated inner surface are characteristic. With further healing the base will flatten and a few thin wavy radiating lines will appear. The changes in this specimen are made up by the confluence of 3-4 smaller ones (see Stewart and Spoehr 1952, Fig. 3). In more extensive confluence the floor may be thin and perforated, Anatomy Department, University of Melbourne (49 Box 442) 396 REC, 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978 FIG. 6, Radial scars. This is a further stage of healing; later the rim may flatten to the level of the surrounding bone. Thin radiating scars mark its base. Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 39:57 see No. 9) TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES FIG, 7. Serpiginous cavitation. Some pitting is seen round the border of the change, especially above the supradrbital ridges where there are also some periosteal bone deposits. This change does nat cross the sutures, Other similar changes may be found on the same skull. South Austrahan Museum (A11521). REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 Jiily, 1978 PORE FIG. 8. Contiguous sequence of caries sicca. In the centre are nodules of caries sicca interrupted in a few places by the preceding nodular cavitation, Surrounding this is serpiginous cavitation separated in a few places from the surrounding unchanged bone by pitting. The soundness is, thus, demonstrated of the sequence of caries sicca, arising from nodular cavitation and, with the earliest change, serpiginous clustered pits at the periphery. South Australian Museum (A25592) PREPONEMATOSES IN FXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES FIG, 9 Caries siceu. This is the healed stage of the contignous series, The reeularity of the nodules at the left posterior quarter of the area is characteristic, The chanyves started after the frontal suture had fused. "The nodules may be large, small, or Mat; all are seen in this specimen, Ut is the regular pattern of nodules and the intervening star-like scars that are important for its reemgnition (Virchow, 1896) see Appendix). The change stops at the coronal suture. Some radial scars ure on the Jeft frontal and parietal bones, ‘Lhe ragged holes in the thinned left parietal result from termite activity during burial, Anutomy Department, University of Melbourne (SP44:88) 400 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978 FIG. 10. Naso-palatine destruction. Only a small bar remains of the anterior mandible, and the central part of the palate is missing. The nasal cavity is empty, and its walls are smooth. That this gross damage has healed excludes malignant tumours. This is the gangosa of yaws and treponarid (see Hackett 1951: Fig. 129). The unworn teeth are notable. School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, University of Sydney. TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 40 4 ai. q i: oh Fi i i eh eae pe 4 : > ig iA, a % ‘ é 5 © ad a ee ™ a Is & * bs PI -. = a * * * * , as | me er ; 3 ‘ FIG, 11. Node with superficial cavitation. The section shows the formation of the node by periosteal deposition of bone and the focal destruction of the cortex. Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 20:37) 402 REC, S. AUST. MUS., L7 (27): 387-405 July, 1978 ———— At a lle a at Na ih it maaan iin renee Neo eS ym Sef name ee ai FIG, 12. FIG. 13. Expansion and superficial cayilation, Active stage in a young person. Similar small cavities were in a clavicle, scapula and iliuom (see Fig. 43; Hackett 1936b). School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine, University of Sydney, Nodes with superficial cavitation, Single as well as multiple cavities. Similar changes are found in ribs, metacarpals and metatarsals. TREPONEMATOSES IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL BONES 14. Expansions with superficial cavitation. Changes are extensive with much bony thickening, and encroachment upon the lower third of the medulla. Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 19:27) 404 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (27): 387-405 July, 1978 ee oo a Lo FIG, 15. Expansion with superficial cavitation, Healing is occurring; the openings are becoming smoother, Wellcome Museum of Medical Science, London, TREPONEMA’ S IN EXHUMED AUSTRALIAN ABORIGINAL Superficial cavitation in clavicles. Little bony thickening is present. Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SFI9:6 & 9) FIG. 17. Superficial cavitation in a scapula. There is little deposition. McKay (1938, Fig. illustrates similar change s them osteitis. Similar changes can occur in the ilia. Australian Institute of Anatomy, Canberra (SF 19:19) RECORDS oF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID FROM EYRE PENINSULA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA By MICHAEL J. KEOUGH and ALAN J. DARTNALL SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM delaide North Terrace, South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 28 31st July, 1978 A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID FROM EYRE PENINSULA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY MICHAEL J. KEOUGH AND ALAN.J. DARTNALL Summary A new species of asterinid sea star, Patiriella parvivipara, is described. It is a viviparous, intra- ovarian brooder similar to Patiriella vivipara Dartnall, but it reaches maturity at a much smaller size. The new species occupies an extremely restricted, intertidal habitat under granite rocks and has only been recorded from five localities on the west coast of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID FROM EYRE PENINSULA, SOUTH AUSTRALIA MICHAEL. J. KEOUGH, M, J. and DARNALL, A. I., 1977. A new species of Viviparoun asterinid asteroid from Eyre Teabisula, South Australia, Rec. §. Aust. Muy. 17 (28): 407-416, ABSTRACT A new species of asterinid sea star, Paririella parvivipara, is described, It is a viviparous, intra-ovarian brooder similar to Patiriella vivipara Dartnall, but it reaches maturity at a much smaller size. The new species occupies an extremely restricted, intertidal habitat under granite rocks and has only been recorded from five localitics on the west coast of Eyre Peninsula, South Australia. INTRODUCTION The asterinid sea stars are prominent members of the Australian littoral, particularly in south- eastern Australia, where large aggregations of species Patiriella are found, This genus was examined by Dartnall (1971) and includes the viviparous species Patiriella vivipara Dartnall, 1969, which was the first sea star reported to be an intra-ovarian brooder. A second viviparous species 1s of obvious interest. SYSTEMATIC ACCOUNT ASTEROIDEA Family ASTERINIDAE Gray, 1840, Genus Patiriella Verrill, 1913. Patiriella parvivipara new species, Figs, 1-4. Deseription of Helatype A small asterinid sea star with five rays. R = 3°75 mm, r— 3°62 mm, Ri fF— 1-1: 1. Body comparatively thin and depressed, At this size it is difficult to give an accurate measurement of body height (vh) because the spinulation causes a relatively greater margin of error than in larger species. The best available value of vh = 1-48 mm (averaged from dial caliper and micrometer readings), * Department of Zoology, The University of Adelaide, Box 498, G.P.O,, Adelaide 5001. } Department of Zoology, University of Tasmania, Box 252C, Hobart 7001 {—3 lat July, 1978 by KEOUGH* and ALAN J. DARTNALL*+ Plates of the abactinal surface closely imbri- cated and few secondary plates present. Abactinal plates very flat and not greatly thickened at their free margins. Four rows of papulae on each side of the radial midline of which only the two inner rows reach the end of the ray, Spines of carinal plates in groups of 4-7; spines of abactinal, interradial area grouped 3-5 to a plate. Abuactinal spines range from O+15-0*11 mm in length and are about 0-1 mm broad at the base. Single madreporite is about 0:4 mm in diameter. Superomarginal plates not distinct from abuctinal plates, Proximal infero- marginals each carrying four or five spines, the distal only two, Distal actinal intermediate plates imbricated and broadly trilobed or convex at their exposed edge, with each plate carrying a single spine, occasionally two, about 02 mm long, “Float- ing’, rounded, aspinous, actinal plates present behind mouth plates. The holotype has cight adambulacral plates, the first four bearing two furrow spines of which the distal spine of the pair is the longest (c. 0'4 mm). Distal to adambulacral four the remaining plates carry single farrow spines. Subambulacral spines arranged one to a plate and about the same size as the furrow spines, i.e. larger than the actinal spines. Most of the oral plates carry five spines, two carry six and two, four, The first spine is the largest (0°9 mm long x 0°25 mm wide at the base), the second is about 0*7 mm long and the remaining three (about 0'4 mm long x 0-1 mm wide at the base) are grouped separately from the first two, The additional spine on two of the oral plates is inserted between the second spine and the final triad and is intermediate in size (c. 0-5 mm long). Suboral spines are absent on all oral plates but one where a short spine is present. Colour in life Colour is consistently reddish yellow, Munsell colour 7°5 YR 7/8, varying to 7/6 and 8/6. 408 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (28): 407-416 Julv, 1978 Figure |. P. parvivipara. Holotype SAM K781 (a) Actinal surface Figure 2. P. parvivipara. Holotype SAM K781 (4) Abactinal surface A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID Figure 3. P. parvivipara. Paratype SAM K1720 (a) Actinal surface Figure 4. P. parvivipara. Paratype SAM K1720 (4) Abactinal surface mm 400 410 REC Holotype and type localiry One spirit-preserved specimen, SAM K781: Smooth Pool, south of Point Westall, South Australia; Grid Reference: 928203, Department of National Development 1;250 O00 series, Map $153-2, Edition 1, Series R502, Collected by W. Zeidler, 28.11.1975, Paratypes and other material examined Abbreviations used: SAM—South Australian Museum; AM—Australian Museum; TM—Tas- maniin Museum; NMV—Naftfional Museum of Victoria; WAM—Western Australian’ Museum. Paralypes SAM K782 (1 specimen). Smooth Pool. south of Point Westall. Coll, by W, Zeidler, Li. 1975, SAM #1719 (10). Smooth Pool. south of Point Westall. Under rocks intertically. M. Keough, 19.ix, 1975. SAM K1720 (1). Smooth Pool, near Point Westull. Under granite rocks intertidally. P. Searle, [9.ix.1975, Dried speeinien. WAM 540/77 (1). Smooth Pool, near Point Westall. H, A. Searle, 1%1x, 1975, AM J10916 (1). Smooth Pool, near Point Westall. P. Searle. 19.ix. 1975, TM HIO02 (1), Smooth Pool, near Point Westall. H, A. Searle, 19.1x.1975. NMY H303 (1). Westall. Under rock. Searle, 19.ix.1975. Smooth Pool, south of Point Intertidal, HH. A, Orher material SAM K7&83 (1), Whittlebee Point. W. Zeidler, 1,.10.1975. SAM K784 (1). Whiltlebee Point, W. Zeidler, 111.1975, SAM K785 (1). — Point W. Zeidler, 9viii. 1974. SAM K1713 (¢.70). Smooth Pool, near Point Westall. Under granite rocks intertidally. M. Reough, [9.ix.1975. S.A. S.A. S.A. Brown, SAM KI714 (10). Cape Labatt, Under granite rocks intertidally. M, Keough, 151.1976. SAM KI715 (1). D’Aaville Bay, southern Eyre Peninsula. J, MeNamara, |1.ii1.1977. SAM KI7l6 (1). Adult with emerging young. Smooth Pool, S.A. H. A. Searle, 19.ix.1975. 5. AUST. MUS., 17 (28)> 407-416 July, 1978 SAM K1717 (20). Smooth Pool, near Point Westull, Under granite rocks intertidally. M. Keough, 27.11.1977. Note:—Other muterial is held at all above institutions. Distribution and habitat The known distribution of Patiriella parvivi- para extends from Whittlebee Point near Ceduna, south as far as D’Anville Bay and the species is known from five localities (sce Fig, 6), Despite searching, no specimens were found on Yorke Peninsula or on the eastern coasts of Eyre Peninsula, The Western Australian Museum contains no specimens of the species although detailed collecting has only been done along the south-western coast of Western Australia (Mrs, l.. M, Marsh, pers, conmm.), Along Eyre Peninsula the species did not occur at a series of other localities searched (see Fig. 6) and at D'’Anville Buy considerable searching was necessary to collect the single specinien (J. McNamara, pers. comm.). At Cape Labatt, the population density is moderate, one to five animals per square metre of rock surface examined, At Point Westall, however, densities may reach 2 000 individuals per square inetre of rock underside. Even here the animal is extremely localised, only one rock pool of many containing the species. A similar phenomenon was observed af Cape Labatt. The habuat of the species is also very restricted, P. parvivipdra occurs in mid- to lower-intertidal rock pools of characteristic appearance, The pools are depressions in an igneous base rock, granite (Smooth Pool, Cape Labatt, Point Brown and Whittlebee Point) or basalt (D’Anville Bay) outcropping along a Pleistocene coastline (Parkin, 1969), Small rocks litter the bottom of the pools and P_ parvivipara occurs Under these rocks (see Fig. 5), At Cape Labatt, some limestone rocks are also present but the species has not been found under these rocks. The rocks were almost bare of epibiota at Smooth Pool and D'Anville Bay and carried small amounts at Whittlebee Point and Point Brown, At Cape Labatt the rocks were enerusted with calcareous algae, sponges and colonial ascidians as well as mobile species including Patiriella gunnt (Gray), Pardanepanthia grandis (H. L. Clark), Allostichaster polyplaxy (Muller and Troschel), several species of molluscs, the prawn Leander sp. and the ophiuroids Clarkcoma canaliculata (Lutken), Ophionereis schayeri (Muller and Troschel) and A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROLD 41) ‘ Pr re 4 Figure 3. Smooth Pool Ophiactis resiliens Lyman, PP. parvivipara oecurred at the side of rocks partially sheltered by calcareous algae. The rock pools occurred in sheltered parts of exposed rocky shores and the localities on Eyre Peninsula at which P, pervivipara did not occur were of different geology, with the exception of Cape Carnot which was a granite area, Granite areas of Yorke Peninsula were searched unsuc- cessfully by Mr. W. Zeidler of the South Aus- tralian Museum. The habitat ts very specialised, a phenomenon shown by many small, cryptic Asterinidae. The eastern limit of distribution is probably fairly precise, although further collect- ing may extend the range westwards. Biological observations Patiriella parvivipara is able to survive high temperatures, as at Smooth Pool the temperature in the pool may exceed 30°C during summer and tidal flushing has little effect on the teniperature. Thus the species is able to tolerate temperatures much higher than many asteroids (see Ursin, 1960; Smith, 1940), although it must be noted that the congeneric species Patiriella exigua has been recorded from waters of summer tempera- tures of 30-35 C in South Australia (Shepherd, 1968). Thermal stress may not be a problem to individuals during summer, but “reproductive stress” may be important. Specimens kept in laboratory aquaria for two months at [S°C Type Locality, Photo courtesy of Bruce Chester, changed very little. When kept at 20-23 °C, however, reproduction was induced and over seven days all animals of R > 2 mm produced young. Animals which were kept at 12°C and subjected to a mse of similar magnitude (5*5°C) produced no young, These specimens were collected during February, 1977, and examination of specimens collected at the same time showed juveniles to be present. In the first trial, 25 animals were used, and in the second, 10. The results suggest that it is the temperature of 20- 23°C, rather than merely a rise in temperature, which stimulates emergence of juveniles. Juveniles emerged through the abactinal sut- face of the adult and, in aquaria, their emergence was always fatal to the adults. Most adults contain more than one juvenile and few carried none (see Table |). Emergent juveniles were as much as 25 per cent of adult diameter, The position of emergence corresponds closely to that of Patiriella vivipara (Dartnall, 1969a), Most adults carry many juveniles indicating consider- able reproductive potential in the population. At Smooth Pool, the population is sheltered from both wave stress, and competitors and predators while the Cape Labatt and Point Brown popula- tions are inore exposed to wave action and to predators and competitors. At Cape Labatt Patiriella gunnii and Paranepanthia grandis are available us predators upon Patiriella parvivipara and prawns are not unknown as sea star predators (Bruce, 197]). 412 REC. S. AUST, MUS., 17 (28): 407-416 July, 1978 TABLE 1 Distribution of number of young in adult P. parvivipara from Smooth Pool at different times of the year. Figures show the frequency of animals carrying given numbers of juveniles. Number of Young Month Adults 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 >10 Examined February ..... 13 I I 2 2 ] 0 0 0 0 0 20 May. ii eiesi. 3 2 3 | 2 3 3 2 i 0 0 0 20 July! 38 seesss I — 3 -- 4 September .... I 5 4 7 4 4 | 1 I 2 | ] 32 Data from September, 1975 and 1977 were homogeneous, and so were pooled. The reproduction is extremely efficient, since juveniles, destroying the specimens). In Feb- each adult produces a few young, which are ruary, 1977, mean size was again small, relatively large and thus have a_ greater probability of survival. It is therefore possible that, because of this and the lack of predators and physical stresses, the Smooth Pool population is approaching maximum density in contrast to the other sites. ‘The role of temperature in reproduction suggests that breeding occurs in December-February as water temperatures rise about 20°C. This behaviour contrasts with that of P. vivipara, which breeds throughout the year in colder Tasmanian waters (Dartnall, 1969a), although there may be a December-February breeding peak in that species as Hoggins (1976) believes that breeding 1s restricted to that period and tank experiments suggest a similar conclusion (G. Prestedge, pers. comm.). The mode of reproduction does limit wide- spread dispersal, as evidenced by the distribution of this species (Fig. 6). The method of fertiliza- tion is as yet unknown, although Dr. F-S. Chia (pers. comm.) is currently investigating this. It is possible that cross fertilization occurs, as in P. vivipara (F-S. Chia, pers. comm.) and if this is also true for P. parvivipara the reproduc- tion would only restrict dispersal, without creating problems of inbreeding. Some idea of the dynamics of the population of P. parvivipara at Smooth Pool may be inferred from measurements of size (i.e. greater radius R) and reproductive capacity of samples at different times. In September, 1975, before the summer rise in water temperature, mean R of animals was 3°31 = 0-6 mm, while during February 1976, near the end of the probable reproductive season when warm water temperatures were nearing their end, mean size of the population had fallen, R 1-85 += 0-6 mm. In the following May mean size was intermediate, R= 2-6 = 0-631 mm. (These specimens are no longer held as they were dissected for R = 1:95 + 0:62 mm and by July, mostly large animals were present, mean R being 2°93 + 0°52 mm. The data in Table | show that in February, most animals are immature and do not contain juveniles. In May and July many animals, whilst not fully grown, had reached maturity and contained juveniles, and by September, almost all animals were mature and contained juveniles. The most reasonable explanation for these observations is that the animals are short-lived, juveniles are produced in early summer, grow rapidly and reach maturity between February and June. The animals continue to grow until fully grown the following summer when juveniles emerge. The larger animals present in February are slow-developing animals of the previous year. Since reproduction appears fatal, all adults of a given year die during the summer to be replaced by juveniles, i.e. the data are consistent with almost complete annual turnover of the popula- tion. Collection of monthly samples from Smooth Pool is continuing in an attempt to confirm this hypothesis, and more detailed ecological data will be presented at a later date. Extent of morphological variation The number of arms is extremely uniform. Of about 300 specimens examined, only one had four arms and one, six. This is less variable than in P. exigua where six- and four-rayed specimens are not uncommon (5-5 per cent with other than five rays in 252 Tasmanian specimens (Dartnall, 1969b), but is similar to observed variation in P. vivipara where of a sample of 2016 specimens only two had six arms (Dartnall, loc. cit.). Maximum R for the species is 4*°7 mm, and sexual maturity is reached at about R —= 2 mm. This compares with P. vivipara, which reaches A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID 413 Whitilebee Point kilometres 20 40 smootity Pool Capel aD Labatt a EYRE PENINSULA GREAT AUSTRALIAN BIGHT Port Lincoln D'Anville Figure 6. Distribution of Patiriella parvivipara. Closed triangles show localities where the species occurs; open circles localities searched unsuccessfully for the species. 414 REC, S&, AUST. MUS,, 17 (28): 407-416 July, 1978 TABLE 2 Comparative spine counts of “exfgua™ group. parvivipara exigua’ pseudvexigua' viviparalt PLCINS 8 Bae Ceo Diet el bs 5 5 3 5 (4dr; Gr) (dry 6c) (4r 6r) (4r; 6r) R; rrange,..,, oe sists t weeacep en ot 1.J-14 1.08-1.67 1.3 11-1.6 Oral SPINES! y (sete clon tess paces ot 4-5 5-6 5 6 (3r: 6r) (41) not known (5c; 7r) Suboral spines ..-.. .. ---..----.. 0 \ 1 1 (ir) (Or) not known (Or) Actinal * interradial spines/plate- ... 1 | 1 I (Oc, 2c) (Oc; 2c) (Oc; 2c) (Oe: 2c) Furrow spines*..,..,.2,22...-.-.., 2 2 3 4 (ry te) Gr: Ir) (2c: Ic) (2c) Subambulacral spines -- 0... 2.....5 1 1! ] 1 (2r, Or) (Or) (2r: Or) (2c; Or) Inferomarginal spines .............. 3 3 7-9 4-5 (4, 5, 6c, Tr) (4, 5) Abactinal spines | .....ssccueesce erence. 4-10 4-20 4-2) g-14 Figures show the most common number of spines per plate and parenthesised figures indicate alternative counts. ‘‘c’’ indicates a common occurrence; “‘r’’ a rare occurrence, * The number often varies on a particular animal and one animal may carry 0, | and 2 spines on actinal plates and 3, 2 and | furrow spines. ! Dartnall (1971) and Keough (unpublished observations) " Dartnall (1971) U1 Dartnall (1969) and Keough (measurements on TM822 and TM927) maximum size of R > 15 mm, and maturity at 5-6 mm (Dartnall, 1969b; Hoggins, pers. comm.). The larger specimens ot P. parvivipara (i.e, R > 2 mm) invariably contain juveniles. Four or five oral spines are usually present in P, parvivipara though six occur occasionally. Individuals sometimes had oral plates carrying three, four and five spines on one animal, The usual Jack of suboral spines, and smaller size at maturity distinguishes the species from P, vivipara in nearly all cases, but a comparison of species within the “exigua” group, P. exigua, P pseudo- exigua, P. vivipara and P. parvivipara shows that there is considerable morphological overlap between the species (see Table 2) and that no morphological character or combination of characters suffices to distinguish species in all cases, especially for specimens of R less than 2mm, Preserved specimens are often exceedingly dillicult to identify and existing keys are, at best, a general guide. There is a great need to investi- gate new characters, ecological, reproductive and possibly biochemical in an effort to provide reliable characters. It is fortunate that, at least within the “exigua” group, modes of reproduction serve to distinguish specimens of R > 1-5 mm, In the field only two species are likely to occur in any area and these pairs are readily distinguish- able, The combinations are P. parvivipara and P, exigita in South Australia, P. vivipara and P. exigua in Tasmania and P. exigua and P. pseudoexigua in southern Queensland, The presence or absence’ of gonoducts and their orientation, together with colour, are adequate to identify the species. DISCUSSION The distribution of the “exigua” crop The distribution of P. exigua, P. pseudoexigua and P, vivipara was described by Dartnall (1971) and it is interesting to note that P. parvivipdra is continguous with P. exigua, The distribution pattern is shown in Figure 7. The geographical separation of P. vivipara from P. parvivipara, together with the precosity of parvivipara strongly supports their separation as distinct species. They are also distinct from P. exigua and P. pyeudoexigua so that along the Australian coastline four similar species exist but reproductive isolating mechanisms have evolved which ensure the integrity of the species con- cerned. The idea proposed by Dartnall (1971) that the “exigua" group forms a triple sequence may be re-examined, The original idea ( Dart- nall, 1970) of sibling pairs may be valid and if ‘Gonoducts are present in P. vivipara CF-S, Chia, pers, comm,), but they are difficull to observe, in contrast Lo P. exigua and P, pseudoexigua, A NEW SPECIES OF VIVIPAROUS ASTERINID ASTEROID 415 eet eeaeee eos? ease "e P. parvivipar, & . es oe *feaeest® . "Pees, Figure 7. Distribution of Patiriella species of the “‘exigua’’ group within Australia. Note that the broken lines link only the extremities of the range for each species, and do not indicate presence in water other than the intertidal areas on the Australian coastline 416 this is so two sibling pairs are now known to exist. There is little intellectual difficulty in deriving both Patiriella vivipara and P. parvivi- para from P. exigua which lays its eggs in gelatin- ous packets on littoral rocks and which exhibits an abbreviated larval development. There is also little difficulty if one considers brooding a method of maintaining a consistent recruitment to a restricted, specialised habitat, although it may restrict the dispersal of the species where free swimming larvae are absent. The reason for the speciation is uncertain, although brood protection is most characteristic- ally a property of cold water species (Mileikoy- sky, 1971) and it could be argued that cold conditions in the past were involyed in the speciation observed. Dartnall (1974), following Gill (1970), has invoked a Pleistocene closing of Bass Strait to explain other marine distributions in the area. Whether this phenomenon, combined with waters of glacial origin in south-eastern Tasmania, and cold subantarctic water washing the shores of the Great Australian Bight, were appropriate triggers for the successful speciation of both P. vivipara and P. parvivipara must, hopefully, be a source of fruitful argument. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The co-operation of H. A. Searle, P. Searle, M. Dutschke and B. Chester in collecting and despatching specimens to one of us (M.J.K.), and the assistance of J. McNamara, D, Keough and A. Chugg in the field was greatly appreciated. We are also indebted to Mr, W. Zeidler, who readily made available the collections of the South Australian Museum, Mr. P. G, Kempster, REC. 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (28): 407-416 July, 1978 who photographed the specimens, and Miss R. Altmann, for drawing up the figures. Finally, Dr. Frank Rowe provided much helpful advice, and constructive criticism of the manuscript, as did Dr. S. Oldfield. REFERENCES Anonymous 1954. Munsell Soil Color Charts. Munsell Color Com., Inc. Baltimore, Maryland. Bruce, A. J. 1971. The shrimp that eats starfish. dnimals 13: 908-910. Dartnall A. J. 1969a. A viviparous species of Patiriella (Asteroidea, Asterinidae) from Tasmania. Proce. Linn, Soc. N.S.W. 93 (3): 294-297. Dartnall, A. J. 1969b, The taxonomy and biogeesraplry of the sea star genus Patiriella in Tasmania, Unpublished M.Sc. Thesis, University of ‘Tasmania, 162 pp, Dartnall, A. J. 1970, The asterinid sea stars of Tasmania, Proe. Roy. Sec. Tasm., 104: 73-77, Dartnall, A. J. 1971. Australian sea stars of the genus Patiriella (Asteroidea, Asterinidae). Proc, Linn, Sac. N.S.W. 96 (1); 39-49. Dartnall, A. J. 1974. Littoral biogeography. /n, Williams, W. D. (ed.), Biogeegraphy and ecology in Tasrnatid. Junk, The Hague: 171-194. Hoggins, D. D. 1976. Comparative ecalogical studies of two intertidal sew stars, Patiriella vivipara Dartnall, 1969 and P. regularis Werrill, 1913. | Unpublished B.Sc. Honours Thesis, University of Tasmania, 153 pp, Gill, E. D. 1970. Current Quaternary shoreline research in Australasia. Aust. J. Sci, 32: 426-430. Mileikovsky, S. A. 1971, Types of larval development in marine bottom invertebrates, their distribution and ecological significance: a re-evaluation. Muar. Biol. 10 (3): 193-213. Parkin, L. W. (ed.) 1969. Handbook of South Australian Gealogy, Geol, Survey of South Australia, 268 pp. Shepherd, S. A. 196%. ‘The Shallow Water echinoderm fauna of South Australia. 1. The Asteroids. Rec. S. dust, Mus. 15 (4); 729-756. Smith, G. F. M. 1940. Factors limiting the distribution and size in the starfish. J. Fish. Rey. Bd. Can. 5: 84-103. Ursin, E. 1960. A quantitive investigation of the echino- derm fauna of the North Sea. Medd. Danm, Fisk- Mavunders 2: 1-204. RECORDS oF THE SQUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM Be THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A &S IN NEW GUINEA AND PRYTANICORIS GEN. NOV. FROM THE NEW GUINEA AREA AND THE NEW HEBRIDES (Heteroptera-Pentatomidae-Pentatominea) By GORDON F. GROSS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME 17 NUMBER 29 2nd August, 1978 THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & S IN NEW GUINEA AND PRYTANICORIS GEN. NOV. FROM THE NEW GUINEA AND THE NEW HEBRIDES (HETEROPTERA-PENTATOMIDAE-PENTATOMINEA) BY GORDON F.. GROSS Summary The genus Bathycoelia is recorded for the first time from New Guinea where it is represented by chlorospila Walker, originally described from the Aru Islands. Chlorospila is redescribed and figured and its male genitalia illustrated, the latter confirming that Bathycoelia is a member of the Pentatoma group. Prytanicoris gen. nov. is described and its four included species, ambivivens sp. nov. from New Guinea and the New Hebrides, dimorpha sp. nov. from New Guinea, novaebritaniae from the Bismark Archipelago and solomonensis from the Solomons, are described and figured; the genitalia of ambivivens indicate it belongs to a new grouping of pentatomine genera near the Anfestia group. THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & 8 IN NEW GUINEA AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOV FROM THE NEW GUINEA AREA AND THE NEW HEBRIDES (HETEROPTERA-PENTATOMIDAE-PENTATOMINAE) GORDON F. GROSS South Australian Museum, Adelaide, South Australia, 5000 ABSTRACT GROSS, G. F. 1978: The Genus Bathycoelia A & § in New Guinea and Pryranicoriy gennov, from the New Gilinea areca and the New Hebrides. Ree, 5. Aust. Mus, 17 (29); 417-428. The genus Bathycoelia is recorded for the first time from New Guinea where it is represented by chlorospila Walker, originally described from the Ara Islands. Chlorospila is redescribed and figured and its male genitalia illustrated, the latter confirming that Bathycoelia is a member of the Pentatoma group, Prytanicoris gen.nov. is des- cribed and its four included species, ambivivens sp-nov. from New Guinea and the New Hebrides, dimorpha sp.noy, from New Guinea, novaebrit- taniae from the Bismark Archipelago and solo- monensis from the Solomons, are described and figured; the genitalia of ambivivens indicate it belongs to a new grouping of pentalomine genera near the Antestia group. INTRODUCTION During a visit to the B. P. Bishop Museu in 1969 a series of large New Guinea Pentatomidae was selected out as probably belonging to a new genus of what was then known as the subfamily Halyinae but subsequently characterised (Gross, 1976, pp. 448-451) as a group of genera, the Halys group, of the subfamily Pentatominae as redefined in the preceding year (Gross, 1975, pp. 98-101, 104-109), Additional material of similar appearance was obtained in the New Hebrides during the 1971 Royal Society—Percy Sladen Expedition to these islands, Closer examination proved that there were two genera in the series. The more greenish one proved to be Bathycoelia Amyot and Serville which was represented only in the New Guinea material by chlorospila Walker, previously known only from the type specimen from the Aru Islands. Bathycoclia was believed to belong to the Pentatoma group and dissection of its male genitalia has confirmed this, The second genus is new and likewise is not a member of the Halys group. On the basis of the elongated rima of the I—2nd August, 1978 scent gland and the form of its male genitalia it belongs to a hitherto unrecognised grouping of Pentatominae close to the Antestia group. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND ABBREVIA- TIONS OF INSTITUTIONS Most of the material for this study was made available by the Bernice P. Bishop in Honolulu, abbreviated in the text to BISHOP, and by the British Museum of Natural History, abbreviated to BMNH. I am particularly indebted to the late Miss S. Nakata of Honolulu and Dr. W. R. Dolling of the British Museum in assisting im the selection and transmission of the material, Some of the specimens examined are in the South Australian Museum which is abbreviated to SAM. Furids for my visit overseas in 1969 were made available by the Sir Mark Mitchell Research Foundation and the C.S.LR.O, Science and Industry Endowment Fund. The work in the New Hebrides was financed by the Royal Society of London and the Percy Sladen Trust, The halftone illustrations of the dorsal aspect of the species were prepared by Mrs. Linda Blesing and for her meticulous work my thanks are recorded here. SYSTEMATICS Pentatoma Group Bathycoelia Amyot & Serville, 1843 Bathycoelia Amyot & Serville, 1843, p, 110; type: Pentatoma buenopoziensis Palisot de Beauvais. 1805 (monobasic), Stal, 1865, p. 189: 1876, p. 101, Kirkaldy, 1909, p. 139. Bergroth, 1913, p, 230, Distant, 1914, p. 376. Bathycelia (sic) Herrich-Schaeffer, 1853, pp- 290, 326, Gastraulax Herrich-Schaeffer, 1844, p. 61; type: Gastraulax torquatus Herrich-Schaeffer, 1844 (first mentioned species). Herrich- Schaeffer, 1853, p. 326; synonymy with 41k Bathycelia (sic). Betgroth, 1906, p. 9- Kirkaldy, 1909, pp. xxxi and 139. Bergroth, 1913, p. 230; synonymy with Barhycoelia. Jurtind Stil, 1867, p. 518; type; Pentatoma longirostriy Moutrouzier & Signoret, 1861 (monobasic), Stal, 1876, p. 101. Distant, 1902, p. 223. Bergroth, 1906; p. 9; synonymy with Gastraulax. Bergroth, 1913, p. 230; synonymy with Barhycoelia. Large greenish, greyish-green or ochraccous- green Pentatominae with head rather triangular, ocelli widely separated, second segment of anten- nae shorter than third, Jabium reaching onto abdomen and considerably surpassing hind coxae, sometimes reaching almost to apex of abdomen; anterolateral margins of pronotum nearly straight and juteral angles acute or slightly produced; scultelluin with a black, purple or green metallic spot in cach anterior angle; rima of scent gland produced as a long keel to near upper margin of metapleuron; tibiae sulcate or not; venter slightly faised basally and strongly suleate to receive the labium medially. The genus ranges from Alrica through the Comoro Islands, Madagascar, Réunion, India, Malaysia. the Phillippines, Indonesia, Aru Islands, New Caledonia and the Loyalty Islands to the New Hebrides and Fiji and is here recorded from New Guinea for the first time. Bathycoelia was placed by Stal (1876) and Distant (1902) with such genera as Alciphron, Glaucias (as Zangis) and Necara which [ (Gross, 1976, pp. 448-451) have shown to be closely related to each other as a grouping of genera provisionally called the Pentatoma group, The form of the aedeagus and claspers of ihe species redescribed below from the Aru Islands and New Guinea indicates that Bathycoelia does belong to this group, the claspers having some similarity to those of Plautia and the aedeagus to Glaucias and Aleciphron (Gross, 1976, figs. 201 A-P, 202 A-B), The long rima of the scent gland opening and a greenish color are additional features, along with its general appearance, confirming its place- ment in the Pertatoma group. Specimens from New Guinea, despite a some- what more speckled appearance, appear on measurement to be canspecific with Bathycoelia chlerospila Walker, 1867, from the Aru Islands. As it is a unique specimen the genitalia of the type of chlorospila haye not been examined to confirm this. Baihycoelia chlorospila belongs to that section of the genus in which the tibiae are sulcate whereas the species from more eastern Pacific Remarks: REC, 8S. AUST. MOUS, 17 (29); 417-418 August, \Y7TR Islands, notably B. /ongirostris (Montrouzier & Signoret, 1861) from New Caledonia and B. simmondsi Tzzard, 1932, from Fiji and the New Hebrides, have rounded tibiae Bathycoelia chlorospila Walker, 1867 Figs. 1, 2 A-C Bathycoclia chloraspila Walker, }867, p. 350. Bergrath, 1913, p, 230, Gastraulax chlorospilus Kirkaldy, 1909, p, 140, Holotype yellowish-testaceous but probably green in life. New Guinea specimens greyish- green with a finely speckled appearance, On dorsum numerous brown (type) or brownish- black punctations with some punctations, patches of punctations and markings iridescent greenish- black, Head with anteclypeus, ocular peduncle and a patch inside and behind each eye glabrous; behind anteclypeus transversely strigose and except for two central longitudinal lines of punctations, impuncate. This glabrous area bordered on either side by a longitudinal line of punctations and another longitudinal line extends forward from ocelli, Juga obliquely strigose and punctate in theic inner halves, At each inner basal angle of juga a black spot and lateral margins of juga narrowly black, Ocular ped- uncles flattened behind and touching anterior margins of pronotum, Antennae slender, Iength of segments (holotype) 1+14, 1°67, 3°38 mm, fourth and fifth missing but in one New Guinea male with the full number of segments 0-93, 1-72, 2-96, 3:64, 3°22 mm and in a New Guinea female 0-73, 1/88, 3-43, 3-90, 3-70; first segment pale brown, sometimes darkened basally and apically, second and third black. fourth pale brown in basal, third to half and dark apically, fifth pale brown with a broad blackish annulation after the middle. Pronotum with anterior margin obliquely truncate behind eyes and trapeziformly excavate behind collum, anterior angles formed into a small blunt spine, anterolateral margins almost straight and moderately acute, lateral angles shortly produced and almost rectangular. postero- lateral margins vaguely sinuated, posterior margin almost straight; disc with some transverse very low ridges in a somewhal vermiculate pattern, calli glabrous, inwardly of each anterior angle a triangular patch of iridescent greenish-black or purplish punctations, these two patches sometimes connected by a narrow line of similar punctations just behind anterior margin, Scutellum with a prominent greenish-black or purplish, transversely strigose, circular macula in ug THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & 8S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOV. 419 Linna, Buesinc. LW ______49 mm———___ FIG. 1, Dorsal aspect of Barhycoelia chlorospila Walker, 420 REC, 8S, AUST. MUS, each basal angle; apex broadly rounded; dise only slightly raised anteriorly and punctations tending to be arranged in short lines to forma vermiculate pattern, Hemelytra narrower than abdomen lor most of their length, membrane just surpassing apex of abdomen; punctations on coriaceous portions tending to form groups or short lines to give a vermiculate appearance; membrane smoky hyaline with prominent, mostly parallel, veins, Laterotergites with posterior angles acute and black tipped, anteriorly on each Jaterotergite a large purplish or greenish-black macula. Dorsum of abdomen not seen. Head beneath impunctate and yellowish, a short iridescent greenish-black or black line beginning at anterior margitis of eyes and passing forward over antennifers but not nearly reaching apex; labrum well developed; labium reaching onto sixth abdominal ventrite, stylets and extreme apex blackish, Thorax beneath yellowish, propleura and some- limes hind part of metapleura with fine brownish punctations: mesosternum with a low raised keel; anteriorly of each fore coxa an elongate black spot, exteriarly on propleuron a curved black streak starting on anterior margin and extending at least half length of segment, anteriorly on mesopleuron a small black spot exteriorly and partly concealed under hind margin of pro- pleuron, on metapleuron a curyed black streak exteriorly margining the evaporative area: evaporation area with a vermiculate pattern, peritreme long and raised. Legs yellowish and not unduly long, nbiae sulcate exteriorly, Abdomen with segments TIl-V1 broadly suleate medially; exterior anterior angles of each segment black, behind each spiracle a small black spot and midlaterally an oblique dark spat on anterior margin of seginents IV-VIT; male genitalia con- cealed by ventrite VII, hind margin of pygophore forming a smooth concave curve but interiorly of this a complex, sinuous upright sepium, a mem- branous cighth segment is present in front of the pygophore. Claspers, fig, 2C, large and T-shaped with a small lateral lobe on the main shaft. Aedeagus, fig. 2A-B, with phallosoma moder- ately sclerotized, three conjunctival lobes present, one dorsal and two lateral, the latter sclerotized at their apices; medinul penial plates lying on either side of a short sclerotized vesica and rather curved. Female first gonocoxae somewhat convex and with hind margins faintly curved, paratergites IX rather triangular with rounded apices, 17 (29); 417-428 Atpust, 1978 Length (holotype) 19*2 mm, (range) 18+7- 216mm. Maximum width (holotype) 10+4 mm, (range) 10°4-11+9 mm. Remarks: The original description of Walker is toa brief to adequately characterise this Species, Location of type: ISLANDS, Saunders. 65-13, in BMNH. Specimens Examined: The type and NEW GUINEA-PAPUA Daradae Plantation, 80 km north to Port Moresby, 500 m, 4 & 61x,1959, T. C. Maa; NORTH-EASTERN paratype ¢ 2 2, Wau, Morobe District, 1 200 m, 20.71.1964, 16.vil.1961 2-10.x1.1961, the two females at light, J. & J. H. Sedlacek, IRIAN JAYA 9¢, W. Sentani. Cyclops Mountains, Hollandia area, 150-250 m, 25,vi,1959, T. C. Maa; 2, Bodem, IL km S.B. of Oerberfaren, 7-17.vii.1959, in MV light trap, T. C. Maa; 9, Waris S. of Hollandia, 450-500 m, 1-7.viii. 1959, T. C. Maa: all specimens except the type in BISHOP, Holotype 2, ARU Prytanicoris Group The new genus Prytanicoris is very similar in appearance to New Guineas members of the Halys group (c.f. spectes of Acanthidicllum Kirkaldy, 1904 = Bromoceris Horyath, 1915 and Cacto- teriy Stil, 1858), especially in us large size, rather rectangular head, produced lateral angles of the pronotum and slender antennae, How- ever, the long rima of the scent gland is. suggestive of @ position somewhat nearer the 4nfestia, Peniatoma and Rhynchecoris groups though the form of the animal excludes it from any of those three. Dissection of the aedeagus confirms a placing close to the Anfestia group. Prylanicaris may in fact he somewhere along the line of development from the Halyy group to Antestia and the two other groups (Pentatemea and Rkyachocoris) with a long rima, If so the Antesfia group should be derived more directly from the Halys group, than from nearer the Asopus group as previously suggested (Gross 1975) in discussing the origins of the various groups of Australian genera of Pentatominae. Although the Pryanicoriy group is known at the moment only from the New Guinea, Bismark, Solomons and New Hebrides areas, its presence in this region adjacent to Australia further suggests that nearly all the groups of genera of Pentatominae in the Australasian region, except the Podeps and Strachia groups, can be easily visualised as deriving from the Asopys- Poectlotoma-Halvs groups axis, THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY. 421 phallosoma dorsal conjunctival lobe : vesica medial penial plates lobe ventral dorsal conjunctival lobe lateral conjunctival vesica medial penial plates pees lateral conjunctival Ci} FIG, 2. A-C. Bathycoelia chlorospila (Walker), Cc. The features of the Prytanicoris group must for the time being be those of its only included genus. Prytanicoris gen.nov. Large or medium sized, speckled brown or blackish Pentatominae with head elongate and for most of its length parallel sided but anteriorly RB, ditto-ventral aedeagus-sinistral aspect. Clasper. aspect. broadly rounded, apices of juga not quite reach- ing apex of anteclypeus, ocelli widely separated and just behind a line between hind margin of eyes, second segment of antennae shorter than third, labium reaching onto third segment of abdomen; anterior margins of pronotum trapezi- formly excavate behind collum and_ obliquely truncate behind eyes, slightly separated from 422 Rec. &. AUST. latter, anterior atigles produced as a blunt tooth, anterolateral margios of pronotum nearly straight and lateral angles produced as a conical recurved spine or rectangulaily produced, posterolateral Margins somewhat sinuale, posterior margin straight; scutellum only slightly raised anteriorly on dise, apex rounded, a black fovea in each basal angle; bucculae long and low but not reaching base of head; mesosternum with a very low keel; tibiae sulcate on thei outer surfaces: second abdominal ventrite constricted and depressed, abdomen medially not sulcate. Claspers (Fig. 4 C-E) foliaceous with a small hook like process dorsally or posteriorly; aedeagus (Fig. 4 A-B) with phallosoma lightly sclerotized, medial penial plates ventral and strap like; two small, lateral, membranous conjunctival lobes and a pair of parallel dorsal lobes which are membranous dorsally and sclerotized ventrally, vesica free apically and emerging between the lateral conjunctival lobes. Type: Prytanicoris ambivivens sp.nov. Prytanicoris is known from four species which may be separated as follaws:-— Key lo species of Pryraiiceriy gen.noy, 1. Large species, Usually over [7 mn in Jength and some- times over 2} ram and JO mm-12-3 mm in width; lateral angles ef pronotum produced into a sharp slightly recurved sping .. .. .. _ rombivivens n.sp. Smaller species, if exceeding 17 mm in length Hot exceeding 19 mim and less than WO-4d mm in width: lateral ‘ogles of pronotum produced into # very shor conical proeess or obluse ., ck ey oe ey ye ey 2 ta . (1) Lateral angles of pronetum produced into a conical process: dorsal uppedrance brown and abdomen without uw black sablateral stripe - am, Ws. eh Lateral singles of pronotum obtuse fine ‘abdariten with dark iridescent, broad, sublateral siripe — selatiionensi¢ n.sp. 3, (2) Males onder 16 mm om Jenglh and under 9 mm in width: from New Guinea dinivipha Wap. Mules over [7 mm in Jengif ind 9 mm in width; from the Bismark Archipelago Hevuebrittunive sp. Prytanicoris ambivivens sp.nov, Figs, 3, 4 A-C Ground colour yellowish-orange with mumer- ous brown punctations and small brown patches joining and surrounding punctations making the dorsum appear brown and finely speckled- Punactations on juga sparse interiorly, exteriorly dense and concentrated into a broad sublateral line, latter Frequently iridesecent green or blackish-green, Between cyes and almost to base of collum six parallel lines of brown puncta- lions, the outer pair of each side joining and terminating behind ocelli where they are frequently greenish, these sending a small side branch to hind margins of eyes. Anteclypeus anteriorly and laterally dark, in ils basal half a MUS. 17 (29): ATT-428 August, 1978 medial orange glabrous streak which is con- tinued to base of head. Length of antennal segments (holotype)—l 1-04, 11 1+77, TU 3°07, IV 4-00, V 3:04; (allotype)—I 0:99, IT 1-92, Ill 2°91, IV 4°16, V 3°70 mm; first to third segments yellowish but black exteriorly, second and third maculated with brown and third infus- cated at extreme apex, fourth and fifth brown with base orange-yellow. Pronotum with anterior angle produced jnto a small, blunt, reflexed tooth, behind this on lateral margin a few crenulutions, rest of anterolateral margin nearly straight and terminating in a reflexed spinose process just before true lateral angles; lateral angles shortly rounded, postero- lateral and posterior margins nearly straight. On dise of pronotum a small tumescence just inter- iorly of each lateral angle; punctations on most of dise discrete and arranged in short randomly directed lines, around each punctation a small brown annulus, these coalesce to form lines here and there, anteriorly and laterally of each callus a dense patch of iridescent greenish or greenish- black punctations, Scutellum marked as for hind portions of pronotum. Hemelytra narrower anteriorly than hinder parts of thorax but considerably narrower than abdomen for most of their length. Clavus and corium marked as for dise of scutellum and hind portion of pronotum, Membrane fumose-hyaline with brown and apically parallel veins, Latero- tergites yellowish, anteriorly on each an oblique broad bur and posteriorly a rhomboidal patch which are iridescent greenish or blackish and punctate, hind angles of each laterotergite pro- duced into a small, backwardly directed, infus- cated tooth, Dorsum of abdomen not completely seen but apparently mostly yellowish-orange Except fora few fine punctations along base of bucculae head beneath yellow and impunctate, from anterior margin of eye and running forward to in front of antennifer a curved iridescent greenish or bluckish line, in front of this and separated from it and apex of head an elongate brown streak on underside of juga. Labrum und labium yellowish but ventrally narrowly black, apical segment of latter also black. Thoracic pleura yellow and fincly brown punctate, so also on epipleura and epimera and posteriorly on propleuron and metapleuron, Art apex of first and second coxal clefts a small black spot, propleuron with an elongate spot of dark irides- cent punctations midway betwen apex of coxal cleft and outer margin which does not reach THE GENUS r f FIG, 3. BATHYCOELIA A & S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY. Linoa Buesing 7 4 ~ Wu ———10mm--————_ > Dorsal aspect of Prytanicoris ambivivens gen. & sp.nov. 423 424 REC. §. AUST. MUS. 17 (29): uninflated dorsal conjunctival dorsal phallosoma lobes thecal vesica lateral lobes medial penial plates sclerotized processes conjunctival 417-428 August, 1978 gonopore dLscri dorsal _ of vesica plate sclerotized process uninflated dorsal conjunctival lobe lateral conjunctival lobe Shield phallosoma thecal conducting =. Chamber eS FIG. 4& AC, Prytanicoriy ambivivens gen. & sp.noy. C D. Prytanicoriy dimerpha spnoy.—elasper. C, clasper. anterior margin but joins a short transverse similarly coloured line in a sulcus just behind anterior margin; on meso- and metapleura a small spot centrally in line with the anterior spot and the abdominal spiracles. Legs normal and yellowish, fore femora maculated with brown in their apical three quarters, middle and hind femora only maculated apically, sulci of tibiae margined with black, apices of claws black. Abdomen yellowish beneath, spiracles black. Hind margin of pygophore deeply excavated with A. aedeagus-sinistral aspect. B. ditto-dorsal aspect. E. Prytaniceris novaebrittaniae—elasper. lateral lobes rounded when viewed from below but with a more inner oblique short black ridge when viewed from behind, projecting into the excavated a pilose bilobed structure. Clasper (Fig. 4C) with a short thick basal portion which is expanded on both sides distally into membran- ous extensions, the upper one hooked dorsally. Aedeagus (Fig. 4A-B) with phallosoma mediumly sclerotized and provided with a short membranous thecal shield, First gonocoxae of female with posterior margins somewhat concave, top of ninth paratergites slightly reflexed. THE GENUS HATHYCOFIIA A & S AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY. Length: (holotype) 19-2, (Callotype) 21-7, (range paratypes) 17°2-20°9 mm. Width: (holotype) 11-2, (allotype) 12-7, (range paratypes) 10+4-12+3 mm. Types: All from Wau, Morobe District, North- east New Guinea und unless otherwise stated at 1 200 m altitude, in M.YV, light trap and collected J. Sedlaceck—-HOLOTYPE ¢@, 11-12 Apr. 1964, J. & M- Sedlacek; ALLOTYPE ¢, 1 250 m, 9 Jan, 1963; PARATYPES 2 2, 200 m, 25 Mar. 1956, Gressitt & Willies, 2 2. 1-20 Nav, 1961: °,9 Apr. 1964; 9%, on Coviak Ridge, 763 m, 7 Dec, 1963, H, C., od. 5-13 Mar. 1964; 6 & 8, 14.24 Mar. 1964: ?, Mount Missim, | 150 m (not at light). ¢ & 5 2, 3-7 Apr. 1964; 2, 11-12 Apr, 1964, J, & M, Sedlacek; @, L5 Apr.- 15 May 1964, M. Sedlacek; ¢, Hospital Creck, Feb, 1965, J, & M, Sedlacek; 2, Hospital Creek, 17 Feb. 1965, in Malaise trap; | 4 & 2 @, Hospital Creek, 7 Mar. 1965, J. & M. Sedlacek, All in BISHOP, Other specimens examined: NORTHEAST NEW GUINEA Fermin (3 BISHOP), Mt, Missim (1 BISHOP), Mokai im Torricelli Mts. (3. BISHOP), Pindiu in Huon Peninsula (1 BISHOP). PAPUA Agenehambo near Pop- ondetta (2 SAM), Kinga on Fly River (9 BISHOP). IRAN JAYA Humboldt Bay District (4 BMNH), Tor River mouth—4 km E. of Hollandia (Kota Raya) (3 BISHOP), Waris— S. of Hollandia (S BISHOP), Ifar-Cyclops Mts, (1 BISHOP), Mt. Sabron—Cyclops Mts, (7 BMNH). Bewani Mts. (1 BMNH), Urupucu— Wissel Lakes (1 BISHOP), Sabil Yalley—Star Mts, (tT BISHOP). WAIGEU Camp Nok (4% BMNH). WOODLARK (MURUA) Kalu- madau Hill (2 BISHOP). NEW HEBRIDES Vila—Efate (2 SAM), Remarks: The Woodlark specimens are darker than those from the other localities and the New Hebrides specimens have the green ividescent areas on the pronotum strongly developed slong the antero lateral margins and the Jateral angles are more shortly spined, ‘The New Hebrides and Woodlark specimens may represent two further new species but unforiunaicly both specimens of each form are female so the shapes of the male claspers remain unknown, the colour patterns and measurements are, however, consistent with ambivivens. Prytanicoris dimorpha sp.nov. Fig. 4D, 5A Ground colour yellowish-orange with numer- ous brown punetations and areas of dense blackish-green iridescent puactations making the 425 animal appear brown macroscopically. Females markedly larger than males. Punctations on juga sparse interiorly, extenorly derise and darker and concentrated into a subs lateral line. Interiorly of each eye a glabrous patch and head laterally behind eyes glabrous, interiorly of each glabrous patch two lines. of concentrated punctations running forward from ocelli, the outer one frequently turning outward apically to jom line an juga, behind ocelli fused to base of head and sending an oblique branch to interior of eye, Length of male antennal seginents in millimetres—holotype first, paratype in bruckets—I 10 (1°0), 11 1*7 (1°6), HI 2°8 (2°6), IV 3°8 (3°6), V missing; length of female antennal seginents—allotype first, para- type in brackets—!I 1+1 (1:0), [1 1-7 (1-6), Hit 2°9 (2-9), 1V missing (3°6), V_ missing. First and third antennal segments yellowish with brown maculations, first dark exteriorly, third darkened apically; second sonretimes brown, sometimes yellow maculated with brown; third brown but paler basally. Pronotum with anterior angles produced into a small, blunt. reflexed tooth, behind this antero- lateral margins vaguely crenulate anteriorly and straight posteriorly, terminating in 4 blunt short conical process just before true anterolateral angles. Lateral angles abtusely rounded, postero- lateral margins vaguely sinuate and posterior margin nearly straight. On disc of pronotum a small low tumescence just interior of each lateral angle, punctations mostly discrete but aligned in a rather vermiculate pattern, around each callus and sublaterally an interrupted line of dense iridescent darker punctations. Scutellum and coriaceous portions of beme- lytra marked as for hind portion of pronotum, Sometimes a reddish diffusion posteriorly on latter. Membrane fumose hyaline with brown veins. Dorsum of abdomen not seen but laterotergites yellowish with a dark rugulose patch anteriorly and posteriorly on each. Head beneath yellowish and finely, sparsely and almost concolorously punctate. Running forward from each eye ta over and before each antennifer a black streak, another dark streak in front of this but more exteriorly onder each jugum. Labrum and labium yellowish but latter ventrally and apically black. Thoracic pleura finely and sparsely dark punctate, anteriorly or propleuron a T-shaped mark of dense iridescent punctations with the head of the 'T near the anterior Margin, on mesopleuron a small triangular pateh ol similac punctations on disc and on metupleura 4 426 not so well developed oblique bar exteriorly of evaporative urea, a short iridescent-dark line exteriorly in anterior half. Legs normal and yellowish, femora speckled with brown except at base, tibiate more finely speckled and sometimes darkened apically, claws bluck in apical halves. Abdomen yellowish, spiracles black. Hind margin of pygophore deeply and tnangularly excavated, lateral lobes truncate apicully. their transverse uxes at the truncation directed obliquely inwards, Ln the anterior notch of the excavation semicircularly exgised behind this a black macula and directed obliquely posteriorly from the notch and macula a groove. Clasper Fig. 4D similar to that of ambiviverns bul there is no thickened portion dividing the membranous apical portion into two, the ventral extension of the membranous expansion js triangular in shape and the upper portion is hooked apically, not dorsally. Length: (holotype) 15°6, (allotype) 17°7, (male and female paratypes) 15-6 and 18-7 mm. Width: (holotype) 8+5, (allot type) 10+3, (male and female paratypes) &*8 and 10-1 om. Types: Holotype 4, IRIAN JAYA, Waris S. of Kota Raya (— Hollandia), 450-500 in, 24-3 | Aug, 1959, T. C. Muay allotype and paratype ? @, PAPUA, Owen Stanley Range, Goilala— Loloipa, |-l5 Feb, 1958, W, W, Brandt; paratype ¢, same data ag allotype except date 21-31 Dec, 1957. All in BISHOP. Prytanicoris. noyaebrittaniae sp.nov, Fig, 4B, 5B Very similarly murked to P, dintorpha bul males significantly larger [length 17*1 to 15-6 mm). As the unique type is male it 1s not known whether there is a murked size differ- ence between the sexes, The following charac- ters differ, The four basal antennal segments are yellow with only a faint suggestion of darker maculations, there is a durk subapical annulus on the third (filth omssing). Lengths antennal segments (holotype) —E 0+9, IL 1-6, Il 2-6, IV 3-7, V?, On the dise of head behind base of anteclypeus there are six, not four distinet longi- tudinal rows of puinctations. The coriaceous parts of hemelytra are reddish-orange all over with the punctations, except on cluvus, very little darker. Head beneath almost glabrous with a line of fine punctations along bucculae, CLuteral Jobes of pygophore with a small tooth at the ventral end of the truncate lateral lobes. Clasper Fig. 4B Very similar to dimorpha with the upper membranous extension booked apically but with REC. §. AUST. MUS. 17 (29). 4)7A2K August, 1978 a medial thickened longitudinal portion so that there are upper and lower laminate sections, {7+ 1 mm. 9-9 mm, Length: Width: Type: Holotype ¢, NEW BRITAIN, Keravat, 30 m, 4 Apr. 1956, in light trap, J. L. Gressitt, in BISHOP, Prytanicoris solomonensis noy,sp, Fig. SC Much darker in appearance than the preceding species (except the Woodlark specimens of abiviveny) and with lateral angles of pronotum bluntly rectangular. Ground colour yellow with HuMerous shinifig piceous punctations, Punctations on juga absent along extreme margin and sparse interiorly, on dise of juga forming a dense piceous bar, Between eyes six lines of punctations, the inner four parallel, the outer two curved in front of ocelli and oblique behind ocelli, these joined by a cross branch to outer of straight lines. Length of antennal seg- ments—I 1+1. TP 1°9, 1 2°9, TY & V missing, First antennal segment pale basally and brown apically, exteriorly this brown more extensive than interiorly; second and third seyments yellowish-brown with faint brown maculutians, third infuseated upically. Pronotum with anterior margin obliquely thickened behind eyes und unlerior angles produced into a small, blunt tooth; behind this anterolateral margins entire and atraight, ter- minating as a right angle jast before true lateral angles. Latter obtusely rounded, posterolateral margins faintly concave and posterior margin straight. On dise of pronotum a small tume- svence just interior of cach lateral angle, puncta- lions piceous and mostly surrounded by a brown ring, many of the punctations arranged in vaguely transverse rows with the brown rings coalescing to form brown lines, calli piceous, Scutellum und coriaceous portions of heme- lytra marked like dise of pronotum but puncta- tions in apex of former small, sparse and not ringed with a brown annulus, and on hetnelytra the dark lines more irregularly disposed. Mem- brane fumose hyaline with concolorous veins, Dorsum of abdomen not seen, laterotergites blackish with a large orange spot on lateral margin of each (not reaching incisures). strongly punctate, punctations in black areas black and in orange areas Orange. Head beneath yellow, smooth except for a few punctations along base of bucculae and jmmedi- ately in front of antennifers. Behind eye THE GENUS BATHYCOELIA A & § AND PRYTANICORIS GEN.NOY, 427 ea bane ven Linpa Bresine FIG, 5. A. Dorsal aspect of anterior portion of Prytanicoris dimorpha sp.nov. B. Dorsal aspect of anterior portion Prytanicoris noyaebrittaniae sp.nov, ©. Dorsal aspect of anterior portion of Prytanicoris solomonensis Sp.nov. narrowly brown, in front of eye a brown bar apical segment of labium also black. Thoracic passing forward over antennifer and tapering to pleura yellowish and sparsely punctate except end about half way to apex of head, on underside posteriorly on propleuron where punctations are of juga a brown bar and in front of antennifer a coarser. On disc of propleuron a large, greenish, diffuse brown patch, Labrum and labium iridescent, vaguely rectangular marking; on meso- yellowish but both ventrally black, stylets and pleuron a brown to piceous patch at apex of 428 coxal cleft and another on disc nearer anterior margin than posterior; metapleuron darkened on evaporative area and behind and exteriorly of latter. Legs yellowish brown, femora faintly speckled with brown, tibiae darkened on either side of sulcus, tarsi darkened dorsally and later- ally, claws dark in apical halves. Abdomen yellowish, spiracles and a brown longitudinal band passing just below them brown, a short brown bar posteriorly in centre of segment VII. First gonocoxae mostly piceous along with interior halves of eighth paratergites. Width: 9.9 mm. Type: Holotype ¢, SOLOMON ISLAND, Bougainville (S.), Mosigata, 25 m, 3 May 1956, E. J. Ford Jr., in BISHOP. REFERENCES Amyot, C. J. B. and Serville, A. 1843. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes. Hémiptéres. (Roret, Paris). Bergroth, E. 1906. Neue austro-malayische Hemiptera. Wien, ent. Ztg., 25 (1): 12-16, REC. S. AUST. MUS. 17 (29): 417-428 August, 1978 Bergroth, E. 1913. Note on the Genus Bathycoelia Am. & Serv. (Hem. Pentatomidae.) Ann. Soc. ent. Belg., 57: 230-232. Distant, W. L. 1902. The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and Burma. Rhynchota—Vol. 1. (Friedlander & Sohn, Berlin.) Distant, W. L. 1914. Rhynchota from New Caledonia and the surrounding islands, in F. Sarasin and J. Roux’s Nova Caledonia, Zoologie, 1, livr. 4 (10): 369-390. Gross, G. F. 1975. Plant feeding and other Bugs (Hemiptera) of South Australia Heteropetra—Part 1. (Govt. Printer, Adelaide.) Gross, G. F. 1976. Plant feeding and other Bugs (Hemiptera) of South Australia. Heteroptera—Part Il. (Govt. Printer, Adelaide.) Herrich-Schaeffer, G. A. W. 1842-1844. Die Wanzenartigen Insecten. Getreu nach der Natur abgebildet und beschrieben. Part 7. ((C. H. Zeh’schen, Nuremberg.) Herrich-Schaeffer, G. A. W. 1853. Die Wanzenartigen Insecten. Getrue nach der Natur abgebildet und beschrieben. Part 9. (J. L. Lotzbeck, Nuremberg.) Kirkaldy, G. W. 1909. Catalogue of the Hemiptera (Heteroptera) with Biological and Anatomical Refer- ences, lists of Foodplants and Parasites, etc. Vol. 1 Cimicidae. (Felix Dames, Berlin.) Stal, C. 1865. Hemiptera Africana. Vol. 1. (CNorstedt Office, Stockholm. ) Stal, C. 1876. Enumeratio Hemipterorum. Vetensk Akad, Handl, 14 (4): 1-162. Walker, F. 1867. Catalogue of the Specimens of Heterop- terous—Hemiptera in the Collection of the British Museum. Brit, Mus. Pub., Pt. 1: 1-240. 5. K. svenska RECORDS OF THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) By JOSE C. M. CARVALHO THE AUSTRALIAN FAUNA In collaboration with GORDON F. GROSS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM North Terrace, Adelaide South Australia 5000 VOLUME. 17 NUMBER 30 | 10th SEPTEMBER, 1979 THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) BY JOSE C. M. CARVALHO THE AUSTRALIAN FAUNA IN COLLABORATION WITH GORDON F. GROSS Summary The present paper comprises a monographic revision of the tribe Hyalopeplini (Hemiptera: Miridae, Mirinae) with descriptions of new genera and new species. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA:MIRIDAE) By JOSE C. M, CARVALHO* Museu Nacional, Rio de Janciro, Brazil THE AUSTRALIAN FAUNA In collaboration with GORDON F, GROSS, South Australian Museum, Adelaide 5000 (With 292 rext-figures) ABSTRACT CARVALHO, José C. M, The Tribe Hyalopeplini of the World (Hemiptera:Miridae), The Australian Fauna jn collaboration with Gordon F. Gross. Rec. S. Aust. Mus. 17(30): 429-531. The present paper comprises a monographic revision of the tribe Hyalopeplini (Hemip- tera:Miridae, Mirinac) with descriptions of new genera and new species. The taxa included and described are, in order: AUSTROHYALOMA Carvalho & Gross n.gen,—A, collessi Carvalho & Gross n.sp., North Queensland; CHRYSOR- RHANIS Kirkaldy—C, daphne Kirkaldy, Pulo Laut, Sumatra, Larat, Borneo; GC. hyalinus (Usinger) n.comb., Saipan; C, lineatus Carvalho n.sp., West Irian, Larat, Hainan; CORIZIDOLON Reuter—C. qustraliense Carvalho & Gross n.sp,, Australia; C. dexlineatum Dellatre, Ivory Coast; C. notaticolle Reuter, Mauritius; GUIANERIUS Dis- tant—G. typicus Distant, Borneo, Philippine Is.; GUISARDINUS n.gen.—G. neoguineanus Car- valho n.sp., New Guinea; G. solomonicus Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is,; which is compared with Argenis incisuratus (Walker), a convergent member of the Mirini from Sri Lanka; GUISARDUS Distant—G, bogerensis Carvalho n.sp., Java; G. chinensis Carvalho n.sp., South China; G. cristovalensis Carvalho n.sp., Solomon I[s.; G. fasciatus Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.; G. pellucidus Distant, Java Malacca, Tenasserin, Burma, Vietnam, Laos; G. strigicollis Poppius, Mentawei, New Guinea; HYALOPEPLINUS n.gen.—H. antennalis (Dis- tant) n.comb., New Caledonia, Loyalty Is.; H, * Researcher of the National Council for Development of Science and Technology (CNPq), Rio de Janeiro—l A, J0th September, 1979 cairnsensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp,, Queensland; H cristovalensis Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.; H. fijiensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp., Fiji; H. malayensis Carvalho n.sp., Laos, Sumatra, Sri-Lanka, Malay Peninsula; H. papuensis Carvalho n.sp,, Papua-New Guinea; H. philippinensis Carvalho n.sp., Philippine Is.; H. samoanus (Knight) n.comb., Samoa; H, solomonensis Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.; HYALOPEPLOIDES Poppius. H. alienus Car- valho & Gross n.sp, Queensland; H. australiensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp,, Queensland; H. borneensis Carvalho n.sp., Borneo, H. cyanescens Poppius, New Guinea; H. fasciatus Carvalho n.sp., Java, H. maculatus Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H. neoguineanus Carvalho n,sp., New Guinea; H. ochraceus Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H, queens- landensis Carvalho & Gross n.sp., Queensland: H, rubrinoides Carvalho n.sp., New Britain; Bismark Archipelago; H. rubriniscus Carvalho n.sp., New Treland; H. similaris Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.; H. trinotatus Carvalho n.sp., New [reland: HYALOPEPLUS Stal and ADHYALOPEPLUS n.subgen,—HYALOPEPLUS (HYALOPEPLUS) aneityumensis Carvalho n.sp., Aneityum I.; H.(H.) clavatus Distant, Bangladesh; H.(H.) grandis Carvalho n.sp., Philippine Is.; H.(H.) guamensis Usinger, Guam I,; H.(H.) hebridensis Carvalho n.sp., New Hebrides; H.(H.) kandanensis Carvalho n.sp., New Ireland, Solomon J.; H.(H.) malayensis Carvalho n.sp., Malaya; H.(H.) marquesanus Carvalho n.sp., Marquesas Is.; H.(H.) nigrifrons (Hsiao) n.comb., Philippines, Indonesia, New Guinea; H.(H.) nigroseutellatus Carvalho n,sp., New Guinea, Philippine Is.; H.(H.) rama (Kirby), Sri Lanka, Sumatra, Philippines, Borneo, Java, 430 Malaya; H.(H.) rubroclavatus Carvalho n.sp., Queensland, West Irian; H.(H.) rubrojugatus Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H.(H.) smaragdinus Roepke, Java. Borneo; H.(H.) spinosus Distant, Vietnam, Assam; H.(H.) tongaensis Carvalho n.sp., Tonga I., Fiji; H.(H.) tutuilaensis Carvalho n.sp., American Samoa; H.(H.) vitripennis (Stal), Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Sarawak, Philippine Is., Malaya, Palau Is., Solomon Is., Moluccas, Mariana Is., New Hebrides, Babelthaup Is,, New Britain, Papua New Guinea, Bismark Archipelago, Queensland, Singa- pore, Indo-China, Sumatra, Vietnam, Laos; H. HYALOPEPLUS (ADHYALOPEPLUS) n.subgen.—H. (A.) cuneatus Carvalho n.sp., New Guinea; H. (A.) loriae Poppius, New Guinea, Queensland, New South Wales; H.(A.) madagas- cariensis Carvalho n.sp., Madagascar; H.(A.) pellucidus (Stal), Hawaiian Is., Marquesas Is.; H.(A.) samoanus Knight, Samoa; H.(A.) similis Poppius, New Guinea, Malaya, India, Australia, Timor, Solomon Is., Philippines Is., New Britain, Borneo, Africa; HYALOPLICTUS n.gen.—H. minor n.sp., Solomon Is.; H. solomonicus Carvalho n.sp., Solomon Is.; ISABEL Kirkaldy—I. ravana (Kirby), Sri Lanka, Sumatra, Philippines, Burma, Formosa, South China, New Guinea; KOS- MIOMIRIS Kirkaldy—K. rubroornatus Kirkaldy, Borneo, Malaya, Philippines, Thailand; MAC- ROLONIUS Stél—M._ schenklingi Poppius, Formosa; M. sobrinus (Stal), Borneo, Sumatra, Malaya, Singapore; M. superbus Distant, Burma; ONOMAUS Distant—O. elegans Poppius, Burma; O. lautus (Uhler), Japan; O. pompeus Distant, Burma; RAMBEA Poppius—R. annulicornis Hsiao, Philippine Is.; R. gracilipes Poppius, Sumatra; R. malasica Carvalho n.sp., Malaya. A list of genera and lists of species are included, together with keys to genera, subgenera and species. Each species is illustrated in full dorsal view and where possible also their external morphology and male genitalia. A neotype is designated for Capsus vitripennis Stal. The genera Macrolonidea Hsiao and Euhyalopeplus Hsiao are relegated to the synonymy of Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy and Guisardus Distant respectively. The following species names have been relegated to synonyms:—Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao (of Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy); Guianerius palliditarsis Poppius (of G. typicus Distant); Hyalopeplus smaragdinus rubrinus Roepke (of H. rama (Kirby)); H. amboinae Carvalho (of H. vitripennis (Stal)); H. uncariae Roepke (of H. vitripennis (Stal)); H. bakeri Poppius and H. horvathi Poppius (of H. similis Poppius); H. krishna Ballard (of H. similis Poppius); Isabel beccarii Poppius and I. horvathi Poppius (of Isabel ravana Distant); Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius and K., scutellaris Poppius (of K. rubroornatus Kirkaldy). REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 The Australian and some of the Pacific Islands components of the tribe Hyalopeplini were written up in collaboration with Gordon F. Gross, Department of Entomology, The South Australian Museum, Adelaide. In the summary above and in the text which follows those new taxa on which we worked jointly are indicated by the use of both authors’ names after the genus or species name. CONTENTS Introduction: . 3.4455 66.465 fs ee ates ee Ee a Tribe Hyalopeplini Carvalho.................-.. List of genera included in the tribe ............... Key to the genera of Hyalopeplini Genus Austrohyaloma Carvalho & Gross, TS BEM vsherin tet scy agen ees oe FYE fle he pele oly blades Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy ...........+--.555 Corizidolon Reuter Guianerius Distant Guisardinusn.gen. .........6.0005 eee ees CGHUISATAUS: ow rescree tend oy eh Dy dede tba ytahjedet Hyalopeplinus n.gen............. 0000s eee Hyalopeploides Poppius Hyalopeplus Stal Hyalopeplus subgen..............+-. Adhyalopeplus n.subgen. ............ Hyaloplictus n.gen. 0.0... ee eee Isabel Kirkaldy... .......0 0000 cee eee eens Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy .................-. Macrolonius Stal Onomaus Distant............ 000-002 005- Rambea Poppius References: 3.2 opis 6 ye he Spans page Pe eee be aes INTRODUCTION This paper deals with the tribe Hyalopeplini (Hemiptera: Miridae) of the World and is based principally on collections assembled by the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, by the Wau Ecological Station, Papua New Guinea and by the British Museum of Natural History. Type specimens and unnamed collections were also provided through the courtesy of the Zoological University Museum, Helsinki; Riksmuseum of Natural History, Stockholm; Natural History Museum, Leiden; National Natural History Museum, Budapest; American Museum of Natural History, New York; South Australian Museum, Adelaide; Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra; Department of Entomology, University of Queensland, Brisbane and by other museums or organisations, as mentioned in the text. Holotypes and other type categories are deposited in the various collections named after the descriptions, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) The author wishes to acknowledge his grateful thanks to Doctors J, L. Gressitt and Wayne C. Gagné, who provided most of the material for this study and to express his appreciation to his colleagues W. R. Dolling (London); M, Meinander (Helsinki); R. C. Froeschner (Washington); I. Persson (Stockholm); T. Vasarhelyi (Budapest); P. Doesburg Jr. (Leyden); R. T. Schuh (New York); G, F, Gross (Adelaide); D, F. Waterhouse (Canberra) and T. E. Woodward (Brisbane), for the loan of material, The greater part of work was undertaken at the National Museum, Rio de Janeiro. Most of the illustrations were made there under the author's supervision by Paulo Wallerstein, Luiz Antonio Alves Costa and Paulo Roberto Nascimento, The Australian and some Pacific Islands material was studied jointly with my colleague Gordon F. Gross and joint authorship of new taxa is indicated in the appropriate places. Mr. Gross also kindly went through the whole manuscript and corrected the English wherever an unidiomatic or awkward expression had crept in, He also illustrated several of the Austrahan species. The following abbreviations for collections have been used AMNH— The American Museum of Natural History, New York. ANIC— The Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. BISHOP— The Bernice P, Bishop Museum, Honolulu, BMNH— The British Museum (Natural History), London. BUDAPEST— Termeészettudomanyi Mizeum, Budapest. HELSINKI— Zoological Museum, University of Helsink), LEIDEN— Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden. ou— University of Queensland, Brisbane. SAM— The South Australian Museum, Adelaide. STOCKHOLM— _ Narturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stockholm, USNM— United States National Museum, Washington. TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI CARVALHO, 1952 Hyalopeplini Carvalho, 1951, p. 133; Carvalho, 1952, p, 38; Carvalho, 1955, p. 14; Carvalho, 1959, p. 317 This tribe was erected to include a group of genera within the subfamily Mirinae with hemelytra glassy and transparent, without or with incomplete nervures, allawing the membranous wings and abdomen to be distinctly seen from above. oat The great majority of species are found in the Pacific region and show several characters in common, such as the pronotum and scutellum totally or partially rugose, rugose-punctate or coarsely punctate only; hemelytra vitreous, if not entirely then at least corium distinctly transparent, but usually the whole upper wing 1s transparent though the cuneus and embolium or even the clavus may be opaque in some specimens, in this case with some sparse hairs. Type genus: Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870, In previous works the genera Iridopeplus Ber- groth, 1910 from South America and Moroca Poppius, 1912 from Papua-New Guinea were included in this tribe, In the present revision, however, these genera are excluded and transferred to the tribe Mirini Hahn, 1831, since they show a complete neuration on the corium and the opaque portions of hemelytra are due to structure and not to colour. Pleurachilophorus Reuter, 1905 from Africa was also recently studied by the author and found ta have a complete neuration on the hemelytra, a character which excludes it from the tribe. In this revision 15 genera are recognised as belonging to the tribe. Two formerly recognised genera: Macrolonidea Hsiao, 1944 and Euhyalope- plus Hsiao, 1944 are considered to be synonyms of earlier described genera and four new genera are described; Hyaloplictus n.gen,, Hyalopeplinus n.gen., Guisardinus n.gen. and Austrohyaloma n.gen, The genus Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870 is subdivided into two subgenera: Hyalopeplus Stal and Adhyalopeplus n.subgen., based mainly on the structure of the pronotum and shape of the spiculum of the vesica of aedeagus. List of genera included presently in the tribe: 1, Austrohyaloma Carvalho and Gross n_gen. 2. Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902 3. Corizidolon Reuter, 1907 4, Guianerius Distant, 1903 5. Guisardinus n.gen. 6. Guidardus Distant, 1904 7, Hyalopeplinus Carvalho and Gross n-gen, 8. Hyalapeploides Poppius, 1912 9. Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870 10, Hyaloplictus n,gen, 11, Isabel Distant, 1902 12. Kosmtiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902 13. Macrolonius StAl, 1870 14. Onomaus Distant, 1904 15. Rambea Poppius, 1912 432 Key to the genera of Hyalopeplini Carvalho |. Corium with radial nervute present only apically; segment | of antenna almost twice aS long us width of head; membrane with two chanicteristic bent fasciae apically Isabel Distant Corium without servures or median nervure complete, segment | of antenna not almost twice as lang as width of head, of if so then membrane without the two fasciae mentioned above ...,, a te 2 2, Pronotum distinct, deep and coarsely punctate, without traces ol transverse cugositics (fiz. 256) 2... 3 Pronetum smooth, distinctly rugose transversely or with punctures intermixed with rugosities or only very finely punctulate (figs, 158,210,276)... le ae 7 3. Collar smooth or with several faint oblique striations — , 4 Collar punctate, rugose-punctate, Rugose or transversely striate, usually wide, with medial length approximately equal to hall the width of Gye... cee ee ee, 5 4. Rostrum reaching the 7th or 8th abdominal segment; eyes occupying the whole sides of head; lorum strongly prominent... nae Kasmiomiris Kirkaldy Rostrum reaching the middle coxae; eyes not occupying the whole side of head; lorum normal . Austrohyaloma Caryalho and Gross, n gen, 5, Scutellum smooth or only sparsely punctate; segment | of antenna longer than width of head Chrysorrhanius Kirkaldy Scutellum distinctly, densely and coarsely punctuate -.. 6 6, Humeral angles globose; head rounded posteriorly, eyes prominent, segment [ of anjenna incrassate subbasally; small species ___, Oct Guisardinus 9.gen. Humera! angles not globose; head not rounded posteriorly, eyes sot prominent; segment [ of antenna narrowed towards base; large species .. Macrolonious Stal 7. Pronotum beset with numerous short dark bristles, first antennal segment narrowed at apical third (incrassate subbasally and atextreme apex) _ .. Corizidolon Router Pronotum without short black bristles; tirst antennal segment not noticeably narrowed at apicalthird .,,.,. . .-.. 8 8. Pronotum noticeably narrowed anteriorly, collar very wide, its mesal length greater than thickness of segment I of antenna which is bent outwards; cuncus more than twice as long as wide at base ......... 6.05, Ayaloplictus n.gen. Pronotum nat noticeably narrowed anteriorly or if so collar not very wide, its mesal length equal ta, or less chan. thickness of segment [ nf antenna; cuneus shorter 9 9, Pronotum and scutellum smooth (including collar) or only very finely punctulate; segment | of antenna longer than width of head (fig. 276) sate ee 2 AT Pronotum and scutellum distinctly rugose, at least on median portion, with black longitudinal fasciae or spots, or when this is not the case, segment I of antenna about as. long as or shorter than width of head (fig. 41,75) -..-.,..-..,, 2 10, Eyes contiguous with collar, pronotum net constricted in front, strongly convex, calli obsolete; segment VW of antenna slighty incrassate towards apex (fig, 23) Guianerius Distant Eyes placed at middle of head, pronotum noticeably constricted anteriorly; calli prominent, segment fof antennae linear (fig. 289) .......---.. iB) REC, 8S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 11, Cuneus long, more than twice as long as wide at base, body erectly pilose, mostly on scutellum; pubescence of hind tibiac shorter than width of segment; species pale yellow and brown orcastaneous . .. .-. Onomaus Distant Cuneus short, less than (twice as long as wide at hase; body long and erectly pilose on pronotum and scutellum; pubescence of hind tibiae erect, as long as or longer than width of segment (fig. 288) _...,... Rambea Poppius 4), . Head only about twice as long as wide, not rounded posteriorly: segment | of antenna narrower basally; if disc of pronotum rugose then humeral angles not globose 13 13. Rugosities of pronotum present only on the black fasciae or Spot of dise and scutellum; segment | of antenna very short, about as long as half the width of vertex; cuneus Iransparent, ochraceous, pale yellow or hyaline Hyalopeplinus n.gen, Rugosities of pronotum present on the whole surface of disc intermixed with punctures not, or present only on two anterior thirds of disc; segment | of antenna abour as long as width of head or if shorter, always longer half the width of vertex, cuneus usually opaque ,.,, --- ---- 14 14. Rugosities of pronotum occupying only the anterior two thirds, portion before hind margin finely punctate (fig. 98, 112, 113); disc noticeably constricted anteriorly, calli prominent, humeral angles rounded Hyalopeploides Poppius Rugosities of pronotum occupying the whole surface, including portion before hind margin, anterior margin of disc not noticeably constricted, cal not prominent, humeral angles usually spinously produced outwards (fig 75,181) 2... Pe TET ee Hyalopeplus S1al Austrohyaloma Carvalho and Gross, n.gen. Type-species: Austrahyaloma collessi Carvalho and Gross, n.sp. Body elongate and glabrous above. Head distinctly wider than long and virtually without a collum, in front of eyes inchned vertically, clypeus not visible from above; frons obliquely striate, projecting between antennal peduncles and broadly rounded; vertex not carinate posteriorly and with a faint longitudinal sulcus on disc between eyes, Eyes widely separated dorsally, semistylate; laterally elliptical but not reaching base of head. In lateral view clypeus not very prominent and fecbly arched, gena and gula separated by a strong oblique fossa almost reaching antennal peduncle. Bucculae short but prominent and semicircular. Antennae cylindri- cal and long and slender, first segment as long as head and noticeably incrassated at base, second segment pilose and about twice as long as first. Rostrum reaching to middle coxae, first segment incrassated and surpassing base of head, Pronotum with a strong collar which is not punctate but has several faint, oblique striolations, calli prominent and glabrous and behind calli strongly and reticulately punctate; lateral margins JHE TRIBE HYALOFEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) ay obtusely convex in region of calli, behind this nearly Straight, lateral angles broadly rounded, posterior margin almost straight. Disc elevated posteriorly and sloping to region of calli and collar. Mesoscutum exposed, striolate laterally but glabrous medially, Seutellaum slightly swollen and smooth, lateral margins crenulate. Hemelytra nearly vitreous except for exocorium, clavus and cunéus which are more opaque. Underside of body with propleura punctate, mesosternum vaguely convex and medially divided, mesopleura with oblique striations and orifice of scent gland without a peritreme. All coxae relatively long, anterior pair nearly contiguous, rest of legs normal. Abdomen tapering, reaching about half length of cuneus, Remarks; This genus is characterised by the portion of pronotum behind calli and scutellum being densely and reticulately punctate but puncta- tions on pronotum absent from collar and calli. Austrohyaloma appears to be most closely related to Guisatdinus n.gen, from which it differs in having the pronotal collar almost smooth, though there are in fact three oblique striations on each side to be seen under good lighting, in having the hind margin of the pronotum not bisinuate, the scutellum not punctate and the median vein reaching the hind margin of corium. [t also approaches Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902 which has also a smooth collar by the much shorter rostrum, by the eyes not occupying the whole side of head, and being much smaller in size. Austrohyaloma collessi Carvalho and Gross, n.sp. (Figs, 1-2) Characterised by its colour and dimensions. Female; Length 53 mm, width 1:6 mm. Head: Length 0:8 mm, width 1:0 mm, vertex 0-42 mm. Antenna; Segment I, length 0:8 mm, IT, 1-6 mm; III, 1:1 mm; TV, missing. Pronorum; Length 1:2 mm, width at base 1-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-86 mm, width at base 0:36 mm. General coloration light brownish yellow with a faint preenish tinge; antennae and eyes brown; disc of pronotum with a thin median longitudinal brown line and on margin of lateral angles and on posterior lateral margin of collar a blackish-brown spot. Beneath rostrum brown, rest concolorous. Glabrous above, appendages with a fine very short and recumbent pilosity, on tibiae and tarsi mixed with long, fine erect hairs. First antennal segment swollen near base. Underside of body sparsely and shortly pilose. Male; Unknown. Figs. |-2—Austrohyaloma collessi Carlvalho & Gross, n.4p.: fig- \l-Female, holotype; Ident, fig. 2-Lateral view of head anf pronorum. Holotype; female, NORTH QUEENSLAND; 16 km (10 mi) 8 of Daintree, 25,iv,1967, D. H. Calless (ANIC). Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902 Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 226; Poppius, 1912, p 439; Carvalho, 1959, p. 318. Macrolonidea Hsiao, 1944, p. 372, (new synonymy); Carvalho, 1955, p. 106; Carvalho, 1959, p. 322. Type-species: Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy, 1902. Body elongate; pronotum, including collar, strongly and deeply punctate, hemelytra hyaline, pubescence very short. Head wider than long, vertex short and longitudinally sulcate, immarginate, about as wide as one eye when seen from above; eyes slightly removed from anterior margin of pronotum; rostrum reaching base of intermediate coxae. Antenna linear, longer than body, segment I about aS long as pronotum, segment II about twice as long as I, Pronotuia coarsely and deeply punctuate, post- erior lobe strongly convex, Jateral margins rounded, collar wide, punctate, calli small; mesoscutum concealed; scutellum smooth, prominent, crenulate along lateral margins, apex acute. Hemelytra hyaline, embolium slightly sinuate at middle, clavocorial and embolio-corial sutures with punctures, cuneus slightly longer than wide at base, membrane bicellulate. Propleura punctate, ostialar 434 REC, §. peritreme large, femora thickened before apex, tibiae minutely and sparingly spinulose, parempodia convergent at apex. Differs from Macrolonius Stal, 1870 by the smooth scutellum. and by the much smaller size. Key to the species of the genus Chrysorrhanis: 1, Apical portion of hind femora enlarged, black; size larger, about 5mm long , : daphne Kirkaldy Apical portion of hind femora | not 1 CHNNRCS pale ) yevaw, Size smaller.. .. fey Mm . Corium with a transverse dark fhscha level with apex of clavus- lineatus n.sp. Corium unicolorous, pale yellow to uchrageous hyalinus Usinger 1902 Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy, 1902a, p, 226; Poppius, 1912a, p. 440; Carvalho, 1959, p, 318. Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy, Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao, 1944, p, 372, Carvalho, 1959, p, 322 (new synonymy), (Figs. 3-7) fig; Characterised by the punctation of the body and by its colour. Male: Length 5:2-5:9 mm, width 1-6 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 0-8-0:9 mm, vertex 0-28-0-30 mm. Antenna: segment J, length |-0-1-2. mm, I, 2:2- 2-6 mm; III, 1}? mm; TV, 0-7 mm. Pronatum: Length 1:2 mm, width at base 1-4 mm. Cuneus: Length (1:56 mm, width at base 0-40 mm. General coloration flavous with dark brown markings; segments H-IV of antenna dark brown, pronotum with collar laterally, calli, humeral angles and two elongate spots or a single spot in the middle of disc posteriorly, base and apex of scutellum, dark brown. Hemelytra hyaline, extreme margin of embolium, apex of corium and cuneus, veins of membrane, dark brown. Metapleura, apex of abdomen, apex of anterior tibia, apical fourth of posterior femora and third tarsal segments fuscous to black, Morphological characters as indicated for genus, Genitalia: Penis (fig. 4) with membranous lobes and no sclerotised spiculi. Left paramere (fig. 5) falciform, pointed, with dorsal setae. Right para- mere (fig. 6-7) elongate, tapering to apex, wit numerous dorsal setae. Female: Length 5-6-6:-4 mm, width 1:5-1:7 mm, Head; Length 0:4 mm, width 0-9 mm, vertex 0-72 mm, Antenna: Segment 1, length 1-0-1-3 mm, I, 2-0-2:7 mm; III, 1-6 mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:3 mm, width at base 1/5 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-44 mm, width at base 0:36 mm. Similar to male in coloration and general aspect, slightly more robust. +UST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 A oe Fiz 3—Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao, male, holotype (=Chry- sorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy.) Geographical distribution: Borneo, Sumatra, Pulo Laut and Larat Islands. Types and specimens studied: female, holotype Chrysorrhanis daphne, INDONESIA; Pulo Laut, J. Gribode, Col. Kirkaldy, ex-col. Montandon (HEL- SINK1); female, Benkoelen, Mocreng Lima, Sumatra, (Mus, Paris, Col, Noualhier, 198); male, holotype Macrolonidea cyanescens Hsiao, one female, Larat (Tenimbar Is.), F. Muir, in the author's collection. EAST MALAYSIA; Sandakan, Baker, 15-759 (USNM),. Remarks: Differs from Chrysorrhanis hyalinus (Usinger, 1946) by its larger size, by the colour of pronotum and posterior femora, Chrysorrhanis hyalinus (USINGER, 1946), n.comb. Macrolonidea hyalinus Usinger. 1946, p. 60, fig.; Carvalho, 1956, p. 97, fig.; Carvalho 1959, p. 322. (Figs, &- 10) THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 2, y nly Figs. 4-7—Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy: Fig. 4—Penis; Fig. 5—Left paramere, Fig, 6, 7-Right paramere, Characterised by the coloration of the pronotum and by the size of the body. Male: Length 4-2 mm, width 1-2 mm. Head: Length 0-3 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0-32 mm. Antenna: Segment I, Length 0-8 mm; II, 1-6 mm; II, 0-8 mm; IV, 0-4 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-2 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-44 mm, width at base 0-28 mm. General coloration ochraceous with fulvous on head anteriorly, eyes brown, apex of second antennal segment and terminal segments (except for narrow white base of third) dark brown; pronotum with humeral angles and a fascia on either side of middle near hind margin brown; scutellum yellow with black base (mesonotum), an ill-defined brown line along middle, and apex brown. Hemelytra clear, hyaline, the inner margin of clavus broadly dark brown to black, the outer punctate margin of clavus brown, corium pale along costal margin and narrowly at apex of clavus, elsewhere along inner margin and apical margin brown, cuneus dark brown at inner base, pale along outer margin, membrane 435 clear. Underside of body mostly pale, brown at middle of abdomen, apex of rostrum and apices of tarsi brown, Morphological characteristics as mentioned for genus; pronotum much less narrowed anteriorly than in daphne Kirkaldy, scutellum not rounded laterally. Figs, 8-10—Chrysorrhanis hyalinus (Usinger): Fig. 8—Female holotype; Fig. 9—Left paramere; Fig. 10-Right paramere 4M Genitalia: Penis with membranous lobes and no sclerotised spiculi. Left paramere (fig, 9) curved, with enlarged basal portion and dorsal setae. Right paramere (Fig, 10) elongate, slender, with dorsal setae, Female; Similar to male in coloration and general aspect. Length 4:6 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-30 mm; segment I of antenna 1-0 mm long. Geographical distribution: MARIANA _IS., Saipan, Tinian, Garapan. Host plant; Paipay (Guamia mariannae). Specimens studied: females, Saipan, 1 to 2 miles east of Tanapag, Mar. 1944, Dybas col, beating vegetation. Differs from Chrysorrhanis daphne Kirkaldy by its smaller size and by the hind femora being not enlarged apically and pale yellow. The genitalia of this species were studied from specimens in the type series. Chrysorrhanis lineatus, n.sp. (Figs. 11-15) Characterised by the transverse fascia Or line on the corium, Male: Length 4-6 mm, width 14 mm, Head: Length 0-2 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0.28 mm. Antenna: Segment [, length 1-0 mm; II, 2:2 mm; II], 1:3 mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:0 mm, width at base 1:3 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-48 mm, width at base 0:28 mm, General coloration pale yellow to orchraceous with dark brown areas; eyes, apical portions of segment IT of antenna, segments HI-IV, and spot on humeral angles dark brown; mesoscutum and apex of scutellum fuscous; hemelytra glassy, transparent, outer and inner margins of embolium, clavus, corium and cuneus dark, a characteristic transverse fascia or line on corium level with apex of clavus; corial commissure, apex of corium and nervures of membrane dark brown, membrane hyaline, Under- side of body pale yellow, a wide fascia on propleura, side of mesosternum and pleura dark brown; legs pale yellow, apex of hind femora slightly darker. Corium finely punctulate. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 12) with two groups of sclerotised spines and sclerotised structures around secondary gonopore (fig. 13). Left paramere (fig. 14) falciform, tapering to apical end. Right paramere (fig. 15) wider subbasally, also tapering to apex. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, the underside of body pale yellow. REC, S AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 Pigs. 12-]5—Chrysarrhanis linearus n.sp,; Fig. 12—Penis; Fig. 13—Appendages of secondary gonopore,; Fig I4—Lefr paramere: Fig. LS—Right paramere. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Holotype: Male, INDONESIA: Muffin Bay, Irian Jaya, x.5.44, E. S. Rass, in the Collection of the Academy of Sciences of California, San Francisco; Larat (Tenimbar Is.) xii.47; Paratypes: male and female, CHINA: Ta Han, Hainan, vil.6,35, J. L, Gressitt (BM 1964-26), This species differs from the others in the genus by the transverse dark fascia or line on corium level with apex of scutellum, Corizidolon Reuter, 1907 Corizidolon Reuter, 1907, p.3; Poppius, 1912b, p.9; Carvalho, 1955, p.106; Carvalho, 1959, p,318. Type-species: Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, 1907. Body elongate, pronotum, embolium and cuneus shortly setose, clavus and corium sparingly pilose. Head wider than long, frons rounded, prominent between antennal bases, vertex immarginate; eyes large, slightly removed from collar; rostrum reaching middle coxae. Antenna cylindrical, seg- ment ] narrowed on apical third, distinctly enlarged subbasally, shortly setose, about as long as width of head; segment I] about two and two thirds times as long as 1; segments U1 much shorter than IT and IV much shorter than II, Pronotum superficially rugose-punctate, collar and calli smooth, lateral margins slightly narrowed behind calli, hind margin broadly rounded; mesos- cutum and scutellum smooth. Hemelytra semihyaline and transparent, wings distinetly visible from above, embolium and cuneus setose, clavus and embolium sparingly pilose, cuneus longer than wide at base, membrane bicellulate. Legs of medium size, tibiae with minute sclerotised dots and shorly spinulose, parempodia convergent towards apices. Differs from other genera of the tribe Hyalope- Plini by the superticially rugose-punctate pronotum and by the setose hairs covering its surface. Key te the species of the genus Corizidolon Reuter L. Pronotum with six Jongitudinal brown vitae; rostrum reaching beyond the hind-coxae ., — dexlineaturm Delatire Pronotum without six longitudinal brown vittae; rostrum reaching the middle coxge . - thoes: Ht: Bs 2 . Dise with two black round spots behind calli; apex of hind femora and hind tibiae pale yellow notaticolle Reuter Dise without two black round spots behind calli but with two Short, durk fasciae on disc of pronotum and two maculae laterally on cach side; apex of hind femora and tibiae reddish-brown ausiraliense Carvalho and Gross, m.sp, Corizidojon australiense Carvalho & Gross, n.sp. (Figs. 16-21) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and by the structure of the first antennal segment. 437 Male: Length 5-0 mm, width 1-5 mm, Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1-0 mm, vertex 0-30 mm. Antenna: Segment | 0-8 mm, II-IV, missing. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1:5 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0-40 mm, General coloration honey to lemon coloured; first antennal segment, basal two-thirds of second antennal segment, basal third of third antennal segment, apices of hind femora and all of hind tibiae reddish-brown; apical third of second antennal segment, apical two thirds of third antennal segment, all of fourth antennal segment, terminal larsal segments, a short scattered pilosity on the dorsal surface and a denser short pilosity on the appendages, blackish; corium, clavus and cuneus semihyaline brawn; on the pronotum on either side of the midline a longitudinal brown bar and on the lateral margins of the pronatum a pair on each side of brown maculae, the posterior one of each pair at the lateral angles. In the type a pair of short parallel faint brown lines on either side of the midline of the sculellum about mid way back, The abdomen and thorax beneath with a not very dense whitish pilosity. The short pilosity of the dorsal and ventral surfaces. and the appendages nearly recumbent. On the tibine also some longer erect spines, those on the fore tibiae finer and shorter than those on the other ubiae. Genitalia; Vesica of aedeagus (fig, 18) withaul spiculum, with two large membranous lobes. Left paremere (fig, 19) falciform, with acute apical extremity and Jong dorsal setae. Right paramete (figs, 20, 21) small, less sclerotised ventrally, with long dorsal setae, anterior end acute. Female: Length 66 mm, width 1-9 mm. Head, Length 1:0 mm, width 1-1 min, vertex 0-47 mm Antenna; Segment [, length 0-8 mm. IT, 2°7 mm; I, 1-3 mm; TV, 0:5 mm. Pronotwan: Length 13 mm, width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm, width at base 0-60 mimi, General coloration and aspect similar to male- The pale brown bars on the scutellum are absent on several of the female paratypes. Halatype: female, AUSTRALIA; Queensland: Tamborine Mountain, 15,i1,.1968, F. A. Perkins (QM): paratype 2, Lamington National Park. 19- 22.v.1963, B. V. Timms; paratype ?, Brisbane. 2.iv.1957, J. Martin, paratype 9 and one damaged male, Bald Mountain Area, 350-1200 m (1500-4000 ft.), via Emu Vale, South East Queensland, 27- 31.1.1972, B, K, Cantrell (QU); paratype 2 (Reg No, {20, 936), Mt. Tambourine, A. N_ Lea (SAM); paratype 2, Bunya Mts. 610 m, 22.i.1938, N. Geary: paratype 2, Upper Broken River, Eungella, she: i} Lateral view of head and pronotum. Fig. 16—Male, holotype; Fig. 17 Figs. 16-17— Corizidolon australiense Carvalho & Grass, n.sp.: THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAE) 12.xi1.1961, McAlpine & Loss (AM). New South Wales: allotype ¢, Huon Brook near Mullumbimby, 2.11.1965, D. K. McAlpine (AM). The allotype is more reddish brown in appearance than the one other male specimen or the females mm the series and has reddish areas anteriorly on the head below the level of the eyes, on the anterior portion of the lateral margin of the pronotum, as two spots (one above the other on the mesopleuron and metapleuron) and as a sublateral longitudinal band on the abdomen. The brown marks on the scutellum are much more strongly marked than in females and much longer. The species differs from Carizidolon notaticolle Reuter, by the colour and markings of the pronotum and by the structure of the first antennal segment, Figs, 18-21—Corizidolon austrahense Carvalho & Grass, n.sp.: Fig. 18—Vesica of aedeagus; Fig. 19—Left paramere; Figs, 2, 21—Right paramere, Corizidolon dexlineatum Delaitre, 1949 Corizidolon dexlineatum Delattre, 1949, p. 24; Carvalha, 1959, p, 318, The author was not able to study the type and cotypes of this species, collected at Bouaké (C,I-), 27.aii.47 and 6.xii.47, attacking cotton (R. Delatire), The original description is as follows: “Conforme & la description du genre, sauf pour l'apex du rostre qui dépasse nettement l'apex des hanches postérieures, et pour les antennes dont les articles ont les longueurs relatives suivantes: |: 2, 5, Tl: 7, HI: 6, TV: 3, 9. Les articles If, MI, TV ont sensiblement le méme diamétre. Une soie de chaque cété du frant prés des antennes, 439 Téte brun jaune, verdatre a |’état frais, avec deux traits longitudinaux rougeatres, en forme de parenthése, sur le vertex. Yeux brun_ noir, franuleux, saillants. Antenne brun pale un peu rougeatre, avec des zones rouge brun au milieu et & apex de IT et III. Rostre verdatré, 4 apex brun noir, luisant, presque lisse, fortement rembruni vers Ie bord postérieur, Thorax brun verdatre, avec six lignes longitud- nales brun rouge réparties ainsi: deux lignes médianes assez rapprochées, une ligne de chaque caté du disque, prés du bord externe, et une ligne sur le milieu des pleurites Une tache noire dans l'angle postérieur externe du pronotum, Ecusson ridé transversalement luisant, bruin noir, sauf une ligne plus claire au centre, et une tache de chaque cété a la base. Elytres transparents, 4 ponctuation nette, rég- uligre. Je cuneus lisse, l'aire costale vert clair sur le vivant, translucide a |'état sec, le bord commissural du clavus, surtout la base et "apex une tache sur le bord interne et postérieur de la corie. fe bord antérieur du cuneus jusqu’'a la fracture, la nervure de la grande celJule, de Ja membrane, bruns. Une tache en V sur les bords postérieurs interne et externe du cuneus, brun rouge, de méme la nervure postérieure de la petite cellule brun rouge. Pattes jaune pale, fémurs tachés de rougedtre, tibias Il et III vert pile, avec des épines et des microtriches noirs, l’apex des tarses verdatre. Abdomen vert pale avec des taches rouges étendues sur les sternites.”” The mention of a punctate hemelytron, rostrum reaching beyond the hind coxae and colour of body seems to exclude the species from the genus Corizidolon Reuter. This, however, is merely 4 conjecture, Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, 1907 Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, 1907, p. 4; Poppius, 1912b, p. 10; Carvalho 1959, p, 318, (Fig. 22) Characterised by the colour of the pronotum and by the type of pubescence. Male; Length 5-0 mm, width 1/8 mm. Head; Length 0-4 mm, width 0-6 mm, vertex 0-18 mm, Antenna: Segment J, length 0:7 mm, II, 2-1 mm; IIT, 1-0 mm; IV, broken, Proneium: Length 0-9 mm, width at base 1-5 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:78 mm, width at base 0:34 mm. General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow: apex of segment I] of antenna, a small spar externally on segment I, margins of collar, twa 440 round spots behind calli on disc, two spots at humeral angles and twa spols on mesoscutum externally dark brown to black! disc of pronotum with two obsolete longitudinal vittae, sutures and commissure of hemelytra, nervures of membrane, outer margin of embolium, fuscous; legs pale yellow, femora with small round dark spots, segment III of tars) fuscous. Morphological characters as mentioned for genus, Genitalia: Not dissected for lack of appropriate specimens, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect but slightly more robust, Length 6-2 mm, width 2-0 mm, Geographical distribution; Mauritius Island. Specimens studied: Male, La Réunion, Plaine des Cafres, Pilon Manuel, 27.13.1955; male, Department of Agriculture. Mauritius Island, 11,1962, C.1,E., in the author’s collection, This species is well characterised by the four round black spots on pronotum (notaricolle). Guianerius Distant, 1903 Guianerius Distant, 1903, p. 269; Poppius, 1912, p. 436; Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho, 1959, p, 318, Type-species: Guianerius typicus Distant, 1903. Body elongate, erectly pilose, pronotum very finely rugose-punctate, clavus opaque, densely pilose, Head wider than long, trons vertical, vertex marginate laterally, eyes contiguous with collar, rostrum reaching middle coxae. Antenna with segment | about as long as width of head, segment II twice as long as I, incrassate, segment JII-IV short, slender, Pronotum superficially rugose-punctate, calli obsolete, collar smooth, dise convex, lateral margins rounded, hind margin straight at middle, rounded at humeral angles, erectly pubescent; mesoscutum partially covered; scutellum smooth, pilose. Hemelytra glassy, transparent (except on clavus, embolium, cuneus and black areas of corium), finely punctulate. cuneus twice as long as wide at base, clavus noticeably pilose, membrane bicellulate, apex of larger areola rounded. Ostiolar peritreme prominent, legs of medium size, hind tibiae suleate externally, parempodia divergent towards the apices, This genus has the general fascies of Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902, but differs by having the pronotum only superficially rugose-punctate and by the much shorter rostrum. REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Guianerius typicus Distant, 1903 Guianerius typicus Distant, 1903, p, 269, fig, 14; Poppius, 1912a, p. 437; Carvalho, 1959, p. 318. Guianerius palliditarsis Poppius, 1915, p. 44; Carvalho, 1959, p. 318 (new synonymy), (Figs. 23-26) Characterised by the colour of the body and by the rostrum reaching only the middle coxae. Male; Length 6-2 mm, width 2:2 mm. Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0:56 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1:2 mm; II, 2-4 mm; IT, 0-8 mm}; 1V, broken. Pronotum; Length 1:5 mm, width at base 2-0 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0-40 mm (lectotype of palliditarsis). Fig. 22—Corizidolon notaticolle Reuter, male. General coloration black with hyaline ta citrine or lutescent areas; head and pronotum black (except hind margin, humeral angles and collar which are citrine to luteseent); antenna brownish to black: scutellum citrine, black basally; clavus black, opaque; corium hyaline, glassy, with a black THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) { N Lee, Fig 23—Guianerius _ palliditarsis male, I | Poppius, (=Gutanerius typicus Distant). holotype transverse fascia level with apical fifth of clavus, followed by black commissure and another oblique fascia apically, cuneus hyaline internally, tending to reddish externally; membrane fuscous on extra- areolar portion, Underside of body and inferior margin of propleura pale yellow, mesosternum, spot on metapleura, coxae totally or partially and a spot on abdomen from Sth to 9th segments (except lateral portions of tergites VI-IX which are pale) black. Legs pale, hind tibiae and segment III of tarsi brown. Morphological characters as mentioned for genus. Genitalia! Penis (fig. 24) with an elongate secondary gonopore, without sclerotised spiculi. Left paramere (fig. 25) large and long, with an apical acute and short point. Right paramere (fig, 26) small, as seen in illustration. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. Length 7-0 mm, width 2-0 mm. Geographical distribution: Malay Peninsula, Bor- neo, Philippines. 4al Figs. 24-26—Guianerius typicus Distant: Fig. 24—Penis; Fig 25—Left paramere; Fig. 26—Right paramere. Specimens studied; Lectotype (new designation), male, PHILIPPINES: Los Banos, Baker (Guianerius palliditarsis Poppius) (HELSINKI): paralectotype, male, Mt. Makiling, Luzon, Baker, (same Museum); one male and two females, EAST MALAYSIA: Bundu Tukan, 18.11.1959, T, C. Maa (BISHOP) (compared with type), The characters mentioned by Poppius for palliditarsis are within the range of variation of typicus Distant. According Distant (l.c.) “hovering over flowers in jungle; flight and movements very wasp-like,"’ Comparing specimens of palliditarsis with the original drawing of Distant the author considers them as synonyms, Guisardinus, n.gen. Type-species: Guisardinus neoguineanus n.sp. Body elongate, sparingly pilose. Head distinctly wider than long, with a short neck, verte immarginate, slightly depressed, frons prominent, protruding in front of antennal bases, eyes semi- pedunculate, placed at middle of head, clypeus wide, rounded, buccula characteristic, rounded, Antenna cylindrical, segment I approximately as long as width of head, noticeably incrassated 442 towards base, with long and erect hairs, their length about as long as or longer than width of segment, segment II densely pilose, slender and approxi- mately twice as long as first. Rostrum reaching base of middle: coxae. Pronotum deep and coarsely punctate, except at posterior margin of disc where it is finely punctulate. collar wide, distinctly rugose transversally, calli large, smooth, humeral angles prominent, globose, lateral margins rounded, hind margin bisinuate in front of scutellum, rounded at humeral angles, propleura punctate, mesosternum rugose laterally; mesoscutum largely exposed; scutellum flat, coarsely punctate, lateral margins crenulate, beset with fine and erect hairs, apex pointed, smooth. Hemelytra glassy, transparent, finely punctulate, sparingly pilose, clavo-corial and embolio-corial commissures with a row of punctures, embolium wide, explanate; medial vein reaching to about half length of corium, cuneus about twice as long as wide at base, membrane biareolate, Legs of medium size, beset with long and erect hairs, hind tibiae with sclerotised minute tubercles and hairs about as long as width of segment, parempodia divergent towards apices Guiserdinus is most closcly allied to Austrahy- aloma as noted under the latter, Gyisardinus also approaches Guisardus Distant, 1904 but differs by having the pronotum and scutellum distinctly punctate; it differs also from Chrysorrhanis Kir- kaldy, 1902 by the punctate scutellum and distinetly rugase collar. The species Argenis incisuratus (Walker, 1873) in the tribe Mirini is strongly convergent with species of Guisardinus and can be very easily mistaken for a member of this genus, To help distinguish Argenis incisuratus from the species of Guisardinus it has been included in the key below and redescribed immediately after Guisardinus solornonicus. Key to the species of the genus Guisardinus n-zen, 1, Pronotum with black spots only on globose humeral angles; segment | of antenna incrassate subbasally, hemelytra with a lransverse fuscous spor at corial apex Argenis: incisuratus (Walker) Pronotum with four black spots; segment | of antenna mostly cylindrical, hemelytra withour a transverse fuscous spo! at coral apex , tace.. oo sat Oe 2. Base of clavus ipfusoate; segment I] of antenna with long and erect pubescence; lower margin of collar With an anterior narrow black spot .,, , -- Meoguineanus n.sp. Base of clavus pale. yellow; segment I of antenna with common medium size hairs; lower margin of collar with a posterior black fascia or spot , , . solomanicus rsp Guisardinus neoguineanus n.sp. (Fig. 27) Characterised by the four dark round spots of pronotum, REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429.532 September, 1979 Fig. 27—Guisardinus neoguineanus n,sp., female, holotype. Female: Length 6:2 mm, width 1:9 mm. Head: Length 0-3 mm, width 1-1 mm, vertex 0-48 mm, Antenna: Segment [, length 0-9 mm; II, 1-8 mm; III- TV, broken, Pronotym: Length 1-1 mm, width at base 1:6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-08 mm, width at base 0-48 mm (holotype), General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow, eyes, apex of second antennal segment, small longitudinal triangular vitta and small lateral spot on collar, a narrow longitudinal line on middle of disc, two roundish spots at posterior portion of disc, two others at humeral angles (one at each side) brown to black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus inter- naly at base, apex and basal angles of scutellum, apex of clavus, apex of corial commissure and a small spot at apex of corium fuscous, Underside of body and legs pale yellow, segment TIT of tarsi fuscous. Morphological characters as mentioned for genus, Male; Unknown. Holotype: female, NEW GUINEA; NE, Elipta- min Valley, 1200-1350 m, June 19-30, 1959, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP), Differs from Guisardinus solomonicus n,sp. by the colour of pronotum and mesoscutum. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Guisardinus solomonicus, n.sp. (Fig. 28) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and mesoscutum. Female; Length 5:2 mm, width 1-8 mm. Head: Length 0:4 mm, width 1-1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; II ,1-6 mm; III, 1:0 mm, IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-1 mm, width at base 1:6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:56 mm, width at base 0-36 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow; eyes, antennae and two spots laterally on collar (one at each side) black; longitudinal line at middle of disc of pronotum (interrupted in middle of calli), spot at humeral angle, two roundish spots at posterior margin of disc and two others, equivalent, on mesoscutum dark brown; claval commissure, external margin of embolium and cuneus, nervures of membrane towards apex fuscous. Underside of body pale yellow, apex of clypeus, apex of buccula, anterior margin of coxal cleft J and obsolete spots on femora externally brown. Fig. 28—Guisardinuy solomonicus n.sp., female, holotype. Head with flat vertex, external margin of clavus strongly crenulate, pubescence. of legs noticeably long, Male; Unknown, Holotype; female, SOLOMON ISLANDS: NW, Malaita, Dala, 9.vi.1964, R. Straatman (BISHOP). This species differs from Guisardinus neo- guineanus n,sp. by colour of the antenna, pronotum and mesoscutum. 443 Argenis incisuratus (Walker, 1873) (Figs. 29-33) Characterised by the colour of the body and structure of male genitalia, Male; Length 3-8 mm, width 1-2 mm. Head, Length 0:3 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0:24 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0-5 mm; II, 1:5 mm; IIL, 1-0 mm; IV, 0-3 mm. Pronotum: Length 0-9 mm, width at base 1:2 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-40 mm. width at base 0-28 mm. General coloration brown to fuscous with black areas; head, pronotum (except globose humeral angles which are shining black) and scutellum brown; eyes black, antenna fuscous, segment I pale: hemelytra with clavus fuscous to brown, corium pale (fuscous bordering clavus), with a large fuscous transverse spot apically which reaches outer margin of embolium, the latter and cuneus also pale with extreme margins fuscous, membrane with black nervures, Underside of body brown, legs pale yellow. Antenna with segment | enlarged subbasally, pubescence very short, pronotum and scutellum punctate, vertex carinate, body with fine, long, erect hairs; clavo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a row of punctures, Fig. 29—Argenis incisurarus (Walker) nsp., male, holotype. 444 Genitalia: Penis (fig. 30) with a pointed character- istic spiculum and membranous lobes, Left para- mere (fig. 31, 32) enlarged basally, strongly curved, apex pointed and somewhat biturcate al extremity, Right paramere (fig. 33) small, globose, with pointed apex. Female; Similar to male 10 colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. This species collected by our colleague Karl V, Krombein in Sri-Lanka when it was being carried in flight by a solitary crabronid wasp, Encopognathus sp. (Hymenoptera), It differs fram the species of Guisardinus by the colour of the body, structure of segment [ of antenna and male genitalia. Figs. 30-33—Argenis incisuratus (Walker) n.sp.: Fig. 30—Vesica of aedeagus; Figs. 31-32—Left paramere, Fig- 33—Right paramere. Guisardus Distant, 1904 Guisardus Distant, 1904, p, 436; Kirkaldy, 1906, p. 134, Reuter, 1910, p, 163; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97, Carvalho, p. LO7; Carvalho, 1959, p. 319. Euhyalopeplus Hsiao, 1944, p. 370; Carvalho, 1959, p. 318 (n.syn.). REC, 5, AUST, MUS.,, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Serropeltis Pappius, 1912a. p. 42 1935, p. 211.). 5 (syn. by Knight, Type-spectes; Guisardus pellucidus Distant, 1904, Body elongate, glabrous above; head about three times as wide as long, vertex immarginate, frons prominent between antennal bases, eyes prominent, placed at middle of head, removed from collar, rostrum reaching to intermediate coxae; antenna cylindrical, segment I incrassate at base, about as long as width of head, segment II about twice as long as I, segments IIL-IV slender, Pronotum with disc coarsely, regularly and transversely rugose, a little wider than long, posterior margin slightly bisinuate before scutellum, humeral angles rounded, distinctly thickened or globose, calli large, reaching sides of pronotum; mesoscutum covered; scutellum convex, lateral margins crenulate, in some specimens only a few punctures visible on its surface. Hemelytra glassy, hyaline, except clavus, corium and clavus without nervures, the latter with a row of punctures, cuneus longer than wide at base. Underside of body showing a punctate propleura, ostiolar peritreme conspicuous, legs long and slender, tibiae spinulose, hind femora with a few erect setae, parempodia divergent Lowards apices. This genus has the general facies of Chrysorrhanis Kirkaldy, 1902 but differs by the distinctly rugose pronotum and globose humetal angles. Knight (1935) erroneously synonymised this genus with Nesosylphas Kirkaldy, 1908, a genus of the tribe Mirini Hahn, from Fiji, Key to the species of the genus Guisardus Distant 1. Scutellum black, pale apically; metapleura with a black rugose fascia medially . ‘ chinensis n.sp- Sculellum pale yellow, sometimes with dark punctures or dark only apically; metapleura pale yellow T. 2 rm . Dise of pronetun. with two distinet, dark, round or elongate spots .. ' 3 Dise of pronctum without digtiner dark spots, sonretimes infuscate medially or with a Jongitodinal median vitta, 5 3. Posterior margin of pronotum. with a round black spot, sometimes With two smaller ones at Gach side; spots on disc elongate , . fasciatus a. ‘Sp. Posterior margin of pronotum without a round black spot, spots on disc rounded . vatistle-rr- 7 4, Scutellum without black punctures; disc without median longitudinal dark vitta. strigicallis (Poppius) Seutellum with four to five black punctures; disc with a longitudinal vitta and three punctures black; pronotum with a narrow longitudinal median dark vitta cristovalensis n.sp. §. Scutellum with a subapical spot followed by a narrow median longitudinal vitta and three punctures black; pronotum with a narrow longitudinal median dark vitia bogorensis n-sp. Scutellum infuscate only apically, without median longitudin- al vitta; PEODARNAT ¥ with a wide longitudinal obsolete dark vilta , - . ’. pellucidus Distant, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Guisardus bogorensis, n.sp. (Figs. 34-37) Characterised by the coloration of scutellum and clavus, and by the structure of male genitalia, Male; Length 6-3 mm, width 1:6 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1:0 mm; IL, 1-7 mm; ITI- IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-2 mm, width at base 1-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:72 mm, width at base 0-28 mm. General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow: eyes and segments II-IV of antenna brown, segment I tending to pale; pronotum with a fine longitudinal medjan line (obsolete) and spots at humeral angles brownish to black; scutellum with three or four punctures, longitudinal line (obsolete in some specimens) and subapical portion black; clavus (except lateral margin), corial commissure, external margin of embolium, apical margin of corium, outer margin of cuneus and nervures of membrane brown, Underside of body and legs pale yellow, hind tibiae tending to brown, segments III of tarsi fuscous. Clavus distinctly crenulate laterally, noticeably pilose. Fig. 34—Guisardus bogorensis n.sp., female. holotype. 445 Genitalia: Penis (fig. 35) with large basal plate and theca, no spiculi present. Left paramere (fig, 34) falciform, noticeably narrowed towards apex. Right paramere (fig. 37) small, pointed apically. Pen tees! mT Ss Figs. 35-37—Guisardus bogorensis n.sp.; Fig. 35—Penis, Fig, 36—Left paramere; Fig. 37—Right paramere, Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Vertex 0-56 mm, cuneus at base 0:36 mm. Holotype: female, INDONESIA, Java, Bogor, ii.1957, O. D., Deputy (USNM). Allotype: male, idem. Paratypes; 4 females, in the Collection of the above Museum and of the author. Differs from pellucidus Distant by the colour of the scutellum. 446 Guisardus chinensis, n.sp, (Fig. 38) Characterised by the colour of scutellum and by the black rugose vittae of metapleura. Female; Length 6-4 mm, width 16 mm. Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:56 mm. Antenna: Segment L, length 0'8 mm; IT, 1:7 mm; I, 1-4 mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotunt: Length 1-4 mm, width at base 1-6 mim, Cuneus! Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0:32 mm (holotype). Fig. IK—Guisardus chinensis n.sp., female holotype. General coloration testaceous to ochraceous with dark brown areas; head with vertex infuscate and a black spot on neck behind eye, the latter castaneous; antenna black, segment | castaneous to pale towards base; pronotum with lateral margin, two median longitudinal wide vittae and a median line which narrowly coalesce between calli, and lateral margin of collar dark brown; laterally on pronotum two longitudinal, wide, pale vittae running from collar to hind margin through calli with the two on central portion of disc, one at each side of median line, narrower; scutellum black with apex pale; hemelytra glassy, transparent, without nervures, clavus, corial commissure, apical portion of corilim and embolium, apex of cuneus and nervures of membrane black. Underside of body pale yellow, REC. 8S. AUST, MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 collar inferiorly, propleura (except lower margin), mesosternum, meso- and metapleura rugose, black; abdomen pale yellaw, segments VITI-LX black, apex of hind femur and tibiae tending to brown, apices af tarsi fuscous, Pronotum coarsely transversely rugose, vertex depressed at middle, posterior margin lightly marginate, segment | of antenna incrassate basally. Male; Unknown. Holotype: female, SOUTH CHINA; Hianan I,, Sam-ah-Kong, Yei, Hsian (District), Jan, 30, 1935, F. K. To, Brit, Mus, 1964-26 (BMNH). This species differs from others in the genus by the black scutellum and by the black rugose fascia of metapleura. Guisardus. cristovalensis, n.sp. (Fig, 39) Characterised by the colour of pronotum. Female: Length 5-4 mm, width 1:5 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 1-1 mm, vertex 0-48 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1:0 mm; IT, 1-8 mm, ITl- IV, broken. Pronotum; Length 1:1 mm, width at base 1-4 mm, Cuneus: Length 0:78 mm, width at base 0-28 mm. General coloration ochraceous with dark brown to fuscous areas; eyes brown, antenna pale yellow, apex of second joint fuscous; pronotum with suture between collar and calli, a spot between the latter, two spots at lateral sides of disc, humeral angles and a narrow longitudinal facia along its inner margin (coalescing with a black spot of lateral margin at middle of pronotum), middle of mesoscutum, basal angles and apex of scutellum, and clavus dark brown; corium glassy, transparent, outer margin of embolium, apical margin of corium, commissure, cuneal margins and nervures of membrane fuscous, Underside of body pale yellow, a longitudinal vitta on upper margin of propleura, sides of mesosternum and base of abdomen laterally dark; legs pale yellow, hind femora with small fuscous spots, Male: Unknown, Holotype: female, SOLOMON JSLANDS: Guadalcanal, Lame nr. Mt, Tatuve, 300 m, 18.v.1960, C, W. O'Brien (BISHOP). Allotype: female, San Cristoval, Kira Kira, 15, viii.1960, C. W. O'Brien. This species differs from strigicallis (Poppius) by the presence of black punctures on the scutellum. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 447 Fig. 39—Guisardus cristovalensis n.sp.. female, holotype. Guisardus fasciatus, n.sp. (Fig. 40) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and collar. Male: Length 7-4 mm, width 1-9 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0:56 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; II, 2-4 mm; III, 2-8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: length 1-4 mm, width 1-8 mm, Cuneus; Length 1:04 mm, width at base 0-36 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous to citrine-lutes- cent; eyes and antennae brown, except basal portion of segment I; a longitudinal line at middle of disc of pronotum beginning behind calli (obsolete in one specimen), two longitudinal vittae well marked at central portion of disc, lateral margin of pronotum anteriorly and outer margin of collar, a spot at globose portion of humeral angles, a median roundish spot continguous to hind margin of disc and two small ones at either side of the latter dark brown to black; scutellum with two dark points subapically; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus (except exter- nal margin), outer margin of embolium and cuneus, corial commissure, apical margin of corium and nervures of membrane brownish; membrane hyaline. Underside of body ochraceous, femora with dark points externally, segment II of tarsi fuscous. 448 Clavus with short pubescence, pronotum strongly transversely rugose, trons with oblique striations. Male: Unknown. Holotype: female, SOLOMON ISLANDS: Guadalcanal, Gold Ridge, 800 m, vii.23.1956, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP). Paratype: female, Buca Agric. Station, 6-10.xii,1959, J. L. Gressitt. Differs from other species in the genus by the colout of pronotum. Fig. 40—Guisardus fasciatus n.sp., female, holatype, Guisardus pellucidus Distant, 1904 Guisardus pellucidus Distant, 1904, p. 436, fig. 281; Poppius, 1914, p, 102; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97; Carvalho, 1959, p. 319. Euhyalopeplus pulchellus Hsiao, 1944, p. 370, fig.: Carvalho, 1959, p, 318, New synonymy, (Figs. 41-44) REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 Septeinber, 1979 Characterised by the colour of pronotum and structure of male genitalia, Male; Length 5:6 mm, width 1:6 mm. Head; Length 04 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 111 mm; [I,.2-3 mm; III, 0-8 mm; IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm, width at base 1:4 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-72 mm, width at base 0-28 mm. General coloration pale yellow to citrine with fuscous to brown areas; eyes brown, sides of neck, collar, calli and humeral angles dark fuscous to black, middle of mesoscutum, apex of scutellum, sutures of hemelytra, margins of cuneus and nervures of membrane brown to fuscous; hemelytra and membrane glassy, transparent, Underside of body pale yellow, upper margin of propleura (following margin of pronotum) with a longitudinal vitta above coxal cleft I, Head strongly vertical, clypeus flat, eyes large, prominent, exserted, removed fram pronotum by a distance approximately equal to width of collar, a short neck visible; antenna with segment I thickened basally, as long as width of head; pronofum rugose transversally, calli smooth, hind margin of disc near humeral angles slightly punctate, the latter prami- nent, nodulose; scutellum sparsely punctate, serrate or crénulate laterally; hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium without neryures, cuneus about three times as long as Wide at base; membrane biareolate, apex of large areola rounded; pubescence of legs moderate, Genitalia: Penis (fig, 42) without sclerotised spiculi. Left paramere (fig. 43) falettorm, with a few dorsal setae, Right paramere (fig. 44) small, globose, with a more seclerotised acule apex, Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect but slightly more robust. Geographical distribution: Java, Penang Island, Tenasserin Island, Burma, Laos, Vietnam. Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa- tion), BURMA, Tenass Valley, Myiita, Doherty (Guisardus pellucidus Distant), BMNH; female, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA, Penang Island, Straits of Malacca (Baker), holotype, Euhyalopeplus pulchellus Hsiao (USNM No. 56716); LAOS: Vientiane Prov. Ban Van Eue, 14.iv.1966, J. L. Gressit; VIETNAM: Dak Song, 76 km SW of Banme Thuot, 870 m, 19.v.1960, L. W. Quate (BISHOP), This species differs from others by the colour of pronotum and clavus. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fart. i NG \ SN Fig. 41—Euhyalopeplus pulchellus Hsiao, female, holotype (=Guisardus pellucidus Distant). 449 450 \ NS ehh. 0 i ry Figs. 42-44—Guisardus pellacidus Distant: Fig. 42— REC. S AUST. MUS., “ple ai Be se September, 1979 17 (30); 429-532 Penis: Fig. 43—Left paramere; Fig. 44—Right paramere. Guisardus strigicollis (Poppius, 1912) Carvalho, 1952 Serropeltis strigicollis Poppius, 1912a, p. 425. Guisardus — strigicollis Carvalho, 1952, p. 97; Carvalho, 1959, p. 319. (Figs. 45-48) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and scutellum. Male; Length 6-7 mm, width 1:7 mm. Head: Length 0-5 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-48 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-2 mm; II, 2-4 mm; IT, 2-2 mm: IV, 0-6 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width 1-6 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-88 mm, width at base 0-32 mm General coloration pale testaceous; head reddish brown anteriorly, vertex brown between eyes, humeral angles black, two fasciae bent outwards, fused anterior and posteriorly on disc, diluted before hind margin (forming a longitudinal vitta from hind margin of calli to anterior margin of collar), lateral margins of scutellum to apical third of clavus, propleura in large extension, mesosternum and metapleura black; inner and outer margins of embolium narrowly, apicaly margin of corium, inner margin of cuneus widely, outer margin of same narrowly, membrane, antennae, a vitta on each side of abdomen and apices of tarsi dark brown; segment I of antenna pale yellow with apex and base darker; femora reddish brown with fuscous dots, paler towards base. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 451 Fig. 45—Guisardus strigicollis (Poppius), male. Genttalia; Penis (fig. 46) with membranous lobes and elongate secondary gonopore, Left paramere (fig. 47) somewhat enlarged sub-basally, pointed apically, Right paramere (fig. 48) short, thick, scleroused and pointed apically. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. Geographical distribution: Mentawei Islands, New Guinea. Specimens studied: NEW GUINEA, NE, W. Highlands, Bayer R, 1150 m, x.19.1958, J, L, Gressitt; INDONESIA, Bokondini, 40 km N of Baleim Val, Irian Jaya, ca 1300 m, 5,xii.1961, light trap, S. Quate and L. Quate (BISHOP). The type of this species is mentioned by Poppius as deposited in the “Giacomo Doria" Natural History Museum, Genova, It could not be studied as this Museum does not loan types. Hyalopeplinus, n.gen. Type-species; Callicralides antennalis Distant, 1920. Body elongate oval, mostly glabrous. Head twice as long as width, eyes prominent, continuous with anterior margin of pronotum, noticeably exserted beyond. lateral margins of collar, clypeus vertical, prominent, jugum. lorum and buccula of medium size, rostrum reaching hind margins of posterior coxae; antennae cylindrical, with segment I about as long as half the width of head, segment II about four times as long as I, segment TI] half as long as II- segment IV about half as long as Ill, pubescence short and dense. Figs. 46-48—Guisardus sirigicallis (Poppius): Fig. 46—Penis; Fig 47—Lef! paramere; Fig, 48—Right paramere. Pronotum wider than long. smooth, rugose only on black fasciae or spots, collar narrow with mesal length equal to thickness of second antennal segment, calli prominent, joined medially, sinuate posteriorly, humeral angles not produced, submargi- nal area of disc with fine punctures; mesoscutum exposed, scutellum tumid, longitudinal vitta rugose. Hemelytra glassy, corium and membrane transpa- rent, embolium and cuneus opaque, sparsely pubescent, the latter about twice as long as wide at base, large cell rounded apically. Legs of moderate size, tibiae sparsely spinulose, This genus is close ta Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912 but differs by the restriction of the rugosities of the pronotum to the black fasciae of the spots on the dise; by the very short segment I of antenna, about 452 REC. § as long as width of vertex and by the smaller size— from 5S to 62 mm long. The anterior portion of pronotum does not show such 4 marked constriction and the body is more compact. Besides the characters mentioned above the table of measurements below indicates a further sequence of characters 10 Separate the two genera: Hyalo- Hyalo- (mm) peplinus peploides Length of body —_- a4-f2 5-95 Width of body . 18-20 |-8-3-2 Width of vertex - 40-04 R 050-076 Lengthofantennal —.. 5-tbb 08-12 Length of cuneus 0-60-0801 O-80-1-20 These measurements were mainly based on the type specimens. It is possible thal im large series there are variations which might excced these limits. List. of species of the genus Hyalapepitnus n.gen. 1920)—(as Callieratdes), New Caledoma and Loyalty fs 2 cairnsensis Carvalho and Gross, \n.sp. Australia (Queensland) Solomon Is, (Sun Cristoval) Fiji ts. 1. anténnalis (Distant, 3. cristocalensiso.sp, , 4. fifiensis asp. 5. malayensis tsp, Malay Peninsula, Laos, Sumayra, Sri-Lanka, Vietnam 6, papvensisn.sp, .. Papua New Guinea, New Britain 7. philippinesis msp. oo een Philippines Is, &, samoanus (Knight, 1935)—{as Cruisardus) Samoan Is., Society 18., New Hebrides 9. solamonesis n.sp. Salamon Is, Key to the species of Ayalopeplinus n.gen. 1. Collar to pronotum without longitudinal datk viltae or hars; dise of pronolum with a la ie black marking enclosing two roundish spots (fig. 79) Collar of pronotum with one or more » longitudinal Or cross fasciae or bars; disc with a median longitudial vitra enlarged basally and two or four black ak {one or twe on each side) , tree : Se Aa; 3 he - Lateral arms of the M- akipad. riarking of dise narrow, eiscontinuans: mesopleura and abdomen without black, velvety ocellate apels or Baty: collar mostly lutescent 10 orange , crisfoualensis n.sp. Lateral arms of the M- shaped ‘marking of dise wide and continuous; mesupleura and abdomen with bluck, velvety ocellate spots or bars; collar mostly black solomonensis n.sp. 3. Frons withoura small black spotabove antennal peduncle 4 Frons with u small black spot above antennal peduncle - f 4. Wumeral angles with a black spot propleura pale yellow laterally , anennalis (Distant) Humeral angles pale yellow or with a brawn spot: propleura with longitudinal strigdse black or brown yitew, .. 5 5. Collar with a wide Jaleral vitta or bar behind eye, upper portion of vitta on propleura closely approximated fo the smal] lateral black spot of dise cairmsensis Carvalho & Gross, nap Collar without a lower lateral vilta or bar behind eye, upper portion of vitta an Bropleus not approaching the small lateral black spotofdise ..., malayensis o.Sp. 2 6, Mesosternum and metapleura pale yellow; area of calli pale ormastly so. phillppinensis n.sp, Mesosternum Juterally and melapleuri with black APIS: apeu of calli mostly black —, , 3€¢eea 7 Humeral angles pale yellows lateral poryon of abdomen reddish -2 , - : tpast papuensisnsp, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Humeral angles with a black spot, sides of abdominal venrrites black dorsully , ; : ree: 8. Seutellum except lor central black line concolorous; pygophore black .. saproaruts (Knight) Scurellum except for ventral black line reddish; pygophare pale ro dark brawn. , fijiensis nap. Hyalopeplinus antennalis (Distant. 1920), n.conib, Callicratides antennalis Distant, 1920, p, 160. Hyalopeplus aitennalis Carvalho, 1959, p. 319. (Figs. 49-52, 86) Characterised by the calour of pranatum and apex of hind femur. Male: Length 5-4 mm, width 1:8 mm. Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0-44 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0:6 mm; LL, 2-8 mm: III, 0.9 mm: TV, broken, Pronotuim: Length 0-8 mm, width at base 1:7 mm. Cuneus: Length (0:72 mm, width at base 0-40 mm (lectotype). “Ochraceous; eyes black: antennae ochraceous, basal joint pale sanguineous, apex of second joint black, third and fourth joints black, with their bases narrowly ochraceous; pronotum with a short longitudinal black line on basal area, three spots (sometimes wanting) on the anterior collar, and the extreme basal angles black, basal marginal area more or less castaneous: margins and a central longitudinal line to scutellum, inner and outer margins of clavus, and narrow apical margins to corium black; membrane very pale ochraceous, with the venation black; body beneath and legs ochraceous, apices of the femora castaneous; corium more or less pale castaneous, with the lateral marginal areas and the cunecus very pale ochraceous; antennae with the basal jaint jncrassated, about as long as head, second joint longest, moderately thickened, about four times as long as first; scutellum moderately long, tumid, subdepressed, and longitudinally sulcate; femore moderately incrassated. Long. 5 mm, Hab. New Caledonia, Central District and Upper Houadou R.”’ Pale yellowish to citrine or ochracequs; segments I and II of antenna pale yellow to castaneous, reddish apically; vertex and inner margins of eyes with obsolete, castancous, longitudinal vittae: eyes brown: collar with seven longitudinal bars (three median and two lower lateral! running backwards on the propleura) fuscous to reddish; pronotum with a short longitudinal black vitta on middle of disc, a median slender line between calli reddish, humeral angles. black; mesoscutum with twa oblique fasciae and scutellum with a rugose longitudinal black vitta (not reaching apex) and Jateral margins (with punctures) also black; hemelytra with clayal, clavo- corial and corial sutures black, nervures of membrane fuscous; apex of hind femora reddish, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fig. 49—Callicratides antennalis Distant, 453 La. holotype male, (=Hyalopeplinus antennalis (Distant). Male genitalia: Penis (fig. 50) with membranous lobes provided with minute sclerotized teeth. Left paramere (fig. 51) falciform, curved irregularly, with acute apex. Right paramere (fig. 52) small, enlarged apically, ending in a small sclerotized point. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 2-4 mm. Geographical distribution: New Caledonia. Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa- tion) from Central NEW CALEDONIA, S.xii.1914, P. D. Montague, 1918-87 (BMNH). Paralectotype: male, same data as type and 52 males and females, NEW CALEDONIA; male, Gadji, 23.ix.1962, G. F. Gross (SAM); Yahoué, 12.11.1962, N. L. Krauss; Plum, 20-60 m, 23-25.iii.1968, T. C, Maa; Pouebo, 2.1.1964, R, Straatman, light trap; St. Louis, 1950, N. L. H. Krauss; La Grouen, 150 m, 20-22. iii.1968, J. L. Gressitt; id. T. C. Maa, 15.iii.1961; Col. d’Amieu, 700-800 m, 31.iii.1968; Nouméa, v.1950, N. L. H. Krauss; Plateau de Dogmy, 1:000 m 9.iv.1969, J, L. Gressitt; Col. des Roussetes, 300-400 m, 29.i1.1969; Poindimié, 50 m, i.1969; Thio, 50 m, 7.i1.1969; Saramea, 12.ii.1963; Ciu, 9.1,1969, N. L. H. Krauss; St. Louis Valley, 17.iii.1945, H. E. Miliron; LOYALTY ISLANDS: Mare I., La Roche, iii.1959, N. L. H. Krauss (BISHOP). This species differs from others in the genus by lack of a M-shaped figure on disc; frons without a small black spot over antennal peduncle; propleura pale laterally and collar with three upper vittae. 454 Figs. 50-52—Hyalopeplinus antennalis (Distant): Fig. 50—Penis; Fig. 51—Left paramere: Fig. 52—Right paramere. Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis Carvalho and Gross, n.sp. (Figs. 53-57, 85) Characterised by the absence of a black spot above antennal peduncle and by the colour of collar and sternal areas. Male; Length 6:3 mm, width 1-9 mm. Head: Length 0.9 mm. width 1:3 mm, vertex 0-47 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; U, 2-6 mm; IIT, 1-6 mm; IV, 1.0 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:3 mm, width at base 1:8 mm, Cuneus: Length 1:09 mm, width at base 0:47 mm. General coloration ochraceous or honey coloured with dark areas; apex of a second antennal segment and whole of third and fourth segments and a thin longitudinal Jine on crown of head brown, On pronotum a central, broad, longitudinal, impressed and transversely stnate line extending from anterior margin to about middle of disc of hind lobe; on either side of the expanded portion of the latter but near the lateral margins a depressed striate pit, and a spot on the lateral margins of the collar, black. A spot on each lateral angle and sometimes also a small spot on collar on either side of midline about half way to lateral margin brown. On mesoscutum 4 spot on either side and on scutellum a broad, tapering, longitudinal, impressed and transversely striate line medially reaching about two thirds of the way back, black. Clavus outlined with black, this black continuing along inner veins of corium for a short distance behind apex of clavus; otherwise hemelytra and wings vitreous, embalium and clavus more REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September. 1979 opaque. Apex of rostrum black. Laterally on propleuron a blackish or brownish strigose longitudi- nal impresses bar, wider posteriorly than anteriorly, Mesosternum and sides of abdomen reddish or brownish orange. Legs faintly maculated with brown, Pilosity restricted to appendages where it is short and dark and to apical portion of underside of abdomen where it 1s longer, sparser and pale, Genitalia; Vesica (fig, 54) with membranous lobes and an indication of a weakly sclerotized spiculum (fig, 55), Left paramere (fig. 56) irregularly and broadly curved, apically acute. Right paramere (fig. 57) expanded before apex and with an apical tubercle. Female: Length 6:3 mm, width 2-1 mm. Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1:5 mm, vertex 0-55. Antenna: Segment T, length 0-8 mm, Il, 2:7 mm; HI, 1-5 mm; [V, 1+! mm. Pranotum: Length 1:4 mm, width at base, 2-1 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-04 mm, width at base 0:49 mm. R Fig. 53—Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis Carvalho & Gross. nisp,; male, paratype, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Figs. 54-57—Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp.. Fig. 54—Penis; Fig. 55—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 56—Left paramere; Fig, 57-—Right paramere: Colour and structure as for male, In some specimens the median line on the head is quite faint, in others the two brown spots on either side of the midline of the pronotal collar are absent. The width af the orange coloration on the sides of the abdomen varies considerably. Holotype; male, AUSTRALIA, North Queens- land; (Reg, no, 120,966), paratype ¢ and 4 paratype 9 (Reg. nos. [20,967-71), Cairns District, F. P. Dodd; paratype & (Reg. no. 120,977), Cairns District, A, M, Lea (SAM); allotype 2, 4 paratype @,3 paratype 9, Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 27.iv-4v.1975, G. B. Monteith; paratype 3, same locality, 13-14.xi.1965, G. Monteith; 3 paratype ¢, same locality, 16-23.x1,1965, G. Monteith; paratype 3, paratype 2, Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York, 19- 22.iv.1973, G, B. Monteith; paratype ¢, Churchill Creek, Mt. Lewis Road, via Julatten, 27.xi.1965, G. Monteith (QU); 4 paratype 3, 2 paratype 2, Dunk Island, Aug, 1927, H. Hacker; 1 paratype 3, 1 paratype 2, to light, Little Cedar Creek, Mt, Spec, 1,11.1965, E. Dahms (QM); paratype 9%, Finch Hatton Gorge, 29.1.1975, B. K. Cantrell, Dept. Prim. Industries, Brisbane; paratype d , Iron Range, 1l.iv.1964, T. F. B. Common & M. §S. Upton (ANIC); Lockerbie, N, Cape York, Jan. 1958, Jynch, 458 Darlington col. (BNMH); N. Queensland, Red- 14.11.1938, Papuan-Australian Archbold Exp., BM, 1947-448. This species differs from Hyalopeplinus malayen- sis o.sp. by having the collar without a lower lateral vitta or bar behind eye and by the vitta of propleura fused to a small lateral black spot on disc. Hyalopeplinus cristovalensis, 1.sp. (Figs, 58-61, 89) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and by the structure of male genitalia, Fig, 58—Hyalopeplinus eristovalensis n-sp,, male, holotype. Male: Length 5-4 mm, width 1-°8 mm. Head; Length 0-4 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0-4 mm, Antenna; Segment I, length 0,6 mm; TI,.2.8 mm; IIT, 1.2 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-6 mm, Cuneus; Length 0:76 mm, width at base 0-36 mm (holotype), General coloration ochraceous to |utescent with black areas; eyes, a longitudinal line on vertex and two spots on frons above antennal peduncles brown to black; antenna brownish, segment | pale ta Jutescent with spots or fascia an lower external 456 portion; pronotum with posterior margin of collar, posterior margins of calli (coalescent with a longitudinal median vitta which extends ta middle of disc), two lateral vittae and two rounded spots (one at each side) on the disc and an irregular spot on propleura coalescing with a small rounded spot on lateral margin of disc brown to black; mesoscutum with three spots (median and two lateral) black; scutellum with a median longitudinal strigose vitta narrowed towards apex (not reaching extremity), two spots on basal angles and four small spots, sometimes coalescent (two at each side) black; hemelytra glassy, corium and embolium transparent, clavus black, opaque, beset with silvery pubescence, external margin of corium and ebolium, corial commisure and corial apex, margin and apex of cuneus, mervures of mebrane fuscous, the latter hyaline with two small longitudinal spots on the apical portion, Underside of body pale yellow to ochraceous, posterior margin of mesosternum, a spot on metapleura and a lateral, longitudinal fascia on abdomen pale yellow; femora with distinct black spots. Lateral margins of pronotum, clavus, embohum and cuneus noticeably pilose, ventral surface of abdomen and pygophore with long hairs. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 59) with a median sclerotized spiculum and membraneous lobe. Left paramere (fig, 60) curved, somewhat enlarged preapically, apex pointed, Right paramere (fig. 61) small, also pointed apically. Figs. 59-61—Hyalopeplinus cristovalensis n.sp.: Fig, 59—Penis; Fig. 60—Left paramere; Fig. 61—Right paramere. REC S$. AUST MUS_, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 2:0 mm, vertex ()-44 mm (allotype). Holotype: male. SQLOMON ISLANDS; San Cristoval, Kira Kira, 26.vii.1960, light trap, C. W. O'Brien (BISHOP). Allotype; female, Bweinaniawarikiapu, 12.viii.1960, light trap, C. W. O’Brien. Paratypes: 6 females and 7 males, same data as types (BISHOP), and author’s collection. This species is close to Hyalopeplinus solomonensis n.sp, but differs by the colour of pronotum and by the lack of velvety spots on the sides of abdomen. Hyalopeplinus fijiensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp. (Figs, 62, 87) Characterised by the reddish scutellum and by the black suffusion on calli covering most of calli. Male: Length 5-7 mm, width 2:0 mm, Head: Length 1-0 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-7 mm; II, 2-6 mm; 11, 1-0 mm; IV, 0:5 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-1 mm, width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus; Length 0:8 mm, width at base 0-51 mm. Fig, 62—Hyalopeplinus fijiensis n.sp., male, holotype, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) General coloration ochraceous with a faint tinge of green shining through hind lobe of scutellum and corium, embolium, clavus and cuneus. On head clypeus from above reddish, on crown dorsally a thin longitudinal line brown and anteriorly a vivid black Spot above each antennifer; apex of second and third antennal segments faintly infuscated, fram the small portion left of one of the fourth segments that segment too may be wholly infuscated. On pronotum five black bars on collar, central and extreme lateral ones wider and longer than the ones behind the inner margins of the eyes. Calli strongly marked with black except on their interior and exterior anterior margins. Between calli and anteriorly continuous with central line on collum and there extending back to just before level of lateral angles black, impressed and transversally striate line which is expanded basally, on either side of expanded portion of latter but near the lateral margins a depressed striate pit and a spot on the lateral angles also black, Mesoscutum blackish except for a short, oblique, reddish-orange bar on each side about midway between centre and lateral margin; on scutellum a central, longitudinal, depressed, transversely striate, black line, in anterior portion rest of disc dark reddish. Clavus outlined with black, more broadly so along inner and posterior margins, this black continuing on to corium for a short distance behind apex of clayus. Hemelytra and wings vitreous, embolium and cuneus more opaque. Anteclypeus anteriorly and laterally also reddish, apex of rostrum black. Laterally on propleura in addition to the lateral black spot on collar and at the lateral angles of the pronotum a large K-shaped bluish-black area which is strigose in parts, Anterior scute of mesopleural region bluish-black, posterior brownish yellow, Peritreme of scent gland brownish yellow, metapleuran above this bluish-black. Sides of abdominal ventrites black dorsally except for last and genital segments, Anterior portion of hind femora strongly maculated with brown, Pilosity restricted to appendages where it is short and pale except for some longer thin spinous hairs on hind femora, Genitalia; Penis with membranous lobes and a sclerotised spiculum. Left paramere falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere smaller, also with an acute distal extremity, Female: Similar to male in coloration and general aspect, Length 6-1 mm, width 2-2 mm, vertex 0-50 mm. Holotype; male, FIJI: Nadarivatu, Viti Levu, 8.i1,1968, N. McFarland (SAM, registered number 121,076). 457 Paratypes: males and females, Viti Levu, ii.1951. N, L. H. Kraus (BISHOP). This species is close to Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight) but differs by the colour of scutellum and lateral portion of pronotum (figs, 83, §7). Hyalopeplinus malayensis, n.sp. (Figs. 63-66, 91) Characterised by the colour of frons, collar and lateral area of propleura, Female: Length 6:2 mm, width 2-0 mm Head: Length 0-5 mm, width 1-2 mm, yertex 0:52 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm: I], 2:4 mm; ITT, 1-0 mm; TV, 0-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:68 mm. width at base 0-40 mm (holotype), Fig. 63—Hyalopeplinus malayensis n.sp., male, holotype, General coloration ochraceous with black to fuscous areas; eyes, median longitudinal vitta (dilated as a spot posteriorly) and two lateral spots on disc of pronotum, basal angles and a median longitudinal strigose vitta on scutellum (not reaching apex), lateral margins of clavus, claval commissure, apical margin and commissure of corium, margins of cuneus and nervures of membrane fuscous to black; 458 antenna fuscous, segment I ochraceous, corium and membrane glassy, transparent, embolium and cuneus opaque, Underside of body ochraceous, propleura above with a longitudinal vitta (enlarged posteriorly) black; between this vitta and the laterat rounded spot of pronotum there is also a small black spot; apex of rostrum fuscous; legs ochraceous, hind femora with a series of fuscous spots on external margin. On the specimens from Malaya the apex of scutellum and a small area at each side of median longitudinal strigose vitta are paler yellow; on the Sumatran and Sri Lanka specimens the longitudinal median vitta of pronotum is continuous (on allotype this vitta extends also over vertex; and the collar, besides the median bar or vitta, also possessing two others on each side, one exteriorly and one laterally), Male; Similar to female in general aspect but with collar showing two extra vittae on lower lateral margin. Length 5-4 mm, width 1-8 mm, vertex 0-52 mm, Figs. 64-66—Hyalopeplinus malayensis n.sp.: 64—Vesica ot aedeagus; Fig, 65—Left paramere; Fig. 66—Right paramere. REC. 8, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-552 September, 1979 Genitalia: Penis (fig, 64) with a small sclerotised spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere (fig. 65) falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere (fig. 66) small, enlarged apically, with a minute sclerotised apex. Holotype: female, LAOS; Sedone Prov., Pakson, 18,v,1965, P. D. Ashlock, light trap (BISHOP). Allotype: male, INDONESIA: Dolok Merangir, Sumatra, July-Aug., 1971, Deihl (AMNH). Para- types: female, SRI LANKA; Peradeniya, vili.1911 (BMNH); female, INDONESIA: Sumatra, Dolok Merangir, Sept. 27-30, 1970, Diehl (AMNH); female, same data as holotype; VIETNAM: Saigon, viii.1903, Donnateur Comm. Foukeut; Sanari, 1934. This species resembles Hyalopeplinus cairnsensis n.sp. but vittae of the propleura do not come as close to the lateral spots on the dorsum of the pronetum, Hyalopeplinus papuensis, n.sp. (Figs. 67-70, 84) Characterised by the colour of frons, sides of sternum and abdomen. Male; Length 4-8 mm, width 1-8 mm. Head: Length 0:4 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-44 mm, Antenna; Segment T, length 0-7 mm; I], 2:4 mm; III, 1-8 mm; IV, 0:7 mm. Pronotum: Length 0:9 mm width at base 1-5 mm, Cuneus; Length 0-60 mm, width at base 0-32 mm (holotype). \ 67 F Fig. 67—Hyalopeplinus papuensis n.sp.. male. holotype. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLIN! OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) General coloration ochraceous with fuscous to black areas, eyes, area of calli, five roundish spots on disc of pranotum, one median followed anteriorly by a longitudinal median vitta reaching collar and vertex, and four lateral spots, the larger ones seen from above and the smaller ones seen only from side (united or not with larger spots); two lateral spots on mesoscutum, longitudinal strigose vitta of scutellum (not reaching apex) and clavus fuscous to black; embolial and cuneal margins, apical margin of corium and nervures of membrane fuscous; corium and membrane glassy, transparent, embolium and cuneus Opaque; sternal area ochraceous, propleura (except margin of anterior coxal cleft), mesosternum laterally, meso and metapleura black, In some specimens the posterior portion of propleuron below the dark fascia ochraceous; abdomen reddish laterally, The collar of this species shows three bars or vittae above (the median one extending whole length of the collar but the two lateral ones not teaching anterior margin) and two lower ones laterally behind eyes well marked and about as wide as width of segment I of antenna, black, Legs ochraceous, tibiae slightly darker. Genitalia: Penis (fig, 68) with a small sclerotized spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere (fig, 69) falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere (fig 70) small, globose apically, ending in a blunt point, Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 6:5 mm, width 2:1 mm, vertex 0:48 mm. Holotype: male, PAPUA-NEW GUINEA: Abaleti, Rossel Isl,, 0:50 m, no12, 28.ix,1956, Fifth Archbold Exp. to New Guinea, L. J. Brass (AMNH), Allotype: female, Biniguni, Gulariu River, 150 m, no3, July-Aug. 14.1953, Geoffrey M. Tate, Fourth Archbold Exp, Paratypes; two males, same data as holotype; female, Mt. Riu, Sudest Is]. 250-350 m, nol0, 9,i,1956, Fifth Archbold Exp, to New Guinea, L. J. Brass, male, New Guinea, S. E. Ruka 9 m, 12.viii,1964, H. Clissold, light traps, INDONESIA: Irian Jaya, Waris 8 of Hollandia, 450-500 m, 1-7, viii,1959, T, C, Maa; male, NEW BRITAIN; Linga Linga, W of Willeumes, P. En. Im. xiv,1956, J. L. Gressitt. Differs from Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight) by the pale humeral angles and by the reddish lateral fascia of abdamen, Hyalopeplinus philippinensis, n.sp. (Figs. 71-74, 88) Characterised by the colour of frons, collar and lateral area of sternum. 459 Figs. 68-70—Hyalopeplinus papuensis n.sp.: Fig. 6&—Vesica of aedeagus, Fig, 49—Left paramere: Fig. 70— Right paramere. Male: Length 5-8 mm, width 1-8 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0:44 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0-7 mm1 II, 2:7 mm, III, 1-4 mm; IV, 0:9 mm, Pronotum: Length 1:1 mm, width at base 1-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-72 mm, width at base 0:40 mm. Genera] coloration ochraceous with fuscous to black areas; eyes, three spots on pronotum—one median followed anteriorly by a longitudinal vitta reaching collar, two lateral ones visible from above; median and lateral spots on mesoscutum, a median longitudinal strigose vitta on scutellum (not reaching apex) black; margins of clavus, commissure and apical margin of corium, margins of embolium, margins of cuneus and nervures of membrane fuscous; corium and membrane glassy, transparent; antenna ochraceous, segments III and IV fuscous, Underside of body ochraceous, a lateral fascia on propleura coalescing or not with lateral spot of disc 460 black; legs pale; collar with three median bars or vittae and two lower lateral ones (their width approximately equal to width or segment I of antenna) black; femora with fuscous spots extern- ally, abdomen with a lateral orange fascia, Genitalia: Penis (fig. 72) with a sclerotized spiculum and membranous lobes provided with minute teeth apically, Left paramere (fig. 73) falciform, pointed. Right paramere (fig. 74) globose, small. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 2-0 mm, vertex 0:46 mm. Fig. 7i—Hyalopeplinus philippinensis n.sp,, male holotype. Holotype: male, PHILIPPINES: Negros I., Camp Lookout, Dumaguete, 14.v.1961, T, Schneiria, A. Reyes (AMNH), Paratypes: seven males and females Luzon, Proy. Ifugao, Mt, Mayoyao, 1 000- 1500 m, 7.vii.1966, H. Torrevillas, light trap (BISHOP), and in the author’s collection, This species approaches Hyalopeplinus papuensis n.sp. but differs by the pale colour of sternal area and by the ochraceous area of calli, REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 72-74—Hyalopeplinus philtppinensis nsp.: Fig. 72—Penis; Fig. 73—Left paramere; Fig. 74—Right paramere. Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight, 1935), n. comb. Guisardus samoanus Knight, 1935, p. 211, fig.; Carvalho, 1959, p, 319. (Figs. 75-78, 83) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and by the structure of male genitalia. Male: Length 5.9 mm, width 2-0 mm, Head: Length 0-5 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-48 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm; H, 2-5 mm; HI, 14 mm: TV, 0-5 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-7 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0-40 mm, General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow with fuscous to black areas; eyes, antenna (segments II- IV darker), narrow longitudinal line on vertex fuscous to brown, two spots above antennal peduncle on frons black, clypeus castaneous; pronotum with a wide vitta laterally, a small median longitudinal triangular vitta and two small (some- times obsolete) spots or vittae at each side of median vitta of collar; hind margin of calli, a longitudinal median vitta following median vitta of collar, enlarged and globose posteriorly at middle of disc, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) two sublateral spots, usually curved anteriorly, continuing or not with equivalent spot on lateral margin af pronotum, a spot at humeral angles, a longitudinal vitta on propleura coalescing with another at lateral margin fuscous to black; spots at middie and basal angles of mesoscutum, a longitudinal vitta on scutellum narrowed towards apex (but not reaching it) and basal angles black; clavus internal and externally, claval, corial and cuneal margins and nervures of membrane fuscous, Underside of body pale yellow, mesoscutum laterally, metapleura and spot on second abdominal segment fuscous, lateral longitudinal vitta on abdomen black; legs pale yellow, hind femora tending to castaneous apically with fuscous spots on outer surface, Fig. 75—Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight), female. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 76) with a sclerotised spiculum and membranous lobes. Lefi paramere (fig. 77) falciform, thicker at basal and subapical portions, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 78) small, thickest at middle, with a blunt point at apex, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, Length 6:2 mm, width 2-2 mm, vertex 0-52 mm. Geographical distribution: Samoa, New Hebrides, Raratonga Is., American Samoa, Society Islands, Tabuai Is. 46) Specimens studied: several males and females, SAMOA: Afiamalu, Upolu, 10,vi.1940, 2 200 ft, at light, Swezey and Zimmerman; id. 25.vi.1940; id. 30.vi.1940; id. S.vii.1940; id, ii.1955, N, L, Krauss; Pago-Matafao trail, 13.vii.1940, Tutuila I, 2 141 ft, beating shrubbery: Tapafao, Upolu, 21.v.1940, 1 000 ft, at light, Swezey & Zimmerman; Afiamalu, Upolu, {i,1962, R. W. Taylor (BISHOP and AMNH). AMERICAN SAMOA; Tutuila, Tapuna, 5.viii.1964, N. R. Spencer; Tatuputimu Farm, I1.x1.1963; Fagatogo, 19.vii.1963 (BISHOP); NEW HEBRIDES: Espiritu Santo 1, (SW), Namatosopa, 300 m. 29,vili,1957; Narango, 90 m, vi.1960 (BISHOP); Aneityum, Red Crest, 1 200 ft, 3 m NE of Anelgauhat, v,1955; Erromanga, vii.1930, L, E. Cheesman, (BMNH); Aneityum, Agathis Camp, 19- 21.vij.1971, G, Robinson (SAM). RARATONGA ISLAND; 2.11.1937 (BISHOP). SOCIETY ISLANDS: Moorea, Baie de Cook, iii,1959, N, L. Krauss (BISHOP). This species differs from others in the genus by the humeral angles and abdomen being black laterally, Figs 76-78—Hyalopeplinus samoanus (Knight): Fig. 76—Penis: Fig. 77—Left paramere; Fig, 78—Right paramere. Hyalopeplinus solomonensis, n.sp. (Figs, 79-82, 90) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and lateral margins of sternum, Male; Length 5-6 mm, width 2:0 mm. Head: Length 0-3 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-44 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm, IT, 3:1 mm; III, 1-4 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-60 mm, width at base 0-32 mm (holotype). Fig. 79—Hyalopeplinus solomonensis n.sp., male, holotype, General coloration ochraceous to citrine with dark silvery pruinose and brown areas; head with a longitudinal vitta on vertex, branched anteriorly, two spots above base of antennal peduncles, four spots on clypeus (base, sides and apex), vitta on lorum and vitta on lower margin of gena and spot on neck behind eye fuscous to black; eyes castaneous; antenna with segment 1 and [I pale yellow (segment 1 with a dark longitudinal vitta interiorly), segments III-IV black; pronotum with collar, a characteristic M-shaped pruinose spot on dise (running along hind margin of calli with two projections forwards), the REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 lateral and median longitudinal branches running backwards and becoming enlarged apically (not reaching hind margin of disc) black, extreme portion of humeral angles fuscous; mesoscutum at middle and external fossae black; scutellum with a longitudinal narrow strigose vitta (not reaching apex) and two vittae curving inwards and arising from the two black spots dark with silvery pruinosity; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus opaque, black, covered by silvery pruinosity, inner and outer margins of embolium and corium, commissure, inner and apical portion of cuneus, nervures of membrane fuscous to brown: membrane hyaline with two narrow longitudinal vitae at apical portion, Underside of body pale yellow, xyphus of prosternum, a characteristic spot on propleura with a round velvety black spot at middle, mesosternum (except a small pale spot) and a wide longitudinal vitta laterally on abdomen with elongate velvety spots on the upper portion of each segment fuscous to black; legs pale yellow, femora with small fuscous spots. Pronotum strigase on black vittae or spots, scutellum also strigose at middle, clavus opaque, pilose, eyes large and prominent. Figs, 80-82—Hyalopeplinus solomanensis n-sp.; Fig. 80—penis; Fig, 81—Left paramere; Fig. 82—Right paramere. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Genitalia: Penis (fig. 80) with a sclerotised spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere (fig, 81) falciform, pointed apically, Right paramere (fig. 82) small, globose, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, Length 6-0 mm, width 2-2 mm, vertex 0-48 mm (allotype). Holotype: male. SOLOMON ISLANDS: Florida Group, Gairava, M’boli passage, Big Nggnela, 13.ix.1960, C. W. O’Brien (BISHOP). Allotype: female, same data as holotype, Paratypes: Eight males and fourteen females, same data as holotype and New Georgia Grp., Gizo 1, 100 m, 17.vii.64, J- Sedlacek, malaise trap; Florida Grp., Vunula, Small Neggela, 19.ix,60, light trap, C, W, O'Brien; Santa Ysabel, Tamatahi, 450 m, 2.vii.1960, bght trap, C. W, O'Brien; N, W, Malaita, Dala, 2,vii,1964, R. Straatman, light trap; id. Kwalo, 600-750 m, 29.ix.1957, light trap, J. L. Gressitt; Guadalcanal, Jan. 1921, J. A. Kuschel; id. Rorom, 35 km of Honiara, 10 m, 13.v.1964, R. Straatman; id. Lame nr, Mt, Tatuva, 300 m, 18.v,1960, light trap, C. W, O'Brien; Paripao, 21.v.1960, light trap; Bougain- ville, Kulugai Village, LS0 m, xi,1960, W. W.,. Brandt; id. Buin, Kangu, 1-50 m, 3.v,1956, J. L. Gressitt, This species approaches Hyalopeplinus cris- tovalensis n.sp. but differs by the colour of pronotum and velvety spots of abdomen. CRISTOVALENSIS SOLOMONENSIS 463 Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912 Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912a, p. 419; Carvalho, 19359, p, 319, Type-species: Hyalopeplaides cyanescens Poppius, 1912, Bady elongate, mostly glabrous, shining. Head slightly wider than long, eyes almost contiguous with collar, frans with oblique striations (obsolete or absent in some species), clypeus prominent, compressed, rostrum reaching the middle coxae, Antenna with segment I thicker than others, about as long as width of head, segment | about three times as long as [, segments ILI-IV slender, pubescence short. Pronotum with anterior portion noticeably con- stricted (so as to appear three lobed), collar wide, calli prominent, reaching lateral margins and well separated from collar and disc, hind margin slightly sinuate at middle; surface of pronotum faintly transversely rugose, the rugosities more marked on the dark vittae or spots, submarginal portion finely punctate; mesoscutum partially exposed, scutellum longitudinally impressed (with a shallow wide sulcus) and rugose transversely. Hemelytra glassy, transparent, embolium and cuneus Opaque, pubescent (in some species clavus also with hairs), clavo-corial and corio embolial sutures with a row of punctures, cuneus about twice or more as long as wide at base, membrane vitreous. MALAYENSIS Figs. 83-91—Lateral view of head and pronotum showing colour markings on species of genus Hyalopeplinus n.gen.: Fig §3—samoanus; Fig, 84—papuensis,; Fig. Ss—calrnsensis; Fig 86—antennalis; Fig. &87—fijiensis; Fig, 88—philippinensys; Fig. 91—malavensis. 89—crislovalensis; Fig. 90—solomonensis; Fig. 464 Legs fairly long, hind tibiae with hairs, spines and minute sclerotised tubercles, parempodia divergent tawards apices. This genus is yery close ta Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870 but differs by the rugosities of pronotum occupying only the anterior two thirds and more evident on the black vittae or spots; by the submarginal portion of disc posteriorly finely punctate and without rugosities; by the disc noticeably constricted anteriorly as if being divided into three portions and by the rounded humeral angles. List of species of the genus Hyalopeploides Poppius 1. alienus Carvalho & Gross,;n.sp.,.. Australia 2. australiensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp. Australia 3. bOrNBENSISN.SP. ~ 0-22 bee eee Borneo 4, cyanescens Poppius, 1912 Papwa-New Guinea 5. fasciatus Msp... sis. eee ce ee eee Java 6, maculatus tsp. ......., Papua-New Guinea 7. neoguineanusn.sp. ..,., Papwa-New Guinea 8. ochraceus T.sp....-..-.-- Papua-New Guinea 9, queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp. . Australia 10. rubriniscusa.sp.......--5-. New Ireland 11, rubrinoidesnesp.. 2... 6. eee, New Britain Bismark. Is. 12. similarism.sp--....... 0.00020, Solomon Is, 13. trinetatusn.sp New Ireland Key to the species of the genus Hyalopeploides poppius = Body except cuneus ochraceous; disc of pronotum with obsolete longitudinal orange vittse,..., achraceus n.sp, Body with black or dark brown vittae orspots.....,..., 2 hw . Head unicolorous; pronetum with three rugose vitta-like black spots. ..., 3 BYE awellnn tere ua . Collar without longitudinal dark viltae or bars; pronotum with. a median and two lateral brown fossae or spots alienus Carvalho & Gross, nm. 5p, Collar with longitudinal dark vitta@orbars-.. -......, 4 4. Collar with only two Jower lateral spots, one at each side; calli UMICOIOTOUS oi cece eee cede nee trinotatus nm. sp. Collar with two median triangular black [asciae or bars; calli with two dark spats laterally, one at each side queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross, n, sp. Ln , Cuneus black to dark brown; collar with four longitudinal median villae. the lower ones larger and darker; vertex with two black spots at inner margin of eyes; calli mostly black or with black spots ..,,-.. -- cyanescens Poppius Cuneus reddish or sulphurescent; collar with five to seven longitudinal vittae or bars oy yc ee ee ee eens . 6 6. Disc of pronotum with a longitudinal median vitta reachin callar anteriorly and two round central spats, or with suc yitta and spots plus two lateral vittae, one at each side, black; collar with three longitudinal vittae .......... 7 Dise of pronotum with three longitudinal vittac, usually covered by silvery pruimosity, collar with five to seyen longitudinal bars orvittae .,..,,----) ees seer 8B 7. Disc of prengnite with a median longitudinal vitta and two spots black; scurellum with two longitudinal black vittae maculatus ml. sp. Disc. of pronotum with three longitudinal vittae and two spots black; scutellum with a single basal median longitudinal Bathe, CAM a oe, borneensis n. sp. REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429.532 Sepiember, 1979 8. Scutellum with two longitudinal dark brown to black vittae; sometimes fused into one,.,...,. 9 Scutellum unicolorous or nearly so, without longitudinal lack vitae. nee Se, td 9. Collar with three longitudinal black vittae or bars, che lower anes characteristic, large and quadrate; head with a single median yitta..- --.- cece. Stmilarisn. sp. Collar with five to seven longitudinal black vittae; head with three longitudinal vittae ., Mito: 10 10. Collar with five longitudinal vittae, the two lower ones, one at each side, large, black, quadrate...,,,., fasciaius n_ sp. Collar with seven longrtudinal vittae, the two lower ones distinct, not fused into one _. neoguineanus n. sp. 11, Head unicolorous, without longitudinal reddish vitae, disc of pronotum with two longitudinal brown vittae between the median and the lateral qustraliensis Carvalho & Gross, n. sp- Head with three longitudinal reddish vittae; disc without three longitudinal brown vittae-—... 0... 22-2... Late 12. Collar with seven longitudinal vittae, the lower ones reddish; sides. of abdomen with one red vitta above rubriniscus 1, sp- Collar with five longitudinal vittae, The two lower ones characteristic, fused anteriorly; sides of abdomen with two red longitudinal lateral vittae . _ tubrinoides n. sp. Hyalopeploides alienus Carvalho & Gross, n, sp. (Figs. 92, 128) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and collar, Female; Length 7-5 mm, width 2-0mm, Head; Length 1-0 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0:54 mm, Antenna: Segment [, length 1:0 mm; II, 2-8 mm; III, 17mm, LV, 0-8 mm, Pronotum; Length 15mm, width at base 2-0 mm. Cumeus: Length 1:22 mm, width at base 0-49 mm (holotype). General coloration brownish yellow; on head eyes blackish and apex of second and third and fourth antennal segments infuscated; pronotum with central depressed fossa pale brown and laterally to this on each side on Jateral margins an oval brown spot; clavus vaguely darker then rest of hyaline portion of wings and hemelytra, embolium and clineus pale yellowish brown; rest of hemelytra and Wings hyaline, Dorsum of abdomen yellowish brown medianly, becoming more reddish brown Jaterally. Laterally and beneath concolorous with dorsal surface and apex of rostrum infuscated, apices of femora and towards lateral margins af abdomen faintly reddish. Pilosity restricted to apical portion of embolium, cuneus, appendages and underside of abdomen, the pilosity dark on all but the underside of the abdomen where it is whitish. On tibiae some longer and paler spine like hairs interspersed with the shorter dark pilosity- THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 465 On pronotum medially a longitudinal, rather Male: Unknown. narrow, depressed transversely strigose groove extending from level of hind margin of calli to about ’h of hind lobe. Disc of hind lobe faintly transversely Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA: North Queens- strigose, Scutellum depressed anteriorly in the land, Cairns District, F. P. Dodd; 1 damaged middle behind which is a longitudinal, depressed, female, Kuranda, F. P. Dodd (SAM Reg. no. transversely strigose groove running almost to apex. 120,980). Rs -—__. 2mm ——_— Fig. 92—Hyalopeploides alienus Carvalho & Gross, n.sp., female, holotype. 466 Differs from Hyalopeploides australiensis n.sp. by having the body considerably longer in relation to its width and also by having the transversely strigose groove on the pronotum narrow and brownish in colour. es Se SS =~. P< ee y i + N \ Fig. 93—Hyalopeploides qustraliensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp., female, holotype. Hyalopeploides australiensis Carvalho & Gross, n, sp. (Fig. 93, 129) Characterised by the colour of head and pronotum, Female; Length 6-8 mm, width 2:2 mm. Head; Length 0:5 mm, width 1:1 mm, vertex 0-52 mm. Antenna; Segment I, length, 1-0 mm; II, 2-9 mm; III, 1-5 mm; TV, 0-7.mm. Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm. width at base 1-9 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-76 mm, width at base 0-44 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with reddish and black areas; eyes castaneous, antenna reddish, apical portion of segment I], segment Il (except base) and segment TV dark brown; collar with three vittae or bars above and nwo lateral (one of the latter REC, §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 on each side wider and about as wide as segment I of antenna) dark brown; area of calli and disc with three strigose longitudinal vittae (with a silvery pruinosity on well preserved specimens), disc also with three longitudinal vittae plus two others wider and shorter at posterior portion brown, humeral angles black exteriorly; mesoscutum and scutellum with a longitudinal orange vitta reaching apex of scutellum; hemelytra glassy, transparent margins of clavus, commissure and apical margin of corium, nervures of membrane, inner and outer margin of embolium brown; cuneus and embolium opaque, the first reddish and the second ochraceous, membrane transparent. Underside of body pale yellow, propleura with a longitudinal, strigose brown vitta, legs pale yellow, hind femora reddish apically with two rows of smaill fuscous spots, hind tibiae and tarsi reddish, claws black, Male: unknown. Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA; Queensland; F. P. Dodd, 1907-54, Kuranda, Old. F. P. Dodd, April 1904 (BMNH). Paratypes: female, same data as holotype, June, 1904; female, N. Queensland, Redlynch, 14.viii,1938, Papuan-Australian Exp. B.M. 1947-48; female. Redlynch, Old. xii.1938, B,M. 1949-61, R. F. Sternitsky, Papuan-Australian Exp., B.M. 1949-61, Female, Kuranda, F. Dodd, (SAM Reg, no, 120,981), This species approaches Hyalopeplinus rubrinus n. sp. and Hyalopeplinus rubrinoides n. sp. but differs by the colour of head and pronotum, Hyalopeploides borneensis, n-_ sp. (Figs. 94-97, 132) Characterised by the colour of head and prono- tum. Male: Length 6-5 mm, width 2:0 mm. Head: Length 0-5 mm, width 1-1] mm, vertex 0-48 mm. Antenna: Segment [, length 0-6 mm, II, 2°8 mm; IIT and IV, mutilated. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width at base 1-7 mm. Cuneus; Length 0:60 mm, width at base 0-28 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; eyes brown, antenna, dark brown, segment I reddish; pronotum and vertex with a continuous longitudinal, median vitta which is strigose and widened posteriorly on disc, two strigose lateral spots, humeral angles, two lower jateral vittae on collar, the lowest one reaching over calli dark brown to black; mesoscutum with two lateral black spots; scutellum with two black basal spots joining a longitudinal brown vitta widened basally, apical portion of scutelJum lighter; hemely- tra glassy, transparent, margins of clavus, commis- sure and apical margin of corium, nervures of THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAE) 467 Fig. 94—Hyalopeploides borneensis n.sp,, male, holotype. membrane, inner and outer margins of emboliiim and of cuneus castaneous, median area of latter orange to red; membrane transparent. Underside of body ochraceous, propleura with a lateral posterior strigose vitta fuscous, femora with small fuscous spots, the hind pair tending to orange apically, hind tibiae. orange to reddish. Genitalia; Penis (fig. 95) with membranous lobes provided with minute teeth at extremities, Left paramere (fig, 96) curved, enlarged subapically. Right paramere (fig. 97) smaller, simple, Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect, Length 6:5 mm, width 2-0 mm, vertex 0-48 mm. Cuneus; Length 0-72 mm, width at base 0:40 mm. Holotype; Male, EAST MALAYSIA; Mt, Kinabalu, Manei Parei, 5 000 ft, 5.ii.1929, Exp. F.M.S., B.M. 1955-354, H. M. Pendlebury (BMNH). Allotype: female, Forest Camp 19 km, N of Kalabakan, 12.x.1962, Y. Hirashima, light trap (BISHOP). Paratype: male, same data as holotype. Approaches Hyalopeplinus maculatus n, sp, but differs by the colour of pronotum. Hyalopeploides cyanescens Poppius, 1912 Hyalopeploides cyanescens Poppins, 1912a, p. 419; Carvalho, 1959, p, 319. (Figs. 98, 133) Characterised by the colour of head, pronotum and cuneus. Female: Length 6:5 mm, width 1:8 mm. Head. Length 1-0 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-60 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm; IL, 2:9 mm; III- TV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-S mm, width at base 2.0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-12 mm, width at base 0-44 mm (lectotype). General coloration ochraceous with dark areas; inner margin of eye and post-ocular area of head black, antenna pale yellow, apex of segment II and segments II] and IV black; pronotum with collar showing four longitudinal vittae (the lower lateral ones larger and darker), spots on calli or the whole area, two lateral spots on disc and a narrow longitudinal vitta (not reaching the hind margin or obsolete in some specimens), propleura (except lower margin), lateral margin of mesosternum fuscous to black; hemelytra ochraceous, transpa- rent, cuneus and embolium partially ochraceous. Underside of body and legs pale yellow to lutescent, hind tibiae tending to castaneous, abdomen with reddish tinge. Pronotum rugose anteriorly, noticeably con- stricted behind calli which are prominent, scutellum rugose at middle, clavus, embolium and cuneus pubescent. Male; unknown, Specimens studied; female, lectotype (new desig- nation), NEW GUINEA: Astrolabe Bai, Erima (HELSINKI); female, INDONESIA; Bodem, 100m, 1ikm SE of Oe6crberfaren, Irian Jaya, 10.vii,1959, light trap (BISHOP), This species is close to Hyalopeplus ochraceous n. sp. but differs by the colour of pronotum. Hyalopepoides fasciatus, n. sp- (Fig, 125) Characterised by the longitudinal pruinose vitta of pronotum and by the two wide longitudinal vittae of scutellum, Female: Length 8-4 mm, width 2-8 mm. Head: length 0-8 mm, width 1:4 mm, vertex 0:64 mm. Antenna; Segment I, length 1:0 mm; [03:2 mm, IIT, 1-4 mm; IV 0-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2:4 mm. Cuneus: 1:12 mm, width at base 0:56 mm (holotype), General coloration flavescent to citrine with dark brown to reddish areas; head, pronotum and scutellum citrine; a longitudinal vitta on middle of head, two lateral ones along inner margins of eyes (ebsolete in some specimens) joining middle line of clypeus fuscous to brown; five vittae or bars an 468 REC. §, AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 Sepiember, 1979 Figs. 95-97—Hyalopeploides borneensis n.sp.; Fig. 95—Penis; Fig. 96—Left paramere; Fig. 97—Right paramere. collar (the lower lateral ones forming a black rectangular spot behind eye), three longitudinal wide pruinose vittae on pronotum; one median and two lateral (these slightly inside the corresponding pair on calli) black, two obsolete longitudinal vittae running between the pruinose vittae castaneous; mesoscutum and scutellum with lateral margins basally and two longitudinal vittae (not reaching apex) castaneous; hemelytra glassy, transparent, sutures black, cuneus reddish with outer margin pale; membrane glassy, slightly fuscous, nervures dark. Eyes castaneous, antenna reddish, apex of segment II black, segments III-IV black (with pale bases). Underside of body flavescent, a line along side of head, a vitta along upper margin of propleura and another above coxal cleft I castaneous to reddish; legs flavescent, apices of tibiae I and II reddish, femora suffused with red, hind pair apically and hind tibiae totally red, apices of tarsi fuscous. Pronotum distinctly rugose, scutellum prominent, cuneus noticeably long. Male: unknown. Holotype: female, INDONESIA: Bibidjilan, West Java, M. E. Welsh, 8.v.38, in the collection of the author. This species differs from allied forms by having three longitudinal wide pruinose fasciae on pro- notum, two longitudinal fasciaé on scutellum and a quadrate black spot present on lower lateral margin of collar. Fig. °8—Hyalopeploides cyanescens Poppius, female, lectotype. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAB) Hyalopeploides maculatus, n. sp. (Figs. 99-102, 123) Characterised by the hemelytra and hind legs. colour of pronotum, Female: Length 9-8 mm, width 3-2 mm. Head: Length 0-7 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 0:76 mm. Antenna: Segment 1, length 1-2 mm; 11, 4-2 mm: OL 1V, broken. Pronotum: Length 16 mm, width at basé 2-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-20 mm, width at base 0-64 mm (holotype). Fig. 99—Hyalopeploides maculatus n.sp.: female, paratype. General coloration ochraceous to lutescent with brown and reddish areas; a longitudinal vitta on head, eyes, antennae (except segment I) black; pronotal collar with three well marked longitudinal vittae (in some specimens only median vitta present), a longitudinal median vitta on disc not reaching posteriar margin, two round spots at central portion, twa longitudinal vittae near humeral angles, and a small spot at each angle brown to black; mesoscutum with four dark spots; scutellum with two median longitudinal vittae united or joined brown, apical portion pale; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus and corium with inner and outer margins and commissure brown, embolium opaque dark, cuneus opaque, pale at central portion, 46% reddish at apex and margins (in some specimens the median portion is also reddish); membrane fuscous, nervures brown, Underside of body ochraceous, posterior margin of ostiolar peritreme, keel of metapleura, and apical end of abdomen dark, legs ochraceous, hind femora black, hind tibiae brown, segment II of tarsi fuscous. Male: Similar to female in colour and general aspect. Length 8-6 mm, width 2-7 mm, vertex 0:72 mm. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 100) with membranous lobes showing areas of sclerotised teeth. Left paramere (fig. 101) enlarged apically with a terminal short point. Right paramere (fig. 102) small with a szlerotised apical branched tubercle. Holotype: female, INDONESIA: Swart Val., Karubaka, Irian Jaya, 1 400-1 600 m, 9.x1.1958, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP). Allorype; male, same data as holotype, Paratypes; three females, idem, in the above collection and of the author, This species approaches Hyalopeplinus similaris n. sp. but differs by the presence of two raunded spots on the dise of the pronotum, Hyalopeploides neoguineanus, no. sp. (Figs. 103-107, 124) Characterised by the colour of the body and by the structure of male genitalia. Male; Length 7-6mm. width 2-6mm, Head; Length 0-6 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-52 mm. Antenna: Segment J, length 1-2 mm; I, 3-0 mm; Wl, l-lmm; [V, 06mm. Pronotum: Length 15 mm, width at base 2:2mm. Cunens: Length 0-84 mm, width at base 0:52 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous to citrine with brown and reddish areas; head with a median longitudinal and two lateral vittae (obsolete in some specimens), lateral vitta on gena brown, clypeus, jugum and lorum, posterior margin of eyes on neck, and segment I of antenna reddish, segments III-IV brown to black (segment II tending to reddish at base); pronotum seen from above with collar, calli and disc marked by five longitudinal vittae; one median and two lateral brown with silvery pruinosity; two sublateral and reddish (absent or obsolete in some specimens, especially on females), lateral margins, lower lateral vittae of collar (the upper ones brown to dark), longitudinal vitta on sternal area and lateral portion of abdomen reddish: mesoscutum with two median vittae (not reaching apex) and basal angles black, hemelytra glassy. transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus, corium and embolium (at basal portion), apical 470 REC. S. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 100-102—Hyalopeploides maculatus n.sp.; Fig, 100—Penis; Fig. 101—Left paramere; Fig. 102—Right paramere. margin of corium and nervures of membrane brown, apical portion (in the male the whole extension) of embolium, corial commissure and cuneus reddish, membrane ochraceous, transparent. Underside of body ochraceous, segment | of rostrum, ostiolar peritreme, upper margins of abdominal segments, terebra and area continguous reddish, segment IX brown, femora reddish, tibiae brown, the hind pair reddish, tarsi fuscous. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 105) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized teeth. Left paramere (fig. 106) curved, ended by a slender point. Right paramere (fig, 107) simple, with a sclerotized apical point. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. In some specimens the pronotum do not show the longitudinal vittae between the central and the two lateral ones. Length 8-3 mm, width 3-0 mm, vertex 0-52 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:00 mm, width at base 0:60 mm (allotype),. Holotype: Male, INDONESIA: Irian Jaya, Wisselmeren, 1 700 m, Wagaete, Tigi L., 17, Aug. 1955, J. L. Gressitt (BISHOP), Allotype: female, NEW GUINEA: NE Elliptami Valley, 1 200- 1350m, August 1-15, 1959, W. W, Brandt, Paratypes; 9 females, Ahl.V. Nodung]l, 1 750 m, 8.vili.1955, J. L. Gressitt; NE Torricelli Mts. Sugoitei Vill., 900 m, W. W. Brandt, 1-5.11.1959; Swart Vall., Karubaka, 10.xi,1958; NE Feramin, 1450 m, 26.viii.63, R. Straatman; Wisselmeren, Moanemani, Kamo, | 500 m, J. Sedlacek; Duroto, E of Enarotadi, 1 800 m, in the collection above and of the author. Very close to Hyalopeplus rubrinus n. sp. but differs by the presence of longitudinal dark vittae on scutellum. It is also near Hyalopeplus fasciatus n, sp. from which it can be separated by the presence of the seven vittae on collar. Fig. 103—Hyalopeploides neoguineanus n.sp., male, holotype. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 471 Fig. 104—Hyalopeploides neoguineanus n.sp., female, allotype. Hyalopeploides ochraceus, n. sp. (Figs. 108-111, 122) Characterised by the colour and structure of male genitalia. Male: Length 7:6 mm, width 2:2mm, Head; Length 0-5 mm, width 1-2 mm, vertex 0-64 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1:0 mm; I, 2-9 mm; I-IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2-2 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0:40 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous tending to lutes- cent; pronotum and scutellum tending to citrine; in some specimens there is an indication of five longitudinal, orange vittae on disc of pronotum and also an indication of a longitudinal vitta on vertex, base on clypeus, lateral area of head and lateral portion of abdomen; eyes brown; cuneus tending ta reddish internally; posterior femora with small reddish spots internally at apical portion. Pronotum and scutellum noticeably rugose trans- vetsally, the disc constricted behind calli. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 108) with a sclerotized spiculum (fig. 111) and membranous lobes with sclerotised teeth apically; secondary gonopore with groups of sclerotised teeth nearby. Left paramere (fig. 109) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 110) globose, with an apical point. Figs. 105—Penis; Fig. paramere. 105-107—Hyalopeploides 106—Left paramere; neoguineanus Fig. n.sp.: Fig. 107—Right 472 REC, S. AUST, MUS., 17 (30): 429-332 Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, Length 76mm, width 2-.4.mm, vertex 0-68 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-84 mm, width at base 0-56 mm (allotype). Holotype: Male, NEW GUINEA: Elliptami Val- ley, 1 200-1 350m, August. 1-15, 1959, W, W. Brandt (BISHOP). Allotype: female, INDONESIA: September, 1979 Swart Val., Karubaka, Irian Jaya, 10,xi,1958, light trap, J, L. Gressitt, Paratypes: two males and three females, same data as holotype, in the above collection and of the author. Differs from all others species included jin the genus by the almost uniform ochraceous colour of the body, TAR x cS ee 7 ee * 22RSSE > ae DEE: Figs 108-111—Hyalopeploides ochraceus n.sp.: Fig. 108—Penis; Fig 109—Lett paramere, Fig. 110—Right paramere; Eig 1t1—Spiculum of aedeagus. Hyalopepoides queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross, n.sp. (Figs. 112, 131) Characterised by the colour of head and pronotum, Female: Length 8-4 mm, width 1:9 mm, Head: Length 0-5 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0:50 mm. Antenna; Segment I, length 0-9 mm; IT, 2-8 mm; Iff, 1-8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width at base 1:9 mm, Cuneus: Length 08% mm, width at base 0-36 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with brown to black areas; eyes brown, antennae dark brown, segment I ochraceous; pronotal collar with two longitudinal triangular bars or vittae (the vertex touching calli), two lateral spots on calli, two small ones near the confluence of the latter posteriorly brown; a median longitudinal strigase vitta on disc, widened posteriorly and two lateral spots (also strigose) black; a small brown spot at each side near the two lateral spots but situated inferiorly and the humeral angles brown; mesoscutum and scutellum ochraceous, the latter darker near apex} hemelytra glassy, transparent, margins of clavus, commissure THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 473 and apical margin of corium, nervures of membrane brown; embolum and cuneus opaque, orange to reddish membrane transparent, Underside of body ochraceous, a small spot above anterior portion of coxal cleft I and longitudinal strigose vitta on posterior portion of propleura brown; legs pale yellow, femora with reddish tinge apically. Male: Unknown, Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA: Kuranda, Qld., June 1904, F. P, Dadd, Queensland, F, P. Dodd, B. M. 1907-54 (BMNH). This species approaches Hyalopeplinis rubriniscus n.sp. Hyalopeplinus rubrinoides n.sp. but differs by the colour of head and pronotum. Y LAE, Fig. 112—Hyalopeploides queenslandensis Carvalho & Gross, f.-sp.. female, holotype Hyalopeploides rubrinoides, n.sp. (Fig. 127) Characterised by the colour of collar. Female: Length 84 mm, width 2-7 mm, Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-64 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; II, 3:0 mm; III, 13 mm; IV, 6-8 mm, Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width 2-4 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm, width at base 0:52 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous. with brown and reddish areas; head with a median longitudinal vitta and two lateral ones along inner margins of eyes which coalesce on clypeus, a lateral vitta on gena and lorum, as well as on jugum, reddish; eyes and antenna brown to black, segment I reddish; pronotum with three longitudinal brown to reddish vittae covered by silvery pruinosity, having also between them two submedian orange vittae (obsolete in some specimens); collar with 4 longitudinal brown median vitta, two reddish sublateral vittae (following those of head and pronotum) and two lower lateral ones black, fused anteriorly and characteristic for the species; mesoscutum and scutellum ochraceous; unicolorous; hemelytra glassy, transparent, sutures and commis- sures and nervures of membrane fuscous; embolium and cuneus reddish; membrane pale at intrareolar portion and ochraceous at extra-areolar portion, underside of body ochraceous, lateral margin of pronotum and a longitudinal vitta on side of sternal portion following longitudinal vitta of head and continuing through lateral portion of abdomen reddish; legs pale yellow, femora towards apices and hind tibiae reddish, Embolium and cuneus distinctly pilose, scutellum coarsely rugose transversely. Male: Unknown, Holotype; female, NEW BRITAIN: Giseluve, Nakanai Mts. 1 050 m, 26 July 1956, E_ J. Ford Jr- (BISHOP). Paratype: female, Yalom, 1 000 m, 16 May 1962, Noona Dan Expedition, 1961-1962, in the Collection of the Universitets Zoologiske Museet, Copenhagen. Very close to Hyalopeplinus rubriniscus n.sp. but differs by the shape of the lower lateral spot of collar. Hyalopeploides rubriniscus, n.sp. (Figs, 113-116, 134) Characterised by the colour of collar scutellum. and Female: Length 8-0 mm, width 2:8 mm. Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0-56 mm. Antenna; Segment J, length 0-8 mm; II, 3:2 mm; Ili, 12mm; IV, 0:8mm. Pronatum: Length 15 mm, width at base 2-2 mm. Cuneus; Length 1-00 mm, width at base 0-48 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with reddish and brown areas; head with a median longitudinal vitta and two lateral ones along inner margins of eyes, a longitudinal vitta on gena and lorum, jugum and 474 base of clypeus reddish; eyes and antennae brown, segment I reddish; pronotum with three longitudinal brown vittae covered by silvery pruinosity, collar with seven longitudinal vittae as follows: one brownish at middle; two submedian brown to reddish, two more distinct, laterally black, two on lower lateral margin reddish. In some speciméns, especially on females, the two lateral vittae of head are follawed posteriorly by a corresponding sublateral vitta on collar, calli and disc, between the darker vittae. Mesoscutum and scutellum ochrace- ous, unicolorous (in some specimens with an indication of a median orange Jongitudinal vitta); hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer margins of corium and nervures of membrane fuscaus to brown, embolium and cuneus reddish, membrane hyaline, Underside of body pale yellow, lateral margins of pronotum, lateral vitta on upper margin of propleura (covered with silvery pruinos- ity), longitudinal vitta on lower margin of propleura following the equivalent one on lorum and extending along side of sternum and upper margin of abdomen reddish; legs pale yellow, apical portion of femora with reddish tinge, hind tibiae reddish, apices of rostrum and tarsi fuscous. Ce ar, Fig. 113—Hyalopeploides rubriniseus n.sp . female, holotype. REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 Embolium and cuneus opaque, pilose, pronotum strangly rugose transversely, Genitalia: Penis (Fig, 114) with membanous lobes provided with sclerotized spines apically. Left paramere (Fig. 115) curved, enlarged apically, with a pointed apex. Right paramere (Fig. 116) simple, also pointed apically. Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. Pronotal vittae more marked and five in number: three dark to brown and two sublateral reddish. Holotype: male, NEW IRELAND: Schleinitz Mts, Lelet Plateau, Oct, 1959, W, W. Brandt (BISHOP). Allotype: female, same data as holotype. Paratypes; two females, Elemkamin, 16 April 1962, Noona Dan Expedition, 1961-1962, in the collection of the Universitets Zoologiske Museet, Copenhagen. Very close to Hyalopeplinus neoguineanus n.sp, but differs by the colour of scutellum, It is also close to Hyalopeplinus rubrinoides n.sp. but differs by the colour of collar. Hyalopeploides similaris, n. sp, (Figs. 117-120, 124) Characterised by the colour of head and. collar. Male: Length 7:4 mm, width 2:5 mm. Head; Length 0-6 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-64 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0:9 mm, I, 3:3 mm; III- IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width at base 2-3 mm, Cuneus; Length 0-80 mm, width at base 0:52 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous to lutescent with black and reddish areas; head with a longitudinal vitta (more marked on vertex) dark, clypeus, a narrow longitudinal vitta on gena and segment I of antenna reddish; eyes and antennal segments [I-IV brown to black; pronotum with three longitudinal vittae (covered by silvery pruinosity) dark: the median one reaching middle of collar where it is narrower but not teaching hind margin of disc, the two lateral beginning at posterior margin of calli (also not reaching hind margin of disc); collar with a lower lateral quadrate and characteristic black spot, mesoscutum and scutellum with two submedian yittae (those on scutellum not reaching apex) and two rounded spots at lateral] margins of mesoscutum black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus, corium, embolium and nervures of membrane. brown to black; embolium and cuneus reddish, opaque; membrane hyaline. Underside of body ochraceous, a lateral vitta on THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) abdomen reddish (in some specimens the margin of mesosternum and metapleura dark), legs ochrace- ous, apices of femora and posterior tibiae brown. Embolium and cuneus distinctly pilose, opaque. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 118) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized spines apically. Left paramere (fig. 119) enlarged apically, with a small pointed tubercle at apex, Right paramere (fig. 120) small, with a short apical somewhat branched tubercle. 475 Female: unknown. Holotype: male, SOLOMON ISLANDS: Kolom- bangara, Gollifer’s Camp, 700 m, 23.1,1964, P. Shanahan (BISHOP). Paratype: male, same data as holotype, This species approches Hyalopeplinus maculatus n.sp. but differs by the absence of rounded spots on the disc of pronotum and by the characteristic black lower lateral spot or bar on the collar, Figs. 114-116—Hyalopeploides rubriniscus n.sp.: Fig. 114—Penis; Fig. 115—Left paramere; Fig. 116—Right paramere. Fig. 117—Hyalopeploides similaris n.sp., male, holotype. Hyalopeploides trinotatus, n.sp, (Figs. 121, 130) Characterised by the colour of pronotum. Female: Length 8:1 mm, width 2-3 mm, Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0:50 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm; II, 3-2 mm; III- IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width at base 2-1 mm, Cuneus; Length 0-90 mm, width at base 0-44 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous tending to lutes- cent or orange; eyes and segments I-IV of antenna fuscous to brown; pronotum with three characteris- tic black strigose vittae or spots on disc; one median and two lateral; extreme humeral angles dark; scutellum with lateral margins black at base, inner and outer margins of clavus, corium (widened towards apical portion) and embolium, commissure and nervures of membrane fuscous to black; cuneus internally red, black at apex, membrane hyaline, fuscous, Underside of body (except black apex of clypeus, epipharynx and valvulae) unicolorous lutescent to reddish; legs pale yellow to lutescent, femora with small fuscous spots on inner apical portion, tibiae light brown, tarsi fuscous apically. 476 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs, 118-120—Hyalopeploides similaris n.sp.: Fig. 118—Penis, Fig. 119—Left paramere; Fig. 120—Right paramere. Pronotum rugose at middle of disc, scutellum rugose longitudinally at central portion, clavus, embolium and cuneus pilose. Male: Unknown, Holotype: female, NEW IRELAND: Schleinitz Mts. Lelet Plateau, ix.1959, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP). This species differs from others in the genus by the colour of the pronotum. Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870 Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870, p. 670: Atkinson, 1890, p. 106: Distant, 1904b, p. 447: Reuter, 1905b, p. 1: Kirkaldy, 1906, p. 142: Reuter, 1910, p. 158: Poppius, 1912b, p. 2; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97: Carvalho, 1955, p. 107: Carvalho, 1959, p. 319. Callicratides Distant, 1904b, p. 415: Reuter, 1905b, p. Ll. Type-species: Capsus vitripennis Stal, 1855 Body elongate, glabrous or with a few sparse hairs (more visible on cuneus and embolium), Head wider than long, vertex smooth, not marginated, frons rounded anteriorly, clypeus prominent, lorum shelf- like, visible from above, buccula small, rostrum reaching apex of middle or base of hind coxae, segment I reaching middle of xyphus of prosternum; eyes slightly removed from collar (this distance being approximately equal to thickness of segment II Fig. 121—Hyalopeploides trinoratus n.sp., female, holotype. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) of antenna); antenna with segment I about two or three times as thick as II, the latter about five times as long as I, segments ITI and IV slightly longer than I, all segments with short pubescence. Pronotum noticeably rugose transversally (typical subgenus)—on collar, rugose, rugose punctate or punctate-rugose on disc, this structure covering the whole disc behind calli and also whole propleura, calli slightly punctate or corrugate, posterior margin of disc slightly immarginated in the middle, humeral angles prominent (somewhat acutely pointed in OCHRACEUS 125 NEOGUINE ANUS FASCIATUS AUSTRALIENSIS BORNEENSIS 477 some species); mesoscutum partially covered, scutellum prominent, with a longitudinal median transversely rugose fascia and punctures inferiorly on laternal margin. Hemelytra glassy (transparent), without nervures, the lower wings and abdomen clearly visible from above, clavo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a row of punctures: membrane vitreous, transparent, the larger cell rounded apically. Legs with tibiae covered by minute sclerotized teeth, hairs and spines. SIMILARIS RUBRINOIDES QUEENSLANDENS|S RUBRINISCUS Figs. 122-134—Lateral view of head and pronotum of species of Hyalopeploides n.gen., showing colour markings: Fig. 122—ochraceus; Fig. 123—maculatus; Fig. 124—similaris; Fig. 125— fasciatus; Fig. 126—neoguineanus; Fig. 127—rub- rinoides; Fig. 128—alienus; Fig. 129—australiensis; Fig. 130-—trinotatus; Fig. 131—queenslandensis; Fig, 132—bor- neensis; Fig. 133—cyanescens; Fig. 134—rubriniscus. TK lt differs from others in the tribe by the structure of the pronotum and propleura, corium without nervures, rostrum reaching apex of middle or base of hind coxae, hemelytra glabrous and by the single elongate spiculum of vesica., Its closest allied genus is Hyalopeploides Poppius, 1912 which has the dise of pronotum and propleura rugose only in patches and the pronotum is noticeably constricted anteriorly. The genus may be subdivided into two subgenera on the structure of pronotum and propleura, and also of the spiculum of aedeagus, and these can be recognized as follows; 1. Disc of pronotum and propleura distinctly rugose trans- versely, if punctures present obscured by rugosities; spiculum of yesica usually elongate Hyalopeplus Stal, 1870 Dise of pronotum and prupleura distinctly punctate rugose or punctate, the rugosities obscured by punctures; spieulum of vesica usually enlarged subasally. Adhyalopeplus n,subgen. Type-species of new subgenius: Capsus pellucidus Stal, 1859. A reddish or reddish-coloured cuneus with the apex of hind femur and hind tibiae partially or totally red are characteristic of many of the species of this subgenus, The first antennal segment in the genus Hyalopeplus is usually over 1-1) mm long, while in the new subgenus it is usually less. than 1-0 mm long. List of the species of the genus Myalapeplus Stal 1. *amboinae Carvalho, 1956 = vitripennis Seal 2. qneiivumensis n sp 3. “bakeri Poppius, )OLS - = similis Poppius +. clavaius Distant - 3. cuneatus n.sp. fh. grandisn sp. —- 7, guamensiy Usinger, 1946 8, hebridensis nap... Rs QD *horvatht Pappius. 912 = similis Poppius 1. kandanensis n.sp. Amboina Is,, Bahelthuap Is, New Hebrides Philippine ts, Bangladesh, Malava Papua-New Cuinea Plulippine Is Guam Is, New Hebrides Saint Thome ts- New Irelund Is, , Solomon Is, LL, “krishna Ballard, 1927 i ar India = rama Kirby, 1891—Capsus 12 *lineifer Walker, 1873—°Capsus.,, Australia = vitripennis Sral 13) lative Popplus, 1912. 14, madagascariensis n sp. . 15, malayensis o.4p--- 1G. marquesanus nap... .. , oe 17_ nigrifroms Hsiao, 1944—Euhyalopeplus Philippine Tk., Sumatra, Papua New Gutnea 18. nigrosculellafas nsp- Australia, Papua New Guinea Madagascar Malaya Marquesas Is, ‘Philippine {fs., Papua New Guinea 19. pellucidus Stal, 1859—Capsus , Hawaiian Islands 20. rama Kirby, 189) —Capsits- Oriental Region, Oceania 21. rubroclavatuy nspe. oo. Duncan Is., Irian Jaya 22. rubrojugans Asp, Papua-New Guinea 23, samoanus Knight, 1935 Samoan Is. 24. similis Poppius, 1912 _-- Ethiopian and Oriental Regions, Oceania 25. smaragdinus Roepke, 1919 ,, Rorneo, Java a 26. spinosus Distant, 1904 Assam, Vielnam REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 27 2h. 29. w 10. _ Scutellum and mesoscutum black; September, 1979 Tonge Is American Samia tongaensis sp, nittilaensis o.Sp. ie vilripennis Stal, 1&55—Capsuk. : Onental Region, Oceania * Names in synonymy Key to the species of the subgenus Hyalopeplus Stal _ Hind margin of pronotum with a transverse reddish fascia; 2 clavus totally, or only internal and externally, red Hind margin of pronoturn without a transverse reddish fascra; Clavuknotred cisiccsee veeeebycte rrr- 0 eee! 3 Humeral angles spinously produced outwards, reflexed, collar with sevén longitudinal fuscous vittae or bits, sculellum castaneous; clavus totally red = rubraclavus 9 sp- Humeral angles rounded, collaf reddish, scutellum sulphures- cent, reddish apically, with a median longitudinal orange virtas clavus red, pale longitudinally at middle rubrojugalus asp. _ Dise of pronotum with two to six round spots, humeral angles and a median longitudinal vitta on disc black... 4 Dise of pronotum withoul round spots, with or without humeral angles or a longitudinal median vitta black - _ Hind tibide red, segment J of antenna red to dark castaneous; segment II pale ---- hebridensis n.spy- Hind tibiae pale to ochraceous, segment I of antenna pale or light castaneous; segment II infuscated to black apically . Propotum with two black spots behind calli, head with a median longitudinal vitta marquesanus n.sp. Pronotum with four to six black spots, situated posteriorly on fist wo. ee) 28 cst =e oes . 6 . Segment If of antenna less than 4 mm long; hind margin of dise with anly four black spots (including these of humeral BOGIES) cases tr- ee tutuilaensis 0.5p Segment I] of antenna more than 4 mm long; hind margin of disc with six black spots (including those of humeral Mrplesyi er ts ANE fongaensis o.sp. area of calli und a transverse fascia on hind margin of disc Fuscous to black; general coloration orange fo ochraceous nigroscutllatus n.sp. Scutellum and mesoscutum not black: pronotum and body otherwise coloured - 22 22k ee tinge ey OB . Mésoseutum with black round spots at lateral fossae (one at each side) 2 ae a Mesoscutum without black round spots at lateral fossae .. LO . Head with three longitudinal black vittae; collar with five bars or vittae; humeral angles noticeably pointed; embolium and cuneus ochraceous smaragdinus Roepke Head without dark vittae; collar with only two lateral black bars, humeral angles pounded; embolium and cuneus TeddiSH) cused nevi cacy oe enees kandanensis n.sp. Seament I of antenna black or reddish; scutellum with two black spots subapically: transverse black fascia on hind margin of disc reaching the hind border 6... ...., rae ‘LY Segment | of antenna pale yellow to ochraceous, sometimes with reddish or fuscous dots: scutellum without two subapical black spots; transversal black fascia of hind margin of disc when present submarginal........... 13 Head pale yellow with a narrow Jongitudinal vitta; segment I! of antenna pale on basal half; hind tibiae with short pubescence ---- 2. 4 guamensis Usinger Head with three longitudinal vittae, sometimes united to leave only two pale areas on vertex; segment IIT of antenna pale only at extreme base; hind tibiae with long pubescence ...... . One Wen e T . Frons totally black; collar and area of calli mostly black; scutellum largely black at middle. nigrifons Hsiao Frons pale; collar and area of calli pale yellow, varying in colour: sculellum black only at basal angles and subapically ....., --.)--- 0 tees rama (Kirby) THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA:; MLRIDAE) 13, Humeral angles of pronotum rounded; segment I of antenna and hind femora with reddish or fuscous dots: pronotum fuiscous dots; pronotum withuut longitudinal vittae or when present. not extending beyond calli ree pe» 3S \4. Cuneus reddish al middle; clypeus without a median longitudinal red viltw; size large, over 12 mm long malayensis n.sp. Cuneus ochraceous; clypeus with & median longitudinal red vitta, size fess than d] mm long - vitripennis (Stal) 15. Head and collar without longitudinal dark vittae or bars, cuneus reddish internally; species about 12 mm lon grandis nesp. Head and collar with longitudinal dark vittae or bars, cuneus pale yellow, species below 10-5 mmilong. ...,. . 16 16. Call) without longitudinal zig-zag shaped yitta; hind submurginal fascia of pronotum narrow. clanatus Distant Call with longitudinal zig-zag shaped vitae; hind submargi- nal Faseta of pronotum wide 2 ee rirns be 17, Humeral angles sirongly produced, pointed and turned backwards; lower [aleral vittae of collar much wider than others i. bc A. spinasts Distant Humeral angles not strongly produced, pointed and turned backwards; lower lateral vittae of collar equal to width of others... aneilyumensis n. Spy, Hyalopeplus (H.) aneityumensis, n.sp. (Fig. 135) Characterised by the colour of collar and pronotum. Female; Length 10:4 mm, width 2:8 mm. Head: Length 1-2 mm, width 1:6 mm, vertex 0-60 mm, Antenna: Segment |, length 1:-2.mm,; II, 4:2 mm; 11], 1-6 mm; TV, broken, Pronotum: Length 2:0 mm, width at base 2.8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-24 mm, width at base 0-62 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with reddish areas; eyes and humeral angles black; three longitudinal vittae on head: one median and two lateral along inner margin of eyes and antennal peduncle, nine longitudinal vittae on collar: five continuing irregularly on dise of pronotum without reaching hind margin, two above on propleura (one at each side) and two along coxal cleft I continuing through inferior margin of propleura red, The two fasciae which are aside the longitudinal median fascia of disc are characteristic (zig-zag-shaped), Hemelytra glassy, transparent, embohum and cuneus opaque, antenna pale, segment | with small reddish dots, Underside of body ochraceous, a longitudinal vitta on lorum, lateral spot on mesosternum, median spot on metapleura and longitudinal vitta on abdomen red; apices of segments II and III of antenna dark brown. Male; unknown, Holotype: female, NEW HEBRIDES: Ancityum, xi, 1930, L, E, Cheesman, B. M, 1931-127 (BMNH). a7Ty Fig. 135—Hyalopeplus aneityumensis nosp., head and pronutuny of female, holotype. This species is close to Hyalopeplus spinosus Distant, 1904 but differs by the much less produced humeral angles and by the slender lower lateral vitta or bar of collar. Hyalopeplus (H,) clayatus Distant, 1909 Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, 1909, p. 509; Distant, 1910, p. 250. (Fig. 136) Characterised by strongly produced humeral angles. Female: Length 10-2 mm, width 2-8 mm, Head: Length 1:0 mm, width 1:4 mm, vertex 0:64 mm. Antenna: Segment |, length 1-2 mm; I-IV, broken, Pronorum: Length 1:6 mm, width at base 2:8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-12 mm, width at base 0:56 mm (lectotype). “Head, pronatum scutellum. and corium bronzy ochraceous; head with three longitudinal black lines, the lateral ones converging anteriorly; antennae with the basal joint bronzy ochraceous, with a more or less distinct piceous line beneath, second joint black, with its base ochraceous (remaining joints mutilated in typical specimens); pronotal collar with the margins and three longitudinal lines black, the central line more prominent, posterior pronotal margin and the posterior angles black; clavus with the inner and outer margins and the suture black; corium With the costal margin area paler and bordered on each side with black; veins piceous; membrane pale olivaceous, subhyaline, the basal area reflecting the darker abdomen beneath, the cellular margins black; body beneath, rosirum, and legs ochraceous, antennae with the basal joint moderately thickened and a little longer than head, second joint slightly thickened and nearly four times as long as first; rostrum reaching the posterior coxae; pronotum with the anterior area subgran» ulose, the posterior area transversely striate and 480 centrally longitudinally impressed, posterior angles slightly straightly prominent, scutellum with the disc very finely transversely striate, Length 10 mm." Male: unknown. Geographical distribution: Bangladesh, Malaysia Specimens studied; female, lectotype (new desig- nation), Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, BANGLAD- ESH; Lebong, 500 ft. (Lefroy), Bengal (BMNH). Paralectotype: female, same data as lectotype; id. PENINSULAR MALAYSIA; Kedah, nor, Jitra catchment area, 4.iv.1928. Distant compares this species correctly with Hyalopeplus spinosus Distant, 1904 which has much more produced humeral angles. Fig, 136—Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, female, holotype. Hyalopeplus (H,) grandis, n.sp. (Fig. 137) Characterised by the large size and by the colour of the body. Female: Length 12-3 mm, width 3-6 mm, Head: Length 1-0 mm, width 1:8 mm, vertex 0-84 mm. antenna: Segment J, length 1-8 mm, IT, 6:4 mm; II- IV, broken. Pronotum; Length 2:0 mm, width at base 3-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-4 mm, width at base 0:68 mm (holotype), REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 General coloration ochraceous with black and reddish areas; head with eyes, joints of segments I and II of antenna, apical portion of segments HI-IV black (segment IL with more than half of basal portion whitish); pronotum with humeral angles black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus, corium and embolium, commissure. and apical margin of corium, and nervures of membrane castaneous to fuscous; embolium and cuneus opaque, the latter reddish at internal portion, membrane hyaline, Underside of body pale yellow, lateral portion of abdomen with indication of a longitudinal reddish brown vittae, legs pale yellow (hind pair mutilated). Male: unknown. Holotype: female, PHILIPPINES: Mt. Province, Mayayao, Ifugao, 1 200-1 500 m, 9.viil.1966, H. M. Torrevillas (BISHOP), Paratype; female, Ifugao Prov, Liwo, &®km E Mayayao, 1 000-1 300 m, 1.vi. 1967, H. M. Torrevillas. Difters from others in the subgenus by its unicolorous head and collar, Hyalopeplus (H.) guamensis Usinger, 1946 Hyalopeplus guamensis Usinger, 1946, p. 58, fig, 13; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320, 1959. (Figs. 138-142) Characterised by the calour of pronotum and head. Male: Length 75 mm, width 2:1mm. Head: Length 0-7 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0-56 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0:9 mm; II, 3-8 mm; If, 1:2mm; [V, 0-&8mm, Pronotum; Length 1:2 mm, width at base 2:0 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-88 mm, width at base 0-40 mm. “Colour yellowish ochraceous with two long, interrupted brown stripes laterally and one short median stripe on tylus, a median longitudinal brown stripe on vertex, seven longitudinal stripes on collar. Brown elsewhere as follows; hind margin of pronotum narrowly, eyes, inner margin of commis- sure of clavus, veins of hind wings of membrane, and apex of rostrum, Cuneus mostly reddish and costal margin of corium and cuneus light brown to ochraceous posteriorly. Antennae reddish with brown at extreme base and apex of second segment, and ochraceous bases and brownish apices of third and fourth segments. Frant and middle legs pale with reddish apices of tibiae and reddish tarsi except for brown apices and claws. Hind femora pale with brown spots and red apices, tibiae and tarsi red with brown tarsal apices and claws." THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 481 Fig.. 137—Hyalopeplus grandis n.sp., female, holotype. 482 Genitalia: Penis (fig. 139) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized spines apically, a median spiculum (fig. 140) and a group of spines near secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 141) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig, 142) smaller, also pointed apically. Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. Host plant: Thespesia populnea, Specimens studied: Five males and females, compared with type, Ft. Oca, Guam, light trap, iv.1945, G. E. Bohard & J. L. Gressitt; Gana, Guam, 15.v.1945, G. E. Bohart (BISHOP). Usinger (1946), working with Poppius’s key (1912) for the species of this genus, compared guamensis with horvathi Poppius and correctly pointed out that there were sensible differences in the structure of pronotum, Usinger’s species is a good representative of the typical subgenus while horvathi Poppius represents the new subgenus Adhyalopeplus. Fig. 138—Hyalopeplus euamensis Usinger. female, compared with type- REC, S, &UST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs, 139-142—Hyalopeplus guamensis Usinger-Fig_ 139—Vesica of aedeagus; Fig, 140—Spiculum of vesica: Fig. 141—Lett paramere; Fig. 142—Right paramere This species is very close to Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby) but differs by having the pronotum citrine to ochraceous without indication of longitudinal lines, by the transverse fascia of posterior portion of disc being very slender and by the much less pubescent hind tibiae. The segments III-IV of antenna are pale in their basal halves while in rama only the extreme bases are pale. Hyalopeplus (H.) hebridensis, n.sp. (Figs. 143-146) Characterised by the colour of pranotum, Female: Length &:8 mm, width 2-6 mm, Head: Length ()-7 mm, width 1:5 mm, vertex 0-60 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1-1 mm; 11, 4:6 mm, III, 13 mm; TV, 0-8 mm. Prenotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2-6 mm, Cuneus: Length 1:00 mm, width at base 0-52 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with dark brown and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal vittae (one central and two along inner margins of eyes), vitta on clypeus and a vitta on jugum, lorum and gena reddish; eyes brown, antenna castaneous to reddish, joints of segments Land Il, segments ITI- TV (except pale basal portion) fuscous to black; THE TRIBE HYALOPFPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAB) pronotum with collar showing seven longitudinal vittae (the two lower lateral ones narrow and reddish), four rounded spots on disc, humeral angles fuscous to black (in some specimens there is indication of a longitudinal reddish vitta on calli and middle of disc), mesoscutum with a black spot on each lateral fossa, scutellum with an obsolete longitudinal median castaneous line and two black rounded subapical spots; hemelytra glassy, transpa- rent, inner and outer margins of clavus. embolium, corium and cuneus fuscous to brown, the latter reddish internally; membrane hyaline, nervures fuscous. Underside of body pale yellow with a reddish longitudinal vitta present on side of head, coxal cleft, meétapleura and side of abdomen; legs pale yellow, hind femora with reddish tinge apically, hing tibiae red, apices of tarsi fuscous. In some specimens the two hind spats on disc become united by a transverse brown fascia. Pronotum and scutellum transversely rugose, humeral angles pointed, reflexed. Male: Similar to female in colour and general aspect, Length 80 mm, width 2:1 mm, vertex 0-60 mm. it ( R 4 Fig. 143—Hyalopeplus hebridensis nsp,, male, holotype. 483 Genitalia; Penis (fig. 144) with membranous lobes provided with groups of sclerotized teeth. Left paramere (fig. 145) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 146) small, globose, pointed at apex. Holotype: male, NEW HEBRIDES: Aneityum, Red Crest, 1 200 ft, 3 mi NE of Anelgauhat, vi.1955, L.E. Cheesman, B.M, 1931-1927. Allotype: idem, Erromanga, vii.1930, L, E. Cheesman, B.M, 1930- 496. Paratypes: 13 males and females same data as holotype and several specimens: Espiritu Santo, Apuna River, camp 3, 270 m, 9-12 Sept. 1971, G. 5. Robinson, at light; Malau Village in Big Bay, 14-15 Sept. 1971, G. S. Robinson; Aneityum, at light, Agathis Camp, 19 July 1971, G. 8. Robinson, Royal Socicty-Percy Sladen Expedition (SAM); Espiritu Santo, Narango, 90 m, 7.1960, W. W. Brandtid, SW Namatasopa, 300 m, 29. vii. 1957, light trap, J, L. Gressitt; Malekula Is. Lamap, 8-12.ix.1967 (BISHOP). This species approaches Hyalopeplus tongaensis n. sp. but differs by the colour of the segment TI of antenna and hind tibiae. Hyalopeplus (H.) kandanensis, n,sp. (Fig. 147) Characterised by the colour of the head, pronotum and cuneus. Female: Length 10-4 mm, width 3:2 mm. Head: Length 1:0 mm, width 1-8 mm, vertex 0:80 mm. Antenna: Segment |, length 1-0 mm; IT, 3-8 mm, ITI- IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-9 mm, width at base 2:8 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-20 mm, width at base 0-52 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; eyes and antenna castaneous, segment I reddish; pronotum with collar showing 4 quadrate spot on lower lateral margin and a spot between calli anteriorly black, three longitudinal obsolete vittae on disc castancous, mesoscutum with a black spot on each lateral fossa, scutellum infuscated longitudinally at middie; hemelytra glassy, transparent, innner and outer margins of clavus and corium fuscous, embolium and cuneus opaque, reddish; membrane hyaline, nervures brown. Underside of body pale yellow, ostiolar peritreme, longitudinal vitta and middle portion of abdomen reddish, segment IX brownish; legs pale yellow, femora towards apices and hind tibiae reddish, apices of tarsi fuscous, Pronotum and scutellum noticeably transversely rugose, humeral angles rounded. Male: unknown, 484 REC, § AUST, MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 3 ‘. fj j Ay ™ P oF Figs. 144-146—Hyalopeplus hebridensis n.sp-; Fig. 144—Penis: Fig. 145-Left paramere; Fig. 146—Right paramere. Holotype: female, NEW LRELAND: Kandan, 24.xii.1959, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP). Paratype: SOLOMON ISLANDS: Guadalcanal, Sukakiki R, 22.v1.56, E. S. Brown. Differs from Hyolopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, 1919 by the rounded humeral angles, by the head lacking longitudinal vittae and by the collar having only two dark bars or vittae. j Hyalopeplus (H,) malayensis, n.sp. (Fig, 148) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and cuneus. Female: length 13:0 mm, width 2-8 mm. Head: Length 1-1 mm, width 1-3 mm, vertex 0:80 mm, Antenna: Segment TJ, length 1-1 mm; II, 4-8 mm; III, 1-6 mm; TV, broken: Pronotum; Length 2-1 mm, width at base 2:8 mm. Cuneus; Length 1:20 mm, width at base 0-56 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous to Jutescent with reddish areas; eyes brown, antenna ochraceous, segment I with small red dots, segment IT towards apex and segments III-IV castaneous; three longitudinal vittae on head (one median and two lateral along inner margins of eyes and antennal peduncles) following through pronotum with two others laterally (five vittae altogether) reddish to orange, 4 submarginal transverse median fascia Fig. 147—Hyalopeplus kandanensis n.sp., termale, holotype THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLIN] OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) extending somewhat onto mesoscutum and spot on humeral angles dark brown, hind margin of dise with a narrow fascia contiguous with mesoscutium pale; the latter and scutellum ochraceous to lutescent; hemelyira glassy, transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus, corial commissure and nervures of membrane, inner and outer margins of embolium and outer margin of cuneus castaneous, middle portion of latter reddish, membrane transparent. Underside of body ochraceous, a spot on jugum, longitudinal vittae on lorum following through gena and inferior portion of propleura, two longitudinal vittae on propleura (median and superior), longitud- inal vitta on abdomen and several small spots towards apices of femora reddish. Male: unknown. Holotype; female, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Pahang, Cameron's Highlands, 4 800 ft, 26.vi, 1935, H. M. Pendlebury, Ex, Coll. FMS. Museum Natural History (BMNH). Paratypes: female, Perak, (F.M.S.), Larut Hills, 4 500 tt, 20 Feb, 1932, H. M. Pendlebury, Ex. F.S,M. Museum, B. M. 1955-354, This species approaches Hyalopeplus ultripennis (Stal, 1855) but differs by the reddish colour on cuneus, by its larger size and by the absence of a red longitudinal vitta on clypeus, Fig. 148—Hyalopeplus malayensis n.sp., female, holotype Hyalopeplus (H.) marquesanus, n. sp. (Figs. 149-152) Characterised by the colour of pronotum. Male: Length 6:4 mm, width 2:0 mm. Head Length 0:9 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-60 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 mm; L1, 3:2 mm: LI, 16 mm; TV, 0-8 mm. Pronoruim: Length 1-2 mm width at base 1:8 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-40 mm, width at base 0-20 mm (holotype). Fig. 149—Hyalopeplus marquesanus n sp., male, holotype. General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; eyes and antenna brown, segment T pale towards base with small dark dots inferiorly, clypeus with three vertical fasciae at base, a small spot above antennal peduncle, pronotal collar with three longitudinal vittae above and two lower lateral ones wider and divided at middle, brown; dise of pronotum with two characteristic black spots behind calli; a median longitudinal vitta along surface of disc, humeral angles and area contiguous of hind border (in some specimens only humeral angles) brown; mesoscutum with three median and two lateral spots, scutellum with subapical spot and median longitudinal line infuscate to black; hemely- tra glassy, transparent, lateral margins of clavus. commissure and apical margin of corium, inner and outer margin of embolium, nervures of membrane, AKO outer margin of cuneus fuscous to brown (in fully coloured specimens cuneal margin red, in teneral specimens cuneus totally ochraceous). Underside of body and legs ochraceous, femora with several brown dots, tibiae with hairs and spines black, Genitalia; Penis (tig. 150) with membranous lobes with sclerotized teeth spically and a median spiculum. Left paramere (fig. 151) curved, pointed apically, Right paramere (fig, 152) small, also, pointed apically, = in >. s > ys @ 4a “SBE yh i tl REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. Holotype: female. MARQUESAS ISLANDS: Mohotni, 300 ft, 4,11,1931, on Coreopsis sp. Le Bonnec & H. Tauraa, Pacific Entomological Survey (USNM), Allotype: female, Eiao above Vaituha, 1.x,29, 800 ft, biting on Melochia velutina, A. M. Adamson, Pacific Entomological Survey, Paratypes: Two males and one female, same data as holotype. The species is similar to Hyalopeplus tongaensis n.sp. and Hyalopeplus tutuilaensis n,sp, but differs in the structure of the pronotum, Figs. 150-152—Hyalopeplus marquesanus n.sp.; Fig. 150—Penis; Fig. 151—Left paramere; Fig. 152—Right paramere, Hyalopeplus (H.) nigrifrons (Hsiao, 1944), n,comb, Hyalopeplus nigrifrons Hsiao, 1944, p, 369; Car- valha, 1959, p. 319. (Fig. 153) Characterised by scutellum, Male: Length 97 mm, width 2:4 mm. Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1-7 mm, vertex 0-65 mm. Antenna: Segment J. length 1-0mm; 11, 4-4 mm; 111, 19 mm; TV, 1:3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width at base 2-3 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:16 mm, width at base 0-60 mm (holotype). the colour of head and General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow with black areas; ‘head black, two transverse spots on vertex, a triangular spot behind each eye, a spot at base of antennae, apical third of clypeus, lorum and whole underside of head ochraceous, antennae black; pronotum with collar (except a large spot on each side), calli, a longitudinal median line tapering anteriorly, and basal margin very broadly, black; scutellum black, lateral margins except apical fourth ochraceous; hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium, clavus, margins of embolium, cuneus and veins of membrane dark, embolium and cuneus opaque, the latter reddish; posterior lobe of ostiolar peritreme, posterior legs, side of ventral segments, apex of abdomen, and all third tarsal segments dark”, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fig. 153-—~Hyalopeplus nigrifrans Hsiao, male, holotype Genitalia: Not dissected since holotype was only male studied, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 10-2 mm, width 2-8 mm, vertex 0-72 mm. Geographical distribution: Philippine Islands (Luzon, Mindanao, Negros), Indonesia (Sumatra, Irian Jaya). Specimens studied: male, holotype, PHILIP- PINES: Mt. Mackiling, Luzon, Baker cal., Hyalope- ploides nigrifrons Hsiao (USNM) together with seven males and females from: Negros Is., Camp Lookout, Dumaguete, 6.iv.-15.v.1961; Mindanao, Lanao, Gerain Mts, 1300 m, 16.v.1958, jungle around swamp. INDONESIA: Sumatra, 1 800 m, Dolok Merangir, April-June, 1970, E.W. Diehl, Hollandia, Irian Jaya, L. Sentani, vili-ix, Markos Hart (AMNH and the author's collection), 487 This species is probably only a dark variety of Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby, 1891) with more black colour on head, anterior portion of pronotum and scutellum. The presence of intermediate forms in specimens from the same locality has been found, Only a more careful study however will allow a definite proof on this matter. It can be separated from rama by the totally black frons and by the scutellum being extensively black in the middle. Hyalopeplus (H.) nigroscutellatus, n.sp. (Figs, 154-158) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and scutellum. Female: Length 11‘8 mm, width 3-1 mm. Head- Length 1-0 mm, width 1-8 mm, vertex 0-80 mm- Antenna; Segment I. length 1-6 mm; II, 5-1 mm; III- IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-8 mm, width at base 3-0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-1 mm, width at base 0:72 mm (holotype), Fig. 1S4—Hyalopeplus nigroscutellatus m.sp.. female, holotype 488 REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 General coloration orange to ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; head and pronotum ochraceous eyes and antenna (except base of segment |) fuscous to black; pronotum with area of calli and a median transverse spot on hind margin of disc fuscous to brown; scutellum and mesoscutum black; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus and corium fuscous, embolium and cuneus opaque, brown to reddish, membrane hyaline, neryures reddish. Underside of body brick red, mesosternum and ostiolar perit- reme, coxae partially fuscous to black; femora reddish, tibiae and tarsi brown to black, Pronotum and scutellum noticeably transversely rugose, humeral angles prominest, acute reflexed, claval commissure, embolium and cuneus pubes- cent. Male: Similar to female in size, coloration and general aspect. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 155) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized teeth, vesica with a characteristic spiculum (fig. 156). Left paramere (fig. 157) enlarged subapically, apex acute. Right paramere (fig. 158) less sclerotized ventrally, apex pointed, Holotype: female, NEW GUINEA: SE Popon- detta, 60 m, 3-4.ix,1963, J, L, Gressitt (BISHOP). Paratypes: five females. NE Torricelli, Mts. Mobitei, September, 1979 750 m, 1-15, viii.1959, J. L. Gressitt; Kokada, 400m, 14-16.x1.1965, J. L. Gressitt; male, PHILIPPINES; Leyte, Abuyong, mi S Tacloda, 14.vii.1961. This species is readily separated from others in the genus by its black scutellum, Hyalopeplus (H.) rama (Kirby, 1894) Kirkaldy, 1902 Capsus rama Kirby, 1894, p. 106. Hyalopeplus rama Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 58, pl A, fig. 8; pl. B, fig. 6; Reuter, 1905b, p, 3; Poppius, 1912a, p. 147; Carvalho, 1953, p. 42; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320. Callicratides rama Distant, 1904b, p, 417, fig, 265; Reuter, 190Sa, p, 5, fig. 3; Distant, 1913, p. 174. Hyalopeplus smaragdinus rubrinus Roepke, 1919, p. 73. (figs. 159-169) Characterised by the colour of head and pronotum. Male: Length 9-6 mm, width 2:6 mm. Head: length 0:7 mm, width 1/5 mm, vertex 0°60 mm, Antenna; Segment I, length 0-8 mm; IT, 4-4 mm, ITI, 1-4 mm; IV, 1-2 mm. Pronotum; Length 1-1 mm, width at base 2:6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-10 mm, width at base 0-44 mm (holotype), Figs. 155-158—Hyalopeplus zB 155—Penis; Fig. 156—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 1S?7—Left paramere; Fig, 1S8—Ruight paramere. nigroscurellamus n.sp. Fig, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Figs. 159-161—Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby), female, lectotype Fig. (59; Fig. 160, 161—Colour variation of head and araarute “Yellow, vertex with a slender black line between the eyes, and meeting behind them; pronotum blackish at the base, and with narrow black central and marginal lines, or with three short black lines at the base, the central line reddish, and the lateral lines reddish, black only at base; pale part of the pronotum transversely striated, the hinder margin black, the lateral angles not produced. Scutellum transversely striated, more or less black towards the base and extremity, and divided by a deep groove. Wings hyaline, the corium with brown nervures; the costal nervure, and the Opaque space at the 459 extremity of the corium reddish, the latter yellowish in the center. Antennae reddish brown, darker or lighter, the second joint not distinctly thickened. joints 3 and 4 narrowly yellow at base, Legs yellowish, tarsi black, hind femora dorted with brown, hind tibiae red, Under surface of body yellow, with a narrow red line on each side- Pundaloya. Long. Corp. 8-10 mm, Allied to Capsuy lineifer ‘Walker’ (Kirby, 1894), Studies undertaken on the type and fresh specimens from Sri-Lanka (Ceylon) have shown the following characters: genera) coloration yellow to citrine on head, pronotum and scutellum, glassy and transparent on hemelytra and membrane; antenna brownish to castaneous, segment T (ending to reddish; three lines on head: one median (usually interrupted or obsolete) and wo lateral along inner margins of eyes, sometimes joined on vertex; seven lines on collar (usually narrowed towards calli) reaching anterior margin of calli, the median one running backwards over disc of pronotum, usually reaching the transverse dark posterior fascia (which covers totally the hind margin of disc and humeral angles) dark to dark brown. The intensity and width of lines and fasciae are yariable. Scutellim with extreme basal angles and two spots near apex brown to black, the extreme apex reddish or with reddish tinge; margins of clavus and corium, nervures of membrane and lower wings brown to black; cuneus and embolium reddish (embolium may be brown or pale at base), membrane vitreous. Underside of body yellow to citrine, a Jongitudinal reddish line laterally on head below eye which may be obsolete at side of sternum and abdomen. Legs pale yellow, hind femora with rows of brownish dots, apex of anterior and median tibiae, apical portion of hind femur (variable) and the hind tibiae totally red; tarsi infuscated towards apex, Eyes usually removed from anterior margin of pronotum, disc transversely rugose, scutellum strigose sulcate longitundinally and distinctly longer than wide at base, rostrum reaching apex of middle coxae, hind tibiae densely pilose, length of hairs equal to or longer than width of tibia. Gentralia; Vesica of aedeagus (fig, 162) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized teeth apically and one spiculum (fig. 163). Left paramere (fig. 164) curved, enlarged apically, with an acute apex. Right paramere (figs. 165, 166) smaller, enlarged apically, also with a terminal pointed lobe. Geopraphical distribution: Sri-Lanka, Java, Sumatra, Borneo, Malaya, Philippines, Sabah, Host plants: Thea sinensis and Melafoe sp. 490 pote. Py i wok REC, 8, AUST: MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 162-166—Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby): Fig. 162—Vesica of aedeagus, Fig. 163—Smeulum of vesica; Fig. 164—Left paramere; Figs, 165, |66—Right paramere, Specimens studied: SRI-LANKA; female, holo- type, Pundaloy, Walker det. (BMNH): 3 males and 3 females, Kan Dist., Kandy 1 800 ft, Peak View Motel, 7-14, Jan, 1970, Davis & Rowe; INDONESIA: male, F.C, Drescher, Java: Preanger, N.O.1, Mt. Mocrangrang 1600 m, ix.1936; female, Blawan-Idjen, H. Luth (USNM); female, Asahan, Sumatra, 1912, Roepke, female, Asahan, $.O.K., on Melafoe, iv,’17, Corporal (det, by Leefmans as H. uncariae Rpke); two males and six females, Sumatra, W. Roepke; Goenong, Java, Roepke, 1919; Dolok Merangir, Sumatra, E.W. Diehl, April-June, 1970; id. Jan-Feb. 1972; id. July- Aug. 1971; Central At Jeh, Sumatra, Kotadjane, 400 m, E.W, Diehl; id. 20 m, Kebon Belok, 60 km NW Medan, May 7, 1970; id. Langkat, E. coast, Namoe Dengas Est. col. Jourin; PHILIPPINES: Palawan, Brookes Point Uring, 17 Aug. 1961, Noona Dan Exp, 61-62; Busuanga Is. 4 km San Nicolas, 26.v.1962, H. Holtmann, light trap; id. 21.v.1962; Negros Or. Mt. Talinas, 1 000 m, 29- 31.xii.60, at light, H. Holtmann; EAST MALAY- SIA Tenompok, | 460 m Jesselton, 30 mi E, 26- 31,1,1959, T.C. Maa; id. 15.11.1959; Mt. Kinabalu, Mesilau, 14.11.1964, J, Smart, Royal Soc, Exp. B.M. 1964-250, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Pahang, Cameron Highlands, 4 800-5 000 ft, 4-12-1939; Kuala Lumpur, at light, 19,xii,1938, N.C.E, Miller (Hyalopeplus vitripennis Stal, N.C. Miller det, 1956), This species has been confused with Hyalopeplus vitripennis (Stal, 1855) but it is readily differentiated by the reddish cuneus and hind tibiae with long hairs, as well as, by the black transversal hind fascia of disc reaching hind border and humeral angles. It has also similarity with the species of the subgenus Adhyalopeplus n. subgen. but can be differentiated by the well marked transverse rugosities of pronotum and scutellum obscuring punctures. Hyalopeplus (H.) rubroclavatus, o.sp. (Fig. 170) Characterised by the large size and by the colour of the clavus. Female: Length 11-0 mm, width 3-0 mm. Head: Length 0-9 mm, width 1:6 mm, vertex 0-76 mm. Antenna; Segment I, length 1-2 mm, IT, 5-6 mm; III, 1-8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum; Length 1-9 mm, width at base 3-0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-24 mm, width at base 0:64 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; head above with three longitudinal vittae (one median and two |ateral along inner margins of eyes), extreme base and apex of segment I of antenna and eyes fuscous to castaneous; segment II brown, darkened towards apex, segments IHI-IV black, basal portion of III pale; pronotum THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA;: MIRIDAE) 491 with collar showing seven longitudinal bars or vittae fuscous, posterior margin of disc with a transverse red fascia, humeral angles black; mesoscutum and scutellum castaneous, unicolorous; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus, commissure and apical margin of corium, embolium and cuneus internally reddish; membrane hyaline, nervures brown to reddish. Underside of bady pale yellow to lutescent, legs pale yellow, hind femora apically and tibiae towards base red. -————4 Imm Figs. 167-169—Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby): Figs. 167, 168, 169—Colour variation of head and pronotum seen from side, Pronotum rugose punctate, humeral angles prominent, pointed, reflexed, scutellum rugose punctate, hind margin of pronotum slightly concave at middle, embolium and cuneus pubescent. Male: Unknown. Holotype: female, AUSTRALIA: Cairns, North Queensland, F.P, Dodd, ex-tree (BMNH). Paraty- pes; 2 females, INDONESIA: Humboldt Bay Dist. Bewani Mts., Irian Jaya, ix. 1937, W. Stober, B,M, 1938-177; AUSTRALIA: Dunk Island, H, Hacker. Aug. 1927; same data as holotype, in the collection of the author, Very close to Hyalopeplus rubrosignatus n.sp. but differs by the spinously produced humeral angles, by the collar with dark fasciae or bars and by the unicolourous red clavus. Hyalopeplus (H.) rubrojugatus, n.sp. (Figs. 171-175) Characterised by the colour of the jugum, collar and clavus, Male; length 10-2 mm, width 2.4mm. Head: Length 1-0 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 1:04 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; II 6-2 mm; IIL, 2-0 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1:8 mm, width at base 2.4mm. Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm, width at base 0-48 mm (holotype). Fig. 170—Hyalopeplus rubroclavutus n.sp., female, holotype. 492 Fig. 171—HAyalopeplus rubrojugaius n-sp., male, holotype, General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal dark brown vittae, the median running over clypeus, sides of the latter, jugum and vitta on lorum reddish; eyes brown, segment I of antenna red, segment II castaneous, reddish towards apex, infuscate to black apically, segments IJI-IV black, pale at extreme base; pronotum and scutellum Jutescent to citrine; collar, a transverse fascia on hind margin of pronotum and apex of scutellum reddish; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus red, pale along middle portion, embolium, commissure and apical margin of corium and cuneus red, membrane hyaline, nervures brown. Underside of body pale yellow, apex of abdomen, hind femora and tibiae red, apex of tarsus fuscous. Pronotum sinuate at posterior margin, humeral angles rounded, second antennal segment very long. Genitalia: Vesica of aedeagus (fig. 172) with membranous lobes, a sclerotized spiculum (fig. 173) and a group of spines near secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 174) falciform, tapering to extremity, Right paramere (fig. 175) small, with an apical point. REC, S. AUST, MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 175 Figs, 172-.175—Hyalopeplus rubrojugatus n.sp.: Fig. 172—Vesica of aedeagus; Fig. 173—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 174—Left paramere: Fig 175—Right paramere. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. Holotype: male, INDONESIA: Genjan, 40 km W of Hollandia, Irian Jaya 100-200 m, 1.x1960, T, C. Maa (BISHOP). Paratype: male, same data as holotype, Close to Hyalopeplus rubroclavatus n,sp. but differs by the colour of the jugum, clavus and by the rounded humeral angles. Hyalopeplus (H.) smaragdinus Roekpe, 1919 Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, 1919a, p. 173, figs. 1-5; Roepke, 1919b, p. 1, 7 figs.; Corporal, 1920, p, 108; Carvalho, 1959, p, 320, (Figs. 176-180) Characterised by the black spots of the mesos- cutum, the large size and colour of posterior tibiae. Male: Length 9-6mm, width 2:8mm, Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 0-76 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; II, 5-2 mm; IU-IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:2 mm, width at base 0-6 mm Scutellum> Length 2:6 mm, width at base 1-6 mm. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fig. 176—Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, female, Syntype: According to the original description both males and females are emerald green (bright green) when alive, Antennae dark cineraceous, segment III] noticeably pale basally; head above with three longitudinal black lines, convergent anteriorly, the median one stronger; side of head with a longitudinal orange to red vitta which extends to the anal segment without reaching its apex; eyes reddish brown, rostrum light green, valvulae dark brown, apex dark; pronotum anteriorly with three longitudi- nal black lines, corresponding to those of head and another on lateral margin; hind margin black with humeral angles pointed; scutellum light green margins and central line cineraceous; mesoscutum with two blackish points near lateral corners. Legs greenish cineraceous, apical portions of tibiae and tarsi becoming darkish; abdomen yellow translu- 495 cent, Hemelytra completely transparent, with black nervures; cuneus yellowish green; membrane unicolours and shining. Antennae with segment | and TI slightly thickened, IIT and IV slender as hairs: head with spherical eyes, strongly prominent, vertex slightly shorter than length of head. Rostrum reaching about the third abdominal segment. Pronotum rugose, with acute humeral angles, Body practically glabrous, ‘“‘Length of both sexes 9-0-10-0 mm, Tjisampora (Soekaboemi) and Goenoeng Mas (Buitenzorg) about 1 000 m, on tea plantation, Java. The bugs live on flower buds, especially in old plantations. The variety described by Roepke as Hyalopeplus smaragdinus rubrinus n. form from specimens collected in Goenoeng in tea plants (1918) is undoubtedly a synonym of Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby, 1891), All the characters indicated are those of rama, especially the reddish emboliam and cuneus, as well as the reddish apex of scutellum- apical third of hind femora and also hind tibiae. The species lives in floral buds of tea. Nymphs reach the adult stage in.a period of 9-10 days after six ecdiases. Adults are very delicate and difficult to maintain in captivity, Genitalia; Penis (fig. 177) with membranous lobes with groups of sclerotised spines and a median spiculum (fig. 178), Left paramere (fig. 179) curved, enlarged apically, with a terminal point. Right paramere (fig, 180) small, globose. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 10-0 mm, width 2-8 mm, vertex 0-80 mm. Host plants: Thea sinensis. Specimens studied: INDONESIA: female, Op thee bloemtnop, Pd, Gedeh, vi.37, Proefst. us Java, Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Ropke (handwriting of Leefmans?); two females, L,G,E, Kalshoven Java, Mt. Salals, 600 m, 11.1.1925; male, West Java, Ag. Malang, 4290, M.E. Walsh, 13.xii.37; EAST MALAYSIA: female, Bau District, Bidi, 240 m, 2,ix,1958, T,.C. Maa. Geographical distribution: Jaya, Borneo. In his second paper of 1919 Roepke presents mare data for this species and states that it is not conspecific with rama (Kirby). Corporal (1920) gives data concerning fresh coloration, The two black spots on mesoscutum are characteristic for the species, Its large size and colour of hind legs helps to separate it from allied species, 454 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 177-180—Hyalopeplus smaragdinus Roepke, female Fig. 177—Penis; Fig. 178—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 179—Lett paramere; Fig. 180—Right paramere, Hyalopeplus (H.) spinosus Distant, 1904 Hyalpeplus spinosus Distant, 1904b, p. 447; id, Poppius, 1912a, p. 416; Carvalho, 1959, p, 320. (Fig, 181) Characterised by the spinously produced humeral angles and by the colour of pronotum, Female: Length 10:4 mm, width 3-0 mm. Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-72 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-2 mm; UL, 5:2 mm, ITI, 1:8 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1:7 mm, width at base 3:2 mm. Cuneus; Length 1-28 mm, width at base 0:56 mm (holotype). General coloration flavescent to citrine with brownish. to reddish areas, head with a median and two lateral longitudinal vittae on vertex which run backwards to pronotum, more visible over collar and calli where the two lines corresponding to those bordering inner margins of eyes are reddish and zig- zag-shaped, the median longitudinal vitta and the submarginal transverse fascia of disc, as well as the humeral angles are castaneous to black; hemelytra with sutures fuscous, embolio-corial margin dark longitudinally, external margin of cuneus and nervures of membrane fuscous. Underside of body flavescent, a line on side of head, a line or vitta on upper margin of propleura and a vitta laterally on abdomen brown to reddish, Antennae castaneous, segment I paler, with small reddish dots, segment II infuscate apically, segment III black apically with basal ‘4 pale, Humeral angles strongly spinously produced out and backwards, pronotum distinctly rugose, Male: Unknown, Specimens studied; INDIA: female, lectotype (new designation), Margherita, Upper Assam, Doherty (BMNH); id, VIETNAM: Dalat, 1 500 m, 29.iv.-4.v.1960, L, W. Quate. Geographical distribution: India, Vietnam, The lectotype is apparently the only remaining specimen of the original series. The legs are not mentioned in the original description. The species approaches Hyalopeplus clavatus Distant, 1909 but differs by the transverse submarginal fascia of hind margin of disc being much more distant from border, by the much more spinously produced humeral angles which are somewhat turned backwards and by the colour and shape of the lateral vittae or lines of pronotum., THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fig. 181—Hyalopeplus spinosus Distant, female, lectotype. Hyalopeplus (H.) tongaensis, n.sp. (Figs. 182-1864) Characterised by the colour of pronotum, antenna and hind tibiae, Male: Length 8:0 mm, width 2-2 mm. Head: Length 0-9 mm, width 1:4 mm, vertex 0-50 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm, I, 4-7 mm; IIT, 1-5 mm; IV, 0-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 0-9 mm, width at base 2:0 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:90 mm, width at base 0-40 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal vittae (one median and two lateral along inner margins of eyes), vitta on clypeus, jugum, lorum and gena brawn to reddish; eyes and antenna castaneous, segment I with small fuscous to reddish dots, 495 segments III-IV black towards apices (segments III- [V pale basally); pronotum with collar showing five longitudinal vittae, the lower lateral one at each side quadrate and large, four rounded spots on dise and humeral angle fuscous to black; In some specimens there is also a median longitudinal vitta and two sublaieral ones, between calli and humeral angles with same colour; mesoscutum with a rounded black spot at each lateral fossa, scutellum with an obsolete longitudinal line and two black subapical round spots; hemelytra glassy, transparent, inner and outer margins of clavus, corium, embolium and cuneus fuscous to brown, the latter reddish internally, membrane hyaline, nervures brown to fuscous. Underside of body pale yellow with a reddish vitta on coxal cleft I, a black spot on mesosternum laterally and a reddish vitta on metapleura and sides of abdomen; legs pale yellow, hind femora reddish to fuscous apically with fuscous dots or bars, hind tibiae reddish, segment III of tarsi fuscous. Pronotum and scutellum transversely rugose, humeral angles acute, prominent, reflexed. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 183) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotised teeth apically and a spiclulum (fig. 184). Left paramere (fig. 185) curved, pointed apically, Right paramere (fig, 186) small, also with pointed apex. Fig, 182—Alyalopeplus tongaensis n.sp., male, holotype. 496 Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 83 mm width 2-5 mm, verlex 0-60 mm. Holotype: male, TONGA ISLANDS: Ena, Pan- gai, 90-120 m, iii.1969, N.L.H, Krauss (BISHOP). Allotype: female, same data as holotype Paratypes: two males and two females, Tongatapu, Haatapu, 0- 50m, 11.71.1969, N.L,H, Krauss; Eua, Parker's Hill REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 area, 200-300 m, iii.1969, N.L.H, Krauss; 3 males and 7 females, FIJI ISLANDS; Nandarivatu, Viti Levu, 3.vii,1938, E. C. Zimmerman; id, Taviun, xii. 1921, H. W. Simmonds; id Suva, 29. vii, 1923 and 2.v,1923, C, L. Edwards (BMNH). Very close to Hyalopeplus tutuilaensis n. sp. but differs by the colour of second antennal segment and also by the number of spots on the disc of pronotum, Figs. 183-186—Hyalopeplus tongaensis n-sp.: Fig. 183—Penis, Fig. 184—Spiculum of vesica, Fig. 185—Left paramere; Fig. 186—Right paramere. Hyalopeplus (H.) tutuilaensis, n-sp, (Figs. 187-190) Characterised by the colour of antenna and pronotum Male; Length 67mm, width 2-0 mm. Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1:3 mm, vertex 0:56 mm. Antenna: Segment fT, length 0:9 mm; TI, 3-9 mm; U1-[V, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-1 mm, width at base 1:8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-76 mm, width at base 0-44 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with dark brown and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal vittae (one median and two lateral along inner margins of eyes), obsolete in some specimens, vitta on clypeus, jugum and gena, reddish to brown, eyes brown, antenna pale yellow, apex of segment LI, segments III-IV (except pale base) fuscous to black, pronotum with collar showing five longitudinal vittae (three median and two lower lateral larger, quadrate), disc with median longitudinal vitta and four rounded spots (humeral angles included) fuscous to black. In same specimens the lateral vitta on head follows backwards through collar and calli and there is also a narrow sublateral vitta between calli and humeral angles. Mesoscutum with a black spot on each lateral fossa, scutellum with a fine Jongitudinal castaneous, line and two subapical round spots; hemelytra glassy, transparent, ochrace- ous, inner and outer margins of clavus, embolium, corilim and cuneous fuscous to black, the latter reddish internally, membrane hyaline, nervures brown. Underside of body pale yellow, a longitud- inal reddish vitta laterally beginning on lorum and running backwards, broken at certain points at side of abdomen, a characteristic black, round spot on mesosternum laterally, legs pale yellow, hind femora with dilute fuscous spots or bars, segments IT of tarsi fuscous. Pronotum and scutellum with rugosities, humeral angles acute. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Es Fig. 187—Hyalopeplus iutuilaensis n.sp., male, holotype, Genitalia; Penis (fig. 188) with membranaus lobes provided with sclerotized teeth apically and a sclerotized spiculum. Left paramere (fig. 189) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 190) smaller, also pointed apically. Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 86mm, width 2-4mm, vertex 0-60 mm. Holotype: male, AMERICAN SAMOA: Tutuila, Taputima, 12,xi, 1963, N. R. Spencer (BISHOP), Allotype: female, same data as holotype. Paratypes! four males and six females, samé as data above and 16.1x.1963, 4.ii1.1964; Apia Upolu, 2.ii.51, J.S. Armstrong, B.M. 1963-291 (BMNH), This species approaches Hyalopeplus tongaensis n.sp. but differs by the colour of second antennal segment and number of black spots on pronotum. Hyalopeplus (H.) vitripennis (Stal, 1855) Stal, 1870 Capsus vitripennis Stal, 1855, p, 186; Stal, 1859, p. 255; Walker, 1873, p. 118. Hyalopeplus vitripennis Stal, 1870, p. 671; 1870; Atkinson, 1890, p. 106; Distant, 1904a, p. 108; Distant, 1904b, p. 447, fig. 288; Reuter, 1905b, p. 2; Poppius, 1912a, p. 417; Poppius, 1914, p. 101; Carvalho, 1952, p. 97; Carlvalha, 1959, p, 320). 497 Capsus lineifer Walker, 1873, p. 122: Atkinson, 1890, p. 109; Kirkaldy, 1902c, p. 283. Hyalopeplus uncariae Roepke, 1916, p, 182, fig. 3, Carvalho, 1959, p, 320 (n.syn.), Hyalopeplus amboinae Carvalho, 1956, p. 74, figs. 1956 (m.syn.). (Figs, 191-210) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and cuneus. Male: Length 7:6-8:0 mm, width 2:4 mm. Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0-68 mm, Antenna; Segment [, length 0-8-0-9 mm; IT, 3-9-4-4 mm; IM, 1-2-1-3 mm; [V, 1-0-1-3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2:3 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-86 mm, width at base 0-48 mm, “Virescenti-flavus; antennis, art. 1 excepto. fuscis; capite thoraceque longitudinaliter rufo-vel ferrugineo-lineatis, hoc etiam linea transversa intramarginali basali nigrofusca; scutelli linea media maculisque 2 apicis brunnescentibus; hemelytris flavo-hyalinis, obscurioribus, femoribus posticis fuscopunctatis; abdominis utrimque linea longitudi- nalis sanguinea, Lond. 8, Lat. 2-5 mm. Java™ (Stal, 1855), “Luteous; head with three, and pronotum with five longitudinal lines either red or black; scutellum with a central line similarly variable in colour; basal margin of pronotum black; antennae Juteous, sometimes (excluding basal joint) fuscous; hemely- tra pale ochraceous hyaline, the venation piceous; apex of scutellum more or less castaneous. Length 9 to 10 mm. Assam (Margherita), Ceylon, Tenasserin (Myita), Mallacca, Java, Philippines, North Queens- land,"' (Distant, 1904), The figure 288 given for the species is correct. “Testaceous, fusiform, very finely punctured, Head and pronotum with three black parallel lines the lateral pair abbreviated on the prothorax hindward. Head triangular, Eyes piceous, promi- nent, Rostrum extending somewhat beyond hind coxae. Antennae piceous, slender, as long as the body; first joint stout, as long as head; second more than thrice as long as the first and less than thrice as long as the third; fourth shorter than the third. Prothorax with two exterior black and red lines on each side, in addition to those before mentioned: transverse furrow extremely slight. Legs rather long and slender. Wings cinereous, veins piceous. Length of body 4 lines. Malacca.’ (Walker, 1873), The description is rather poor and the pronotum of the holotype is distinctly rugose. 498 REC. § AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 188-190—Hyalopeplus tutuilaensis n.sp.: Fig. 188—Penis; Fig. 189—Left paramere; Fig. 190—Right paramere. Fig. 191—Capsus vitripennis Stal, neotype. Fig, 192—Capsus lineifer Walker, female, lectotype. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fig. 1943—Hyalopeplus uncariae Roepke, female, lectotype, “Colour citrine to lutescent with glassy, transpa- rent hemelytra; seven longitudinal vittae on pronotam and propleura, the three median ones following those on head, median line and two spots al apex scutellum dark brown to reddish; veins af membrane and extreme apex of cuneus darker; gena with a longitudinal dark stripe, apex of rostrum and veins of membranous wings black; femora with rows of dark or reddish spots, tibiae and antennae with reddish tinge or minute reddish areas,” (Carvalho, 1956), Genitalia; Penis (figs, 203, 207) with vesica of aedeagus provided with membranous lobes with sclerotised teeth apically or in groups and a sclerotised spiculum '(figs. 204, 208). Left paramere (figs. 205, 209) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (figs. 206, 210) smaller, also pointed apically. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, more robust, Length 8:6-9:4 mm, width 2-4- 2.6 mm, vertex 0-72-0:76 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-90 - 1:12 mm, width at base 0-50-0-56 mm, Host plants: Thea sinensis, Uncaria gambir. 499 Geographical distribution: Australia, Indanesia (Amboina, Java, Sumatra), Malaysia (Malacca, Peninsular Malaysia, East Malaysia), Philippines Babelthuap, Papua-New Guinea, Palau Islands, Mariana Islands, Solomon Islands, New Hebrides Islands, New Britain, Bismarck Archipelago, Singapore, Sri-Lanka, Vietnam, Laos, Specimens studied! 2 females, Ins. Philipp., Semper and Malacca, Kinb. (STOCKHOLM). The Philippine specimens bears Stals handwriting: ‘Hyalopeplus virripennis’; 10 paratypes of Hyalope- plus amboinae Carvalho, Amboina Island and Babelthuap Islands (BISHOP): INDONESIA; sev- eral males and females; Ambon, 70 m, 29.ii1.1963, A.M.R, Wegner; Ambon, Waai, 150 m, 10.i.1964, A.M.R. Wegner, Bogor, Tepgalega, Java, 21.xi,1960, P. Maric; Sumatra, Tandjong Morawa, 16.xi.1951, J.V.d, Vecht; lectotype (new designa- tion) of Hyalopeplus uncariae Roepke, Asaham, Sumatra, 1912 (Leyden Museum); Pandang, W- Sumatra, xi.1924, C.B.K.; 1.B. Corporal, 1920-95, Prse. Imp. Bur. Ent.; 180m Dolok Merangir, Sumatra, April-June, 1970. E,W. Diehl; Kebon Balok, 20 m, 60 km NW Medan, Sumatra, 7.v.1970; Dairi, 1600 m, NW end of Lake Toba, Sumatra: Eramboe, 80 km ex, Marauke, Irian Jaya, 29.i,1960, T.C. Maa; PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: femaie, holotype, Capsus lineifer Walker, Malacca (BMNH): Selangor Subang Forest Reserve, 90- 120 m, 12-14, i1.1958, TC. Maa. Selangor, Ulugom- bak, 300 m, 18.v.1958, T.C, Maa; Kuala Lumpur, vill, 1958, N,L.H. Krauss (on Melastoma malabat- hricum): West Coast, Langkawi, Is,v,1928, West Coast, Perhentian, wii.1926, ex, F.M.S. Museum, B.M, 1955-354; Penang, King Geo. Nat. Park, 15.xii.1958; EAST MALAYSIA: Tawau Residency, Kalabakan R., 48 km (30 mi) W, 18.ix,1958, T.C, Maa; W. Coast Residency, Ranau, 13 km (8 mi) Paring Hot Springs, 500 m, x.1958, L.W, Quate & T.C, Maa: id. 28,ix.-7,x.1958; 22-25.1.1959; Bundu Tukan, 18.j1,1959; 6.x.1959, T.C. Maa; Sandakan Residency, Gomaton Caves, 32 km (20 mi) s. Sandakan, 22-26,ix.1958, T.C. Maa; Penampang SE of Jesselton, 17,x.1958, T. C, Maa; Singkor, 19.1,1959, T,C, Maa; Tenompok, J) 460 m, 48 km (30 mi) E Jesselton, 17-21,x,1958, T.C. Maa: Sensuron, 9-11.1.1959, T.C. Maa; Pontianak, F. Muir, T.C. Maa; Manorg, F. Muir; Ranau, 22-25.ii.1959, T, C, Maa, Ranau, 13 km (8 mi) N Paring Hot Springs, 500m, 9-18,x.1958, L.W. Quate; Keningau, 12- 17.1,1959, T.C. Maa; SE, Forest Camp, 19 km N of Kalabakan, 60 m, 21 xi.1962; Kuching, Santubong, 797-1500 m, 18-30.v1.1958, T.C. Maa; Merirai ¥. Kapit Dist. 1-6.viii, 1958, T.C. Maa, PHILIPPINES; Minanao, Zamboanga de Norte, 11 km-9 km E of Sindagan, 20,vii,1958, H. E. Mildanao; Bukidon, 1250 m, Mt. Katangland, 4-9.x1i.1959, L. W. Quate: REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 194-]97—Hyalopeplus vitripennis (Stal): Colour variation of antenna, head and pronotum seen from above, Negros Or, Sibulan, 30.ix.1959, L.W. Quate; Negros Or. Mt. Province Mayoyao, Ifugao, 1250- 1500 m, 11.ix.1966, H, Torrevillas; Busuanga Is. 4km N San Nicholas, 25-27.1962, H, Holtmann; Misamiris Or, Mt. Empagatao, 2S.iv.1961, Hi, Torrevillas; Luzon Camarineu, Sur, Mt, Isarog, Pili, 800-900 m, 4.v.1965, H.M. Torrevillas; Luzon, Mt. Prov. Ifugao, Mayoyao, 1000-1500 m, 8-9,ii,1966, H.M. Torrevillas; Palawan Mantalingajan, Pinigi- san, 600 m, 9.1x.1961, Noona Dan exp, 61-62: id. Brookes Point Uring, 23.vili. 1961; Bur, Agr. Col.B, Aroe: Mt. Banahao, Baker; Cuernos, Baker; Surigao, Mindanao, Baker; Mt, Makiling, Luzon, Baker, PALAU ISLANDS: Koror Is. NE, 26.iv.1957, C. W. Sabroski;, MARTANA ISLANDS: Guam, 1.1958, N.L.H. Krauss; SOLOMON ISLANDS; Bougainville, Kukugai Village, 1500 m, xii. 1960, N.W. Brandt; Guadalcanal, Gold Ridge, 21.1i1).1955, E.S. Brown, Pres, com. Inst. ent, B.m. 1958-79. NEW HEBRIDES ISLANDS: Espiritu Santo Island, SW, Namatasopa, 300 m, 29. vili.1957, J. L. Gressitt; BABELTHAUP ISLAND: Iwang, Palau, 8m, 19:-x7.1952, J,L, Giessitt; NEW BRITAIN: Gisiluve, Nakanai Mts. 1050 m, 26.vii.1956, E. J, Ford Jr.; PAPUA-NEW GUINEA: Bisianuma St, 40 km NW Port Morseby, 29.iv.1960, Port O'Brien; BISMARK ARCHIPELAGO; Rossum, 6 km, SE of Lorengau, 180 m, 23.xii.1959; AUSTRALIA: North Queens- land: Dunk Island, Aug. 1927, H. Hacker; Davis Creek, 26.iii.73, R. W. Broadleg; [ron Range, |- 9,vi.1971, S. R. Monteith; SINGAPORE: Col. Baker: H, N, Riley, 1904-2, id, 95-76; Gardens, xi. 1922; Nee Sung Forest Reserve, 20 m, 7,xii, 1958; VIETNAM: Haut Mekong, Nam Tiene, 14.iv,1918, R, V, Salvaza, 1918-1; Dalat, 6 km $, 1400-1500 m, 9 vii.1960, S. Quate, N.R. Spencer, R. Leech; LAOS: Sedone Prov, Paksong, 18.v.1965. The specimens mentioned are in the BMNH, BISHOP, USNM, OU and SAM. The holotype of this species, described by Stal from Jave, has been lost (fide Doctor Inge Persson, curator of Insects, Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm, in a letter dated December, 1975), The two other specimens deposited at Stockholm were however handled by Stal and used for the description of the genus Hyalopeplus. These two females from the Philippines (Semper) and from Malacca (Kinherg) are typical vilripennis, the first specimen bearing the manuscript label ‘Hyalopeplus vitripennis Stal’ (Stal’s own handwriting), On these specimens the lines or vittae of the pronotum are fairly well marked, but those on the propleura and sides of abdomen and head are only vaguely indicated. The segment | of antenna is spotted with small reddish dots. These specimens when compared with a series of twelve others taken in Bogor, Java, Indonesia, Tjilebut, 13,xi,1960, H. Hamann (BISHOP), have proved to belong to the same species, In these series the longitudinal stripes of head and pronotum, propleurs and abdomen show a fairly wide range at variation, as can be seen in the figures. According to article 75 of the International code of Zoological Nomenclature (1964) I am designating a male specimen from Bogor, Jave, Tjilebut, as 4 neotype of Capsus vitripennis Stal, 1855. Besides agreeing with the characters mentioned in the original description, they agree also with the specimens handled from the Philippines and Malacca. The locality, comparison with specimens handled by Stal and lodgement in the same Institution, in my view, renders it as a valid designation of the neotype. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Figs, 198-202—Hyalopeplus virripennis (St4l): Colour variation of head and promotuim seen from side, In the series from Bogor from which the neotype has been chosen the general coloration is ochraceous to pale yellow or citrine on head, pronotum and scutellum, the hemelytra and membrane vitreous and transparent (in this species there is a tendency for the hemelytra to become opaque or leathery). The head obave shows three longitudinal lines or vittae (one median and two lateral along inner SOT margins of eyes); collar with seven distinct vittae or lines; one median and six lateral, plus one above the coxal cleft I and indication of another (sometimes obsolete) in front of coxal cleft, inferiorly; pronotum on fully coloured specimens also with seven longitudinal lines or vittae (greatly variable): five seen from above (one median and four lateral) and two slightly below lateral margin of propleura, which may have also (wo other lateral lines (one median and one inferiorly) following the lateral line of head and continuing to lateral portion of sternum and abdomen; scutellum with median line and two preapical spots (sometimes including the whole apex) reddish to dark brown or black. The intensity and colour of the lines varies considerably, Hind margin of pronotum with a transverse submarginal characteristic dark fascia not reaching hind border (as in rama Kirby), humeral angles black, Hemelytra and membrane vitreous, transparent, margins of clayus, corium, embolium, cuneus and nervures of membrane brown to black; legs pale yellow, hind femora with a few brownish or reddish dots on apical third; segment [ of antenna in full coloured specimens with reddish dots, Pronotum and longitudinal sulcus of scutellum transversally rugose, the latter and the cuneus about as long as wide at base, rostrum reaching the apex of hind coxae, hind tibiae with spines, short hairs and minute sclerotized tubercles. Though he indicates a series of 20 specimens examined when describing Hyalopeplus uncariae, Roepke (1916) apparently had before him a mixed series of vitripennis Stal and rama Kirby. Following his description and illustration, and based also on his label data: ‘““Asaham, Sumatra, 1912, W. Roepke"’ | have chosen a female specimen as lectotype (hemelytra leathery and transverse dark fascia of posterior portion of disc of pronotum not reaching the hind border). This specimen has the scutellum about as long as wide at base, cuneus only twice as long as wide and Jegs with the apex of hind femora and hind tibiae pale, not noticeably pilose. This species is identical with vitripennis Stal and must be treated as its synonym, Other specimens examined in the series from Asaham, are as follows: 1 female, Asaham, Sumatra, 1912, W. Roepke; 1 female, Asaham (S,O,K. (alimatan), on Melafoe, iv. ‘17, leg Corporal, Hyalopeplus uncariae Rpke, det. Leef- mans; 2 males and 6 females, Sumatra, W. Roepke, belong to Hyalopeplus rama (Kirby, 1891). In all of them, the scutellum is noticeably longer than wide at base, the second antennal segment of males are longer (about 4-0-4-6 mm long), the cuneus is reddish and distinctly longer than wide at base, the apex of hind femora and the hind tibiae are reddish 502 REC, S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 hairs of tibia long. The transverse posterior dark fascia of disc reaching the hind border will separate it at once from vitripennis. The mention of “absence of colored fasciae on head and pronotum” is due to the fact that the specimens were kept in alcohol. Also the mention of a leathery hemelytra is a character that occurs occasionally in specimens of vitripennis. Hyalopeplus amboinae Carvalho, 1956 is also a synonym of vitripennis Stal. At the time of its description the author was not aware of the colour variation of vitripennis and the differences indicated = 2 ae 32 ose rs — ea = ae > S == “se md September, 1979 in the structure of male genitalia were found to be also within the range of variation of the species. Finally capsus lineifer Walker, 1873 was correctly synonymized with vitripennis by Distant, 1904. It represents the extremely intensely coloured speci- mens, usually females. In the series studied from Bogor I have found all colour variations which are here represented in figures. This species approaches Hyalopeplus malayensis n.sp. but is readily differentiated by the colour of cuneus and size. 206 tl tt eee = Figs. 203-206—Hyalopeplus amboinae Carvalho: Fig. 203—Penis; Fig. 204—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 205—Left paramere; Fig, 206—Right paramere. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Figs. 207-210—Hyalopeplus vitripennis (Stal): Fig. 207—Penis; Fig, 208—Spiclum of vesica; Fig. 209—Left paramere; Fig. 210—Right paramere. Key to the species of the subgenus Adhyalopeplus nov. _ . Pronotum distinctly setose; hind femur apically and hind tibiae basally pale to brownish . we. pellicidus (Stal) Pronotum glabrous or very sparsely 4 and oor setose; hind tibia otherwise coloured _._. . 1 NE yee in] , Collar without longitudinal vittae or bars, infuscate to castaneous anteriorly; pronotum with a single longitudinal Wide ViTIA, = 0.5 Oe eee 8 Roo sked, samoanus Knight Collar with longitudinal vittae or bars... .. a tise 3, Inner base of cuneus and extreme apex of corium with a common black spot; scutellum very large and prominent, lutescent; cuneus opaque, sulphurescent to reddish cuneatus 1.sp. Inner base of cuneus and extreme apex of corium without a common black spot; scutellum of normal size ......,,.. 4 4. Disc of pronotum with a single longitudinal line or vitta, sometimes present only anteriorly or posteriorly; collar with a whitish pruinose vitta or bar laterally similis Poppius Disc of pronotum with five longitudinal lines or vittae, sometimes the two median obsolete; collar without a whitish pruinose bar laterally ...._. __. nO; ee | wa . Longitudinal vittae or lines on disc wide; pronotum and scutellum coarsely punctate; cuneus totally reddish madagascariensis n.sp. Longitudinal vittae or lines on disc narrowed towards head; pronotum and scutellum moderately punctate, cuneus reddish on base and outer margin oi loriae Poppius Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) cuneatus, n.sp. (Figs. 211-215) Characterised by the large and prominent scutellum and by the colour of base of cuneus and apex of corium. Fig, 211—Hyalopeplus cuneatus n.sp., male holotype, 504 Male: Length 8:9 mm, width 2:7 mm. Head: Length 1-0 mm, width 1-5 mm, vertex 0-68 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1-0 mm; II, 4:5 mm; IU, 1:5 mm; [V, 1:3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-4 mm, width at base 2.6 mm, Cuneus; Length 1:0 mm, width at base 0-72 mm (holotype). General coloration ochraceous with castaneous and reddish areas; head with a Jongitudinal median vitta reaching clypeus, eyes, apical portion of segment I of antenna (main body of segment is pale yellow), segment II (except black apex) brown, segments III-IV (except pale base) black, The head in some specimens show also two lateral vittae along inner margins of eyes and a longitudinal vitta on gena reddish. Pronotum with collar showing seven longitudinal narrow vittae (in some specimens the three median ones reach the area of calli) brown, humeral angles black; scutellum lutescent with two subapical black spots (one at each side); hemelytra glassy, transparent, extreme base of clavus, commissure and apical area of corium, coalescent with base of cuneus, fuscous to castaneous; embolium and cuneus opaque, the latter sulphures- cent, pale yellow or reddish in some specimens; membrane hyaline, Underside of body pale yellow, hind femora reddish towards apex, segments III of tarsi black, REC, 8S. AUST, MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Pronotum distinctly punctate-rugose, scutellum very prominent, punctate-rugose, the punctures more visible, humeral angles acute, frons striate, Genitalia: Penis (fig. 212) with membranous lobes provided with groups of sclerotized spines, a median spiculum (fig. 213) and a group of spines near secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 214) curved, enlarged apically, ending in an acute point, Right paramere (fig. 215) smaller, also ending in a point. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 10:4 mm, width 3-1 mm, vertex 0:80 mm, Holotype; male, INDONESIA: Waris, S$ of Hollandia, Irian Jaya, 450-500 m, 8-15, vili,1959 (BISHOP), Allotype: female, NEW GUINEA; NE Wau, 1200 m, 11.xii.1965, J. Sedlacek. Paratypes: three males and three females, same data as holotype and Gazelle Pen., Gaulin, 140 m, 21- 27.x.1962, J. Sedlacek, malaise trap; Wareo, Finsch Haven, Rev. L, Wagner, in the collection above and of the author, Differs from others in the subgenus by the peculiar spot common to base of cuneus and apex of corium, as Well as by the large and prominent scutellum. Figs. 212-215—Hyalopeplus cuneatus n sp,: Fig. 212—Penis; Fig. 213—Spiculum of vesica; Fig, 214—Lefr paramere: Fig. 215—Right paramere. THE TRIBE HYACLOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA; MIRIDAE) Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) loriae Poppius, 1912 Ayalopeplus loriae Poppius, 1912a, p. 415; Car- valho, 1959, p. 320. (Figs. 216-220) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and cuneus, Male: length 7-8imm, width 2-2 mm. Head: Length 0:7 mm, width 1:-4mm, vertex 0-56 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-6 mm; II, 3-6 mm; LI-IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width at base 2+] mm, Cuneus: Length 0-84 mm, width at base 0:50 mm, General coloration ochraceous with brown and reddish areas; head with three longitudinal lines (one median and two lateral along inner margin of eyes); collar with seven longitudinal bars or vittae, disc with a median and two longitudinal lateral vittae becoming wider towards the hind portion and humeral angles brown to black, hind margin of disc with a transverse narrow dark fascia: base, lateral margins and apex of scutellum dark brown; hemelytra glassy, transparent, margins of clavus narrowly, apical portion of corium, cuneus internal and externally, nervure of membrane dark brown to reddish, Underside of body pale yellow, legs pale, apex of front tibiae, apex of hind femora and hind tibiae reddish; basal half of hind femora pale. Antenna brownish yellow, segments If and IT towards apices and segment IV almost totally black, segment I reddish yellow with reddish dots. Rostrum reaching the middle coxae, disc of pronotum punctate-rugose. Fig. 216—Hyalopeplus loriae Poppius, male. 505 Genitalia; Vesica of aedeagus (fig. 217) with membranous lobes with groups of sclerotized spines apically and a median spiculum (fig. 218). Left paramere (fig, 219) curved, painted apically. Right paramere (fig. 220) globose, also with a sclerotized point, Female; Similar to male in colour and peneral aspect, slightly more robust. Specimens studied: males and females, NEW GUINEA: Wau, Morobe District, 1 200m, 1-4.vill,1962 (BISHOP), AUSTRALIA: NS, Wales, 19 mi W of Woodenbong, nr. Kilarney, 8,x1i,1948; Queensland, Townsville, 14.v.'03, F. F Dodd, (BMNH). There are a number of specimens of this species in Australian collections from Queensland, the Northern Territory and the north of Western Australia. In coastal Queensland ir extends as far south as Brisbane but elsewhere ir Australia it is restricted to the far northern areas. The holotype of this species is mentioned as being deposited in the Museum of Natural History “Giacomo Doria’, Genova. It is close to Hyalope- plus (N.) madagascariensis n.sp, but differs by the colour of pronotum and cuneus. Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) D.Sp. (Figs. 221-225) Characterised by the wide longitudinal vittae of pronotum and colour of cuneus. Male; Length 8-0 mm, width 2:1 mm. Head, Length 0:8 mm, width 1:2 mm, vertex 0:48 mm, Antenna; Segment I, length 0:7 mm, EI, 4-0 mm; IN-fV, broken, Pranotum; Length 1-4 mm, width at base 2-1 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:92 mm, width ar base 0-48 mm (holotype). madagascariensis, General coloration flavescent to citrine with dark brown and reddish areas; head, pronotum and scutellum citrine; a longitudinal vitta on middle of head, including clypeus (which has also two lateral spots basally), two lateral ones bordering inner margins of eyes castaneous to fuscous; five longitudinal vittae on pronotum: one median, twa lateral (the three wide and continuous from collar ta hind margin of disc) and two submedian (much more slender, almost obsolete, reddish-orange), a trans- verse marginal fascia posteriorly on dise and humera) angles dark brown to black; scutellum with median line, basal angles and apex dark brown, hemelytra glassy, transparent, sutures and external margins of embolium and cuneus black, the latter reddish with a pale fascia along inner margin, membrane glassy, slightly fuscous, nervures dark. Antenna castaneous to reddish, segment J dark 506 brown, segment II fuscous at apex, segment III black, pale basally, segment IV black; eyes castaneous. Underside of body flavescent, a vitta along side of head, a spot on collar behind eye anda vitta on Upper margin of propleura, as well as an identical one on lateral area of abdomen reddish to fuscous or black; legs pale yellow, hind femora reddish apically with brown spots, hind tibiae reddish, apices of tarsi fuscous. REC. §. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Pronotum distinctly punctate-rugose on black fasciae, scutellum punctate, cuneus fairly short, tibiae moderately pubescent. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 222) with membranous lobes, a median spiculum (fig. 223) and a group of spines near secondary gonopore., Left paramere (fig. 224) curved, enlarged apically, apex pointed. Right paramere (fig, 225) small, globose, pointed. Figs. 217-220—Hyalopeplus loriae Poppius: Fig. 217—Vesica of 0 aedeagus; Fig. 218—Spiculum vesica; Fig. 219—Left paramere, Fig. 220—Right paramere. Female: Unknown, Holotype: male, MADAGASCAR: Morafenoche, Foret Majesy, 5:52, R. Paulian, in the ' Collection of the author, Paratype; male, same data as holotype. This species differs from loriae Poppius by the colour of pronotum and cuneus. Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) pellucidus (Stal, 1859) Stal, 1870 Capsus pellucidus Stal, 1859, p, 255, Walker, 1873, p. 127. Hyalopeplus pellucidus Stal, 1870, p. 671; Atkinson, 1890, p, 106; Kirkaldy, 1902c, p. 143; Reuter, 1905b, p, 2; Kirkaldy, 1907, p. 159; Poppius, 1912a, p, 417, Cheesman, 1927, p. 157, Zimmerman, 1948, p. 218, fig, 97; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320, (Figs. 226-230) Characterised by the pubescence of pronotum and scutellum. Male: Length 76 mm, width 2:3 mm. Head: Length 0-8 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-48 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 0-9 mm; IT, 3-8 mm; III- [V, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-3 mm, width at base 2-0 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-92 mm, width at base 0-28 mm (holotype). General coloration flavescent testaceous. with castaneous and reddish areas; head, pronotum and scutellum flavescent testaceous; three longitudinal lines on head (on central and two lateral along inner margin of eyes), three longitudinal ones on pronotum (the lateral pair reaching only over calli, sometimes indicated or absent), the median one reaching the hind border of disc (obsolete or absent in some specimens), a transverse submarginal posterior fascia and humeral angles fuscous to castancous or black; mesoscutum at middle, scutellum basally and two subapical spots fuscous to black; eyes castaneous, antennae fuscous to brown, segment I paler with small reddish dots, segments IIT and IV black with extreme base pale; hemelytra glassy, transparent, sutures of clavus and corjum, outer margin of embolium and cuneus fuscous to THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLIN] OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) castaneous (cuneus frequently reddish), in some specimens darker externally; membrane glassy, nervures fuscous, Underside of body ochraceous to Jutescent, a longitudinal fascia on side of head (sometimes obsolete or absent) and anteriorly on propleura castaneous; legs pale yellow to testaceous, femora with numerous fuscous dots, tibiae flaves- cent To testaceous. Fig. 221—Hyalopeplus madagascariensis n.sp., male, holotype. Pronotum and scutellum noticeably setose, cuneus and hind tibiae densely pubescent, Genitalia; Penis (fig, 227) with membranaus lobes with sclerotized teeth apically, a median spiculum (fig. 228) and a group of spines near secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 229) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 230) small, also pointed apically. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust, Host plants: Acacia koa, Coprosma, Dedonaea, Hibiscus, Guava, Metrosideros, Pipturus, Sida, Strausia. Specimens studied: male, holotype, Oahu, Capsus pellucidus Stal (STOCKHOLM); HAWAIIAN ISLANDS: Haleakala, Maui, NW Slope, 4.ili.1947, 3 500 ft; Ollaa, 2.500 ft, Washmead; Hilo, 16.iv; Oahu, vi.1958, light trap, J. Rodgers; Puu Palikea, 1v.1960, E. J. Ford Jr.; Posmohotrail Koolau Mt.; 507 Maiawa, 15.11.1942 on Bougainvillea; Kilauea, Washmead; Manoa, on pear Buds, 1936; Mac- Donald Hotel; Pearl City, Oahu, 22.ji.1923, E. H Bryan; Castle Trail, Ohau, 27.ix.1958, E. H. Bryan: Waimea, Hawaii, 18,vi,l922, Old Parker Place, Ulingworth; Upper Hamakua, Ditch Trail, 10,1,1929, O. H. Swezey; Honolulu, Ohau, xii.1925, S.C, Ball: Manoa, Ohau, 2.v.1925, 8. C. Ball; Kam School, 5,viii.1922, Bryan Ex, Hibiscus; Koka Head, F. F. Mingworth; Hana, Maui, 7.v.1920, E H. Bryan; Kiaulea, Hawai, 10.1x.1929, Kipuka Puaplu, O. H. Swezey; Waimea, Hawaii, 15,vi,1922, Old Parker Place, Illingworth; Kainalu, Molkai, O- H. Swezey; Hawaii, Olaa, 29 mi, in house, viii.1938. A. Stiehiro; Haelaau, Maui, 19.xii.1928, O. H.- Swezey; Molokai, Waikalu, 29,iv.1955, Joyce; Kamiloloa, Molokai, 19.xii.1925. O, H. Swezey; Wailae Beach, Oahu, Illingworth: Mr. Kaala, 6-vil- Oahu, O. H. Swezey; Maui, 9.iii (BISHOP). According to Kirkaldy this species is predacious, All indications however are that it is phytophagous. as are most other species in the genus. Zimmerman (1948) states that it is intoduced in Hawaii. Miss Cheesirian (1927) records the species from Hiva-oa in the Marquesas Islands. Tt differs from others in the subgenus by the distinctly setose pronotum and scutellum and by the unicolorous hind tibia which is flavescent to testaceaus but without traces of reddish, Its closest ally is Hyalopeplus samoanus Knight which has the callar without bars or lines, the disc of pronotum differently coloured and hind legs with the apex of femur and base of tibia reddish. Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) samoanus 1935 Knight, Ayalopeplus samoanus Knight, 1935, p. 213, fig. 5; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320, (Figs. 231-235) Characterised by the colour of pronetum and hind legs. Male: Length 8-7 mm, width 2'4 mm. Head; Length 0-8 mm, width !-5 mm, vertex 0-61 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1:3 mm; II, 5:2 mm; III, 1-9 mm; [V, 1-3 mm. Pronotum: Length 1:6 mm. width at base 2:2 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-8 mm, width at base 0-44 mm. General coloration flavescent to testaceous or citrine with castaneous and reddish areas; head, pronotum and scutellum ochraceous to citrine, vertex in some specimens with indication of three longitudinal fuscous lines (obsolete in others); collar castaneous anteriorly or totally castaneous; pro- notum, with a transverse submarginal castaneous to 508 black fascia Which reaches fhe humeral ungles, a longitudinal wide castaneous to black vitta on disc (in some specimens reaching calli, in others present only posteriorly), some darker specimens with hind margins of calli also dark, leaving only central area of dise flavescent testaceous; mesoscutum dark at middle or totally; scutellum with basal angles and two subapical spots castaneous to black (in extreme coloured specimens the base and apex of scutellum black); eyes castaneous, antenna yellow testaceous, segment T paler with minute reddish dots, segments Figs. 222—Penis: Fig. ae ep iaultien of vesica; Fig 224—Left paramere; Fig. 225—Rig Genitalia: Penis (fig. 232) with vesica of aedeagus showing membranous lobes provided with sclerotized teeth apically, a median spiculum (fig. 233) and a group of spines near the secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 234) curved, enlarged apically, with an apical point. Right paramere (fig. 235) small, also pointed apically, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, but more robust. Geographical distribution: Samoan Islands. Specimens studied: two paratypes, SAMOA: Upolu, Vailima and Apia Is. Hyalopeplus samonaus Knight (BISHOP); Upolu, Savago, 0-100 m, 14.x.1969, N. L. H. Krauss; Manua, Tau E of Tau Village (Luma), 50-200 m, 16,iii,1965, sweeping. Samuelson; Tutuila Is. 2.111957, W, R. Kellen; Pago-Pago, 9.ix.1923, Swezey & Wilder, Afinalu, Upolu, 6.i1.1940, 2200 ft, at light, Swezey & Zimmerman; Vailima, Upolu Is. Buxton & Hop- kins; Afiamalu, Upolu, jii.1962, R. W. Taylor, light trap. REC. $8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 222-225—Hyalopeplus madagascariensis 1,sp.: September, 1979 Il] and IV black, pale basally; hemelytra glassy, transparent, claval, corial and embolial sutures castaneous to black, cuncus reddish with outer margin pale, membrane transparent, nervures fuscous. Underside of body ochraceous, side of head and propleura with indication of a longitudinal vitta (in fully coloured specimens), legs pale testaceous, femora with fuscaus spots, apex of hind femora, apices of tibiae and base of hind tibiae reddish. Pronotum punctate-rugose, cuneus noticeably long, hind tibiae densely pubescent. 225 Fig. t paramere. The species differs from allied forms by the colour of the collar (longitudinal bars or vittae absent), by the single longitudinal vitta on dise of pronotum and by the noticeably long cuneus. Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) similis Poppius, 1912 Hyalopeplus similis Poppius, 1912b, p. 8; Popptus, 1912a, p, 41; Carvalho, 1959, p, 320. Hyalopeplus horvathi Poppius, 1912a, Poppius, 1912b, p. 9, Carvalho, 1959, p. 320. (n.syn.), Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius, 1915, p. 3, Carvalho, 1959, p. 320 (n.syn.). Hyalopeplus krishna Ballard, 1927, p. 64, pl. 17, fig. 7; Carvalho, 1959, p. 320 (n. syn.). (Figs. 236-247) Characterised by the colour of collar and pronotum and by the structure of the male genitalia, Male: Length 7-0-8-4 mm, width 2:0-2-4 mm. Head: Length 0-6-0-8 mm, width 1-2-1-3 mm, vertex THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 48-058 mm. Antenna: Segment J, length 0:8- 0-9 mm; IL, 4-0-4:4 mm; LEH-[V, broken. Pronatum: Length 14-2-0 mm, width at base 2-4-2-8 mm, Cuneus: Length 0-80-1-0 mm, width at base 0:40- 044 mm. Fig, 226—Hyalopeplus pellucidus (Stal), male, compared with lype- General coloration pale yellow to citrine with castaneous and reddish areas; pronotum and scutellum pale yellow to citrine or lutescent, a longitudinal line on vertex and two others bordering inner margins of eyes, a median longitudinal line to pronotum and scutellum (obsolete or absent in some Specimens) castaneous; collar castaneous to pale yellow with two characteristic whitish pruinose bars (one at each side) in well preserved specimens, the central portion with three bars, usually forming a somewhat triangular area darker in colour, Its apex lying between front atea of calli. The whitish Pruinose bars and the dark triangular area are visible on fully coloured specimens. Pronotum with a transverse fascia posteriorly reaching the hind border of disc and humeral. angles castaneous to black; mesoscutum at middle and scutellum basally and apically (sometimes the subapical spot is divided into two small ones not reaching apex) castancous; antenna brown, apex of segment IT and segments III-TV fuscous, basal portions of segments pale; hemelytra glassy, transparent, claval, corial and 309 embolial sutures fuscous to black, cuneus reddish (pale at external margin), membrane glassy, slightly fuscous, nervures castaneous, Underside of body ochraceous, a reddish castaneous vitta on lateral portion af head and another on upper margin of propleura reddish to castaneous, abdomen with a reddish lateral vitta (obsolete in some specimens): legs pale yellow, tibiae [ and IT reddish apically, hind femora and hind tibiae totally reddish, Pronotum noticeably punctate-rugose, scutellum prominent, sulcate at middle, cuneus fairly long, hind tibiae with long pubescence. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 237, 243) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized apical teeth, a median spiculum (fig. 238, 244) and a group of spines near secondary gonopore. Left paramere (fig. 239, 245) curved, enlarged and pointed apically, Right paramere (fig. 240, 246) smal). enlarged apically, with a terminal point, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, more robust. Geographical distribution: AFRICA; Ivory Coast, Saint Thorme Island. ASTA: India, Malay Peninsula. OCEANIA; Philippine Islands, Solomon Islands, New Britain, Borneo, Papua New Guinea, West Irian, Australia, Timor, Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa- tion), Hyalopeplus horvatht Poppius, Ins. St. Thome, Mocquerys (HELSINKI); female, lectatype (new designation), Hyalopeplus similis Poppins, Langenburg, iv.1898, Fulleborn (HELSINKI), Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius, Los Banos, Philippines, Baker (HELSINKI); lectatype, Hyalopeplus krishna Ballard, Chapra. Mackenzie, Pres. by E. Ballard (BMNH); female, paralectotype, same data as lectotype, Several males and females; PHILIPPINE ISLANDS; Luzon, Mt, Prov, Ifugao, Mayoyao, 1 000-1 500 my, 8.vii.1966, M. Torrevillas; Min- danao, Agusan, Los Arcos, 19-23.x1.1959, C. M. Yashimato; Negros Is,, Camp Lookout, Duma- guete, 6.iv.1961, T, Schneiria, A, Reyes; Leyte, Aboyog, 35 mi § Tacloban, 7-14.vii, 1961; Balabaa Dalawam Bay, 5.x.196I1, Noana Dan Exp. 61-62; Acupan Benquet, Luzon 15.vii, C. 8. Banks, Busuanga Is.. 4 km N San Nicolas, 21.v.1962, M. Thompson; Mindanao, Lanao, Grain Mts. (380 m, 16.vi.1958, [fugao Prov.; Liwo, 8 km E Mayoyao, 1 000-1 300 m; Busuanga, 4 km N San Nicolas 26.v.1962, H. Holtman; Mt. Province Mayoyaa, Ifugao, | 200-1 500 m, 10.viii.1966, H. M. Tarrevil- las; Mindanao, Lanao Butig Mis. 24 km, Ne Butig, 1080 m, H. F. Milliron: SOLOMON ISLANDS: Guadalcanal, 1.1921, J. A. Kuschel; New Georgia Gr. Gize Is, 30 Km, 11-18.vij.1964, J. M. Sedlacek: 510 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs. 227-230—Hyalopeplus pellucidus (Stal): Fig. 227—Vesica of aedeagus; Fig. 228—Spiculum of vesica; Fig, 229—Left paramere; Fig. 230—Right paramere, San Cristoval, Bwelnaniawarikiapu, 12.vii.1960, C. W. O’Brien; Santa Isabel, Tatamb, 24.vi.1960, C. W. O’Brien; Malaita, Auki, 20 m, 3-5.vi.1964, N. V.; Kolombangara, Gollifer’s Camp, 700 m, 23.1.1964, P. Shanagan; Guadalcanal, Lame nr. Mt. Tatuve, 300 m, 17.v.1960, C. W. O’Brien. NEW BRITAIN: Gazelle Pen., Gaulim, 140 m, 21- 27.x.1962, J. Sedlacek. BORNEO: Sarawak, Gunong Matang, 120 m, 16.xi.1958, M.V., J. L. Gressitt & Maa. PAPUA NEW GUINEA: Elipta- min Valley, W. W. Brandt; NE Tsenga, 1 200 m, Upper Jimmi V., 15.viii.1955, J. L. Gressitt; Torricelli Mts., Mokai Vill. 750 m, 16-31.x11.1958, W. W. Brandt; Wau, 1200 m, 16.viii.1964, J. Sedlacek. INDONESIA: Waris, S of Hollandia, Irian Jaya, 4 500-5 000 m, 8-15. viii. 1959, T, C. Maa; Waigeu, Camp Nok. 2500 ft. iv.1938, L. E. Cheesman, B.M. 1938-593; Kupang, Timor, 6- 21.vi.1929, T. M. McKerras; MALAYSIA: Perak, Larut Hills, at light, 4500 ft, ii.1915, H, M. Pendlebury; Bettotan, NT, Sandakan, 24. viii. 1927; CENTRAL INDIA: Mandhya Pradesh, Satpura Hills, ix.1970, Pachmari 3 500 ft. AUSTRALIA: North Queensland, Redlynch, 10.xii.1938, Papuan- Australian Exp. B.M. 1947-448; id. 14. xii.1938,; id. 21-30. vii.1938; Redlynch, Queensland, xii. 1938, B.M. 1949-61; Peach River, Shepards Battery Site, Cape York Pen., 800 ft, 13.vili,1948, Archbold Exp. North Queensland; 34 22 Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, 27.iv.-4.v.1973, G.B. Monteith, 12, same locality and collector but 5-10.v.1968; 1°, same locality and collector but 11-17.v.1968; 1°, Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York, 19-22. iv.1973, G.B. Monteith; 19, Mt. Carbine, 5.i.1964, G. Monteith; THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 22, Upper Mulgrave River, 30,iv,1970, G. B. Monteith; 292, same locality and collector but 1- 3.xii, 1965; 1° Bowen, 8,ii.1975, B. K. Cantrell; 22. 5 km (3 mi.) W of Mossman, 13.11.1964, T. F. B. Common & M, S, Upton; 13 12, Iron range, 10.iv.1964, 1. F. B. Common & M. S. Upton. == SA en, Fig. 231—Hyalopeplus samoanus Knight; male, compared with lype Specimens recorded are in AMNH, BMNH, BISHOP, USNM, ANIC, QU and Department of Primary Industries Brisbane. Differs from other species in the genus by the colour of collar and pronotum, by the noticeably long cuneus and by the hind tibiae densely pubescent. Hyalopeplus similis Poppius was described based on two females from Lake Nyassa. In the present study we have examined specimens from Lamto, Toumodi, Ivory Coast; Bambari (on cotton) and Tafo. Hyalopeplus horvathi is mentioned by Poppius as deposited in the Museum of Natural History, Budapest. At least one of the two males was retained in Helsinki and is being designated as lectotype. In the present work horvathi and bakeri are considered as synonyms of similis. Besides having a very close similarity in coloration and general aspect, especially bars of head and collar, the male genitalia are similar. Since the species is widely Su spread over the Oriental Region and Oceania 1s quite probable that it has been introduced in the Ethiopian Region. Hyaloplictus, n, gen, Type-species: Hyaloplictus solomonicus n. sp. Body elongate, glabrous above. Head with a short neck, vertex immarginate, frons prominent, striate, clypeus flat, visible from above, eyes prominent, slightly removed from collar, jugum and lorum flat, buccula small, rounded, rostrum reaching hind coxae; antennae cylindrical, shortly pubescent, segment I slightly shorter than width of head, bent outwards, segment II about four times as long as I. Pronotum smooth (in one specimen strigose on medial black spot of disc), noticeably constricted and narrowed anteriorly, collar very large, mesal length about equal to half the width of eyes, lateral margins sinuate in front of humeral angles (which are rounded), hind margin sinuate at middle and near humeral angles; mesoscutum exposed, scutel- lum long, slightly convex. Hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium without nervures, scutellum laterally, a line following claval suture internally and emboho-corial commissure with a row of punctures; cuneus about three times as long as wide at base, membrane biareolate, large areola rounded apically. Legs long, tibiae densely and shortly pilose. This genus differs from others in the tribe by the very Wide collar, by the disc of pronotum strongly narrowed and constricted anteriorly and by the segment J of antenna bent outwards. Key to the species of the genus Hyaloplictus n. gen. |, Collar black; cuneus red; size large, aver 10 mm long solomonicus n, sp Collar pale with black vittae; cuneus pale; size medium, less than 9mm long- minorn, sp. Hyaloplictus minor, n.sp. (Fig. 248) Characterised by the colour and size. Female: Length 8-7 mm, width 2-2 mm, Head: Length 1:0 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-60 mm. Antenna: Segment 1, length 1-0 mm; IT, 3-9 mm: II, 1-9 mm; IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-5 mm, width at base 2:0 mm, Cuneus: Length 1-00 mm, width at base 0-36 mm (holotype). S12 Figs. 232-235—Hyalopeplus samoanus Knight: Fig. 232—Vesica of aedeagus; Fig. 233—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 234—Left paramere; Fig. 235—Right paramere. General coloration ochraceous with black areas; eyes and antenna light castaneous, apex of segment II, segment ITI and LV infuscate; collar with narrow median longitudinal line and two lower lateral vittae, two round spots at lateral margins of pronotum and two small spots at middle of dise. spots On mesosternum fuscous to black; hemelytra glassy, ochraceous, inner and outer margins of clavus, corium, cuneous and embolium (narrowly) fuscous; membrane hyaline, nervures brown. Underside of body and legs pale yellow, lateral margin of abdomen with a longitudinal reddish vitta, Pronotum and scutellum smooth. Male: Unknown. Holotype; female. SOLOMON ISLANDS: San Cristoval, Maniate, 6.vili.1960, C. W. O’Brien (BISHOP). REC. 8. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Fig. 236—Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius, male, holotype. Differs from Hyaloplictus solomonicus n.sp. by the colour of cuneus, collar and by the smaller size. Hyaloplictus solomonicus, n.sp. (Figs. 249-252) Characterised by the large size and by the colour of the collar and cuneus. Male: Length 10-6 mm, width 3-2mm. Head: Length 10 mm, width 1-6 mm, vertex 0-60 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1:2 mm; IJ, 5:0 mm, Ill, 14mm; TV, 1-2mm. Pronotum; Length 1:7.mm, width at base 2-4 mm. Cuneus: Length 140 mm, width at base 0-60 mm (holotype). THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 513 Figs. 237-240—Hyalopeplus bakeri Poppius: Fig. 237—Penis; Fig. 238—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 239—Left paramere; Fig. 240—Right paramere. General coloration ochraceous to castaneous with red and black areas; eyes and antennae castaneous, segment I paler, pronotum with collar, two large round spots laterally and a small strigose median longitudinal spot black; hemelytra glassy, transpa- rent, clavus, embolium, cuneus, commissure and apical margin of corium, nervures of membrane red; membrane hyaline, Underside of body and legs pale yellow with reddish tinge. Pronotum rugose on black median spot. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 250) with a sclerotized spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere (fig, 251) curved, somewhat enlarged preapically, with pointed apex. Right paramere (fig. 252) small, ended by a sclerotized point. Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Leagth 11-1] mm, width 2-6 mm, vertex 0-60 mm (allotype), Holotype: male, SOLOMON ISLANDS: Bougainville, Kukugau Vill., 150m, wii.1960, W. W. Brandt (BISHOP). Paratype; female, Santa Isabel, Molao, 30.vi,1960, C, W. O’Brien. Differs from Hyaloplictus minor n.sp. by the larger size, by the red cuneus and black collar, Isabel Kirkaldy, 1902 Isabel Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 58, Poppius, 1912a. p. 417: Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho. 1959, p. 321. Fig. 241—Hyalopeplus krishna Ballard, female, lectotype. $14 REC. § AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 Fig. 242—Hyalopeplus horvathi Poppius, male , lectotype, September, 1979 Isabellina Distant, 1904b, p. 415 (syn. by Reuter, 1910, p. 166). Type-species: Isabel ravana (Kirby, 1891). Body elongate, glabrous above. Head triangular, subhorizontal, vertex sulcate longitudinally, immarginate, clypeus and lorum visible from above, eyes well removed from anterior margin of pronotum, this distance being approximately equal to thickness of first antennal segment; rostrum reaching apex of posterior coxae; antennae moder- ately long, slender, segment | distinctly longer than width of head, segment IT twice as long as J, slightly incrassate apically, segments II] and IV slender, shortly pubescent. Pronotum considerably narrowed anteriorly, collar with mesal length equal to thickness of first antennal segment, calli flat, separate at middle, reaching sides of pronotum, which are rounded, disc convex, rugose-punctate, with a central longitudinal and two lateral impressed strigose vittae, humeral angles subspinously produced and reflexed, hind margin broadly rounded; mesoscutum exposed, scutellum tumid, noticeably rugose (rugosities of basal angles extending also to fossae of mesos- cutum). 246 Figs, 243-246—Hyalopeplus horvathi Poppius: Fig. 243—Penis; Fig. 244—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 245—Left paramere: Fig. 246—Right paramere, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 247 / \ : / Fig. 247—Hyalopeplus similis Poppius, female, lectotype. Hemelytra glassy, transparent, corium with costal nervure present only apically, clavo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a row Of punctures, cuneus longer than wide at base, membrane with large areola distinctly and acutely angulose apically, Legs of moderate length, hind femur incrassate, with numerous characteristic small black spines inferiorly, tibiae shortly spinose, parempodia divergent apically. This genus is characterised by the apical nervure of corium, by the smail black spines of hind femora and by the spinously produced and retlexed humeral angles of pronotum. Isabel ravana (Kirby, 1891) Kirkaldy, 1902 Capsus ravana Kirby, 1891, p. 106, pl, 4, fig. 10; Isabel ravana Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 58, pl. A, fig. 9, pl. B, fig. 6; Reuter 1910, p. 97; Carvalho, 1959, p. 321, Isabellina ravana Distant, 1904b, p, 417, Isabel beccarii Poppius, 1912a, p. 417 (n.syn.). Isabel horvartht Poppius, 1915a, p. 10 (n.syn.). (Figs. 253-256) Characterised by the silvery vittae on pronotum and scutellum and by the longitudinal, extrareolar, bent viltae of membrane. Male; Length 7-8 mm, width 2:0 mm, Head: Length 0:8 mm, width 1:0 mm, vertex 0:48 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1:6 mm; II, 3-3 mm; II-[V, broken. Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm, width at base 2:1 mm. Cunenus; Length 0:96 mm, width at base 0-40 mm (lectotype—Isabel beccarii Poppius), Fig. 248—Hyaloplictus minor n.sp., female, holotype. General coloration pale testaceous to ochraceous, more or less mottled and speckled with castaneous to reddish; head with longitudinal vittae (the twa median ones wider) and striations on frons reddish, clypeus, lorum, gula and portion behind eyes with brown vittae or spots, eyes and antennae brown, segment I speckled with black, apex of segment II castaneous to dark, segments III-IV castaneous. pale basally; pronotum with five longitudinal, and a transverse sub-basal, vittae whitish, covered by silvery pruinosity and darkened at each side, humeral angles black, hind margin narrowly pale; mesoscutum and scutellum reddish to brown with three longitudinal pale to whitish vittae (one central, 316 two lateral): hemelytra ochraceous, transparent or semi-transparent, commissures, cuneus and ner- vures of membrane reddish, embolium in some Specimens with four dark spots (basal, apical and two sub-median), the cuneus totally red or castlaneous or with this colour only marginally: membrane hyaline with two characteristic apical bent longitudinal vittae brown to black. Legs pale yellow, Speckled with brown, abdomen with a wide lateral brown band and small reddish dots ventrally, femora and tibiae pale with numerous brownish dots or bars, extreme apex reddish, the hind femur mostly brawn with numerous black short spines ventrally, hind tibiae with a sub-basal wide brown band, Fig. 249—Hyaloplictus solomonicus n.sp., male, holotype, Genitalia: Penis (fig. 254) with membranous lobes and fields of sclerotized teeth. Left paramere (fig. 255) strongly curved, apex blunt. Right paramere (fig. 256) smail, with a typical apical curved point. Female: similar ta male in colour and general aspect, slightly more robust. REC, 8. AUST, MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 Seplember, 1979 Geographical distribution: Burma, China, Formosa, Sri Lanka, Sumatra, New Guinea, Philippines, Specimens studied: lectotype (new designation). male, SUMATRA: ML. Singaland, vii.1978, O. Beccari (Isabel beccarii Poppius) (HELSINKI): PHILIPPINES; Albay Prov,, Mt, Mayon, 16 km NW of Lagaspi, 900-1 500m, 4.v.1962, H. M. Torrevillas;, IRIAN JAYA: Wamena, | 700 m, 10- 25.11.1960, T. C, Maa; BURMA: Nam Tamai Valley, 23,vii.1938, R. Kaulback, alt, 3 000 ft (BMNH); SOUTH CHINA: Kwantung, Su-Ling- Paei, Yaoshan District, Sept 30, 1934, F. K. To (BMNH), The specific characters pointed out by Poppius for Isabel beccarii and Isabel horvathi are within the range of variation of the species and appears even in single individuals. The two species must be treated as synonyms of ravana (Kirby), Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902 Kosmiomiris Kirkaldy, 1902, p. 253; Poppius, 19124, p, 433; Carvalho, 1955, p.106; Carvelho, 1959, p. 321, Type-species: Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy, 1902=Capsus lucidus Walker, 1873. Body elongate oval, beset with fine and erect pubsence. Head small, transverse, short, vertical in front of the eyes, vertex superficially sulcate longitudinally, immarginate, eyes removed from collar by a space about equal to thickness of first antennal segment, straight posteriorly, angulose at inner hind margin, occupying two thirds of head when seen from side, clypeus flat, jugum and lorum long, narrow, buccula small, rostrum very long, reaching to 6th abdominal segment; antenna inserted level with upper portion of eye, cylindrical, segment II slightly incrassate, shortly pubescent, about twice as long as I, which is about as long as width of head. Pronotum convex, deep and coarsely punctate, lateral margins rounded, calli small and flat, collar narrow and smooth, hind margin of disc straight at middle, oblique near humeral angles; mesosternum covered, scutellum strongly tumid, smooth or with Sparse punctures (in some geographical populations the scutellum is punctured). Hemelytra without neryures, glassy transparent (except on reddish or black areas), clavo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a row of punctures, cuneus distinctly longer than wide at base, large areola rounded apically. Legs of moderate length, tibiae dense and shortly pilose, the spines of hind pair about as long as thickness of segment. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 517 Figs. 250-252—Hyaloplictus solomonicus n.sp.: Fig, 250—Penis: Fig. 251—Left paramere; Fig. 252—Right paramere. The genus is characterised by the coarsely punctate pronotum, by the very long rostrum and by the smooth collar. It differs from Guianerius Distant by the length of the rostrum, by the structure of pronotum and by the insertion of antenna on frons, Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy, 1902 Capsus lucidus Walker, 1873. p. 124 (n. preoc. by Capsus lucidus Kirschbaum, 1855). Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy, p. 253, pl. f, fig. 4; pl. 6, fig. 6; Poppius, 1912a, p. 434; Carvalho, 1959, p. 322. Kosmiomiris lucidus Distant, 1904a. p. 106, Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius, 1912a, p. 433 (N.SYN.). Kosmiomins scutellaris Poppius, 1912a, p. 433, (n.syn.), (Figs. 257-264) Characterised by the colour of the body and by the stucture of male genitalia, Male: Length 4-6-6-4 mm, width 1-8-2-1 mm. Head: Length 0-:4-0-7 mm, width 0-5-1-3 mm, vertex 0:44-0:48 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 0-8 l-lmm; II, 1-6-2-3mm; II 1-0mm; IV, 0-7 mm. Pronotum: Length 0-7-0-8 mm, width at Fig. 253—Isabel beccarii Poppius, male, holotype. base 0-30-0-40 mm. 518 REC. 8. AUST. MUS,, 17 (30): 429-532 Figs. 254-256—Isabel ravana Distant: Fig. 254—Penis; Fig. 255—Left paramere; Fig. 256—Right paramere. _imm dere. Fig. 257—Capsus lucidus Walker, male, holotype. General coloration ochraceous with brown, black and reddish areas; apex of abdomen, basal half of posterior tibiae and antennae black (in some specimens the basal third or the extreme base of segment III whitish, this variation occurs in specimens taken at the same locality, by the same collector, and on same day); pronotum, scutellum, cuneus (more or less), clavus at base, nervures and apical portion of membrane dull brownish black; clavus in a more or less extensive arc (except basal portion), a characteristic V-shape spot (with apex on corial commissure) red; corium (except reddish areas), a cross bar at base of scutellum and base of membrane pale, transparent (in some specimens the whole membrane is black). Underside of body (except black apex of abdomen) pale, femora reddish, tibiae I and II pale brown, tibiae ITI black, pale apically, tarsi pale. Genitalia: Penis (figs. 258, 262) with a characteris- tic sclerotized cylindrical spiculum and membranous lobes. Left paramere (figs, 259, 263) enlarged basally, strongly curved at middle. Right paramere (figs. 260, 264) widest at middle, with a curved apical point. September, 1979 THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 519 Figs. 258-260—Kosmiomiris rubroornatus Kirkaldy: Fig. 258—Penis; Fig. 259—Left paramere; Fig. 260—Right paramere. 261 | Fig. 261—Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius, female. Figs. 262-264—Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius: Fig, 262—Penis; Fig. 263—Left paramere; Fig. 264—Right paramere, 520 Female: Similar 10 male in colour and general aspect but noticeable more rabust. Length 7:3- §- mm, width 2-5-2-0.mm, vertex 0-48-0:50 mm. Geographical distribution; Borneo, Malay Peninsula, Philippines, Thailand. Sarawak. Sumatra, Malacca. Specimens studied: male, holotype, 294, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Capsus lucidus Walker, Saunders, 65.13; sar., type (printed on green-bordered disc) (BMNH); fenvale lectotype (new designation), Museum Paris. Perak coll. Noualhier, 1898 (Kosmiomiris scutellaris Poppius) (HELSINKI), Selangor, Bukit Kutu, 3 300 fi, ix.1932, H. M. Pendelbury; Kuala Lumpur, xii.1939; INDONESIA: paralectotype, male, Soekaranda, Sumatra, Januar. 1894, Dohtn (HELSINKI); EAST MALAYSIA: SE Forest camp, 19km N_ of Kalabakan. 60 m, 24.x.1962; Gomatong caves, 22- 26.xi. 1958. T. ©. Maa: Sandakan Bay (NW) Sepilok For. Res., 1-10 m, 28.x.1957, J. L. Gressitt; id. Sapagaya Lumber Camp; Samawang;, Sadong, Kampong Tapuh, 300-400 m, 10. vii, 1958; PHILTP- PINES: Palawan Mantalingajan, Pinigisan, 600 m, 22 ix. 1941, Noona Dan Exp. 61-62; PENTNSULAR THAILAND: Nuakon Sri Tam trat, Khao Huang, 2500 ft. ii1,1922, H, M, Pendelbury, in the Collections of BISHOP, BMNH and AMNH. This species. seems to vary in colour and also in size. The amount of red and black color on the clavus varies in individuals taken at the same place, by the same collector and on the same date, Females tend to have the red coloration more extensive. The same applies to the size, especially in populations from different geographical areas, Poppius based his species description mostly on the size and the colour of membrane, In the series of specimens from Borneo and Sumatra the membrane may be totally black. pale basally or pale only apically. Due to this colour and also size variation and also the regular and uniform pattern of the genitalia the Poppius species are here considered as synonyms of rubroornatus Kirkaldy. The types of seutellaris Poppius and rubroornatus were studied, Kosmiomiris modigliani Poppius is said to be in Genova (Giacomo Doria Museum of Natural Flistory) buf the type could not be seen because that Museum does not loan types for study. Macrolonius Stal, 1570 Macrolonius Stal, p. 670; Poppius, 1912a, p. 432; Carvatha, 1955, p. 106; Carvalho, 1959, p. 322. Type-species: Macrolonius sobrinus (Stal, 1855). REC. 8. AUST. MUS., 17 (30); 429-532 September, 1979 Body elongate, glabrous, sides parallel. Head vertical, vertex wide, immarginate, eyes contiguous with collar, clypeus. jugum and lorum flat, buccula prominent, rounded, convex gula. rostram reaching hind coxae} antenna inserted at level of middle portion of eyes, cylindrical, segment I longer than width of head, shorily pubescent, Pronotum punctate, including collar, calli small, median portion slightly carinate, collar narrow, its mesal length slightly greater than thickness of first antennal segment, lateral margins rounded, hind margin straight, oblique near humeral angles, memsoscutum covered, scutellum flat, punctate, apical portion prominent, rounded. Hemelytra glassy, transparent, without nervures, clavus opaque, clayo-corial and embolio-corial sutures with a row of punctures, cuncus very long, about four times as long as wide at base, large areola rounded apically. Legs long, cylindrical, shortly pubescent, tibiae shortly spinulose, The genus differs from other Hyalopeplini with coarsely punctate pranotum and scutellum by its large size. very long cuneus, large areola of membrane reaching well below apex of cuneus and by the punctate collar. Key ta the species of the genus Macralonius Stal 1. Head seen from above unicolorous; pronotum with a median darkebrown spot on disc, not reaching, lateral margins, collarpale,. 4... eg yee sobrinus (Stal) Head seen from ahove with dark spots of vita; pronotum with a median black spot reaching lateral margins, collar black ae We Felten OL one 2 2. Head with a median black longitudinal vitra; Tareral margins of pronotum with a single pale spot behind calli ; superbus (Distant) Head black with a semilunar pale spot above; Jateral margins of pronotum with two pale spots (one behind calli and one at humeral angie) schenklingi (Poppius) Macrolonius schenklingi (Poppius, 1915) Carvalho, 1959 Malalasta schenklingi Poppius, 1915a, p. 21; Macrolonius schenklingi Carvalho, 1959, p. 322. (Fig, 265) Characterised by the colour of head and pronotum, Female; Length 10-2 mm, width 2-1 mm. Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0-56 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-8 mm; IT, 2-8 mm; 111 and IV, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2-5 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:68 mm, width at base 0:40 mm (lectotype). THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) Fig. 265—Malalasta schenklingi Poppius, female, lectotype, General coloration ochraceous to pale yellow with dark brown to black areas; head black with a semilunate pale spot on vertex and frons, eyes and antennae black; pronotum black with calli and two spots on lateral margins (one behind calli and one on humeral angle) pale to lutescent; scutellum citrine with two longitudinal vittae fused basally; hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus and cuneus opaque, brown to black, the first in the middle and the second at inner portion pale to lutescent, membrane hyaline. Underside of body and legs pale yellow, hind tibiae tending to brown, tarsi fuscous. Pronotum slightly sinuate laterally, mesoscutuum partially exposed, nervures of embranes very long, the large areolae rounded apically. superposing each other, cuneus very long. Male: Unknown, Geographical distribution: Formosa, Specimens studied: female, lectotype (new desig- nation), FORMOSA; Fuhosho, 7.ix., H. Sauter (HELSINKI). 521 This species differs from the two others in the genus by the colour of head, lateral margins of pronotum and by the length of cuneus. Macrolonius sobrinus (Stal. 1855) Stal 1870 Capsus sobrinus Stal, 1835, p. 186. Macrolonius sobrinus Stal, 1870, p. 670 Poppius, 1912a, p. 433; Carvalho, 1959, p. 323, Capsus discoidalis Walker, 1873, p. 122 (n.syn.) Malacopeplus discoidalis Carvalho, 1959, p, 322. (Fig. 266-270) Characterised by the colour of head and pronotum. Female: Length 9-6 mm, width 2-4 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 1-4 mm, vertex 0:72 mm. Antenna: Segment I, Length 1‘§ mm; 1], 3-0 mm: II, 1-6 mm; IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-9 mm. width at base 2-4 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-16 mm, width at base 0-48 mm (lectotype of discoidalis Walker). Fig. 266—Capsus discoidalis Walker, female, lectautype, 522 REC. S. AUST. MUS.,, 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Figs, 267-27(—Maerolonius sobrinus (Stal): Fig, 267—Penis; Fig, 268—Spiculum of vesica; Fig. 269—Left paramere; Fig. 270—Right paramere, . General coloration ochraceous to lutescent with brown to citrine areas; head, pronotum and scutellum lutescent to citrine, eyes and antennae (except base of segment [II which is pale) castaneous, Segment II darker towards apex; a central spot on dise of pronotum reaching posterior margin, clavus, two lateral spots on scutellum, corial commissure and inner apical margin of corium, outer margin of embolium and outer margin of cuneus, nervures of membrane fuscous to brown, cuneus and embolium lutescent, fuscous apically; clavus and cuneus opaque. Underside of body and legs pale yellow, hind tibiae brown, pale apically, tarsi fuscous, Male: Similar to female in colour and general aspect, less robust. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 267) with membranous lobes, fields of sclerotized teeth and a characteristic spiculum (fig. 268). Left paramere (fig.269) curved, pointed apically. Right paramere (fig. 270) small, tapering to apex. Geographical distribution: Borneo, Java, Malacca, Singapore, Sumatra, Sarawak, Malay Peninsula. Speciniens studied: female, lectotype (new desig- nation), SINGAPORE, Saunders, 65-13, type (printed on green-bordered disc), 286, Capsus discoidalis; id. paralectotype (abdomen, wings and hemelytra missing), Mal. CA, Saunders, 65-13 (BMNH); INDONESIA: Somgei, Lalah, Indragiri, Sumatra, W. Burchard, 26.viii.1901; EAST MALAYSIA: W. Coast Residence, Ranau, 500 m, 22-25.1.1959, T. C. Maa; id, 28.ix,1958; id, 30,iv.+ 5.x, 1958; L. W. Quate; Ranai. 8m N Paung Host Springs, 500 m, 8-11,x.1958, T. C. Maa (BISHOP) Sandakan. Baker, (USNM); PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Pehang, F.M.S8. Jerantut, March, 1927, Kuala Lumpar, March 27, 1932; SINGA- PORE: Selitar, Aug. 1911 (BMNH). Differs from Macrolonius schenklingi Poppius and Macrolonius superbus (Distant) by the calour of the head and pronotum, Macrolonius superbus (Distant, 1904) Carvalho, 1952 Malalasta superba Distant, 1904b, p. 446, fig. 287, Macrolonius superbus Carvalho, 1959, p. 323. (Fig. 271) Characterised by the colour of head and pronotum, Male: Length 82mm, width 1:7 mm, Head: Length 0-S mm, width 12mm, vertex 0-56 mm, Antenna: Segment L, length 2-0 mm; [, 3.4mm; (11-[V, broken. Pronotum: Length 1-5 mm, width at base 2:0 mm. Cuneus: Length 1:28 mm, width at base 0-32 mm (lectotype). General coloration pale ochraceous to stramine- ous with black areas; head (except pale spots along inner margin of eyes), pronotum (except area of calli and pale marginal spot behind calli) black; scutellum ochraceous to pale with two longitudinal black spots (one at each side); hemelytra glassy, transparent, clavus and cuneus opaque, black to fuscous; membrane hyaline, nervures fuscous. Underside of body pale yellow, abdomen with a black transverse spot on each side, anterior margin of penultimate segment and some apical spots black; apices of posterior femora, extreme bases, apices and a central annulation to posterior tibiae, the antennae (except base of first and third joints basally) brown ta fuscous. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) ==: Sl$resee sus. Fig. 271—Malalasta superba Distant, male, lectotype. Pronotum not sinuated laterally, nervures of membrane superposing each other along median line. Genitalia: Not dissected as the author had access only to the lectotype. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Geographical distribution: Burma. Specimens studied: male lectotype (new designa- tion), Tenass Valley, Myiita (Doherty), distant Col. 1913-383, type (printed in red bordered disc, Malalasta superba Distant (author’s handwriting) (BMNH). This species differs from Macrolonius schenklingi (Poppius) by the colour of head and lateral margins of pronotum. Onomaus Distant, 1904 Onomaus Distant, 1904b, p. 416; Poppius, 1912a, p. 438; Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho, 1959, p. 323. 523 Type-species: Onomaus pompeus Distant, 1904. Body sub-elongate, smooth, with long and erect hairs on scutellum. Head slightly sulcate on vertex, hind border immarginate, eyes well separated from collar, placed near middle of head; antenna with segment I twice as long as width of head, cylindrical, segment II twice as long as I, shortly pubescent; rostrum reaching the posterior coxae. Pronotum sub-triangular, constricted behind calli and narrowed anteriorly, collar also narrow, its mesal length about equal to thickness of first antennal segment, disc tumid, inclined forwards, posterior margin curved at lateral angles which are sub-prominent; scutellum tumid with long, erect pubescence, mesoscutum slightly exposed. Hemelytra with lateral margin slightly sinuate, transparent, without nervures, cuneus about two and half times as long as wide at base, apex of large areola angulate, Legs long and slender, tibiae moderately spinulose. Differs from Rambea Poppius, 1912 which has also a long first antennal segment and erect pubescence by the larger size and by the shorter pubescence on tibiae, as well as by the long cuneus. Key to the species of the genus Onomaus Distant 1, Eyes situated at middle of head, space between eye and collar approximately equal to diameter of eye; species of medium size, less than 7 mm long . . . elegans Poppius. Eyes not situated at middle of head or if so then space between eye and collar less than diameter of eye; species over 7 mm long 2 2. Scutellum with a median longitudinal black vitta; species of large size (10 mmlong)............... pompeus Distant Scutellum with three spots (one at apex and two lateral); species of medium size (8 mmlong) ...... lautus (Uhler) Onomaus elegans Poppius, 1915 Onomaus elegans Poppius, 1915b, p. 6; Carvalho, 1959, p. 323. (Fig. 272) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and position of eyes on head. Male: Length 6-2 mm, width 1-4 mm. Head: Length 0-4 mm, width 0-8 mm, vertex 0:36 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; IT, 2:9 mm; III, 2:0 mm; IV, 1-8 mm. Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-3 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-96 mm, width at base 0-40 mm. General coloration pale yellow to stramineous with dark brown areas; head pale with extreme posterior margin of vertex, spots behind eyes and extreme apex of clypeus black; eyes brown, clypeus towards base, frons anteriorly, jugum, lorum with reddish tinge; antenna black, extreme base of segment I pale; posterior margin of collar, carina of 524 lateral margin of pronotum anteriorly, two longitud- jnal median vittae, enlarged as a spot behind calli and at posterior margin of dise (divided by a longitudinal pale yellow narrow vitta), spots (one at each side) near humeral angles dark brown, area of calli, sub-median posterior area of dise and posterior margin of pronotum narrowly pale yellow, mesos- cutum dark brown, scutellum pale yellow with a narrow longitudinal median vitta and apex black; hemelytra pale yellow, glassy, transparent, a basal spot, clavo-scutellar margin, sub-basal vitta on corium, apical spot on clavus, a characteristic sub- rectangular fascia or spot on corium, with anterior and posterior angles teaching outwards forming a semi-circle, inner and apical margin of cuneus brown; membrane transparent, pale with apical end dark, Underside of body pale yellow, propleura, a spot on meso and metapleura dark brown; abdomen pale yellow with basal portion, lateral spots and apex reddish; coxae and legs pale yellow, hind femora with two red rings (sub-median and apical). Eyes situated at middle of head, distant from collar by aspace approximately equal to diameter of eve. Lhe Fig. 272—Onomaus elegans Poppius, male. REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 Genitalia: Penis with membranous lobes provided with apical sclerotized teeth, Left paramere faleiform. narrowing to extremity. Right paramere smaller, tapering To apex. Female; Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 6-4 mm, width 1-4 mm. vertex 0:36 mm. Spectinens studied: two males and three females, UPPER BURMA: alt. 3 000 ft., Lat. N 27° 42° Long. E 97° 54’, Nam Tamai Valley, 26.vii.1938, R, Kaucback, BM 1938-741 (BMNH and author's collection), This species differs from Onomaus pompeus Distant, 1904 by its smaller size and by the colour of pronotum. Onomaus lautaus (Uhler, 1896) Poppius, 1912 Dicyphus lautus Ubler, 1896, p. 267. Onomaus lautus Poppius, 1912a, p, 439; Carvalho. 1959. p. 323, Dicyphus lautus Esaki ev auct., 1952, p. 261, fig. 686. (Figs, 273-276) Characterised by the colour of scutellum and membrane, Male; Length 8-0 mm, width 2-4 mm, Head: Length 0:6 mm. width |-() mm, vertex (h44 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 12 mm, [[, 2:8 mm; I, 1-8 mm; TV, mutilated, Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm, width at base 1-8 mm, Cuneus: Length 1-20 mm, width at base 0:60 mm, General coloration pale yellow with brown and reddish areas; head brown to black with a pale Transverse spot on vertex; antenna castancous, apical portion of segment IT black, basa) half of segment III pale; pronotum brown to dark brown, collar and a large spot on middle of disc pale yellow, the latter with a black, rugose spot at its middle; mesoscutum fuscous, scutellum pale yellow with basal angles and apex brown to black, hemelytra pale yellow with basal angles and apex brown to black; hemelytra pale yellow, glassy, transparent, clavus (except middle portion and apex), a quadrate spot on corium extending outwards to embolium (at middle of corium), extreme apex of corium and apex of embolium brown to castaneous or reddish: membrane with basal half of areolar area dark, the extrareolar portion fuscous with two pale spots at each side. Underside of body pale yellow, propleura black with lower area pale, a spot On metapleura fuscous; abdomen with segment II (first visible) and a longitudinal lateral vitta on segments II-VITT THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) castaneous to reddish; femora reddish (except base and a narrow median ring), tibiae pale, base and apex reddish, Genitalia: Penis (fig. 274) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized apical teeth. Left para- mere (fig, 275) falciform. Right paramere (fig, 276) with pointed apex. Fig. 273—Onomaus laurus (Uhler), female, Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. slightly more robust. Geographical distribution: Japan. Specimens studied: two females and one male, JAPAN: Mitsukuri, Takao, vii.l4,1930, J. L. Gressitt, in the collection of the author. Difters from the two other species in the genus by the colour of the scutellum and membrane, Onomaus pompeus Distant, 1904 Onomaus pompeys Distant, 1904b, p. 416; Carvalho, 1959, p. 323. (Figs. 277-280) Characterised by the large size and colour of pronotum and antenna. Figs. 274-276—Onomaus lautns (Uhler): Fig. 274—Penis; Fig. 275—Lefl paramere; Fig, 276—Right paramere, Female: Length 10-2 mm, width 2-6 mm, Head: Length 0:7 mm, width 1-2 mm. vertex 0-60 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 2:3 mm; II, 4:0 mm; MI, 3-4mm; IV, 3-6mm. Pronotum: Length 1-6 mm, width at base 2-6 mm. Cuneus: Length 1-52 width at base ()-64 mm (lectotype), General coloration ochraceous to citrine or pale yellow with dark brown and reddish areas; head black with a semilunate wide pale vitta on vertex, antenna uniformily castaneous to dark brown, pronotum dark brown with collar, calli and a central spot on disc anteriorly pale, the latter with a rugose black spot at middle, bordering calli; mesoscutum fuscous, scutellum pale yellow with a median longitudinal vitta which enlarges and also covers the apex, fuscous; hemelytra ochraceous, glassy, trans- parent, clavus (central area castaneous), a trans- verse triangular fascia on corium extending outwards to embolium, extreme apex of corium, outer margin of embolium, apex of cuneous, nervures and extrareolar portion of membrane (except pale spot contiguous to apex of cuneous) fuscous to brown, Underside of body with external portion black. spats on coxal cleft 1, basilar plate and ostiolar peritreme pale; abdomen and femor reddish (except base and a 526 REC. S. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-532 September, 1979 LE, Fig. 277—Onomaus pompeus Distant, female, lectotype. narrow ring at middle), tibiae I and II pale, infuscate apically, tibiae III fuscous on basal half, pale on apical half, segments III] of tarsi fuscous. Male: Similar to female in colour and general aspect, a little less robust. Genitalia: Penis (fig. 278) with membranous lobes provided with sclerotized teeth apically. Left paramere (fig. 279) falciform. Right paramere (fig. 280) slender apically. Geographical distribution: Burma. Specimens studied: female, lectotype (new desig- nation), BURMA, Onomaus pompeus distant (BMNH); five males and females, BURMA: Nam Tamai Valley, 29viii.1938, alt. 3 000 ft., R. Kaul- back, B. M. 1938-741; Mishmi Hills, Lohit River, 30,i11.1935, M. Steele. Differs from others in the genus by its large size and by the colour of pronotum and segment IT of antenna. Rambea Poppius, 1912 Rambea Poppius, 1912a, p. 440; Carvalho, 1955, p. 107; Carvalho, 1959, p. 324. Type-species: Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912. Body elongate, clothed with long, erect pubesc- ence. Head inclined, vertex sulcate longitudinally, slightly convex, gula long: eyes far removed from collar, seen from above small and rounded, placed at middle of head, seen from side obliquely ovate, post-ocular portion of head gradually but strongly narrowed; rostrum surpassing apex of posterior coxae; antenna linear, slender, segment I] approxi- mately twice as long as first. Pronotum with disc strongly convex, posterior margin broadly rounded, lateral margins strongly sinuate behind calli, collar with mesal length nearly equal to thickness of first antennal segment, calli confluent, reaching side of pronotum, posterior margin broadly impressed, strongly punctate along THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 527 Figs. 278-280—Onomaus pompeus Distant: Fig. 278—Penis: Fig. 279—Left paramere; Fig. 280—Right paramere, the impression together with collar forming an interior lobe about half as long as the posterior lobe; lateral margins and three longitudinal bands of posterior lobe silvery; scutellum triangular, strongly convex before apex, depressed and deeply medially bipunctate. Hemlytra finely punctulate, semi-transparent, clavus and corium without nervures, claval suture strongly punctate, membrane bicellulate, transpa- rent, inner margin of large areola rounded. Legs long and slender, tibiae finely spinulose, parempodia divergent towards apices. This genus differs from others in the tribe by the longitudinal silvery bands of the pronotum and by the long and erect pubescence of body and hind tibiae. Key to the species of the genus Ramibea Poppius 1. Second antennal segment with a broad ring beyond basal fourth; pronotum with three pale longitudinal bands on anterior portion of disc - . annulicornis Hsiao Second antennal segment unicolorous; pronotum with a single longitudinal yitta, --§ ©. ...,, a 2. Dise of pronotum greenish; globose area of humeral angles pale green, . gracilipes Poppius Disc of pronotum with a large dark brown spot; globose area of humeral angles with a black spat__. malasica n.sp. Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, 1944 Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, 1944, p, 373, Carvalho. 1959, p. 324, (Figs, 281-284) Characterised by the length and colour of second antennal segment. Fig. 281—Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, female, holotype. 528 REC. 8. AUST MUS._, 17 (30): 429-532 Male: Length 63 mm, width 1:8mm, Head: Length 0-6 mm, width 1-0 mm, vertex 0:50 mm. Antenna: segment I, length 1-3 mm, IT. 2-8 mm, U1, 2-1mm; TV, 12mm. Pronotum: Length 1:2 mm, width at base 1-8 mm. Cuneus: Length 0:60 mm, width at base 0-40 mm. General coloration light greenish to stramineous; lorum and lateral margin of post-ocular part of head fuscous, antenna dark brown, segment J stramine- gus. a broad ring beyond basal fourth of second segment, basal fourth of third and basal fifth of fourth whitish; pronotum with lateral margins and three longitudinal silverybands on posterior lobe, seen from side, with a fuscous longitudinal line along the anterior half of lateral margin; hemelytra semi- transparent, emboliar margins narrowly fuscous, membrane transparent. Underside of body pale yellow, legs pale, base of tibiae white, extreme apex of femora, a narraw sub-basal ring of tibiae and third tarsal segments fuscous. Morphological characters as mentioned for genus, pubescence long and erect, especially on pronotum, scutellum and base of hemelytra. Figs. 282-284—Rambea annulicornis Hsiao: Fig. 282—Penis, Fig. 283—Lefl paramere; Fig. 284—Right paramere. September, 1979 Genitalia: Penis (fig, 282) with membranous lobes provided with apical papillae. Left paramere (fig- 283) faleiform. Right paramere (fig. 284) small, pointed apically. Male: Similar to male in colour and general aspect, Geographical distribution: Philippines. Specimens studied: holotype, female, PHILIP- PINES: Mt. Maquiling, Luzon, Philipines Islands (baker), Ramibea annulicornis Hsiao (U.S,N.M, no. 56718). Allotype and Paratypes: Same data as types. Differs from Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912 by the presence of a pale ring on the second antennal segment. Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912 Rambea gracilipes Poppius, 1912a, p. 440; Car- valho, 1959, p. 324, (Figs. 285-288) Characterised by the colour of second antenna | segment. Male: Length 4-6mm, width 1-6 mm. Head: Length 0-5 mm, width 0-9 mm, vertex 0:40 mm, Antenna: Segment I, length 1-4 mm; I, 2-4 mm, III- IV, broken, Pronotum: Length 1-0 mm, width at base 1-4 mm, Cuneus: Length 0:70 mm, width at base 0-28 mm (lectotype). General coloration light greenish to pale yellow; head, collar, a longitudinal vitta at middle of disc, lateral margins, humeral angles, scutellum and underside of body whitish, base (on each side) and apex of clypeus, neck behind eye, lower margins of calli, a spot on humeral angles and an equivalent one laterally, as well as a spot on each side of base of abdomen fuscous to black; hind margins of calli, spots on each side of longitudinal pale vitta of disc, base and apex of cutellum, commissure and apex of clavus, inner and outer margins of embolium, outer margin of cuneus and nervures of membrane fuscous to brown, legs pale yellow. Morphological characters as mentioned for genus, Genitalia; Penis (fig. 286) with membranous lobes ended by papillae. Left paramere (fig, 287) falciform. Right paramere (fig. 288) small, simple. Female: Similar to male in colour and general aspect. Length 6-0 mm, width 1-7. mm, vertex 0-40 mm, Geographical distribution; Sumatra. THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) 529 Specimens studied: male, lectotype (new designa- y YY tion); INDONESIA; Si-Rambee, Sumatra, xii,1890, ii.1891, E. Modigliani (Rambea gracilipes Poppius) (HELSINKI); paralectotype, same data as male. This species differs from Rambea annulicornis Hsiao, 1944 by the unicolorous second antennal segment and by the single longitudinal vitta on pronotum. Rambea malasica n.sp. (Figs. 289-292) Characterised by the colour of pronotum and sterral area. Male: Length 5-3 mm, width 1-4 mm. Head: Length 0:5 mm, width 1:0 mm, vertex 0-44 mm. Antenna: Segment I, length 1-5 mm; II, 2-6 mm: III, 1-9 mm; IV, ? mm. Pronotum: Length 1-2 mm, width at base 1-5 mm. Cuneus: Length 0-52 mm, width at base 0-28 mm (holotype). General coloration pale greenish to pale yellow with brown and black areas; head pale, eyes brown, vitta on neck behind eye, jugum, lorum and gena fuscous; antenna fuscous, segment I and base of II pale; pronotum with area on lower lateral margins of calli and humeral angles black, collar with a median and two lateral fuscous bars anteriorly, a transverse fascia behind calli and a large V-shaped mark on : disc, brown to dark brown, within the arms of the V- shaped mark and also humeral angles pale, the surface of disc around brown area with silvery Fig. 285—Rambea gracilipes Poppius, male, lectotype. pruinose colour; mesoscutum brown, scutellum pale 287 Figs. 286-288—Rambea gracilipes Poppius: Fig. 286—Penis; Fig, 287—Left paramere; Fig. 288—Right paramere, 530 REC. §. AUST. MUS., 17 (30): 429-332 September, 1979 with a fuscous preapical spot: hemelytra ochraceous, transparent, apex of corium, an obsolete transverse fascia on corium level with apical one fifth of clavus, corial commissure fuscous, nervures of membrane dark, the latter transparent, Underside of body pale yellow, a black spot above coxal cleft | and another on ostiolar orifice, legs pale yellow tending ta fuscous on apices of femora. 289 | t fr \ i TE Fig. 289—Rambea malasica n.sp., male, holotype. Genitalia; Penis (fig. 290) with vesica provided with two spiculi with minute sclerotized teeth, Left paramere (fig. 291) falciform, as seen in figure. Right paramere (fig, 292) slender, with acute apex. Female: Unknown. Holotype: male, PENINSULAR MALAYSIA: Pahang, Gua’Ghe Yatim to Terrenggan, 17,xii, 1951, L. W. Quate (BMNH). Differs from Rambea gracilipes Poppius by the colour of the pronotum. REFERENCES ATKINSON. E. T., 1890, Catalogue of (he Insecta, 11. Order Rhynchota. Suborder Hemiptera Heteroptera. Family Capsidae. J. Asiatic Soc. Bengal 58 (2): 25-199 (1889), BALLARD, E., 1927, Some new Indian Miridae (Capsidae). Mem, Dept. Agric. Ind. Ent. 10 (4): 61-68, 11 figs. CARVALHO, J, C, M, , 1951, On the major classification of the Miridae (hem, Het.), Trans. ninth int. Congr. Ent. Amisierdam 1: 133-134, CARVALHO, J, C. M,, 1952, On the major classification of the Miridae (Hemiptera). (With Keys to subfamilies and tribes and a catalogue of the world genera). An. Acad. brasil, Ci., 24 (1): 31-110, Figs. 290-292—Rambea malasica n.sp.; Fig, 290—Penis; Fig 291—Left paramere; Fig. 292—Right paramere. CARVALHO, J. C. M,,1953, Sur les Miridae de Madagascar (Hemipteres). Mém. Inst. Sci. Madagascar (F) 4: 41-51, figs CARVALHO, J, C_M., 1955, Keys to the General of Miridae of the World, Bol, Mus, Goeldi 11 (2), 151 p., 263 figs. CARVALHO, J. ©. M,, 1956, Insects of Micronesia, Heteroptera: Miridae, B. P Bishop Museum Insects of Micronesia 7 (1): 1-100. figs CARVALHO, J, C, M,, 1959, Catalogue of the Miridae of the World, Arq. Mus. Nae, R, Jan, 48: 1-384. CHEESMAN, L. E., 1927, A contribution towards the insect fauna of French Oceania, Part 1. Trany. ent. Soc, London. 75 (1): 147-161. CORPORAL, J. B., 1920), Notiz tiber die beiden Roepke'schen gambirschddlichen Capsiden, Tijdsehr. vu. Ent. 62; 107-108. DELATTRE. R,, 1949, Description d'un nouveau Miridae africain (Herer.) Bull. Soe. ert. Fr. $4 (2): 24. DISTANT, L., 19112, Report on the Rhynchota. Fascicule Malayensis Zool, 2; 223-272. DISTANT, W_ L . 1904a, Rhynchotal Notes—XXL.— Heterop- tera), fam, Capsidae, Part Il. Artn, Mag. nat, Hist. (7) 13: 194-206. DISTANT, W. L,, 1904b-1910, The Fauna of British India. including Ceylan and Burma. Rhynchota Vol. 2 (Heterop- tera), pp. 412-488 and Vol. 5, Appendix, pp- 228-293, figs. Taylor t Francis, London. DISTANT, W. L.,1909, Descriptions of Oriental Capsidae. Ann, Mag, nat. Hist. (8) 4: 509-523, DISTANT, W. L., 1913, Reports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition to the Indian Ocean in 1905. EX. Rhynchota, Part I. Suborder Heteroptera. Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 16; 139- 190, pls. 11-13, THE TRIBE HYALOPEPLINI OF THE WORLD (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) DISTANT, W. L., Rhynchota from New Calendonia, Ann. Mag. nat, Hist. (9) 6: 143-165. ESAKI et. al., 1952, Icon. Ins. Jap. HSIAO, T-Y., 1944, New genera and species of Oriental and Australian plant bugs in the United States National Museum. Proc. U.S. nat. Mus. 95 (3182): 369-396, figs. KIRBY, W, F., 1894, Catalogue of the described Hem. Het. and Homoptera of Ceylon, based on the collections formed (chiefly at Pundaloya) by Mr. E. Ernest Green J. Linn. Soc. Lond. 24; 72-176. pls. KIRKALDY, G. W,, 1902a, Memoir on Oriental Rhynchota. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 14: 47-58; 259-309, pl. a. c. KIRKALDY, G. W., 1902b, Eine neue morgenlindische Miriden (Capsiden)-Gattung (Rhynchota), Wien. ent, Ztg. 21 (8-9); 225-4. KIRKALDY, G. W., 1902c, Fauna Hawaiiensis Vol. 3, part 2 (Cambridge University Press). KIRKALDY, G. W., 1902d, Memoir upon the Rhynchotal family capsidae Auctt. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 1902 (2;) 243- 272, pls. V and VI. KIRKALDY, G. W., 1906, List of the genera of the Pagiopodous Hemiptera-Heteroptera, with their type species from 1758 to 1904 and also of the aquatic and semiaquatic Trochalopoda. Trans. Am. ent. Soc. 32 (2); 117-156. KIRKALDY, G. W., 1907, Biological Notes on the Hemiptera of the Hawaiian Islands, No. 1, Proc, Hawaii. ent. Soc. 1: 111- 161. KNIGHT, H. H., 1935, Insects of Samoa, Part II, Hemiptera. Miridae and Anthocoridae, Fasc. 5, pp. 193-228, 9 figs. POPPIUS, B., 1912a, Neue oder wening bekannte Capsarien- Gattungen und Arten. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 10: 415-441, POPPIUS, B., 1912b, die Miriden der Anthiopischen Region I. Mirina, Cylapina, Bryocorina. Acta. Soc. Sci. Fenn. 41 (3): 1-203, pl. 11 text figs, POPPIUS, B., 1914. Zur Kenntnis der Miriden, Anthocoriden und Nabiden Javas und Sumatra. Tijdschr. v. Ent. (Suppl.) 56: 100-183. POPPIUS, 1915a, Sauters Formosa-Ausbeute: Nabidae, Anthocoridae, Termatophylidae, Miridae, Isometopidae und Ceratocombidae (Hemiptra). Arch. f. Naturg. 80 a: 1-80. $31 POPPIUS, B., 1915b, Zur Kenntnis der Indo-Australischen Capsarien. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hung. 13: 1-89. REUTER, O, M., 190Sa, Ad_ cognitionen Capsidarum Australiae. Ofv. F, Vet. Soc. Firh. 47 (5): 16 p., 1 pl., 7 figs. REUTER, O. M,, 1905b, Capsidae Stalinianae secundum Spéecimina typica redescriptae. [.11,Ofv, F. Ver. Soc. Farh. 47 (12): 20 p. REUTER, O. M., 1907, Ad cogntiionem Capsidarum Aethiopicarum. IV. Ofv. f. Vet. Soc. Fiirh., 49 (7): 1-27, REUTER, O. M., 1910, Neue Beitrége Zur Phylogenie und Systematik der Miriden nebst einlectenden Bemerkung liber die Phylogenie der Heteropteren-Familien-Mit einer Stammbaumstafel. Acta Soc. Sci, Fenn. 37 (3): iv + 167 pp. ROEPKE, W., 1916, Zwei neue Gambir-schiadliche Capsiden aus Sumatra. Tijdschr. v. Ent. 59 180-183, 3 figs. ROEPKE, W.., 1919a, Hyalopeplus smaragdinus n, sp,, eine neue Thee-Capsiden aus Java (Rhynch. Hem. Heteropt.), Treubia 1 (2): 73-81, figs. ROEPKE, W._, 1919b., De Bloemknop-Wants van de Theehees- ters, Hyalopeplus smaragdninus Rpk. Buitenzorg Medd. Procts. Thee 67: 1-10 figs. STAL, C., 1855, Nya Hemiptera. Ofu. Kongl. Vet, Akad, Forh. 12(4): 181-192. STAL, C., 1859, Hemiptera. Species novas descripsit, Kongl. Sv. Freg. Eugenies resa omkring jorde, Hemiptera. Miridae. pp. 254-259, Zoologi, Insecter STAL, C., 1870, Hemiptera insularum Philippinarum. Bidrag till Philippinska oarnes Hemipter-fauna. Ofv. Sv. K. Akad. Férh, 27: 607-776, UHLER. P. R., 1896, Summary of the Hemiptera of Japan, presented to the United States National Museum by Professor Mitzukuri. Proc. U.S. nat. Mus. 19 (1108): 255- 297, USINGER, R. L. 1946, Hemiptera Heteroptera of Guam. Insects of Guam. II. Bul. B.P. Bishop Mus. 189: 1-111, 3-237, figs, ZIMMERMAN, E. C,, 1948, Insects of Hawaii, vol. 3, Heteroptera, p. 180-220, figs. WALKER, F., 1873, Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera, Heteroptera in the Collection of the British Museum, Part VI. Catalogue of the Hemiptera Heteroptera, London. aboriginal, Australian ........00¢eeer eens eeereees eh Seek Weyer. hd vi be 387ft. Acanthidiellum . ue ere echoes Stems Stns, Heras rat yeh nae Ear oie AMO 1 ee cio, Lea © Shasta cin a acanthodes, Goniodiscaster..............00000000 Meee eget them eer ge pease SOAS 374 PACH MIMEZR OO OOO co Dar! Base Fy EP tics MRE hes SIG ood alee Hea amy fd 92 fe 190 ETS oan eee recy eee Ur a OC abe eg oT eS ee ere ee 31-39 AEE BNE NEINUNSL 7h wet et oe epee od, DCE ered REBT Cape he tak cs saney Ook or ei nk, Se LT et 171 accipiter, Microtetrameres ............00e055 Ae ee ee 242, 244, 245, 253, 254, 259 SPUR PAL LENE nese eer Sobals Fehr Ris tate dia Fe Kins, Sock oes EE ok Aad | ha RRR TORE 189 SOU PLEATS, oS Sista a cect once ate Eat a Bod, eke Deh Yak hn durant ahr 2 isin oa cagA 2 ESE 189 Acomichthys....... 0... cee neers dite Ls “lh A hen la a Se Me ot gion we eels 173 RAIN ISN eRe ENS SS DE ee 5 Fratton ees, 28 ag 2 alors welieocey RA Gi eins on Sie rota to ea mee ac 221 PUTAS, TO TUR ANTM ERS Sa) eh nt digi sin & we rey Pub Scale e h eos ee ee ee ee 186 HUST ave PEPER RR OCIS: 5p vi cine V0 eye a erie Pp FE eee oe ad ee aes a. ala ee oe AMMEN Fas) fs elires3 sie, = = hoe gl acd he Fe eet oh eee re so 429, “430, 478, 490, 503-508 aegotheles, Microtetrameres....... 2.22.00 .ccececerneree , 239, 243-245, 251, 253, 254, 259 Pre iliiiajucme lyn [cs eh) On 0s te i a a re rem ee e ee | es 174 Migiriys) OSM eas ee ek orc stereo g Er atadRE Ta ecdla civttca ditt b Ried Wed buch cota hs coe ane OTST oT pe feted ala poe lid See ile, Me AOR Me ON ER gi AT en aL Me AY Cer Sy, 181 ReMi eee te ors 2a be ye am En ee hee ee oe ee ee ky ag gece sk eee ee 31 ri aee eT CINGS ic pays us 5 ws MACE uinacg o's eo one Pe ek ae Ma eee cole ta rs 295 MMS UsR ARIUS ROMS TRON EL hel lac c ests: 2 app SeMED peter neomtire mclsla oes es vn ae ofa te ace ei aee Breer take 293 BATE INS VAT WOMEN, os ok de sd ae eoeln Sp ere gd pe he ae Sees Sheth kya teee aiee PaR eee RNAI ns ee ih ey ray SY deals Mee TO ee, et ee 184 Pulibere repeat MANNE ste, ate cha's, bla tir g'h t-piweate fered e we a Ald awa ofa kinky asad ams, has BATH dae eons ee ee alboguttata, Litoria... 22... 4.4000 eee eee eee pHoMTar nS NE See mes racic Aiatle teri Sali 337 Exon TARP HCL sce rte 4 oh sre Eo ET Le dll gaits wind Hla cy eed lee pg genes 261, 337 PLIRFED SULIT OVE SORT ty mney et Sih ice t so oR ole 2 eben eit wide Ente pile Fiele's neath eRe ats 1M MEME SAIS BTSMASPIOINS. os eee ee ew ee ee 11, 12, 13, 15, 17, 19-21 BID Cabrate ROR: ec a eg ev alee a ae edie sock y eee Be oe 377 RIGAUD ener Pen rm cee Mec te ictrnl Ve AIR peat tsdensl aly Soave > ee athe hee ne el PUG tan Ses $2, 418 alcootense, Pyramios ......-........45455 ee teh AER yh ate: be ah le PRR Re ce 217 PUM PACOREME VED See ils 5 th caren ep ered e phd Gpprula aye «Epp TOE Oe cum e ree Reade ome eee 201 alienus, Hyalopeploides. . SEU Pitas en Se ee hl. eee a 429, 464, 465, 477 Pure UME NGATEE ALF Sip ch iy shicAS ova pank vcs 50s Put iee A ee ree PRR eAtE LARGE fs, sete Cty poy geen Sach oth cd we Sue Mews ARMS 2 aha ead PET ae tor ee Oa 373, 410 UT ua eae a ReCMRALAD ETE Pricicls ply Piatg eyes eve, 3 onal Sas Ps ely we Baclee EPMO ES ae ene ebe eg aoe 215 FAR EMMA MSBEONLELAE ULE ery at ego ps tad VRS a win, yucla-atok noe, ene ta amo bo late Gd he gel ee eet me Soe AED a en rr eres Aer Bei bn, yen 2 clage deh Cee ee eee 184 Ambassis . fe Bi teh sel Wate t c de RM a ee aTE SS Peale te ess NN iy td gare eee 172 ambiguus, Microcetus ro taggin gee itor we heir Sie Laat, | gta Re ae ar eat Sian « AER SD4 an ch 4oFs teehee eae angustidens, Carcharodon . pe MES Btls © rsp pet nin Eh ning SOG eee ee mae angustior, Cadulus ................----- Beh cy ed been = oes cae RN ch 3 384 angustizona, Cuspicona . Aas yin ate ere Pasay ee eae Creede.) CS es anhydra, Bettongia penicillata ioe “ae tas Pe tod cok atts c SNe ll og ey Fe seeieetas, Me T es ee 199 AUIS Ae RULTN Ty s WoR PURSUIT 2 ik oa he phe toe A el One kind bald pate owe Rh ed acs CAE Es 377 CRRA SO, Seo 22 a teh, S's SPS feats Gaal fe So ebaes STU sa ee SM nls et ieee teases 221-225 annulicornis, Rambea ..... ee Ae sae Oe Be ge Re he ge, 430, 527-529 Number Pui pee aubrey os vga oe tee Oe UE gle ct dpe acne eae =. Ce PARCOEMINULPED Yc 2 halons at ea Sn caihn Ee See DEMS ke see ne pee ice Ste lates 376 ie ONO HEMEES aS R a wick meget ahs micah: Maem 5.0 ok meee teas te A Sata Rh AMER Parcs 175 antaeus, Protemnodon BA ae Ae AE Si al ANAT Wicle gilt HE eral USehe nl ty a sire ee aia tana gaya eel 216 Antechinus..............-. SP) CAR We oy eee eee ee ee shpat? vs at Pe PAIGE IMMEAIE he HUTA ERI 5). A eed wed bs Vtts bon a ta OP LES be winelvd wh ea tees oes 451, 453 antennalis, Hyalopepliies... 212.2 eee ee ee kee dead poe blneesgeneea ae 429, 452-454, 463 Antennariidae ...... PON sha OIC May deg! ak altnng So are ey ak US 0 of, Os Oe 170 iC RRESAME HE crs hs 1.4 eee tren eet ore eed o alata wi buted als gal eke iee 2 per aa eee 417, 420 Pele eae eee Aye ee A Le Ce, ee ee aeeeee cee ae ay tt 177 AAR ARSI SETAE SELENE er ree nes ahi on ale a eke Civ gts od eke Meo ears pee ee 287, 292 BGs, NGMRMECEN sey mine tu than etd ndabaldeneseeecaxacscas el, QAR aa gae apodemoides, Pseudomys (Gyomys) ..............0.00 ccc sce cc cee ewes eneeerpeeeus 201 See iol tin GM Ae Se lle: Ree ne ee aa Ae ee ee ae WAS it ee Moe |: 172 SPM RLITT AAP TaN IAPR INSITE 2 -_., 2), oe ives, cor a's ew SE Saw oe af pln aeolcieeg viv’ ented Paw ating ty ae 377 apothoracica, Cuspicoma ... 2... even e ecb e ac endenaseabaeenes 93, 119, 122, 125, 131, 166 APMED AAC LOMR ETN so. ok fey ce ee eee or eee neh OS cag imran vade eed choker | 231 eRe Ts ard ire RHEL See Bl en We eee eae re Pe Brera a Re ewes ie hat Pe 183 Aprosmictus ..... Pte eee es HT a. ond go pacts Sot Hl pie ged Hips ante om mltpemis Glee taco eat tendo a are sale 189 aquila, Microtetrameres..............+ssccsscececcecrevectes 242, 244, 245, 254, 255, 259 Paar RMMIE ese SEN ney OD ee cial w ikeint mus cbse data d Ue ote A pald wo natita PROS E cls cts alee 175 PERCU RRA on eh, eke ct hoc a alae See a ats 6'd'eee eal) a bie egos 222, 234, oe Pie TTL ch Fa alg ee A ae OL Pe ai ew Un Re ee PO PE ee ee ls. 221 NEL PERE Sere rene en PRR ie Phe clas PE cals ating. gteabaiy pia 3 hig Beeeeee eae bai Bat Pane 347,351 i RMN es PEM MEIN S ca ht Zs Nils waitin Keg Etecvert Peale y thease y Valea Mon ebb e Sek Aeoek orca ae 347, 351 GL SORE es Papeete eee tne ne Ss Wh Aarne PMI 8 er Pa eg Le Ay 354 arboreus, Charniodiscus ............. eee 349-351, 354 SARE OTT Flee Sor abes inte se lB Er Daca gin Mn ees Sed oe So a Se ges Ee 172 arenarium, Dentalium (Episiphon) ,..........2..2 22 eee et eter e ee nee nese 383 PRP TAS ctere ee ies ee eee ine eeEH oe be Cte kates bated cates eis EO CU ¥ 429, 442-444 BOC etey, REO 9 hi i eet ie eae tee eb ed LETRAS ere Lat Ee ee rte tte eh ITs | ArMmbera 2. ee cece ee en OE eR re ete a ka a ee er ae ee 358 Sigh NPE CRE TUCRTIMINI ty Nee sek SE eT ee na tp gine ge io ie aE ENS 2) SVE aud n alg ee .. 303 Sasajal igre be le eh oe ee OP Ree Re yn Rei ik of Magee wee, SA 200 asiatious, Microstramenes helix... 2.2.0.5. .0 cee b cee eee eee eee en ene et tea eeenrasawes 243 PANGTATL ST DERE REET CINE ADE Sy fect in cicars imag tga viele wie. enlechny Puna Rpm me Sate PAR Re 199 Pah BLUE! tar ten Rep hech hei pep Se are gan nee ry Wetton oF iene rata ogee gr ee a 420 SURE MAEUIE SSPE Fog uid wwe op v5 P OE Gre SS elim, ass ad mi OU ata eee LB Be es lone a eee nt ee ee 170 MAUMEE IR cw. on, Dresses econ. oma srg he ene rade Og east tats pace Perel eee me Be we Ga ton os Pe ete 52 PROT UR Rar ee nas sis Spe lg are Sk eet de peter a IO on oh cde te lb deray ANG Tg ete 3 ed i Te 374 RRO RRUREIE 0 ls, ie retceeeeuasngern xrkedie ray acecbena le ‘nt A ee sae eat PLS RE neg FH 407-416 PaURSIMCACI ER toh, Oi ee EL OR tye EUS ac at cle Re ii dae nbd ack & & 373 ff., 407f£. ASUEFOTIYX .........-. i owe Pieced ps ee a ea RL Ate OY RS ae Stee + «np em oe eee eee 376 aE CATR TOON Be Noa c ic tan NO trices ice Moserrn lg real a3 a cP fe eadg ncat bm SRR eea nS RIAL, tempest we! ain alas a 376 Wino! Deh ah TT DE ea a eae Oe ry ee ead, Ce ee eee 374 CME TT faye oe HUE MS ae RuCl POT) SM I OE ae Lee Fae POT Pa Cen eerie 189 aeymumetrica, Microtetramicres 2... es eee ca ee hep eee eee mee Oe 244, 245, 251 Sdnteaihe (LEE ES en rye eee ire es Pe eee ene een eee eee Oe Sepa tee fe 170 Atheriniformes ....... inno ee ase, oa ee ly ol Shee Ret Roe ee 170 MELE MARAE cot cst ht Td vents sPecc Cee Es msymnd tm ele deere c mwe Buh, Fla ctaaven ile ils 5 en ni a OS NO 11 ROMP R SLA aa ae) by ghee Aen) fe Ca Le anes Lowe Cem nen ROMY EME de 222, 228, 237 SPELT PIES CUMELLTTARDS 5 sty AS phy eed utara Ronettes. oc 4S ia e-bay Fe Syecasacnnwe t+ hoger Gh i Raievene ner es ee 173 TE UE att ee ee i Se eg ee ea ee wrens arty. f, 337 REreTMRR Me MELT SS PUENTE ith es ies 5 keer cc ta caleese tnAgsstel oo nha Soke 3 ALGEAS plas tOt den wos pe & p Sean ae a fel cm a PRUE TUE Mc RVE EASE ME SL, PR can sthc pedis 4 mute Far GREW a eats Gl ww ial = 0, Dd hen em wim a ama ps 171 via Svea aie Sia) | PR aS oy GE A ate oe ee a ome ene Meet oy ae 9 australiae, Cybocephals ....-. +2. 02.esssssseeseeeserereescescensneeen nar, Hea 9 australiae, Eucidaris . Sart cace Peaee o e irn O P d e k Ae Oee Australian aboriginal . he gene pope A Bee tes Bye seat Bart orto nett S87EE. australiense, Cotizidolom.......2 00.0602 e vee ce we eeees bytes tet coe PO once 429, 437-439 sustraliensis, Hyalopeploides: ... 2... 2.6.22 ee eee eee ee eee eee eens 429, 464, 466, 477 australis, Cyclorana ..........0..2+202+2255- ne nee fe a 4 Se oly IA 261, 263, 269 australis, Delma ........0+404: Pct ie ROD cy Uta ILE TO RoR aM AS CRN Reta ae Pa i 184 ARTA AMP TEMINLCE TANS hogy eet oo 2 kee ee tee wdc See a hg ed on We ee Hoke Do dng tly inti ehene WARY 214 PICU UAE UL SCRIP CO oe, wee a! a hace Stld Dg wax oP ah ple aie tes Ap phe we pone 208, 210 PUNE AS RRCAT MUNCIE fs cin cqtcd oie Rais amd eed Foes eine ee ne on Se ee eR re 55- 58, 60, 62, 63, 67, 166 PeLre Gricen ances py MND ae Peta cae ake opiate Fea RES ala ea leee «2 tye foci gn aie FN, ein nee | GUE 377 user CE TOME OM 5S he. go ne heeled oe as eee eee ee eae k eet australis, Rhymchocoris ............--+.++++ eae OG. Oba, ne abel thee tole te el eee PLS OR ENG DET MULUCHERENIENE RY 34 1705-0 ek Ere CLES Fae ve see oe ee eed ete se lls oe aes 379 Dusan ae eee eee ieee adhd eh eo le weld baste oes. Ep eR 321-335 i ee jo scoapp bese te Me Berece Bivart Phd cles ds een oe 206, 214 ONAN PROMS ce ch RNS oc Gt clans ein td erat ds eeu boule ea ey aie CDE RtneE nn MURMUR rsh are wees sean Rees eae ee eg ge OE ics TSCTECE hr nS iee A Pehle Ed baker, Plyalopepts . ogg i a 6 oS Speen ee ieee ect ce ee ss S50) 478,509, 511-515 RTE DIARIO ke ty Fle Heb hace i dee Ey aleHlatials AIG eth de Rais elu eae ey eaed eee PRATIBCINIAA Oe Oe 25-5 oS et ite eee tats Aa hn ee coe ie ols ft ede ee 2 EEE Prarie ec PCIANG EET 2 oe! hie eee ee ee ee es eel, yy Re he I ek gs atch oie a Pd eR IE RCE e NTRAUMET Ae, cay nck Been cee engin ueacten Ae chat hea eee ohare arash da ack ose nate epee RREHRE Re eu Cee! Pro UE decd ane la aie he aace eee petra east Per PPG eee Hera ee [epee RT Gis wT 1 Cas ar Oe Per aN ee ca en ei a PUTEAREGR COMMIT OPO IMG rs poe ese ash ey Aare atic ed oe ales nue nib oz gues alpe eeeMereee ae ianl RSET pepe a UTTP PRUNES alates ew ide asece Cy Hard SAC BOS ceehy He ce oes Cena ARC CERRO ook khan te ek cows Firat Drie sae ear o rr Eat pe oe eee es PREMISES RIO By FA Phy le te eae ae ke ee eee cose ba the pg Se Aen eee eaten BAER TL Mien A coh wh ipa, BPALGO MWe gaat Ain stale! cnr a Elona wetiel = oh teed a gold whee A bassiana, eee oth CRS) AE ne erat cli wie oe atlehg sotitlewat Slate: RON Ee, Le a Oe od ea 2 CR eee Ae ee fee eens Ae leon rare “417, 418, MERLE UD Cet Pa soar seh 4 anim ante Se ieda in ak AECL ne oe phate ne MEP een Mar 9 hy aa PAN UN MeN Saino) en atten ch pene oe ok ode AE ahd Reis Lek Peder aes doen are at eee ETIS LE OCENIT REN oc yhoo cutee wee ae vals GbE A OES EG aS ghee eG TES eee nee beachportensis, Dentalium (Eudentalium)..........000 000s cee eee e eee ecu e sees Peecreieds Sapa eat ee eet Gs) Pr ST CATS yeh la lie cian nls wyelitaly Guhalsiciwlahial ¢ Mehl 430, 516, BSG RRS Tae EA es HAUTE MIT DS fy hed xan ded sh RAS ere PAY es Gs LE ea etd tate b's doeks © gE 215 LEE Paar yin Rs es 08 2 Radian er of hei oP RP 0 Sy OR ane RS er Pte 299, 304-306 oe DUST g ote |e i ne ee re hres meee Ia ALR IE ar Ue pedon e-g cuchec sy AGAR cars ig, gts Saliva “pay ap eau aang FS L SS ey I aE pete Beryciformes . . BE Ss Wel See et sh sr SAP Ee REAR oP oly Lox da do ay Sicha? = Bettongia . ewtonmmiller Cxepidedy oe. 3 fee ans enee reed er ttencse eeesedtiewks oe LOIS PUES chee EN Oe ee a es li nena s, ae Oedase gh tart eciutictla ay Pe acate gd ae) ty SPR yee EAP CUES PESTS PAN PMT os Sas kl Be cos. ceed dio Coa See ea deers fo eee oe eee PA ad 5 ELSIE Te ANEMONE OURO Etre! sh gcrtae t's x acaz vce ax $a pop eet CR allem ea Wale = wlecate Belge we eriule og oe al ee a eee fe Ty 2 frre ha ery ar ral al birdselli, Macropus . . SEN sSoescd lant tet wate ee ee ee SN, Pe eS Ree eT a bituberculata, Labia . ie ee eat I pe, pare et Sahai) . 222, 229, 23 212 2,233 PMT ANTE Hs sk ska cuag ces coud acanee tpdenuua Faegeecee 429, 444, 445 esta Masashi sec 7) a Ae Pe ee ee ns Rees tne ee Oe, a OLE UNAS, Sa ee Ee eg eke Qe nee LA |: pe ena emery, Paral fy 5 Bn tiene Peet Sc PIMA STDC op ee ote aah oy deena yet Ea aan ee abe Sen, OR rma cay ee Ggetigane torr se dg lc Ta' 2 be lf epee a aa aria rae Escort metiein ee PERE ok Sg ee ke ek ee ee de eee ee ee eee eee be be bordaensis, Dentalium (Episiphon) .. et dee eee ee borea, Delma. ee a ees oA Tod ee ee borneensis, Hyalopeploides 2.20... 0... ..cccaceceseeecen cute ees 429, 464, 466-46 184 8, 477 Propane een eee lo ots ok hos poo sols bod oe be Vee ce oe bee ee 309-319 DSc yENAMA, CMIACANINA ea ee ee eee ne ena e ees 376 INR I NS i als... 1 che As Wee 200. 2, 225, 226 te Eiriemnetiecie te, tae. yee act, ss 24 ase chee eon a TREE ERTS RIER erent Sc atric te ath» «ste adie ictels eae Ee ne he "381, 382 Hebi Yeaiueneh) Ch a rs kee Lae Peat Re eee ae | [rigci tit ACU TP ig) Oana en ee a a Se Pea ee eta i ee ee oe eS brevicauda, Denisonia TELS 10g 12 1 a gee get melo hoy le me oe he ito i ro Parte ay Seles Oa ea gE brevipalmatus, RTS EROS ey Haas acters see irk ain eaves «ee ine PaaS det ty ete a 265, 273 errereth yore net bet ae RN ee Orci nor ek ¢ op Me ORS, xb es See hy + x'e ees oe Rlgeia ene wiereete tt Biren es ITD chong menses ery ule Pe eee eS pS Pipes wlnpe me diy prunes tr Cloranan, iin so as ois eo eg ee eae Peed 261 , 263- 269, 373, 27 EAE UACRDIN ren @RCR TIMUR INOOE oe S83 pes Ves ey eld bee es ee et Ea ee 11-14, BAPGIMGGOTIR re oh Dg 0k OE pe ete ee pares gtictielen a ubatend eoba tne ettvea Mums doa an hats eee SPR Bronze Age . {lied SLi,» ikene re cBle s a nam ears fag) an tps ed ae ne broomensis, Megalosauropus . ae eee iors Cae ett UR eae ee ee ae ce ee ERR CG ON SG cRas cacy SIR Nahi, Ok AS A | PR EU Wey Aer ee ee. See’ 265 5, 276 18, 21 Number foighbar st MS hig teh) er Fe ee a ee ce enetie ne mee ere ee sea 192 Jcigitebat te Sit ah eee oe ee er Sn et one 186 bubo, Microtetrameres .......0. 0. cece eee eee se eeesaaseese 242, 244, 245, 254, 255, — IPA EVEL LEIDER MS ae Te ace oy <9", Pal, ab he gantnlhyeeh ks diet nw oe? ton wt aie Sie biceroticee. Vinctroterranienes 2. an ce te ae tee ene rte nee geen haus 244 us Eiiic Lina ener ete ti GinsLica co etch Pde dunce ie cuss u-viets-c e-vecalesatars Be aren hia ainitell 6p ated PURI G ate eP TCA PEN, ire Tree gues ct Me nas cis) sieg S, Fate Tica enn wba e atdland meee bre aeene fa, ues 6,7,9 pen Sie lg A Ae aU ae ee GP tte toee LAC ia ian et orc e aur ear ae gre 177 AUER Becht el cere sacs sch, Se yee atte aor cere ve ree od meh! Eoin wy oliah Seder ee hevetts ante ak Peat eeea ac eee cacomantis, Microtetrameres 2... ca ee eee ete eee ens 243-245, 251-253, 255, 259 CUSICAUALL a ag ORG sean aaa Behe ia, la ade a chee bar AS ety SON aly 5 caleee etal AOS Tel eee CME AIGTIA:, Put alee sade seen ees a eee TAD. GIGI SA, oe een ek Sek rt 49, 337 cacruleomaculatus, Boleophthalmus..........020 0c e sees renee tee bows ea estennewes 175 cueruleus, Psephotus haematonotus, ..........5 6004.00 e eee eeenes 190 cairnsensis, Sree me cess inv ixet stain se ett aser a at At 429, ‘452, 454, 455, 458, as CUIBMOGE EES WCEP EIMETES 6 2529 40S) O5s,h0 42 wee bete ok dae eb al wulelsuw nee Calamanthus . eI aay rite nett Beech, anand ee a eo aie, apes gpa: Late aLeRUESe amie Iie Se ae ee “eee RPreereptimeiee Wr ees, Aleve San Be Say os eiecc ane by Sal dk pla MPS ANE E ed 5 aE Oe puahe ptt x ES 451-453 Live 2-504 ys ts a dA A aa ee LOR sian 8 1,9 mani brenisig; AocanMthiZa pusilla. oe cae dk dae eka ha eed ele de ake mee es men eee 190 canaca, Labia. . #8 i per he, SEE Se One ae ee Pe 221, 231 canadensis, Microtetrameres. ol a lt a eC en nm 239, 243, 245 canaliculata, Clarkcoma. | oes oy ee ee ee a ey. ld es 410 canaliculata, Ophiocoms . . Perec eRe a RRP Pha ia. SOE) che ed estas gf OTe ee PUR ee JRE oe 376 capensis, Berberentulus . Asana St ranger ei . 299, 306 ae hake d Shes Nek Fok eee hun PRS ie ded tin ‘ae "430, 476, 478, 499, 498, 502, 516, 518, 521, 522 ea SGO yc SMES PE ar te Sirs Myc n't. high ala ooh tesa: od ake tock, Musas te cosa recat tis \ Le tee ain ola 172 RURAL NOON, eee od ot 2d ca cop eoare eh Medel AACE acute Doiite ids anu ben gitar 3 UD 172 ERE Ta iat ipa ace a yen Ae Meee Oo 4 On En re aig a ade, ee, | aly Sere ERA ORR 25 beet Wie GAR ANE A dG isin’ 8. Aen op Aen bal ouster ee 205 ORC UNM owe, eee a eS Ae eg gah artis inte eeu oene oT ate 295 CORTE ORRIN ise Foe pyege eine og deel hme xen die wae Meade, oleae niente AEM akg Nee Carlia ........ “die toe oe Op Dena Ue lene, dae ae Eine AR we FOE Ee 184 carneola, Cuspicona . tore MeN dre Bele tee Se ep ee a Se ee eee 94, 104- 107, 109 SEAMEN) DIEU LECPPENE Wer Btkg iss ncsny | ob ileee. & eds ales wack ey Sak us a]a dente deg been em go ach Ria 277-282 Shed EAE NPP RMERI WHR. 0 C5 8a eo soais's. pias ols by eta ciaalh dee pb 190) GME AC TIREAT TUNES Bair 6.5 she 8 2c. ay4 ela ard iets) poh s bot/4 Gaeta eee Be Fo dee lakree Ant heaton ES 206, 214 PEM eMC Rea ey at ee fA Ae en Oe eke Gy, eee ae ee eee A ne RAILS SRLT SAL LCHOMMEL. eBroentgs © nnn cae eel Citey ie GI hh Aceon aia Boe mere See She Pease ieee dl seep. det ver ssiaaa los ee ae Scot TTERA Lay POUR RENTS FVP IS eetita ts Sa Vals vis gin slate Faw vie See ggly eoURoNe ts nea dkere ted Na ah eta 171 CHUANCIICOES, ATOMS 2a ee oe edhe een pe ae weeps .. LBl cavenda, Ocirrhoe ...........505. AO 2: pe eee oe oe * 57, 77, ‘82, 83, — Ero aes Weed eee TT AITIE DES: yi We kes ws ed oe pn tee ne he HAH ELEY ple eho uw been pba Oe Mieke CIC NVEREA NG Mees SOc ied OP Bias syd ga based 0, os tipo > AAT barig- 9 aoe PE wae eras SOe pug. teh cee 381 ff. cephalus, Tympanocryptis . . ap Hee eee WEE de AE, Le ee ee Ee céentralis, Plaisiodom .... 2... 0.005 c ee eae ee eae ail eM ca fe Ae Lee cee esac oe at tetiee Oot 217 MSSTURRCHEMIS AMUN EUS Coote g) «bra Fe 05a ee re ipa # adenine oh a neh Beste ce Soe need 9 5-4 ren nate ees ene st 172 centuri, Microtetrameres .... 0.00... e bea at ee Pe ie ae 244, 245, 253, 255 GbTer, MICKOvetrAmeres.... .. ee eee tt pe enwiaseecven 2oe, 243, 244, 253, 255, 256, 259 Chaetolabia ............. PE Ae, ene St nd Sel IN ry SPER Fae 222, 220- 2352 IMTLL RLS ARIAS SEVER INES clo o's ns pw op senda Ghere erie OEM don EMEA S Dobe ocho aurtnica Vopeee we aegerone eats 173 RESIS EOLA EMM eeetie Wits Ur dane hues, Sedey bMS Geared Pian y Silk oe dine SAAS kn Shoe 9 operat RMR meet oe 189 AUP DANAVC ELL PURVES esara, Gaal £m geen EVE 8G ae yo sual SRS ere ee eit Feta Seay agate p eee 174 eee SRG a the ee cated Ma Oe cacti ROIS Oe sly «Labs, «, ae eee ne nn, 2 ee Ne 347, 350, 351, 356-358 MslPamRTU SLATE, oN RAMEY Nes owed y oaiaiies, 8Oty. gw ou cielaa othe eo ERE ee eis de 347, 349-358 Chassignite. . 1, Sa = RAD AE OR Sty it cme Oy tee ae he Re pe .. 309 Chassigny meteorite . a a iethe fs aeReee Scorer ee cae ie ie ge 309-313, aie 319 pod Rohe ta] ME Ar toe #4, Ae, he rp prea ea hy eee eC RO sees ee ey er ee rer ore EAB te 169 cheesmanae, Pere I. PN 5 oop Ba ah ocean 179 Fe ghootectiaatcn apse 4 SATS Wier e n= ow ae jade ee MeO ne ae eA Red oe a 8 ae eas se 293, 236- 238 COPS Merae, Kee OrO a sey 22 PSS gd ec lsh eS ele eee s eae RgGe teem 94, 149-151, 156, 166 Shi as ee ie AY oe nee Ce ae ee es ae RMR Oe es Cie. 2 173 LMR MICE ere Sere SIE ls ened Vous hah iaty ee ery ichdia he 2 allen ¥ pee w'n poke wd dint ate ee eee RS TPS IMEEM LICE sito a tee trace ams de oe oes 4 ic Fe pat Pr Pe ee ee 222, 223, 236 Chelonia . : PS Pe IS OR Cee tL ey On ae MI NS) chinensis, Guisardus . Tes TR ee Ba ra sits eae a fey td otc Mind Soak. © cus Sched, Ca Ne ER eee a Prem MATIN SOE Poe, ta ee tie MRI oer Wt oy, een See Pe a ete 265 Number Pid uve inlterh [> ft ea eT ee ee ee he Se ee ae rrr ee Re Belin s: MRE CR HTT ELE A Cake Malis eh cre teh hake RSs ala oe Dae ee vey Ailes n tA ME ta Ald whole HE DO ee ARDC! 201 ¢hlorogpila, Bathyooblia: : ..: a. bee tases ada bes Emcee wie deen cstincse AIO aa PEPSI. 8! SLD 5 oy ee Dice RE one Ae «CSN NE, nw OF ae CEs oh dA Se 173 Chondryichthyes . . BOE aaeg ent Serpe rep A tole tn Roa a trae th at vila iz PL rey ie a chrysochlora, Chalcophaps . Re ereratig Ate oats, Coen he Eos eters emp pad eT aL ALY Laid | oe ere ainen i 189 ME g Selva te ACMA NR US Ge PWR eof eg I eer ONeroy, Pt See MPR Ae) Oe Air yi 190) Chrysorrhanis ...... stn eel eh opto cola SNE ete ROE ate eer ae 429-435, 442, 444 chrysorrhoa, Geobasileus Soe agg SR ANE dios gai 11 a Ae Ose eediere OS SPE cnc. a 190) MS LESRRA UR OLA TISEAE bt ter akcdtttocs 3 ook Me coe een AAPOR BNO G Hs yo res bee porn dpatncds ane Ocoee ale 207 Cinclosoma ........+-+. Peden doh a ees Pee seas OM Aah anlage’ Hana D fo psig ae 190 CISA IIE Ay ca ene ates va a4 acre tices ee eS eee ee aed Peale ae eee 41-45, 49, 50 JOU Tir ie bo, DA Ee ee ee en Ee oO ee ere! ar Nea. TT 1-10 Clamubs . Se ey ee nd ee ee oe 1-9 Clarkcoma . : Be ee fn eee re prey ee Sy cee 410 clarum, Cinclosoma castanotum . bad Dip cee d eek Rhee SH URI ine: lates pct PLease er eee Oe 190) clarus, ‘Astur ls Geto ad tte, eee ee Ore eS Cnet rd kr en reas sn 189 clavatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) . cae wanneesenseeeenerecess 429, 478-480, 494 WES oatiteircre abstet al aee Mii RRC Seat gt, pee? Pa a Gna ary. Was Ofer Creer ne (OPI i 192 aac Te Riemer et we ese. Wicca Fic. alse wisn hers ears cica fas Dae An's Baoe The Bers Oe ee ee 192 McGee Oe et ee ae a ee ee eee ee es 174 Gloacitectun, MicrotetraMeres .. 2. .5 ce pease ene teed tea een sense a en ree tenererees . 244 STR RTR Tse Nara sian | supacr sheets SEA Wh eeuk ae GAGS eS VaR mis pt eae ale wet eee SR phoretie 169 COOPEORETIS wn skeen eee Pa hea ote Whe NS lt. eee aA BaP A el See wry denn py 420 MSG pe MCMRPUGH AS kf xcs St deh et ace take nc ak ee foe Ee © done die ole a\8 eatla eee 2 le, terete 347 Coleoptera . . Ee at See eee bie fai nu 1-21 collessi , Austrohyaloma . oes AEE Fie i es net ioe 2 Se Ane yi . 429, 432, re Colluricincla A Pee eNOS fro by )2 x Sen told aim Geeky Alea: a mie Lac eee Wh ea eae og colossea, Titanolabis. Re ee Ge fils! ee ds tee eee PA eR pr Met foo hs 21 Sle Lo SE a NE i a ee en ree AOU sen Pa! 189 MG Oilletti ed ja fel el okie le ee ee Ge ne) ee a er een emer cect ere be PessTiMere ck ale hae) SR ee See en Se A Got le meee =f A COOS HICIA, COMATOONIEROUIE Ci ee ek dee et ee eddy ka daebavewaaeads 349-352, a COMMON SETICOTMIIS MISCUIATIE i ce ec ee he een aed ine der ened webu 190 SSS TIMMONS een ee eae |, Ode eaeee tee ae Sash ahh & aiken Shakti uM wa sAPuie quest alts BILE S 200 CCTMANEA Es LMM PIELOUE 5.) v5 fenla io tox alte es F acy sasemee yd we wh Rene wgthee | a Preis males lat ape 244 POICRL LG LE PEN Uy arabe 2 wi aeiie'e ene! nein aa musta AlN wel § AE oon ov A a Ivy cooperi, oe De gt Ses «tes re AN mY ale Mint tbe, Sess a Baas chy get es pus 94, 102- 104, 107, 166 FT h ALLIS. gaa ON Sie oe os Bie ered Ont Rt tke ale a eee ee ys eae coplandi, Hyla....... Ae sigs etn) tint fiat aoa eet fe sof Eite tee Wy new kc eMule eee geome RE et 177 coracinac, Microtetrameres. 0... cw ew eae e ene 239, 242-245, 251-253, 259 corax, Microtetrameres ....... Se eke Oe Ce el ne 239, 242, 245, 246, 259 GORGURPPUIMOUIEEIE i. <. - ss -vy ccdeecccnscvach ave educngusnsnediibveas 222, 225,226 SoCIa aes Toots ARTS EAT CAAIE CM coc 2a 2p Lod!) Soave dieca-gtgea ate & x aield fed ad ota ce hp ek ele ae ie oe eee 173 SCCM RRA UTES TA Pee eR ore es eek, Be Fist b 0 oa Seng dieR al grates dae g ER alee end ee 429-432, 437-440 Cornufer. . oe A ee ee cornutus, Oxyurichthys =a EPST TE le EP Po oy se RO Ee A eg och coronata, Ocirrhoe . . 175 "57, 70, 85-88, 166 2 corylophoides, TOA TARE Coy aie) I eae Mie Ree beiIEL d. | oa ROONar MCAT RL ereeNe ents: CMake Pies tc aS anc Cus ethemetes oy Ce ete ete Sed nd oo SS bee A dome oO Pp En ws hn eh A ta heed 411, 412, 414-416 Ral CUAL PERERA AR Secret alain in 2s Pha tere? kab, Soka ae ge eye Ny ee ed Sees FHF 179 PAS Oe OTe EMCEE he a PE aw FP ategiv ess Vive bo Oh aw a state Soe 92, 153-156, 166 Sxttemus, Mrhimaster POmievaAs . 2. s eee easter ee ee cee eee da enn eta eee eg emen oe 374 PUTRI, LOCUM UR GIEE yanks ape basis Cee cae eee RE SRT see be pda eee ae eee ORE Syrensit, EMVSMIEGCUINIUS Be ole bean sas kee a eee apt pee ees bgt 2m acbieea Ries 207 PECAN LA OE WE an ACS s Bien Sle dens ose dak ctor sigs cia yoy es A eo eRES Pe eTen same TTNIRD NL abemes SHS, 8A An wg te AiG igre be hob te un delhi eo oie oe Pore 186 Pata ever NCI LINN GRE arp eT ae varie dine ule he's fe Deg atl eee oes ly Bea eee &3 Lies deel sce NMNASDE NOES oF gj Gea BG ocean no bE 3 eal a to, oa v's UG Be we te 174 Pekateeel DT LAPIS te asd ole y cin as dene ok ns olay Pulte + oe ala pune oe 429.444, “447, 448 fasciatus, Hyalopeploides ....... 22.0... cece essen eeneeeaesecsesss 429, 464, 467, 470, 477 RMSE EVR NPL EELOMONSTREN: 2c, eVecuch rs os 'cl gia ata Aig ee Spey Sein a BSE, Sulea ah aate dutiaale aha t 197 SRD ARANTEL, bs ee th 46 5 ace ane eta ea ee etd beet bes Se ele na eee Se ote ey, eet 222, 230, 234 SES eat Si Lee 1 TRO Se Ny de EO Amero Ac Pr ay cesar APE, ea ge gg | eee MERE Ae ts ts ai ey Me OBEN Lo, Na tens omar ccou eee 183 rc Mme eaAAT NS e Hay A i656 rng sy 4 eS gee Gln eal ME a dy cr fuse « Feteta Riewce ee otic ae aN Fy PTY ka ens. ihe 0 54 yh Sp els PS EEL Pine wk, Cpa el ae ee Rey ed eae ee 379 Fijiensis, Hyalopeplinws oii cee eet please se em eeenebewstgeuaeess 409,452 456, 466 oa) OED h a OER eR RRP | il 169-175 Fissidentalium . Dee RR eS LAG eh eoSuacten ete tyer et gon Ma iced fc kG ne ae eee flavipes, Clambus ....... . SRN: 2 Ae roe eee EE lS Ay te Say ctaeyhs eee pe 8 fleurieuensis, Platycercus elegans..............s0cssecccccveccceseceeeee. erate tongs 189 flindersensis, Zosterope WESteMMEMsIS «22... - eee ewe aw aavaceereensercadsnr 192 flindersi, Corythoichthys ............... flindersi, Dentalium (Paradentalium) WEP ESE SI MOMENI ee Ine yrs eke Gs old Shodan Dayo pieveld dey ev Soe we ¢ Cees Merah ae 382 inie(n| “Cert Bak dio torr! 37 ule yeu Mies ear) Soar an ieee pier arepermrErrarg re. tf, i Uber orn. 4 t 199 Srcecigenpis, CMAN ee Ueie oe taats walbwrece ads atk ater stats aie b 93, 134, 146, 151-153, 155-166 [eS CB a fale. Salle rae Re ae aCe eer aie PASE TE Soe Ph eth Waitin Dis 7. 205-219, 347-359 ireapiriecd be One TCU EAS Sun 2 ys ce es yee es hyd bade ein ge EEN ee 199 eres oe tc AP MMORLDIENTS Sarde ple yo enw < weal» 8G od WER ees els dig ela fie ip eee .. 383 Tire GL AE Loti fel We oe es eee Me Sm nranee kare Meier am ¢ oy ner 337 frogs ...... fuliginosus, Calamanthus . pi oro 191 fuscolineata, Ophiactis,...........00.05, ae EE Fees eR ety Fee sl ete Rye eae EN tite SS CAMITER INDE 5 2 ced chs pd Sey cu yee er esl hy ad ads oo oo 960 car og Oy ag UT As Me PUNE TEOORSINERSIO VE, Shay GAS gh SS Leg ol ENG dhe Sale an 9 geen SU eth sin, ote MN ed 200 MFAE A aetna eat syd ere, oa. paso eats Dobe aide RMA RG OE oe le iad od easiest do lg Te elas abalus fe agMs et NTAULONRNIBEER ccc ily esate seo ye a cols pubis ess ve gallinaceus, Tibi ial me eel, Ee galwayi, Mugilogobius ................. gambierense, Squalodon . Gasterosteiformes. . Gastrothiecs ... 6. ee cece eens Le Gehyra .. eR RR lnc ei Shiet, .2 2 nua d onphip alg rtd as ban ay 286 171 ACRMATELATIS. s We yew As, Na Giats ahe¥s whys wae Ne ote CRETE, 6 dead on ed eek ai ne cde MGTEEIEL etd, Fe era arn oe ai athe ate otal. gibba, Amphibolurus.................. gibbosus, Anoplocapros..........-..... AHEOS MAIS CPC PSCIIGER Pe case hea ce kanes essa p ade a ope Ppa aod das gigas, Phascolomys .........--.-.+.+.+- gigas, Phascolonus .................-+- gigas, Tympanocryptis eae are ae tit gigas, Urolophus ................400040+ pilesi, Planigale .............00-s005. er er hl ees peas ee, ae ee 197, 198 Pe MAre SCIPS 2. ue sete een tteieai whos. eet asiss Sle a” ineling Goa rare g 12 CRIBRSUPTIND 5 oc sp ee ee ig Besiuie icc obaehen, Sma gaa sc eetrar leh eT 347, 349, 353, 356-358 RELCSU CU MRR CS CPL ATOCUCER 6: fos dc ahic a pat erg «ROA aylas poles ately bd Wma aa ogee ete MISES cs os etek ee 43, 44, 46, 48, 49, 50, 178 1». 32,418 OS Ek ern AE I Sg, Oe ep eear ig le My a SM es rane Soh SD Bk IPR gb oe oe of 179 Pale tele aire Ste 7] fg ae ie en UP eee ee A Se ee fy 6) 382 Miemnpalsia, VATENUe (EUHITIAY . 4 ceo gy edie bee eek ga gets eranederseeneaees,) aloe Rabun tsnge) DE a Te ca a eee ne ee ee ee er SOR 6 ee ee, de 374 ibeaetried Mbhs ie 1) ot ds lees re See A en re rr es Oe Bein yt ee fy 173 Gobiesocidae....... . 170 CAG ENERERARERE Mikes ¢ ci ine Cia Lear eoiea st Lane Eda ane Re pelae nee eee ees PERRET CCI Regret Pees OAR, SPER omy CO ES END a olitys Tine yA-PY auh rural din, mie tate eely cer got Lc oe, Se a a ee Ce goliah, Macropus ,............0.0...6: goliah, Procoptodon.......... PTCA TIEN CTU E EON tar that og SELES Sonera, Feo akin Weeden dk ah adhe aT SRA eh ict aaa ue pa araste eee Pee ttamae SER y PVRS yea kes eve Bp ae wae eee ees « 2s salad A ee ee 361-371 I ELOY SUMED Seca pd Gig a wins om preetb a500 pra Eh o's cbocs. AW Poin eh eo oe pa ameralle Soe te dite Get SOL. a Fe ae ee Se rer tr Neo gracilis, Leptosiagon.........-...0..00. grandis, Hyalopeplus Ceres) - grandis, Macrotis lagotis ..... 430, 526-530 BoE ea sae eee Precio pone eae tO 215 SARI Miey PAPAL ces Bi geg hgh ages Feats ech aie MPLS M ae canna gumbanths Ka wrk ete tedeate dag doe nob Tan gee Pagcjelitepstedstefa hts 2 n)2) (1ce ) Poi a ee aero ee earn ea era e irony grandis, Glacssnerina...............++. 207 vrevseeisceneneseeterereener es | 349, 353, 356 429, 478-481 grandis, Nepanthia ......... ek veetrerneneeeseesen grandis, Paranepanthia ................ grandis, Rangea ........... preeni, Leiolopisma ......... tee ee Sree pe ay ee eee Atta acey fore 410, 411 greensladei, Brachylabis 2.0... oo... o.oo cs cc ecacesetasceneceetteentees elie NU PE A PAOD aya sen dent) Yorn ais aes SSPE Ried Ne dt Ad pode Wa 4p zee me aden ts ae 207 PROMISE INE, 5 tte e Fea eee cient LS Pe fs ye ese Mery a'vid WH Ge a dae ate ed Sed RE ee 201 guamensis, Hyalopeplus tyslepepis) PA pA ie edend nF G bo eee way thors gpg Saleen Ae UDA TIETNUIE ins, 0h Pyiclb.ep aude G fone aiding Aden en elie alae ic oe 429.432, 440, 441, 517 Guisardinus . EER addn eee ee rae rn tbe yoo ee wean Ab tea kh ae, Meee etermre Sean meee GGUISATOIUS . oie. cee ee ees ie en es OO he Pe eer rs do Poe a 429-432, 442, 444-451 gunnii, AS Se ME all 5 eR CR yey aes nCe al” Poy tel 410, 411 SCE APs CRP NAI ES iso G tal ahead ee HF dla le Pate Gee Maem eee a awe eee ENT NPCN Tes PREIDOPIONTEL es eo we vce te eee ae ni penie slibon ghia gis w Shy hah Laden Gee edaneee a 375 gymnorhinae, Microtetrameres ..-.. 22.00... cece cena eee 239, 243-245, 249, 250, 255, 259 PUAN EASES RY RET ASTM Paw dae s eee eS RP ye Piso LEE vk U hats MOREE eee 201 jillewaicl Ola che al gel nin): bn a nr arr A een err A on ele ran 190 dpe M LU thr PE Pn ee ae an NS wg Shey tek Hee EL ge Dw Srey ee eee Ry oPiaae bch cade ai 31 ae dag |) DOR OO, See oe Eg ee A SR ar eS ple WN Uehara tyre fe, 24,25 pode enter ae a na ara ree ier rd im 23-28 halei, Drombus . OE ee ee ee a: ne er eee LES halmaturina, OES, oo ie ee go 3 A ed Les ee te halmaturinus, Stipiturus malachurus ........<<05¢:<0020e cee esse cree rcevaweetoudess? 191 RSS brea ae a aes ain aoe Peg Scr yaoe Ah use PAE TR Th lk seal hae nti RR oe cata ead Sees AL mime LET LE Sh te nee ee ee geen tar eg a go ee OS Me A eee eae ear 222, 235, 238 hamiltoni, Notosudis ................... hae en emis Pe i. atl ty 170 hanseni, PhyllozOon .........000 ccc ccceecaseeevecessesessees 347, 349, 353, 355, 357, 358 hardwoodi (sic), ee Re ee, om a tea ML ey MWe anti Piet 213 harmonica, Colluricincla . nd een HRN rs ie Puaet thatd BA ater! it tee is pee Oc ia te a harrissoni, Aconichthys . . Agee pa ae ly aL neath eather es and harwoodi, Metasqualodon . Pee ieee atest UMS ae tases aa bie & ee mesa Sekt " 285- 290, 292-296 BeTE RTL eM oie tt lng at De tal whe s Gres sald oa ga ee wee oR eel 213, 285 hawaiiensis, Sphingolabis .........0..00500essageenenegen eee neeesesccens Dey 229, 232, 233 hectori, iin en ee Ae oo, bet aee Pee... ca voles kee 286, 287 hebridensis, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus). chee e ere eessecrecanveseees 429, 478, 482, 483, 484 RANSPeaS SP MITAMUUAIE SL oe oc, 4 28e eet 8 a3, ra aed uke cote OE ee as Ache AS PA eee me Ese eS 174 ies [eernrrecn aan ek eres ed Gd aet's Gene ac deh oped cfs en a Olena) Sint p ad seen got Beem 263 Dery ATC SUCCES pen sere os vec rns wot we yee eee ea ge a 239, 242-247, 258, me Re bieee AIOE ees BURLINE Wis erie a kas ohhie ne opie gin uch ap 4 nl doo analyse allio aan Stace tine dg hemileuron, Dentalium ............-.--- 2 ccc eee e ene nuun eas sr Se RTOS Dre dee BEES ai 8 383 Hemiphractus .......... eee ae es Pee Be ea he pe ee het Perth hen ee 49 EA ere ae yas eee od thes sing 11s. OF cers ease Soke Paes aaa bn acd & Pees Rete 51-167, 429-531 FST, SOLIEISO EMA oi. ow oe eh ee ee RAE e PE EF ee a CET ET fee oon 382 MUP TURUERTIRESRSLIT ME MESES PONE 0 ay ns, vis ee ek TERE OIA gw tae ms Shae ees gee se See Wp Im NT raris PUAN ELIA oe aba, ik as uals whagbe ang Wowarkde Wahid voy ara: ukyctod bin alge ibs pewlannedios age gen 171 HSTAR ACARI Re OMSCIEMAOLE. oe a ves op es eg eee ne le a age ew eew eee eee etme GEE Rosie Sobel ARTI TMMANABUER A to ay Fn ca, $2 Aon key tessa eee te oes Tie: ey aku FOYE Ad hes oN seenen 169 eae RMAM MG A Wea #14 G7 Yipee te ae eagle de tea iece io feta x foci abd th neh gue 174 REPRE CRETE e oo aig ailenn. poe heat pga erpenwhk wip ew Fae gee © NEY 2s) ean at cette Seen 417-428 SF rem TRE a! 2 pees See es a AIL pions meas Sed oe wakes oA as 295, 296 HRP SLTNSURER ce tens. t ht hes ep ae TS rte eat SOE SS Ole cpa he bee eM ay de 277-282 RISetcyreeen PIE NGR trey key aro on ts Pe Se rw ak Geo DASA co as a atte d-8 8 vie ope 171 OUP Te einai? 9) Si) Sil a eet et Ae de Ee ewe Sere eee Rey If DPRK ESS POETIC Sees ee, ot ee de as, MAE a Pia tee 'b, = baht x apie Ren ecu peeee es warms Cuter al Nae eR SAF Sec reo GP UR: oh AES wo eens OB IE PEL TMS eee 31,33 (abn) Seyi Tite [era no es ae Sy aera. se, Hepat Re tisha cha a oS ae eo 379ff. Ice CSU TICRE Eee oes baa Wy sao 4) peers Peeks dod 02's 09 Wein ma ae eee eed eee Se Pie Rriar een EHE NIN ce, Gadsidiarssarn A De ecaie he heat he ee tts sak tie Thien end Wee a) i eed PRENSA TITAN ssc aicg Px os pth e Ame oem ad vad sie ope eis Bis O% 224 horvathi, Hyalopeplus ....... ABE Oak Pe ee ae hd 430, 478, 482, 509, 511, 514 ics ae Ch Dior AN ee get aR BS FA Lyin Leta le tet MS OURL Vind deeteeekh gheiee Ge ath wad © ce as 430, 516 housei, Amytornis ....... bese akee abet 8 a Bane Ewin Pees deed big Anette tt Ne ge RR houtmanensis, SGOT, UES atid: Rate i ae les NR Ph 2 anal 191 humerosus, Caranx. . cotta: oe ath tk i Se ee ee eee ee) ATS CO ARNEL SCL YS cer Pht ts Wha ata da + wae bbw an beefs Ee eae Tee gun a's vio fad wie 174 hyalinus, Chrysorrhanis . . acs et re ay ga ihe ae eee er eel 429, 434, 435 ee RI Rey gehen re He erates "429-432, 451-463 FiValopepioider oc i eee te ee eee er tees 429-432, 452, 463-478, 487 FRValOpOPlUS. 2. 2 ee eee ee ae nee ewe seeeenwerseen. 42032 Ah £76, 27Re51) MICAS OI NEMA oer as, Sear pos, aun Tube coh ikllp tee Os ent ars erty A wy awstats Bena a 430-432, 511-517 Le LEW ted Regs h, eae Pere err ea ga ee Se ee os AEE ete See Pats 177, 178, 344 Number Hylidae. . Pht et, tee alls. A ae ee ee Renny eee Be mete EY) tS arate eyo hymenacantha, “‘Ophiothrix . Sh ath, rte Te Pe OW cote bi ae An ey eee et 377 hyperhemileuron, Dentalium ......... Pet ee et ee ede neg ee ene ee 383 ERE PERGNA MES ore ee Cpe eae fo ot OR neal iden ¢ fede doen he bey RRR Seek CA mates ie Ghee Spee Ichthyocampus ............ Sete gags Geel ipl hae Re PLY Gel arc cians BE Wega tale, Secale cee 171 MER aii (eee YS: 2 ees Vy ame eng ey a rae ere ae re 169 PEL AO TALE Sls Re See CLS an pad dues De a ee ties PR no baal c. ge an ta es 169 Aeplite, MA MAPEEIR ins ey oh Races h a ky bas wma Brey, atte hs tage a STNG RE Selanne IE 172 COREA UE PER PERRY ee on pat Seog a ib ae hte wacom 4 dg eres a) 5 ye a Ebene ePae a fee a stalcie, gee BEBE SC TIM I SERRE oy hice eps eign Eades Le mlale em hi Ree At at Cag ernie Feet ae ye 379 ALIAS CFCC CE MEER Peo Fah ale. a RP aie» werkt Oh eae weedeat pine ae ape em ena ls 429, 442-ddd Hens Peta s CME ei ag ches see ee eee ee ae Pere ree Swit e Peete | Sage ARGOS Neu LIEN ek et Ee ee be oe nei Fee vis ok ee Ce 57, 73, 74, 76 TST MORTEM, fis foot) Daehn. stv 2 ches ctl. 3 ne RAL Ae tate dae Ma nye mh Sod ko ork 261 PERE IN ey PONCE LYRRED RITIOT ES. 00 oc a's s-vin gs oo tle Wen Ripa Pe os Oe Paley ea poly at's Aba 243, 2445 infrafrenata, Litoria ..... eigpae op os. age 2 ge RG wa MA eted Mle ARRAS 2 et Se Pant are 337-344 INET AIreT ata. LMG PLH UIT REPOMATRS eed is ee ee ee eee eee hen beeen 337-341, 343 ingert, Cormufer . .. 2.1.2.2 -2 6 se ese cece cece e seen eee kee tne eeeenanencterensscces 2D RIMMER MEO PRCISIER Pie 3008 eodasath | ace eel 208, 215 ireshel erie, ACRWOTS «we ce ee pee ees pe ee teen eepen rene kee 222, 228, 237 ATUL EMPTIES oe ce oy bee cn DA bed acomw ee ve baw Pie be coe weed ee 299, 301, 303 intacta, Cuspicona ...... rivieath wen eacethe Sk Re woah ye amet utero VER Rec eeg eee eos oh intermedia, Tiliqua scincoides. a ER Ts oe crete gaa Oa ec etme oF ply te me oe 186 intima, Tympanocryptis.............. Fete eM ee a Fe gh ER, Bie Pacer: Gass Ble bale apap ey 182 Iridopeplus Ce re SL I ORB AE ile sy oe Foe fede Us albAcpe picai mien. tee os 431 eStore ewe ame mer ete isa yep BaP Sdn sk esi de els Ais dies pew beers Lae bape 23 TORE ATs MEU VNID CONES Ee ere ees whe acrny gip cele ected PL eae sae oedbd wie Rare sees 379 TETEP DATES SMUG RO RIS oot ened eel ec nk on pee ene etd le ist le Pein OY waegde pie ae eS 375 pes ah a ae a ae oD) a ea ee ere BA Sth ae | 430-432, 513-4518 PTLTSESROO Sy CRA iliac TR Sia Ye phic irtcr nen le ihe pesenlee in gl lay OSPR sean ep x oh tees 208 MS CseTUECTTINAINS P'S ose Pen as AS red in oe Se J ga cS Did She g Bena «pees Aaaeses gs haale 299, 304, 305 eee Esteem ee he gale ated ks eh ee a a ep paaee Se eae de ee ae 382 jaffaensis, Dentalium (Fissidentalium) eR ERD pea) Se tiv (fim pel. 5 hg are app erre aaa Se oe 383 Jakubensis, IMIGrObStTaAMST ES a ee ee ee eee pe cane ene 239, 244, 245, ee PeUeRrme NT Gee MOTD TTCCIEITIGS a alga y he ko ove as nag Pedr oa eee an ee pk od eee anes ACALETOMORVEL AV PUM EMSTINCREA C00 Ro oe gin ck dade i arvtc: = 2b eos ea tecv Syd Oe bet raul Pome ore ot tence 4 kakanuiensis, Tamgaroagaurs .. 20.4... 0c ee ee eee dae ea see tenes 286, 287 kandanensis, 5 ge REN cd ARO ROL ORR TL 429, A78 483, 484 kaszabi, Clambus ...... SRE Pe Pst RAE Bay Se wl oe a 1 A al 7 LSE ne ae eve poet Py cyt agai Gee ok Ae AS Oey eR OA a OS WF) AOS PUEAP UR Puc eta 173 RET A OUNITIBE TING ce ob eek einer a gate bpd a neat oh ee eh whe gale den ms ws atte PR Sst 212 Fee hecmimrecirieye Semis at sey On ee re be Se Ts a eels bil See Sa Lee eee aan ee Re Siid EEN ey am Wer eee, hls slapd lla tien gf ee 3 lu oe ely gi ated Oe eres a74 Veil vee oe nn ee ee ae rs af OE ee 212,213 IPE RRB EMER os eR et pane apm cohs HRN Ln achat On Apa Wi utint ia BEA ES eee ee een Mbeya tee ssc ty (rv Ph oRie oe itt my whee ee re a iis a BAe cheat mee a ts oe ee etite Bk 217 Heo MCACSOIEI: Sect" tata hla. + Senta eS ete eG 2D er as Vote y Sek kate ye 430-433, 440, 516, 517, 519 krishna, Hyalopeplus ...............-. Fite, Poel youn te see tes, galt gt 430, 478, 509, 513 Rae Es ANAS INTL Bly CpeM Lo sees a te en gral rial @ ee ew tse Suen Ua ee nbs FH 303 imeeadmsee MPA I mata 5). 1o\-, 2... coat sats fe to cc ape bagg Guha Lue 179 Paiva cei SUSI PhRMA Go oe nek cent ele Say eas Pe td hg ee oe ee yes 209, 210 UN ci ET Mg Meroe pe eR Sm carter lege ean aa pat Wl Cn RSE rc ons cae AEN oe Mae ty bears he oy. | Beg ise eee. SEIS, Oe ea GH RS SE AER REE ETE ony pe 221, 222, 229, 231-233, 235 Meas Cen ere WON ir PONS Lee eS pee es Tn a gol bog olen, Othe LF 222, 223, 227 Linn eeted : Ay ir We MeO ARTS NS plA eh ies ame i ae eed 173 care re Bgl 2 b2e cox, ee ee ea Pe eas t's nad STE el ace ok wre Pere tate & 181 Dep NER Rem er. te Pacis ata Bese ee a eet ade cen ctenat eens, fom n oir inl, eee ete een [EE ie dE i tste oy cae eee, SRR, oo a es ae ek Pa LARS ee eet oats Mi Py oe We tena e 199 Ute a MER Evie sda ns oe SU te etry Weel alatae ae ye OR) ao a lara bog SPE ym cago och) arte eee 182 Lameéroo broad oval core australite .. 2... 2. cc eee eues 331, 332, 354 rei TieN EH ey A OSLCENTI ae 08s see nh vs cerns Ditse A oath Dba Det taehenee nae, Lats eee srUtpabestieee ee ig: bb ala gece Sear ag tees ais eck OF Freee nate oe epee aa SOE 201 TOI LUE etter Fy rit Vale rd VHA UN ia Sel =o gla a's A Seats. to ad ee ee [SEER PMN CH es PAR OMEEERIE Cretan, antec uveh coe dillatomey whe ela Sem PRU ue tinsel, Siam ceeh ae tee Ne 174 Late Brome Age. 00.05. ca ek can ape ee ee nicl: pif ie gh An en clngyed coe Aue tart 23 Tabara; Clam bis. es eee ead Oa oe Han theese plate wba a talcte eet ateen e Se Aleta s Conte 3,4 DSGREA Tie SORTIN IRENA LL Ste te ees PR na co aed enna ree es erdlaed, Cpkiddely oe teem ring SUR ASE nates ist 430), 523-525 Teak; ATCWAMIa sss ica ee ea ea vee Mi asBettarss gad stants SM bas wide a ye ep Greer oe on 172 GER ee CE ERNIE RRMA TER sk Ss ae re EN cere eer eas oO egies ain Gea AN yr ene ley MPC EP 9 Dicer RETR ea, c clas ahs Mucho eee steht ce OAE an sotis ena Gur F's Stace a ARG ees eS tted 410 UP a DE aT e a ope llatenag es 2 A A eer gts on ME 7 9 Geen, eevee Bescm N WRer erty Etat LC ESR eT Tn FO 206 Se step MSP SESMES OAH vith eud tt dip Eitaaey ht sy Bee men CoA athe WEE hora g We Reh MMos RR nn aca ook ateen 185 [TRAN CANS CTIA TENPIOEE fc cb hina ok Foe ferecieltkek Gip esepers wim a ain econo ts.s valblucds Rea madeline 173 TRE RO CATE B NAIR 5 ara ay Mis ein 0 eye eed a aes Pe ee hg aes Se ets | gL Le, ee Se Deaieah uot, i een eae ae ee ee ee ee 358 ISRO ANER rs td wed seh OO Si ay hi ain Tony gee ed Siler So eese ne E Ns eh ake Oye urea 171 SOWIE! Fags nore SS LWA coy pel PEM Pre RENAE ee eee Leia Bd a Ste 215 Ue LD So ar Sy Serra, CM a ROL eee wee eye ho Ry ao mecareerne, Phogs So ese Oo 185 LRG eee ema PP ANT EE; ant, S Scnek 4 pA a 4 cure ede Soe RN Eee 4 Leet eee so eben aie bles 365 GCP ee URN oh ome ue hy NS itr al erie Nain wha egg bow Usha Sit eis ees allictade Zia aeneL Ca ey a We ee er ae ee Coen a Me re pre me EE fet ay 31-39 Dita WSUS) ec cee ee ne ek olin dR ee ick ade pene ® are Get ae rh Reed Senn 179 TVSMEAL PRT IOCE UME. oo ie pn eee reels cee Reet ate ke ya age BE ee MEE ee 183 Tieveea PUTT VSIE TURIN: coe enjoin oe es ob real wie 4M s ae eg pe 429, 434, 436 MU PRLES MORE NER A So, 5, Tay jain ev une pe dye Dhow) eee eed a Paw ol ie 478, 489, 498, 499, 502 RIMES ACS RELE AOE VERCNE REI oe cost done Hate yah acer ia toe nies ae hs, ye eee he Pais a 430, 527, 52 29, 530 malayensis, Hyalopeplinus ................. malayensis, se delice serine kaa Maluridae. . Mammalia ...,.......... Mammalodon ....... Number ES aes ee a 439, 452, 455, 457, 458, 463 e2 429,478,479, 484, 485, 502 PUSAN ER ST ens Te sya ces ea hk a8 Ly Mes ci ae ad ape he sling a dedi odd Ps -ccacdie Ae al hea 365 208 ff., 213ff, CHE Nae Tet en itt fre et On N se Ae eee Cie har Jue Ae eee ek maori, Sphaerothorax Marava . margaretae, Diporiphora bilineata , vt 182 Martgeretac, Bpernia... 206s seein e eet hee tera ene e teen eee etec meee ener eeaes 185 maritima, Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsoni ....... 2.2.0.0. 6 eee e cece eee e eee ees 197 marplesi, ‘Prosqualodon pi etee cease eaeghcebene crap efor eter ue > ce tate os nla, gale ERE ky tata eae 286, 287 marquesanus, isda aisiey (Hyalopepius) Re Aes Le lett Saeed ste 429, 478, 485, 486 Marsupialia .... CE eh noe A Neo ee _ 197ff.. 208, 213 maslinensis, Carcharias mone Bij ug sate one Sat REE A ele ig wip cbeoe= nas NS Gis bie pa a eee AUST TATA MODES TIEE 2 i sheng ci wo eek ze Pfc Sie ge lar ede bv lew oom SNe gee te 206 EYER RRC iy, Fore Sele te acting & ie wih & kigoie oreo Figo mackie ches o siebrice © © Wee DaaRA CIES matthews, Stenaspidius.......0.54..0.cceeveseseceneevccucusvcuees 11-13, 16, 18, 19, 21 mawsoni, Cycethra Pa Saeed A A renee Aad hence eerie tater Mee gre ew Sa 374 mawsoni, CymoOdraco ..... 6... ccc eee eee + 93 mawsoni, Meniscolophus...............-...005 209, 211 PEA Ee START OEE Shen a acel one See aChonckce OG role Sree Dandie + evehe ugh Sl 1 A nigra, Thyone . ne ere A Cpa Fh ie) Seed Reg ye Pie Reed he, 2S A et 380 RANMA RII Rea OCA. 5c sede dee the sei td ok ea ed a th es Se ee ee ee nigricornis, Stenaspidius ..... l1- 14, 16, 19, 21 nigrifrons, Hyalopeploides ...... Ae eee ee ho Sa ee | . 487 nigrifrons, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) .. PE, Bole AND hale SE role, aah Nat ean a SrA "429, 478, 486, 487 nigripes, Thalacomys ......... isc city Sep CR Bea eage eS (oe Fe 9 Nes Pe Ge oe ee 198 nigrofasciatum, Bie paren ts... sey a4 pleas Serer’: srna avd ee coda a 173 THUR CRIM MONT T MAE Wey Scot FPL e iia drew nae sheath stale no arate alaaee a wands Bafa See ah poe 222, 235, 238 nigrogularis, Psophodes . . nigroscutellatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) Ct gpa MeO a aah 192 429, 478, 487, 488 nigrostriata, ROA NORMETURLC re acs Algcc g ny Rete vaurge ar woealin Swe ct tepelel picelncaelgavobcg “eval a, nlp SoTL Seon oe EM Bete 186 minmootis, Micratetrameres ... 6.002 cane hee ces eces bar eaeeeaan 239, 243- 245, 255-257, 259 Nomeidae. . fey SORE ke PR PAS Lo (ag ree Eee eek se IS noonadanae, ‘Eosentomon. Pia adil 1h Utena 94 tsi mom Bae Gale Khe e's a Lechacs See ee 303 norfolcensis, SWE PRURCONILA ro. Haya Spt ele ase tee «aw Lagi g calnadaienus% 94, 134, 138-140, oo SARE ya gts TI AONE aang tees 3 acl oA ca. ula raat sda. gai Pomecelg wale we ohana ee Pee TE pio ken SC) i i re SN ern R Me a er ce ripe ae RUCN Peper es NaCI eM 2. saan a ke Grad Seed creed vile OS oy ba ed Gabe 429, 437, 439, Pr Se PM CADASIL MMII oY, Pa ER, ac Wea ehe Darae aeaug pat acttst Sch mond Atak Mesbted nas eee eae Hid tan eta eee 285, 295 PUCREO MANTRAS ws AER M eS 6 cleat spon A eng Dh Keg, Thon aaah? in te A heel ered kicks age een 379 fy ee) ee i ae agin ees Ce te hice, ee OM ane oa at 200, 201 PMA WERAITERAAM FT TORS c sic aucisl tite ie ath 3,4 KA net niet Oe Bela tnaea Vy alge dee ai bly clara es een 170 MSTISEONINMPRA Siete tne. Fa. yoss dak Shi alrate oe gizn cheeee Wego leat PR oR ae ape Merges MH cc te Nototheniidae ...,............ sok BH hicksGr bisa dyiceenee tae aap eed geek domes ge els scar ech eee Nototherium ...... Beha g diel oop a! whey aw ee ar Lee ke Ys. 212; 217 novaebrittaniae, Prytanicoris soie waa in hina he Rerabed leks d Otev tate enh: “417, 422, 424, 426, 427 CTV AS AINE, OV CINT AI oa ag or eS a Sas hn wha Wed Soe hae ene pe eS bows Bele Os 261, 263 novahollandiae, PHOEMIGOPIETUS. . 0... ssc heed a a eee nes P ba gee ap a cep eens 207 TUMEMNEPD Yin ERA EPUWEIRCREID oxo. riety ctaeiin sy see & eal mgs pcr dW Fae: bch SON aye ea are 9 Ms ee 173 DUPE PEER RTOS ree lie gale enn Sean Geo oneds We eps owe he oy alle wre S uh cle, ads +s ath G's woes WS SE 178 MTSE SERA Eye PL eine Pegtitd eect shades st OMA piad ne to oY Aid nage otae eee te nee eid cee 208, 215 IRN LUNI IRLESE eters cere ak ps Pe cin E flan Aint. pM ahslsecer of gdh dois ofa ok dk tee ipteetn aie stele ER nae 376 cAI | MOMMA TMC ICNNE oy salen ante apg Oe uit s ba ong Saas 55, n Oe aa eh peek 94, 107-110, 113, 166 pete lpn CEB elena le ef rit: SOA keen ae oe on ree inne eer ene ete, aay 377 CCCI TAI, ROTTS! eds peo a een bank heme he yea eee ees AeA ree a Pa kened 217 REMIT oo se MAME ee eee ec dee Riera ial: Lacie ae ae Sek pp Sua ghee a hls fee alae ee occiduus, Cadulus........ Sipe Scie tabeene Deer Seen TRA se ook bts meee alapaalnie af Sua thts Aco atch ae 384 ORSINI PEGE TT TEVIRIEHIS fe. ca sadn Mba apie « aig availa 2 4.4 +2 oad aw irks wy Oh epee 299, 300 ochraceus, Hyalopeploides ....... SI beac tak. 4, Rn Pin 439, 464, 467 (sic), 471, 472, 477 Giisiin gsc teed ya Aerie A nS, A 51,52, 54, 56, 60, 76, 85, 88, 90, 96, 135, 160, 165, 166 ASCE ML MEY erred AM ULLIINY 5 ca inna denye a day hve 22 place Maton o ohne ieee ae cae Ente eee ps eee 383 CMS EM MLER US cos oes aS satire. Ag cP ctutues ¢-a: 5 Pom eRE A deere: Le En « aphid Sead lee Abn ets Lacieder ear aol 382 Octopus ...... Se ache rt sede Fn ee eee tatoo egy es tetas Ae ae paler? ocypus, Dromiceius Fe deat le be PH wis te aaa i ely oe ga OP ery naps Alacer cies ate oa GELATIN pe pRe ELE ced a A ely san city ely, PEE ap oblate t gttre 1 tosacabevplind Dus Bid g-alprmetervecs slates aicioe oases eee 186 GAME RT ROAEY ! Patyoti Sens 2S Wee yale eine std pectoier «went a enh gee ler ela Sone Nip eceek eh eg 206 WCE ATI Ra bf ornkts chon neers Mate aed Pp se ota ealacieaet sy $5.0 oe | rege ea Gale 206 CRUE DEAE ETULINCAEMEARS 695 Jour 4 7 coana, soem Ps fea 175 eet al mys RpseRande Gleam ist ean waaroonyetn ay: CMe aiaae 216 SIGH APA PO RUPE tec ey i Sere a Sg Sig © Sag EER? Peel OR ed ea hens iets ms 208, 279-282 RAT, aes OT MCNCIONEL clue A get ooo oll le nol ibm w ah erat Sueet =) bly Sa eat a eee ee 287, 294 Uta) oh ee ee i ere ie ea Tue eg fF all nh a ae 430-432, 523-527 COUEeR, Cama pICOE: 2 oT isc ace acd pane ee One eh ee as os LOPE 92, 94, 97-99, 101, 166 Cute UAT 2 fe ee ea ns hse dines Spetinie se wan hate ay isis une mainly 6 neat 378 VPA ARNON. sc ant agbengighte eats abled beeen, ni ou Laie aie ea diet ima Aya bee Mien acanenny ames CONICS oat matty epee, OA Se puree eek p OS Rites > base oo Gee Eales «eG RRS een . 376,411 SSL rors Wty 2 Eos Bila Re ae ars fetal Aa ee ee ee PINES Ew bore da A 174 PSST ce Conte eRe ke eg Wate ata SAE noon ler Gv eacK cae eb MEG Ream ane ey St LCT at ay a 2 oa ear ee raven hs Swe ae Y Lntincis eSrdagi a Reset curr Pe eee 186 PRED CGR ASN oe Pe ns a Ate Weng cee Paso ia wits, ae, aA SRO) AGE Fe Moat Aner 376, 377 APPT SARI ERRRTIND SS Coc cho og od Sel ace Minny SOc wre shes Se wn Henle sas oy Sh acgreals ky ee cadet Cah FL tie ate MERPU SCM URMMEN ISAS © ee eee orale. atu Pints ey roles an aac Gabe Hoe Sy oe eytam leis agen get ocbevsen ave tw ele 377 WUPSTTIC DENN des Aine clase ¢ Oa oe Ss arehie yh te Gt ace any PA g pe Lee Re Sica ey ipa e gon ches rye 377 Lateltveresy eT hts ME cae A Mae Og ral er ee Sei rao See ret eto bea Ia Pe MP EO Re MDPURRAIUS ELON ual Rattus yf pred Stas dale Wiss ee ale genie Fie whiplash tah che aps etd bmn mange eee Eon et ie ae Ld ee er ee en fore One. Sere 377 APPIN CE TEM ARE Le CBee, ches Stat ialnc nag ete eee a aT rane SAM pre a Me, don cy-e yn dl aprs ie oh Zt Og. 8 mower Fue ea 378 Cea OU PR ta! Ahk ten we ORE ERR a eh 5y 9-4 Choy as 4 10 4 4) SLOE dian 3p ip de OphMrinlepig.. , 25 int x eee cone ae od hae AS ee eee ee eee ie eee AA Seo 378 CPM AO ATTUOUISCIIE te oC en Some We dees tke Fo Se by es He are 351, 352, Sha 355 SIRNAME ENEMAS ALI) rac c= eae ee cen ewe Ze mt onda sil coh A? LE Shee 213 forge ontAbt Pet athe Un laeg i/o) oe oe ere eee ee re eee rn i eee 172 peigt wo aITee Sty (el hie) ot ee a es a ee eee We ee, ae ee 184 orientalis, Microtetrameéres oriolus .................-+.02+-- .. 244,247 oriolus, Microtetrameres . 2.44.05. ac eee d cena ee ee "239, 243 -247, 249, 251, 253, 259 oriolus, Microtetrameres oriolus .... 2.6.52. 6 eee eee teeter nays eneee 244, 245, 249, 253 MPEG TPAC IE ae seyret e e ae ee o h e e 1Di 2d +g Asan ee weed 208, 215 OSHMATIN WAICKOLELTAMICTOS 2... 05050 nb ce dewndcucvvergcavibeeepads ste ees 243, 245 Number 286 PEREIE beeen tee MITES CER ce c Widls ne nny tok yeep ied RoR ala eis wie Tdlng agin D fw we ve hw HS CMTS, VECROLE LAINE DER. ooo oo bongo ee ene pe ee ae tae ee en wea TS 244, mee SABE CRN RLINE CE re es en ere a eee OES eh argh ie ae pbs dba ne paass steak g Sheplieewetget 206 CPOE DEIG re TRIMER ets eae a hace ade x seeks oe sda eels, a0 ack Cle a's Gee Pes bane clethe eee Sete CREPE UTE OMEIG as ne ck ee Use sedate nde wk be ein ote 6S AAA Mav dba dae Oe 389 ERSTE an IEE aa le Styne men le aes tometiie yds We egies Soke, Sc mai os pre aoa Oh eR AAETRCIEVEMTEEE ME ene Whee eset eye ed ae wcaccs cv E eo oboe ecg ce way SA Caer eens 175 Pur ALD REG ae cee ae ER, ee ee eee eet eee ee ee ee 216 otuel, Procoptodon....... ee OL Te Hace a EC Ia ee One Cs eA ye ee 216 RP WERINR RAR ECU UEE SC cohec eg ira) s a pug ap fiettse nn oe eee and ww bh 4 oy ah mw wade he Anse ee Seed Gos cep 175 PRE AAEM oe, ada ee een cs cee neh ay dhetaw td araackea ee eA ETS, 214 PPM AAMC TAN TT cn orale a At 2a tom shin, Gia igd > ft Pepe Pee Ve acer haa Be uals es! = Pees a ee 175 CRUISE ARCA ELT SEEN, Se AE Ra at, crete ate Fue wc HAE te aia etsy toate ghee bee ee eae 191, 192 BE CIR RC PUA! a ele te a © Sladek yal hs Shp Aad Gonem ecw me red Fanleies aia Enea olay NPD Conese bait 191 PEA er E US ROR ese casts ati aytl dane geen tlh yom, 2 2 Sinden’ = ape AR ed 5 gone ss mina Rig Eke eS ask Eee be ey ES a lye st 430, 440, 441 Palorchestes . Meee Seat. Weise 3 SM ten Atal phe Nae Nts Bile Sete cuares ight uinedlGe Gol ee oe pantica, Neosebastes .......... ite oie) abel ay 1S AA SA OG oe oer ie, Car ot ee 8 tees 171 papillocephala, Microtetrameres ..... 2... 06204 ¢e0escceseueeeeeeeces 243 papuensis, Hyalopeplinus ........ 2.5.6 s ss ceee cece eee ee eee ees "429, 452, 458, 459, 463 PUREST ge VENEER ooo gine iccsek 3 aE Haiti ode aptaeldl 4 a RE e pla Dareatel «dem «\Plaers GEES 179 paraccipiter, Microtetrameres......................... 239, 243-245, 251, 253-255, 258, 259 Paradentalium........ tg ee ee ee ee ee CR pee Aen tee Sere gem eRe 384 Paralepididae. . SPREE S ay PURSE Soden Maas aN ei acai Ps ih eee cat a ee ee Me Paraliparis ................. thee 1 PMO PL ve PER TCSP Ber) ips: by oy ep eal abe ted a yal As Pines sera geee rs 172 PRranepemililal cn sec ob 8 oh ee eee eae oe ee ee he oe ees le Gea 375, 410, 411 Parapericomus....... Be ery tet eee el ches pr ey eee tea ge at crea yey set 227 Iara SRS ERD PIESIR a Oe esi ate cy cook Kuala man)s euics ehat eee wR eS tee ple tls Atm IF 285, 287, 292, 294 pardalis, Ophiclinus ..... Ene ee Pie Maye Pe ee ae wee Wee Faye on) AY td, 174 Parocirrhoe ..... BPE eaen se eon ate nee a REE WAHL oe Paani det 145 parsoni, Calamanthus fuliginosus....................cccsececeeeseesceeee fer) ao PUEATAIET ER ee IR el 9 ihre e Sgt ae ce. PAU a, nF FN A ho Pee Hote ga ES ne ee aan bo "407-416 Teh BESS) UI Tei lal Ee nS a ee er cig Ad koe etal See 192 PARAGTIIOTUISS. yon ot a pang ee kw be ees eine aie kbeth wok ibe coe MARINE eae jenna 9 aoe eee ae 190 BR CuSO EE Soe, inks os soca d oda ahs Supe eae eo DRAW ee ee dels wate 170 are eae Lene ee Nh Va ees 1S piu PG ara heat adlale = nan heres wii Five « athe Gl ea SENS Oh 407-416 SERS IRL 1S ALR TARE TUITE CIR oe fae Shine alec. o's, Gees ee ne ot, oe eure aa eee Oe Ppa RR PS Se et sgn: Lh eo. ete ne gare glesed Sele eck aed n.ste Goene pd de Pe Se I 184 PRLLATIG, We OORESCMCMEEE Oo Mle hi Sapte nis eee Won ne eee te ee eae oe eee ne ee PPCM U1) A tAUS NANT NR So clare Mece cies aceetrh alse’ po pe asin we we ey cade a 4 Sa wale aaeede abe 200 Let Sos, oor el Rane ee aa ee Pikes aeee ee RST estes eas a yt Laban ess ic nla ieee 41,54 (rR reirin TOMEI TAME TES... og tele e Seer wis wae ve ed aie in ele ewe eg oe eee eee Red Ee eee eee isle clan cyte hy heat IP iracip Anticaltee mara ell kash cig efidilant op.F banodiesestpeneeiedete 207 Me et enpes INEM ELI ee a pesca bay che ae teee 5 1, ape tie eeepc eat ate Aa cela d gel ala ri ocr bh ed yee elas ae ielghareee eee 207 Pelecanus . SESE bessiodes, Green pees AGRE Re REM et Pk greta Sheth aay g Are Ph ey gst dees ee Mee tm pellucidus, Capsus. FE eee eae ee ee Pee ee en 478, 507 ESCUELA, STUHRETONG cc ccte ge ex Fw mena ale dae eee ewe RE Re wg ae 429, 444, 445, 448-450 pellucidus, Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) ...............2..00. 430, 478, 503, 506, 509, 510 (olivine! UST 0 Dnt eg eprte ae te eae A 3 eee tS ee eA See eae fr Seal 201 penelopar, BasemtOMION 2.5. oy cmeas oie Kei et Hee Bh ee a ade Ho EY ayo! 299, 300, 301 penicillata, Bettonpia .... 20.66.6640. 0c ees pen cotane meters Bol Ayo chase tnan neta stated aie 199 MMA Pech ear eee Nase ee Ra Bh A etude 5 Ami tens ow 22 ae ee seh ehh ceenh a clY art am oa ae 356 Uefa 0 SE ee ane nl eee a a rere Sere wel abla ghey face on! Tonle ky GRU NPEN gee pee ane cea Wetec A Abate pn ssitniyintine @.cs dim o alin beabdans apenas lene tence menos 417, 418, 420 ASPs Tuk PUR CNURTELIRE Ss op. GZ Ree afar anced wel 79 winds, sodas ath gPabeeee place A geen ee Wg cae eee 51-167, 417-428 Peramelidge..........4s0005: Fe) SS MO Ale Sie sas RADE stats OMAN Me reat! 198, 208 PES RRS MEDS «420s ti alse len Segee AS ene oe wPaere HN A ane eae ZA Sim Bymde tn pings, pose zon alleges eee 172 PRM Noes teed, este bree Spartina wiicie tay Be = wells ik, Wica Madar Gaus in ait abe SRL eee he ea a a en 51 Perkoala.,.. 2.020500 s000. Se MB her aye ee en oe Puree ye ate Fo 209 Peronedysidae . . :, Maen ertes PE So" 2A ABATE da Sie ale sR A SE es ete RN gp et el «a Pr personata, Egernia margaretae . See eae eta atta SE a a ee iy Stil art ea ines Mei Say aeeeteet, =e 185 PRCT CO CES, DAS Fay RPT CITI ep sat Pa eds monn Pomel hE ek eh gk Poe ed doe 185 Number Petre ar ny.) SoA, feh i ante fe Sele ety soi ir ed ba ae ere eh 51, 54, 158, 160, 162, 165, 166 Petroica 191 PAPER CEL AMEUILEAE TIER tI E rts Sl walt Gun cif ae ox ae PO A, Btia pct aee ig ane oti seus ia ee 169 [ens Vive pee Posten Yat 5k Me Ae Mie ne Oe ee We ew) eee Ard tL ee 207 PRTG OCT AN cc Seige s ies suslis stad ara A "k f BoM ne eee x fo BY he ee hs ee SURAT MEA beg ES she ios Wihiad? Pog pa Rede AW Ee shas Ge lad eel oe eens 199 ELSI ic TNE eee, 2 A BON, sant wie erie whe ata als as Aik eee SN Wie i A Spiele, 197 PMR a MUIR eb RO) le aly Antes Gl ols ve re lmnds arly lvls seh teal et aeolian rein a Ce A PHS Aree ef 2 dee elgg de yp ns no fn ye ee Oe ge ee ee ae ef 209 IRAE aT hae Te aie eee ae ne Or ee ee ee ee Pe re Bn er ets ty ie, fydieiLe) Sasori ya oy ee coil a en aR eve a ier aude ob eR Ce Daca eae. ee ee 281 Riera Arhrstaes Nero d coke agtr dk al, ahLen Tes asst cote tee ar, Seen emesis Ae 214, 281 TAI RMS CRI RL cio ah Tk are aes An chal ces 2 a ple thee set aera wm, SOMES 93, 107, 115, 116, 119, 166 philemon, Microtetrameres............000002.0200e eens 239, 243-245, 247, 249, 250, 259 philippinensis, Hyalopeplinus............ ye Rep inl tins bok MS ne ae, 429, 452, 459, 460, 463 Phoberodon . ee ER ee yang Oe Ses ere 294 Phoeniconaias .................sssssssseeeeees EELS ee ee teeth ji tks ene ed 207 Roe UANTAT TIO a IE foe See Leki nl mie Sia een eoalatle # paecib eaere ork een RE BPS maT cia 8 Os. ic os sat eee Sec ehtn ss os eGR Sleds Eodeiod ei aiiayek poe En Gl lg Oma sis ae SEA See SPCKCUREDOMUataee hhu 3. NR Petes ge a gs gree eg keh we enc ean mcd mara see apt, es ae FERN gir ENT STIMMAT Hagler cen chee wicAynns ts eng Matin yap nerves v ving if x a te SAL a mee ae 376 EE Sp Peat MM REVUE MEM crocs Socrates Wily Eames sions EGP Pat eye epg ide RAFTany Efe fe Gace le ph es Ee cl phyllochroa, Litoria....... (Pe Sse ees ee Oe er ect Pe te 337 Jedeh ili) Tite qh [oe or eee Meee Na eee ee ee ee a MPT eee ee ee wo 379 PAAR UIE IT st onan ast saens ttn rae Sa ed Lai TERY, ern ae Soh ae eer te 347, 349, 353, 355, 357, 358 Physogaster .....0...sccsccssseeees PACT EN etch a gy gh hei dtd ts a hae OTS el eC 22f PAUCTe EOMNEUGCAREE oe cecuent vlhsofs en.2 Sohail Maa. rata 3 4 aug faces 4a Ra WAS here eaters See 156-158, 166 PCE LUE AES ERAT 08 5c war Pst Bcc. Til a sltedeted wrens = bcm yida tte an ache mp ects ee alate lp pelea eS 185 RPREISOTCOT Ewe Seo SN My he Br as a RP eae ald oe ln Sr ad fetal 8 Gana Spek w Perks Lapel SMR 32 pili, GOON YEA. ies ah ees BRD apt Petes ates ieee gh1i3 etki ee beet: skceck iter OMe shoe oe rwee LS pectic 1) fie mec | SNe. 1 gee A A fe oe Coe nat eS WERE PERE Be 233 pinguicolla, Tympanocryptis LSD BR As © 670d 2 forge du -lleoten the aie etonp cs eS als aestelevgeasteatn ar Re 183 pinguis, Teenie Pe eA Ee INTs ory See ages is ENE ee a Aegarn tre cee oe oi A 187 Pitikantia . Pe er M8 fon ices em p+ oh nan a Settee ag MaMa g WS aA Tt i Ui itt oreo Reem eAER Mh eR ee tesla cuatun « dem ager oops ts, aes fee tae eeu ersuretut fen tiere ries cue Oe 217 Planigale. . erhp tea AS! piace Tee bike tate a snd d opr MeN it Mie f ARE can gS oat sath oe plateia, Dale Apel ts aise bday dick Satya rteies CAsaan 602 aot tee a 379 platyrephalus, Cyclorana:: sync. c405 00 boca sees ews geeeeeeeere cession e © el Rr REUTER ARR n.d wlan. 9-4 PYM ttc tart gn ee ed wg BF aad ad fy aren ds ee ee 189 SURE Distal ie eae PIs PGA PRON WHOA UP SOU WC RN Un: Dire ogre, Fe eM gee RrArMi ta sit (ty 189 RLeTDRMMA TTL te tn tcl Se eo ae aggcl web Mervbed Pov nehtgantck aim ated ie Oa eee a 179 platyterus, Ammotrophus...... neath Acad atk Ales: Reda Pathe Rteie art ce POUR N caP poe ak wichiee a Eel chanel a78 IRIE OD a, coeds, 5 ARael e e e ere et kee wale et rere er 52, 418 Plectorhynchus ........ nT GE ange ee ee Phe rg ees fe ww 22 BNE SoS REE TEREPER CS cats eB shk nV ET 9 goed ety ays td sis ins ae etal OS wen Fi eA 172 PAG 72 nile ol ei ek a oe en te Roe Me eg ete o 431 RGN TEI a bhai cia, ke pes cens hb hoe Gib aE knoe a hind ka = Aha eee ee ee eet et hee rn ML Mga) eS a os ees Fos BOER ete: Peary ce en aU PRAM SOTO ep MMROR ENG er el atte Petry Sa 170 PGTNTT EU TE he ly SE Ae eee ee a ere a ee ere an ee ey at AML iA apts Ete ah Dede Se ra ee a sere eausk Dok delta aoa ee eee ee aa 358 PRINS RE sR ARTRVETRTEL co Pats ic onataner ciara th Kee dsdod, Siesta bd dhs gw oe nied lege Sree ae detecs he, Sa gi Se feed eran ho ee ee yo, Wainy a add GR aia Read ee ge 420 Poecilotoma . SiS ly Seas bs he ae SS A UR ee UE Saeco are ee Seen 8 eat polyplax, TAREE OS RE DY SEA COREG RON er See ORR PY nett aver eraeret wht 410 aes at hs oimte Se RO en keen Ont ke iE Oe Pn, fe eT CHUN ERIN RIMMED cc oka ee ss pgeP Ml re Mache ha eer os rcadbe PPE, cv ese Sy ng RT G cog Srchancl snare Re aac coal Polytelidae . . FP dite ent 5, eS I LAN Pe ted OAKS PAP ole Sre, seceaatl lie ERE en SR. OMe en Be I Doge Ee 172 ubesnil stoithod Sf (utet sy At) apa ae et een CNG a a Scat we 00 Onno: eae ewe nema a 430, 523- 527 pondalowiensis, Psophodes nigrogularis ..... 6... c ba eee cee bees ee een en enednaes 192 Pca ney 8 be ohaiew z a hes bor deg pileorvece Teak a dco TAR Avy gs, ee apa eee eps ak tan gets Bel kegs ah vail no Salis 212 prasinata, Ocirmhoe. 2.0... e eee ee Pre pape be imei eg oh Ma 56, 57,67, 84-86, 88, 166 primigenius, Notidamus .... 4650 6ee +e eens eee tie es Neer oer tater eae 285, 295 ERISA EGER: «6 2 hue ees la PO cy ein JU OA Panda SR dy cole fe aNeg eer Ar Bee ee 213 pritchardi, Mammalodon..............2.+00+eeere ees .... 286 pinay Ly MN eh ah Ot See Pane cet he a akin ene din don 56, 60, 67, 85, 94, 134-137, 140, 151, 166 procallosa, Cuspicona .......-..0..cc2eeeseuas file ee Sone 93, 111, 113, 115, 117, 166 RU RCRRTIO RRC hee Me gna a ee ert hee ee le i lee Mle ir wa PER I a4 de Seon ay eh ee a ee 216 POET in Se 5 Cy eseett a ear iyettetalainss bile Ry et Pei ng ee ar eee gy en 208 PROTADIA. 2 se ee ec ee ns Fekete eserves be Ped ah fat ante Bea's Shag che = aka © aces tye age 221 Paw AS ree eo 3 rack ead sates aMiatihe rive naive Ted Leaf eee b eekee Beale Sines leg Sa oud Play ae 178 ENG COMUIURETT CPENCA TAL DS SP OAS Stites aire treat, + eae ost eels nig aatuek Fae LF! OF Sh, ne San 4 285-287, 290, 292-294 EADGHESTSANSUMCAUMINS br rarety Sareoets eet den top yoiah Oia spe Teed £5 taster push dees RE PES 216, 277, 279 MPA sk nn renter aad 8 cee serra La se las Ae Ss OE a Se te 299-307 ORGANIC MUSEICOUR fon a,5 sane eens ee ee Roe ey RaW EP dene 93, 140, 144-147, 156 Pee MEDELITE ret Aye nce eer el el on Ps ae Belle a te Aaa dey Meld oe 2 417, 420-424 Peaea SERRE eye ORS isa Sis ahr dere Mas ieee Me UE hh Onley te ctate) =< hinhns =, Maul) See RSE 375 PROPOR Re ts 2s eta ylang Pees Raat ed AEE RA g eet eens pe alte «hy wale see 190 Liga oere gost ring nh 7 sepeaeal gels haar (or oaA ng aOR eet Ewa wee aT ay a Pare er beh aed 172 pseudoexigua, he Se eR Gar eer ne PEP ecr a Ne en Tere 414, 415 Si SC APL is array 923 2 an aye OE, he Tee Aaa Mee sgh EL RSS boy Bo 2-4 Se HEL 201 Roepe TECLEVOMEE LEUCINE, RON PTIGRT sly cS ee eo ae wy poi ey VO PE OM eset eke ow MLE WR 4 ect elena Win aged 183 SAYRE TORINO SN OR cae? | Loh b bud deh beg ete Ge Like Sa, eee ett ee ce ees 189 RSPOCRE PES CRGNE st Peete oh reer aA was Wawa ete ess, Degee, Sor ae A nce, Nop Paine wemcae eb tune sake ee 192 Decne Maint eerie Caen hecs Sih ery c wrtsa SD. d hace avep W9-9 3, = 9 en oe pee eee eee eS eee 356 PSE R TPE LTIOR ak cahhe vans rss yO ag po Ce ale cineca Freeh ses 347, 349, 353, 357, 358 ESAE DAUM CARINE TIRE USS ao dora an); Aang. sv then ae Neovare sg cer ex mesechys we PvE ary eee rue Age aa Rant last 3,4 Pugione ...... Ee a AEE eg re IN a Coke A ay ath Sans hy el 51 pulchellus, Euhyalopeplus . = headed Fag Tae ede PRs Bee me ont ee or he et Leak Se A Ny 449 Paeel ie WCbeM PLE sas eee tc one eet HAE PAE ee oe Pk we eee | Se IE TIETS RPE Nt Pee cry Pe Sy dios ged lcas eb hal ape a ome lee ae Ze oa a Foetal Meera 376 pulleini, ee EVN ae ip iy sn Sti wn Race ahaa lal os tat A eee A aaa Be Ae ek 31-39 TRPRUIRAD MMR MTL UCTMRRRES ete fs jad po ktale cheats ee 179 robensis, Histiogamphelus SYNETEPAPRL EGE eter feycle 2 Rie sata Sere hat Be wloss telat) ichad ale dee ei ee 17i POURS, CesT BOM oss ene yale s Omri Sirs aed o PA OW po daveb wean ellie adenine mars 189 Aint ONE 6 Oe ren She Abu? buch dear bi at ae traNdace CRUPRCR A, 2008. Tues ALENT pe DIPGRE ELOMA SER ul cur rig teh gins FoTNE x tr Atos 2 2 Sx Pee Vguln vio.atate eote sists os rls wie dle 380 RASC LUMEe, PUPS TMMETUEN CNT 8,29. cole ae ge gee ei aot sling Muncy HEL dw dls De win ga Wb ee Fae 216 Det ed REPT IA bce ee da AST ciel cise eligle eevee aes RA i Me LN Ae aw SUA 83, 166 Ei Se pep PMR Bem Mi hy se and ey Gods WHT EP Ae wed we lh, ath ole igh one este y MS COSTA; aM aE ATHENS: oe cece whee nee dia De eens 2 beg we Pele ees 171 pe sit ASL tari, See 6 a tn or ee ee eet oy ae ee ne ee ON Pe Meal, 5 173 rubriniscus, Hyalopeploides ...... 0.6.0. ..0ccneeeeeceeceecerrersss 429,464, 473-475, 477 rubrinoides, Hyalopeploides ..........0520 cc: ccsens eee crees 429, 464, 466, 473, 474, 477 rubrinus (sic), ore 8 eA a a Pees eh pee end ieee 466, 470 rubrinus, Hyalopeplus smaragdinus . 430, 493 rubroclavatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus).. rubrojugatus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) . TA) ESI AANA NMA RD RRLEWPRILISE 05 Se. siete one t e-p.wr pee con ape bis pa $4 Le 4 4-00 ac ace yloNea i pees 173 rubroornatus, Kosmiomiris ................-..scscccccccccenuuves 430, 516, 517, fv rubrosignatus (sic), Hyalopeplus .... eA oe eas Beet 491 rufescens, Amphibolurus..............-..... Sake teeing: thay sanfeee yume eres = eee ee 181 RULE ee SLAPS AgE LIS cnn Pees eT GEE Meck 0 tu sd acer wd tow ue IER y aha ace alg hele ace EI TANed OR REPEL ICEL as eect oe cates eicte mete oe wea PG Beis, Ge ST GUE TS meibey oh oytgd desis eto aut oot eis 11 PATRIA OHEAMIN PENR ENCPRETS) sana 2 ee ha oe ee ae t's sp pee ea bine ome DPA oe aati tC nenta ee Poe 16 PU aaa REIMER i oak a ete ee ee ee A Oe ate in 11-13, 16-19, 21 PRE ithe ema te Nee cass oe falls 6s cht ymre tye eatalte nce battn ot a wero Ee 9 dev fied nis sony Koc eae er eee eee ILLES EAS RMA PUOMTER eG, Spon tet sped Whe se Oe ee Cathie Sole find OI 93, 153, 156, 166 rufiventris, Pachycephala.............00.cccccecrssssruseevecerereceen eae tr 192 rufocastaneus, Clambus . oth, PPMP i tere Me bela ie et Ba alee i rufus, Myrmecobius fasciatus ...........0....c.cssccseruceeevseersseeees Pad hottest Ae 197 pyle tel ALS SUNT E sg ah liom coed, Aa Lvl oa rs i ey ECE RON TN Aa rte, ee ey A gi PE) Sabaeus ....... ae eee : 31 sagueri, Microtetrameres. A eR on eee BPE OMS obec i age A OA 244, 245, 249, 253 sakura, Eosentomon. Ps om 299, 303 Salmoniformes ....... ayant oath ara pee es ; ... 169 samoanus, Hyalopeplinus Misty ah ah oer eed he eee oe, eee ea, ee 429, 452, 457, 459-461, 463 samoanus, Hyalopeplus (Adhyalopeplus) ..................... 430,478, 503, 507, 511, 512 RETIRES PH CTINCOUES «ok telex sce a WY vp Pup ES bo ois hee Secret bs SH GE eh eee ole OW FE 172 saoria, eb Oa os Wg Lid. ot chk Oe aaNet ieteeee etc ck ase 2465 375 Saurischia [ei Eg oh pac ew ae A AR Og hia eee, Seer 57. rc, : ee ge eels ger ae 214 Sava ct ‘Diplodactylus PE en tn ie ARO eS iL nt here ot ees aye bin 183 SU MIDMLICTRNELY CaaS NG TMNT eo ats rN ag oat lets Pardue goles PURE, wecn tinder Ren aitaay Panes 2 DCRR aay rs ni vesee teres Ges thee AeOk a2 75/1 ed he eke Bp eae Nee Dita eee mane 382 EF. Go eee MAREE Te Lovehy he iain Grgies st a try aig hd ™ Ly ahs eda OYE Rap yl oe Oe Pe aed oe Se Sie eRe ort Eo red S Ae Sn gold aes whe VG dog KAM Pw HT ale ee A nee 410 ACHPULN Rr WIMCHOMMENIN Gy Svite Pps vrata era ee he EA dw ee aE ORE Rae ee 430, 520-523 schmidti, Platymantis Eareenne 179 Scincidae .... Pt iaig eA ab aie e's 184 scincoides, Titiqua ee eer Ra 184 430), ‘478, ‘491, 492 Scorpaenidae . . Sy ieee eh ies lane Taw sane gia fig WRN onal oe 171 SERINE coh ay <2. ott oD, SGA, kh a 171 scortea, Histiophryne................ eed ass MES ants. Soha ae ind Ss te ee 170 SI TLe LAGI a Pe NRINMIOPTIMIEIS «8 scons o's ase od a a4 de ta ale yk a Was he es SRS eb ae 430, 520 ROUT ars, ARMUONITUE a. eet ee eee ee Rete se tANS SUA Oes oboe wires name DEE Selachii . ae ot ee 205 Selenocosmia . sale lt Salle apc © pty led a EME, citer eRe aM 9 Cr tals a Men Seetallly renee 31 selenocosmiae, ‘Ljunghia . UR Sey eae PRE at Em Sees ls lon | BS en AF he Peat 2s 31-34 semiflavus, Clambus . Ned A kere he ee ed eared gat yD Ae Me rrr iar ae! 9 semiflavus, Cybocephalus Pe Oe hcg Rt oe hs cls eM aa ae eR ee EI eS pe 9 Sericormis . Baty ah, bs tel Ee Beye pigs PR Egle es a ge eee 190, 191 serratus, Ektopodon. . tie | See tae Ares ae SAE pest Ne ee RADA LA in ded 208, 210 serratus, Squalodon .. a 287, 294 Rak ie tis re hte ag dh: hese acho tie nerd rae pica VL Tey FN hg ed OS Wee 5 381, 382 Sepiidae . eee enter rte 381 septemfasciata, 1 2 =: ee Oe, RE CROCS Oe reamner eS gece rione, 173 Number Schackleton teardrop core wustralite ... 2.6 ec eee eee een ew eee eee aw eet reer 331, 334 SHEP NERHs ETBC NOES sc poss oi re ae $45 od a ale de a ea de By bere dee Le 6 ay ate oF S oly Oe 380 SSAMUBEELCVNIRUNSS Trt atest ste iets us aig b Ads sa Said # Mae 4 TAL ae ot oo et es ernest Fs tok Cage ee eel te 170 similaris, Hyalopeploides. .. 2... 6. 2c cess even seven eccrseerrentoe 429, 464, 469, 474-477 similis, Hyalopeplus aha al ape ty taets Mis BE cha Rey 430, 478, 503, 508, 509, 511, 515 simmondsi, Bathycoelia...... wee Si eB simplex, Cuspicona At Pee ee Abt eaE Fest 82, 67, 94, 104, 1M, 140-143, 146, ‘150, 156, 166 simplex, Ophiomusium ..............000e00ees ~ eee EEE as EC POC MOMMUUNEEL | freee ce yy pts dre Fe Peed ee eh wig at Pie dee ted 347, 349, 353, 357 SIAN, CAR ONOVENCS uh. S04 uate Eee Sb) $262 Sy begs baree DGze er tet cr an ted 206, 207 SA TVSSRAI TSM RO MIME RS oy ochre, w By ee rity, tele aby ci Wipf ebm acts Fee ¥ wp ate fe gg eee Stes Me 6,8,9 MiNeserie WIE TAA eRe RIOEE SC east i A. A ene oe thes phe d Partner i wy oa ey GRE 244 Siokunichthys .............. BP fe ache We Cot lt ed RM Rae pe, Lem ae Oe, Doe 171 Siphonodentaliidae............6.0. 0040 a abt accented Star SEs ty sure: Vitcatl areal, WATER mheecaaede 384 ARTE Met be hl ws ee ee A eo ee hee ae ee ek ery reer tere eee 185 Shey iiss, CVC nnn 4A week evs eee rer eters ee a Sa AP te oy eA 261 sloani, Menorophus................ Ae idee ae eee ee, A eer 293 smaragdina, Dasia ..... ee Re abe, Oe eS ie 185 smaragdinus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) . ee Pepa cout ae Ses Woke St os 430, 478, 484, 492-494 MMAR OE SVs ce Oe nal os as ao ay, Specs nso me eine Gk 7 ow aoe aston en © aap wee ae 375 Tafat ahi peal Ette 8] Pe) 1 |: ie ee oe ars aera ar Saree iey wae Peer yrange! 430, 520-522 TSA, PNG MRPTCIEEVERTD, yo hued eis tetonce 4s eye alate ogee din o's Da Rin e gee eins a keliw ay eon ike eda) eM He Solitosepia .. iene Sater ects a sea bye RET eh Pe Sheets se Ao Yon se oRGf CAC =a W SeaE vs Aime eae ge solomonense, EOpemtomnon ... 2s c cans es se eeeeeees me Asn e i okgh "it dota eee 4, fee EE 300 solomonenisis, Hyalopeplinus.........-..--+-¢eescerrees tecesvess 429, 452, 456, 462, 463 SOLOMOMCHSIS, PIYTAMICOTIS «0... ee ete eee eee eee eee 417, 422, 426, 427 SCMCCICININCNES:, RIUISATUUIOS. 2. ee ee ee ee ee eae ee eee eda peaeenaeg nena iG 429, 442, 443 solomonicus, Hyaloplictus. .... 22... ees e reer ees cncnemenenaneee .. 430,511,512, 516, 517 Ra PML INS Meee dante Reef oR rites cebnaed Fairy no die khractied Bw og EKO er ea A ae oe 228 EAD RM ETEST RR steve aint eos y cintek ey cance seer he feur eee eet me ot ot dest habe, ncparrd dk omnes Ee eae ta 1,3,9 sphecotheres, Microtetrameres.........00000 cee ese eres 239, 243, 244, 251-253, 27, 259 Cyr TTT Tale Se palais JOB Aas aie ae, eee apa pen inom 0 bala) Mame 8 dae omen eee 206 perro aya Tee Angee ere re tone ae Ia ke See ae Oe ae ee eee en 206 SPlPeTOMION PHS 4. es sles dees One dee Fee Hea mee ets oa bese pte gtd et eS 185 Spel te) aly be) Pept ere Oe, CS iy SRE rant pee aay OM Raa orem Cergearat aaae Mere eS 179 Sphingolabis ... 0... 2.1.21... eee eee een nee eee e eee ees 222, 229, 232, 233 spicata, A NT nl RES AE SRR Ty ORE EER Fu ts 1h Wi geact Stal 231 Bpiculdte, MicroteiraAMmenrcs, «. 2. cee ene ee ew ieee rw naa eee Bees 243, 245 EPA eRE Re ern AGEN Meer eG 21 oil rer asitc’ Sich = than aka ews vals HO AE od aed eS» 175 eyed teres Pally SE a, Be Sao aera ar Pesta SR BR gules. Ka tiae asaya so ae 178 spinosus, Hyalopeplus (Hyalopeplus) ...........0...00 000 eee eee eee 430, 478-480, 494, 495 Bae MIBCERMCETAMIOTIG OS es cucce ok napa tied eee Pica dein s bed oot ne leas 239, 244, 245 AAAS eile Teg a litae oe bldg de pn AE Re Ope OR Eel ef eae on My eo ORE IPD 239-259 spretus, Coes (Sat) 2 oy Aq ee act es JOA 8 Pg one Sony Robe Baain s, s 2 Cs ne 384 Squalodon ........ PR tice ete Bebe By SOE A sgine etic tepeininne oul wag al SEU eee hy eee ep PULTE uo oT bs LR ee a Oe oe Ae eee) a A ene earners aneH 213, 285-297 Squamata .. : Re dria Cette bene ene ae deiner? abs, 3 ete eM, Bo es inert Me ane stellatus, Nephrurus . Ie a Fe an eee te) Ot Men ad yl dl Shaglem, Ehicgien snare .. 183 Stenaspidius weet ee Bs Pe WA, Set BATA, AN ee eeetie mil ei Aes k aol “11- “13,1 17- 19, 21 SU OPMENT resets Posen ey aie asia teta suafea inl dK aie. W Ewes Sees cke fal = Soe bts 2a prep wees 6 pee PRIN a SSM ds Ph ON ane tr covateete PPO eae aad og AO Ties ere Aaa ad SO ee 173 (di OE 9. oe ool diy = aI ASRS ee Bi org sa er aed a ey fe 213, 217 UST TEE Se Sule SSE aS a re a ed ee) 23 EA or cae ee Ne 191, 365 stirling), Selenocoamia -.......- ~~. 22 --nc neem ee nenaneeer pe sseredictesneteecssens 36 ARNOTT A OO ORNS 2g. 8 85)! a2 fer § aplasia a's stig Riga’ bona Renae ee ee 222, 229-232 Strachia ........ Sirs i eile vee tmonad Ose he Mien Jon tee ee strenuella, Cuspicona . te ee ee eee ets WL oe « “94, 127, ‘129, 132, 134, 166 streperae, Microtetrameres..............00. 20sec eee eee 239, 243- 245, 249, 251, 252, 259 Pa teem CLIT NRE gr yet hyp hcd tebe rara lh ia fo np. 'S 5S wield sowie eR La erk ge aitclam de enero 379 RUSE AIP TOTMS s sac a ates eshis don greenies Pook Le deb tee Maik, oe ee pas aye 366, 367, 369, 370 striatus, Amytornis striatus .............s cn Gg ater ae AR Prien Se 185 Ie esa ieae Sey RSS acs oN a gr xis ys nla arcuate ook AS SAR Win wie evel ded geal ey wha Re 172 wilkinsoni, Parasqualadom?..... 22.4.4 600 ce ces ew eee eens eee e ne eneas 285, 287, 292-294 die Eritat Vinge he Gls) 2 0 alg Seeger ee ee eee ee A ep hee he 285 MT ATEN ECOL POT charlie ts sia Pete WN ney 5 es Fs a ates earned AEE Dee pane 375 WPURGNNS CITI co lc a « bie Ge tee na Feed ee nee abieehainde see ewer al) AB Ry alot Lene Wegintitcte vibe icoit jer e 11 1); i ee a enn er sie. et ee, 170 Weg Bases MESTABET eo MAL Stee Gta pe tce cad Seach ae Iu. vy aes. AS epi a ea neha ase ah Gao me eae es ae 178 WME METALS ENE LLMLESTUIR te BF 0 ne deer hs ip trey wean Sa pee aha peor seen eed ee ed een 369 TRE WHE PROCITE 6 gy aes cue 2 ee ee ee ee a ee eae hea 140, 145, 160, 161, 166 Wypodzmskyi, Bosentomon....... 0. - ees eee ee eee eee eee eee ees Piet 299-302 ERM DRL ee cra cee Moe RAN Hanh asiac ceht- stan atypia + babatat af tninc g ieintatars RAY aa et OAS ae tae 215 UNGN MI GEM MAINA Me a tn ees sys lc hws ail assays) asthe as ose gnas girl c Sokal. ni sCatnvent tah ghana Lac coer halla ees Pere mee ROU RRCRSELNTcay g (CYS PRUNE es 2% oi Cubadardar asic Sen fcoueahe ve Sak rmen URS o Pata ea eat a gee ea 122 Eu UMMMCOTN ERIN ua Gel sgt Sorin ie hn Ss lec to desig nish ese Eoin WASH Be A ee ee mipliawo pied, MicrGleirsIMeres. .. <2). yee ale ta ee ae eed sagan 2a dy d Meme ees ee Ps 243, 245 suc) Povtits bel 67 e:Leluh dF: La. 2 ie tela ean eRe Gee Se EN a ee Pe REGS Sree aN gli tpt ti 236 PEON Tee cree tt ene eal rena en halt a arn! ene Sud sa atrem asa ays ees 387-391, 400 Se RYE MBAR ee a Sac Yai dish, eee epee Selene Peal oo es S221 D. J. WOOLMAN, GOVERNMENT PAINTER, SOUTH AUSTRALIA 554 oh @ ho 5 Breet